Ambipar Emergency Response (AMBI) F-1/A Registration statement (foreign) (amended)

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on March 29, 2023

Registration Statement No. 333-270493​

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 1
to
FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

AMBIPAR EMERGENCY RESPONSE

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

The Cayman Islands	4955	N/A
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

Avenida Angélica, nº 2346, 5th Floor
São Paulo, SP — Brazil, 01228-200
Tel: +55 (11) 3429-5000

(Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

c/o Capitol Services, Inc.
1218 Central Ave Ste 100
Albany, NY 12205
Tel: (808) 345-4647

(Name, Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

Grenfel Calheiros, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Barlett LLP
Av. Presidente Juscelino Kubitschek 1455,
12th floor
São Paulo, SP, Brazil, 04543-011
Tel: +55 11-3546 1000 Mark A. Brod, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Barlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Tel: +1 (212) 455-2000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☒

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

†

The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 29, 2023

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

Ambipar Emergency Response

Primary Offering Of
16,180,000 Class A Ordinary Shares

Secondary Offering of
18,807,000 Class A Ordinary Shares
3,530,000 Warrants to Purchase Class A Ordinary Shares

This prospectus relates to the issuance from time to time by Ambipar Emergency Response, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), of up to 16,180,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Ordinary Shares”), comprising:

(i)

up to 12,650,000 Class A Ordinary Shares that are issuable upon the exercise of 12,650,000 outstanding warrants to purchase Class A Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, which were issued on March 3, 2023 (the “Closing Date”) by conversion, on a one-for-one basis, of the public warrants (the “HPX Public Warrants”) of HPX Corp. (“HPX”) to purchase Class A ordinary shares of HPX, par value $0.0001 per share (the “HPX Class A Ordinary Shares”) that were issued as part of the HPX’s units, at a price of $10.00 per unit, in connection with the initial public offering of HPX (the “HPX IPO”), and previously registered (the “Public Warrants”);

(ii)

up to 676,707 Class A Ordinary Shares that are issuable upon the exercise of 676,707 outstanding warrants to purchase Class A Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, which were issued to HPX Capital Partners LLC (the “Sponsor”) on the Closing Date, by conversion, on a one-for-one basis, of the private warrants of HPX (the “HPX Private Warrants”) to purchase HPX Class A Ordinary Shares (the “Sponsor Warrants”). The Sponsor acquired the 676,707 HPX Private Warrants from HPX in the Sponsor Recapitalization (as defined herein), in exchange for 7,060,000 HPX Private Warrants that were initially purchased by the Sponsor in a private placement concurrent with the HPX IPO at a price of $1.00 per warrant. The Sponsor Warrants are subject to lock-up restrictions under the Investor Rights Agreement (as defined herein); and

(iii)

up to 2,853,293 Class A Ordinary Shares that are issuable upon the exercise of 2,853,293 outstanding warrants to purchase Class A Ordinary Shares at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, which were issued in a private placement, on the Closing Date, to (a) Opportunity Agro Fundo de Investimento em Participações Multiestratégia Investimento no Exterior (“Opportunity Agro Fund”) and certain other investors (such investors, together with Opportunity Agro Fund, the “PIPE Investors”) in consideration of their subscription commitments under their respective Subscription Agreements (as defined herein) in connection with the PIPE Financing (as defined herein) (the “PIPE Warrants”), and (b) certain shareholders (the “Non-Redeeming Shareholders”) who entered into non-redemption agreements with us and HPX (the “Non-Redemption Agreements”) in consideration of their respective agreements not to redeem shares pursuant to such Non-Redemption Agreements (the “Non-Redeeming Shareholder Warrants” and, together with the PIPE Warrants, the “Investors’ Warrants”).

This prospectus also relates to the offer and sale, from time to time, by the selling securityholders named herein, or their pledgees, donees, transferees, or other successors in interest (the “Selling Securityholders”), of up to:

(i)

18,807,000 Class A Ordinary Shares, comprising:

(a)

up to 1,896,100 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the Sponsor and certain affiliates in exchange for HPX Class A Ordinary Shares issued as part of the Sponsor Recapitalization, on a one-for-one basis (the “Sponsor Shares”). The Sponsor and its affiliates acquired the HPX Class A Ordinary Shares in the Sponsor Recapitalization in exchange for 6,305,000 Class B ordinary shares of HPX, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Founder Shares”). Such Founder Shares were initially purchased by the Sponsor and its affiliates in a private placement prior to

the HPX IPO at a purchase price equivalent to approximately $0.004 per share. The Class A Ordinary Shares held by the Sponsor and its affiliates are subject to lock-up restrictions under the Investor Rights Agreement;

(b)

up to 37,100 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the Non-Redeeming Shareholders in a private placement, on the Closing Date, at a value of $10.00 per share, in consideration of their respective agreements not to redeem shares pursuant to their respective Non-Redemption Agreements (the “Non-Redeeming Shareholder Shares”);

(c)

up to 13,323,800 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the PIPE Investors in a private placement, on the Closing Date, under the PIPE Financing consummated in connection with the Business Combination (as defined herein), at a price of $10.00 per share and an effective price of $8.47 per share for Opportunity Agro Fund and $9.58 per share for the other PIPE Investors, including 1,873,800 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the PIPE Investors in consideration of their subscription commitments under their respective Subscription Agreements (the “PIPE Shares”);

(d)

up to 676,707 Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Sponsor Warrants;

(e)

up to 2,853,293 Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Investors’ Warrants; and

(f)

up to 20,000 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to Mr. Rafael Salvador Grisolia in a private placement on March 29, 2023, for no consideration, to settle 20,000 restricted stock units of the Company that were held by Mr. Grisolia (the “RSU Shares”). The RSU Shares are subject to lock-up restrictions under the Investor Rights Agreement; and

(ii)

3,530,000 Warrants, comprising:

(a)

up to 676,707 Sponsor Warrants; and

(b)

up to 2,853,293 Investors’ Warrants.

We are registering the offer and sale of these securities to satisfy certain registration rights we have granted. The Selling Securityholders may offer all or part of the securities for resale from time to time through public or private transactions, at either prevailing market prices or at privately negotiated prices. These securities are being registered to permit the Selling Securityholders to sell securities from time to time, in amounts, at prices and on terms determined at the time of offering. The Selling Securityholders may sell these securities through ordinary brokerage transactions, directly to market makers of our shares or through any other means described in the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” herein. In connection with any sales of securities offered hereunder, the Selling Securityholders, any underwriters, agents, brokers or dealers participating in such sales may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

All of the securities offered by the Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus will be sold by the Selling Securityholders for their respective accounts. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale by the Selling Securityholders of the securities being registered hereunder. With respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants, we will not receive any proceeds from such shares except with respect to amounts received by us upon exercise of such Warrants to the extent such Warrants are exercised for cash. Assuming the exercise of all outstanding Warrants for cash, we would receive aggregate proceeds of approximately $186.1 million. However, whether warrantholders will exercise their Warrants, and therefore the amount of cash proceeds we would receive upon exercise, is dependent upon the trading price of the Class A Ordinary Shares, the last reported sales price for which was $7.77 per share on March 28, 2023. Each Warrant will become exercisable for one Class A Ordinary Share at an exercise price of $11.50. Therefore, if and when the trading price of the Class A Ordinary Shares is less than $11.50, we expect that warrantholders would not exercise their Warrants. The Warrants may not be or remain in the money during the period they are exercisable and prior to their expiration and, therefore, it is possible that the Warrants may not be exercised prior to their maturity on March 3, 2028, even if they are in the money, and as such, may expire worthless with minimal proceeds received by us, if any, from the exercise of Warrants. To the extent that any of the Warrants are exercised on a “cashless basis,” we will not receive any proceeds upon such exercise. As a result, we do not expect to rely on the cash exercise of Warrants to fund our operations. Instead, we intend to rely on other sources of cash discussed elsewhere in this prospectus to continue to

fund our operations. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

We will bear all costs, expenses and fees in connection with the registration of the securities offered by this prospectus, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with FINRA (as defined herein)), NYSE American listing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, if any, and fees and expenses of counsel and independent registered public accountants, whereas the Selling Securityholders will bear all incremental selling expenses, including commissions and discounts, brokerage fees, underwriting marketing costs, legal counsel fees that are not covered by us and any other expenses incurred by the Selling Securityholders in disposing of the securities, as described in the section entitled “Plan of Distribution.”

Our Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants are listed on the NYSE American LLC (the “NYSE American”) under the trading symbols “AMBI” and “AMBIWS”. On March 28, 2023, the closing price for our Class A Ordinary Shares on NYSE American was $7.77 per share and the closing price for our Warrants on NYSE American was $0.3999 per warrant. Our securities have recently experienced extreme volatility in price and trading volume. From March 6, 2023, the first day of trading, to March 28, 2023, the closing price of our Class A Ordinary Shares on the NYSE American ranged from as low as $5.26 to as high as $25.35 and daily trading volume ranged from 62,405 to 8,383,749 Class A Ordinary Shares. Likewise, on the same period, the closing price of our Warrants on the NYSE American ranged from as low as $0.33 to as high as $0.72 and daily trading volume ranged from 849 to 248,265 Warrants. During this time, we have not experienced any material changes in our financial condition or results of operations that would explain such price volatility or trading volume. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Securities — The market price and trading volume of our securities have been and may continue to be extremely volatile and could decline significantly.”

Due to the significant number of HPX Class A Ordinary Shares that were redeemed in connection with the Business Combination, the number of Class A Ordinary Shares that the Selling Securityholders can sell into the public markets pursuant to this prospectus may exceed the remaining public float. Furthermore, the 18,807,000 Class A Ordinary Shares being registered for sale in this prospectus (including Class A Ordinary Shares underlying Warrants) exceed the total number of outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares (16,195,105 outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares as of March 29, 2023, prior to any exercise of the Warrants). On a fully diluted basis (assuming and after giving effect to the issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares upon exercise of all outstanding Warrants), the Class A Ordinary Shares being registered for resale in this prospectus represent approximately 58.1% of our total issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares, with the Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by Opportunity Agro Fund representing 43.5% of our total issued outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares on a fully diluted basis. The Selling Securityholders will have the ability to sell all of their Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part for so long as it is available for use. Given the substantial number of Class A Ordinary Shares being registered for potential resale by Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus, the sale of Class A Ordinary Shares by the Selling Securityholders, or the perception in the market that the Selling Securityholders of a large number of Class A Ordinary Shares intend to sell Class A Ordinary Shares, particularly Opportunity Agro Fund, could increase the volatility or result in a significant decline of the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and could make it more difficult for our shareholders to sell their Class A Ordinary Shares at such times and at such prices as they deem desirable. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Securities — The securities being registered for resale in this prospectus represent a substantial percentage of our outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares and the sale of such securities, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline significantly.” Despite such a decline in price, certain Selling Securityholders may still experience a positive rate of return on the shares purchased by them due to the lower price per share at which its shares were purchased. While these Selling Securityholders may, on average, experience a positive rate of return based on the current market price, public securityholders may not experience a similar rate of return on the securities they purchased if there is such a decline in price and due to differences in the purchase prices and the current market price.

Selling Securityholder	Number of Offered Class A Ordinary Shares		Effective Purchase Price or Value per Share ($)		Net Proceeds per Offered Share ($)(1)
Sponsor and affiliates	​	​	​	​	​	​
Sponsor Shares	​	1,896,100	​	0.004	​	7.77
Shares Underlying Sponsor Warrants	​	676,707	​	11.50	​	—
Non-Redeeming Shareholders	​	​	​	​	​	​
Non-Redeeming Shareholder Shares	​	37,100	​	10.00	​	—
Shares Underlying Non-Redeeming Shareholder Warrants	​	210,793	​	11.50	​	—
Opportunity Agro Fund	​	​	​	​	​	​
PIPE Shares	​	11,810,000	​	8.47	​	—
Shares Underlying PIPE Warrants	​	2,280,000	​	11.50	​	—
PIPE Investors (other than Opportunity Agro Fund)	​	​	​	​	​	​
PIPE Shares	​	1,513,800	​	9.58	​	—
Shares Underlying PIPE Warrants	​	362,500	​	11.50	​	—
Rafael Salvador Grisolia	​	​	​	​	​	​
RSU Shares	​	20,000	​	Nil	​	7.77

(1)

Based on the closing price of our Class A Ordinary Shares of $7.77 per share on March 28, 2023.

We may amend or supplement this prospectus from time to time by filing amendments or supplements as required. You should read this entire prospectus and any amendments or supplements carefully before you make your investment decision.

We are a “foreign private issuer” as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company disclosure and reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer and a Controlled Company.”

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2023.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

​	Page
About This Prospectus	​	ii
Financial Statement Presentation	​	iii
Important Information About GAAP And Non-GAAP Financial Measures	​	v
Industry and Market Data	​	vii
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements	​	viii
Frequently Used Terms	​	x
Prospectus Summary	​	1
The Offering	​	15
Selected Historical Financial Data	​	18
Risk Factors	​	23
Capitalization	​	78
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information	​	79
Use of Proceeds	​	102
Dividend Policy	​	103
Business	​	104
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	​	130
Management	​	150
Executive Compensation	​	156
Beneficial Ownership of Securities	​	157
Selling Securityholders	​	159
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions	​	163
Description of Securities	​	170
Securities Eligible for Future Sale	​	189
Taxation	​	192
Plan of Distribution	​	200
Expenses Related to the Offering	​	204
Legal Matters	​	205
Experts	​	206
Enforceability of Civil Liabilities and Agent for Service of Process in the United States	​	207
Where You Can Find More Information	​	208
Index to Financial Statements	​	F-1

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus or any supplement. Neither we nor the Selling Securityholders have authorized anyone else to provide you with different information. The securities offered by this prospectus are being offered only in jurisdictions where the offer is permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus or any supplement is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of each document. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Except as otherwise set forth in this prospectus, neither we nor the Selling Securityholders have taken any action to permit a public offering of these securities outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of these securities and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

i

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC by Ambipar Emergency Response. The Selling Securityholders named in this prospectus may, from time to time, sell the securities described in this prospectus in one or more offerings. This prospectus includes important information about us, the securities being offered by the Selling Securityholders and other information you should know before investing. Any prospectus supplement may also add, update, or change information in this prospectus. If there is any inconsistency between the information contained in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement, you should rely on the information contained in that particular prospectus supplement. This prospectus does not contain all of the information provided in the registration statement that we filed with the SEC. You should read this prospectus together with the additional information about us described in the section below entitled “Where You Can Find More Information.” You should rely only on information contained in this prospectus, any prospectus supplement and any related free writing prospectus. We have not, and the Selling Securityholders have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus, any prospectus supplement and any related free writing prospectus. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of the prospectus. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any other date.

The Selling Securityholders may offer and sell the securities directly to purchasers, through agents selected by the Selling Securityholders, or to or through underwriters or dealers. A prospectus supplement, if required, may describe the terms of the plan of distribution and set forth the names of any agents, underwriters or dealers involved in the sale of securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

The term “Brazil” refers to the Federative Republic of Brazil and the term “Brazilian government” refers to the federal government of Brazil. “Central Bank” refers to the Central Bank of Brazil (Banco Central do Brasil). References to “real,” “reais” or “R$” in this prospectus refer to the Brazilian real, the official currency of Brazil and references to “U.S. dollars,” “US$” and “$” in this prospectus are to United States dollars, the legal currency of the United States. Discrepancies in any table between totals and sums of the amounts listed are due to rounding. Certain amounts and percentages have been rounded; consequently, certain figures may add up to be more or less than the total amount and certain percentages may add up to be more or less than 100%. In particular and without limitation, amounts expressed in millions contained in this prospectus have been rounded to a single decimal place for the convenience of readers.

Throughout this prospectus, unless otherwise designated or the context requires otherwise, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company” and “our company” refer to Ambipar Emergency Response and its subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities, which prior to the Business Combination was the business of Emergência Participações S.A. and its subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities. References to “Emergencia” mean Emergência Participações S.A. and its consolidated subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities. Unless the context requires otherwise, all references to “our financial statements” mean the financial statements of Emergencia included herein.

ii

FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION

The Company

The Company was incorporated by Ambipar under the laws of the Cayman Islands on May 3, 2022 for the purpose of effectuating the Business Combination. Prior to the Business Combination, the Company had no material assets and did not operate any businesses. Accordingly, no financial statements of the Company have been included in this prospectus. The Business Combination resulted in (i) the merger of the blank check company, HPX, with and into the Company, with a conversion of the shares and warrants issued by HPX into those of the Company, and immediately thereafter, (ii) the merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company, with a conversion of the shares issued by Merger Sub into those of the Company. Following the Business Combination, Emergencia became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

HPX does not meet the definition of a “business” pursuant to IFRS 3 as it is an empty listed shell holding only cash raised as part of its original equity issuance. As a result, the Business Combination did not qualify as a “business combination” within the meaning of IFRS 3, Business Combinations; rather, the Business Combination was accounted for as a capital reorganization in accordance with IFRS 2, Share-Based Payments.

Emergencia

As a result of the Business Combination being accounted for as a capital reorganization, Emergencia was deemed to be the accounting predecessor of the Company. The accounting predecessor has a direct voting interest or a variable interest in all of our direct and indirect subsidiaries’ activities and operations that result in revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities.

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of Emergencia as of June 30, 2022 and for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 and the audited combined financial statements of Emergencia as of December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and January 1, 2020 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2021 are included in this prospectus. We have applied IFRS for the first time for the year ended December 31, 2021 with a transition date of January 1, 2020. The transition to IFRS is more fully described in Note 3 to the Emergencia’s audited combined financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

HPX

The unaudited condensed financial statements of HPX as of September 30, 2022 and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 and the audited financial statements of HPX as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from March 20, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, are included in this prospectus.

Witt O’Brien’s

On October 24, 2022, Ambipar USA, our wholly owned subsidiary, acquired all of the issued and outstanding membership interests in Witt O’Brien’s. The unaudited consolidated financial statements of Witt O’Brien’s as of June 30, 2022 and for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, and the audited consolidated financial statements of Witt O’Brien’s for the Successor Period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor Period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020 are included in this prospectus.

On April 15, 2021, Witt O’Brien’s parent company, Seacor, was acquired by funds affiliated with American Industrial Partners in an all cash transaction. As a consequence of the change in ownership, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States require an allocation of the purchase consideration to the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities as of the merger date, April 15, 2021. References to Predecessor in the consolidated financial statements are in reference to reporting dates through April 14, 2021 (the “Predecessor Period”). References to Successor in the consolidated financial statements are in reference to reporting dates on or after April 15, 2021 (the “Successor Period”). As such, the financial information for the Successor Period is presented on a basis different from, and is therefore not

iii

necessarily comparable to, the financial information for the Predecessor Period as of December 31, 2020 and the period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021, and the year ended December 31, 2020.

Prior to the WOB Acquisition, Seacor applied the acquisition method of accounting and elected to pushdown purchase accounting adjustments to Witt O’Brien’s, which is allowed under U.S. GAAP. As part of Witt O’Brien’s conversion from U.S. GAAP to IFRS, these purchase accounting adjustments were reversed.

iv

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT GAAP AND NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

To evaluate the performance of our business, our management relies on both our results of operations recorded in accordance with IFRS and certain non-GAAP financial measures, including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), EBITDA Margin, Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”), Free Cash Flow and Cash Conversion Rate. Management believes that these measures provide investors with a supplemental measure of the operating performance and financial results of our core operations that facilitates period-to-period comparisons on a consistent basis. These measures are not defined or calculated under principles, standards or rules that comprise IFRS or U.S. GAAP and have important limitations as analytical tools. Accordingly, the non-GAAP financial measures we use and refer to should not be viewed as a substitute for our combined financial statements prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS or any other performance measure derived in accordance with IFRS, and we encourage you not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our definition of EBITDA, EBITDA Margin, ROIC, Free Cash Flow and Cash Conversion Rate are specific to our business and you should not assume that these definitions are comparable to similarly titled financial measures of other companies. These financial measures should be viewed as supplemental to, and not substitutive for, our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this financial information is not prepared in accordance with IFRS, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information.

For a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable IFRS measures, see “Selected Historical Financial Data — Unaudited Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

EBITDA and EBITDA Margin

We calculate EBITDA as profit (loss) for the period plus income tax and social contribution plus net finance cost/revenue plus depreciation and amortization expenses, in each case for the relevant period. Management believes that EBITDA is a useful indicator of our operating performance because it evidences the results deriving directly from our core activities and improves comparability with our performance over time. Also, management believes that EBITDA is a useful indicator of our capacity to comply with our obligations and obtain financing for our investments and working capital.

We calculate EBITDA Margin as EBITDA for the relevant period divided by net revenue for the relevant period. Management believes that EBITDA Margin is a useful indicator of the performance of our core activities, in relative terms.

Although EBITDA and EBITDA Margin are commonly used as a measure of operating performance, definitions of EBITDA and EBITDA Margin differ, and our computation of EBITDA and EBITDA Margin may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

ROIC

We calculate ROIC as net operating profit after tax for the relevant period divided by invested capital. We define net operating profit after tax as operating profit for the relevant period minus income tax adjustment. Income tax adjustment is defined as operating profit for the relevant period multiplied by our effective tax rate for the relevant period, the numerator of which is income tax and social contribution and the denominator of which is profit before tax. We define invested capital as total shareholders’ equity minus goodwill minus intangibles assets plus current and non-current loans and financing plus debentures plus non-current related party loans liabilities plus current and non-current obligations from acquisition of investment plus dividend payable minus cash and cash equivalents minus non-current related party loans assets. Management believes ROIC is a meaningful measure because it measures capital efficiency by quantifying how well we generate operating profit relative to the capital that has been invested in our business and illustrates the profitability of a business or project taking into account the capital invested. Management uses ROIC to assist them in capital resource allocation decisions and in evaluating business performance. Although ROIC is commonly used as a measure of capital efficiency, definitions of ROIC differ, and our computation of ROIC may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

v

Free Cash Flow and Cash Conversion Rate

We calculate Free Cash Flow as EBITDA for the relevant period minus change in working capital minus acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. Change in working capital is calculated as the sum of changes in current assets and liabilities affecting the cash generated from operating activities in the statements of cash flow. Management believes that Free Cash Flow, which measures the ability to generate additional cash from business operations, is an important financial measure for use in evaluating our financial performance and ability to reduce debt, fund acquisitions and fund growth initiatives.

We calculate Cash Conversion Rate as Free Cash Flow for the period divided by EBITDA for the period. Management believes that Cash Conversion Rate is a useful indicator of our cash generation and efficiency in converting our operating profit into cash.

Our calculation of Free Cash Flow and Cash Conversion Rate may be different from the calculation used by other companies, including our competitors in the industry, and therefore, our measures may not be comparable to those of other companies.

vi

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the regions in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity, market share and other management estimates, is based on information obtained from various independent publicly available sources and reports provided to us. While we have compiled, extracted, and reproduced industry data from these sources, we have not independently verified the data. Similarly, internal surveys, industry forecasts and market research, which we believe to be reliable based upon our management’s knowledge of the industry, have not been independently verified. While we believe that the market data, industry forecasts and similar information included in this prospectus are generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise and the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. Forecasts and other forward-looking information obtained from these sources are subject to the same qualifications and uncertainties as the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus. In addition, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and growth objectives and the future performance of our industry and the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those discussed under the headings “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus.

vii

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including any prospectus supplement, contains a number of forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future financial position, results of operations, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. Any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are also forward- looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “forecast,” “intend,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “seek,” “strategy,” “future,” “opportunity,” “may,” “target,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” or similar expressions that predict or indicate future events or trends or that are not statements of historical matters.

Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, our expectations concerning the outlook for our business, productivity, plans and goals for future operational improvements and capital investments, operational performance, future market conditions or economic performance and developments in the capital and credit markets and expected future financial performance, as well as any information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations. Forward-looking statements also include statements regarding the expected benefits of the Business Combination.

The forward-looking statements are based on the current expectations of our management and are inherently subject to uncertainties and changes in circumstance and their potential effects and speak only as of the date of such statement. There can be no assurance that future developments will be those that have been anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described in “Risk Factors,” those discussed and identified in public filings we made with the SEC and the following important factors:

•

the ability to implement our inorganic growth strategy, including with respect to the WOB Acquisition, and realize the expected benefits from recent or potential future acquisitions;

•

market interest rates, including their impacts on our ability to comply with certain financial and operating covenants in its debentures and its ability to finance acquisitions through indebtedness while managing our liquidity risks;

•

risks associated with macroeconomic uncertainty and geopolitical risk, including the outcome and consequences of the 2022 presidential elections in Brazil and impacts of the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine, which would limit our ability to grow our business and expand to new countries;

•

changes in applicable laws or regulations;

•

the possibility that we may be adversely affected by other economic factors, particularly in Brazil;

•

business and/or competitive factors, including consolidation in the sector in which we operate;

•

potential difficulties in retaining our current management team and other key employees and independent contractors, including highly-skilled technical experts;

•

our estimates of our future financial performance and ability to execute our business strategy;

•

the impact of natural disasters or health epidemics/pandemics, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on the demand for our services;

•

operational and security risks, including as a result of the handling of hazardous substances;

•

risks related to data security and privacy;

•

changes to accounting principles and guidelines;

•

litigation and regulatory enforcement risks, including as a result of the handling of hazardous substances, which may result in the diversion of management time and attention and the additional costs and demands on our resources, including potential litigation or conflicts regarding the Business Combination;

viii

•

the risk that the price of our securities has been and may continue to be volatile;

•

unexpected costs or expenses; and

•

fluctuations in exchange rates between the Brazilian real and the United States dollar.

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of the assumptions made by our management prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements.

We caution you against placing undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which reflect current beliefs and are based on information currently available as of the date a forward-looking statement is made. Forward-looking statements set forth herein speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We do not undertake any obligation to revise forward-looking statements to reflect future events, changes in circumstances or changes in beliefs. In the event that any forward-looking statement is updated, no inference should be made that we will make additional updates with respect to that statement, related matters, or any other forward-looking statements. Any corrections or revisions and other important assumptions and factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements, including discussions of significant risk factors, may appear in our public filings with the SEC, which are accessible at www.sec.gov, and which you are advised to consult. For additional information, please see the section titled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

ix

FREQUENTLY USED TERMS

Unless otherwise stated or unless the context otherwise requires in this prospectus:

“Ambipar” means Ambipar Participações e Empreendimentos S.A., a sociedade anônima organized under the laws of Brazil.

“Ambipar Group” means, collectively, Ambipar and all of its subsidiaries.

“Ambipar Intercompany Loan Agreement” means a loan agreement dated as of July 5, 2022, by and between Ambipar and Emergencia, pursuant to which Ambipar formalized the disbursement to Emergencia of an aggregate amount in Brazilian reais equivalent to $50.5 million as a loan.

“Ambipar PIPE Financing” means Ambipar’s commitment to subscribe for and purchase 5,050,000 Class B Ordinary Shares at $10.00 per share, which were paid by Ambipar through the conversion of a $50.5 million equivalent intercompany loan provided by Ambipar pursuant to the Ambipar Intercompany Loan Agreement.

“Ambipar Subscription Agreement” means the subscription agreement dated as of July 5, 2022, by and among Ambipar, the Company and HPX.

“Ambipar USA” means Ambipar Holding USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation and our wholly owned subsidiary.

“Articles” means our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

“B3” means B3 S.A. — Brasil, Bolsa, Balcão, the Brazilian stock exchange.

“BDO” means BDO RCS Auditores Independentes SS, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

“Brazil” means the Federative Republic of Brazil.

“Brazilian government” means the federal government of Brazil.

“Business Combination” means the Mergers and the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, collectively, including the PIPE Financing.

“Business Combination Agreement” means the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of July 5, 2022, as may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, by and among HPX, the Company, Merger Sub, Emergencia and Ambipar.

“Carey Olsen” means Carey Olsen Cayman Limited.

“Central Bank” means the Banco Central do Brasil, or Brazilian Central Bank.

“Class A Ordinary Shares” means the Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

“Class B Ordinary Shares” means the Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company, which carry voting rights in the form of 10 votes per share of the Company.

“Closing” means the consummation of the Business Combination.

“Closing Date” means March 3, 2023, the day of the Closing.

“Companies Act” means the Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands.

“Company” means Ambipar Emergency Response, a Cayman Islands exempted company.

“Constellation Funds” means, collectively, Constellation Master Fundo de Investimento de Ações, Constellation Qualificado Master Fundo de Investimento de Ações and Const Brazil US Fund LP.

x

“Contribution Agreement” means the contribution agreement entered into by and among Ambipar and Merger Sub, pursuant to which Ambipar agreed to give effect to the Pre-Closing Exchange, after which Emergencia became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Merger Sub.

“Cost Sharing Agreement” means a certain cost sharing agreement dated as of March 3, 2023, by and among Ambipar, Emergencia and certain of its subsidiaries listed therein, pursuant to which Ambipar agreed to provide certain shared support services to Emergencia and certain of its subsidiaries under and pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth therein.

“COVID-19” or the “COVID-19 pandemic” means SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19, and any evolutions or mutations thereof or other epidemics, pandemics or disease outbreaks.

“Cygnus” means Cygnus Fund Icon.

“Cygnus Non-Redemption Agreement” means the amended and restated Non-Redemption Agreement, dated December 8, 2022, entered into by and among HPX, the Company and Cygnus.

“Cygnus Notice” means the termination and subscription notice sent by Cygnus to HPX and the Company on February 10, 2023, whereby Cygnus elected to terminate the Cygnus Non-Redemption Agreement and to subscribe for 300,000 Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Cygnus Subscription Agreement for aggregate gross proceeds of $3,000,000.

“Cygnus Option” means the option granted to Cygnus Fund Icon pursuant to the Cygnus Non-Redemption Agreement and the Cygnus Subscription Agreement, exercisable by Cygnus Fund Icon via written notice to be delivered to HPX and the Company no later than 10 calendar days prior to HPX Extraordinary General Meeting, either (i) to comply with the terms and conditions contained in the Cygnus Non-Redemption Agreement (including, among other things, to vote its 300,000 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares in favor of the transactions contemplated in the Business Combination Agreement for which the approval of HPX shareholders is required and not to redeem or exercise any right to redeem its 300,000 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares), or (ii) not to be bound by the Cygnus Non-Redemption Agreement and instead to subscribe for 300,000 Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued by the Company pursuant to the Cygnus Subscription Agreement.

“Cygnus Subscription Agreement” means the Subscription Agreement, dated December 8, 2022, entered into by and among HPX, the Company and Cygnus.

“Debentures” means, collectively, the debentures issued under the First Issuance of Debentures and the Second Issuance of Debentures.

“Deeds of Debentures” means, collectively, the First Deed of Debentures and the Second Deed of Debentures.

“Downside Protection Agreements” means certain downside protection agreements, as amended from time to time, entered into by and among Emergencia, the Sponsor, Ambipar and the DPA Beneficiaries in connection with the Subscription Agreements, the Ambipar Subscription Agreement, and the Non-Redemption Agreements, as applicable.

“DPA Beneficiaries” means the PIPE Investors and the Non-Redeeming Shareholders, each of which has executed a Downside Protection Agreement.

“DPA Block Trade” means the sale of a DPA Beneficiary’s Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants held as of the 30-month anniversary of the Closing Date in a block trade or on an underwritten basis to a third party pursuant to the terms of the Downside Protection Agreements.

“DPA Guaranteed Return” means an inflation-adjusted return (measured by the consumer price index) generated over the 30-month period following Closing and relative to the initial investment made by the relevant DPA Beneficiary pursuant to the relevant Subscription Agreement or Non-Redemption Agreement.

“DPA Measurement Period” means the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the day of the 30-month anniversary of the Closing Date.

xi

“DPA Pro Rata Downside Protection Shares” means the maximum aggregate number of 1,050,000 Class A Ordinary Shares that may be transferred by the Sponsor to the DPA Beneficiaries under the Downside Protection Agreements.

“DPA Protected Shares” means, in relation to each DPA Beneficiary, a number of Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the lowest number of Class A Ordinary Shares held by such DPA Beneficiary during the DPA Measurement Period.

“DTC” means the Depository Trust Company.

“Earn-Out Shares” means up to an additional 11,000,000 newly issued Class B Ordinary Shares to be issued to Ambipar, subject to the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement.

“Emergencia” means Emergência Participações S.A., a sociedade anônima organized under the laws of Brazil.

“EU” means the European Union.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Final Redemption” means the redemption of 1,258,439 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares by HPX shareholders prior to the Extraordinary General Meeting.

“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

“First Deed of Debentures” means the deed of debentures governing the First Issuance of Debentures, dated as of February 11, 2022, entered into by and among Emergencia, Oliveira Trust Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários, as trustee, and Ambipar and Environmental ESG Participações S.A., as guarantors.

“First Effective Time” means the time at which the First Merger became effective.

“First Issuance of Debentures” means the issuance by Emergencia, on February 15, 2022, of an aggregate principal amount of R$335.5 million in a single series of 335,500 unsecured, non-convertible debentures due February 15, 2028, pursuant to the First Deed of Debentures.

“First Merger” means the merger of HPX with and into the Company pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, with the Company as the surviving entity.

“Founder Shares” means the Class B ordinary shares of HPX, par value $0.0001 per share.

“Gannett Peek” means Gannett Peek Ltd. (represented by Baraterre Limited and Tarpumbay Limited).

“Genome” means Genome Fund Inc.

“HPX” means HPX Corp., a Cayman Island exempted company.

“HPX Class A Ordinary Shares” means HPX’s Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share.

“HPX Extraordinary General Meeting” means the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders of HPX held on February 28, 2023 to approve the Business Combination.

“HPX IPO” means HPX’s initial public offering of units, consummated on July 20, 2020.

“HPX Private Warrants” means the warrants to purchase HPX Class A Ordinary Shares issued by HPX and held by the Sponsor, that were outstanding immediately prior to the First Effective Time.

“HPX Public Warrants” means the public warrants to purchase HPX Class A Ordinary Shares issued by HPX that were outstanding immediately prior to the First Effective Time.

“HPX Redemptions” means, collectively, the Initial Redemption, the Second Redemption and the Final Redemption.

“HPX Warrants” means, collectively, the HPX Private Warrants and the HPX Public Warrants.

xii

“IASB” means the International Accounting Standards Board.

“IBBA Loan Agreement” means the $90.0 million loan agreement, dated as of August 26, 2022, by and between Ambipar USA, as borrower, Emergencia, as guarantor, and Itau BBA International PLC, as lender.

“IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the IASB.

“Initial Extension” means the initial extension of the deadline by which HPX should complete its initial business combination from July 20, 2022 to November 20, 2022

“Initial Redemption” means the redemption of 19,472,483 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with the approval of the Initial Extension by the HPX extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held on July 14, 2022.

“Initial Shareholders” means, collectively, the Sponsor and the Insiders.

“Investor Rights Agreement” means the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of July 5, 2022, by and among the Company, the Sponsor, Ambipar, the Insiders and Rafael Salvador Grisolia.

“Insiders” means HPX’s independent directors prior to the Business Combination, Mr. Marcos Vinicius Bernardes Peigo, Mr. Wolney Edirley Gonçalves Betiol and Ms. Maria Salete Garcia Pinheiro.

“Investors’ Warrants” means the PIPE Warrants and the Non-Redeeming Shareholder Warrants.

“IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service for the United States federal government.

“JOBS Act” means the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended.

“Lock-Up Securities” means the Ordinary Shares and the Warrants beneficially owned or otherwise held by the locked-up shareholders pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, including any Class A Ordinary Shares acquired as a result of the vesting of Restricted Stock Units.

“management” or our “management team” means the officers of the Company.

“Mergers” means the First Merger and Second Merger.

“Merger Sub” means Ambipar Merger Sub, an exempted company incorporated with limited liability in the Cayman Islands.

“Merger Sub Ordinary Shares” means the Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of Merger Sub.

“Non-Redeeming Shareholder Shares” means the 37,100 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the Non-Redeeming Shareholders in a private placement, on the Closing Date, in consideration of their respective agreements not to redeem shares pursuant to their respective Non-Redemption Agreements.

“Non-Redeeming Shareholder Warrants” means the 210,793 Warrants issued in a private placement, on the Closing Date, to the Non-Redeeming Shareholders in consideration of their respective agreements not to redeem shares pursuant to the Non-Redemption Agreements.

“Non-Redeeming Shareholders” means Genome, Gannett Peek and the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder.

“Non-Redemption Agreements” means (i) in the case of Genome and Gannett Peek, certain shareholder non-redemption agreements, dated as of July 5, 2022, as amended from time to time by HPX, the Company and such Non-Redeeming Shareholders, under which, among other things, such Non-Redeeming Shareholders have agreed to vote in favor of any extension of the deadline for HPX to complete its initial business combination and the transactions contemplated in the Business Combination Agreement for which the approval of HPX shareholders is required and agreed not to redeem or exercise any right to redeem any HPX Class A Ordinary Shares that such shareholder holds of record or beneficially, and (ii) in the case of the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder, the XP Non-Redemption Agreement.

“NYSE American” means NYSE American LLC.

xiii

“Omnibus Incentive Plan” means the 2023 omnibus equity incentive plan of the Company.

“Ordinary Shares” means the Class A Ordinary Shares and the Class B Ordinary Shares, collectively.

“Original PIPE Investors” means the PIPE Investors other than Cygnus.

“Original Subscription Agreements” means the subscription agreements, dated as of July 5, 2022, entered into by HPX, the Company and each of the Original PIPE Investors in connection with the PIPE Financing, including the Opportunity Subscription Agreement.

“Opportunity Agro Fund” means Opportunity Agro Fundo de Investimento em Participações Multiestratégia Investimento no Exterior.

“Opportunity PIPE Financing” means Opportunity Agro Fund’s commitment to subscribe for and purchase 10,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in the Opportunity Subscription Agreement otherwise described in this prospectus.

“Opportunity Subscription Agreement” means the subscription agreement entered into by and between Opportunity Agro Fund, the Company and HPX, dated as of July 5, 2022.

“PCAOB” means the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

“PFIC” means passive foreign investment company as defined in the Code.

“PIPE Financing” means the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreements, pursuant to which the PIPE Investors have collectively committed to subscribe for and purchase an aggregate of 11,150,000 Class A Ordinary Shares on the terms and conditions otherwise described in this prospectus.

“PIPE Investors” means the investors (including Opportunity Agro Fund and Cygnus) participating in the PIPE Financing, collectively.

“PIPE Shares” means the 13,323,800 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the PIPE Investors in a private placement, on the Closing Date, under the PIPE Financing consummated in connection with the Business Combination, including 1,873,800 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the PIPE Investors in consideration of their subscription commitments under their respective Subscription Agreements.

“PIPE Warrants” means the 2,642,500 Warrants issued in a private placement, on the Closing Date, to the PIPE Investors in consideration of their subscription commitments under their respective Subscription Agreements in connection with the PIPE Financing.

“Pre-Closing Exchange” means the contribution by Ambipar of all of its ordinary shares, no par value per share, of Emergencia to Merger Sub in exchange for newly issued Merger Sub Ordinary Shares.

“Private Warrants” means the Warrants issued to the Sponsor on a private placement basis in exchange for the HPX Private Warrants, which may be held by the Sponsor or any permitted transferees (as defined in the Warrant Agreement), and which are subject to certain particular terms and provisions with respect to their transfer and redemption, as described in “Description of Securities — Warrants — Private Warrants.”

“Public Warrants” means the outstanding and unexercised Warrants originally issued as public warrants of HPX in the HPX IPO and converted into Warrants in connection with the Business Combination.

“real,” “reais” or “R$” means Brazilian real, the official currency of Brazil.

“Restricted Stock Units” means the 20,000 restricted stock units of the Company that were held by Rafael Salvador Grisolia at Closing pursuant to a certain amended and restated director restricted stock unit award agreement dated as of July 5, 2022 in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement. Such Restricted Stock Units vested at Closing and were settled through the issuance of 20,000 Class A Ordinary Shares on March 29, 2023.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

xiv

“Seacor” means SEACOR Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Second Deed of Debentures” means the deed of debentures governing the Second Issuance of Debentures, dated as of September 16, 2022, entered into by and among Emergencia, Oliveira Trust Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários, as trustee, and Ambipar, as guarantor.

“Second Effective Time” means the time at which the Second Merger became effective.

“Second Extension” means the second extension of the deadline by which HPX should complete its initial business combination from November 20, 2022 to March 31, 2023.

“Second Issuance of Debentures” means the issuance by Emergencia, on September 20, 2022, of an aggregate principal amount of R$250.0 million in a single series of 250,000 unsecured, non-convertible debentures due September 20, 2028, pursuant to the Second Deed of Debentures.

“Second Merger” means the merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, with the Company as the surviving entity.

“Second Redemption” means the redemption of 3,650,973 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with the approval of the Second Extension by the HPX extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held on November 3, 2022.

“Securities” means the Ordinary Shares and the Warrants.

“Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Selling Securityholders” means the persons listed in the table included in the section entitled “Selling Securityholders,” and the pledgees, donees, transferees, assignees, successors and others who later come to hold any of the Selling Securityholders’ interest in the securities being registered under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms part after the date of this prospectus.

“Sponsor” means HPX Capital Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Sponsor Letter Agreement” means the letter agreement, dated as of July 5, 2022, by and among the Sponsor, HPX, the Company, Ambipar and the Insiders, pursuant to which, among other things, the Sponsor and the Insiders agreed to effectuate the Sponsor Recapitalization, vote all of their Founder Shares in favor of the Business Combination, the related transactions contemplated pursuant thereto and any extensionf of the deadline for HPX to complete its initial business combination and to take certain other actions in support of the Business Combination Agreement and related transactions and any extension.

“Sponsor Recapitalization” means, pursuant to the Sponsor Letter Agreement and immediately prior to the consummation of the First Merger, the exchange and conversion of (i) 6,245,000 Founder Shares held by the Sponsor for 1,836,100 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares, (ii) 7,060,000 HPX Private Warrants held by the Sponsor for 676,707 HPX Private Warrants, and (iii) 60,000 Founder Shares held by the Insiders (20,000 held by each) for an equal number of HPX Class A Ordinary Shares.

“Sponsor Shares” means the 1,896,100 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the Sponsor and certain affiliates in exchange for HPX Class A Ordinary Shares issued as part of the Sponsor Recapitalization, on a one-for-one basis.

“Sponsor Warrants” means the 676,707 outstanding Private Warrants held by the Sponsor.

“Subscription Agreements” mean, collectively, the Original Subscription Agreements and the Cygnus Subscription Agreement.

“Trademark Licensing Agreement” means the trademark licensing agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and between Ambipar and Emergencia, under which Ambipar formally granted Emergencia, its subsidiaries and controlling shareholder with a non-exclusive, non-assignable, non-sublicensable and non-transferable license to use the trademarks “Ambipar Response,” “Grupo Ambipar” and “Ambipar” in any country or territory where Emergencia and its affiliates operate and do business, for an indefinite period of time.

xv

“U.S. dollars,” “US$” and “$” in means United States dollars, the legal currency of the United States.

“U.S. GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

“Voting and Support Agreement” means the voting and support agreement, dated as of July 5, 2022, by and between Ambipar and HPX.

“Warrant Agreement” means the warrant agreement dated as of July 15, 2020, governing the outstanding Warrants.

“Warrants” means the warrants issued by the Company, each entitling the holder thereof to purchase one Class A Ordinary Share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share.

“Witt O’Brien’s” means Witt O’Brien’s, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

“WOB Acquisition” means the purchase by Ambipar USA from the WOB Sellers of all issued and outstanding membership interests in Witt O’Brien’s, LLC for cash in accordance with the WOB SPA.

“WOB Sellers” means ORM Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, and ORM Holdings II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“WOB SPA” means the purchase and sale agreement by and among the WOB Sellers, Seacor and Ambipar USA, dated as of September 13, 2022, in connection with the WOB Acquisition.

“XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder” means Trend HPX SPAC FIA IE, represented by its investment manager XP Allocation Asset Management Ltda.

“XP Non-Redemption Agreement” means a certain non-redemption agreement, dated as of July 5, 2022, by HPX, the Company and the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder, pursuant to which, among other things, (i) the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder agreed to vote in favor and not to redeem or exercise any right to redeem any HPX Class A Ordinary Shares of which it is the record and beneficial owner in connection with any extension of the deadline for HPX to complete its initial business combination sought on or prior to July 15, 2022 and (ii) the Company agreed to issue to the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder one fourth of a Warrant and 0.044 Class A Ordinary Share, in each case on or promptly following the Closing, in each case per HPX Class A Ordinary Share (x) held by the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder at the HPX Extraordinary General Meeting, (y) voted by the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder in favor of the transactions contemplated in the Business Combination Agreement for which the approval of HPX shareholders is required and (z) not redeemed by the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder at the HPX Extraordinary General Meeting. The XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder did not commit not to redeem its HPX Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with the Business Combination and it retained the right to redeem all such shares at its option.

xvi

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Securities. Before making an investment decision, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and the financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus and the other documents to which this prospectus refers. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for more information.

Overview

We are a leading environmental, emergency response and industrial field service provider in Brazil with presence in 16 countries in Latin America, North America, Europe, Africa and Antarctica as of June 30, 2022. Through our international platform, our sophisticated special equipment and our highly qualified personnel, we provide our customers with a full suite of environmental services organized around prevention, training and emergency response on all transportation modes. Our portfolio includes a broad variety of services such as environmental remediation, industrial field services, industrial cleaning of chemical and non-chemical products and of hazardous and non-hazardous waste, consulting services focused on accident prevention and environmental licensing. We believe we are pioneers in offering several environmental and industrial field services across the value chain, in addition to being a market leader for innovation and the use of cutting-edge environmental technologies.

Our diversified customer base of over 10,000 customers as of June 30, 2022 ranges from local to blue chip and multinational companies operating in a wide range of industries, including chemicals, pulp and paper, mining, oil and gas, logistics, power, steel, meatpacking and cement, among others. Our broad and recurrent portfolio includes services contracted through our subscription model, such as emergency response services for highway accidents, industrial chemical spills and dry port emergencies, as well as services contracted through spot agreements, such as gas decommissioning, industrial silo cleaning and underground gas tanking cleaning.

We started our environmental emergencies operations in 2008 as part of the broader Ambipar Group founded in 1995 by Mr. Tercio Borlenghi Junior, chairman of our Board and our indirect controlling shareholder. Over the years, we have focused on building a fully integrated platform in Latin America by applying a strategy of increasing our reach, market share and complementary services through strategic acquisitions, including the acquisitions of SOS COTEC — Consultoria e Tecnologia e Ecológica S.A. (“SOS COTEC”) in 2011, Suatrans Emergência S.A. (“Suatrans Brazil”) and a stake in Suatrans Chile S.A. (“Suatrans Chile”) in 2012, and WGRA — Gerenciamento de Riscos Ambientais Ltda. (“WGRA”) in 2018. In 2021, we acquired Ambipar Response ES S.A. (formerly known as Controlpar Participações S.A.), thereby improving our portfolio of accident prevention services. In 2022, we have completed six acquisitions in Brazil that expanded the breadth of our services offering, including Dracares Apoio Marítimo e Portuário Ltda, which strengthened our oil spill operations; Flyone Serviço Aéreo Especializado, Comércio e Serviços Ltda., through which we began our activities of fighting wildfires through aircrafts; and CTA Serviços em Meio Ambiente Ltda., through which we act in the rescue of animals and recovery of flora impacted by oil spills.

In 2018, we started our international expansion with the acquisition of Braemar Response Ltd. (“Braemar Response”), a British company founded in 1948 with extensive experience in responding to environmental emergencies, responding to our customers’ demand in Europe. In 2020, we acquired Allied International Emergency, LLC in the United States, which provides emergency response, environmental remediation and industrial services. In addition to that acquisition, since 2020, we have completed seven other acquisitions in the United States, including the WOB Acquisition, six in Canada (including our recent acquisition of Ridgeline Canada Inc. in August 2022), two in Europe and two in Latin America (including the consolidation of our control of Suatrans Chile). We believe that the WOB Acquisition will be transformational for us as it strengthens our presence on continents where we are already active and allows us entry into Asia and Oceania.

1

Source:   Ambipar Group information.

(1)

Net revenue, EBITDA and EBITDA Margin for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2022, as well as EBITDA and EBITDA Margin for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2021, have not been audited, reviewed or compiled by any independent registered public accountant. We adopted IFRS starting January 1, 2020. These figures may not be fully comparable to net revenue, EBITDA and EBITDA Margin for subsequent periods. EBITDA and EBITDA Margin are not defined or calculated under principles, standards or rules that comprise IFRS or U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, the non-GAAP financial measures we use and refer to should not be viewed as a substitute for our combined financial statements prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS or any other performance measure derived in accordance with IFRS, and we encourage you not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our definition of EBITDA and EBITDA Margin are specific to our business and you should not assume that these definitions are comparable to similarly titled financial measures of other companies.

(2)

For additional information on how we calculate EBITDA and EBITDA Margin, see “Selected Historical Financial Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

In 2021 and in the six months ended June 30, 2022, we executed more than 28,000 and more than 20,000 service deliveries to our customers, respectively. We organize our services within three categories: (i) emergency response and industrial field services; (ii) consulting services focused on accident prevention and environmental licensing; and (iii) training services.

Recent Developments

Business Combination

On the Closing Date, we consummated the previously announced business combination pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, by and among the Company, HPX, Merger Sub, Emergencia, and Ambipar.

In connection with the entry into the Business Combination Agreement, HPX, the Company, Emergencia, the Sponsor and the Insiders entered into the Sponsor Letter Agreement, pursuant to which, on March 3, 2023, the Initial Shareholders contributed, transferred, assigned, conveyed and delivered to HPX, and HPX acquired and accepted from the Initial Shareholders, all of the Initial Shareholders’ right, title and interest in, to and under each of their 6,305,000 outstanding Founder Shares, 6,245,000 of which were held by the Sponsor, and each of the 7,060,000 HPX Private Warrants, all of which were held by the Sponsor, and in exchange therefore, HPX issued (i) to the Sponsor 1,836,100 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares and 676,707 HPX Private Warrants, each free and clear of liens, and (ii) to each Insider a number of HPX Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the number of Founder Shares held by such Insider as of the date of the

2

Sponsor Letter Agreement, each free and clear of liens, such that, immediately prior to the First Effective Time, there was no outstanding Founder Shares.

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, one business day before the Closing Date, Ambipar contributed all of the issued and outstanding equity of Emergencia into Merger Sub in exchange for the newly issued Merger Sub Ordinary Shares. On the Closing Date, (i) HPX merged with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving entity (the “First Merger” and the effective time of the First Merger, the “First Effective Time”) and (ii) immediately following the First Merger, Merger Sub merged with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving entity and holding all of the issued and outstanding equity of Emergencia (the “Second Merger” and the effective time of the Second Merger, the “Second Effective Time; the Second Merger together with the First Merger, the “Mergers;” and the Mergers collectively with the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the “Business Combination”).

As part of the Business Combination, at the First Effective Time: (i) each issued and outstanding HPX Class A Ordinary Share was canceled and converted into the right to receive one Class A Ordinary Share, (ii) each issued and outstanding whole HPX Warrant was converted into one Warrant, subject to the same terms and conditions existing prior to such conversion, and (iii) each outstanding and unvested restricted stock unit in respect of HPX Class A Ordinary Shares was converted into a Restricted Stock Unit to be settled in Class A Ordinary Shares, subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable to such restricted stock units of HPX as of immediately prior to the First Effective Time. The Restricted Stock Units vested at Closing and were settled through the issuance of 20,000 Class A Ordinary Shares on March 29, 2023.

Additionally, at the Second Effective Time, each issued and outstanding Merger Sub Ordinary Share was cancelled and converted into the right to receive the applicable portion of the merger consideration comprised of Class B Ordinary Shares, as determined in accordance with the per share consideration set forth in the Business Combination Agreement; provided that the number of Class B Ordinary Shares issued to Ambipar was adjusted downwards by $3,572,446, which is the amount corresponding, at one share for every $10.00, to the transaction expenses incurred by Emergencia in excess of $9,500,000 not reimbursed by Ambipar pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement.

In addition, Ambipar will be issued up to an additional 11,000,000 newly issued Class B Ordinary Shares (the “Earn-Out Shares”), as follows: (i) if at any time during the three-year period following the Closing Date, the closing share price of the Class A Ordinary Shares is greater than or equal to $17.00 over any 20 trading days within any consecutive 30 trading day period, 50% of the Earn-Out Shares will be issued; and (ii) if at any time during the three-year period following the Closing Date, the closing share price of the Class A Ordinary Shares is greater than or equal to $20.00 over any 20 trading days within any consecutive 30 trading day period, the remaining 50% of the Earn-Out Shares will be issued.

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, Ambipar entered into the Ambipar Subscription Agreement, pursuant to which Ambipar committed (the “Ambipar PIPE Financing”) to subscribe for and purchase 5,050,000 Class B Ordinary Shares at $10.00 per share. On the Closing Date, Ambipar paid the $50.5 million subscription price through the conversion of a $50.5 million equivalent intercompany loan provided by Ambipar pursuant to the Ambipar Intercompany Loan Agreement.

In addition, in connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, (i) Opportunity Agro Fund entered into the Opportunity Subscription Agreement pursuant to which Opportunity Agro Fund committed (the “Opportunity PIPE Financing”) to subscribe for and purchase Class A Ordinary Shares, and (ii) HPX and the Company entered into the Original Subscription Agreements with the Original PIPE Investors, pursuant to which such Original PIPE Investors committed to subscribe for and purchase Class A Ordinary Shares.

On December 8, 2022, HPX, the Company and Cygnus (Cygnus, collectively with the Original PIPE Investors, the “PIPE Investors”), which was originally a non-redeeming shareholder, entered into the Cygnus Non-Redemption Agreement and the Cygnus Subscription Agreement on terms and conditions substantially consistent with those included in the Non-Redemption Agreements (other than the XP Non-Redemption Agreement) and the Original Subscription Agreements; provided, however, that pursuant to the Cygnus Non-Redemption Agreement and the Cygnus Subscription Agreement, Cygnus was granted the option (the

3

“Cygnus Option”), exercisable by Cygnus via written notice to be delivered to HPX and the Company no later than 10 calendar days prior to the HPX Extraordinary General Meeting, either (i) to comply with the terms and conditions contained in the Cygnus Non-Redemption Agreement (including, among other things, to vote its 300,000 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares in favor of the transactions contemplated in the Business Combination Agreement for which the approval of HPX shareholders is required and not to redeem or exercise any right to redeem its 300,000 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares), or (ii) not to be bound by the Cygnus Non-Redemption Agreement and instead to subscribe for 300,000 Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Cygnus Subscription Agreement for aggregate gross proceeds of $3,000,000. On February 10, 2023, Cygnus sent a termination and subscription notice to HPX and the Company (the “Cygnus Notice”) whereby it elected option (ii) above.

On the Closing Date, the PIPE Investors collectively subscribed for and purchased, and the Company issued and sold to the PIPE Investors, an aggregate of 11,450,000 Class A Ordinary Shares for aggregate gross proceeds of $114,500,000 (the “PIPE Financing”). In consideration of the agreements of such PIPE Investors set forth in the Subscription Agreements, the Company issued to the PIPE Investors, on the Closing Date, (i) an aggregate of 2,642,500 Warrants (2,280,000 of which being issued to Opportunity Agro Fund) and (ii) an aggregate of 1,873,800 additional Class A Ordinary Shares (1,810,000 of which being issued to Opportunity Agro Fund).

The Company also granted certain customary registration rights to Ambipar and the PIPE Investors in connection with the Ambipar PIPE Financing and the PIPE Financing, respectively.

Further, concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, Genome and Gannett Peek agreed pursuant to their respective Non-Redemption Agreements to, among other things, vote their respective HPX Class A Ordinary Shares in favor of the transactions contemplated in the Business Combination Agreement for which the approval of HPX shareholders was required and agreed not to redeem or exercise any right to redeem any HPX Class A Ordinary Shares that such Non-Redeeming Shareholder held of record or beneficially. In consideration of the agreement described above by Genome and Gannett Peek, on the Closing Date, the Company issued to such Non-Redeeming Shareholders (i) an aggregate of 75,000 Warrants and (ii) an aggregate of 13,200 Class A Ordinary Shares.

Similarly, concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder entered into the XP Non-Redemption Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, (i) the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder agreed to vote in favor and not to redeem or exercise any right to redeem any HPX Class A Ordinary Shares of which it was the record and beneficial owner in connection with any extension of the deadline for HPX to complete its initial business combination sought on or prior to July 15, 2022 and (ii) the Company agreed to issue to the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder one fourth of a Warrant and 0.044 Class A Ordinary Share, in each case to be issued at or promptly following the Closing, in each case per HPX Class A Ordinary Share (x) held by the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder at the HPX Extraordinary General Meeting, (y) voted by the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder in favor of the transactions contemplated in the Business Combination Agreement for which the approval of HPX shareholders was required and (z) not redeemed by the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder at the HPX Extraordinary General Meeting; provided that the number of Warrants, if any, and additional Class A Ordinary Shares, if any, issuable to the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder on or promptly following the Closing Date was limited to an aggregate amount of 325,000 Warrants and 57,200 Class A Ordinary Shares. On the Closing Date, the Company issued 135,793 Warrants and 23,900 Class A Ordinary Shares to the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder.

In addition, each of the PIPE Investors and the Non-Redeeming Shareholders (the “DPA Beneficiaries”) has been provided with downside protection rights pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Downside Protection Agreements. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Downside Protection Agreements, the DPA Beneficiaries may receive, on a pro rata basis, an aggregate of up to 1,050,000 Class A Ordinary Shares from the Sponsor or may sell a certain number of their respective Class A Ordinary Shares to Ambipar, the Sponsor or to a third party in a block trade, in each case to occur no earlier than 30 months following the Closing; provided that each DPA Beneficiary is only eligible to receive such downside protection if it holds, on each day beginning on the Closing Date and until the 30-month anniversary of the Closing Date (the “DPA Measurement Period”), a number of Class A Ordinary Shares representing at least 50% of the number of Class A Ordinary Shares held by such DPA Beneficiary immediately after Closing.

4

For the avoidance of doubt, the Company will not issue any Ordinary Shares in connection with the Downside Protection Agreements and the transactions contemplated in the Downside Protection Agreements will not have any dilutive effect on holders of Ordinary Shares.

Moreover, certain other related agreements have been entered into in connection with the Business Combination, including the Voting and Support Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, the Investor Rights Agreement, the Cost Sharing Agreement and the Trademark Licensing Agreement, each as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

The Business Combination was unanimously approved by HPX’s board of directors and was approved at the HPX Extraordinary General Meeting held on February 28, 2023. HPX’s shareholders also voted to approve all other proposals presented at the Extraordinary General Meeting. Prior to the Extraordinary General Meeting, HPX shareholders exercised their redemption rights in respect of 1,258,439 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares (the “Final Redemption”). As a result, immediately prior to the Closing Date, there were 2,814,205 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding.

Due to the significant number of HPX Class A Ordinary Shares that were redeemed in connection with the Business Combination, the number of Class A Ordinary Shares that the Selling Securityholders can sell into the public markets pursuant to this prospectus (including Class A Ordinary Shares underlying Warrants) may exceed the remaining public float. Furthermore, the Class A Ordinary Shares being registered for sale in this prospectus (including Class A Ordinary Shares underlying Warrants) exceed the total number of outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares (16,195,105 outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares as of March 29, 2023, prior to any exercise of the Warrants). On a fully diluted basis (assuming and after giving effect to the issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares upon exercise of all outstanding Warrants), the Class A Ordinary Shares being registered for resale in this prospectus represent approximately 58.1% of our total issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares, with the Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by Opportunity Agro Fund representing 43.5% of our total issued outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares on a fully diluted basis. The Selling Securityholders will have the ability to sell all of their Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part for so long as it is available for use. Even if our trading price were to trade significantly below $10.00, the offering price for the units offered in HPX’s IPO, certain of the Selling Securityholders may still have an incentive to sell Class A Ordinary Shares because they may still experience a positive rate of return on the securities they purchased due to the differences in the purchase prices described in the preceding paragraph and the public trading price of our securities. While the Selling Securityholders may, on average, experience a positive rate of return based on the current market price of the securities they purchased, public securityholders may not experience a similar rate of return on the securities they purchased due to differences in the purchase prices and the current market price. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Securities — The securities being registered for resale in this prospectus represent a substantial percentage of our outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares and the sale of such securities, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline significantly.”

As a result of the Business Combination, Emergencia has become our wholly-owned subsidiary. On March 6, 2023, our Class A Ordinary Shares and our Warrants commenced trading on the NYSE American, under the symbols “AMBI” and “AMBIWS,” respectively.

Recent Acquisitions

On July 7, 2022, our subsidiary Ambipar Response ES S.A. acquired CTA Serviços em Meio Ambiente Ltda., a Brazilian specialist in environmental emergency response services, in particular with respect to preserving, protecting and rehabilitating fauna and flora, with 20 service centers in the states of Rio de Janeiro, Espírito Santo and Bahia and a multidisciplinary team of more than 140 employees.

On July 11, 2022, our subsidiary Ambipar Holding Canadá Inc. acquired Graham Utility Hydrovac Services, a Canadian specialist in industrial services and emergency response for the road transport industry, with a strategically located service center in Belleville, Canada.

On July 26, 2022, Emergencia acquired Ck7 Servicos de Manutencao Industrial e Reparos Em Geral Ltda (known as C-Tank), a Brazilian based specialist on vessel tank cleaning, with headquarters in Niteroi, Rio de Janeiro, which further expanded our portfolio and strengthened our position on the oil and gas market.

5

On August 2, 2022, our subsidiary Ambipar Holding Canadá Inc. acquired Ridgeline Canada Inc., a Canadian emergency response company with 16 operation centers in Canada and focused on level 1 (24-hour remote emergency response by telephone) and level 2 (consulting and subcontracting of responders) services.

On September 13, 2022, Ambipar USA entered into a purchase and sale agreement with the WOB Sellers and Seacor to acquire all of the issued and outstanding membership interests in Witt O’Brien’s, LLC for cash (the “WOB Acquisition”), which closed on October 24, 2022. Based in the United States and supporting clients in several countries across the world, Witt O’Brien’s provides crisis and emergency management services for both the public and private sectors that ensure the continuity, stability, and resilience of its clients’ mission-critical operations. After the consummation of the WOB Acquisition, Witt O’Brien’s, LLC became our indirect wholly owned subsidiary. For further information on the WOB Acquisition and the risks related thereto, see “Risk Factors — Risks relating to the WOB Acquisition” and “Business — The WOB Acquisition.”

New Loan Agreement with Itau BBA International PLC

In August 2022, in order to finance the WOB Acquisition, Ambipar USA, as borrower, and Emergencia, as guarantor, entered into the IBBA Loan Agreement with Itau BBA International PLC, as lender, pursuant to which Itau BBA International PLC granted a loan to Ambipar USA in the principal amount of $90.0 million, bearing interest of 6.36% p.a., to be paid in nine half-yearly installments from March 2023 to March 2027, with payment of principal due on September 13, 2027.

Ambipar Intercompany Loan Agreement

On July 5, 2022, Ambipar and Emergencia entered into the Ambipar Intercompany Loan Agreement, pursuant to which Ambipar formalized the disbursement to Emergencia of an aggregate amount of R$317,094,454.24. Pursuant to the Ambipar Intercompany Loan Agreement, on the Closing Date, Ambipar elected to convert the amount (as expressed in Brazilian reais) equivalent to US$50,500,000.00 into Emergencia’s equity, as consideration for the subscription and purchase of 5,050,000 Class B Ordinary Shares at $10.00 per share pursuant to the Ambipar Subscription Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Second Issuance of Debentures

On September 20, 2022, Emergencia issued R$250.0 million in principal amount of a single series of 250,000 unsecured, non-convertible debentures due September 20, 2028 (the “Second Issuance of Debentures”), pursuant to the deed of debentures dated as of September 16, 2022, entered into by and among Emergencia, Oliveira Trust Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários, as trustee, and Ambipar, as guarantor. The debentures issued under the Second Issuance of Debentures bear interest corresponding to 100% of the accumulated rate of interbank deposits in Brazil (“CDI”) plus 2.65% per year, and will be amortized in four annual and consecutive installments, with the first installment due on September 20, 2025.

Preliminary Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2022

Our financial results for the year ended December 31, 2022 are not yet finalized and have been presented based on information currently available to management. The following table reflects selected preliminary financial information for December 31, 2022:

​	For the Year Ended December 31,
​	2022		2022		2021		Varation
​	(Unaudited)		(Unaudited)		(Audited)		​	​
​	(in US$ millions)(1)		(in R$ millions)				%
Net revenue	​	322.9	​	1,684.9	​	822.2	​	104.9%
Cost of services rendered	​	(256.4)	​	(1,337.7)	​	(618.7)	​	116.2%

6

​	For the Year Ended December 31,
​	2022		2022		2021		Varation
​	(Unaudited)		(Unaudited)		(Audited)		​	​
​	(in US$ millions)(1)		(in R$ millions)				%
Gross profit	​	66.5	​	347.1	​	203.5	​	70.6%
Operating profit	​	64.5	​	336.8	​	178.0	​	89.2%
Net finance cost	​	(19.9)	​	(104.0)	​	(2.0)	​	5,200.0%
Income tax and social contribution	​	(8.6)	​	(44.9)	​	(37.9)	​	(18.6)%

(1)

For convenience purposes only, certain amounts in reais have been translated to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of R$5.218 to US$1.00, the commercial selling rate for U.S. dollars as of December 30, 2022, as reported by the Central Bank. These translations have not been audited and should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted at that or any other exchange rate. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Markets Where We Operate — Exchange rate instability can harm the economy of emerging markets where we operate and, consequently, affect us.”

Net revenue

Net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 amounted to R$1,684.9 million, compared to R$822.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2021, which represents an increase of R$862.7 million, or 104.9%.

The increase in net revenue was primarily due to increased operations in our North America and Brazil segments, which experienced the largest growths in the year, reaching net revenue of R$789.5 million and R$534.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2022, respectively, from R$334.8 million and R$210.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively, as a result of a wider regional reach and, consequently, an increase in the overall number of subscription contracts and spot contracts. These increases were partially offset by a negative effect of 4.3 percentage points on our net revenue as a result of the depreciation of the U.S. dollar, Canadian dollar and British pound against the real.

Acquisitions that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2022 contributed R$518.9 million to the increase in net revenue in the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. Excluding the effect of those acquisitions, our net revenue would have increased 41.8% or R$343.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, due to (1) an increase of R$168.9 million in net revenue in the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, derived from the net revenue generated from the companies we acquired during 2021 and that were gradually and fully integrated into our ecosystem during the year ended December 31, 2022 and (2) an increase of R$174.9 million or 36.8% in net revenue in the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, excluding all acquisitions made in the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, primarily due to an increase of cross-selling and growth in North America and Latin America in connection with an increase of the capacity of our service centers and operating capabilities.

Cost of services rendered

Cost of services rendered for the year ended December 31, 2022 amounted to R$1,337.7 million, compared to R$618.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, which represents an increase of R$719.1 million, or 116.2%. This increase was primarily due to the acquisitions we completed in the year and the increase in operations, consistent with the increase in net revenue described above. These increases were partially offset by a positive effect of 4.1 percentage points on our cost of services as a result of the depreciation of the U.S. dollar, Canadian dollar and British pound against the real.

Acquisitions that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2022 contributed R$373.3 million to the increase in cost of services rendered in the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. Excluding the effect of those acquisitions, our cost of services rendered would have

7

increased by 58.6% or R$345.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, due to (1) an increase of R$203.2 million in cost of services rendered in the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, derived from the growth of the operations of the companies we acquired in 2021 and integrated into our ecosystem during the year ended December 31, 2022; and (2) an increase of cost of services rendered of R$142.5 million or 37.6% in the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, excluding all acquisitions made in the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, as a result of the organic growth of our operations in the year and inflationary costs pressure on our cost of services rendered.

Gross profit

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2022 amounted to R$347.1 million, compared to R$203.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2021. Gross profit represented 20.6% and 24.8% of our net revenue, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. The decrease in gross profit margin was primarily due to the increase in cost of services rendered in the year ended December 31, 2022 as a percentage of net revenue, as a result of increased costs related to third-party providers and fuel caused by inflationary cost pressure, supply chain disruptions, and increases in oil prices in the year, which negatively impacted gross profit margin by 4.5 percentage points in the aggregate, as well as decreased economies of scale resulting from (1) recently acquired businesses that were in the process of being integrated into our ecosystem, and (2) organic growth in markets which we had recently entered and had smaller operations. The increasing adoption of controls over our costs and expenditures following recent acquisitions helped to mitigate inflationary pressures, including by means of centralizing negotiations with suppliers at the corporate level and the renegotiation of pricing terms with suppliers, and we have been able to gradually increase prices as a way to pass on costs and improve gross profit margins. Supply chain disruptions have been mitigated through the earlier ordering of vehicles and equipment, and increasing the utilization of suppliers who have more favorable delivery terms. The increase in cost of services rendered as a percentage of net revenue was partially offset primarily by a decrease in costs with personnel as a percentage of net revenue due to workforce optimization.

Operating Profit

Operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2022 amounted to R$336.8 million, compared to R$178.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2021, which represented an increase of R$158.7 million, or 89.2%, due to the factors described above, as well as a decrease by two percentage points of selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues.

Net finance cost

Our net finance cost increased by R$101.9 million, to R$104.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 from R$2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Finance income decreased by R$1.2 million, or 11.2%, to R$9.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2022 from R$10.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to a decrease in foreign-exchange rate income, as partially offset by a greater average cash balance in the year which resulted in an increase in revenues from interest-earning bank deposits. Our finance costs increased by R$100.7 million, or 786.8%, to R$113.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2022 from R$12.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to an increase in debenture interest and interest on loans, primarily as a result of the First Issuance of Debentures, the Second Issuance of Debentures and the borrowing under the IBBA Loan Agreement with Itau BBA International PLC to finance the WOB Acquisition in 2022.

Income tax and social contribution

Income tax and social contribution expense for the year ended December 31, 2022 was R$44.9 million, compared R$37.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2021, which represents an increase of R$7.1 million, or 18.5%, primarily due to higher income before taxes in 2022.

Cautionary Statement Regarding Preliminary Results

Our preliminary results for the year ended December 31, 2022 provided herein are derived from segment data included in the financial statements of Ambipar as of and for the year ended December 31,

8

2022 and 2021, which were made public by Ambipar in Brazil. The preliminary results have not been prepared on a standalone basis and have not been audited or reviewed in accordance with applicable PCAOB standards or any other auditing standards. While the preliminary results have been prepared in good faith and based on information available at the time of preparation, no assurance can be made that actual results will not change as a result of our management’s review of results and other factors. The preliminary results presented above are subject to finalization and closing of our accounting books and records (which have yet to be performed) and should not be viewed as a substitute for full year financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. The preliminary results depend on several factors, including weaknesses in our internal controls and financial reporting process (as described under “Risk Factors”). Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance upon these preliminary results. While we do not expect that our preliminary results will differ materially from its actual results for the year ended December 31, 2022, we cannot assure you that our preliminary results for the year ended December 31, 2022 will be indicative of our actual financial results for the year ended December 31, 2022 or for any future periods. As a result, the preliminary results cannot necessarily be considered predictive of actual operating results for the period described above, and this information should not be relied on as such. You should read this information together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our audited combined financial statements, unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and unaudited pro forma condensed financial information and the historical audited financial statements of Witt O’Brien’s and the respective notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The preliminary results presented above were prepared by and are the responsibility of our management. No independent registered public accounting firm or independent accountant has audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to the financial information contained in these preliminary results. Accordingly, no independent registered public accounting firm or independent accountant has expressed any opinion or given any other form of assurance with respect thereto and no independent registered public accounting firm or independent accountant assumes any responsibility for the preliminary results. The report of the independent registered public accounting firm included elsewhere in this prospectus relates to the historical financial information of Emergencia. Such report does not extend to the preliminary results and should not be read to do so.

By including in this prospectus a summary of certain preliminary results regarding our financial and operating results, neither we nor any of our respective advisors or other representatives has made or makes any representation to any person regarding our ultimate performance compared to the information contained in the preliminary results and actual results may materially differ from those described above and we do not undertake any obligation unless required by applicable law to update or otherwise revise the preliminary results set forth herein to reflect circumstances existing since their preparation or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events or to reflect changes in general economic or industry conditions, even in the event that any or all of the underlying assumptions are shown to be in error.

Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” and are not required to, among other things, (1) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404; (2) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; (3) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis); and (4) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of the Business Combination or (b) in which we have total

9

annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion (as adjusted for inflation pursuant to SEC rules from time to time), and (2) the date on which (x) we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means that the market value of our Class A Ordinary Shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, or (y) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer and a Controlled Company

We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act that are applicable to “foreign private issuers,” and under those requirements we file reports with the SEC. Under the applicable securities laws of the United States, “foreign private issuers” are subject to different disclosure requirements than U.S. domiciled issuers. Under the Exchange Act, we are subject to reporting obligations that, in certain respects, are less detailed and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we are not required to issue quarterly reports, proxy statements that comply with the requirements applicable to U.S. domestic reporting companies, or individual executive compensation information that is as detailed as that required of U.S. domestic reporting companies. We also have four months after the end of each fiscal year to file our annual reports with the SEC and are not required to file current reports as frequently or promptly as U.S. domestic reporting companies. Furthermore, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the requirements to report transactions in our equity securities and from the short-swing profit liability provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. As a foreign private issuer, we are also not subject to the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) promulgated under the Exchange Act. These exemptions and leniencies reduce the frequency and scope of information and protections available to you in comparison to those applicable to shareholders of U.S. domestic reporting companies.

We intend to take all necessary measures to comply with the requirements of a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules of which were adopted by the SEC and the NYSE American as listing standards and requirements. Under the NYSE American’s rules, a “foreign private issuer” is subject to less stringent corporate governance and compliance requirements and subject to certain exceptions and the NYSE American permits a “foreign private issuer” to follow its home country’s practice in lieu of the listing requirements of the NYSE American. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Securities — As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than a U.S. company. This may limit the information available to holders of our securities” and “Management — Foreign Private Issuer Exemptions.”

In addition, for purposes of the rules of the NYSE American, we are a “controlled company,” which are companies of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group, or another company. Ambipar holds all of our outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares, which gives Ambipar control of the voting power of all our outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares and approximately 96.0% of our voting power. Accordingly, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from certain NYSE American corporate governance standards.

Under these rules, a controlled company may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•

the requirement that a majority of its board of directors consist of independent directors;

•

the requirement that the nominating and corporate governance committee is composed entirely of independent directors; and

•

the requirement that the compensation committee is composed entirely of independent directors.

Currently, we do not plan to utilize the exemptions available for controlled companies, but we are relying on the exemptions available for “foreign private issuers” described above to follow our home country governance practices instead. If we cease to be a foreign private issuer or if we cannot rely on our home country governance practice exemption for any reason, we may decide to invoke the exemptions available for a controlled company as long as we remain a controlled company. As a result, you will not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE American corporate

10

governance requirements. See“Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Securities — We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE American. As a result, we qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that would otherwise provide protection to shareholders of other companies.”

Our Corporate Information

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands with limited liability. Prior to the Business Combination, we did not conduct any material activities other than those incident to our formation and certain matters related to the Business Combination, such as the making of certain required securities law filings.

The mailing address of our principal executive office is Avenida Angélica, 2346, 5th Floor, São Paulo, São Paulo, Brazil, 01228-200 and our telephone number is +55 (11) 3429-5000. Our website is https://​ir.response.ambipar.com. The information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, such as we, that file electronically, with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

Our agent for service of process in the United States is Capitol Services, Inc, 1218 Central Ave Ste 100, Albany, New York, 12205.

11

Organizational Structure

The following diagram depicts our organizational structure as of the date hereof:

Note:   Jurisdiction of incorporation, organization, formation, as applicable, are in parentheses and italics.

Summary Risk Factors

Investing in our securities entails a high degree of risk as more fully described under “Risk Factors.” You should carefully consider such risks before deciding to invest in our securities. These risks include, among others:

•

Our inorganic growth strategy, including through international expansion, subjects us to a variety of risks that could adversely affect our operations and revenues.

•

We may face successor liability for contingencies and damages arising from our acquisitions that have not been identified prior to the relevant acquisition and may not be sufficiently indemnified under the terms of the applicable acquisition agreement.

•

Competition in the acquisition targets and consolidation in our sector may limit our ability to grow through acquisitions.

•

Our growth depends largely on our ability to successfully execute our M&A strategy. We may not realize the expected benefits from recent or potential future acquisitions or may incur significant expenses in connection therewith, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

•

The use of cash and significant indebtedness in connection with financing acquisitions could adversely impact our liquidity, limit our flexibility to respond to other business opportunities and increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and operating conditions.

12

•

We may be unable to comply with the financial and operating covenants set forth in the deeds governing our Debentures and certain financing agreement.

•

Difficulties in managing our liquidity risk may adversely affect our financial and operating performance and limit our growth.

•

We may not be able to raise sufficient funds to implement our business plan, renew our existing lines of credit or access new financing facilities on attractive terms or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

•

Our emergency response services are subject to operational and security risks, including as a result of the handling of hazardous substances, and any accidents that occur during the performance of our services may expose us to significant civil, labor, environmental and criminal liabilities and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

•

Our market is highly competitive. Failure to compete successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

•

Unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our results of operations.

•

We are currently operating in a period of economic uncertainty and capital markets disruption, which has been significantly impacted by geopolitical instability due to the ongoing military conflict between Russia and Ukraine. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected by any negative impact on the global economy and capital markets resulting from the conflict in Ukraine or any other geopolitical tensions.

•

We, our subsidiaries, affiliates, direct and indirect controlling shareholders and members of our management, or companies with which management has been involved with in the past, have been in the past and may in the future be subject to legal, administrative or arbitration disputes or investigations. Any disputes or investigations may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

•

Losses not covered by insurance policies or that exceed the respective indemnity limits, as well as failure to renew insurance policies under conditions favorable to us, may have an adverse effect on our business.

•

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic and measures taken in response thereto impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and are difficult to predict.

•

We may not be successful in renewing strategic lease agreements or at terms and conditions favorable to us.

•

Breaches of, or significant interruptions to, our information technology systems and those of our third-party service providers or breaches of data security could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial condition.

•

We are subject to risks associated with non-compliance with the Brazilian Data Protection Law and similar legislation of other countries that impose obligations in connection with the collection, storage, use, processing, disclosure, protection, transmission, retention and disposal of personal, sensitive, regulated or confidential data.

•

The loss of members of our management may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

•

In preparing our financial statements, we have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and, if we fail to remediate such material weaknesses (and any other ones) or implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations, meet our reporting obligations or prevent fraud.

•

Our international presence subjects us to a variety of risks arising from doing business internationally.

•

Governments have a high degree of influence in the economies of emerging markets where we operate, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

13

•

We may be unable to successfully integrate Witt O’Brien’s operations or to fully realize targeted synergies, revenues and other expected benefits of the WOB Acquisition.

•

The market price and trading volume of our securities have been and may continue to be extremely volatile and could decline significantly.

•

A “short squeeze” due to a sudden increase in demand for our Class A Ordinary Shares that largely exceeds supply may lead to extreme price volatility in our Class A Ordinary Shares.

•

The securities being registered for resale in this prospectus represent a substantial percentage of our outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares and the sale of such securities, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline significantly.

•

Our Warrants will become exercisable for our Class A Ordinary Shares, which may increase the number of shares eligible for future resale in the public market and result in dilution to our shareholders.

•

We may issue additional Class A Ordinary Shares from time to time, including under our Omnibus Incentive Plan or in connection with equity or convertible debt offerings to finance our growth and implementation of our business strategy. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

•

Our controlling shareholder may take actions which are not necessarily in our interest or in the interest of our other shareholders.

•

Substantial future sales, or the perception of future sales, of our securities could cause the market price of our securities to decline, even if our business is doing well.

•

We depend on our shareholder Ambipar for many support services, certain of which are provided only on a transitional basis while others may be provided for the foreseeable future on arms-length terms.

•

The dual class structure of our Ordinary Shares may adversely affect the trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares.

•

We may redeem your unexpired Warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your Warrants worthless.

•

Our management has the ability to require holders of our Warrants to exercise such Warrants on a cashless basis which would cause holders to receive fewer ordinary shares upon their exercise of the Warrants than they would have received had they been able to exercise their Warrants for cash.

14

THE OFFERING

The summary below describes the principal terms of the offering. The “Description of Securities” section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of our Ordinary Shares and Warrants.

Issuer

Ambipar Emergency Response.

Class A Ordinary Shares being offered by us

up to 16,180,000 Class A Ordinary Shares, comprising:

(i)

up to 12,650,000 Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Public Warrants;

(ii)

up to 676,707 Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Sponsor Warrants; and

(iii)

up to 2,853,293 Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Investors’ Warrants.

Class A Ordinary Shares being registered for resale by the Selling Securityholders

an aggregate of 18,807,000 Class A Ordinary Shares, comprising:

(i)

up to 1,896,100 Sponsor Shares;

(ii)

up to 37,100 Non-Redeeming Shareholder Shares;

(iii)

up to 13,323,800 PIPE Shares;

(iv)

up to 676,707 Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Sponsor Warrants;

(v)

up to 2,853,293 Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Investors’ Warrants; and

(vi)

up to 20,000 RSU Shares.

Warrants being registered for resale by the Selling Securityholders

an aggregate of 3,530,000 Warrants, comprising:

(i)

up to 676,707 Sponsor Warrants; and

(ii)

up to 2,853,293 Investors’ Warrants.

Terms of the offering

The Selling Securityholders will determine when and how they will dispose of any Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants registered under this prospectus for resale. The Selling Securityholders may offer, sell or distribute all or a portion of the securities registered hereby publicly or through private transactions at prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Class A Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding prior to any exercise of the Warrants or the Restricted Stock Units

16,195,105 Class A Ordinary Shares.

Warrants issued and outstanding

16,180,000 Warrants, the exercise of which will result in the issuance of 16,180,000 Class A Ordinary Shares.

Use of proceeds

All of the Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants offered by the Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus will be sold by the Selling Securityholders for their respective

15

accounts. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Class A Ordinary Shares or Warrants to be offered by the Selling Securityholders.

With respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants, we will not receive any proceeds from such shares except with respect to amounts received by us upon exercise of such Warrants to the extent such Warrants are exercised for cash. Assuming the exercise of all outstanding Warrants for cash, we would receive aggregate proceeds of approximately $186.1 million. Except as otherwise set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement, we intend to use the net proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants, if any, for general corporate purposes, which may include, but is not limited to, funding for working capital, investments in organic and inorganic growth and repayment of outstanding indebtedness. However, whether warrantholders will exercise their Warrants, and therefore the amount of cash proceeds we would receive upon exercise, is dependent upon the trading price of the Class A Ordinary Shares, the last reported sales price for which was $7.77 per share on March 28, 2023. Each Warrant will become exercisable for one Class A Ordinary Share at an exercise price of $11.50. Therefore, if and when the trading price of the Class A Ordinary Shares is less than $11.50, we expect that warrantholders would not exercise their Warrants. The Warrants may not be or remain in the money during the period they are exercisable and prior to their expiration and, therefore, it is possible that the Warrants may not be exercised prior to their maturity on March 3, 2028, even if they are in the money, and as such, may expire worthless with minimal proceeds received by us, if any, from the exercise of Warrants. To the extent that any of the Warrants are exercised on a “cashless basis,” we will not receive any proceeds upon such exercise. As a result, we do not expect to rely on the cash exercise of Warrants to fund our operations. Instead, we intend to rely on other sources of cash discussed elsewhere in this prospectus to continue to fund our operations. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Liquidity

Due to the significant number of HPX Class A Ordinary Shares that were redeemed in connection with the Business Combination, the number of Class A Ordinary Shares that the Selling Securityholders can sell into the public markets pursuant to this prospectus may exceed the remaining public float. Furthermore, the 18,807,000 Class A Ordinary Shares being registered for sale in this prospectus (including Class A Ordinary Shares underlying Warrants) exceed the total number of outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares (16,195,105 outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares as of March 29, 2023, prior to any exercise of the Warrants). On a fully diluted basis (assuming and after giving effect to the issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares upon exercise of all outstanding Warrants), the Class A Ordinary Shares being registered for resale in this prospectus represent approximately 58.1% of our total issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares, with the

16

Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by Opportunity Agro Fund representing 43.5% of our total issued outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares on a fully diluted basis. The Selling Securityholders will have the ability to sell all of their Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part for so long as it is available for use. Given the substantial number of Class A Ordinary Shares being registered for potential resale by Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus, the sale of Class A Ordinary Shares by the Selling Securityholders, or the perception in the market that the Selling Securityholders of a large number of Class A Ordinary Shares intend to sell Class A Ordinary Shares, particularly Opportunity Agro Fund, could increase the volatility or result in a significant decline of the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and could make it more difficult for our shareholders to sell their Class A Ordinary Shares at such times and at such prices as they deem desirable. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Securities — The securities being registered for resale in this prospectus represent a substantial percentage of our outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares and the sale of such securities, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline significantly.”

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our Class A Ordinary Shares. The payment of cash dividends in the future will depend upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition. Any further determination to pay dividends on our Class A Ordinary Shares would be at the discretion of our Board.

Market for our securities

Our Class A Ordinary Shares and Public Warrants are listed on the NYSE American under the trading symbol “AMBI” and “AMBIWS.”

Lock-Up Restrictions

The Sponsor Shares, the Sponsor Warrants and the RSU Shares are subject to certain lock-up restrictions. See “Securities Eligible for Future Sale — Lock-Ups.”

Risk factors

Prospective investors should carefully consider the “Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain factors that should be considered before buying the securities offered hereby.

17

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present our summary financial and other data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, and as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The selected financial information related to our statement of income, financial position and cash flows presented in the tables below has been derived from our historical unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2022 and for each of the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, and from our audited historical combined financial statements as of December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and January 1, 2020 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2021 and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have applied IFRS for the first time for the year December 31, 2021 with a transition date of January 1, 2020. The transition to IFRS is more fully described in Note 3 to our audited combined financial statements, which are included elsewhere in the prospectus.

You should read the selected financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our combined financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in prospectus.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any other period in the future.

Our financial information has been prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Statement of Income Data

​	For the six months ended June 30,						For the year ended December 31,
​	2022		2022		2021		2021		2021		2020
​	(Unaudited Consolidated)						(Audited Combined)
​	(in US$ millions)(1)		(in R$ millions)				(in US$ millions)(1)		(in R$ millions)
Net revenue	​	125.0	​	654.5	​	334.6	​	157.0	​	822.2	​	364.3
Cost of services rendered	​	(99.3)	​	(520.0)	​	(251.1)	​	(118.1)	​	(618.7)	​	(256.1)
Gross profit	​	25.7	​	134.5	​	83.5	​	38.9	​	203.5	​	108.1
Operating expenses	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Selling, general and administrative expenses	​	(2.7)	​	(14.0)	​	(13.9)	​	(5.1)	​	(26.8)	​	(19.0)
Other income, net expenses	​	1.0	​	5.1	​	(0.1)	​	0.3	​	1.4	​	0.7
Operating profit	​	24.0	​	125.6	​	69.5	​	34.0	​	178.0	​	89.9
Net finance cost/revenue	​	(4.5)	​	(23.3)	​	5.9	​	(0.4)	​	(2.0)	​	(7.1)
Profit before tax	​	19.5	​	102.3	​	75.4	​	33.6	​	176.0	​	82.8
Income tax and social contribution	​	(3.8)	​	(19.9)	​	(22.8)	​	(7.2)	​	(37.9)	​	(16.7)
Profit for the period	​	15.7	​	82.4	​	52.6	​	26.4	​	138.1	​	66.0

(1)

For convenience purposes only, certain amounts in reais have been translated to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of R$5.238 to US$1.00, the commercial selling rate for U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2022, as reported by the Central Bank. These translations have not been audited and should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted at that or any other exchange rate. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Markets Where We Operate — Exchange rate instability can harm the economy of emerging markets where we operate and, consequently, affect us.”

18

Statement of Financial Position Data

​	As of June 30,				As of December 31,
​	2022		2022		2021		2020
​	(Unaudited Consolidated)				(Audited Combined)
​	(in US$ millions)(1)		(in R$ millions)		(in R$ millions)
Total current assets	​	111.7	​	585.3	​	453.4	​	233.8
Total non-current assets	​	233.0	​	1,220.7	​	977.7	​	367.0
Total assets	​	344.8	​	1,806.1	​	1,431.1	​	600.7
Total current liabilities	​	71.3	​	373.4	​	346.1	​	102.9
Total non-current liabilities	​	199.6	​	1,045.6	​	747.0	​	170.6
Total liabilities	​	270.9	​	1,419.0	​	1,093.2	​	273.5
Total equity	​	73.9	​	387.0	​	337.9	​	327.2
Total shareholders’ equity and liabilities	​	344.8	​	1,806.1	​	1,431.1	​	600.7

(1)

For convenience purposes only, certain amounts in reais have been translated to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of R$5.238 to US$1.00, the commercial selling rate for U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2022, as reported by the Central Bank. These translations have not been audited and should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted at that or any other exchange rate. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Markets Where We Operate — Exchange rate instability can harm the economy of emerging markets where we operate and, consequently, affect us.”

Statements of Cash Flow Data

​	For the six months ended June 30,						For the year ended December 31,
​	2022		2022		2021		2021		2021		2020
​	(Unaudited Consolidated)						(Audited Combined)
​	(in US$ millions)(1)		(in R$ millions)				(in US$ millions)(1)		(in R$ millions)
Net cash generated from operating activities	​	16.8	​	87.8	​	31.0	​	12.3	​	64.3	​	32.5
Net cash used in investment activities	​	(49.5)	​	(259.2)	​	(256.6)	​	(85.6)	​	(448.4)	​	(117.7)
Net cash generated from financing activities	​	37.2	​	195.1	​	217.6	​	82.7	​	433.2	​	108.9

(1)

For convenience purposes only, certain amounts in reais have been translated to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of R$5.238 to US$1.00, the commercial selling rate for U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2022, as reported by the Central Bank. These translations have not been audited and should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted at that or any other exchange rate. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Markets Where We Operate — Exchange rate instability can harm the economy of emerging markets where we operate and, consequently, affect us.”

19

Unaudited Non-GAAP Financial Measures

​	For the six months ended June 30,						For the year ended December 31,
​	2022		2022		2021		2021		2021		2020
​	(Unaudited Consolidated)						(Unaudited Combined)
​	(in US$ millions, except %)(1)		(in R$ millions, except %)				(in US$ millions, except %)(1)		(in R$ millions, except %)
EBITDA(2)	​	32.0	​	167.9	​	93.2	​	45.5	​	238.2	​	112.4
EBITDA Margin(3)	​	25.6%	​	25.6%	​	27.9%	​	29.0%	​	29.0%	​	30.9%
ROIC(4)	​	16.0%	​	16.0%	​	N/A(5)	​	28.7%	​	28.7%	​	36.2%
Free Cash Flow(6)	​	9.9	​	51.7	​	0.4	​	(4.0)	​	(20.8)	​	28.0
Cash Conversion Rate(7)	​	30.8%	​	30.8%	​	0.4%	​	(8.7)%	​	(8.7)%	​	24.9%

(1)

For convenience purposes only, certain amounts in reais have been translated to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of R$5.238 to US$1.00, the commercial selling rate for U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2022, as reported by the Central Bank. These translations have not been audited and should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted at that or any other exchange rate. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Markets Where We Operate — Exchange rate instability can harm the economy of emerging markets where we operate and, consequently, affect us.”

(2)

We calculate EBITDA as profit (loss) for the period plus income tax and social contribution plus net finance cost/revenue plus depreciation and amortization expenses, in each case for the relevant period. Our calculation of EBITDA may be different from the calculation used by other companies, including our competitors in the industry, and therefore, our measures may not be comparable to those of other companies. For further information, see “— Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

(3)

We calculate EBITDA Margin as EBITDA for the relevant period divided by net revenue for the relevant period. Our calculation of EBITDA Margin may be different from the calculation used by other companies, including our competitors in the industry, and therefore, our measures may not be comparable to those of other companies. For further information, see “— Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

(4)

We calculate ROIC as net operating profit after tax for the relevant period divided by invested capital. We define net operating profit after tax as operating profit for the relevant period minus income tax adjustment. Income tax adjustment is defined as operating profit for the relevant period multiplied by our effective tax rate for the relevant period, the numerator of which is income tax and social contribution and the denominator of which is profit before tax. We define invested capital as total shareholders’ equity minus goodwill minus intangibles assets plus current and non-current loans and financing plus debentures plus non-current related party loans liabilities plus current and non-current obligations from acquisition of investment plus dividend payable minus cash and cash equivalents minus non-current related party loans assets. Although ROIC is commonly used as a measure of capital efficiency, definitions of ROIC differ, and our computation of ROIC may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. For further information, see “— Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

(5)

The calculation of ROIC includes certain line items derived from the statement of financial position as of the applicable dates. Considering that we are not presenting our statement of financial position data as of June 30, 2021 herein and in the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, the calculation of ROIC for such date has not been made available.

(6)

We calculate Free Cash Flow as EBITDA for the relevant period minus change in working capital minus acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. Change in working capital is calculated as the sum of changes in current assets and liabilities affecting the cash generated from operating activities in the statements of cash flow. Our calculation of Free Cash Flow may be different from the calculation used by other companies, including our competitors in the industry, and therefore, our measures may not be comparable to those of other companies. For further information see “—​Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

20

(7)

We calculate Cash Conversion Rate as Free Cash Flow for the relevant period divided by EBITDA for the relevant period. Our calculation of Cash Conversion Rate may be different from the calculation used by other companies, including our competitors in the industry, and therefore, our measures may not be comparable to those of other companies. For further information see “— Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The following table below sets forth a reconciliation of our profit for the period to EBITDA and EBITDA Margin for each of the periods indicated:

​	As of and for the six months ended June 30,						As of and for the year ended December 31,
​	2022		2022		2021		2021		2021		2020
​	(Unaudited Consolidated)						(Unaudited Combined)
​	(in US$ millions, except %)(1)		(in R$ millions, except %)				(in US$ millions, except %)(1)		(in R$ millions, except %)
Profit for the period	​	15.7	​	82.4	​	52.6	​	26.4	​	138.1	​	66.0
(+) Income tax and social contribution	​	3.8	​	19.9	​	22.8	​	7.2	​	37.9	​	16.7
(+) Net finance cost/revenue	​	4.4	​	23.3	​	(5.9)	​	0.4	​	2.0	​	7.1
(+) Depreciation and amortization Expenses	​	8.1	​	42.3	​	23.7	​	11.5	​	60.2	​	22.5
EBITDA (a)	​	32.0	​	167.9	​	93.2	​	45.5	​	238.2	​	112.4
Net revenue (b)	​	125.0	​	654.5	​	334.6	​	157.0	​	822.2	​	364.3
EBITDA Margin (a)/(b)	​	25.6%	​	25.6%	​	27.9%	​	29.0%	​	29.0%	​	30.9%

(1)

For convenience purposes only, certain amounts in reais have been translated to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of R$5.238 to US$1.00, the commercial selling rate for U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2022, as reported by the Central Bank. These translations have not been audited and should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted at that or any other exchange rate. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Markets Where We Operate — Exchange rate instability can harm the economy of emerging markets where we operate and, consequently, affect us.”

The following table below sets forth a reconciliation of our profit for the period to Free Cash Flow and Cash Conversion Rate for each of the periods indicated:

​	For the six months ended June 30,						For the year ended December 31,
​	2022		2022		2021		2021		2021		2020
​	(Unaudited Consolidated)						(Unaudited Combined)
​	(in US$ millions, except %)(1)		(in R$ millions, except %)				(in US$ millions, except %)(1)		(in R$ millions, except %)
Profit for the period	​	15.7	​	82.4	​	52.6	​	26.4	​	138.1	​	66.0
(+) Income tax and social contribution	​	3.8	​	19.9	​	22.8	​	7.2	​	37.9	​	16.7
(+) Net finance cost/revenue	​	4.4	​	23.3	​	(5.9)	​	0.4	​	2.0	​	7.1
(+) Depreciation and amortization expenses	​	8.1	​	42.3	​	23.7	​	11.5	​	60.2	​	22.5
EBITDA (b)	​	32.0	​	167.9	​	93.2	​	45.5	​	238.2	​	112.4
(-) Change in working capital(2)	​	7.2	​	37.5	​	49.3	​	25.8	​	135.2	​	62.4
(-) Acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets	​	15.0	​	78.7	​	43.5	​	23.6	​	123.8	​	22.0
Free Cash Flow (a)	​	9.9	​	51.7	​	0.4	​	(4.0)	​	(20.8)	​	28.0
Cash Conversion Rate (a)/(b)	​	30.8%	​	30.8%	​	0.4%	​	(8.7)%	​	(8.7)%	​	24.9%

21

(1)

For convenience purposes only, certain amounts in reais have been translated to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of R$5.238 to US$1.00, the commercial selling rate for U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2022, as reported by the Central Bank. These translations have not been audited and should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted at that or any other exchange rate. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Markets Where We Operate — Exchange rate instability can harm the economy of emerging markets where we operate and, consequently, affect us.”

(2)

Change in working capital is calculated as the sum of changes in current assets and liabilities affecting the cash generated from operating activities in the statements of cash flow.

The following table below sets forth a reconciliation of our operating profit for the period to ROIC for each of the periods indicated:

​	As of and for the six months ended June 30,				As of and for the year ended December 31,
​	2022		2022		2021		2021		2020
​	(Unaudited Consolidated)				(Unaudited Combined)
​	(in US$ millions, except %)(1)		(in R$ millions, except %)		(in US$ millions, except %)(1)		(in R$ millions, except %)
Operating profit	​	24.0	​	125.6	​	34.0	​	178.0	​	90.0
Income tax adjustment(2)	​	(4.7)	​	(24.5)	​	(7.3)	​	(38.3)	​	(18.2)
Net operating profit after tax (a)	​	19.3	​	101.1	​	26.7	​	139.7	​	71.7
Total shareholders’ equity	​	73.9	​	387.0	​	64.5	​	337.9	​	327.2
(-) Goodwill	​	137.5	​	720.3	​	111.7	​	584.9	​	221.5
(-) Intangibles assets	​	1.9	​	9.9	​	2.0	​	10.5	​	3.1
(+) Loans and financing (current and non-current)	​	32.3	​	169.5	​	29.6	​	155.3	​	73.7
(+) Debentures	​	65.6	​	343.6	​	—	​	—	​	—
(+) Related party loans liabilities (non-current)	​	69.7	​	365.1	​	92.1	​	482.2	​	54.2
(+) Obligations from acquisition of investment (current and non-current)	​	50.4	​	264.0	​	43.8	​	229.4	​	57.4
(+) Dividend payable	​	6.0	​	31.5	​	6.0	​	31.5	​	—
(-) Cash and cash equivalents	​	30.0	​	157.2	​	22.7	​	118.9	​	61.8
(-) Related party loans assets (current and non-current)	​	7.8	​	41.0	​	6.6	​	34.7	​	28.3
Invested capital (b)	​	120.7	​	632.3	​	93.0	​	487.2	​	197.8
ROIC (a)/(b)	​	16.0%	​	16.0%	​	28.7%	​	28.7%	​	36.2%

(1)

For convenience purposes only, certain amounts in reais have been translated to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of R$5.238 to US$1.00, the commercial selling rate for U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2022, as reported by the Central Bank. These translations have not been audited and should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted at that or any other exchange rate. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Markets Where We Operate — Exchange rate instability can harm the economy of emerging markets where we operate and, consequently, affect us.”

(2)

Income tax adjustment is defined as operating profit for the relevant period multiplied by our effective tax rate for the relevant period, the numerator of which is income tax and social contribution and the denominator of which is profit before tax.

22

RISK FACTORS

The following risk factors apply to the business and operations of the Company. These risk factors are not exhaustive, and investors are encouraged to perform their own investigation with respect to the business, financial condition and prospects of the Company. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the sections titled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our combined financial statements and accompanying notes, before making an investment decision. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, or which are not identified because they are generally common to businesses, may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of these risks actually occurs, alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, our business, financial condition, results of operations, future prospects and reputation could be materially and adversely affected.

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this subsection to “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company” refer to (i) Emergencia Participações S.A. and its subsidiaries prior to the consummation of the Business Combination and (ii) Ambipar Emergency Response and its subsidiaries following the consummation of the Business Combination. The term “HPX” refers to HPX Corp. prior to the consummation of the Business Combination.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

Our inorganic growth strategy, including through international expansion, subjects us to a variety of risks that could adversely affect our operations and revenues.

As part of our strategy to expand our operations in Brazil, North America and other jurisdictions, we acquire and invest in businesses that are complementary to ours, including through strategic mergers and acquisitions or investments. In 2020, we acquired the U.S. companies Allied International Emergency, LLC, One Stop Environmental LLC, Intracoastal Environmental LLC and Custom Environmental Services, Inc. In 2021, we acquired Orion Environmental Services Ltd., in Canada, Enviroclear Site Services Limited, in the United Kingdom, Controlpar Participações S.A., in Brazil, and Lehane Environmental and Industrial Services Limited, in Ireland, among other acquisitions. In 2022, we acquired First Response Inc., Graham Utility Hydrovac Services and Ridgeline Canada Inc., in Canada; Dracares Apoio Marítimo e Portuário Ltda., Flyone Serviço Aéreo Especializado, Comércio e Serviço Ltda. and CTA Serviços em Meio Ambiente Ltda., in Brazil; and Witt O’Brien’s in the United States, among other acquisitions.

The successful execution of mergers and acquisitions is a critical element of our global expansion strategy. We may incur significant transaction costs for the acquisition or incorporation of companies or assets and, even so, we may not be able to complete such transactions or, if we manage to complete them, they may not generate the expected benefits. In addition, we may be unable to identify suitable acquisition or strategic investment opportunities or may be unable to obtain any required financing or governmental licenses, findings of suitability, registrations, permits and approvals, and therefore may be unable to complete such acquisitions or strategic investments on favorable terms, if at all, and in accordance with regulatory requirements. We may decide to pursue acquisitions with which our investors may not agree and we cannot assure investors that any acquisition or investment will be successful or otherwise provide a favorable return on investment. We also cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify successful acquisition candidates or that we will be successful in consummating of any acquisitions. See “— Competition in the acquisition targets and consolidation in our sector may limit our ability to grow through acquisitions.”

Any acquisition or investment involves a series of risks and challenges that could adversely affect our business, including due to the failure of such acquisition to contribute to our business strategy or improve our image. As a result, we may not be able to generate the expected returns and synergies from our investments. In addition, the amortization of acquired intangible assets may decrease our net income and the distribution of dividends to our shareholders.

We may also face challenges in integrating acquired companies, which could result in the diversion of our capital and our management’s attention to other business problems and opportunities. In this regard,

23

we may not be able to create and implement uniform and effective controls, procedures and policies, and we may incur in additional costs for the integration of systems, people, distribution methods or operating procedures. In addition, we may not be able to integrate technologies from acquired businesses or retain customers, executives and key employees of the acquired businesses.

We may acquire the control of companies that have significant minority investors, or become minority investors in certain transactions. In such cases, our ability to effectively control and manage the business may be limited.

We may face successor liability for contingencies and damages arising from our acquisitions that have not been identified prior to the relevant acquisition and may not be sufficiently indemnified under the terms of the applicable acquisition agreement.

Our strategy of growing through acquisitions subjects us to potential successor liability risk with respect to legal claims incurred by target companies prior to our acquisition of their businesses. We may face liabilities for contingencies and the obligation to indemnify relating to, among other matters, (1) legal and/or administrative proceedings of the acquired company, including civil, regulatory, labor, tax, social security, environmental and intellectual property proceedings and (2) financial, reputational and technical issues, including those related to accounting practices, financial statement disclosures and internal controls, as well as other regulatory matters. These contingencies may not have been identified prior to the acquisition and may not be sufficiently indemnified under the terms of the acquisition agreement, which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition. Generally, in connection with acquisitions we often only conduct a limited due diligence prior to the closing of the acquisition. This practice increases the risk that after closing of the respective transaction certain risks or contingencies materialize that were not previously identified and which may adversely affect the acquired entity, the integration of the asset and us. Furthermore, although we endeavor to accurately estimate and limit environmental liabilities presented by the businesses or facilities to be acquired, some liabilities, including ones that may exist only because of the past operations of an acquired business or facility, may prove to be more difficult or costly to address than we then estimate. It is also possible that government officials responsible for enforcing environmental laws may believe that an environmental liability is more significant than we then estimate, or that we will fail to identify or fully appreciate an existing liability before we become legally responsible to address it. See “— Failure to comply with socio-environmental laws and regulations, including with respect to the handling of hazardous waste, may adversely affect our business.”

Some purchase and sale agreements provide for caps and other restrictions on the liability of sellers for any contingencies and liabilities arising from the sale, which may, for example, be limited to representations and warranties made by the seller in the purchase and sale agreement, among others. Any indemnities that we receive or may receive from sellers of acquired companies may not be sufficient to protect or offset legal claims and liabilities or may not be fulfilled.

Unidentified pre-closing contingencies may lead us to negotiate a security package that does not cover the entire risk exposure of the business. In addition, we cannot ensure that any negotiated guarantees will be sufficient to cover future materialized contingencies, as these guarantees may have been used to pay other contingencies. Any collateral granted in our favor in the context of business acquisition may perish, depreciate or be affected in the event of insolvency or the existence of creditors who have preference over our right to indemnity and there may be no obligations of reinforcement or replacement of such guarantees.

We may be involved in legal disputes against the sellers regarding the risk allocation for these contingencies, which could increase our costs and turn into losses if we are not successful. We are also subject to tax authorities questioning corporate reorganizations. The tax authorities have already questioned and may question in the future tax benefits achieved as a result of corporate reorganizations and may disallow the tax benefits we claimed in a given year, charging the total amount due plus late payment interest and fines according to applicable legislation.

Some companies we acquire may not deliver the expected result according to our financial and business expectations and, as a result, we may decide to dispose of some of our assets. However, we cannot guarantee that, in the event of disposals of assets, they will be adequately priced by the market and potential

24

buyer, which could lead to accounting and financial losses on the sale. We may also be subject to having to respond for contingencies due to the divested asset, negatively affecting our provisions, results, cash and reputation.

Any of the above factors could adversely affect us, including our reputation, which would reduce acquisition-related benefits and cause material harm to our financial condition and future business.

Competition in the acquisition targets and consolidation in our sector may limit our ability to grow through acquisitions.

Competition for targets and consolidation in the emergency response services sector may lead to a reduction in the number of strategic companies available for acquisition and reduce the likelihood of our success in implementing our M&A strategy. Other companies have adopted or may adopt a similar strategy for the acquisition and consolidation of regional and local businesses, and may accept terms and conditions or assessments that we consider inappropriate. As competition increases, it may become impracticable to make new acquisitions or we may not be able to locate or acquire companies at suitable price levels or on other terms and conditions that we consider appropriate, particularly in markets that we do not yet serve. Furthermore, our acquisition strategy may not succeed if we are unable to remain attractive to target companies or expeditiously close transactions. If we develop a reputation for being a difficult acquirer or having an unfavorable work environment, or target companies view our equity unfavorably, we may be unable to consummate key acquisition transactions essential to our corporate strategy. Fewer or less attractive acquisition opportunities could impact our inorganic growth and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our growth depends largely on our ability to successfully execute our M&A strategy. We may not realize the expected benefits from recent or potential future acquisitions or may incur significant expenses in connection therewith, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The success of an acquisition or investment will depend on our ability to make accurate assessments with respect to operations, growth potential, integration and other factors related to that business. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee that our acquisitions or investments will produce the results we expect when we enter into or complete a particular transaction. Our ability to continue to expand our business through acquisitions depends on several factors, including: (i) our ability to identify and assess opportunities, negotiate favorable terms and close potential target acquisitions; (ii) our ability to obtain funds to finance such transactions on favorable terms; and (iii) our ability to successfully integrate acquired businesses.

Expected benefits from recent acquisitions are necessarily based on projections and assumptions, which may not materialize as expected or which may prove to be inaccurate. Our ability to achieve the expected benefits and synergies will depend on successfully and efficiently integrating the businesses and operations of the newly acquired companies. We may encounter the following significant risks and challenges in integrating and recognizing expected benefits from recent acquisitions:

•

potential interruption or reduction in the growth of our business, due to the diversion of management’s attention to tasks related to the integration of the acquired companies and uncertainty about our management’s relationship with the management of the acquired companies;

•

disputes with the former owners of the acquired companies, including owners who remain as minority shareholders of the acquired companies, which can result in increased legal expenses, management distraction and the risk that we suffer an adverse judgment if we are not the prevailing party in the dispute;

•

difficulties in coordinating and integrating research and development teams on technologies and products to improve product development while reducing costs;

•

difficulties in consolidating and integrating enterprise information technology, financial and administrative infrastructures, and integrating and harmonizing business and other back-office systems, which may be more difficult than anticipated;

•

difficulties related to entry into jurisdictions with which we have limited or no prior experience, including due to having to operate in other languages, manage different types of currency, billing,

25

and contracting needs, and comply with new laws and regulations, including labor laws and privacy laws that in some cases may be more restrictive on our operations than laws presently applicable to our business, and the potential of increased competition with new or existing competitors as a result of such acquisitions;

•

complications in our financial statements as a result of acquiring businesses whose operations require the application of revenue recognition or other accounting methodologies, assumptions, and estimates that are different from those we use in our current business, which could expose us to additional accounting and audit costs, and increase the risk of accounting errors;

•

significant cash expenses and accounting charges and significant amount of goodwill and other intangible assets, which may be subject to impairment based on future adverse changes in our business or prospects, including our inability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the transaction;

•

insufficient internal controls from acquired businesses that we must remediate, and the need to modify or enhance our own internal controls, in each case resulting in increased administrative expense and risk that we fail to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 going forward, resulting in late filing of Exchange Act reports, loss of investor confidence, regulatory investigations and litigation;

•

difficulties in coordinating sales and marketing efforts to effectively position our capabilities and drive product development;

•

difficulties in achieving anticipated cost savings, synergies, business opportunities and growth prospects from combining the businesses of the newly acquired companies with ours;

•

retention of employees, suppliers and other key partners of newly acquired companies;

•

difficulties in anticipating and responding to actions that may be taken by competitors in response to our acquisitions; and

•

the assumption of successor liability and exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of newly acquired companies, in particular companies we acquire without conducting a comprehensive due diligence process.

If we do not successfully manage these issues and other challenges that may inherently arise in the integration of the acquired businesses, we may not achieve the expected benefits of the acquisitions made and incur in unforeseen expenses, contingencies and succession responsibilities. As a result, our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

The use of cash and significant indebtedness in connection with financing acquisitions could adversely impact our liquidity, limit our flexibility to respond to other business opportunities and increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and operating conditions.

Our recent acquisitions were financed by cash and cash equivalents, in addition to indebtedness through the issuance of Debentures and the entry into the IBBA Loan Agreement, and we expect to fund future acquisitions in a similar manner. The use of available cash to finance recent acquisitions may reduce our liquidity, which may reduce the availability of our cash flow for working capital needs, dividends and capital expenditures or to pursue other potential strategic plans, which may affect our growth strategy and adversely affect our business and operating results. Borrowing to fund any cash purchase price would result in increased fixed obligations and could also include covenants or other restrictions that would impair our ability to manage our operations. See “— We may not be able to raise sufficient funds to implement our business plan, renew our existing lines of credit or access new financing facilities on attractive terms or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on us.”

We may be unable to comply with the financial and operating covenants set forth in the deeds governing our Debentures and certain financing agreement.

On February 15, 2022, Emergencia issued R$335.5 million in principal amount of a single series of 335,500 unsecured, non-convertible debentures due February 15, 2028 (the “First Issuance of Debentures”), pursuant to the deed of debentures dated as of February 11, 2022, entered into by and among Emergencia,

26

Oliveira Trust Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários (“Oliveira Trust”), as trustee, and Ambipar and Environmental ESG Participações S.A., as guarantors (the “First Deed of Debentures”). On September 20, 2022, Emergencia issued R$250.0 million in principal amount of a single series of 250,000 unsecured, non- convertible debentures due September 20, 2028 (the “Second Issuance of Debentures”), pursuant to the deed of debentures dated as of September 16, 2022, entered into by and among Emergencia, Oliveira Trust, as trustee, and Ambipar, as guarantor (the “Second Deed of Debentures,” and together with the First Deed of Debentures, the “Deeds of Debentures”). In addition, on August 26, 2022, our subsidiary Ambipar USA, as borrower, and Emergencia, as guarantor, entered into a $90.0 million loan agreement with Itau BBA International PLC, as lender (the “IBBA Loan Agreement”). See “Summary of the Prospectus — Recent Developments — New Loan Agreement with Itau BBA International PLC.” The Deeds of Debentures and the IBBA Loan Agreement limit in certain circumstances, among other things, the extent to which we can:

•

pay dividends and interest on equity or make other distributions to our stockholders;

•

purchase or redeem capital stock;

•

sell assets;

•

consolidate or merge with or into other companies or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; and

•

carry out corporate restructurings; and

•

undertake a change of control.

As a result of these covenants, we may not be able to respond to changes in business and economic conditions and to obtain additional financing, if needed, and we may be prevented from engaging in transactions that might otherwise be beneficial to us.

The Deeds of Debentures and the IBBA Loan Agreement require, and our future debt instruments may require, us to maintain under certain circumstances certain financial ratios and satisfy certain other financial condition tests. Our ability to meet these financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to meet those tests. The breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our outstanding or future debt. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under such debts, including accrued interest or other obligations, to be immediately due and payable. If amounts outstanding under such debts were accelerated, our assets might not be sufficient to repay in full those debts.

The Deeds of Debentures and the IBBA Loan Agreement also contain cross-default and cross-acceleration provisions. Under these provisions, a default or acceleration under one instrument governing our debt may constitute a default under our other debt instruments that contain cross-default and cross-acceleration provisions, which could result in the related debt and the debt under such other instruments becoming immediately due and payable. In such event, we would need to raise funds from alternative sources, which funds might not be available to us on favorable terms, on a timely basis or at all. Alternatively, such a default could require us to sell assets and otherwise curtail operations to pay our creditors. The proceeds of such a sale of assets or curtailment of operations might not enable us to pay all of our liabilities.

Difficulties in managing our liquidity risk may adversely affect our financial and operating performance and limit our growth.

Liquidity, i.e., ready access to funds, is essential to our business. Liquidity risk is the potential that we will be unable to meet our obligations as they come due because of an inability to generate sufficient cash flows from operations, to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding. Our liquidity may be impaired by an inability to collect accounts receivable or any recoverable balances in a timely manner, an inability to sell assets or redeem investments, unforeseen outflows of cash or large claim payments, or an inability to access credit from banks or debt investors.

Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities or on acceptable terms could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the emergency response industry or economy in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of

27

our business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which we offer our products and services, operational problems that affects us, our customers, suppliers or third parties, or even the perception among market participants that we, or other market participants, are experiencing greater liquidity risk.

Market conditions or other events could also negatively affect the level or cost of funding, affecting our ongoing ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations and fund asset growth and new business transactions at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner and without adverse consequences.

Any substantial, unexpected or prolonged change in the level or cost of liquidity could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, and could impair our ability to fund operations and meet our obligations as they become due and could jeopardize our financial condition.

We may not be able to raise sufficient funds to implement our business plan, renew our existing lines of credit or access new financing facilities on attractive terms or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new products and services, enhance our technology, scale and improve our operating infrastructure, or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity, debt or convertible debt financings to secure additional funds.

Our ability to obtain additional capital, if and when required, will depend on our business plans, investor demand, our operating performance, markets conditions, our credit rating, and other factors.

If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, our shareholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our Ordinary Shares may decline. Debt financing, such as credit facilities or corporate bonds, may require us to agree to covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt. Debt financing may also require security arrangements including cash collateral agreements that restrict the availability of cash held as collateral. Any of those securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to the rights of our currently issued and outstanding equity or debt. In addition, future equity financing or replacement or refinancing of any debt financings may not be available on terms favorable to us or our shareholders, or at all.

In addition, there is no assurance that the holders of the Warrants will elect to exercise any or all of the Warrants, which could impact our liquidity position. Whether warrantholders will exercise their Warrants, and therefore the amount of cash proceeds we would receive upon exercise, is dependent upon the trading price of the Class A Ordinary Shares, the last reported sales price for which was $7.77 per share on March 28, 2023. Each Warrant will become exercisable for one Class A Ordinary Share at an exercise price of $11.50. Therefore, if and when the trading price of the Class A Ordinary Shares is less than $11.50, we expect that warrantholders would not exercise their Warrants. We could receive up to an aggregate of approximately $186.1 million if all of the Warrants are exercised for cash, but we would only receive such proceeds if and when the warrantholders exercise the Warrants. The Warrants may not be or remain in the money during the period they are exercisable and prior to their expiration and, therefore, it is possible that the Warrants may not be exercised prior to their maturity on March 3, 2028, even if they are in the money, and as such, may expire worthless with minimal proceeds received by us, if any, from the exercise of Warrants. To the extent that any of the Warrants are exercised on a “cashless basis,” we will not receive any proceeds upon such exercise. As a result, we do not expect to rely on the cash exercise of Warrants to fund our operations. Instead, we intend to rely on other sources of cash discussed elsewhere in this prospectus to continue to fund our operations. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, we may be unable to pursue certain business opportunities and our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges or unforeseen circumstances could be impaired and our business may be harmed.

28

Our emergency response services are subject to operational and security risks, including as a result of the handling of hazardous substances, and any accidents that occur during the performance of our services may expose us to significant civil, labor, environmental and criminal liabilities and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

The provision of emergency response services to our customers involves operational risks such as equipment defects or malfunctions, problems in training professionals, failures and natural disasters, which can result in the release of hazardous materials, accidents involving our employees, or the need to shut down or reduce the operation of our facilities while corrective actions are taken. Our employees generally work in potentially dangerous conditions, which exposes us to possible liability, in line with applicable occupational safety standards, for personal injury and other accidents, business interruptions and the damage or destruction of property. Our equipment and vehicle training and maintenance programs may not be adequate to cover all of our potential liability, as well as to prepare our professionals to perform the necessary activities during the provision of customer service without causing damage or accidents. For example, we operate in the handling of hazardous waste and other dangerous substances from different sources. Although we seek to minimize our exposure to operational risks through comprehensive training, compliance and response and recovery programs, including internal safety protocols in accordance with the applicable legal and regulatory requirements, we cannot guarantee that irregularities will not arise or that external factors will not cause accidents. Fires or other incidents involving our team in the provision of emergency response services can cause our reputation to be questioned and subject us to the filing of lawsuits and administrative proceedings and launch of regulatory investigations against us, with possible imposition of fines or other penalties. Further, a major operational failure, even if suffered by a competitor, may bring enhanced scrutiny and regulation of our industry, with a corresponding increase in operating expense.

In addition, some contracts entered into with customers allocate the responsibility for damages caused by irregularities committed during the execution of activities to us, thus increasing our liability exposure.

Any accidents that occur during the performance of our services may damage our reputation and result in significant costs and, consequently, adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our market is highly competitive. Failure to compete successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The environmental and industrial field services industry is highly competitive. Competition is primarily based on geographic location, breadth of services, quality and reliability of operations, brand recognition and reputation, customer support, and price. We face direct competition from large multinational companies as well as numerous regional and local companies across our geographic markets. Competition is likely to exist in new locations to which we may expand in the future. Some of these competitors may have greater financial and operational resources, strategic geographic locations, advanced technology, may provide service offerings that we do not provide, and may have flexibility to reduce prices or other competitive advantages that could make it difficult for us to compete effectively. We may also face competition from new entrants, including competitors employing new or alternative technologies.

Our revenue derives mainly from contract renewals and new contract signings. We may be unable to renew contracts at historical price levels or at all or to obtain additional contracts at historical rates or at all as a result of competition. We may also elect to exit or not participate in low margin customer relationships. Price reductions or our inability to increase prices could significantly and adversely affect our results of operations.

If we were to lose market share or if we were to lower prices to address competitive issues, it could negatively impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our results of operations.

Uncertainty and negative trends in general economic conditions, including recessions or fear of recessions and significant tightening of credit markets, may create a difficult operating environment for our

29

industry and the industry of our customers. Our business is dependent upon activity levels in cyclical industries, such as chemical and petrochemical. Challenges our customers may face, such as low demand for their products and services, willingness or capacity of their customers to make payment on obligations, or the returns on other assets, may affect us. If these cyclical industries slow significantly as a result of recessionary conditions, the business we receive from them would likely decrease. A weak economy generally results in lower activity levels and a decline in infrastructure, construction and demolition projects, which could negatively affect demand for our services. Consumer uncertainty and the loss of consumer confidence may also decrease overall economic activity and thereby reduce demand for the services we provide. Further, a challenging economic environment may cause some of our customers to suffer financial difficulties and ultimately to be unable or unwilling to pay amounts owed to us. A decline in industrial projects may also result in increased competitive pricing pressure and increased customer turnover, resulting in lower revenue and increased operating costs.

In addition, many factors, including factors that are beyond our control, may impact our results of operations or financial condition and our overall success by affecting our access to capital. These factors include recessions or fear of recessions, interest rates, unemployment levels, conditions in the housing market, immigration policies, government shutdowns, trade wars and delays in tax refunds, as well as events such as natural disasters, acts of war, terrorism, catastrophes and pandemics. In addition, the increased pace of consolidation in certain industries may result in reduced overall spending on our offering.

General worldwide economic conditions have experienced significant instability in recent years including the recent global economic uncertainty and financial market conditions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the current war between Russia and Ukraine. See “— The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic and measures taken in response thereto impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and are difficult to predict” and “— We are currently operating in a period of economic uncertainty and capital markets disruption, which has been significantly impacted by geopolitical instability due to the ongoing military conflict between Russia and Ukraine. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected by any negative impact on the global economy and capital markets resulting from the conflict in Ukraine or any other geopolitical tensions.”

In response to the economic impacts and disruptions associated with COVID-19, governments around the world, including in the United States, provided significant fiscal and monetary stimuli, which have had the effect, among other things, of supporting overall levels of employment, consumer spending and savings levels, and the ability of consumers to service their debt. The wind-down of these stimulus programs may adversely affect economic conditions, which may negatively impact our growth, revenues and profitability. In addition, the United States has recently experienced historically high levels of inflation. According to the U.S. Department of Labor, the annual inflation rate for the United States reached approximately 9.1% for June 2022 and slowed to 6.0% for February 2023. Rising inflation may create an escalation in our operating costs, including employee compensation and general corporate expenses, which could reduce cash flow and operating income. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not experienced material impacts to our business performance from inflationary pressure.

Actual events involving limited liquidity, defaults, non-performance or other adverse developments that affect financial institutions, transactional counterparties or other companies in the financial services industry or the financial services industry generally, or concerns or rumors about any events of these kinds or other similar risks, have in the past and may in the future lead to market-wide liquidity problems. For example, on March 10, 2023, Silicon Valley Bank failed and was taken into receivership by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; on March 12, 2023, Signature Bank and Silvergate Capital Corp. were each swept into receivership; the following week, a syndicate of U.S. banks infused $30 billion in First Republic Bank; and later that same week, the Swiss Central Bank provided $54 billion in covered loan and short-term liquidity facilities to Credit Suisse Group AG, all in an attempt to reassure depositors and calm fears of a banking contagion. Our ability to effectively run our business could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy and in the financial services industry. Various macroeconomic factors could adversely affect our business, including fears concerning the banking sector, changes in inflation, interest rates and overall economic conditions and uncertainties. A severe or prolonged economic downturn could result in a variety of risks, including our ability to raise additional funding on a timely basis or on acceptable terms. A

30

weak or declining economy could also impact third parties upon whom we depend to run our business. Increasing concerns over bank failures and bailouts and their potential broader effects and potential systemic risk on the banking sector generally and on the emergency response industry and its participants may adversely affect our access to capital and our business and operations more generally. Although we assess our banking relationships as we believe necessary or appropriate, our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our current and projected future business operations could be significantly impaired by factors that affect us, the financial institutions with which we have arrangements directly, or the financial services industry or economy in general.

We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery. In addition, even if the overall economy is robust, we cannot assure you that the market for services such as ours will experience growth or that we will experience growth.

If there is an economic downturn that affects our current and prospective customers, or if we are unable to address and mitigate the risks associated with any of the foregoing, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We are currently operating in a period of economic uncertainty and capital markets disruption, which has been significantly impacted by geopolitical instability due to the ongoing military conflict between Russia and Ukraine. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected by any negative impact on the global economy and capital markets resulting from the conflict in Ukraine or any other geopolitical tensions.

U.S. and global markets are experiencing volatility and disruption following the escalation of geopolitical tensions and the start of the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine. On February 24, 2022, Russian military forces launched a full-scale military invasion of Ukraine, and since then there has been continued sustained conflict and disruption in the region. Although the length and further impact of the ongoing military conflict is highly unpredictable, the conflict in Ukraine has led and may continue to lead to market disruptions, including significant volatility in commodity prices (in particular oil and gas), credit and capital markets, increase in our energy and other input costs, and supply chain interruptions for some of our and our customers’ equipment and vehicles’ components, including as a result of uncertainties with regard to Russia’s production and export of oil and gas, aluminum and other materials. We are continuing to monitor the situation in Ukraine and globally and assessing its potential impact on our business.

In response to Russia’s prior annexation of Crimea, recent recognition of two separatist republics in the Donetsk and Luhansk regions of Ukraine and subsequent military interventions in Ukraine, the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union and several other countries have imposed or are imposing far-reaching sanctions and export control restrictions on Russian entities and individuals, including an agreement to remove certain Russian financial institutions from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) payment system. Additional potential sanctions and penalties have also been proposed and/or threatened. These and any additional sanctions, as well as any counter responses by the governments of Russia or other jurisdictions, and prolonged unrest, intensified military activities and/or the implementation of more extensive sanctions and embargoes could lead to further regional instability, geopolitical shifts and adverse effects on macroeconomic conditions, security conditions, currency exchange rates and the global financial markets generally and reduce levels of economic activity as well as increase financial markets volatility, potentially making it more difficult for us to obtain additional funds.

While we do not have any employees, staff, consultants, operations, materials or equipment located in Ukraine, Russia or Belarus, some of our customers and suppliers may have employees, staff, consultants, operations, materials or equipment located in Ukraine, Russia or Belarus which could adversely affect our business or the services being provided to us. Likewise, in recent years, diplomatic and trade relationships between the U.S. government and China have become increasingly frayed and the threat of a takeover of Taiwan by China has increased, which may also adversely affect our business or the services we provide for the same reasons.

Cybersecurity organizations in many countries have published warnings of increased cybersecurity threats to businesses, and external events, like the conflict between Russia and Ukraine or the political tensions between China and Taiwan, may increase the likelihood of cybersecurity attacks. Any failure or

31

security breach of information systems or data could result in a violation of applicable privacy and other laws, significant legal and financial exposure, damage to our reputation or a loss of confidence in our security measures. See “— Breaches of, or significant interruptions to, our information technology systems and those of our third-party service providers or breaches of data security could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial condition.”

Any of the abovementioned factors could affect our business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results. The extent and duration of the military action, sanctions and resulting market disruptions are impossible to predict, but could be substantial. Any such disruptions may also magnify the impact of other risks described in this prospectus.

We, our subsidiaries, affiliates, direct and indirect controlling shareholders and members of our management, or companies with which management has been involved with in the past, have been in the past and may in the future be subject to legal, administrative or arbitration disputes or investigations. Any disputes or investigations may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

We, our subsidiaries, our direct and indirect controlling shareholders and members of our management are and may in the future become subject to legal, administrative or arbitration proceedings, investigations and claims regarding civil, commercial, tax, labor, socio-environmental, criminal, tort and other matters, brought against us by customers, suppliers, regulators, governmental authorities or other third-parties. For more information see “Business — Legal and Administrative Proceedings.”

In addition, certain of our affiliates within the environmental segment of the Ambipar Group, including Ambitec S.A., as well as certain directors and executive officers of the Ambipar Group, including Mr. Tércio Borlenghi Junior and Ms. Alessandra Bessa Alves de Melo (who are chairman and member of our Board, respectively), are defendants in one or more criminal (Brazilian proceeding no. 0003361-86.2015.8.08.0006) and civil (Brazilian proceedings no. 0003132-6.2010.4.02.5001, 0006131-88.2009.8.26.0288, 000259278.2015.8.08.0006, 0015593-38.2012.8.08.0006) lawsuits in Brazil relating to alleged wrongdoing and improper conduct with public agents related to public bidding laws, including corruption charges, which may lead to the imposition of fines, temporary disqualifications and other criminal sanctions. Although we are not directly involved in any such proceedings, an adverse outcome could result in negative media coverage and public awareness and adversely impact our reputation and the price of our securities.

We cannot guarantee that the results of any such proceedings, investigations and claims will be favorable to us or any such other defendants, as applicable, or that the liabilities arising from them will be adequately provisioned. Any litigation, investigation or claim, whether meritorious or not, could harm our reputation and restrict the conduct of our business, will increase our costs and may divert management’s attention, time and resources, which may in turn harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us for which we are uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, potentially harming our business, financial position and results of operations.

Losses not covered by insurance policies or that exceed the respective indemnity limits, as well as failure to renew insurance policies under conditions favorable to us, may have an adverse effect on our business.

Our operations involve high-risk services and may subject us to liability claims by employees, contractors or other third parties, including as a result of accidents that may occur at our units or at customers’ sites. While we currently maintain insurance in connection with our business, including, among other coverages, employment practices liability insurance, civil liability insurance, property damage insurance, and machinery and equipment insurance, these insurance policies are subject to deductibles and coverage limitations. Although we endeavor to purchase insurance coverage appropriate to our risk assessment, we are unable to predict with certainty the frequency, nature or magnitude of claims for direct or consequential damages, and as a result, we cannot guarantee that our insurance policies will be available or sufficient to cover eventual damages arising from any type of claim.

The scope and limits of such insurance may not be sufficient to cover the types or extent of claims or loss that may be incurred or received, such as cyber-attacks, wars, acts of God, force majeure or the

32

interruption of certain activities. Even in the event of a claim covered by our policies, we cannot guarantee that payment will be made in a timely manner, or in a sufficient amount to fully offset the losses arising from such claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceeds available insurance coverage or changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, operating results and reputation. In addition, there may be risks for which we do not maintain or procure insurance coverage or for which the insurance coverage may not respond. For example, we do not maintain separate cyber liability insurance. A partially or completely uninsured claim against us, if successful and of sufficient magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, if we fail to pay an insurance premium, the insurance companies may deny reimbursements.

As we grow, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to protect us from any loss now or in the future and we may not be able to successfully claim our losses under our current insurance policies on a timely basis, or at all. Moreover, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to maintain insurance policies at reasonable commercial rates or on acceptable terms, or contracted with the same or similar insurance companies. Due to the variable condition of the insurance market, we may experience in the future, increased insurance retention levels and increased premiums or unavailability of insurance. Higher deductibles could result in more volatility in our results of operations as well. Any future difficulty in obtaining insurance could also impair our ability to secure future contracts, which may be conditioned upon the availability of adequate insurance coverage. Our inability to obtain and maintain appropriate insurance coverage could cause a substantial business disruption, adverse reputational impact, and regulatory scrutiny and, as a result, could have a material adverse effect on our business financial condition and results of operations.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic and measures taken in response thereto impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and are difficult to predict.

The global impact of the COVID-19 outbreak and measures taken to reduce the spread of the virus have had an adverse effect on the global macroeconomic environment, and have significantly increased economic uncertainty and reduced economic activity. Governmental authorities around the world, including in Brazil, have taken measures to try to contain the spread of COVID-19, including by implementing travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter-in-place or total lock-down orders and business limitations and shutdowns. Additionally, many businesses voluntarily chose to temporarily close their operations. These measures influenced the behavior of the population in general and our customers, in particular, resulting in a sharp drop or halt in the activities of companies in various sectors around the world, including the sectors in which our principal customers operate, as well as in a drastic reduction in consumption, and contributed to significant volatility in financial markets.

Currently, many restrictions have been lifted or relaxed as a result of the implementation of vaccination programs. However, despite advances in the containment of COVID-19 in 2021 and 2022, the COVID-19 pandemic remains a dynamic and continuously evolving situation with unknown short and long-term consequences that could reverse any recent improvements. For example, the spread of new strains and variants of COVID-19 could cause restrictions to be reinstated, again disrupting supply chains and economic activity at a regional or global level. Future outbreaks of COVID-19 may also require us to implement or reinstate measures to manage the risks posed by such outbreaks if and when required by government authorities, or as we determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers and business partners (such as implementing a “work from home” model, restricting employee travel, developing social distancing plans for our employees and canceling physical participation in, and sponsorship of, events, conferences and seminars), which could adversely affect our business and operations. There is no certainty that such measures would be sufficient to mitigate the risks posed by new strains and variants of COVID-19.

As of this time, our business has been resilient in light of the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. However, we cannot predict the full long-term impact that the pandemic will still have on our customers, suppliers and other business partners and their financial condition and results of operations. If the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic persist, certain of our customers may experience future downturns or uncertainty in their own business operations or results resulting from the spread of COVID-19. As a result, our

33

customers could seek to renegotiate existing agreements, with possible increases in defaults, which would force us to idle certain of our assets and therefore adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. It could also disrupt or delay the ability of employees to work because they become sick or are required to care for those who become sick, or for dependents for whom external care is not available. It could cause delays or disruptions in products and services provided by key suppliers and vendors, including suppliers of personal protective equipment for our employees and contractors, make us and our service providers more vulnerable to security breaches, denial of service attacks or other hacking or phishing attacks, or have other unpredictable effects. Any material adverse effect on these companies may increase our costs, including costs to address the health and safety of our employees, and our ability to obtain certain supplies or services may be limited, and therefore have a material adverse effect on us.

We may also face difficulties in obtaining new financing from financial institutions under favorable terms or renegotiating existing agreements, which may lead to cash flow restrictions that may affect our ability to comply with certain financial covenants set forth in our existing financing agreements. Any cash flow restriction or the acceleration of any of our existing financing agreements may materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and may also lead to the execution of guarantees under certain financing agreements, which include the fiduciary assignment of securities issued by certain of our subsidiaries.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic affects our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows in the longer term will depend on future developments, which are highly unpredictable, including the duration and geographic distribution of the outbreak, its severity, actions to contain the virus or treat its impact and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operational conditions may be resumed, and the extent of the impact of these and other factors on our employees, suppliers, partners and customers.

We may not be successful in renewing strategic lease agreements or at terms and conditions favorable to us.

In order to improve our customer experience with efficient and expeditious services, our facilities are located at strategic locations, which we lease from third parties, including one of our affiliates. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” If we are unable to renew the lease agreements for our facilities, which have varying terms and conditions, at reasonable prices, terms and conditions, or if we are required to relocate to areas that are not as functional, we could be subject to an interruption or delay in the provision of our services, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operation. In addition, the renewal of lease agreements on less favorable terms may reduce the profitability of our facilities and adversely affect our results of operations.

We have entered into lease agreements that are not registered or endorsed before a notary public, or that are not properly registered with the property registry, which may result in an obligation for us to vacate the property during the term of the lease agreement if the landlord sells the leased property and the acquirer has no interest in continuing the lease. In Brazil, where a significant number of our facilities is located, tenancy laws and regulations set forth that, if the leased property is sold to a third party during the contractual term, the acquirer is not required to respect the terms and conditions of the lease, unless (a) the lease is in for a specified length; (b) a covenant allowing the tenant to enforce the lease in the event of a sale is included in the lease agreement; and (c) the contract has been registered with the competent real estate registry office. Considering that some of our lease agreements do not meet these requirements, if our landlords decide to sell the leased properties under these agreements, the acquirers may request that we vacate the property within 90 days from the receipt of a notice to vacate.

Any failure to extend, renew or replace on acceptable terms a significant portion of our lease agreements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Breaches of, or significant interruptions to, our information technology systems and those of our third-party service providers or breaches of data security could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial condition.

We rely upon information technology networks and systems, including the information technology systems of our third-party service providers, to operate our business. Our systems include, but are not

34

limited to, (i) the Integrated Environmental Management System (SIGA — Sistema Integrado de Gerenciamento Ambiental), a tool for operations, administrative and financial management control of environmental processes, (ii) the Environmental Management System (SGA — Sistema de Gerenciamento Ambiental), which, among other things, controls environmental licenses, conditions, deadlines and cost of licensing and presents environmental projects’ and programs’ metrics and panels, (iii) the Territory Management System (SGT — Sistema de Gerenciamento Territorial), which is used to register real estate property and landlords and control topography, reports, contracts and royalty payments; (iv) the Operating Management System (SGO — Sistema de Gerenciamento Operacional), which provides on-demand management of key performance indicators, and (v) SAP Business One, an enterprise resource planning software.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, process, transmit and store sensitive information, including personal information, credit information and other sensitive data of our customers, suppliers and employees. We also have outsourced elements of our operations to third parties, and as a result we manage a number of third-party service providers who may receive access to our confidential information or information technology systems. Our internal computer systems, and those of third-party service providers or business partners on which we rely, and the large amounts of confidential information stored on those systems, are vulnerable to damage from physical, electronic or technical break-ins, accidental or intentional exposure of our data by employees, independent contractors, third-party service providers, customers or others with authorized access to our networks, computer viruses, malware, ransomware, unauthorized access, denial of service, “phishing attacks” and other cyberattacks, natural disasters, fire, terrorism, war, telecommunication, electrical failures or disruptive incidents that could result in actual or attempted data breaches, unauthorized access to, mishandling, misuse or disclosure of our confidential information, corruption or encryption of, or loss of sensitive or proprietary data, including personal information, or network failures or interruptions that may result in disruption of service or damaged systems.

Although we have security measures and procedures in place to mitigate risks associated with cybersecurity incidents and attacks, these security measures and procedures may not be adequate or sufficient to mitigate such risks and avoid security breaches, incidents, attacks and exposures. Cyberattacks by malicious third parties are increasing in their frequency, levels of persistence, sophistication and intensity, and are being conducted by sophisticated and organized groups and individuals with a wide range of motives (including, but not limited to, industrial espionage) and expertise, including organized criminal groups, “hacktivists,” nation states and others. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to, or to sabotage, systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period. If our systems are damaged or cease to function properly due to any number of causes, ranging from catastrophic events to power outages to security breaches, and our business continuity plans do not effectively compensate, we may suffer interruptions in our ability to manage operations, and would also be exposed to a risk of loss, including financial assets or litigation and potential liability, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operation and reputation. Further, our reliance on internet technology may create additional opportunities for cybercriminals to exploit vulnerabilities. For example, there has been an increase in phishing and spam emails as well as social engineering attempts from “hackers” hoping to use the recent COVID-19 pandemic to their advantage.

We exercise little or no control over third party systems, which increases our vulnerability to problems with their systems. Our operations and results may be adversely affected if there is any interruption in the provision of information technology services to us, whether due to omissions, including those related to obtaining third party consent or licenses for intellectual property used in the equipment or software they manufacture or use, or failure by these service providers to fulfill their obligations to us. If we are unable to maintain or renew contracts with current service providers, we may have trouble integrating our systems with new providers, which may cause operational problems. In addition, the replacement of these service providers may not occur in a timely manner or cause failures in the transition period, which may also affect our operations. Finally, if the suppliers discontinue the services provided to us, we may suffer a material adverse effect on our operations.

Any interruption, disruption or breach of our systems or the systems of third party service providers which we rely upon could adversely affect our business operations and/or result in the loss or unauthorized

35

access, use or disclosure of critical or sensitive confidential information or intellectual property, and could result in financial, legal, business and reputational harm to us. For example, interruptions or failures in our information technology systems caused by accidents, malfunctions or malicious acts could hinder our timely response to emergency calls, which would damage our reputation with customers. We could incur liability, the further development of our current and future products and services could be delayed and our business could be otherwise adversely affected. In addition, investigating, responding to and remediating cybersecurity incidents or theft of our intellectual property or proprietary business information may be costly and time-consuming. We do not maintain separate cyber liability insurance, and we cannot assure that any limitations of liability provisions in our contracts would protect us from potential losses for any liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim relating to a security lapse or breach. Further, such insurance may not be available to us in the future on economically reasonable terms, or at all. See “—​Losses not covered by insurance policies or that exceed the respective indemnity limits, as well as failure to renew insurance policies under conditions favorable to us, may have an adverse effect on our business.”

We are subject to risks associated with non-compliance with the Brazilian Data Protection Law and similar legislation of other countries that impose obligations in connection with the collection, storage, use, processing, disclosure, protection, transmission, retention and disposal of personal, sensitive, regulated or confidential data.

We and our customers are subject to Brazilian and foreign privacy and data protection-related laws and regulations that impose obligations in connection with the collection, storage, use, processing, disclosure, protection, transmission, retention and disposal of personal, sensitive, regulated and confidential data. Laws and regulations governing data privacy, data protection and information security are constantly evolving and there has been an increasing focus on privacy and data protection issues with the potential to affect our business. Compliance with any additional and evolving privacy laws or regulations in Brazil or in other jurisdictions applicable to us may be costly and time-consuming.

Any perceived or actual unauthorized disclosure of personal data, whether through breach of our network by an unauthorized party, employee theft, misuse or error or otherwise, including the personally identifiable information of our customers, suppliers, employees or third parties, could harm our reputation, impair our ability to attract and retain our clients, and subject us to claims or litigation arising from damages suffered by individuals.

The Brazilian Data Protection Law No. 13,709/2018, as amended by Law No. 13,853/2019 (Lei Geral de Proteção de Dados Pessoais, or the “LGPD”) came into force on September 18, 2020 to regulate the processing of personal data and the right to privacy and data protection in Brazil. The LGPD applies to individuals or legal entities, either private or governmental entities, that process or collect personal data in Brazil and which processing activities aim at either offering or supplying goods or services to data subjects located in Brazil or processing data of individuals located in Brazil, regardless of the individuals’ or legal entities’ country of domicile or where the data is located. The LGPD establishes detailed rules for the collection, use, processing and storage of personal data and affects all economic sectors, including the relationship between clients and suppliers of goods and services, employees and employers and other relationships in which personal data is collected, whether in a digital or physical environment.

Since the entry into force of the LGPD, all processing agents/legal entities are required to adapt their data processing activities to comply with this new set of rules. We have implemented changes to our policies and procedures designed to ensure our compliance with the relevant requirements under the LGPD. Even so, as it is a recent law, the Brazilian National Data Protection Authority (Autoridade Nacional de Proteção de Dados, or the “ANPD”) as regulatory agency may raise other relevant issues or provide new guidance that will require further action from us to remain fully compliant.

The penalties for violations of the LGPD include (i) warnings imposing a deadline for the adoption of corrective measure; mandatory disclosure of investigated and confirmed violations; (ii) restriction, temporary block and/or deletion of personal data; (iii) a fine of up to 2% of the company’s or group’s revenue, subject to the limit of R$50 million per violation; (iv) daily fines, subject to the aforementioned global limit; (v) partial or total prohibition of activities related to data processing, either temporarily or permanently and (vi) publication of the violation. Under the LGPD, security breaches that may result in significant risk or damage to data subjects must be reported to the ANPD within a reasonable time period. Moreover, the

36

ANPD could establish other obligations related to data protection that are not described above. In addition to the administrative sanctions, due to the noncompliance with the obligations established by the LGPD, we can be held liable for individual or collective material damages and moral damages caused to data subjects, including when caused by third parties that serve as data processors on our behalf.

The imposition of the administrative sanctions by the ANPD does not prevent the imposition of administrative sanctions set forth by other laws that address issues related to data privacy and protection in Brazil, such as Law No. 8,078/1990, or the Brazilian Code of Consumer Defense, and Law No. 12,965/2014, or the Brazilian Internet Act, as applicable. Public prosecutors and consumer protection authorities (such as the National Consumer Secretariat — Senacon, and State or municipal consumer protection bodies, known as Procons) and class associations may file collective lawsuits for breach of privacy laws.

Similarly, many foreign countries and governmental bodies, including in countries in which we currently operate, have laws and regulations concerning the collection, storage, use, processing, disclosure, protection, transmission, retention and disposal of personal, sensitive, regulated or confidential data. Such laws and regulations will be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities, thus creating potentially complex compliance issues for us and our future customers and strategic partners.

In the United States, California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which took effect in January 2020 and limits how we may collect, use and process personal data of California residents. The CCPA establishes a privacy framework for covered companies such as ours by, among other things, creating an expanded definition of personal information, establishing data privacy rights for California residents, including, among other things, the right to request a copy from a covered company of the personal information collected about them, the right to request deletion of such personal information, and the right to opt out of certain sales of personal information, and creating a potentially severe statutory damages framework and private rights of action for certain data breaches. Further, in November 2020, California voters approved the California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”), which amended and expanded the CCPA. Effective beginning January 1, 2023, the CPRA imposes additional obligations on companies covered by the legislation and significantly modified the CCPA, including by expanding California residents’ rights with respect to their personal data, and by establishing a regulatory agency dedicated to implementing and enforcing the CCPA and CPRA. The effects of the CCPA and CPRA are potentially far-reaching, and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and incur substantial compliance-related costs and expenses. Further, it remains unclear how various provisions will be interpreted and enforced. Some observers have noted the CCPA and CPRA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States, which could increase our potential liability and adversely affect our business. Certain other states in the United States (including Virginia, Colorado, Utah and Connecticut) have passed comprehensive privacy statutes that became effective in 2023, and all 50 states have laws including obligations to provide notification of certain security breaches to affected individuals, state officials and others.

In Europe, the European Union’s (“EU”) General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), went into effect in May 2018, and has and will continue to result in significantly greater compliance burdens and costs for companies with users and operations in the EU and EEA by imposing stringent administrative requirements for controllers and processors of personal data of EU residents, including, for example, data breach notification requirements, requirements on the cross-border transfer of data, limitations on retention of information, and rights for individuals over their personal data. The GDPR also provides that EU member states may make their own further laws and regulations limiting the processing of personal data. Ensuring compliance with the GDPR is an ongoing commitment that involves substantial costs, and despite our efforts, data protection authorities or others (including individual consumers) may assert that our business practices fail to comply with its requirements. If our operations are found to violate GDPR requirements, we may incur substantial fines and other penalties, including bans on processing and transferring personal data, have to change our business practices, and face reputational harm, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business. In particular, serious breaches of the GDPR can result in administrative fines of up to 4.0% of annual worldwide revenues or up to €20 million, whichever is higher. Such penalties are in addition to any civil litigation claims by data controllers, clients and data subjects.

In addition, recent legal developments in Europe have created compliance uncertainty regarding transfers of personal data from Europe to the United States. In July 2020, the Court of Justice of the

37

European Union, or CJEU, invalidated the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework, a mechanism for the transfer of personal information from the EU to the United States, and made clear that reliance on Standard Contractual Clauses, an alternative mechanism for the transfer of personal information outside of the EU alone may not be sufficient in all circumstances. Authorities in Switzerland have also issued guidance calling the Swiss-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework inadequate and raising similar questions about the Standard Contractual Clauses. At present, there are few, if any, viable alternatives to the Standard Contractual Clauses. If we are unable to implement sufficient safeguards to ensure that our transfers of personal information from the EU are lawful, we may face increased exposure to regulatory actions, substantial fines and injunctions against processing personal information from the EU. Loss of our ability to lawfully transfer personal data out of the EU to these or any other jurisdictions may cause reluctance or refusal by current or prospective European customers to use our products or services, and we may be required to increase our data processing capabilities in the EU at significant expense. Additionally, other countries outside of the EU have passed or are considering passing laws requiring local data residency, which could increase the cost and complexity of delivering our services.

Further, the UK’s withdrawal from the EU and ongoing developments in the United Kingdom have created uncertainty regarding data protection regulation in the United Kingdom. As of January 1, 2021, we are required to comply with the GDPR as well as the UK equivalent, the implementation of which exposes us to two parallel data protection regimes in Europe, each of which potentially authorizes similar fines and other enforcement actions for certain violations. However, going forward, there may be increasing scope for divergence in application, interpretation and enforcement of the data protection law as between the United Kingdom and the EEA, and the relationship between the United Kingdom and the EEA in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains uncertain. In addition, while the UK data protection regime currently permits data transfers from the UK to the EU and other third countries covered by a European Commission adequacy decision, this will automatically expire in June 2025 unless the European Commission re-assesses and renews/extends that decision. Any such changes could have implications for our transfer of personal data from the UK to the EU and other countries.

We also may be bound by contractual obligations relating to our collection, use and disclosure of personal, confidential and other data.

While we strive to comply with all applicable privacy, data protection and information security laws and regulations, as well as our contractual obligations, posted privacy policies and applicable industry standards, such laws, regulations, obligations and standards continue to evolve and are becoming increasingly complex, and sometimes conflict among the various jurisdictions and countries in which we operate, which makes compliance challenging and expensive. In addition, any failure or perceived failure by us, or any third parties with whom we do business, to comply with laws, regulations, policies, industry standards or contractual or other legal obligations relating to privacy, data protection or information security may result in governmental investigations, inquiries, enforcement actions and prosecutions, private litigation, fines and penalties, adverse publicity or potential loss of business.

We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, rules of self-regulatory bodies, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security in Brazil and other jurisdictions, and we cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, rules, regulations and standards may have on our business. Moreover, existing Brazilian and foreign privacy and data protection-related laws and regulations are evolving and subject to potentially differing interpretations, and various legislative and regulatory bodies may expand current or enact new laws and regulations regarding privacy and data protection-related matters. Additionally, our customers may be subject to differing privacy laws, rules and legislation, which may mean that they require us to be bound by varying contractual requirements application to certain other jurisdictions. Because global laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy and data security have continued to develop and evolve rapidly, compliance with such new laws or to changes to existing laws may impact our business and practices, require us to expend significant resources to adapt to these changes, or to stop offering our solutions in certain countries. These developments could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The loss of members of our management may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have an experienced management team including local managers at our operating facilities and rely on the continued service of these senior managers to achieve our objectives, nurture our corporate culture

38

and maintain a competitive position. We strive to retain our present management and identify, hire, train, motivate and retain other highly skilled personnel. However, senior managers may leave their positions for a variety of reasons, some of which we cannot control. In the event one or more senior managers depart, we may be unable to replace them with individuals with the same level of experience and qualifications and we may face challenges to maintain our culture. The loss of members of our management for any reason could limit our ability to implement our strategic plans and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

This prospectus contains market and industry data, estimates and statistics obtained from third-party sources. While we believe such information to be reliable in general, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of any such third-party information. Such information may not have been prepared on a comparable basis or may not be consistent with other sources. Similarly, this prospectus contains information based on or derived from internal company surveys, studies and research that have not been independently verified by third-party sources. Industry data, projections and estimates are subject to inherent uncertainty as they necessarily require certain assumptions and judgments.

In addition, the market for environmental and industrial services is relatively new, fragmented and will experience changes over time. Data market estimates and growth forecasts are uncertain and based on assumptions and estimates that may be inaccurate. Our addressable market depends on a number of factors, including changes in the competitive landscape, technological changes, data security or privacy concerns, customer budgetary constraints, changes in business practices, changes in the regulatory environment, and changes in economic conditions. Moreover, geographic markets and the industries we operate in are not rigidly defined or subject to standard definitions. Accordingly, our use of the terms referring to our geographic markets and industries may be subject to interpretation, and the resulting industry data, projections and estimates may not be reliable. Our estimates and forecasts relating to the size and expected growth of our market may prove to be inaccurate and our ability to produce accurate estimates and forecasts may in the future be impacted by the economic uncertainty associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as with other macroeconomic factors to which we are subject (see “— Risks Relating to the Markets where we Operate”). Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth rates we forecast, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. For these reasons, you should not place undue reliance on such information.

Our inability or failure to protect our intellectual property or our infringement of the intellectual property of third parties may negatively impact our operating results, divert management and key personnel from the business operations and could harm our financial condition and reputation.

We rely on a combination of trade secret, trademark, copyright laws and other rights, as well as confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions and our information security infrastructure to protect our proprietary brands, technology, processes and other intellectual property as well as those we license from other entities within the Ambipar Group. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” The steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate, or may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our intellectual property or confidential information. In addition, the pursuit of a claim against a third party for infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property rights or confidential information could be costly, and any such efforts may not be successful or could be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Many companies have encountered significant problems in enforcing and defending intellectual property rights in various jurisdictions globally. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of intellectual property, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our intellectual property or marketing of competing services in violation of our intellectual property rights generally. Our failure to obtain pending trademark applications and generally secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our brand and adversely impact our business.

39

We cannot guarantee that our current and future services, or the use of our brands or technology will not infringe third-party intellectual property. There may be third-party intellectual property of which we are currently unaware that covers our services, brands or technology. Third parties may engage in legal proceedings against us or our customers, who in turn may seek indemnification from us. Any such claims of intellectual property infringement or claims for indemnification, even those without merit, could be expensive and time-consuming to defend, result in us being required to pay possibly significant damages, causing us to cease providing services that allegedly incorporate a third party’s intellectual property, require us to enter into potentially costly royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property, although royalty or licensing agreements may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to obtain the necessary licenses or other rights, we may be forced to acquire or develop alternate technology, which could be costly, time-consuming, or impossible. Any of the preceding could have a negative impact on our operating results, divert management and key personnel from the business operations and could harm our financial condition and reputation.

For example, we use proprietary software in our activities, which are developed internally by our employees. Although any software developed in-house legally belongs to us, we may be subject to lawsuits filed by ex-employees claiming ownership of such software. In both cases, we may be ordered to abstain from using the software and to indemnify any such third-party. Although it is our policy to require our employees and consultants who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own or such party may breach the assignment agreement. Litigation may be necessary to obtain ownership or to defend against claims challenging inventorship. If we or our licensors fail in any such litigation, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, intellectual property or other proprietary information. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we or our licensors are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management and other employees, and such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If we cannot protect our proprietary technology from intellectual property challenges, our ability to maintain our model and systems or facilitate products could be adversely affected.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential competitive threats.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

•

others may be able to use brands and offer services that are similar to ours without infringing our intellectual property rights;

•

others may independently develop similar or alternative proprietary software or technology without infringing our intellectual property rights;

•

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies; and

•

our technology may become obsolete or inadequate, and we may not be able to successfully develop, obtain or use new technologies to adapt our models and systems to compete with other technologies as they develop.

Should any of these events occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If our trademarks are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

If our trademarks are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected. Our trademarks may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able

40

to protect our rights to these trademarks, which we need to build name recognition among potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. At times, competitors may adopt trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our trademarks. Over the long term, if we are unable to successfully register our trademarks and establish name recognition based on our trademarks, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, domain names, copyrights, or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If we are unable to attract, develop and retain employees committed to our culture and brand, our operations may be adversely affected.

Our success and future growth depend upon the continued services of our key employees, including highly-skilled technical experts, engineers, biologists and oceanographers, and, as a result, upon our ability to attract, develop and retain employees committed to our culture and brand. From time to time, there may be changes in our management team resulting from the hiring or departure of key employees, which could disrupt our business. The loss of one or more members of our key employees could harm our business, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements.

Competition for highly-skilled personnel is intense and we may not be able to attract, hire, train, retain, motivate and manage sufficiently qualified employees. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have.

As we expand our business in Brazil and abroad, we may be unable to identify, hire, develop and retain a sufficient number of employees with specific knowledge and skills in those geographies who are committed to our corporate culture. Such a failure could result in a reduction in the quality of customer service, and consequently compromise our brand and reputation.

If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects would be harmed. We generally enter into non-competition agreements with our key employees, which prohibit these employees, if they cease working for us, from competing directly with us or working for our competitors for a limited period. We may be unable to enforce these agreements under the laws of the jurisdictions in which our employees work, and it may be difficult for us to restrict our competitors from benefiting from the expertise our former employees developed while working for us.

We may not be able to manage our growth effectively, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

Over the last several years, we have experienced rapid growth in our business and number of employees, and we expect to continue to experience growth in the future. This rapid growth has placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management, processes, systems and operational, technological and financial resources.

Our ability to manage our growth effectively, integrate new employees and technologies into our existing business and attract new customers and maintain relationships with existing customers will require us to continue to retain, attract, train, motivate and manage employees and expand our operational, technological and financial infrastructure. Continued growth could strain our ability to develop and improve our operational, technological, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures, recruit, train and retain highly skilled personnel and maintain customers’ satisfaction.

We cannot assure you that we estimate correctly the costs and risks associated with our expansion, either qualitatively or quantitatively, or that our current systems, procedures, business processes and management controls will be sufficient to support the expansion of our operations going forward, including expansion into new countries and new market segments.

Our failure to successfully manage our expansion process, or to maintain or increase our historical growth levels, could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

41

Failures in our risk management, compliance and internal control systems, policies and procedures may adversely affect our business, financial condition and reputation.

We have developed risk management policies and procedures and we continue to refine them as we conduct our business. Our policies and procedures to identify, analyze, quantify, assess, monitor and manage risks may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure. Our risk management methods may not predict future exposures or be sufficient to protect us against unknown and/or unmapped risks, which may be significantly greater than those indicated by the historical measures we use.

The information on which we rely or based on which we develop and maintain historical and statistical models may be incomplete or incorrect. Certain risk management methods adopted by us depend on the evaluation of publicly available industry data, which may not be entirely accurate, complete, updated or properly evaluated. As we expand into new lines of business, our risk management policies and procedures may not be able to adequately keep up with our current rapid rate of expansion, and may not be adequate or sufficient to mitigate risks.

In addition, our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to our effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation. Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may be inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. We are in the process of upgrading our finance and accounting systems and related controls to an enterprise system suitable for a public company in the United States, and we may not have adequate personnel with the appropriate level of knowledge, experience and training in the accounting policies, practices or internal controls over financial reporting required of public companies. See “— We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company in the United States.”

Further, weaknesses in our internal controls may be discovered in the future. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended and anticipate that we will continue to expend significant resources, including accounting-related costs, and to provide significant management oversight. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could adversely affect our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information.

Moreover, we are subject to the risks of errors and misconduct by our management, employees and independent contractors, which are often difficult to detect in advance and deter. Our compliance procedures and internal controls may not be sufficient to prevent, mitigate or detect all errors, misconduct, fraud, acts of corruption or violations of applicable laws and of our policies by our management, employees and other third parties with which we engage in the ordinary course of business. We could be held liable for any of such acts, which could result in penalties, fines, loss of permits or licenses, prohibition to bid or contract with the government.

Although we maintain insurance and use other traditional risk-shifting tools, such as third-party indemnification, to manage certain exposures, they are subject to terms such as deductibles, coinsurance, limits and policy exclusions, as well as risk of counterparty denial of coverage, default or insolvency. If our policies, procedures and internal controls do not adequately protect us from exposure, and our exposure is not adequately covered by insurance or other risk-shifting tools, we may incur losses that would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

In preparing our financial statements, we have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and, if we fail to remediate such material weaknesses (and any other ones) or implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations, meet our reporting obligations or prevent fraud.

Prior to the Business Combination, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources and processes necessary to address our internal control over financial reporting and

42

procedures. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with the IFRS and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee. Our management has not completed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in connection with the preparation of Emergencia’s combined financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and Emergencia’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, material weaknesses were identified in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weaknesses identified relate to: (i) the consolidation process of recent acquisitions we made, due to the lack of a sufficient number of personnel in the acquired entities with an adequate level of knowledge and experience in the closing functions of our financial reports and related disclosures, to process the transition to the application of IFRS and International Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by the IASB, consistent with our financial reporting requirements; and (ii) the design and operation of our accounting and financial reporting closing functions, in which required policies and procedures either were not designed or were not operating effectively at period end, resulting in a number of adjustments to our combined financial statements during the course of the audit.

Each of the material weaknesses described above may result in a misstatement of one or more account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected, and accordingly, we determined that these control deficiencies constitute material weaknesses.

We intend to take necessary actions to design and implement formal accounting policies, procedures and controls required to remediate these material weaknesses. This includes hiring additional finance and accounting personnel with the requisite experience and knowledge. It also includes designing and implementing new processes, policies and procedures, improving the internal controls to provide additional levels of review and approval, enhancing internal documentation, implementing new software solutions and strengthening the training program for staff related to the requirements of IFRS, the rules and regulations of the SEC and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as the guidelines of COSO’s Internal Control Integrated Framework. However, we cannot assure you that our efforts will be effective or sufficient to prevent any future material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting.

As of the date of this prospectus, other than those related to transition to life as a public company and the ongoing process of hiring personnel, we have not yet incurred material expenses to address those matters giving rise to the material weaknesses we identified and intend to focus efforts going forward. We are currently unable to predict how long it will take and how much it will ultimately cost for us to implement the remediation measures required to address those matters giving rise to the material weaknesses we identified. However, these remediation measures may be time consuming, costly, and might place significant demands on our financial and operational resources.

Our management may be unable to conclude in future periods that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective due to the effects of various factors, which may, in part, include unremedied material weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in those reports is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

We are a public company in the United States subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we are unable to successfully remediate our existing or any future material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected, we may lose our status as an emerging growth company, investors may lose confidence in our financial

43

reporting, and we could become subject to litigation or investigations by the NYSE American, the SEC and other regulatory authorities.

Under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our management is not required to assess or report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until our second annual report on Form 20-F following consummation of the Business Combination, which will be only in 2024 for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2023. In addition, until we cease to be an “emerging growth company” as such term is defined in the JOBS Act (see “— Risks Relating to Our Ordinary Shares — We are and will continue to be an “emerging growth company” and are subject to reduced SEC reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies”), which may not be until after five full fiscal years following the consummation of the Business Combination, our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may disagree with our assessment or may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated, or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us.

During documenting and testing our internal control procedures, in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we may identify other weaknesses and deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements, fail to meet our reporting obligations or fail to prevent fraud, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could, in turn, limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations and lead to a decline in the trading price of our securities.

Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the NYSE American, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation.

In addition, as a public company, our reporting obligations will also require substantial attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business and place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. These cost increases and the diversion of management’s attention could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Material Weakness in Internal Controls and Remediation.”

Our governance, risk management and compliance processes may fail to detect violations of anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws and our standards of ethics, including as a result of the conduct of our managers, employees, suppliers, business partners and third parties who act in our name, interest or benefit, which may have a material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and market price of our securities.

We operate in jurisdictions that have a high risk of corruption. Mechanisms for preventing and combating corruption, money laundering and bribery, governance procedures, as well as our current internal procedures, may not be sufficient to ensure that all of our managers, employees, suppliers, business partners and third parties who act on our behalf, interest or benefit always act in strict compliance with our internal policies and laws and regulations aimed at preventing and combating corruption that we are subject to. These laws and regulations include the Brazilian Decree-Law No. 2,848/1940, Brazilian Law No. 8137/1990, Brazilian Law No. 8.429/1992 (the Administrative Misconduct Law), Brazilian Law No. 8.666/1993 (the Public Bidding Law), Brazilian Law No. 9,613/1998, Brazilian Law No. 14.133/2021, Brazilian Law No. 12,846/2013, as amended and its regulation, Decree No. 11,129/2022 (the Brazilian

44

Anti-Corruption Law), the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom, as well as other standards related to the Convention on Combating Corruption of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development — OECD, including the guidelines issued by the Brazilian comptroller general (collectively, “Anti-Corruption Laws”).

In general, the Anti-Corruption Laws prohibit companies and their employees, shareholders or managers from making improper payments to government officials, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business and/or other benefits. We cannot guarantee that our direct and indirect shareholders, directors, officers, employees and other third parties (including agents, suppliers and service providers) and the companies to which some business operations are outsourced will fully comply with the Anti-Corruption Laws and related policies. Our governance, policies, risk management and compliance processes may not be able to, for example: (i) detect, prevent or mitigate violations of the Anti-Corruption Laws or similar legislation, as well as violations of our internal compliance policies; (ii) detect, prevent or mitigate occurrences of fraudulent and dishonest behavior by our managers, employees, suppliers, customers, business partners or third parties acting on our behalf, interest or benefit; (iii) manage all risks identified in our risk management policy and/or predict, identify or mitigate new risks; and (iv) detect, prevent or mitigate other occurrences of behavior inconsistent with ethical and moral principles, which may materially and adversely affect our reputation, our business, financial conditions and operating results, as well as impact the market price of our securities negatively. Public authorities are empowered to impose penalties on us if acts of corruption are inadvertently or intentionally committed by members of our management, employees and/or third parties acting on our behalf or in our interest. Under the terms of certain Anti-Corruption Laws, companies may be jointly and severally liable for the payment of a fine and full compensation for damage for unethical practices attributed to their affiliates and consortia members. As a result, we may be held liable for any such violations.

As we increase and scale our business, we may engage with new business partners and third-party intermediaries to market our products and services and obtain necessary permits, licenses and other regulatory approvals. In addition, we or our third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, customers and agents, even if we do not authorize such activities.

We are also subject to Brazilian Law No. 9,613 of March 3, 1998, as amended (“Money Laundering Prevention Law”), by which legal entities engaged in the sale of high value goods are subject to obligations related to identification of customers and operations, maintenance of records and submission of reports on financial operations to the competent authorities, among others. We currently do not have a structured program to combat money laundering and are subject to the following sanctions, in the event of non-compliance with the Money Laundering Prevention Law: (i) warnings; (ii) variable monetary fine (a) not more than twice the value of the operation in question or twice the profit earned or that would presumably be earned from carrying out the operation or (b) in the total amount of R$20,000,000; (iii) the revocation or suspension of our business licenses and (iv) the cancellation or suspension of the authorization to carry out the activity, operation or functioning. The application of any of these sanctions to us could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and the trading price of our securities.

The existence of any current or past investigations, inquiries or proceedings of an administrative or judicial nature related to the violation of the Anti-Corruption Laws, against us, our managers, employees, suppliers, business partners or third parties acting on our behalf, interest or benefit may result in: (i) fines and indemnities in the administrative, civil and criminal spheres (the latter, to the administrators who contributed to the infraction); (ii) loss of unlawfully obtained benefits, including operating licenses; (iii) prohibition or suspension of our activities; and/or (iv) loss of rights to contract with the public administration, to receive incentives or tax benefits from any financing and resources from the public administration, among other applicable penalties. We may also be jointly and severally liable for the payment of a fine and full compensation for the damage due to practices contrary to the Anti-Corruption Laws caused by our controlling, controlled, affiliated or, under the respective contract, consortium companies, which could materially and adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results, as well as impact the market price of our securities negatively.

45

All of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on us. Therefore, if we are not able to keep the governance, risk management and compliance processes operating effectively, we may not be able to prevent the occurrence of fraud and/or the occurrence of other deviations, including in relation to the preparation of statements and accounting information.

The existence of lawsuits, procedures, investigations, convictions, publications or negative comments in any media vehicle or social network involving us, our direct or indirect shareholders and subsidiaries, our business, our operations, executive officers, members of our Board, or any third party acting on our behalf, interest or benefit, could seriously damage our reputation. The reputational risk arising from the negative perception of our brand by customers, counterparties, shareholders, subsidiaries, investors, regulators and society in general for involvement in any of the above cases can originate from several factors, including those related to non-compliance with legal obligations, inappropriate business practices related to our customers, products and services, relationships with partners with questionable ethical posture, employee misconduct, information leakage, anti-competitive practices, failures in the risk management process, among others.

Any such damages to our reputation and imposition of sanctions or other penalties may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as the market price of our securities.

Our results may be adversely impacted by incorrect estimates, judgments or assumptions relating to our critical accounting policies and changes in international financial reporting standards.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires our management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in our combined financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of certain assets, liabilities, and equity, and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our combined financial statements and accompanying notes include those related to revenue recognition, fair value of certain assets and liabilities, share-based compensation, and income taxes, including any valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. Our results of operations may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our results of operations to fall below the expectations of industry or financial analysts, which may result in a decline in the trading price of our securities.

Additionally, the International Accounting Standard Board, or IASB, has a calendar for approving accounting pronouncements and IFRS, which may change at any time and over which we have no interference. Therefore, we are unable to predict which and when new accounting pronouncements or new IFRS rules will be approved that may in any way impact the future financial statements prepared by us.

We regularly monitor our compliance with applicable financial reporting standards and review new pronouncements and drafts thereof that are relevant to us. As a result of new standards, or changes and challenges to existing standards or their interpretation, we might be required to change our accounting policies, alter our operational policies or implement new or enhance existing systems so that they reflect new or amended financial reporting standards, or we may be required to restate our published financial statements. Such changes or challenges to existing standards or in their interpretation may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations, or cause an adverse deviation from our revenue and operating profit and loss target, which may negatively impact our results of operations.

Any increase in operational costs and any difficulties we encounter in recovering costs incurred by us for the performance of our activities may adversely affect us.

The profitability of our services may be adversely affected by increases in the cost of food, wages and labor, insurance, fuel, acquisition and maintenance of equipment and machines, operating inputs, waste disposal, uniforms, PPE, medical assistance, transportation, tires, tolls, change in labor, social security and tax rates, public services and other essential items for the provision of services, particularly to the extent that we cannot recover this increase in costs through increases in the prices of our services due to general economic conditions, competitive conditions or contractual provisions with customers.

46

Operational costs for the performance of our activities have fluctuated significantly in recent years, and substantial increases in the cost of fuels and utilities have historically resulted in cost increases for our units. We may not be able to fully recover the increases in these costs, which could adversely affect our profitability.

In addition, contractual, economic, competitive or market-specific conditions may limit our ability to increase the prices of our services. As a result of these factors, we may not be able to pass through any increases in costs to provide our services, improve operating margins and obtain adequate investment returns through price increases. We may also lose customers to lower-priced competitors and new competitors may enter our markets as we increase prices, directly impacting our financial balance.

We may face potential conflicts of interest in negotiations with related parties.

We generate revenues and incur costs and expenses in relation to related-party transactions, including under the Cost Sharing Agreement, as well as certain lease and loan agreements. These transactions can give rise to potential conflicts of interest. Conflicts of interest continue to be a significant area of focus for regulators, investors and the media. A failure to appropriately deal with these potential conflicts could negatively impact our reputation and result in potential litigation or regulatory action against us.

We cannot guarantee that our related person transaction policy is or will be effective to avoid potential conflicts of interest between us, our shareholders, members of our management and any related-parties, or that any such party has complied or will strictly comply with good governance practices and rules to deal with conflicts of interest. The perception of non-compliance with such requirements or policies could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

For additional information regarding transactions between related parties and our related person transaction policy, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

We are a holding company and depend on the operational results of our subsidiaries.

We are a holding company and therefore depend on the results of operations of our subsidiaries and controlled companies. Our ability to meet our debt service and other obligations depends not only on our cash flow generation, but also on the cash flow generation of our subsidiaries, controlled companies and their subsidiaries, and their ability to make cash available to us in the form of interest payments, equity, debt repayment and dividend distributions, among others.

Legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries and controlled companies. If this limitation occurs, we may be unable to make the required payments of principal and interest on our debt instruments, or to honor our obligations. In addition, with respect to our Brazilian subsidiaries, the income tax exemption on the distribution of dividends provided for in the current Brazilian legislation may be amended, and dividends may be taxed in the future, adversely affecting us, given that taxes may be due on the distribution of dividends by our Brazilian subsidiaries.

Any adverse change in the business, financial condition or results of operations of our subsidiaries and controlled companies could adversely and materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be liable for environmental, tax, labor and social security obligations of suppliers or service providers.

We work with suppliers in various fields of activity and we cannot guarantee that such suppliers will be in full compliance with laws and regulations governing working conditions, environmental practices and sustainability, quarantine of the production chain and safety conditions, or that they will not use improper practices to reduce their costs, including corruption, money laundering or bribery. If any of our suppliers becomes involved in these practices, our reputation may be harmed and, as a result, our customers’ perception of us may be adversely affected.

In some situations, we may be jointly liable for acts of our suppliers. For example, we may be held jointly liable for environmental damages caused by our suppliers during the provision of services hired by us. In addition, under the Anti-Corruption Laws, we may be held strictly liable for acts of corruption committed by suppliers or other third parties acting on our behalf or interest, subject to applicable sanctions.

47

We may also be jointly and severally liable if our suppliers or third-party service providers do not comply with their obligations under the tax, labor, administrative, and social security laws and the regulations applicable to our industry, resulting in fines and other penalties that may affect us material and adversely. Further, we may be held liable for accidents within our or our customers’ facilities involving third-party employees, which could adversely affect our reputation and our business. Any labor violations, environmental damage and/or damage to third parties caused by certain service providers in the exercise of activities contracted by us, mainly within our premises, may expose us to joint liability for the repair and/or indemnification of the damage caused, including the possibility of being included as a defendant in lawsuits aiming at repairing and/or indemnifying damages caused to workers, the environment and/or third parties. Depending on the involvement in the harmful event, we will also be exposed to administrative and criminal liability and to reputational risk, which could even prevent us from taking advantage of certain incentives and/or tax benefits, contracting with the government and/or causing the removal of our directors.

Any of such factors could adversely and materially affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation, in addition to impacting the price of our securities.

The use and supply of outsourced labor may subject us to joint and several liability for labor and social security liabilities.

We and our subsidiaries outsource certain ancillary activities that support our business, in addition to providing outsourced work to our customers. We do not provide benefits to these outsourced workers, who are paid directly by their employers. The use of outsourced labor subjects us to the risk that our relationship with these workers be considered an employment relationship by labor administrative and judicial authorities. In addition, according to Brazilian legislation, if our outsourced service providers fail to comply with their obligations under labor, social security, tax and/or environmental laws, we may be held jointly and severally or secondarily liable for their debts, including fines and/or other penalties, which may adversely affect us. We may also be liable for breaches of occupational health standards at our and our customers’ facilities by the employees of third parties resulting from accidents or occupational diseases, which may adversely affect our reputation as well as our business. Further, any environmental damage and/or damage to third parties caused by service providers when undergoing work engaged by us expose us to joint and several liability for redress and/or damages for harm caused.

Our operations may be affected by seasonal fluctuations and other demand factors over which we have no control.

Demand for our services can be affected by the commencement and completion of cleanup of major spills and other events, customers’ decisions to undertake remedial projects, seasonal fluctuations due to weather and budgetary cycles influencing the timing of customers’ spending for remedial activities, the timing of regulatory decisions relating to hazardous waste management projects, changes in regulations governing the management of hazardous waste, changes in the waste processing industry towards waste minimization and the propensity for delays in the demand for remedial services, and changes in governmental regulations relevant to our diverse operations. Such impacts related to weather conditions could become more significant if climate change results in an increase in the frequency or severity of adverse weather events. We do not control such factors and, as a result, our revenue and income can vary from quarter to quarter or year to year, and past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance.

Our inability to maintain long-term business relationships with our customers at the same or higher volumes or prices and/or to renegotiate such relationships on other favorable terms could negatively affect our ability to grow and adversely affect our competitiveness and our results of operations.

We have developed long-term relationships with several customers and invest substantial amounts in machinery, equipment and specialized labor to comply with service agreements, with an average depreciation of 60 months of such machinery and equipment. If early termination occurs, for any reason, we could incur considerable losses.

Under the terms of these agreements, customers can, at any time, unilaterally terminate the contracts they have entered into with us, materially reducing the amount of business that drives our revenue. There is no guarantee that we will be able to maintain or renew existing contracts, maintain relationships with our

48

current customers or business partners or recover amounts owed by defaulting customers or business partners. In addition, we cannot guarantee that it will be possible to replace the revenue from these contracts, as they depend on various factors outside our control, including, among others, economic conditions in the industry, credit availability, general level of government financing for environmental activities, real estate development and other industrial investment opportunities. Increased competition could also require us to alter the pricing and terms we offer to our customer.

Accordingly, the loss of one or more of our customers or long-term business partners may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by the various conflicting and/or onerous legal and regulatory requirements imposed on us by the countries where we operate.

Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state and municipal environmental requirements, including those related to the transportation and disposal of regulated materials and cleaning up soil and groundwater contamination. In particular, in Brazil, we are subject to the provisions of the following environmental regulations: Federal Law No. 12,305/2010; CONAMA Resolution No. 358/2005; ABNT — NBR 13.221; ANTT nº 5232/2016, NBRs 7500, 7501, 7503, 9735, 14619, Decree No. 96044 and Statute No. 204 both issued by the Transportations Ministry NBR 10.004:2004; and IBAMA Normative Instruction No. 13/2012. We are also subject to extensive environmental requirements in other jurisdictions in which we operate, including in the United States under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and the Oil Pollution Act.

We may not be able to fully comply with the legal and regulatory requirements to which we are subject. These legal and regulatory requirements may become more stringent in the future as a result of legislative and regulatory changes, which may cause us to incur unforeseen regulatory expenses. For example, we may need to incur additional costs to train employees and customers, purchase health and safety equipment and, in some cases, hire employees, external advisors and lawyers as a result of these changes.

The interpretation or application of existing laws and regulations, or the adoption of new laws and regulations, may require modifying or reducing our operations or replacing our facilities or equipment at a substantial cost, which we may not be able to pass onto our customers, which may negatively impact our results or may imply additional expenses in order to adapt our activities to these rules.

In addition, our industry is subject to extensive socio-environmental regulation. If the requirements imposed on our customers under federal or state laws and regulations for the handling of hazardous or radioactive waste are relaxed or applied less vigorously, the demand for our services may decrease significantly and our results of operations may be adversely affected. Conversely, if such requirements are made more stringent, certain of our customers’ operations may be constrained or become subject to greater costs, and the demand for our services may consequently decrease significantly and our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Failure to comply with socio-environmental laws and regulations, including with respect to the handling of hazardous waste, may adversely affect our business.

We are subject to extensive foreign, Brazilian federal, state and municipal laws and regulations related to the adequate handling, transportation and disposal of hazardous or radioactive waste, the preservation and protection of the environment, the handling of dangerous products, as well as those related to occupational health and safety, the prohibition of labor analogous to slavery, to the use of child labor, to not encouraging prostitution and not employing foresters. Among other obligations, laws and regulations establish standards for the disposal of effluents, atmospheric emissions, solid waste management, minimum requirements for transporting waste, noise emission parameters, as well as requirements related to specially protected areas or species of organism.

Any violations of socio-environmental laws and regulations may expose us to administrative and criminal penalties, in addition to the obligation to repair or indemnify damages caused to the environment and to third parties. In particular, the handling and transportation of hazardous waste services involve relevant environmental regulations, and any failure to comply with such regulations may adversely affect our ability

49

to collect, process and finally dispose of hazardous waste generated by our customers. In case we are held liable for any losses or damages caused by the handling and transportation of hazardous waste, changes in environmental laws and regulations or in their interpretation could result in unforeseen changes to estimated timing and amounts for payment of such damages.

Some of these laws impose strict and, under certain circumstances, joint and several liability on current and former owners and operators of facilities that release regulated materials or that generate them and provide for their improper disposal or treatment. Such liability can also be imposed on certain other persons who release, transport, dispose of, or arrange for the disposal of hazardous substances. Such responsibilities may relate to the necessary cleaning of releases of regulated materials and the repair of environmental damage.

We are routinely inspected by government agencies, which may impose fines or other sanctions or require expenditures for remedial work. In addition, regulators have the power to suspend or revoke the permits for the operation of our facilities, equipment and vehicles based on, among other factors, our compliance record, and customers may decide not to use a specific installation of disposal or negotiate due to concerns about our compliance record. The suspension or revocation of permits would affect our operations and could have a material impact on our financial results.

Some environmental laws and regulations impose liability and responsibility on present and former owners, operators or users of facilities and sites for contamination at such facilities and sites without regard to causation or knowledge of contamination.

Any non-compliance and/or penalties applied within the scope of compliance with social and environmental legislation or any substantial capital expenditures made as a result of government proceedings may adversely impact our business, results, and our financial situation and reputation.

For more information about the environmental regulations to which we are subject, see “Business — Regulatory Overview.”

We may incur increased costs arising from compliance with new or more restrictive social and environmental laws and regulations.

Government agencies or other authorities, including environmental inspectors and control agents, may enact new stricter rules or seek more restrictive interpretations of existing socio-environmental laws and regulations. Environmental obligations, liabilities and conditions may also change depending on changes in the staff of the competent authorities, as well as in jurisprudence. As a result of any such changes, our investments and expenses necessary to comply with environmental legislation may increase substantially, which may require us to employ additional resources to adapt to the eventual new requirements of these agencies and environmental authorities. Any action in this regard by government agencies could adversely affect our business and have a material adverse effect on us.

For more information about the environmental regulations to which we are subject, see “Business — Regulatory Overview.”

Risks Relating to the Markets Where We Operate

Our international presence subjects us to a variety of risks arising from doing business internationally.

As of June 30, 2022, we operated in 16 countries, having generated 40.1%, 32.0%, 15.1% and 12.7% of our net revenues in North America, Brazil, Latin America (excluding Brazil) and Europe, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2022, and 40.7%, 25.6%, 17.6% and 16.1% of our net revenues in North America, Brazil, Latin America (excluding Brazil) and Europe, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2021. As a result of the WOB Acquisition, we have expanded our global reach to also serve clients in Asia and Oceania. In addition, as of December 31, 2021, 69% of our non-current assets other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets were located outside of Brazil. Our international footprint exposes us to a variety of risks that may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows. These include, but may not be limited to, the following:

50

•

periodic economic downturns in the countries in which we do business, measured by gross domestic product, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic;

•

foreign exchange fluctuation and imposition of or increases in currency exchange controls and hard currency shortages;

•

customs matters and changes in trade policy or tariff regulations;

•

changes in regulatory requirements in the countries in which we do business;

•

changes in tax regulations, higher tax rates in certain jurisdictions and potentially adverse tax consequences including restrictions on repatriating earnings, adverse tax withholding requirements and “double taxation”;

•

complexities around changes in the still developing relationship between the U.K. and the EU arising out of the U.K.’s withdrawal from the EU;

•

longer payment cycles and difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;

•

complexities in complying with a variety of Brazilian, U.S. and foreign government laws, controls and regulations;

•

political, economic and social instability, including general strikes and mass demonstrations, civil and political unrest, terrorist actions and armed hostilities in the regions or countries in which, or adjacent to which, we do business;

•

increasingly complex laws and regulations concerning privacy and data security, including the Brazilian LGPD and EU’s GDPR;

•

inflation rates in the countries in which we do business;

•

complying with complex labor laws in foreign jurisdictions;

•

laws in various international jurisdictions that limit the right and ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends and remit earnings to affiliated companies unless specified conditions are met;

•

sovereign risk related to international governments, including, but not limited to, governments stopping interest payments or repudiating their debt, nationalizing private businesses or altering foreign exchange regulations;

•

uncertainties arising from local business practices, cultural considerations and international political and trade tensions;

•

public health issues or other calamities impacting regions or countries in which we operate, including travel to and/or imports or exports to or from such regions or countries; and

•

other political, diplomatic, social and economic events that may occur in the country or affecting the country where each business is headquartered.

These risks may further increase as we continue to adopt our international expansion strategy. If we are unable to successfully manage the risks associated with our international business, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows may be negatively impacted.

Governments have a high degree of influence in the economies of emerging markets where we operate, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our operations in Brazil and Latin America (excluding Brazil) accounted, respectively, for 32.0% and 15.1% of our net revenues for the the six months ended June 30, 2022, and 25.6% and 17.6% of our net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021 (42.9% and 28.8% for the year ended December 31, 2020). Governments in Latin American have exerted and continue to exert significant influence on the economy, occasionally making significant changes in monetary, credit, industry regulations and others. Government actions to control inflation and other policies and regulations often involve, among other measures, price controls, currency devaluations, capital controls and limits on imports.

In particular, the Brazilian economy has suffered frequent interventions by the Brazilian federal government, which sometimes makes significant changes in its monetary, credit, tariff, tax and other

51

policies and rules, in order to influence the Brazilian economy. Measures taken by the Brazilian federal government to control inflation, in addition to other policies and regulations, often involve raising interest rates, changing fiscal policies, controlling wages and prices, intervening in the foreign exchange market, currency devaluations, blocking access to bank accounts, controlling capital and limiting imports, among other measures.

In Chile, the government has changed in the past and has the ability to change monetary, fiscal, tax and other policies to influence the Chilean economy.

We have no control over, and cannot predict, what government measures or policies the Brazilian federal or other Latin American governments will take in the future, and how these measures and policies will affect the national and regional economy of Latin American countries. We may be materially and adversely affected by changes in policies or regulations that involve or affect certain factors, such as:

•

interest rates;

•

foreign exchange controls and restrictions on abroad remittances and payments of dividends;

•

monetary policy;

•

labor laws or jurisprudence positions;

•

changing labor, legal and regulatory standards;

•

data protection laws or regulations;

•

intellectual property;

•

inflation;

•

liquidity and solvency of the financial system;

•

liquidity of domestic financial and capital markets and availability of domestic loans;

•

water and energy rationing;

•

commodity prices;

•

health policies, including due to epidemics and pandemics, such as the current COVID-19 pandemic;

•

fiscal policy, tax policy and changes in tax legislation, including royalties and the effect of tax laws on distributions from our subsidiaries;

•

import/export restrictions or other laws and policies that affect foreign trade and investments;

•

price controls or pricing regulations; and

•

takings or nationalization.

Uncertainty over the implementation of policy or regulatory changes by the Brazilian or other Latin American governments creates instability in the region’s economy, increasing the volatility of its securities market. This scenario is further aggravated when analyzed together with the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. These uncertainties, the recession with a period of slow recovery and other future developments in the Brazilian and Latin American economy could adversely affect our business and, consequently, our financial condition and operating results, and could adversely affect the trading price of our securities.

Economic uncertainties and political instability in the Latin American countries in which we operate, in particular Brazil and Chile, may adversely affect our business, operations and financial condition and that of our subsidiaries.

Countries in Latin America have experienced periods of economic and political instability in recent years. Unfavorable general economic conditions in the past, including the 2008 financial crisis that affected the global banking system and financial markets, have caused economic slowdown and a decrease in the amount of foreign capital invested in emerging markets, including Latin America. This in turn has caused many emerging markets, including Latin America, to decline in value and has led to the depreciation of emerging market currencies against the U.S. dollar. As international investors’ reactions to events that

52

occur in one market sometimes affect other regions or disadvantage certain investments, the Latin American economy could be adversely affected by negative economic or financial developments in other countries, such as those related to the outbreak of COVID-19. Negative developments in Latin America or other emerging markets or developed economies could affect the decisions to hire service providers and the demand for the services offered by us, with a potential reduction in the number of customers.

Brazilian markets have been experiencing increased volatility due to uncertainties arising from investigations conducted by the Brazilian Federal Police and the Brazilian Federal Public Ministry, including “Operação Lava Jato.” Such investigations have impacted the Brazilian economy and political environment. Members of the Brazilian federal government and the legislative power, as well as executives of large public and private companies, were convicted of corruption for accepting bribes through kickbacks in contracts awarded by the government to infrastructure, oil and gas, construction companies, among others. The amounts of these bribes allegedly financed political party campaigns and were not accounted for or publicly disclosed, serving to promote the personal enrichment of beneficiaries of the corruption scheme. As a result, several politicians, including members of the Brazilian National Congress and executives of large Brazilian public and private companies, have resigned from their positions and/or been arrested, and others are still being investigated for allegations of unethical and illegal conduct identified during such investigations.

The potential outcome of this and other investigations is uncertain, but they have already adversely affected the image and reputation of the companies involved, as well as the market’s general perception of the Brazilian economy. The development of these cases of unethical conduct has affected and may continue to adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as the trading price of our securities. We cannot predict whether the ongoing investigations will lead to further political and economic instability, nor whether new allegations against government officials and executives or private companies will emerge in the future. We also cannot predict the results of these investigations, nor the impact on the Brazilian economy or the Brazilian stock market.

Any consequences of these investigations could materially and adversely affect the business environment in Brazil and our activities. Further political instability has been exacerbated by the Brazilian polarized presidential election held in October 2022. After having his criminal convictions related to Operação Lava Jato overturned and his political rights restored by the Brazilian Supreme Court, former Brazilian president Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva ran for office in the presidential election and narrowly defeated President Bolsonaro. Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva took office on January 1, 2023. In the aftermath of the November 2022 presidential election, there have been countrywide roadblocks and mass protests by supporters of former president Jair Bolsonaro disputing the election results, culminating, on January 8, 2022, in riots in the country’s federal capital Brasilia where protesters stormed government buildings, including the Congress, the Supreme Court and the Presidential Palace. It is unclear whether this heightened state of political and social tension will dissipate or intensify in coming months and what resulting impacts may occur to adversely affect our business operations or the safety of our employees, our customers, and the communities in which we operate.

We cannot predict which policies the incoming president may adopt or change during his term in office, or the effect that any such policies might have on our business and on the Brazilian economy. Moreover, any difficulty experienced by the Brazilian federal government in obtaining a majority in the national congress could result in congressional deadlock, political unrest and massive demonstrations or strikes that could adversely affect our operations. Uncertainty over whether the Brazilian federal government will implement reforms or changes in policy or regulation affecting these or other factors in the future may affect economic performance and contribute to economic instability and increase the volatility of the Brazilian securities market.

We are also exposed to economic and political volatility in Chile. The Chilean economy has recently experienced a slowdown, and we cannot assure you that the Chilean economy will grow in the future or that future developments that affect the Chilean economy, including economic difficulties in Brazil, Argentina and other emerging markets or financial markets from developed economies, will not impair our ability to proceed with our Chilean operations.

53

Further, starting in October 2019, Chile began to experience social turmoil, initially because of a fare hike in Santiago’s metro system. Student and civil protestors damaged public property and the private sector and disrupted institutions and commerce. The government initially declared a 90-day state of emergency, extendable as needed, and at the same time launched several political, social and economic reforms, and approved the calling of a national referendum. However, the state of emergency lasted less than ten days. On October 25, 2020, a constitutional referendum was held, in which about 80% of voters elected to replace the Chilean Constitution. The 2019 civil unrest led to the victory of left-wing Gabriel Boric in the December 2021 presidential elections. Mr. Boric was sworn in as president in March 2022. In September 2022, almost 62% of Chileans voted to reject the left-leaning draft of a new constitution proposed by the constituent assembly and backed by President Boric, which was perceived to be less market-friendly and to create legal uncertainty. There can be no assurance that the recent changes in the Chilean administration, its Constitution or any future civil unrest will not adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition in Chile.

In general, emerging markets such as Brazil, Chile or other Latin American countries are also exposed to relatively higher risks of liquidity constraints, inflation, devaluation, price volatility, corruption, crime, asset expropriation and sovereign default, as well as additional legal and regulatory risks and uncertainties.

Economic uncertainty and political uncertainty in Brazil, Chile or other Latin American countries could materially and adversely affect the business environment in these countries and affect us disproportionately or differently than our competitors, depending on our specific exposure to any particular emerging market, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating income, financial condition and prospects.

Political, economic and social events and the perception of risks in other countries, especially in emerging economy countries and in the United States, China and the European Union, may adversely affect the economy of the countries in which we operate and the market price of our securities.

Our Latin American operations may be affected, to varying degrees, by economic and market conditions in other countries, including the United States, European Union countries and other emerging economies. To the extent the conditions of the global markets or economy deteriorate, the business of companies with significant operations in Latin American countries may be harmed. For example, we are subject to impacts resulting from the current war between Ukraine and Russia. The Ukraine war has caused market turmoil and led oil prices to soar, reaching the highest level in almost 14 years, thus affecting the market commodities and energy in Brazil and in the world, which could raise our operational costs and consumer expenses and, therefore, adversely affect our operational results and financial condition. In addition, an escalation in political tensions between the United States, Iran and Iraq, as well as other related conflicts in the Middle East, and imposition of additional sanctions from the United States, Iran, Iraq, and European countries could cause the price of oil to increase even further. Finally, these tensions can generate political and economic instability around the world, directly impacting the stock markets.

The weakness in the global economy has been marked by, among other adverse factors, lower levels of consumer and corporate confidence, decreased business investment and consumer spending, increased unemployment, reduced income and asset values in many areas, reduction of China’s growth rate, currency volatility and limited availability of credit and access to capital, in addition to significant uncertainty result from the COVID-19 pandemic. Developments or economic conditions in other countries may significantly affect the availability of credit to companies with significant operations in Brazil and result in considerable outflows of funds from Brazil, decreasing the amount of foreign investments in Brazil.

Further, trade disputes between countries, in particular the current dispute between the United States and China, global outbreaks of communicable diseases such as COVID-19, crises in the United States, the European Union or in emerging countries and global tensions, including conflicts involving the occurrence of Brexit, have affected and may affect the global economy, producing several effects that, directly or indirectly, negatively impact the Latin American capital markets and economy, such as fluctuations in the price of securities issued by listed companies, reductions in the supply of credit, deterioration of the economy, fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and inflation, among others.

54

Given our exposure to Latin American economies, any such factors can reduce investor interest in our securities. Crises, political instability or economic conditions in other countries could make it more difficult for us to access the capital markets and finance our operations in the future, on favorable terms or at all, may significantly affect the perceptions of risks inherent in Brazil and may result in considerable outflows of funds from Brazil, decreasing the amount of investments in Brazil.

Exchange rate instability can harm the economy of emerging markets where we operate and, consequently, affect us.

The Latin American currencies have experienced in the past and are currently experiencing strong fluctuations against the dollar and other strong currencies.

In Brazil, over the past four decades, the federal government implemented various economic plans and used various foreign exchange policies, including sudden devaluations, periodic mini-devaluations (during which the frequency of adjustments has ranged from daily to monthly), floating exchange market systems, foreign exchange controls and the dual exchange market. Since 1999, Brazil has adopted a floating foreign exchange system with Central Bank interventions in the purchase or sale of foreign currency. From time to time, there have been significant foreign exchange rate fluctuations between the real and the dollar and other currencies.

Although long-term depreciation of the real is generally linked to the rate of inflation in Brazil, depreciation of the real occurring over shorter periods of time has resulted in significant variations in the exchange rate between the real, the U.S. dollar and other currencies. The real/U.S. dollar exchange rate reported by the Central Bank was R$5.197 per US$1.00 on December 31, 2020, which reflected a 28.9% depreciation in the real against the U.S. dollar during 2020. The real/U.S. dollar exchange rate reported by the Central Bank was R$5.580 per US$1.00 on December 31, 2021, which reflected a 7.4% depreciation in the real against the U.S. dollar during 2021. As of December 30, 2022, the real/U.S. dollar exchange rate reported by the Central Bank was R$5.218 per US$1.00, which reflected a 6.5% appreciation in the real against the U.S. dollar during 2022. There can be no assurance that the real will not further appreciate or again depreciate against the U.S. dollar or other currencies in the future.

The devaluation of the real and other Latin American currencies relative to the U.S. dollar could create additional inflationary pressures in Brazil and Latin America and lead to increases in interest rates. Any depreciation of these currencies may generally restrict access to the international capital markets. It would also reduce the U.S. dollar value of our results of operations. Restrictive macroeconomic policies could reduce the stability of the Brazilian and Latin American economy and harm our results of operations and profitability. In addition, domestic and international reactions to restrictive economic policies could have a negative impact on the Brazilian and Latin American economy. These policies and any reactions to them may harm us by curtailing access to foreign financial markets and prompting further government intervention. A devaluation of Latin American currencies relative to the U.S. dollar may also, as in the context of the current economic slowdown, decrease consumer spending, increase deflationary pressures and reduce economic growth, which could negatively affect the economy of Latin American countries as a whole and our results, due to the contraction in consumption and the increase in its costs.

On the other hand, the appreciation of the Latin American currencies relative to the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies could lead to the deterioration of the region’s current accounts and balance of payments, as well as a weakening in the growth of the gross domestic product generated by exports. It could also have an adverse impact in our financial condition and results of operations due to translation risk.

We do not exercise any influence on the exchange policy adopted in Brazil or other Latin American countries, nor do we have the capacity to predict it. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be negatively affected by changes in such foreign exchange rate policies.

Inflation and government efforts to curb it may contribute to an uncertain economic scenario, adversely affecting us and the market price of our securities.

General inflation, including rising prices for energy and other inputs as well as rising wages may negatively impact our business by increasing our operating costs. The cost of materials, fuel, labor and other

55

components of our operating costs used in our services are affected by inflation and global commodity prices. We may mitigate this risk through passing along price increases to our customers. However, we may not always be able to raise prices in response to increased costs or may experience delays in passing through such costs, as our ability to do so is largely dependent upon market conditions and competitive market pressures. These inflationary cost pressures have resulted and may result in reductions in our operating margins and cash flows in the future.

General inflation in the United States, Europe and other geographies has risen to levels not experienced in recent decades. These concerns have resulted in an increase of interest rates and the respective governments and institutions taking and contemplating other measures to curb inflation, which in turn has negatively impacted the capital markets generally.

Latin American countries have historically experienced high rates of inflation from time to time, which have, together with certain actions taken by the Latin American government in an attempt to curb inflation and speculation about what measures would be adopted, negative effects on the Latin American countries economy and contributed to economic uncertainty, increasing the volatility of the Latin American capital markets.

In Brazil, according to the National Consumer Price Index (Índice Nacional de Preços ao Consumidor Amplo, or IPCA), which is published by the Brazilian Institute for Geography and Statistics (Instituto Brasileiro de Geografia e Estatística, or IBGE), Brazilian inflation rates were 5.79%, 10.06% and 4.52% as of December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Brazil may experience high levels of inflation in the future and inflationary pressures may lead to the Brazilian government’s intervening in the economy and introducing policies that could harm our business and the price of our securities. In the past, the Brazilian government’s interventions included the maintenance of a restrictive monetary policy with high interest rates that restricted credit availability and reduced economic growth, causing volatility in interest rates. The Monetary Policy Committee (Comitê de Política Monetária do Banco Central do Brasil, or COPOM) frequently adjusts the interest rate in situations of economic uncertainty to achieve goals established in the Brazilian federal government’s economic policy. In the event of an increase in inflation, the Brazilian federal government may choose to significantly increase interest rates. For example, the official interest rate in Brazil oscillated from 14.25% as of December 31, 2015 to 2.00% as of December 31, 2020, as established by the COPOM. On March 17, 2021, the SELIC rate target was raised to 2.75% p.a. with further increases throughout the year, reaching 9.25% p.a. by the end of 2021. In 2022, the COPOM kept raising the SELIC rate target, which reached 13.75% by August 2022. The increase in interest rates will affect not only the cost of our new loans and financing, but also the cost of our current debt, as well as our cash and cash equivalents, securities and payable leases, which are subject to interest rates.

In Chile, the annual rates of inflation, measured by changes in the CPI, in 2020, 2021 and 2022 were 3.1%, 7.2% and 12.8%, respectively. Higher levels of inflation in Chile could adversely affect the Chilean economy and have an adverse effect on our results of operations if high inflation is not accompanied by a corresponding devaluation of the local currency. It is not possible to guarantee or predict that Chilean inflation will not revert to previous levels in the future. In addition, measures taken by the Central Bank of Chile to control inflation often included maintaining a tight monetary policy with high interest rates, thus restricting the availability of credit and economic growth. A significant portion of our operating costs are denominated in U.S. dollars and could, therefore, be significantly affected by a decrease in economic activity levels in Chile. If inflation in Chile increased without a corresponding depreciation of the peso, or if the amount of the peso appreciated against the dollar without the peso experiencing a corresponding deflation in Chile, our financial position and operating results, as well as the value of our securities, could be materially and adversely affected.

Any fluctuations in interest rates and measures taken by the U.S., EU, Latin American and other governments in the future, including reducing interest rates, intervening in the foreign exchange market and implementing mechanisms to adjust or determine currency amount, could trigger inflation, adversely affecting the overall performance of global and national economies. If the countries where we operate experience higher inflation in the future, we may not be able to adjust the prices we charge our customers to offset the effects of inflation on their cost structure, which will increase our costs and reduce our operating and net margins.

56

Our operating results may be impacted by changes in tax legislation, unfavorable results from tax contingencies or by the modification, suspension or cancellation of tax benefits or special regimes.

Latin American tax authorities regularly implement changes in the tax regime that could affect us. These measures include changes in current rates and, occasionally, the creation of temporary and permanent taxes. Some of these changes may increase, directly or indirectly, our tax burden, which may increase the prices we charge for our services, restrict our ability to do business and, therefore, materially and adversely impact our business and results of operations. In addition, certain tax laws may be subject to controversial interpretations by tax authorities. If tax authorities interpret tax laws in a manner inconsistent with our interpretations, we may be adversely affected, including by the full payment of taxes due, plus charges and penalties.

Currently, there are proposals in the Brazilian Congress for the implementation of a Brazilian tax reform. Among the proposals under discussion, there is the possibility of a complete change in the consumption tax system, which would extinguish three federal taxes — IPI, PIS and COFINS, the ICMS, which is a state tax, and the ISS, which is a municipal tax, to create a new Tax on Transactions with Goods and Services, or the IBS, that would be levied on consumption. Furthermore, the Brazilian federal government presented, through Bill No. 3887/2020, a new proposal for the Brazilian tax reform for the creation of the Social Contribution on Transactions with Goods and Services, or the CBS, replacing the contributions of the PIS and the COFINS, providing for a 12% rate, with ample right to credit. More recently, the Brazilian federal government introduced Bill No. 2337/2021, also called the “second phase” of the Brazilian tax reform, which relates to income taxation, including dividend taxation, adjustments in calculation basis and corporate tax rates, changes in taxation of income and gains related to investments in the Brazilian capital markets (i.e., taxation of financial assets and investment funds, etc.), among others. The implementation of the Brazilian tax reform is subject to the legislative process, which includes evaluation, voting, veto and amendments, all carried out by the legislative branch, the Brazilian national congress and the Brazilian president. Therefore, it is not possible to determine, at the outset, which proposed changes will be effectively implemented and how they may directly or indirectly affect our business and results, which would come into effect in the year following the conversion of such projects into law. If the Brazilian tax reform takes effect or if there are any changes in the applicable tax laws and regulations that alter the applicable taxes or special regimes during or after their effective periods, our business and results may be adversely affected.

In Chile, over the past decade, several substantial changes have been made to the income tax system, including increases in corporate and personal income tax rates. In February 2020, the Chilean Congress passed Law No. 21,210 (the “2020 Chilean Tax Reform”), including several amendments to the Chilean tax system. Among these amendments, the 2020 Chilean Tax Reform provides for (i) the elimination, effective from January 1, 2020, of the coexistence of the attributed income tax system and the consolidation of a partially integrated single tax system for large companies, which was created in 2014, with an income tax rate of 27%, (ii) the creation of a new special tax regime for small and medium-sized companies, with an income tax rate of 25% that can be fully integrated into final taxes, (iii) phasing out the tax refunds that Chilean holding companies could claim for corporate taxes paid by their Chilean subsidiaries as a result of absorbing the holding companies’ tax losses with dividends received from such subsidiaries, (iv) increasing the maximum rate of taxes to 40% for personal income tax applicable to resident individuals, (v) application of VAT to foreign digital services used in Chile and (vi) stricter requirements for private investment funds to benefit from preferential tax treatment. Based on Chile’s current social and political environment following the civil unrest that began in October 2019, the Chilean government may introduce further tax reforms aimed at limiting tax exemptions and/or preferential tax treatments. The 2020 Chilean Tax Reform and the interpretation of the RSI (the Chilean tax authority), or the potential approval of future tax reforms, may have other consequences for us, and there can be no guarantee that the current tax burden will not be adjusted in the future to finance future social reforms promoted by the Chilean government or to achieve other purposes.

Further changes in the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate could arise as a result of the base erosion and profit shifting project being undertaken by the OECD. The OECD, which represents a coalition of member countries that includes Chile, Colombia and the United States, has undertaken studies and is publishing action plans that include recommendations aimed at addressing what they believe are issues within tax systems that may lead to tax avoidance by companies. The OECD has extended inclusion

57

to non-OECD countries under their Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting, or BEPS, bringing together over 100 countries to collaborate on the implementation of the OECD BEPS Package. This framework allows interested countries and jurisdictions to work with the OECD and G20 members on developing standards on BEPS-related issues and reviewing and monitoring the implementation of the whole BEPS Package. Included within this expanded group of countries are several additional jurisdictions in which we do business. It is possible that the additional jurisdictions in which we do business could react to these initiatives or their own concerns by enacting tax legislation that could adversely affect us or our shareholders through increasing our tax liabilities.

Besides changes in tax legislation, we are subject to inspections by tax authorities at the various jurisdictions in which we operate. As a result of such inspections, our tax positions may be questioned by the tax authorities, which can result in legal and administrative proceedings. For example, Brazilian tax authorities regularly inspect companies and have recently intensified the number of inspections they conduct, showing particular concern for certain matters such as inventory control, goodwill amortization expenses, corporate restructuring and tax planning, among others. Any legal and administrative proceedings relating to tax matters may adversely affect us. We cannot guarantee that the provisions for any tax proceedings will be correct, that there will be no identification of additional tax exposure, and that it will not be necessary to establish additional tax reserves for any tax exposure. Any increase in the amount of taxation as a result of challenges to tax positions could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Outbreaks of communicable diseases worldwide, such as COVID-19, could lead to greater volatility in the global capital markets and result in negative pressure on the global and local economy of the markets where we operate, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition and affect the trading price of our securities.

On March 11, 2020, the WHO declared the pandemic arising from COVID-19, leaving it up to member- countries to establish the best practices for preventive actions and treatment of those infected. Consequently, the COVID-19 outbreak resulted in restrictive measures involving the movement of people imposed by governments of several countries in the face of the extensive and rapid spread of the virus, including quarantine and lockdowns around the world. Among the consequences of these measures, there were restrictions on travel and public transportation, extended closures of workplaces, interruptions to supply chains, closures of businesses and an overall reduction in consumption by the population. The adoption of the measures described above, together with the uncertainty brought about by the COVID-19 outbreak, have had an adverse impact on the global economy and on the global capital markets, including in Brazil and Latin America. Similar impacts to those described above could arise again, generating fluctuations in the trading price of securities around the world, including the trading price of our securities.

The COVID-19 outbreak resulted and a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets worldwide. Any material change in the global financial markets or in the Latin American or Brazilian economy as a result of any such outbreak could reduce the interest of Brazilian and foreign investors in our securities, which could reduce their market price and make it difficult for us to access the capital markets and finance our operations in the future on acceptable terms.

The extent to which COVID-19 will still impact the global and local economy of the markets where we operate will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning new strains of COVID-19 and the severity of the actions to contain such new strains or treat their impact, particularly the effectiveness of the existing vaccines, among others. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19 or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Any further decline in Brazil’s credit rating could adversely affect the trading price of our securities.

We may be adversely affected by investors’ perception of risks related to the credit rating of Brazil’s sovereign debt. Risk rating agencies regularly assess Brazil and its sovereign risk scores, which are based on a number of factors, including macroeconomic trends, fiscal and budgetary conditions, debt metrics and the prospect of changes in any of these factors.

58

In September 2015, Standard & Poor’s initiated a review of Brazil’s sovereign credit risk rating, downgrading it to a grade below “investment grade.” Since then, Brazil has suffered successive downgrades in its rating by the three major risk rating agencies in the world. As of the date of this prospectus, Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch rated Brazil’s sovereign credit rating as BB-stable, Ba2 stable and BB-stable, respectively.

Continuing or worsening of the current Brazilian recession and continued political uncertainty, among other factors, could lead to further downgrades. We cannot guarantee that credit bureaus will maintain these ratings on Brazilian credit. Any further downgrade of Brazil’s sovereign credit ratings could increase investors’ perception of risk and, as a result, negatively affect the price of our securities.

Changes in legislation and regulations in Chile may have an adverse effect on our business.

Our Chilean subsidiaries are subject to a certain set of Chilean laws and regulations, and there can be no assurance that such laws and regulations will remain unchanged. Changes in legislation, whether due to the repeal of existing legislation, the imposition of additional regulation, the enactment of new applicable legislation or changes in official interpretations of existing rules by the competent authorities, may affect our Chilean subsidiaries’ way of conducting their business and may have an adverse effect on our business.

In the past, the Chilean government has modified, and has the ability to modify laws, monetary, fiscal, tax and other policies to influence the Chilean economy. We have no control over government policies and cannot predict how government intervention will affect the Chilean economy or, directly and indirectly, our business, results of operations and financial condition. For example, as part of the COVID-19 economic and financial aid package promulgated by the Chilean Congress, from July 2020 to April 2021, three laws (Law No. 21,248; Law No. 21,295; and Law No. 21,330) were passed to allow affiliates of the private pension system governed by Decree Law No. 3,500, to withdraw funds (up to 10% each time, subject to certain limitations) from their personal pension funds accounts.

Industry laws and regulations change at the national, regional and local levels, and these changes can impose costs and other difficulties that can prevent our Chilean subsidiaries from properly developing their business and achieving expected results. In addition, any change in regulation, the interpretation of existing regulations, the imposition of additional regulations or the enactment of new legislation that affects any of the companies could have an adverse impact, directly or indirectly, on the financial condition and results of operations.

For example, there have been some legislative efforts in labor matters that could affect the operational costs of our Chilean subsidiaries. For instance, there are several bills under discussion to shorten the work week from 5-6 days to 4 days a week, and from 45 hours to 40-38 weekly hours, with no salary decrease. There is also discussion to force companies to distribute among eligible employees, between 8% to 15% of a company’s profits (depending on the company’s size), subject to certain limits. Likewise, the minimum wage was recently increased to Ch$350,000/month under a government plan that intends to gradually increase it to up to Ch$500,000/month. These changes, and other that may arise in the future, could impact labor costs associated with our operations and affect our income.

A severe earthquake or tsunami in Chile could negatively affect the Chilean economy and our facilities and, as a result, negatively impact our business, financial condition and consolidated operating results.

Chile is on the Nazca tectonic plate, one of the most seismically active regions in the world. Chile has been adversely affected by powerful earthquakes in the past, including a magnitude 8.8 Richter scale earthquake in south-central regions in 2010, and a magnitude 8.3 Richter Scale earthquake in northern Chile in 2014 that caused several blackouts due to damage to the local electricity distribution network, and a magnitude 8.4 Richter Scale earthquake in northern Chile in 2015. An earthquake of magnitude 9.5 Richter Scale occurred in Valdivia, Chile, in 1960, which remains the largest recorded earthquake in modern history.

A severe earthquake or tsunami in Chile could damage our facilities and have an adverse impact on the Chilean economy and us, including our business, financial condition and consolidated operating results. Our

59

facilities are also susceptible to damage from fire and other catastrophic disasters arising from natural or man-made accidental causes, as well as acts of terrorism and health pandemics or other contagious outbreaks. A catastrophic event could cause disruption to our business, significant reductions in our revenues or significant additional costs.

Under a constitutional provision, the Chilean government has the power to seize or expropriate our assets under certain circumstances.

Pursuant to Article 19 No. 24 of the Chilean Constitution, the Chilean government may exercise its eminent domain powers over our assets, if the government considers the action required in order to protect public interests. According to Decree-Law (Decreto con Fuerza de Ley) No. 2186 of 1978, eminent domain powers can be exercised through a process of administrative expropriation, the result of which can be appealed to a civil court. In the event of expropriation, we would be entitled to compensation for the expropriated assets. However, the offset may be less than the price at which the expropriated asset could be sold in an open market sale or the asset’s value as part of an ongoing deal.

Risks Relating to the WOB Acquisition

We may be unable to successfully integrate Witt O’Brien’s operations or to fully realize targeted synergies, revenues and other expected benefits of the WOB Acquisition.

Through the WOB Acquisition, we aim to expand our business into new markets, in particular in North America. Achieving the expected benefits of the proposed WOB Acquisition will depend on the timely and efficient integration of Witt O’Brien’s operations, business cultures, marketing practices, branding and personnel. This integration may not be completed as quickly and smoothly as expected. The challenges involved in the integration include, among others, the following:

•

increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our operations;

•

integrating Witt O’Brien’s’ command center and offices to our existing operations;

•

rebranding Witt O’Brien’s and devising a coherent marketing strategy in the U.S. market and Witt O’Brien’s’ other markets;

•

managing employee attrition and potential disruptions in our business;

•

retaining our or Witt O’Brien’s’ key customers, or both;

•

retaining our or Witt O’Brien’s’ key executives and employees;

•

the potential impact on the relationships between us, industry partners, service providers and other third parties;

•

distracting both companies’ managements from our ongoing operations;

•

aligning Witt O’Brien’s’ standards, processes, procedures and controls with ours;

•

integrating our various systems, including those involving management information, accounting and finance, information technology, sales, billing, employee benefits, payroll and regulatory compliance; and

•

facing other material risks not detected in the due diligence process.

If any of the risks discussed were to materialize, this could disrupt our operations and cause the integration of Witt O’Brien’s to become more onerous, time-consuming and costly than anticipated. In addition, the potential benefits of the acquisition of Witt O’Brien’s may not be realized to the full extent, in a timely fashion or at all. In particular, we may not be able to capitalize on the expected opportunities for cost and sales synergies.

Representations and warranties, covenants and claims for damages under the WOB SPA are limited in scope and amount and are subject to time limits.

All representations and warranties claims and claims for damages that we may have against the WOB Sellers under the WOB SPA are subject to customary scope, amount and time limitations and qualifications.

60

There is no certainty that our contractual protections under the WOB SPA will be sufficient to ensure we will be able to recover all claims we may have against the WOB Sellers.

The WOB Acquisition may expose us to liabilities and contingencies, including as a result of the Deepwater Horizon/BP Macondo Incident, which became potential liabilities for us as a result of the completion of the WOB Acquisition.

Witt O’Brien’s is party to certain lawsuits and other proceedings involving a significant amount. On April 22, 2010, the Deepwater Horizon, a semi-submersible deep-water drilling rig operating in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, sank after an apparent blowout and fire resulting in a significant flow of hydrocarbons from the BP Macondo well (the “Deepwater Horizon/BP Macondo Well Incident”). Seacor provided spill and emergency response services in connection with the Deepwater Horizon/BP Macondo Well Incident. In December 2010, O’Brien’s Response Management, L.L.C. (former Witt O’Brien’s) was named as defendant among multiple parties in several claims arising from the Deepwater Horizon/BP Macondo Well Incident, including a putative class “B3” master complaint concerning the clean-up activities generally and the use of dispersants specifically as well as individual civil actions alleging “B3” exposure-based injuries and/or damages. Although all claims against Witt O’Brien’s have been dismissed by the U.S. District Court of the Eastern District of Louisiana (the “Court”), the “B3” master complaint is still pending and there is no certainty that current defendants will not try to tender any of the ongoing plaintiff’s claims to Witt O’Brien’s.

In addition, in connection with claims relating to clean-up operations following the Deepwater Horizon/BP Macondo Well Incident, BP Exploration & Production, Inc. and BP America Production Company (together, “BP”) acknowledged and agreed to indemnify and defend Witt O’Brien’s pursuant and subject to certain contractual agreements and potential limitations. No assurance can be given that the BP will honor its obligation to indemnify Witt O’Brien’s under these arrangements.

On February 12, 2014, BP entered into a class action settlement that would resolve, among other things, clean-up related personal injury claims against BP. Although Witt O’Brien’s was not a party thereto, such settlement set forth a back-end litigation option for class members to pursue individual claims against BP for “later-manifested physical conditions” as well as BP’s right to seek indemnity from any third party, to the extent BP has a valid indemnity right. BP has tendered several claims for indemnity pursuant to the settlement to Witt O’Brien’s, most of which have been dismissed with prejudice, as well as personal injury claims being pursued by plaintiffs who opted out of the settlement. Witt O’Brien’s plans to continue disputing BP’s right to any indemnification for the remaining claims.

If BP were to fail to honor its contractual obligations or if the courts were to decide in favor of BP with respect to the disputed claims, Witt O’Brien’s may be faced with significant monetary payments that could materially and adversely affect its financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, Witt O’Brien’s may have liabilities that we failed, or were unable, to discover in the course of performing our due diligence investigations of Witt O’Brien’s. We may learn additional information about Witt O’Brien’s that materially adversely affects us, such as unknown or contingent liabilities and liabilities related to compliance with applicable laws. Any such liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The indemnities that we may receive from the WOB Sellers under the WOB SPA may be insufficient to protect or indemnify us for any liabilities and contingencies that we did not identify during the due diligence process or that were identified but were estimated to be lower than the actual amounts. If we incur significant costs as a result of such liabilities or contingencies, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Witt O’Brien’s could incur liabilities in connection with its provision of spill response services.

Although companies are generally exempt in the United States from liability under the Clean Water Act (“CWA”) for their own actions and omissions in providing spill response services for oil spills, this exemption would not apply if a company were found to have been grossly negligent or to have engaged in willful misconduct, or if it were to have failed to provide these services consistent with the National

61

Contingency Plan or as otherwise directed under the CWA. In addition, the exemption under the CWA would not protect a company against liability for personal injury or wrongful death claims, or against prosecution under other federal or state laws. All of the coastal states of the United States in which Witt O’Brien’s provides services have adopted similar exemptions, but, several inland states have not. If a court or other applicable authority were to determine that Witt O’Brien’s does not benefit from federal or state exemptions from liability in providing emergency response services, or if the other defenses asserted by Witt O’Brien’s and its business segments are rejected, Witt O’Brien’s could be liable together with the local contractor and the responsible party for any resulting damages, including damages caused by others, subject to the indemnification provisions and other liability terms and conditions negotiated with its domestic customers. In the international market, Witt O’Brien’s does not benefit from the spill response liability protection provided by the CWA and, therefore, is subject to any protections available under the liability terms and conditions negotiated with its international clients, in addition to any other defenses available to Witt O’Brien’s and its business segments. If Congress repeals the current US$137.6595 million cap for non- reclamation liabilities under the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 for offshore facilities or otherwise scales back the protections afforded to contractors thereunder, there may be increased exposure for remediation work and the cost for securing insurance for such work may become prohibitively expensive. Without affordable insurance and appropriate legislative regulation limiting liability, drilling, exploration, remediation and further investment in oil and gas exploration in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico may be discouraged and thus reduce the demand for Witt O’Brien’s’ services.

We may incur additional costs in relation to Witt O’Brien’s internal controls and information systems.

Emergencia’s management’s report on internal controls for the year ended December 31, 2021 does not address Witt O’Brien’s internal controls over financial reporting. We may find it necessary to incur expenses and spend time to correct deficiencies and implement additional training. Should Witt O’Brien’s not maintain internal controls and policies and procedures over financial reporting that are comparable or compatible to those required of a public company, this may amplify our risks and liabilities with respect to our ability to maintain appropriate internal controls and procedure. If these deficiencies are serious, and if we cannot remedy them before the filing of our second annual report on Form 20-F following the Business Combination, we may not be able to conclude that our internal controls are effective under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as well as SEC rules relating to internal controls over financial reporting. See “— In preparing our financial statements, we have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and, if we fail to remediate such material weaknesses (and any other ones) or implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations, meet our reporting obligations or prevent fraud.” If this were to occur, investors might lose confidence in our financial statements and the price of our securities could fall.

Witt O’Brien’s relies on several customers and marketing agreements for a significant share of its revenues, the loss of any of which could adversely affect its businesses and operating results.

In the six months ended June 30, 2022, the Successor Period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor Period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020, Witt O’Brien’s’ top 10 customers accounted for more than 70% of total revenue. The portion of Witt O’Brien’s revenues attributable to any single customer may change over time, depending on the level of relevant activity by any such customer, the segment’s ability to meet the customer’s needs and other factors, many of which are beyond its control. The loss of business from a significant customer could have a material adverse effect on Witt O’Brien’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Further, to the extent any of Witt O’Brien’s customers experience an extended period of operating difficulty, including as a result of the integration of Witt O’Brien’s to our existing operations, Witt O’Brien’s revenues, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

Our pro forma consolidated financial information describes only a hypothetical situation and thus, due to its nature, the presentation does not reflect our actual combined assets, financial position and results of operations upon the closing of the WOB Acquisition.

Since the WOB Acquisition is expected to have a material impact on our assets, financial position and results of operations, pro forma consolidated financial information, consisting of an unaudited pro forma

62

interim condensed combined statement of income for the six months ended June 30, 2022, an unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2021 and an unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of financial position as of June 30, 2022 and pro forma notes (the “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information”), was prepared for purposes of this prospectus. The purpose of the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information, among others, is to present the pro forma effects of the WOB Acquisition on us after giving pro forma effect to the Business Combination. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of financial position as of June 30, 2022 assumes that the Business Combination was consummated on June 30, 2022. The unaudited pro forma interim condensed combined statement of income for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2021 assume that the Business Combination was consummated on January 1, 2021. Therefore, the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information describes only a hypothetical situation and thus, due to its nature, the presentation does not reflect our actual net assets, financial position and results of operations upon the Closing of the Business Combination. The presentation of our Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information is based on information available, preliminary estimates and certain pro forma assumptions and is intended for illustrative purposes only. In addition, the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information does not represent a forecast of our net assets, financial position and results of operations at any future date or for any future period. The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information neither contains potential synergies or cost savings, nor a normalization of any restructuring or any additional future expenses that could result from the WOB Acquisition. Furthermore, the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information is only meaningful in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements of Emergencia, HPX and Witt O’Brien’s included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The historical consolidated financial information of Witt O’Brien’s contained in this prospectus may not be considered indicative of Witt O’Brien’s’ future performance as a part of our group.

The audited consolidated financial statements of Witt O’Brien’s for the Successor Period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor Period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020 and the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Witt O’Brien’s for the six months ended June 30, 2022 (together, the “WOB Consolidated Financial Statements”) have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP with U.S. dollars as its reporting currency. We were not involved in the preparation of the WOB Consolidated Financial Statements and therefore did not have the possibility to independently confirm and verify that these financial statements are complete and correct in all material respects as was the case for our own historical financial statements contained herein. The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information gives effect to adjustments required to convert Witt O’Brien’s’ financial statement presentation to IFRS and its reporting currency to reais.

The WOB Acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations. Under this method, we recorded the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Witt O’Brien’s using preliminary estimates. The accounting of the WOB Acquisition will have a significant impact on our future consolidated financial statements.

Therefore, the historical consolidated financial information of Witt O’Brien’s contained in this prospectus may not be considered indicative of the future performance of Witt O’Brien’s as a part of our group.

Risks Relating to Our Securities

The market price and trading volume of our securities have been and may continue to be extremely volatile and could decline significantly.

The price of our Class A Ordinary Shares, as well as the price of our Warrants, have been and may continue to be extremely volatile in the future. Our Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants began trading on the NYSE American on March 6, 2023 and as such, are newly listed, have a limited public float and a short trading history to date. For instance, on March 14, 2023, the Class A Ordinary Shares experienced an

63

intra-day trading high of $22.24 per share and a low of $5.37 per share. In addition, from March 6, 2023 to March 28, 2023, the closing price of Class A Ordinary Shares on the NYSE American ranged from as low as $5.26 to as high as $25.35 and daily trading volume ranged from 62,405 to 8,383,749 shares. Likewise, on the same period, the closing price of our Warrants on the NYSE American ranged from as low as $0.33 to as high as $0.72 and daily trading volume ranged from 849 to 248,265 Warrants. During this time, we have not experienced any material changes in our financial condition or results of operations that would explain such price volatility or trading volume. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of the Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants.

Factors affecting the trading price of our securities may include, without limitation:

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our consolidated quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to it;

•

changes in the industries in which we and our customers operate;

•

material and adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the markets and the broader global economy;

•

developments involving our competitors;

•

variations in our operating performance and the performance of our competitors in general;

•

changes in the market’s expectations about our operating results;

•

our operating results failing to meet market expectations in a particular period;

•

operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;

•

publication of research reports by securities analysts about us or our competitors or our industry;

•

the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

•

actions by shareholders, including the sale of substantial amounts of our Ordinary Shares by our directors, executive officers or significant shareholders or the perception that such sales could occur;

•

“short squeezes;”

•

our ability to integrate and retain key personnel, identify and recruit additional key individuals, and manage additions and departures of key personnel;

•

commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

•

our ability to enhance our acquisition strategies;

•

changes in laws and regulations affecting our business;

•

our ability to meet compliance requirements;

•

changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;

•

the volume of our Class A Ordinary Shares available for public sale;

•

any significant change in our Board or management; and

•

general economic and political conditions such as recessions or fear of recessions, interest rates, unemployment levels, conditions in the housing market, immigration policies, government shutdowns, trade wars, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations, delays in tax refunds, as well as events such as natural disasters, acts of war (including the recent conflict in Ukraine), terrorism, catastrophes and pandemics.

These and other external factors, some of which are beyond our control, may have caused and may continue to cause the market price and demand for the Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants to fluctuate substantially. Any of such factors could have a material adverse effect on your investment in our securities, and our securities may trade at prices significantly below the price you paid for them, which may limit or prevent you from readily selling your securities and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of the

64

Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants. In such circumstances, the trading price of our securities may not recover and may experience a further decline.

Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our securities irrespective of our operating performance. The stock market in general, and the NYSE American in particular, have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. The trading prices and valuations of these stocks, and of our securities, may not be predictable. A loss of investor confidence in the market for emergency response or the stocks of other companies which investors perceive to be similar to us could depress the trading price of our securities and our business, prospects, financial conditions or results of operations. A decline in the market price of our securities also could adversely affect our ability to issue additional securities and to obtain additional financing in the future.

A “short squeeze” due to a sudden increase in demand for our Class A Ordinary Shares that largely exceeds supply may lead to extreme price volatility in our Class A Ordinary Shares.

Investors may purchase our Class A Ordinary Shares to hedge existing exposure or to speculate on the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. Speculation on the price of our Class A Ordinary Shares may involve long and short exposures. To the extent aggregate short exposure exceeds the number of the Class A Ordinary Shares available for purchase on the open market, investors with short exposure may have to pay a premium to repurchase the Class A Ordinary Shares for delivery to lenders of the Class A Ordinary Shares. Those repurchases may in turn dramatically increase the price of the Class A Ordinary Shares until additional Class A Ordinary Shares are available for trading or borrowing. This is often referred to as a “short squeeze.” A short squeeze could lead to volatile price movements in the Class A Ordinary Shares that are unrelated or disproportionate to our financial condition, results of operations or our future prospects and, once investors purchase the Class A Ordinary Shares necessary to cover their short positions, the price of the Class A Ordinary Shares may rapidly decline. Shareholders that purchase the Class A Ordinary Shares during a short squeeze may lose a significant portion of their investment.

The securities being registered for resale in this prospectus represent a substantial percentage of our outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares and the sale of such securities, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline significantly.

This prospectus relates, among other things, to the offer and sale from time to time by the Selling Securityholders of up to 18,807,000 Class A Ordinary Shares, consisting of: (i) 1,896,100 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the Sponsor and certain affiliates in exchange for HPX Class A Ordinary Shares that were initially purchased by the Sponsor and its affiliates in a private placement prior to the HPX IPO at a purchase price equivalent to approximately $0.004 per share, (ii) 37,100 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the Non-Redeeming Shareholders in a private placement, with a value of $10.00 per share, in consideration of their respective agreements not to redeem shares pursuant to their respective Non-Redemption Agreements, (iii) 13,323,800 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the PIPE Investors in a private placement, at a price of $10.00 per share and an effective price of $8.47 per share for Opportunity Agro Fund and $9.58 per share for the other PIPE Investors, including 1,873,800 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the PIPE Investors in consideration of their subscription commitments under their respective Subscription Agreements, (iv) 676,707 Class A Ordinary Shares that are issuable upon the exercise of the outstanding 676,707 Sponsor Warrants at a price of $11.50 per share, which were issued to the Sponsor on the Closing Date, by conversion, on a one-for-one basis, of the Sponsor Warrants acquired in exchange for HPX Private Warrants that were initially purchased by the Sponsor in a private placement concurrent with the HPX IPO at a price of $1.00 per warrant, (v) 2,853,293 Class A Ordinary Shares that are issuable upon the exercise of 2,853,293 outstanding Investors’ Warrants at a price of $11.50 per share, which were issued in a private placement, on the Closing Date, to (a) the PIPE Investors in consideration of their subscription commitments under their respective Subscription Agreements in connection with the PIPE Financing, and (b) the Non-Redeeming Shareholders in consideration of their respective agreements not to redeem shares pursuant to the Non-Redemption Agreements and (vi) 20,000 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to Mr. Rafael Salvador Grisolia in a private placement, for no consideration, to settle 20,000 Restricted Stock Units that were held by Mr. Grisolia.

Due to the significant number of HPX Class A Ordinary Shares that were redeemed in connection with the Business Combination, the number of Class A Ordinary Shares that the Selling Securityholders

65

can sell into the public markets (including Class A Ordinary Shares underlying Warrants) pursuant to this prospectus may exceed the remaining public float. Furthermore, the Class A Ordinary Shares being registered for sale in this prospectus (including Class A Ordinary Shares underlying Warrants) exceed the total number of outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares (16,195,105 outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares as of March 29, 2023, prior to any exercise of the Warrants). On a fully diluted basis (assuming and after giving effect to the issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares upon exercise of all outstanding Warrants), the Class A Ordinary Shares being registered for resale in this prospectus represent approximately 58.1% of our total issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares, with the Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by Opportunity Agro Fund representing 43.5% of our total issued outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares on a fully diluted basis. The Selling Securityholders will have the ability to sell all of their Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part for so long as it is available for use.

Even if our trading price were to trade significantly below $10.00, the offering price for the units offered in HPX’s IPO, certain of the Selling Securityholders may still have an incentive to sell Class A Ordinary Shares because they may still experience a positive rate of return on the securities they purchased due to the differences in the purchase prices described in the preceding paragraph and the public trading price of our securities. While the Selling Securityholders may, on average, experience a positive rate of return based on the current market price of the securities they purchased, public securityholders may not experience a similar rate of return on the securities they purchased due to differences in the purchase prices and the current market price. Based on the closing price of our Class A Ordinary Shares of $7.77 per share as of March 28, 2023, (i) the Sponsor may experience a potential net profit of up to approximately $7.77 per share (including Class A Ordinary Shares underlying Warrants), (ii) the PIPE Investors and the Redeeming Shareholders would not experience any profit and (iii) Rafael Salvador Grisolia may experience a potential net profit of $7.77 per share.

Given the substantial number of Class A Ordinary Shares being registered for potential resale by Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus, the sale of Class A Ordinary Shares by the Selling Securityholders, or the perception in the market that the Selling Securityholders of a large number of Class A Ordinary Shares intend to sell Class A Ordinary Shares, particularly Opportunity Agro Fund, could increase the volatility or result in a significant decline of the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and could make it more difficult for our shareholders to sell their Class A Ordinary Shares at such times and at such prices as they deem desirable.

Our Warrants will become exercisable for our Class A Ordinary Shares, which may increase the number of shares eligible for future resale in the public market and result in dilution to our shareholders.

Our Warrants to purchase up to 16,180,000 of our Class A Ordinary Shares will become exercisable 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination, in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement governing those securities. The exercise price of our Warrants will be $11.50 per share, or approximately $186.1 million assuming the exercise of all outstanding Warrants for cash. As long as we have an effective registration statement covering the issuance of the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants, the Public Warrants may only be exercised for cash. The Private Warrants may be exercised on a “cashless” basis by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees and on the same basis as the Public Warrants if held by holders other than the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

To the extent such Warrants are exercised, additional Class A Ordinary Shares will be issued, which will result in dilution to the existing holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares and increase the number of our shares eligible for resale in the public market. We believe the likelihood that warrant holders will exercise their Warrants, and therefore the amount of cash proceeds that we would receive, is dependent upon the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. If the trading price for our Class A Ordinary Shares is less than $11.50 per share, we believe warrant holders will be unlikely to exercise their Warrants on a cash basis. On March 28, 2023, the last reported sales price of our Class A Ordinary Shares was $7.77 per share and the last reported sales price of our Warrants was $0.3999 per warrant. Sales of substantial numbers of such shares in the public market or the fact that such Warrants may be exercised could adversely affect the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares. However, there is no guarantee that the Warrants will ever be in the money prior to their expiration, and as such, our Warrants may expire worthless.

66

We may issue additional Class A Ordinary Shares from time to time, including under our Omnibus Incentive Plan or in connection with equity or convertible debt offerings to finance our growth and implementation of our business strategy. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

We may issue additional Class A Ordinary Shares from time to time, including under our Omnibus Incentive Plan. Class A Ordinary Shares reserved for future issuance under our Omnibus Incentive Plan will become eligible for sale in the public market once those shares are issued, subject to provisions relating to time-based and performance-based vesting conditions, Lock-Up Agreements and, in some cases, limitations on volume and manner of sale applicable to affiliates under Rule 144, as applicable. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the issuance of up to 1,108,597 Class A Ordinary Shares issuable under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. In addition, we may file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register additional Class A Ordinary Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Class A Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to our Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any future Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements may be immediately available for sale in the open market.

We may also issue additional Class A Ordinary Shares from time to time in connection with equity or convertible debt offerings to finance our growth and implementation of our business strategy, including as part of an acquisition. Because our decision to issue additional equity or debt securities in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, nature or success of our future capital raising efforts. As a result, future capital raising efforts may reduce the market price of Class A Ordinary Shares and be dilutive to existing shareholders. In addition, our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities could be significantly impacted by the sale of our securities by the Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus, which could result in a significant decline in the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and potentially hinder our ability to raise capital at terms that are acceptable to us or at all. In addition, a significant decline in the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares could potentially impact our ability to use equity securities as consideration in acquisitions or as a potential source of liquidity for future growth.

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company in the United States.

As a public company in the United States that qualifies as a foreign private issuer, we are subject to certain of the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other requirements by the NYSE American. The Exchange Act requires the filing of annual reports on Form 20-F and current reports on Form 6-K with respect to a public company’s business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that a public company establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting.

As a result of these rules and regulations, we will incur substantial legal, accounting and financial compliance costs that we did not previously incur and some activities will become more time-consuming and costly. For example, these rules and regulations will likely make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our Board, our board committees or as executive officers.

In addition to the above, we expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs. Our management team and many of our other employees and independent contractors will need to devote substantial time to compliance and may not effectively or efficiently manage its transition into a public company.

We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our financial management control systems and other areas to manage our obligations as a public company in the United States, including corporate governance, corporate controls, disclosure controls and procedures and financial reporting and accounting systems. Implementation of such changes is costly, time-consuming and, even if implemented, may not be

67

sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely basis. Any delay could impact our ability or prevent us from timely reporting our operating results or timely filing reports with the SEC. The development and implementation of the standards and controls necessary for us to achieve the level of accounting standards required of a public company in the United States may require costs greater than expected. We may need to significantly expand our employee and independent contractor base in order to support our operations as a public company, increasing our operating costs.

Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could negatively affect the trading price of our securities.

We are and will continue to be an “emerging growth company” and are subject to reduced SEC reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we will be eligible for and intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, including (a) the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements with respect to internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (b) the exemptions from say-on-pay, say-on-frequency and say-on-golden parachute voting requirements and (c) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which the market value of our securities that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of that fiscal year, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.235 billion or more during such fiscal year (as indexed for inflation), (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in the prior three-year period or (iv) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of the Business Combination. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the exemption from complying with new or revised accounting standards provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act as long as it is an emerging growth company. An emerging growth company can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period and, therefore, we may not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Investors may find our Ordinary Shares less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions, which may result in a less active trading market for our Ordinary Shares and its price may be more volatile.

We may not be able to timely and effectively implement controls and procedures required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

As a listed company on NYSE American, we will be subject to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things that, as a listed company, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer certify the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal controls over financial reporting. We continue to develop and refine our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting. However, we have not yet assessed our internal control over financial reporting for the purposes of complying with item 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will only be required to do so in connection with our second annual report on Form 20-F following consummation of the Business Combination. The standards required for a public company under Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are significantly more stringent than those required of a privately-held company.

Management may not be able to effectively and timely implement controls and procedures that adequately respond to the increased regulatory compliance and reporting requirements resulting from the Business Combination. If we are not able to implement the additional requirements of Section 404(a) in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may not be able to assess whether our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, which may subject us to adverse regulatory consequences and could harm

68

investor confidence and the market price of our Ordinary Shares. Failure to timely implement or maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could also restrict our future access to the capital markets and subject each of us, our directors and our officers to both significant monetary and criminal liability.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE American. As a result, we qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that would otherwise provide protection to shareholders of other companies.

Ambipar controls a majority of the voting power of our Ordinary Shares. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE American. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•

the requirement that a majority of its board of directors consist of independent directors;

•

the requirement that the nominating and corporate governance committee is composed entirely of independent directors; and

•

the requirement that the compensation committee is composed entirely of independent directors.

Currently, we do not plan to utilize the exemptions available for controlled companies, but are relying on the exemption available for foreign private issuers to follow our home country governance practices instead. If we cease to be a foreign private issuer or if we cannot rely on our home country governance practice exemption for any reason, we may decide to invoke the exemptions available for a controlled company as long as we remain a controlled company. As a result, you will not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE American corporate governance requirements. For more information, see “Management — Foreign Private Issuer Exemptions.”

Our controlling shareholder may take actions which are not necessarily in our interest or in the interest of our other shareholders.

Our Class A Ordinary Shares, which are listed, have one vote per share, and our Class B Ordinary Shares have 10 votes per share. By virtue of their holdings of all of the issued and outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares, as of the date of this prospectus, Ambipar holds approximately 96.0% of our voting power. Accordingly, except with respect to the limited matters as to which Cayman Islands corporate law requires approval by a majority of votes cast by shareholders other than the controlling shareholder, Ambipar controls and is expected to control all matters submitted to our shareholders for the foreseeable future, including the election of directors, certain amendments of our organizational documents, compensation matters, and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transaction requiring shareholder approval.

Ambipar may have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentrated control is likely to have the effect of limiting the likelihood of an unsolicited merger proposal, unsolicited tender offer, or proxy contest for the removal of directors. As a result, our governance structure and our governing documents may have the effect of depriving our shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices and make it more difficult to replace our directors and management.

Additionally, being a controlled company, relevant risks materializing at the ultimate parent level could have a negative impact on the trading price of our securities and our financial condition, credit ratings or reputation.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than a U.S. company. This may limit the information available to holders of our securities.

We are considered a “foreign private issuer” under the Exchange Act and are therefore exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act, including the proxy rules, which impose certain disclosure and

69

procedural requirements for proxy solicitations for U.S. and other issuers. Moreover, we have four months after the end of each fiscal year to file our annual report with the SEC, are not required to file certain periodic reports at all, and are not required to file other periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or within the same time frames as U.S. issuers with securities registered under the Exchange Act. We are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which imposes restrictions on the selective disclosure of material information to shareholders. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Therefore, our shareholders may not know on a timely basis when our officers, directors and principal shareholders purchase or sell our securities. Accordingly, you may receive less or different information about us than you would receive about a U.S. issuer.

In addition, as a “foreign private issuer,” we are permitted to follow certain home-country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain NYSE American requirements. A foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports filed with the SEC each NYSE American requirement with which it does not comply followed by a description of its applicable home country practice. We currently intend to follow some, but not all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE American. With respect to the corporate governance requirements that we do follow, we cannot make any assurances that we will continue to follow such corporate governance requirements in the future, and may therefore in the future, rely on available NYSE American exemptions that would allow us to follow our home country practice. Unlike the requirements of the NYSE American, we are not required to, under the corporate governance practice and requirements in the Cayman Islands, have our Board consisting of a majority of independent directors, nor are we required to have a compensation committee or a nomination or corporate governance committee consisting entirely of independent directors, or have regularly executive sessions with only independent directors each year. Such Cayman Islands home country practices may afford less protection to holders of our securities. For additional information regarding the home country practices we intend to follow in lieu of NYSE American requirements, see “Management — Foreign Private Issuer Exemptions.”

In the future, we may lose our foreign private issuer status, which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses.

We could lose our status as a “foreign private issuer” under applicable securities laws and regulations if more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities become directly or indirectly held of record by U.S. Holders and any one of the following is true: (i) the majority of our directors or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents; (ii) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States; or (iii) our business is administered principally in the United States, or if we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. The determination of foreign private issuer status will be made annually on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter. Accordingly, we will next make a determination with respect to our foreign private issuer status on June 30, 2023.

If we lose our status as a “foreign private issuer” in the future, we will no longer be exempt from the rules described above and, among other things, will be required to file with the SEC periodic reports and annual and quarterly financial statements as if we were a company incorporated in the United States and modify certain of our policies to comply with corporate governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications would involve additional costs. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers, which could also increase our costs. Further, our officers, directors and principal shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. If this were to happen, we would likely incur substantial costs in fulfilling these additional regulatory requirements, including significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses, and members of our management would likely have to divert time and resources from other responsibilities to ensuring these additional regulatory requirements are fulfilled.

We do not expect to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the further development and expansion of our business and do not intend to pay dividends to shareholders in the foreseeable future. Any

70

future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, restrictions contained in the Cayman Islands Companies Act and in future agreements and financing instruments, business prospects and such other factors as our Board deems relevant. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our Class A Ordinary Shares unless you sell our Class A Ordinary Shares for a price greater than that which you paid for them. See “Dividend Policy.”

Our only principal asset is our interest in Emergencia and accordingly, we depend on distributions from Emergencia to pay our debts and other obligations.

We are a holding company and have no material assets other than our interests in Emergencia. We are not expected to have independent means of generating revenue or cash flow, and our ability to pay taxes and operating expenses, as well as dividends in the future, if any, is dependent upon the financial results and cash flows of Emergencia. There can be no assurance that Emergencia will generate sufficient cash flow to distribute funds to us, or that applicable law and contractual restrictions, including negative covenants under any debt instruments, if applicable, will permit such distributions. In addition, according to the Deeds of Debentures and the IBBA Loan Agreement, Emergencia must maintain a minimum net debt to EBITDA ratio and, according to the Deeds of Debentures, Emergencia shall not pay dividends or interest on equity or make other distributions to its shareholders if an event of acceleration or an event of default has occurred and has not been cured within the applicable grace period set forth in the Deeds of Debentures. Emergencia may enter into additional financing or other agreements in the future that may restrict the distribution of dividends or other payments to shareholders. If Emergencia does not distribute sufficient funds to us to pay our taxes or other liabilities, we may default on contractual obligations or have to borrow additional funds. In the event that we are required to borrow additional funds, it could adversely affect our liquidity and subject us to additional restrictions imposed by lenders.

Anti-takeover provisions in our governing documents might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our securities.

Our governing documents contain provisions that may make our acquisition more difficult, including the following:

•

Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals.   Cayman Islands law and our Articles provide that one or more shareholders together holding at least one-third of the votes entitled to be cast at our general meetings may request the convening of our extraordinary general meeting or the addition of one or more items to the agenda of any general meeting. The request must be deposited at the registered office and must be signed by the relevant requisitionists. Our governing documents also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a shareholder’s requisition, including stating the purposes of the requested meeting. These requirements may make it difficult for our shareholders to bring matters before a general meeting.

•

Special Resolutions.   Our governing documents require special resolutions adopted at an extraordinary general meeting for any of the following matters, among other things: (a) a decrease of the share capital and of any capital redemption reserves, (b) an amendment to the governing documents or change of its name, (c) changing its registration to a different jurisdiction, (d) merge or consolidate with one or more constituent companies, upon such terms as the directors may determine, (e) change the number of directors of the Board and (f) in a winding up, direct the liquidator to divide amongst the shareholders our assets, value the assets for that purpose and determine how the division will be carried out between the shareholders or different classes of shareholders. Pursuant to our governing documents any special resolution may be adopted at a general meeting at which a quorum is present (except as otherwise provided by mandatory law) by the affirmative votes of at least two-thirds (2∕3) of the votes validly cast on such resolution by shareholders entitled to vote.

These anti-takeover provisions could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in our control or changes in our management, even if such transaction would benefit our shareholders, and therefore, adversely affect the trading price of our securities.

71

The trading market for our securities will be influenced by the research and reports that analysts may publish about us, our business, our market and our competitors, or by the lack of any such research and reports. If we do not meet the expectations of these analysts, the market price of our securities may decline.

The trading market for our securities will depend in part on the research and reports that analysts publish about our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our securities or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our securities may decline. If few analysts cover us, demand for our securities could decrease, and our securities and trading volume may decline. Similar results may occur if one or more of these analysts stop covering us in the future or fail to publish reports on us regularly.

We expect fluctuations in our results of operations, making it difficult to project future results, and if we fail to meet the expectations of analysts or investors with respect to our results of operations, our stock price could decline.

Our results of operations have fluctuated in the past and are expected to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, our past results may not be indicative of our future performance. In addition to the other risks described herein, factors that may affect our results of operations include the following:

•

fluctuations in demand for or pricing of our service;

•

our ability to attract new customers or retain existing customers;

•

customer expansion rates;

•

seasonality;

•

investments in new features and functionality;

•

the speed with which we are able to provide our services to customers;

•

changes in customers’ budgets, the timing of their budget cycles and purchasing decisions;

•

our ability to control costs, including our operating expenses;

•

the amount and timing of payment for operating expenses, particularly research and development and sales and marketing expenses;

•

the amount and timing of non-cash expenses, including stock-based compensation, goodwill impairments and other non-cash charges;

•

the amount and timing of costs associated with recruiting, training and integrating new employees and retaining and motivating existing employees;

•

the effects and timing of acquisitions and their integration;

•

general economic conditions, both domestically and internationally, as well as economic conditions specifically affecting industries in which our customers participate;

•

fluctuations in currency exchange rates and changes in the proportion of our revenue and expenses denominated in foreign currencies;

•

health epidemics or pandemics, such as the COVID-19 outbreak;

•

the impact, or timing of our adoption, of new accounting pronouncements;

•

changes in regulatory or legal environments that may cause us to incur, among other things, expenses associated with compliance;

•

the overall tax rate for our business, which may be affected by the mix of income we earn in Brazil and in jurisdictions with different tax rates, the effects of stock-based compensation and the effects of changes in our business;

•

the impact of changes in tax laws or judicial or regulatory interpretations of tax laws, which are recorded in the period such laws are enacted or interpretations are issued and may significantly affect the effective tax rate of that period;

72

•

changes in the competitive dynamics of our market, including consolidation among competitors or customers; and

•

significant security breaches of, technical difficulties with, or interruptions to, the delivery and use of our services.

Any of these and other factors, or the cumulative effect of some of these factors, may cause our results of operations to vary significantly. If our quarterly results of operations fall below the expectations of investors or analysts who follow our stock, the price of our securities could decline substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class actions.

Substantial future sales, or the perception of future sales, of our securities could cause the market price of our securities to decline, even if our business is doing well.

Pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, Ambipar, the Sponsor and certain other persons listed thereto have agreed that, during the applicable lock-up period and subject to certain exceptions, they will not sell or assign, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to, any of our securities, enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of, or any other derivative transaction with respect to, any of our securities, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such security, in cash or otherwise, or publicly announce any intention to effect any such transaction. Further, the Investor Rights Agreement provides the Sponsor and certain other parties thereto with customary demand registration rights and piggy-back registration rights with respect to registration statements filed by us after the Closing. See the section of this prospectus titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Transactions Related to the Business Combination — Investor Rights Agreement.”

Upon expiration of the applicable lock-up period and upon the effectiveness of any registration statement that we file pursuant to the above-referenced Investor Rights Agreement, in a registered offering of securities pursuant to the Securities Act or otherwise in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, our shareholders, including the Selling Securityholders, may sell large amounts of our Ordinary Shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, which could have the effect of increasing the volatility in the trading price of our Ordinary Shares or putting significant downward pressure on the trading price of our Ordinary Shares. See “— The securities being registered for resale in this prospectus represent a substantial percentage of our outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares and the sale of such securities, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares to decline significantly.”

Further, sales of our Ordinary Shares upon expiration of the applicable lockup period could encourage short sales by market participants. Generally, short selling means selling a security, contract or commodity not owned by the seller. The seller is committed to eventually purchase the financial instrument previously sold. Short sales are used to capitalize on an expected decline in the security’s price. As such, short sales of our Ordinary Shares could have a tendency to depress the price of our Ordinary Shares, which could increase the potential for short sales.

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our Ordinary Shares or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our Ordinary Shares will have on the market price of our Ordinary Shares. Sales of substantial amounts of our Ordinary Shares, or the perception that such sales could occur, may materially and adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

An active trading market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

The price of our securities may fluctuate significantly due to the market’s reaction to our performance and general market and economic conditions. An active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if it develops, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your Ordinary Shares and Warrants unless a market can be established and sustained.

73

We may be unable to satisfy listing requirements in the future, which could limit investors’ ability to effect transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

We may be unable to maintain the listing of its securities in the future. If we are delisted, we could face significant material adverse consequences including:

•

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

•

reduced liquidity for our securities;

•

a determination that our shares are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our shares to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares;

•

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

•

a decreased ability to obtain capital, pursue acquisitions, issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

We may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and stock price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

We may be forced to write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in us reporting losses. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that charges of this nature are reported, could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we currently are and may in the future be subject. Accordingly, any of our shareholders could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities as a result of the foregoing factors and would be unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Being a public company requires significant resources and management attention and may affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

As a result of the Business Combination, we became subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the NYSE American listing requirements and other applicable securities law, rules and regulations. As such, we expect to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses to comply with such reporting requirements. These expenses may increase even more if we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act. See “— We are and will continue to be an “emerging growth company” and are subject to reduced SEC reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We may need to hire more employees or engage outside consultants in the future to comply with these requirements, which will increase our costs and expenses.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters, higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue generating activities to compliance activities. We expect these laws and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs after the Business Combination and to render some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. We may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants to comply with these requirements, which would further increase expenses.

Many members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to

74

public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage the transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and regulations and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. The need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert the management’s attention from implementing its growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and consequently we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These additional obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our Board, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and qualified executive officers.

As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be adversely affected, and, even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could cause an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation.

We depend on our shareholder Ambipar for many support services, certain of which are provided only on a transitional basis while others may be provided for the foreseeable future on arms-length terms.

We rely on certain administrative and other resources of Ambipar, including information technology, controllership, organization and corporate support activities, marketing, invoicing, debt collection, facilities, human resources, accounting documentation, archive, compliance, fleet management, project assessment, quality assurance, labor safety, investor relations, sustainability advisory services, treasury and legal services, to operate its business. Emergencia entered into a Cost Sharing Agreement with Ambipar to retain the ability to use these resources. The Cost Sharing Agreement allows Ambipar to terminate the agreement, at its sole discretion, for as long as it controls us, with sixty days’ prior written notice to Emergencia, and Emergencia to terminate the agreement with one hundred-eighty days’ prior written notice to Ambipar, with the reimbursement of all reasonable and duly documented costs and expenses incurred by Ambipar until the date of the delivery of the written notice and all reasonable and duly documented additional costs and expenses that Ambipar reasonably incurs in order to cease and terminate the Cost Sharing Agreement. The services provided under the Cost Sharing Agreement may not be sufficient to meet our needs and may not be provided at the same level as when the entities comprising Emergencia were direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Ambipar. Emergencia and Ambipar will rely on each other to perform their obligations under the Cost Sharing Agreement. If Ambipar is unable to satisfy its material obligations under the agreement, or if the agreement is terminated, we may not be able to obtain such services at all or obtain the services on terms as favorable as those in the Cost Sharing Agreement, and could as a result suffer operational difficulties or significant losses. See also the risk factor entitled “Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry — We may face potential conflicts of interest in negotiations with related parties.”

In addition, before entering into the Cost Sharing Agreement, Emergencia and its subsidiaries received informal support from Ambipar as wholly owned subsidiaries of Ambipar, and the level of this informal support may diminish as we become a more independent company. Any failure or significant interruption of our own administrative systems or in the Ambipar’s administrative systems during the term of the Cost Sharing Agreement could result in unexpected costs, impact our results or prevent us from paying our suppliers or employees and performing other administrative services on a timely basis.

Our business and operations could be negatively affected if we become subject to any securities litigation, shareholder activism, regulatory actions or compliance issues which could cause us to incur significant expenses, hinder execution of business and growth strategies, including by distracting our management and impacting the price of our securities.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Shareholder activism, which could take many forms or arise in a variety of situations, as well as the frequency of lawsuits against special purpose

75

acquisition company (“SPAC”) sponsors, has been increasing recently, especially in the context of SPAC business combinations. Volatility in the share price of our securities or other reasons may in the future cause us to become the target of securities litigation or shareholder activism. Securities litigation and shareholder activism, including potential proxy contests, could result in substantial costs and divert our management attention and resources from our business. Additionally, such securities litigation and shareholder activism could give rise to perceived uncertainties as to our future, adversely affect our relationships with customers and make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel. Also, we may be required to incur significant legal fees and other expenses related to any securities litigation and activist shareholder matters. Further, the price of our securities could be subject to significant fluctuation or otherwise be adversely affected by the events, risks and uncertainties of any securities litigation and shareholder activism.

The dual class structure of our Ordinary Shares may adversely affect the trading market for our Class A Ordinary Shares.

We cannot predict whether our dual class structure will result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with dual class or multi-class share structures in certain of their indices. In July 2017, S&P Dow Jones and FTSE Russell announced changes to their eligibility criteria for the inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, including the Russell 2000, the S&P 500, the S&P Mid Cap 400 and the S&P SmallCap 600, to exclude companies with multiple classes of shares from being added to these indices. Beginning in 2017, MSCI Inc. (“MSCI”), a leading stock index provider, opened public consultations on their treatment of no-vote and multi-class structures and temporarily barred new multi-class listings from certain of its indices; however, in October 2018, MSCI announced its decision to include equity securities “with unequal voting structures” in its indices and to launch a new index that specifically includes voting rights in its eligibility criteria. As a result, our dual class capital structure would make us ineligible for inclusion in indices that exclude companies with multi-class share structures, and mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and other investment vehicles that attempt to passively track these indices will not be investing in our Class A Ordinary Shares. We cannot assure you that other stock indices will not take a similar approach to S&P Dow Jones or FTSE Russell in the future. Exclusion from indices could make our Class A Ordinary Shares less attractive to investors and, as a result, the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares could be adversely affected.

We may redeem your unexpired Warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your Warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem our outstanding Warrants, at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant if, among other things, the last reported sale price of our Class A Ordinary Shares for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which they send the notice of redemption to the warrantholders (“Reference Value”) equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted). If and when the Warrants become redeemable, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem our Warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise our Warrants. Redemption of our outstanding Warrants as described above could force you to: (1) exercise your Warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so; (2) sell your Warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your Warrants; or (3) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding Warrants are called for redemption, we expect would be substantially less than the market value of your Warrants.

In addition, we have the ability to redeem our outstanding Warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.10 per Warrant if, among other things, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted). In such a case, the holders will be able to exercise their Warrants prior to redemption for a number of our Class A Ordinary Shares determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A Ordinary Shares. The value received upon exercise of our Warrants (1) may be less than the value the holders would have received if they had exercised their Warrants at a later time where the underlying share price is higher and (2) may not compensate the holders

76

for the value of the Warrants, including because the number of ordinary shares received is capped at 0.361 Class A Ordinary Shares per Warrant (subject to adjustment) irrespective of the remaining life of the Warrants.

In the event that we elect to redeem all of our outstanding Warrants, we would only be required to have the notice of redemption mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid by us not less than 30 days prior to the redemption date to registered holders of the outstanding Warrants to be redeemed at their last address as they shall appear on the registration books.

Our management has the ability to require holders of our Warrants to exercise such Warrants on a cashless basis which would cause holders to receive fewer ordinary shares upon their exercise of the Warrants than they would have received had they been able to exercise their Warrants for cash.

If we call our Warrants for redemption after the redemption criteria described elsewhere in this prospectus have been satisfied, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise their Warrant (including any Warrants held by the Sponsor, HPX’s former officers or directors or their permitted transferees) to do so on a “cashless basis.” If our management chooses to require holders to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis, the number of Class A Ordinary Shares received by a holder upon exercise will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised his Warrant for cash. This will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in us.

Risks Relating to U.S. Tax

We may be or may become a Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”), which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Warrants.

If we are (or our predecessor HPX is) a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder, such U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and additional reporting requirements. Given that the First Merger qualifies as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code, we are treated as the successor to HPX for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and for the taxable year that includes the Business Combination and subsequent taxable years, the PFIC asset and income tests will be applied based on the assets and activities of the combined business. Based on the composition of our assets and income, we are not expected to be a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2023 or subsequent taxable years.

However, our PFIC status for any taxable year is an annual factual determination that can be made only after the end of such taxable year and may depend in part on the value of our unbooked goodwill (which is generally determined in large part by reference to the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares from time to time, which could be volatile); accordingly, there can be no assurance regarding our PFIC status for the current taxable year or any future taxable year.

Additionally, even if we are not a PFIC, our Class A Ordinary Shares will generally be treated as stock of a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder that held HPX Class A Ordinary Shares in a prior taxable year in which HPX was treated as a PFIC. Absent certain elections, a determination that we are a PFIC (or, in the circumstances described above, that HPX was a PFIC) for any taxable year in which a U.S. Holder holds shares in such entity will generally continue to apply to such U.S. Holder for subsequent years in which such U.S. Holder continues to hold shares in such entity (including a successor entity), whether or not such entity continues to be a PFIC.

For a more detailed discussion of the PFIC rules and the risks and tax consequences of PFIC classification to U.S. Holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares, please see the section entitled “Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — PFIC Considerations.” U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

77

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our total capitalization as of June 30, 2022:

•

on an actual basis; and

•

on an unaudited pro forma combined basis, after giving effect to the Business Combination, the WOB Acquisition, the Ambipar PIPE Financing and the PIPE Financing and the HPX Redemptions.

The information in this table should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto and other financial information included in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate our expected results for any future periods.

​	As of June 30, 2022
​	Actual		Pro Forma
​	(R$ millions)
Cash and cash equivalents	​	157.2	​	557.9
Debt:	​	​	​	​
Loans and financing – current	​	38.5	​	38.5
Debentures – current	​	13.4	​	13.4
Lease liabilities – current	​	11.2	​	13.8
Total current debt	​	63.1	​	65.7
Loans and financing – noncurrent	​	131.0	​	673.4
Debentures – noncurrent	​	330.2	​	330.2
Lease liabilities – noncurrent	​	22.1	​	34.0
Total noncurrent debt	​	483.3	​	1,037.6
Total debt	​	546.4	​	1,103.3
Equity:	​	​	​	​
Capital	​	261.9	​	242.5
Additional paid-in capital	​	—	​	959.0
Accumulated translation adjustment	​	(72.0)	​	(72.0)
Reserves	​	78.7	​	78.7
Retained earnings (loss)	​	78.3	​	(148.6)
Non-controlling interest	​	40.2	​	40.2
Total equity	​	387.1	​	1,099.8
Total capitalization	​	933.5	​	2,203.1

78

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Introduction

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information provides additional information regarding the financial aspects of the Business Combination of Emergencia and HPX including the related transactions that fall within the scope of the Business Combination. For additional information about the Business Combination, see “Prospectus Summary — Recent Developments — Business Combination.” The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release 33-10786, “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.” The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presents the pro forma effects of:

•

the Business Combination; and

•

the WOB Acquisition.

Description of the Business Combination

On July 5, 2022, Emergencia, Ambipar, the Company, Merger Sub and HPX entered into the Business Combination Agreement, which contains customary representations and warranties, covenants, closing conditions, termination provisions and other terms relating to the transactions contemplated thereby.

As contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and the Contribution Agreement, immediately prior to the First Effective Time, Ambipar contributed all the issued and outstanding equity of Emergencia, in the context of the Pre-Closing Exchange, to Merger Sub, in exchange for the issuance of a certain number of Merger Sub Ordinary Shares. As a result, Emergencia became a wholly owned subsidiary of Merger Sub.

Following the transaction, receipt of HPX shareholder approval and the satisfaction or waiver of certain other closing conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, at the Closing, HPX merged with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving entity. Immediately thereafter, Merger Sub merged with and into the Company, with the Company as the final surviving entity and a “foreign private issuer.”

As a result of the above transactions, Emergencia became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and the Company became controlled by Ambipar.

For more information about the Business Combination, please see “Prospectus Summary — Recent Developments — Business Combination.”

Description of the WOB Acquisition

On September 13, 2022, Ambipar USA, Emergencia’s wholly owned subsidiary, entered into a purchase and sale agreement with the WOB Sellers and Seacor to acquire all of the issued and outstanding membership interests in Witt O’Brien’s, LLC for cash, which closed on October 24, 2022. After the consummation of the WOB Acquisition, Witt O’Brien’s, LLC became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Emergencia. For further information on the WOB Acquisition and the risks related thereto, see the sections titled “Risk Factors — Risks relating to the WOB Acquisition” and “Business — The WOB Acquisition.”

Accounting Treatment of the Business Combination

HPX did not meet the definition of a “business” pursuant to IFRS 3 Business Combinations, and therefore the Business Combination was considered as a capital reorganization and accounted for as a share-based payment transaction under IFRS 2 Share-Based Payments. As a result, the difference between the fair value of the equity instruments issued to acquire HPX and the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired represents a stock exchange listing service of the Company, as further discussed in Note 1 to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. The cost of this service was recognized as an expense immediately upon the consummation of the Business Combination.

79

Accordingly, the combined financial statements of Emergencia have become the historical financial statements of the Company; the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of HPX have been consolidated with the Company beginning on the Closing Date. For accounting purposes, the financial statements of the Company represent a continuation of the financial statements of Emergencia. The net assets of HPX were stated at historical costs, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the transaction will be presented as those of Emergencia in future periodic reports of the Company.

Accounting Treatment of the WOB Acquisition

The WOB Acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations. Under this method, the Company recorded the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Witt O’Brien’s using preliminary estimates. The WOB Acquisition has been consummated as of the date of the preparation of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

Prior to the WOB Acquisition, Seacor applied the acquisition method of accounting and elected to pushdown purchase accounting adjustments to Witt O’Brien’s, which is allowed under U.S. GAAP. As part of Witt O’Brien’s conversion from U.S. GAAP to IFRS, these purchase accounting adjustments were reversed. See Note 5 in “— Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” below for additional information on pro forma adjustments.

Basis of Pro Forma Presentation

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of financial position as of June 30, 2022 gives pro forma effect to the Business Combination and the WOB Acquisition as if they had been consummated as of June 30, 2022. The unaudited pro forma interim condensed combined statements of income for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2021 give pro forma effect to the Business Combination and the WOB Acquisition as if they had been consummated as of January 1, 2021, the first day of the Company’s 2021 fiscal year. This information should be read together with the audited and unaudited historical financial statements of each of Emergencia, HPX, and Witt O’Brien’s, including the notes thereto, as well as the disclosures contained in the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Prospectus Summary — Recent Developments — Business Combination” and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared to illustrate the estimated effects of the Business Combination, the WOB Acquisition and the related transactions. It sets forth and is derived from the following:

•

Emergencia’s historical unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2022 and for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, included elsewhere in this prospectus;

•

Emergencia’s historical audited combined financial statements as of December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and January 1, 2020 and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, included elsewhere in this prospectus;

•

HPX’s historical unaudited interim condensed financial statements as of June 30, 2022 and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, included elsewhere in this prospectus;

•

HPX’s historical financial statements as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from March 20, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, included elsewhere in this prospectus;

•

Witt O’Brien’s historical unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2022 and for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, included elsewhere in this prospectus;

•

Witt O’Brien’s historical consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and for the Successor Period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor Period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020, included elsewhere in this prospectus;

80

•

Pro forma transaction accounting and financing adjustments to give effect to the Business Combination, the WOB Acquisition and the issuance of the Company’s shares contemplated at Closing on the Company’s combined statement of financial position as of June 30, 2022, as if the Business Combination and the WOB Acquisition had closed on June 30, 2022;

•

Pro forma adjustments to give effect to the Business Combination, the WOB Acquisition and the issuance of shares contemplated at Closing on the Company’s combined statement of income (loss) for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021 as if the Business Combination and the WOB Acquisition had closed on January 1, 2021, the first day of the Company’s 2021 fiscal year; and

•

Pro forma adjustments to give effect to all HPX Redemptions.

Transaction costs related to the Business Combination include all fees, costs, and expenses, paid or payable, by (a) any of Emergencia and its subsidiaries (the “Group Companies”), the Company or Merger Sub and (b) HPX or any of its affiliates, prior to and through the Closing Date. The Company paid all transaction costs that remain unpaid as of the Closing Date, up to the amount of the expenses cap of R$53.0 million (US$9.5 million) for the Group Companies, the Company and Merger Sub and R$47.4 million (US$8.5 million) for HPX and its affiliates. Transaction expenses paid or payable by the Group Companies, the Company or Merger Sub exceeded their expenses cap and Ambipar’s shares were adjusted as a result of the excess. The amount of Class B Ordinary Shares issued to Ambipar was adjusted downwards by $3,572,446, which is the amount corresponding, at one share for every $10.00, to the transaction expenses incurred by Emergencia in excess of $9,500,000 not reimbursed by Ambipar pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement. Transaction costs of an equity transaction were accounted for as a deduction from equity. Further, any transaction costs incurred jointly in relation to a concurrent offering of shares and a stock exchange listing were allocated to these transactions using a rational basis of allocation, which is consistent with similar transactions. For pro forma purposes, such costs were recorded as a reduction in cash with a corresponding reduction from equity.

This unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared for illustrative purposes only and is based on assumptions and estimates made and considered appropriate by our management; however, it is not necessarily indicative of what our consolidated financial condition or results of operations would have been assuming the Business Combination and the WOB Acquisition had been consummated as of the dates indicated, nor does it purport to represent our consolidated financial position or results of operations for future periods. The audited and unaudited combined financial statements of Emergencia have been derived from Ambipar’s historical accounting records and reflect certain allocation of expenses. All the allocations and estimates in such financial statements are based on assumptions that our management believes are reasonable.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information may not be useful in predicting our future financial condition and results of operations following the Closing. The adjustments included in this unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information are preliminary and are subject to change. This unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not contemplate any impacts of any synergies for us following the Business Combination and the closing of the WOB Acquisition. Future results may vary significantly from the results reflected due to various factors, including those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” of this prospectus.

The historical financial statements of Emergencia have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and in its presentation currency of the Brazilian reais (R$). The historical financial statements of HPX have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and in its presentation currency of the U.S. dollar (US$). The condensed combined pro forma financial information reflects IFRS, the basis of accounting to be used by the Company, and no material accounting policy difference is identified in converting HPX’s historical financial statements to IFRS. The historical financial statements of Witt O’Brien’s have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and in its presentation currency of the U.S. dollar (US$). The condensed combined pro forma financial information reflects IFRS, the basis of accounting to be used by the Company, and accounting policy differences identified in converting Witt O’Brien’s historical financial statements to IFRS are included at Note 4 to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. The adjustments presented in the pro forma condensed combined financial information have been identified and

81

presented to provide relevant information necessary for an accurate understanding of the combined company after giving effect to the Business Combination and the WOB Acquisition. HPX, Emergencia and Witt O’Brien’s did not have any historical relationship prior to the Business Combination and the WOB Acquisition. Accordingly, no pro forma adjustments were required to eliminate activities between the entities.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared to give effect to the Initial Redemption of 19,472,483 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with the Initial Extension, the Second Redemption of 3,650,973 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with the Second Extension, and the Final Redemption of 1,258,439 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares.

The following table summarizes the Ordinary Shares and Restricted Stock Units issued and outstanding immediately after the Business Combination, exclusive of the exercise of any Warrants that will become exercisable on April 2, 2023, which is 30 days after Closing:

Pro Forma Equity Capitalization at Closing(1)	Class A and Class B Ordinary Shares		%
​	(in millions)		​	​
Ambipar(2)	​	39.23	​	70.8%
HPX public shareholders (other than the Sponsor and its affiliates (consisting of the Insiders and Rafael Salvador Grisolia)(3)	​	0.96	​	1.7%
Sponsor and its affiliates (consisting of the Insiders and Rafael Salvador Grisolia)(4)	​	1.92	​	3.5%
PIPE Investors(5)(6)	​	13.32	​	24.0%
Total shares of Company common stock outstanding at closing of the Transaction	​	55.43	​	100%

(1)

Excludes the Warrants.

(2)

Includes the 34,184,746 Class B Ordinary Shares issued to Ambipar at Closing pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement as well as 5,050,000 Class B Ordinary Shares subscribed for and purchased by Ambipar as part of the Ambipar PIPE Financing at a purchase price of $10.00 (R$52.38) per share, pursuant to the Ambipar Subscription Agreement. Excludes the Earn-Out Shares.

(3)

Includes 37,100 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the Non-Redeeming Shareholders in a private placement, on the Closing Date, in consideration of the agreements of such Non-Redeeming Shareholders under their respective Non-Redemption Agreements.

(4)

Includes (i) 1,836,100 Class A Ordinary Shares held by the Sponsor, (ii) 20,000 Class A Ordinary Shares held by each of the three Insiders and (iii) 20,000 fully vested Restricted Stock Units, which were settled through the issuance of 20,000 non-redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares on March 29, 2023.

(5)

On February 10, 2023, Cygnus sent the Cygnus Notice to HPX and the Company whereby, pursuant to the Cygnus Option, it elected not to be bound by the Cygnus Non-Redemption Agreement and instead to subscribe for 300,000 Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Cygnus Subscription Agreement for aggregate gross proceeds of $3,000,000. For more information, about the agreement, see “Prospectus Summary — Recent Developments — Business Combination.”

(6)

Includes 11,450,000 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the PIPE Investors, including Cygnus, under the PIPE Financing pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, and an additional 1,873,800 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the PIPE Investors, including Cygnus, in consideration of their subscription commitments under their respective Subscription Agreements (1,810,000 of which being issued to Opportunity Agro Fund).

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not purport to project the future financial position or operating results of the Company following the Business Combination and the WOB Acquisition. The unaudited pro forma adjustments represent management’s estimates based on information currently available as of the date of these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and are subject to change as additional information becomes available and analyses are performed. The assumptions and estimates underlying the unaudited pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes. Actual results may differ materially from the assumptions used, including in respect of the matters further described in Notes 1 and 2, to present the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

82

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AS OF JUNE 30, 2022
(In thousands of Brazilian reais, except when indicated otherwise)

​

Emergencia Historical (IFRS)

HPX Historical (IFRS, See Note 2 for U.S. GAAP to IFRS Conversion)

Witt O’Brien’s Historical (IFRS, See Note 4 for U.S. GAAP to IFRS Conversion)

Transaction Accounting Adjustments

​

Financing Adjustments(1)

​

Witt O’Brien’s Transaction Accounting Adjustments (See Note 5)

​

Witt O’Brien’s Financing Adjustments

Pro Forma Combined

Proforma Combined In US$ Thousands(2)

Cash and cash equivalents

​

R$

157,230

​

R$

4,078

​

R$

9,046

​

R$

(70,270)

a, b, c (i), c (ii), d, i

​

R$

864,270

n

​

R$

(877,831)

A

​

R$

471,420o

​

R$

557,943

​

$

106,519

Trade and other receivables

​

​

326,072

​

​

—

​

​

604,900

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

(273,199)

D

​

​

—

​

​

657,774

​

​

125,577

Advances to suppliers

​

​

26,561

​

​

—

​

��

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

26,561

​

​

5,071

Prepaid expenses

​

​

18,086

​

​

302

​

​

5,458

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

23,846

​

​

4,552

Inventories

​

​

13,408

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

13,408

​

​

2,560

Other accounts equivalents

​

​

25,539

​

​

—

​

​

1,031

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

26,570

​

​

5,073

Other tax assets

​

​

11,685

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

11,685

​

​

2,231

Current tax assets

​

​

6,747

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

6,747

​

​

1,288

Total current assets

​

​

585,328

​

​

4,380

​

​

620,436

​

​

(70,270)

​

​

​

864,270

​

​

​

(1,151,030)

​

​

​

471,420

​

​

1,324,534

​

​

252,871

Marketable securities held in Trust Account

​

​

—

​

​

1,327,212

​

​

—

​

​

(1,327,212)

a

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

Related party loans

​

​

41,041

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

41,041

​

​

7,835

Deferred taxes

​

​

6,308

​

​

—

​

​

8,826

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

15,134

​

​

2,889

Judicial deposits

​

​

116

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

116

​

​

22

Other accounts receivable

​

​

21,521

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

21,521

​

​

4,109

Other long term assets

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

10,282

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

10,282

​

​

1,963

Property, plant and equipment

​

​

421,510

​

​

—

​

​

19,637

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

441,147

​

​

84,221

Goodwill

​

​

720,300

​

​

—

​

​

149,314

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

240,917

C

​

​

—

​

​

1,110,531

​

​

212,014

Intangible assets

​

​

9,945

​

​

—

​

​

30,338

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

332,132

C

​

​

—

​

​

372,415

​

​

71,099

Total noncurrent assets

​

​

1,220,741

​

​

1,327,212

​

​

218,397

​

​

(1,327,212)

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

573,049

​

​

​

—

​

​

2,012,187

​

​

384,152

Total assets

​

R$

1,806,069

​

R$

1,331,592

​

R$

838,833

​

R$

(1,397,482)

​

​

R$

864,270

​

​

R$

(577,981)

​

​

R$

471,420

​

R$

3,336,721

​

$

637,023

Loans and financing

​

R$

38,475

​

R$

—

​

R$

—

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

—

​

R$

38,475

​

$

7,345

Debentures

​

​

13,409

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

13,409

​

​

2,560

Promissory note – related party

​

​

—

​

​

3,667

​

​

—

​

​

(3,667)

b

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

​

​

51,701

​

​

3,576

​

​

120,532

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

175,809

​

​

33,564

Accrued offering costs

​

​

—

​

​

837

​

​

—

​

​

(837)

c (i)

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

Labor obligations

​

​

32,198

​

​

—

​

​

23,309

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

55,507

​

​

10,597

Dividends payable

​

​

31,469

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

31,469

​

​

6,008

Current income tax and social contribution payable

​

​

7,369

​

​

—

​

​

4,054

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

11,423

​

​

2,181

83

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION (continued)
AS OF JUNE 30, 2022
(In thousands of Brazilian reais, except when indicated otherwise)

​

Emergencia Historical (IFRS)

HPX Historical (IFRS, See Note 2 for U.S. GAAP to IFRS Conversion)

Witt O’Brien’s Historical (IFRS, See Note 4 for U.S. GAAP to IFRS Conversion)

Transaction Accounting Adjustments

​

Financing Adjustments(1)

​

Witt O’Brien’s Transaction Accounting Adjustments (See Note 5)

​

Witt O’Brien’s Financing Adjustments

Pro Forma Combined

Proforma Combined In US$ Thousands(2)

Other tax payable

​

​

22,273

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

22,273

​

​

4,252

Obligations from acquisition of investment

​

​

129,481

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

129,481

​

​

24,720

Other bills to pay

​

​

35,765

​

​

—

​

​

32,062

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

67,827

​

​

12,949

Lease liabilities

​

​

11,244

​

​

—

​

​

2,598

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

13,842

​

​

2,643

Total current liabilities

​

​

373,384

​

​

8,080

​

​

182,555

​

​

(4,504)

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

559,515

​

​

106,819

Noncurrent Liabilities:

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Warrant liability

​

​

—

​

​

8,249

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

8,249

​

​

1,575

Deferred underwriting fee payable

​

​

—

​

​

46,382

​

​

—

​

​

(46,382)

e d, f

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

Loans and financing

​

​

130,997

​

​

1,327,212

​

​

70,990

​

​

(1,327,212)

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

471,420

​

​

673,407

​

​

128,562

Debentures

​

​

330,201

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

330,201

​

​

63,040

Deferred legal fees

​

​

—

​

​

16,198

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

16,198

​

​

3,092

Other tax expenses

​

​

7,626

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

7,626

​

​

1,456

Related party loans

​

​

365,111

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

365,111

​

​

69,704

Deferred income tax and social contribution

​

​

35,832

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

35,832

​

​

6,841

Obligations from acquisition of investment

​

​

134,482

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

134,482

​

​

25,674

Provisions for contingencies

​

​

129

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

44,654

g, h

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

44,783

​

​

8,550

Other bills to pay

​

​

19,157

​

​

—

​

​

8,533

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

27,690

​

​

5,286

Lease liabilities

​

​

22,100

​

​

—

​

​

11,869

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

33,969

​

​

6,485

Total noncurrent liabilities

​

​

1,045,635

​

​

1,398,041

​

​

91,392

​

​

(1,328,940)

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

471,420

​

​

1,677,548

​

​

320,265

Total liabilities

​

R$

1,419,019

​

R$

1,406,121

​

R$

273,947

​

R$

(1,333,444)

​

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

471,420

​

R$

2,237,063

​

$

427,084

Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Share Capital (historical)

​

​

261,920

​

​

—

​

​

5

​

​

(261,920)

i

​

​

—

​

​

​

(5)

B

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

Preference shares, $0.0001 par value (converted equivalent par value being R$0.0005); 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value (converted equivalent par value being R$0.0005); 500,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding (excluding 25,300,000 shares subject to possible redemption) as of June 30, 2022(3)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

26

f, j, k

​

​

314

n

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

340

​

​

65

84

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION (continued)
AS OF JUNE 30, 2022
(In thousands of Brazilian reais, except when indicated otherwise)

​

Emergencia Historical (IFRS)

HPX Historical (IFRS, See Note 2 for U.S. GAAP to IFRS Conversion)

Witt O’Brien’s Historical (IFRS, See Note 4 for U.S. GAAP to IFRS Conversion)

Transaction Accounting Adjustments

​

Financing Adjustments(1)

​

Witt O’Brien’s Transaction Accounting Adjustments (See Note 5)

​

Witt O’Brien’s Financing Adjustments

Pro Forma Combined

Pro Forma Combined In US$ Thousands(2)

Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value (converted equivalent par value being R$0.0005); 50,000,000 shares authorized; 6,305,000 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2022

​

​

—

​

​

3

​

​

—

​

​

241,984

i, j

​

​

139

n

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

242,126

​

​

46,225

Additional paid-in capital

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

256,416

​

​

108,249

c(i), c(ii), e, f, g, k, l, m

​

​

863,817

n

(269,511)

B

​

​

—

​

​

958,971

​

​

183,080

Advance for future capital increase

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

Profit reserves

​

​

179,679

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

179,679

​

​

34,303

Capital transactions

​

​

(101,997)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

(101,997)

​

​

(19,473)

Equity valuation adjustment

​

​

984

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

984

​

​

188

Accumulated translation adjustment

​

​

(71,994)

​

​

—

​

​

(3,222)

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

3,222

B

​

​

—

​

​

(71,994)

​

​

(13,745)

Retained earnings (losses)

​

​

78,285

​

​

(74,532)

​

​

311,687

​

​

(152,377)

k, l, m

​

​

—

​

(311,687)

​

​

​

—

​

​

(148,624)

​

​

(28,374)

Non-controlling interest

​

​

40,173

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

—

B

​

​

​

​

​

40,173

​

​

7,670

Total Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

​

​

387,050

​

​

(74,529)

​

​

564,886

​

​

(64,038)

​

​

​

864,270

​

(577,981)

​

​

​

—

​

​

1,099,658

​

​

209,939

Total liabilities, Redeemable Common Stock and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

​

R$

1,806,069

​

R$

1,331,592

​

R$

838,833

​

R$

(1,397,482)

​

​

R$

864,270

​

R$(577,981)

​

​

R$

471,420

​

R$

3,336,721

​

$

637,023

(1)

This column represents additional transaction accounting adjustments related to financing adjustments.

(2)

Solely for the convenience of the reader, we have translated certain amounts included herein from reais into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate as reported by the Central Bank as of June 30, 2022, for reais into U.S. dollars of R$5.238 per US$1.00. The U.S. dollar equivalent information presented herein is provided solely for the convenience of investors and should not be construed as implying that the amounts in reais represent, or could have been or could be converted into, U.S. dollars at such rates or any other rate.

(3)

See “Capitalization” for share information subsequent to the HPX Redemptions.

See Accompanying NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

85

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
STATEMENT OF INCOME (LOSS) FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, 2022
(In thousands of Brazilian reais, except when indicated otherwise, and except share and per share amounts)

​

Emergencia Historical (IFRS)

HPX Historical (IFRS, See Note2 for U.S. GAAP to IFRS Conversion)

Witt O’Brien’s Historical (IFRS, See Note2 for U.S. GAAP to IFRS Conversion)

Transaction Accounting Adjustments

​

Financial Adjustments(1)

Witt O’Brien’s Accounting Adjustments (See Note 5)

​

Witt O’Brien’s Financing Adjustments

​

Pro Forma Combined

Proforma Combined In US Thousands(2)

Revenue

​

R$

654,526

​

R$

—

​

R$

455,646

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

—

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

1,110,172

​

$

218,613

Cost of services rendered

​

​

(520,041)

​

​

—

​

​

(305,512)

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

(825,553)

​

​

(162,567)

Gross profit

​

​

134,485

​

​

—

​

​

150,134

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

284,619

​

​

56,046

Operating expenses

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Selling, general and administrative expenses

​

​

(14,043)

​

​

(18,952)

​

​

(68,059)

​

​

—

aa

​

​

—

​

​

(7,059)

C

​

​

—

​

​

​

(108,113)

​

​

(21,289)

Other income, net of expenses

​

​

5,163

​

​

—

​

​

(4,982)

​

​

(225,893)

bb

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

(225,712)

​

​

(44,447)

Operating profit

​

​

125,605

​

​

(18,952)

​

​

77,093

​

​

(225,893)

​

​

​

—

​

​

(7,059)

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

(49,206)

​

​

(9,691)

Finance costs

​

​

(28,847)

​

​

47,359

​

​

(3,880)

​

​

(1,747)

cc

​

​

���

​

​

—

​

​

​

(14,534)

ee

​

​

(1,649)

​

​

(325)

Interest income from operating bank account

​

​

5,535

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

5,535

​

​

1,090

Profit (loss) before tax

​

​

102,293

​

​

28,407

​

​

73,213

​

​

(227,640)

​

​

​

—

​

​

(7,059)

​

​

​

(14,534)

​

​

​

(45,320)

​

​

(8,926)

Current income tax and social contribution

​

​

(14,685)

​

​

—

​

​

(6,333)

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

1,482

C

​

​

4,942

ee

​

​

(14,594)

​

​

(2,874)

Deferred income tax and social contribution

​

​

(5,227)

​

​

—

​

​

1,183

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

(4,044)

​

​

(796)

Profit (loss) for the period

​

R$

82,381

​

R$

28,407

​

R$

68,063

​

R$

(227,640)

​

​

R$

—

​

R$

(5,577)

​

​

R$

(9,592)

​

​

R$

(63,958)

​

$

(12,596)

Profit (loss) attributable to:

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Owners of the group

​

R$

78,285

​

R$

28,407

​

R$

68,063

​

R$

(227,640)

dd

​

R$

—

​

R$

(5,577)

​

​

R$

(9,592)

​

​

R$

(68,054)

​

$

(13,401)

Non-controlling interests

​

R$

4,096

​

R$

—

​

R$

—

​

R$

—

dd

​

R$

—

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

4,096

​

$

805

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class A ordinary shares

​

​

​

​

​

25,300,000

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

16,195,105

​

​

16,195,105

Basic and diluted profit (loss) per ordinary share, Class A ordinary shares

​

​

​

​

R$

0.91

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

R$

(1.15)

​

$

(0.23)

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class B ordinary shares

​

​

​

​

​

6,305,000

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

39,234,746

​

​

39,234,746

Basic and diluted profit (loss) per ordinary share, Class B ordinary shares

​

​

​

​

R$

0.91

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

R$

(1.15)

​

$

(0.23)

(1)

This column represents additional transaction accounting adjustments related to financing adjustments.

(2)

Solely for the convenience of the reader, we have translated certain amounts included herein from reais into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate as reported by the Central Bank using the average exchange rate for the six months ended June 30, 2022, for reais into U.S. dollars of R$5.0782 per US$1.00. The U.S. dollar equivalent information presented herein is provided solely for the convenience of investors and should not be construed as implying that the amounts in reais represent, or could have been or could be converted into, U.S. dollars at such rates or any other rate.

See Accompanying NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

86

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
STATEMENT OF INCOME (LOSS) FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2021
(In thousands of Brazilian reais, except when
indicated otherwise, and except share and per share amounts)

​

Emergencia Historical (IFRS)

HPX Historical (IFRS, See Note 2 for U.S. GAAP to IFRS Conversion)

Witt O’Brien’s Historical (IFRS, See Note 2 for U.S. GAAP to IFRS Conversion)

Transaction Accounting Adjustments

​

Financial Adjustments(1)

Witt O’Brien’s Accounting Adjustments (See Note 5)

​

Witt O’Brien’s Financing Adjustments

​

Pro Forma Combined

Pro Forma Combined In U.S. Thousands(2)

Revenue

​

R$

822,203

​

R$

—

​

R$

1,046,658

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

—

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

1,868,861

​

$

346,370

Cost of services rendered

​

​

(618,691)

​

​

—

​

​

(632,295)

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

(1,250,986)

​

​

(231,855)

Gross profit

​

​

203,512

​

​

—

​

​

414,363

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

617,875

​

​

114,515

Operating expenses

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Selling, general and administrative expenses

​

​

(26,837)

​

​

(6,279)

​

​

(154,081)

​

​

(1,079)

aa

​

​

—

​

​

(14,929)

C

​

​

—

​

​

​

(203,205)

​

​

(37,662)

Other income, net of expenses

​

​

1,355

​

​

—

​

​

(55,364)

​

​

(269,318)

bb

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

(323,327)

​

​

(59,925)

Operating profit

​

​

178,030

​

​

(6,279)

​

​

204,918

​

​

(270,397)

​

​

​

—

​

​

(14,929)

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

91,343

​

​

16,928

Finance costs

​

​

(12,804)

​

​

56,969

​

​

(19,581)

​

​

(137)

cc

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

(30,884)

ee

​

​

(6,437)

​

​

(1,193)

Interest income from operating bank account

​

​

10,776

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

10,776

​

​

1,997

Profit before tax

​

​

176,002

​

​

50,690

​

​

185,337

​

​

(270,534)

​

​

​

—

​

​

(14,929)

​

​

​

(30,884)

​

​

​

95,682

​

​

17,732

Income tax and social contribution

​

​

(37,860)

​

​

—

​

​

(11,843)

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

3,135

C

​

​

10,501

ee

​

​

(36,067)

​

​

(6,685)

Deferred income tax and social contribution

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

1,937

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

1,937

​

​

359

Profit for the year

​

R$

138,142

​

R$

50,690

​

R$

175,431

​

R$

(270,534)

​

​

R$

—

​

R$

(11,794)

​

​

R$

(20,383)

​

​

R$

61,552

​

$

11,406

Profit Attributable to:

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Owners of the group

​

R$

131,117

​

R$

50,690

​

R$

175,431

​

R$

(266,896)

dd

​

​

—

​

R$

(11,794)

​

​

R$

(20,383)

​

​

R$

58,165

​

$

10,780

Non-controlling interests

​

R$

7,025

​

R$

—

​

R$

—

​

R$

(3,638)

dd

​

R$

—

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

3,387

​

$

626

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class A ordinary shares

​

​

​

​

​

25,300,000

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

16,195,105

​

​

16,195,105

Basic and diluted profit (loss) per ordinary share, Class A ordinary shares

​

​

​

​

R$

1.62

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

R$

1.11

​

$

0.21

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class B ordinary shares

​

​

​

​

​

6,305,055

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

39,234,746

​

​

39,234,746

Basic and diluted profit (loss) per ordinary share, Class B ordinary shares

​

​

​

​

R$

1.62

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

R$

1.11

​

$

0.21

(1)

This column represents additional transaction accounting adjustments related to financing adjustments.

(2)

Solely for the convenience of the reader, we have translated certain amounts included herein from reais into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate as reported by the Central Bank using the average exchange rate for the year ended December 31, 2021, for reais into U.S. dollars of R$5.396 per US$1.00. The U.S. dollar equivalent information presented herein is provided solely for the convenience of investors and should not be construed as implying that the amounts in reais represent, or could have been or could be converted into, U.S. dollars at such rates or any other rate.

See Accompanying NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

87

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

1.

Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results and financial position that would have been achieved had the Business Combination and the WOB Acquisition occurred on the dates indicated.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X. Emergencia has elected not to present autonomous entity adjustments and will only be presenting transaction accounting adjustments and financing adjustments in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

Management has concluded that no autonomous entity adjustments are required in accordance with Regulation S-X, as the historical financial statements of Emergencia, HPX and Witt O’Brien’s include all activity for the Company to operate an autonomous, or standalone entity, and hence, no such adjustments have been made in the pro forma financials. This includes all Emergencia attributable shared service costs from Ambipar recorded in Emergencia’s historical financial statements that reflect an arm’s length transaction for an autonomous, or standalone entity.

The pro forma combined provision for income taxes does not necessarily reflect the amounts that would have resulted had the Company filed consolidated income tax returns during the periods presented. The pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share amounts presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of income (loss) are based upon the weighted average number of Emergencia’s shares outstanding for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, assuming the Business Combination and the WOB Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2021.

As a result of the Business Combination, the Warrants remain classified as a liability, and continue to be recognized at fair value, with subsequent changes in fair value recognized in the statement of income (loss). As such, no pro forma adjustment has been made.

In connection with the Business Combination, the Company implemented the Omnibus Incentive Plan, which became effective as of Closing. The financial statement impact of the Omnibus Incentive Plan is not yet known and cannot be readily estimated at this stage, therefore its impact has not been included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Financial Position

The adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of financial position as of June 30, 2022 are as follows (using the June 30, 2022 translation rate of R$5.238 into US$1.00):

Transaction Accounting Adjustments:

(a)

Reflects the reclassification of R$1,327.2 million of cash and cash equivalents held in the HPX trust account (the “Trust Account”) that became available following the Business Combination.

(b)

Reflects the repayment of the working capital loan taken out by HPX of R$3.7 million that was payable upon a business combination. Subsequent to June 30, 2022, HPX took an additional working capital draw of R$1.0 million ($205,000) under the promissory note dated June 24, 2022, and an additional working capital draw of R$2.1 million ($410,000) under an additional promissory note, and the aggregate amounts outstanding under such promissory notes were forgiven prior to the consummation of the Business Combination. Such borrowings and debt forgiveness, net have an immaterial effect on the pro forma statement of financial position. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — HPX — Commitment Letters and Promissory Note.”

(c)

Transaction costs:

(i)

Reflects the additional HPX non-recurring transaction costs in the amount of R$44.5 million including the payment of accrued transaction costs in the amount of R$0.8 million (R$43.7 million, net), that were all paid at Closing.

(ii)

Reflects the additional Ambipar and Company non-recurring transaction costs in the amount of R$49.8 million, that were paid at Closing.

88

(d)

Reflects the payment in cash of R$1,021.7 million due to the Initial Redemption of 19,472,483 HPX Shares in connection with the Initial Extension and R$191.6 million due to the Second Redemption of 3,650,973 HPX Shares in connection with the Second Extension, pursuant to the respective extension amendments after the announcement of the Business Combination, and R$66.3 million due to the Final Redemption of 1,258,439 shares.

(e)

Reflects the termination of the agreement with Credit Suisse to pay R$46.4 million of deferred underwriters’ fees incurred in connection with the HPX IPO that were due upon completion of the Business Combination.

(f)

Reflects the reclassification of non-redeemed shares from liability to permanent equity of R$47.6 million upon the Closing of the Business Combination. The reclassification of non-redeemed shares from liability to permanent equity is calculated as R$1,327.2 million of HPX loans and financing (before extension votes) less R$1,021.7 million of shares redeemed in connection with the Initial Extension at a redemption price of approximately $10.018 per share, R$191.6 million of shares redeemed in connection with the Second Extension at a redemption price of approximately $10.064 per share as of June 30, 2022, and R$66.3 million of shares redeemed in connection with the Final Redemption at a price of $10.060 per share, and foreign exchange rate of $1.00 to R$5.238 as of June 30, 2022.

(g)

Reflects the issuance of 11,000,000 Earn-Out Shares in accordance with the Business Combination Agreement in the amount of R$44.7 million. The Earn-Out Shares have, in accordance with the requirements of IAS 32, been recognized as a financial liability measured at fair value in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of financial position. The fair value of the Earn-Out Shares is measured using a Monte Carlo simulation model at each measurement date. The key assumptions used were initial stock price of $10.00/share and a volatility rate of 21.29%.

(h)

Subsequent to June 30, 2022, the Sponsor entered into the Downside Protection Agreements with the PIPE Investors and the Non-Redeeming Shareholders, pursuant to which such DPA Beneficiaries are provided with certain downside protection rights subsequent to the Closing Date. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Downside Protection Agreements, the DPA Beneficiaries may receive, on a pro-rata basis, an aggregate of up to 1,050,000 Class A Ordinary Shares directly from the Sponsor. While such liability to transfer the DPA Pro Rata Downside Protection Shares is the Sponsor’s responsibility, HPX, as an entity being controlled by the Sponsor, recognized a liability of $3.1 million (R$16.2 million) in its unaudited condensed financial statements as of September 30, 2022 and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021. Upon completion of the Business Combination, HPX ceased to be controlled by the Sponsor, as the Sponsor became a minority shareholder in the Company, and HPX merged with and into the Company. The net effect of recording and reversing the liability have an immaterial effect on the pro forma statement of financial position. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Downside Protection Agreements.”

(i)

Reflects the issuance of Class B Ordinary Shares in the amount of R$242.0 million to Ambipar. The amount includes a downward adjustment of Class B Ordinary Shares issued to Ambipar for $3.6 million (R$19.9 million) related to transaction expenses incurred by Emergencia in excess of $9,500,000 not reimbursed by Ambipar pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement.

(j)

Reflects the recapitalization of HPX under the Sponsor Recapitalization, whereby HPX Class B Ordinary Shares were exchanged for and converted into HPX Class A Ordinary Shares. The effect of this reclassification is an immaterial adjustment on the pro forma statement of financial position.

(k)

Reflects the compensation expense of R$1.0 million for restricted stock units of HPX converted to Restricted Stock Units upon vesting using par value R$0.0005 per share at a redemption price of R$52.38 per share as of June 30, 2022. The Restricted Stock Units vested in full at Closing and were settled through the issuance of 20,000 non-redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares on March 29, 2023.

89

(l)

Reflects the reclassification of R$74.5 million of HPX’s historical accumulated deficit to additional paid-in capital upon consummation of the Business Combination.

(m)

Reflects the difference in the amount of R$225.9 million between the fair value of the equity instruments issued to acquire HPX and the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. This represents a stock exchange listing service of the Company under IFRS 2 Share-Based Payments. The listing expense is calculated as follows, in thousands of reais:

(in thousands of reais)	Six Months ended June 30, 2022
Fair value of public and sponsor equity instruments to acquire HPX(1)	​	R$	149,352
Less: Fair value of Earn-Out Shares	​	​	44,654
Fair value of equity instruments issued to acquire HPX(2)	​	​	104,698
Net Liabilities of HPX as of June 30, 2022(3)(4)(5)	​	​	(26,912)
Less: HPX’s transaction costs	​	​	94,284
Adjusted net assets/(liabilities) of HPX as of June 30, 2022	​	​	(121,196)
IFRS 2 charge for listing services	​	R$	225,894

(1)

Estimated fair value determined based on reference price denoted in the Business Combination Agreement of $10.00/share as of June 30, 2022 and foreign exchange rate of $1.00 to R$5.238.

(2)

The deemed fair value of equity instruments issued to acquire HPX was estimated based on the fair value of public and sponsor shares to acquire HPX, less the adjustment in respect of Earn-Out Shares (see note (g) above).

(3)

Calculated based on exchange rate as of June 30, 2022 of $1.00 to R$5.238. Based on this exchange rate, the net liabilities of HPX as of June 30, 2022 were approximately R$26,912 million.

(4)

Net assets of HPX have been adjusted to reflect the redemption of 19,472,483 shares for R$1,021.7 million, in connection with the Initial Extension, 3,650,973 shares for R$191.6 million in connection with the Second Extension, and 1,258,439 shares for R$66.3 million in connection with the Final Redemption.

(5)

Adjusted net assets (liabilities) of HPX as of June 30, 2022 is calculated as follows:

Total Assets of HPX	R$	1,331,592
Less: Redeemed Shares	​	1,279,595
Adjusted Total Assets	​	51,997
Total Liabilities of HPX	​	78,909
Net liabilities of HPX	R$	(26,912)

Summary of Transacting Accounting Adjustments impacting Additional paid in capital:

Description	Reference	Amount (in thousands of reais)
Non-recurring transaction costs	(c)(i)	​	R$	(43,686)
Non-recurring transaction costs	(c)(ii)	​	​	(49,761)
Settlement of deferred underwriting fee	(e)	​	​	46,382
Liability to permanent equity	(f)	​	​	47,592
Earnout Shares	(g)	​	​	(44,654)
RSU compensation	(k)	​	​	1,015
Removal of historical accumulated deficit	(l)	​	​	(74,532)

90

Description	Reference	Amount (in thousands of reais)
IFRS 2 listing expense	(m)	​	​	225,893
Additional paid-in capital adjustments	​	​	R$	108,249

Financing Adjustments:

(n)

Reflects gross proceeds of R$864.3 million from the issuance and sale of 16,500,000 Ordinary Shares and additional paid-in capital using par value of R$0.0005 per share at a redemption price of R$52.38 per share, including 11,450,000 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to PIPE Investors and 5,050,000 Class B Ordinary Shares issued in connection with the Ambipar PIPE Financing.

Witt O’Brien’s Financing Adjustments:

(o)

Represents cash proceeds of R$471.4 million borrowed by Emergencia pursuant to the WOB Acquisition. There were minimal direct issuance costs incurred to execute the loan agreement. Interest on the credit facility accrues at 6.36% per annum for purposes of this pro forma financial information.

Reconciliation of Class A and Class B pro forma shares:

Redemption	Reference	Shares		Class A Par Value (in thousands of reais)			Class B Par Value (in thousands of reais)
Historical Balance	​	​	—	​	R$	—	​	R$	3
Liability to permanent equity	(f)	​	918,105	​	​	25	​	​	—
Issuance of Class B Ordinary Shares	(i)	​	34,184,746	​	​	—	​	​	241,984
Conversion of Class B Ordinary Shares to Class A Ordinary Shares	(j)	​	—	​	​	—	​	​	—
RSU compensation	(k)	​	20,000	​	​	1	​	​	—
Financing adjustments	(n)	​	16,500,000	​	​	314	​	​	139
Non-redeeming shares	​	​	3,807,000	​	​	—	​	​	—
Totals	​	​	55,429,851	​	R$	340	​	R$	242,126

Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income (Loss) for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2022 and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Income (Loss) for the Year Ended December 31, 2021

The adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of income for the six-month period ended June 30, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021 are as follows (using the average annual translation rate of R$5.0782 into US$1.00 for the six-month period ended June 30, 2022, and of R$5.396 into US$1.00 for the year ended December 31, 2021):

Transaction Accounting Adjustments:

(aa)

Reflects the compensation expense for restricted stock units of HPX converted to Restricted Stock Units, fully vested at Closing, for the period ended.

Restricted Stock Units	​	20,000
Reference Price	$	10.00
2021 Average Spot Rate	​	5.3956
RSU Compensation Expense	R$	1,079,112

91

(bb)

Reflects the IFRS 2 stock-based compensation expenses for the deemed stock exchange listing of the Company, which is the difference between the fair value of the equity instruments issued to acquire HPX and the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired.

​	For the six months ended June 30, 2022			For the year ended December 31, 2021
Net liabilities of HPX	​	R$	(26,912)	​	R$	(59,688)
Less: HPX’s transaction costs	​	​	94,284	​	​	100,449
Adjusted net liabilities of HPX	​	​	(121,196)	​	​	(160,137)
IFRS 2 charge for listing services	​	R$	225,894	​	R$	269,318

(cc)

Reflects the elimination of the interest earned on investments held in the Trust Account. Please note that in order to align with the historical Emergencia statement of income, the HPX interest earned on marketable securities held in the Trust Account was moved to the finance costs caption of the pro forma statement of income (loss). This amount represents Interest income of R$1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and R$0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.

(dd)

Reflects the adjustment of income attributable to non-controlling interest in Inversiones Disal Emergencia S.A. to income attributable to controlling interest for the year ended December 31, 2021 as if the acquisition had occurred as of January 1, 2021. Refer to pages F-102 and F-103 of this prospectus for the calculation of the Income attributable to non-controlling interests.

(ee)

Represents the recognition of interest expense on the anticipated loan agreement to fund the WOB Acquisition (refer to adjustment (o) above), as if the draw was executed on January 1, 2021, consisting of R$14.5 million of interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and R$30.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, calculated using the anticipated 6.36% rate of interest and the associated recognition of a tax benefit of R$4.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and R$10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Earnings (loss) per share

Net earnings (loss) per share is calculated using the weighted average Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares outstanding and the issuance of additional Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares of the Company in connection with the Business Combination and other related events, assuming the shares were outstanding since January 1, 2021. As the Business Combination is being reflected as if it had occurred as of January 1, 2021, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per share assumes the Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares issued in connection with the Business Combination have been outstanding for the entire period presented. Management notes that the below pro forma earnings (loss) per share calculation excludes Earn-Out Shares as they are not considered to be outstanding as of the Business Combination date.

(in thousands of reais, except share data)	Six Months ended June 30, 2022			Year Ended December 31, 2021
Pro forma net income (loss)	​	R$	(63,958)	​	R$	61,552
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class A and Class B ordinary shares	​	​	55,429,851	​	​	55,429,851
Pro forma net income (loss) per share – basic and diluted, Class A and Class B ordinary shares	​	R$	(1.15)	​	R$	1.11
Weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted, Class A and Class B ordinary shares(1)	​	​	​	​	​	​
Ambipar(2)	​	​	39,234,746	​	​	39,234,746
HPX public shareholders (other than the Sponsor and its affiliates (consisting of the Insiders and Rafael Salvador Grisolia)(3)	​	​	955,205	​	​	955,205

92

(in thousands of reais, except share data)	Six Months ended June 30, 2022		Year Ended December 31, 2021
Sponsor and its affiliates (consisting of the Insiders and Rafael Salvador Grisolia)(4)	​	1,916,100	​	1,916,100
PIPE Investors(5)(6)	​	13,323,800	​	13,323,800
Total	​	55,429,851	​	55,429,851

(1)

Outstanding Warrants are anti-dilutive and are not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share. The Company currently has 16,180,000 Warrants outstanding. Each Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A Ordinary Share at $11.50 (R$60.24) per share. Subject to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, these Warrants are not exercisable until 30 days after the consummation of the Business Combination.

(2)

Includes the 34,184,746 Class B Ordinary Shares issued to Ambipar at Closing pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement as well as 5,050,000 Class B Ordinary Shares subscribed for and purchased by Ambipar as part of the Ambipar PIPE Financing at a purchase price of $10.00 (R$52.38) per share, pursuant to the Ambipar Subscription Agreement. Excludes the Earn-Out Shares.

(3)

Includes 37,100 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the Non-Redeeming Shareholders in a private placement, on the Closing Date, in consideration of the agreements of such Non-Redeeming Shareholders under their respective Non-Redemption Agreements.

(4)

Includes (i) 1,836,100 Class A Ordinary Shares held by the Sponsor, (ii) 20,000 Class A Ordinary Shares held by each of the three Insiders and (iii) 20,000 fully vested Restricted Stock Units that represent 20,000 non-redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares, which were settled on March 29, 2023.

(5)

On February 10, 2023, Cygnus sent the Cygnus Notice to HPX and the Company whereby, pursuant to the Cygnus Option, it elected not to be bound by the Cygnus Non-Redemption Agreement and instead to subscribe for 300,000 Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Cygnus Subscription Agreement for aggregate gross proceeds of $3,000,000. For more information, about the agreement, see the section titles “Prospectus Summary —  Recent Developments — Business Combination.”

(6)

Includes 11,450,000 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the PIPE Investors, including Cygnus, under the PIPE Financing pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, and an additional 1,873,800 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the PIPE Investors, including Cygnus, in consideration of their subscription commitments under their respective Subscription Agreements (1,810,000 of which being issued to Opportunity Agro Fund).

2.

U.S. GAAP to IFRS conversion of HPX’s Statement of Financial Position as of June 30, 2022 and Statements of Income for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021

HPX’s financial statements have been presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are converted to IFRS as follows.

HPX’s management notes there were no U.S. GAAP to IFRS differences after analysis of the HPX statement of income, however presentation adjustments were made to reclassify the captions of change in fair value of warrants, and interest earned on marketable securities held in trust account in the historical HPX statement of income to the finance costs caption of the pro forma statement of income (loss). Thus, to align with the historical Emergencia statement of income, an IFRS to U.S. GAAP conversion footnote is not needed.

93

A conversion of HPX statement of financial position from U.S. dollars to Brazilian reais, and from U.S. GAAP to IFRS is as follows:

As of June 30, 2022

Before conversion (In ‘000 of US$)

Before conversion (In ‘000 of reais)(a)

IFRS conversion

Footnote reference

After conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

ASSETS

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Non-Current Assets

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Marketable securities held in Trust Account

​

$

253,381

​

R$

1,327,212

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

1,327,212

Total Non-Current Assets

​

​

253,381

​

​

1,327,212

​

​

—

​

​

​

1,327,212

Current Assets

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Prepaid expenses

​

​

58

​

​

302

​

​

—

​

​

​

302

Cash and cash equivalents

​

​

779

​

​

4,078

​

​

—

​

​

​

4,078

Total Current Assets

​

​

836

​

​

4,380

​

​

—

​

​

​

4,380

Total Assets

​

$

254,218

​

R$

1,331,592

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

1,331,592

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S DEFICIT

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Shareholders’ Deficit

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value (converted equivalent par value being R$0.0005); 50,000,000 shares authorized; 6,305,000 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2022

​

​

1

​

​

3

​

​

—

​

​

​

3

Accumulated deficit

​

​

(14,229)

​

​

(74,532)

​

​

—

​

​

​

(74,532)

Total Shareholders’ Deficit

​

​

(14,229)

​

​

(74,529)

​

​

—

​

​

​

(74,529)

Commitments and Contingencies

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, 25,300,000 shares at redemption value as of June 30, 2022

​

​

253,381

​

​

1,327,212

​

​

(1,327,212)

b

​

​

—

Non-Current liabilities

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Loans and borrowings

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

1,327,212

b

​

​

1,327,212

Deferred legal fees

​

​

3,092

​

​

16,198

​

​

—

​

​

​

16,198

Warrant liabilities

​

​

1,575

​

​

8,249

​

​

—

​

​

​

8,249

Deferred underwriting fee payable

​

​

8,855

​

​

46,382

​

​

—

​

​

​

46,382

Total Non-Current Liabilities

​

​

13,522

​

​

70,829

​

​

1,327,212

​

​

​

1,398,041

Current liabilities

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Promissory note – related party

​

​

700

​

​

3,667

​

​

—

​

​

​

3,667

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

​

​

682

​

​

3,576

​

​

—

​

​

​

3,576

Accrued offering costs

​

​

160

​

​

837

​

​

—

​

​

​

837

Total Current liabilities

​

​

1,542

​

​

8,080

​

​

—

​

​

​

8,080

Total Liabilities

​

$

15,065

​

R$

78,909

​

R$

1,327,212

​

​

R$

1,406,121

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit

​

$

254,218

​

R$

1,331,592

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

1,331,592

94

For the six months ended of June 30, 2022

Before conversion (In ‘000 of US$)

Before conversion (In ‘000 of reais)(aa)

IFRS conversion

Footnote reference

After conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

Operating and formation costs

​

$

3,732

​

R$

18,952

​

R$

—

​

​

​

R$

18,952

Loss from operations

​

​

(3,732)

​

​

(18,952)

​

​

—

​

​

​

​

(18,952)

Other income (expense):

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Finance income

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

47,359

​

bb

​

​

47,359

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

​

​

8,982

​

​

45,612

​

​

(45,612)

​

bb

​

​

—

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

​

​

344

​

​

1,747

​

​

(1,747)

​

bb

​

​

—

Net income (loss)

​

$

5,594

​

R$

28,407

​

R$

—

​

​

​

R$

28,407

For the twelve months ended of December 31, 2021

Before conversion (In ‘000 of US$)

Before conversion (In ‘000 of reais)(aa)

IFRS conversion

Footnote reference

After conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

Operating and formation costs

​

$

1,164

​

R$

6,279

​

R$

—

​

​

​

R$

6,279

Gross profit

​

​

(1,164)

​

​

(6,279)

​

​

—

​

​

​

​

(6,279)

Other income (expense):

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Finance income

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

56,969

​

bb

​

​

56,969

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

​

​

10,533

​

​

56,832

​

​

(56,832)

​

bb

​

​

—

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

​

​

25

​

​

137

​

​

(137)

​

bb

​

​

—

Net income (loss)

​

$

9,395

​

R$

50,690

​

R$

—

​

​

​

R$

50,690

References — IFRS Adjustments and Reclassifications

The historical financial information of HPX has been adjusted to give effect to the differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS for the purposes of the unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial information.

(a)

The historical financial information of HPX was prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and presented in U.S. dollars. The historical financial information was translated from U.S. dollars to Brazilian reais using the historical closing exchange rate, as of June 30, 2022, of $1.00 to R$5.238.

(b)

Reflects the U.S. GAAP to IFRS conversion adjustment related to the reclassification of HPX’s historical mezzanine equity (HPX Class A Ordinary Shares subject to possible redemption) into Non-Current Liabilities (Loans and borrowings).

The historical statements of income of HPX have been adjusted to give effect to the differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS for the purposes of the unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial information.

(aa)

The historical financial information of HPX was prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and presented in U.S. dollars. The historical financial information was translated from U.S. dollars to reais using the average exchange rate of $1.00 to R$5.078 for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and $1.00 to R$5.396 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021.

(bb)

Reflects the U.S. GAAP to IFRS conversion adjustment for reclassification of the change in fair value of warrant liabilities and Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account to Finance income.

3.

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

On June 28, 2021, Emergencia acquired Inversiones Disal Emergencias S.A (“Inversiones”) wherein the non-controlling interest component of the business was acquired by Emergencia. Inversiones is the holding

95

company that owns 50% of Suatrans Chile S.A. (“Suatrans Chile”). Until June 2021, Suatrans Chile was 100% consolidated with Inversiones and 50% was being disclosed as non-controlling interest by Inversiones. As Inversiones got acquired by Emergencia, Emergencia formally owned, directly and indirectly, 100% of Suatrans Chile from June 28, 2021. As a result, the non-controlling interest held by Inversiones in Suatrans Chile for the period from January 2021 to June 2021 of R$3.6 million will require an adjustment to be made to the pro forma statement of income (loss) as per Regulation S-X. Refer to adjustment (dd) for this adjustment. As the pro forma statement of financial position assumes the transaction occurred as of June 30, 2022, this acquisition is already included in the statement of financial position of Emergencia, and, therefore, no pro forma adjustment is required.

4.

U.S. GAAP to IFRS conversion of Witt O’Brien’s Statement of Financial Position as of June 30, 2022 and Statements of Income for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021

Witt O’Brien’s financial statements have been presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are converted to IFRS as follows.

A conversion of Witt O’Brien’s statement of financial position and statements of income from U.S. GAAP to IFRS is as follows:

​

Successor June 30, 2022

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Assets

Total before presentation alignment & conversion (In ‘000 of US$)

Total before presentation alignment & conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

Presentation Alignment

Total before conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

IFRS conversion

​

After conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

Current Assets

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Cash

​

$

1,727

​

R$

9,046

​

R$

—

​

R$

9,046

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

9,046

Receivables

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $5,515 and $5,641 in 2022 and 2021, respectively

​

​

115,483

​

​

604,900

​

​

(604,900)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Other

​

​

466

​

​

2,441

​

​

(2,441)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Trade and other receivables

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

607,341

​

​

607,341

​

​

(2,441)

(b)

​

​

604,901

Prepaid expenses

​

​

443

​

​

2,320

​

​

—

​

​

2,320

​

​

(1,289)

(b)

​

​

1,031

Other accounts receivable

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

1,729

​

​

1,729

​

​

3,729

(b)

​

​

5,458

Other Assets

​

​

330

​

​

1,729

​

​

(1,729)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Total current assets

​

​

118,449

​

​

620,436

​

​

—

​

​

620,436

​

​

—

​

​

​

620,436

Property and Equipment

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Historical Cost

​

​

1,619

​

​

8,480

​

​

(8,480)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Accumulated depreciation

​

​

(643)

​

​

(3,368)

​

​

3,368

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Net property and equipment

​

​

976

​

​

5,112

​

​

(5,112)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Property, plant and equipment

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

5,112

​

​

5,112

​

​

14,525

(b), (c)

​

​

19,637

Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets

​

​

2,749

​

​

14,399

​

​

—

​

​

14,399

​

​

(14,399)

(b)

​

​

—

Investments, at Equity, in 50% or Less Owned Companies

​

​

1,736

​

​

9,093

​

​

(9,093)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Intangible Assets, net of accumulated amortization of $1,438 and $843 in 2022 and 2021, respectively

​

​

9,762

​

​

51,133

​

​

—

​

​

51,133

​

​

(20,795)

(e)

​

​

30,338

Deferred Income Taxes

​

​

1,685

​

​

8,826

​

​

—

​

​

8,826

​

​

—

​

​

​

8,826

Other Assets

​

​

227

​

​

1,189

​

​

(1,189)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Other long term assets

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

10,282

(b)

​

​

10,282

Goodwill

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

149,314

(d)

​

​

149,314

Other Accounts Receivable

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

10,282

​

​

10,282

​

​

(10,282)

(b)

​

​

—

​

​

$

135,584

​

R$

710,188

​

R$

—

​

R$

710,188

​

R$

128,645

​

​

R$

838,833

96

​

Successor June 30, 2022

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Assets

Total before presentation alignment & conversion (In ‘000 of US$)

Total before presentation alignment & conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

Presentation Alignment

Total before conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

IFRS conversion

​

After conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

Liabilities and Members Equity

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Current Liabilities

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Current portion of long-term operating lease liabilities

​

$

496

​

R$

2,598

​

R$

—

​

R$

2,598

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

2,598

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

​

​

23,011

​

​

120,532

​

​

—

​

​

120,532

​

​

—

​

​

​

120,532

Contract liabilities

​

​

5,650

​

​

29,595

​

​

(29,595)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Other current liabilities

​

​

5,695

​

​

29,830

​

​

(29,830)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Employee benefits

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

23,309

​

​

23,309

​

​

—

​

​

​

23,309

Current income tax and social contribution payable

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

4,054

​

​

4,054

​

​

—

​

​

​

4,054

Other bills to pay

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

32,062

​

​

32,062

​

​

—

​

​

​

32,062

Total current liabilities

​

​

34,852

​

​

182,555

​

​

—

​

​

182,555

​

​

—

​

​

​

182,555

Long-Term Operating Lease Liabilities

​

​

2,266

​

​

11,869

​

​

—

​

​

11,869

​

​

—

​

​

​

11,869

Advances from SEACOR

​

​

19,397

​

​

101,601

​

​

(101,601)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Loans and borrowings

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

101,601

​

​

101,601

​

​

(30,611)

(f)

​

​

70,990

Other bills to pay

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

8,533

​

​

8,533

​

​

—

​

​

​

8,533

Other Liabilities

​

​

1,629

​

​

8,533

​

​

(8,533)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Total liabilities

​

​

58,144

​

​

304,558

​

​

—

​

​

304,558

​

​

(30,611)

​

​

​

273,947

Members’ Equity:

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Common stock

​

​

1

​

​

5

​

​

(5)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Share Capital

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

5

​

​

5

​

​

—

​

​

​

5

Additional paid-in capital

​

​

32,601

​

​

170,764

​

​

—

​

​

170,764

​

​

85,652

(g)

​

​

256,416

Retained earnings

​

​

44,883

​

​

235,097

​

​

—

​

​

235,097

​

​

76,590

(i)

​

​

311,687

Other comprehensive loss

​

​

(45)

​

​

(236)

​

​

—

​

​

(236)

​

​

(2,986)

(h)

​

​

(3,222)

Total members’ equity

​

​

77,440

​

​

405,630

​

​

—

​

​

405,630

​

​

159,256

​

​

​

564,886

Total Liabilities and Members Equity

​

$

135,584

​

R$

710,188

​

R$

—

​

R$

710,188

​

R$

128,645

​

​

R$

838,833

​

Successor January 1, 2022 through June 30, 2022

Total before presentation alignment & conversion (In ‘000 of US$)

Total before presentation alignment & conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

Presentation Alignment

Total before conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

IFRS conversion

​

After conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

Operating Revenues

​

$

89,725

​

$

89,725

​

R$

455,646

​

R$

—

​

R$

455,646

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

455,646

Cost of services rendered

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

305,512

​

​

305,512

​

​

—

​

​

​

305,512

Gross Profit

​

​

89,725

​

​

89,725

​

​

455,646

​

​

(305,512)

​

​

150,134

​

​

—

​

​

​

150,134

Costs and Expenses

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Operating

​

​

60,161

​

​

60,161

​

​

305,512

​

​

(305,512)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Administrative and general

​

​

12,484

​

​

12,484

​

​

63,397

​

​

(63,397)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Depreciation and amortization

​

​

892

​

​

892

​

​

4,530

​

​

(4,530)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Selling, general and administrative expenses

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

67,927

​

​

67,927

​

​

132

bb

​

​

68,059

Other income, net expenses

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

4,982

​

​

4,982

​

​

—

​

​

​

4,982

Operating Income

​

​

16,188

​

​

16,188

​

​

82,207

​

​

(4,982)

​

​

77,225

​

​

(132)

​

​

​

77,093

97

​

Successor January 1, 2022 through June 30, 2022

Total before presentation alignment & conversion (In ‘000 of US$)

Total before presentation alignment & conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

Presentation Alignment

Total before conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

IFRS conversion

​

After conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

Other Income (Expense):

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Interest expense on advances from SEACOR

​

​

(711)

​

​

(711)

​

​

(3,611)

​

​

3,611

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Finance costs

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(3,611)

​

​

(3,611)

​

​

(269)

bb

​

​

(3,880)

SEACOR management fees

​

​

(1,465)

​

​

(1,465)

​

​

(7,440)

​

​

7,440

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Foreign currency losses, net

​

​

89

​

​

89

​

​

452

​

​

(452)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Other, net

​

​

15

​

​

15

​

​

76

​

​

(76)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Income before Income Tax Expense and Equity in Earnings of 50% or Less Owned Companies

​

​

14,116

​

​

14,116

​

​

71,684

​

​

1,930

​

​

73,614

​

​

(401)

​

​

​

73,213

Income Tax Expense (Benefit):

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Current

​

​

1,014

​

​

1,014

​

​

5,150

​

​

(5,150)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Current income tax and social contribution

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

6,333

​

​

6,333

​

​

—

​

​

​

6,333

Deferred

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(1,183)

​

​

(1,183)

​

​

—

​

​

​

(1,183)

Deferred income tax and social contribution

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Income Before Equity in Earnings of 50% or Less Owned Companies

​

​

13,102

​

​

13,102

​

​

66,534

​

​

1,930

​

​

68,464

​

​

(401)

​

​

​

68,063

Equity in Earnings of 50% or Less Owned Companies, Net of Tax

​

​

380

​

​

380

​

​

1,930

​

​

(1,930)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Net Income

​

​

13,482

​

​

13,482

​

​

68,464

​

​

—

​

​

68,464

​

​

(401)

​

​

​

68,063

Foreign currency translation losses, net of tax

​

​

(19)

​

​

(19)

​

​

(96)

​

​

—

​

​

(96)

​

​

—

​

​

​

(96)

Comprehensive Income

​

$

13,463

​

$

13,463

​

R$

68,368

​

R$

—

​

R$

68,368

​

R$

(401)

​

​

R$

67,967

​

Successor

Predecessor

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021

January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021

Total before presentation alignment & conversion (In ‘000 of US$)

Total before presentation alignment & conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

Presentation Alignment

Total before conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

IFRS conversion

​

After conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

Operating Revenues

​

$

165,696

​

$

28,289

​

$

193,985

​

R$

1,046,658

​

R$

—

​

R$

1,046,658

​

R$

—

​

​

R$

1,046,658

Cost of services rendered

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

632,295

​

​

632,295

​

​

—

​

​

​

632,295

Gross Profit

​

​

165,696

​

​

28,289

​

​

193,985

​

​

1,046,658

​

​

(632,295)

​

​

414,363

​

​

—

​

​

​

414,363

Costs and Expenses Operating

​

​

98,641

​

​

18,547

​

​

117,188

​

​

632,295

​

​

(632,295)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Administrative and general

​

​

20,408

​

​

6,487

​

​

26,895

​

​

145,114

​

​

(145,114)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Depreciation and amortization

​

​

1,170

​

​

426

​

​

1,596

​

​

8,611

​

​

(8,611)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Selling, general and administrative expenses

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

153,725

​

​

153,725

​

​

356

bb

​

​

154,081

Other income, net expenses

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

55,364

​

​

55,364

​

​

—

​

​

​

55,364

Operating Income

​

​

45,477

​

​

2,829

​

​

48,306

​

​

260,638

​

​

(55,364)

​

​

205,274

​

​

(356)

​

​

​

204,918

Other Income (Expense):

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Interest expense on advances from SEACOR

​

​

(2,815)

​

​

(767)

​

​

(3,582)

​

​

(19,327)

​

​

19,327

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

​

—

Finance costs

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(19,327)

​

​

(19,327)

​

​

(254)

bb

​

​

(19,581)

98

​

Successor

Predecessor

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021

January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021

Total before presentation alignment & conversion (In ‘000 of US$)

Total before presentation alignment & conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

Presentation Alignment

Total before conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

IFRS conversion

After conversion (In ‘000 of reais)

SEACOR management fees

​

​

(10,501)

​

​

(707)

​

​

(11,208)

​

​

(60,473)

​

​

60,473

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

Foreign currency losses, net

​

​

(17)

​

​

(1)

​

​

(18)

​

​

(97)

​

​

97

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

Other, net

​

​

13

​

​

13

​

​

26

​

​

140

​

​

(140)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

Income before Income Tax Expense and Equity in Earnings of 50% or Less Owned Companies

​

​

32,157

​

​

1,367

​

​

33,524

​

​

180,881

​

​

5,066

​

​

185,947

​

​

(610)

​

​

185,337

Income Tax Expense (Benefit):

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Current

​

​

1,856

​

​

339

​

​

2,195

​

​

11,843

​

​

(11,843)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

Current income tax and social contribution

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

11,843

​

​

11,843

​

​

—

​

​

11,843

Deferred

​

​

(292)

​

​

(67)

​

​

(359)

​

​

(1,937)

​

​

1,937

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

Deferred income tax and social contribution

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(1,937)

​

​

(1,937)

​

​

—

​

​

(1,937)

Income Before Equity in Earnings of 50% or Less Owned Companies

​

​

30,593

​

​

1,095

​

​

31,688

​

​

170,975

​

​

5,066

​

​

176,041

​

​

(610)

​

​

175,431

Equity in Earnings of 50% or Less Owned Companies, Net of Tax

​

​

962

​

​

57

​

​

1,019

​

​

5,498

​

​

(5,498)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

Net Income

​

​

31,555

​

​

1,152

​

​

32,707

​

​

176,473

​

​

(432)

​

​

176,041

​

​

(610)

​

​

175,431

Foreign currency translation losses, net of tax

​

​

(26)

​

​

(54)

​

​

(80)

​

​

(432)

​

​

432

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

Comprehensive Income

​

$

31,529

​

$

1,098

​

$

32,627

​

R$

176,041

​

R$

—

​

R$

176,041

​

R$

(610)

​

R$

175,431

References — IFRS Adjustments and Reclassifications

The historical statement of financial position of Witt O’Brien’s has been adjusted to give effect to the differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS for the purposes of the unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial information.

(a)

The historical financial information of Witt O’Brien’s was prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and presented in U.S. dollars. The historical financial information was translated from U.S. dollars to Brazilian reais using the historical closing exchange rate, as of June 30, 2022, of $1.00 to R$5.238.

(b)

This adjustment was made to reclassify right of use assets as property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”), trade and other receivables and other accounts equivalents to prepaid expenses, and other accounts receivable to other long-term assets to be consistent with presentation of lease assets within the Emergencia historical financial statements.

(c)

Reflects the U.S. GAAP to IFRS conversion adjustment for the unwinding of historical pushdown accounting. PP&E was increased to unwind the acquisition fair value adjustment and restore the PP&E to its prior carrying amount.

(d)

Reflects the U.S. GAAP to IFRS conversion adjustment for the unwinding of historical pushdown accounting. Goodwill was added back to unwind the effect of pushdown accounting and reflect goodwill from Witt O’Brien’s prior acquisitions.

(e)

Reflects the U.S. GAAP to IFRS conversion adjustment for the unwinding of historical pushdown accounting. Intangible assets were decreased to remove intangible assets acquired in the 2021 business combination and to reflect Witt O’Brien’s intangible assets from its prior acquisitions. Amortization of intangible assets was recalculated to reflect the change on the balance sheet.

99

(f)

Reflects the U.S. GAAP to IFRS conversion adjustment for the unwinding of historical pushdown accounting. RLP Loans (advances from Seacor) was decreased to reflect unwinding of pushdown accounting and such amount was reclassed to loans and borrowings as Seacor is no longer a related party for the unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial information.

(g)

Reflects the U.S. GAAP to IFRS conversion adjustment for the unwinding of historical pushdown accounting. The additional paid-in capital account was adjusted to reflect the unwinding of pushdown accounting.

(h)

Reflects the U.S. GAAP to IFRS conversion adjustment for the unwinding of historical pushdown accounting. The accumulated translation adjustment account was adjusted to reflect the unwinding of pushdown accounting.

(i)

Reflects the U.S. GAAP to IFRS conversion adjustment for the unwinding of historical pushdown accounting. The retained earnings account was adjusted to reflect the unwinding of pushdown accounting.

The historical statements of income of Witt O’Brien’s has been adjusted to give effect to the differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS for the purposes of the unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial information.

(aa)

The historical financial information of Witt O’Brien’s was prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and presented in U.S. dollars. The historical financial information was translated from U.S. dollars to Brazilian reais using the average exchange rate of $1.00 to R$5.078 for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and $1.00 to R$5.396 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021.

(bb)

Reflects the U.S. GAAP to IFRS conversion adjustment for the unwinding of historical pushdown accounting. Selling, general and administrative expenses was increased to reflect the additional amortization charge of Witt O’Brien’s’ intangible assets recognized from prior acquisitions. Selling, general and administrative expenses was also reduced to reclassify the interest expense on lease liabilities to Finance costs.

5.

Preliminary Allocation of Purchase Price

On October 24, 2022, Emergencia acquired all of the issued and outstanding membership interests in Witt O’Brien’s, a provider of crisis and emergency management services for both the public and private sectors located in the United States. As such, the historical financial information has been adjusted to provide the pro forma effect to the WOB Acquisition. The pro forma statement of financial position assumes that the WOB Acquisition occurred as of June 30, 2022 and the pro forma statement of income (loss) assumes that the WOB Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2021.

The transaction has been accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with IFRS. The following table summarizes the preliminary fair value of the consideration transferred and the preliminary estimated fair values of the major classes of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. The preliminary fair value of the intangible assets acquired has been determined using prior acquisitions as a benchmark for the purposes of a preliminary purchase price allocation.

Preliminary Purchase Price Allocation (in 000s in reais)	​	​
Cash consideration transferred	R$	855,690
Trade and other receivables	​	331,702
Prepaid expenses	​	5,458
Other accounts receivable, current and noncurrent	​	1,031
Property, plant, and equipment	​	19,637
Deferred taxes	​	8,826
Other long-term assets	​	10,282

100

Intangible assets	​	362,470
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	​	(120,532)
Income taxes payable	​	(4,054)
Other liabilities	​	(78,371)
Loans and financing	​	(70,990)
Net Assets Acquired	​	465,459
Amount Allocated to Goodwill	R$	390,231

The goodwill allocation of R$390.2 million reflects expectations of favorable future growth opportunities and the assembled workforce.

The preliminary purchase price allocation has been translated from U.S. dollars to Brazilian reais using the historical closing exchange rate, as of June 30, 2022, of $1.00 to R$5.238, as reported by the Central Bank.

Pro Forma Adjustments

The following pro forma adjustments were added to give effect to the WOB Acquisition as if it occurred on June 30, 2022 for adjustments to the unaudited condensed combined pro forma statement of financial position, and as of January 1, 2021 for adjustments to the unaudited condensed combined pro forma statement of income (loss).

A.

To reflect the consideration payment in the form of R$855.7 million in cash. This cash consideration is reflective of the price adjustment for net cash received of R$9.0 million and transaction expenses of R$13.1 million for total cash outflow of R$877.8 million.

B.

To reflect the elimination of Witt O’Brien’s historical equity.

C.

To reflect the elimination of historical intangible assets of R$30.3 million along with the fair value of the intangible assets acquired of R$362.5 million. This results in a reduction of the addition to goodwill by R$332.2 million. Our preliminary estimate of the weighted average useful lives of the acquired intangible assets was determined to be 13.0 years for customer relationships and 6 years for trademarks. The difference between the amortization of the historical intangible assets and intangible assets acquired resulted in an increased expense of R$14.9 million and R$7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and the six months ended June 30, 2022, respectively. The adjustment also reflects the income tax benefit of R$1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and R$3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.

D.

To reflect the removal of certain receivables of Witt O’Brien’s not acquired by Ambipar USA in accordance with the WOB SPA.

101

USE OF PROCEEDS

All of the Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants offered by the Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus will be sold by the Selling Securityholders for their respective accounts. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Class A Ordinary Shares or Warrants to be offered by the Selling Securityholders.

With respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants, we will not receive any proceeds from such shares except with respect to amounts received by us upon exercise of such Warrants to the extent such Warrants are exercised for cash. Assuming the exercise of all outstanding Warrants for cash, we would receive aggregate proceeds of approximately $186.1 million. Except as otherwise set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement, we intend to use the net proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants, if any, for general corporate purposes, which may include, but is not limited to, funding for working capital, investments in organic and inorganic growth and repayment of outstanding indebtedness. However, whether warrantholders will exercise their Warrants, and therefore the amount of cash proceeds we would receive upon exercise, is dependent upon the trading price of the Class A Ordinary Shares, the last reported sales price for which was $7.77 per share on March 28, 2023. Each Warrant will become exercisable for one Class A Ordinary Share at an exercise price of $11.50. Therefore, if and when the trading price of the Class A Ordinary Shares is less than $11.50, we expect that warrantholders would not exercise their Warrants. The Warrants may not be or remain in the money during the period they are exercisable and prior to their expiration and, therefore, it is possible that the Warrants may not be exercised prior to their maturity on March 3, 2028, even if they are in the money, and as such, may expire worthless with minimal proceeds received by us, if any, from the exercise of Warrants. To the extent that any of the Warrants are exercised on a “cashless basis,” we will not receive any proceeds upon such exercise. As a result, we do not expect to rely on the cash exercise of Warrants to fund our operations. Instead, we intend to rely on other sources of cash discussed elsewhere in this prospectus to continue to fund our operations. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

We will bear all costs, expenses and fees in connection with the registration of the securities offered by this prospectus, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with FINRA (as defined herein)), NYSE American listing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, if any, and fees and expenses of counsel and independent registered public accountants, whereas the Selling Securityholders will bear all incremental selling expenses, including commissions and discounts, brokerage fees, underwriting marketing costs, legal counsel fees that are not covered by us and any other expenses incurred by the Selling Securityholders in disposing of the securities.

The net proceeds to the Selling Securityholders will be the purchase price of the Securities less any discounts and commissions and other expenses borne by the Selling Securityholders.

102

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our Class A Ordinary Shares. The payment of cash dividends in the future will depend upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition. Any further determination to pay dividends on our Class A Ordinary Shares would be at the discretion of our Board.

103

BUSINESS

This section sets forth certain information on our business and certain of our financial and operating information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. It may not contain all the information about us that may be important to you, and we urge you to read the entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our Purpose and Vision

Our purpose is to help our customers address environmental and sustainability challenges to contribute to a sustainable world and protect the environment for the generations to come.

Our vision is to become a global reference in client-focused, integrated environmental solutions.

Overview

We are a leading environmental, emergency response and industrial field service provider in Brazil with presence in 16 countries in Latin America, North America, Europe, Africa and Antarctica as of June 30, 2022. Through our international platform, our sophisticated special equipment and our highly qualified personnel, we provide our customers with a full suite of environmental services organized around prevention, training and emergency response on all transportation modes. Our portfolio includes a broad variety of services such as environmental remediation, industrial field services, industrial cleaning of chemical and non-chemical products and of hazardous and non-hazardous waste, consulting services focused on accident prevention and environmental licensing. We believe we are pioneers in offering several environmental and industrial field services across the value chain, in addition to being a market leader for innovation and the use of cutting-edge environmental technologies.

Our diversified customer base of over 10,000 customers as of June 30, 2022 ranges from local to blue chip and multinational companies operating in a wide range of industries, including chemicals, pulp and paper, mining, oil and gas, logistics, power, steel, meatpacking and cement, among others. Our broad and recurrent portfolio includes services contracted through our subscription model, such as emergency response services for highway accidents, industrial chemical spills and dry port emergencies, as well as services contracted through spot agreements, such as gas decommissioning, industrial silo cleaning and underground gas tanking cleaning.

We started our environmental emergencies operations in 2008 as part of the broader Ambipar Group founded in 1995 by Mr. Tercio Borlenghi Junior, chairman of our Board and our indirect controlling shareholder. Over the years, we have focused on building a fully integrated platform in Latin America by applying a strategy of increasing our reach, market share and complementary services through strategic acquisitions, including the acquisitions of SOS COTEC — Consultoria e Tecnologia e Ecológica S.A. (“SOS COTEC”) in 2011, Suatrans Emergência S.A. (“Suatrans Brazil”) and a stake in Suatrans Chile S.A. (“Suatrans Chile”) in 2012, and WGRA — Gerenciamento de Riscos Ambientais Ltda. (“WGRA”) in 2018. In 2021, we acquired Ambipar Response ES S.A. (formerly known as Controlpar Participações S.A.), thereby improving our portfolio of accident prevention services. In 2022, we have completed six acquisitions in Brazil that expanded the breadth of our services offering, including Dracares Apoio Marítimo e Portuário Ltda, which strengthened our oil spill operations; Flyone Serviço Aéreo Especializado, Comércio e Serviços Ltda., through which we began our activities of fighting wildfires through aircrafts; and CTA Serviços em Meio Ambiente Ltda., through which we act in the rescue of animals and recovery of flora impacted by oil spills.

In 2018, we started our international expansion with the acquisition of Braemar Response Ltd. (“Braemar Response”), a British company founded in 1948 with extensive experience in responding to environmental emergencies, responding to our customers’ demand in Europe. In 2020, we acquired Allied International Emergency, LLC in the United States, which provides emergency response, environmental remediation and industrial services. In addition to that acquisition, since 2020, we have completed seven other acquisitions in the United States, including the WOB Acquisition, six in Canada (including our recent acquisition of Ridgeline Canada Inc. in August 2022), two in Europe and two in Latin America (including

104

the consolidation of our control of Suatrans Chile). We believe that the WOB Acquisition will be transformational for us as it strengthens our presence on continents where we are already active and allows us entry into Asia and Oceania.

Source: Ambipar Group information.

(1)

Net revenue, EBITDA and EBITDA Margin for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2022, as well as EBITDA and EBITDA Margin for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2021, have not been audited, reviewed or compiled by any independent registered public accountant. We adopted IFRS starting January 1, 2020. These figures may not be fully comparable to net revenue, EBITDA and EBITDA Margin for subsequent periods. EBITDA and EBITDA Margin are not defined or calculated under principles, standards or rules that comprise IFRS or U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, the non-GAAP financial measures we use and refer to should not be viewed as a substitute for our combined financial statements prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS or any other performance measure derived in accordance with IFRS, and we encourage you not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our definition of EBITDA and EBITDA Margin are specific to our business and you should not assume that these definitions are comparable to similarly titled financial measures of other companies.

(2)

For additional information on how we calculate EBITDA and EBITDA Margin, see Selected Historical Financial Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

In 2021 and in the six months ended June 30, 2022, we executed more than 28,000 and more than 20,000 service deliveries to our customers, respectively. We organize our services within three categories: (i) emergency response and industrial field services; (ii) consulting services focused on accident prevention and environmental licensing; and (iii) training services.

Emergency Response and Industrial Field Services

Our emergency response and industrial field service category comprises the response to accidents involving hazardous and non-hazardous chemical and non-chemical products and waste and natural disasters (fire, flood, and hurricanes), as well as tank cleaning, silo cleaning, asbestos removal, vessel and container cleaning, waste transportation and disposal, soil remediation, turnaround, and decommissioning. We also provide biological emergency management and response services, including in relation to epidemics and pandemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic. Over the years, we have been called to remediate significant environmental accidents, such as the 2019 Brumadinho mining dam collapse in Brazil, and the 2015 fire in Port of Santos in Brazil, which lasted 10 days, as well as the Callao oil spill at the Peruvian shoreline, characterized by the Peruvian Ministry of Foreign Affairs as one of the worst climate disasters in recent times. In addition, we supported containment efforts relating to the COVID-19 pandemic in the United Kingdom, in conjunction with the British army, and in Brazil at office buildings, schools, and in aircraft, buses, and

105

other locations. Considering our prominent role in emergency situations, we have been recognized as a point of reference by public authorities in Brazil, such as the Brazilian Marines, which sent a number of its Marines to train at our training grounds in Nova Odessa, Brazil.

In order to serve our customers efficiently and expeditiously, we operate through a broad network of service centers (some of which are dedicated to specific customers), which are strategically distributed across South America, North America, Europe, Africa and Antarctica. These service centers are equipped with high-quality assets that are subject to frequent preventive maintenance to keep them in excellent condition and we follow standard procedures for each hazardous material category in accordance with the safety guidelines set forth by the United Nations. As of June 30, 2022, we had 217 service centers across five continents.

Our service centers are linked to four regional fully automated centralized operations centers — one in Brazil operating nationwide and in Antarctica, one in Chile serving countries in Latin America other than Brazil, one in the United Kingdom serving Europe and Africa, and one in the United States serving North America. These operation centers manage the emergency response services and other jobs by centralizing the strategic decisions involved in the process of serving our customers. They are responsible for operating a 24/7/365 dedicated hotline that responds to our customers’ orders for emergency response and industrial field services, both subscribed and at spot, and, when required, promptly send the appropriate commands to the service center that is closest to the location where the service will be rendered. These operations centers can track assets in real time by using geographic information system — GIS and geoprocessing tools, and therefore allow for a fast and efficient deployment of equipment and personnel to handle the relevant service.

Consulting services focused on accident prevention and environmental licensing

Our consulting services include highly complex accident prevention and environmental impact studies for various industries to mitigate accident risks and ensure client compliance with the requirements under the applicable environmental licensing processes. Over the past 13 years, we have performed several consulting projects to clients in sectors such as oil and gas, mining, energy, infrastructure and logistics, ports and terminals, sanitation, steel, petrochemicals, beverages and pulp and paper. Our consulting business operates via a Global Environmental Solutions (GES) platform, offering complete and innovative environmental products and services to our customers, with a portfolio including studies of locational alternatives for projects, environmental licensing, construction management and HSE ( Health, Safety and Environment) as well as the execution of environmental programs, management of contaminated areas, effluents and contaminant waste. We seek to innovate in connection with the technical delivery of our products and services, through the development of technological solutions that optimize results using digital tools and geotechnologies, which initiatives culminated in the formation of a partnership with the Environmental Systems Research Institute — ESRI®.

Training Services

In addition, we offer more than 40 professional training programs related to preventing, fighting and remediating emergencies. These services are supported by our proprietary multimodal training centers, in which we perform real-world simulations and provide periodic training to customers, as well as our employees and government agents that cooperate with us in the field, such as environmental agencies, firefighters, policemen, the army and the navy, in each case from countries such as the United Kingdom, Portugal, Brazil, Chile and Argentina, among others. As of June 30, 2022, we had four training centers in North and South America.

We participate in technical cooperation programs with several high-profile environmental agencies, which include the publishing of technical articles on emergency protocols to governmental authorities as well as the attendance of meetings and audiences with various governmental authorities and non-governmental associations, including the Brazilian Association of Technical Standards (Associação Brasileira de Normas Técnicas — ABNT) in Brazil and the National Fire Protection Association — NFPA in the United States, to contribute our expertise to the development of supporting materials and of technical standards. For example, in line with changes in legislation on the storage and transportation of hazardous products, we

106

publish a Hazardous Products Self-Protection Manual, which is currently in its 15th edition. In 2019, we launched the first edition of the Manual for the Environmental Emergency Prevention and Readiness in Ports, Marinas and Terminals.

As of June 30, 2022, we employed more than 3,300 people, including trained responders, who are trained to follow applicable regulatory guidelines and rigorous safety protocols.

Our Competitive Strengths

We are a leading environmental, emergency response and industrial field service provider in Brazil with a strong and growing global presence. We plan to build on our core strengths to continue serving a wide range of important customers across the world.

Competitive advantages in a substantially fragmented market.

The global market for environmental, emergency response and industrial field services is substantially fragmented. In addition, on a global level, there are only few competitors with the capabilities to offer their services globally and as a result, we believe that our value proposition to offer a diversified portfolio of environmental, emergency response and industrial field services covering an extensive geographical area across the supply chain has a strong appeal for customers, in particular clients that operate globally such as multinational petrochemical and commodities companies. Moreover, we believe that our exclusive focus on environmental, emergency response and industrial field services in multiple countries sets us apart from our competitors. Typically in a fragmented market such as ours, most players are local, covering small geographies and covering particular services niches. We are one of very few companies with an international reach as well as specialized personnel on-the-ground to service local markets, enabling us to act both at the local, national and international levels. For the U.S. market, which was responsible for a significant portion of our revenue in 2021, the Environmental Business Journal estimated in 2019 that, for 2020, the total revenue of the remediation and industrial field services market would be $14.6 billion, with the two leading players having less than 5% of the total market share in terms of revenue, calculated as the sum of such leading companies’ revenue for the field and emergency response services segment for the year ended December 31, 2020 divided by the total revenue for 2020 of the estimated U.S. remediation and industrial services market, according to publicly available information of such players.

Entering and expanding internationally in a market such as ours requires significant financial resources, operating expertise and a qualified workforce to build profitable operations. We believe that our leading position in Brazil together with our long history in the marketplace, international scale and proficiency, safety profile, comprehensive service capabilities, capillarity, and highly-skilled and trained personnel serve as solid competitive advantages, which we believe help us foster and maintain customer loyalty and mitigate the risks of competitive pressure.

Standardized services rendered at large scale.

We rendered high-quality environmental, emergency response and industrial field services over 28,000 times in 2021 through our network of service centers spread across five continents and furnished with state-of-the-art equipment, which are linked to our four regional, fully automated centralized operations centers that expedite our response to customer demand. We carefully select the locations of our service centers to optimize our network. The density of our network helps us stay close to our clients and increase our client base. In addition, our multimodal training centers ensure that our staff receives what we believe to be industry-leading training in order to best serve our customers following the utmost quality and safety standards.

In addition, by hiring and training our technical staff in Brazil to serve customers across the world, we believe that we can take advantage of our scale and know-how to deliver superior services at a lower cost than players who operate only in developed countries, thus improving our margins. For instance, with the acquisition of Controlpar Participações S.A. in 2021, we increased our staff of highly-qualified technical employees located in Brazil, who create customized solutions to support our customers’ needs for sustainability, environment, oceanography, geoprocessing, outsourced technical personnel, and managing system at a global scale.

107

Increased commitment to sustainable practices under a favorable regulatory environment.

We are committed to integrating sustainability into our business practices. One of our main goals is to help our clients adopt and improve their environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) practices and mitigate adverse environmental impacts of their operations on communities. We believe that our services are conducive to long-term sustainability, and that the global transition towards sustainable practices presents an attractive business opportunity within our industry. In 2020, we joined the United Nations Global Compact, the largest corporate sustainability initiative in the world organized by the United Nations, and committed to joining efforts to advance all 17 of the United Nations’ sustainable development goals — SDGs, including developing inclusive and sustainable industrialization, supporting affordable and clean energy, fighting climate change, restoring and protecting life below water and on land, ending extreme poverty, improving gender equality and reducing other inequalities, among other goals. By joining the Global Compact, we took an important step towards the full alignment of our business with social and environmental sustainability standards and reinforced our commitment to these values, which we also seek to transmit to our customers.

Sustainability is not only a priority for us, but increasingly also for our clients. Businesses across the globe continue to realize that a focus on sustainability is ever more important to meeting the increasing demands and expectations of customers and stakeholders for environmental responsibility. In addition to market demand, sustainable practices are prompted by a new and stricter regulatory framework together with increasing regulatory oversight, incentivizing or mandating green practices. In Brazil and elsewhere, applicable rules and regulations assign criminal liability to environmental damages. As a result, it is increasingly essential for businesses to have a global, trustworthy and recognized environmental, emergency response and industrial field services provider like us to help them navigate the complex compliance rules as well as adopt appropriate procedures to respond to sustainability challenges. We believe that, as the ESG regulatory framework further develops, we will be well positioned to benefit from a recurring demand for environmental, emergency response and industrial field services.

Solid financial performance and consistent organic and inorganic growth.

We have demonstrated our ability to grow our business through a combination of organic growth, accretive acquisitions and tight cost control, while remaining resilient through slow economic cycles such as during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Our track-record of profitable growth is largely a result of a disciplined strategy of pursuing accretive acquisitions and our ability to integrate companies of different sizes. Since our founding in 2008, we have completed 36 acquisitions. Our experience in identifying suitable targets, acquiring them on what we believe are relatively attractive terms and integrating them successfully into our business has generated significant profit and cash flow accretion. Our business model enables us to leverage our position to optimize the purchase price paid for these acquisitions while using our acquired network to generate synergies and benefits of scale. We seek to capture operational and financial synergies, ensuring quality, operational efficiency and sustainable growth. We also benefit from the expertise brought by the targets in their niche services. For example, with our acquisitions in the United States, we have added asbestos cleaning to our portfolio of services, and by acquiring Lehane Environmental and Industrial Services Limited in Ireland, we integrated their technology and expertise in tank cleaning. We then incorporate the target’s expertise to expand our offering in all of our markets. By bringing new expertise into our offerings, we improve our portfolio and increase customer retention.

Further, the success of our international expansion demonstrates our strong ability to enter into new markets through acquisitions. The specialization and ability to provide services at scale allows us to be competitive internationally. For further information about our recent acquisitions, see “— Our History.”

In addition, we have built a business which we believe will achieve a strong organic growth, which is based on four pillars consisting of (i) operating through standardized service centers, (ii) building and operating centralized emergency operation centers, (iii) offering hazardous materials training centers and (iv) participating in relevant technical committees across the jurisdictions where it operates. The combination of these pillars allows us to be a one-stop-shop for emergency and industrial services, which has translated

108

into a historical organic growth in its client base, an increase in services provided and consequently an increase in net revenue and profits over the years.

Large and diversified customer base with long-standing relationships.

We serve more than 10,000 clients in 16 countries (including Antarctica), many of which have decade-long relationships with us and several of which have been using our services on a recurring basis for more than five years. Our customer base consists of a broad mix of clients, spanning from local transport companies to multinational mining companies. Our clients operate in a variety of industries, such as chemicals, pulp and paper, mining, oil and gas, logistics, power, steel, meatpacking, cement, among others. The breadth of our offering allows us to become deeply embedded within our clients, who rely on us to undertake an essential role for their core business, and creates cross-selling opportunities. Our capabilities and customized solutions allow us to build strong client relationships that grow and expand over time. We believe that our long-standing customer relationship and diverse customer base limits our credit exposure to any one customer and potential cyclicality in any one industry.

In addition, the listing of our parent Ambipar in the Brazilian stock exchange enhanced and expanded our relationship with blue-chip companies, which rely on high compliance and governance standards required from listed companies. We believe that becoming a publicly listed company in the United States with shares traded in the NYSE American will open doors to many new opportunities that we can capitalize on.

Highly experienced management team and well-established corporate governance practices.

We operate in a well-structured manner to facilitate the effective execution of our growth plan. The principal managers of our technical teams have more than 20 years of experience in our industry and more than 7 years of experience, on average, working with us. Our experienced team has already demonstrated its ability to grow our business both organically and inorganically.

Our management team is supported by Ambipar’s internal compliance and audit committees and organized under strict corporate governance policies and guidelines, which are in the center of all our actions. Excellence in corporate governance is fundamental to how we manage and operate our company, from our everyday business to ESG issues. Ambipar is also listed on the Novo Mercado segment of the B3, which has the strictest governance requirements on the B3.

Our Strategy

We are excited about our future and believe we can continue to scale our business and expand our footprint well into the future. We aim to continue strengthening our market position by implementing the key strategies set forth below.

Continue investing in our international expansion through acquisitions, in particular in North America.

We intend to further strengthen and expand our international footprint and to selectively enter new markets. We already operate a sizeable international business and intend to replicate the successful business model of our Latin American operations to other countries in the developed markets with the goal of becoming a global leader in our industry. Our expansion plan is focused on inorganic growth and, as of March 31, 2022, we had identified 37 pipeline targets in Latin America, Europe and North America (including the targets of our acquisitions completed after such date). For the execution of our acquisition strategy in various geographies, we apply a methodology that uses specific qualitative and quantitative criteria to identify and carefully select targets, which results in the identification of companies, the acquisition of which we believe has a high probability of creating value, as shown in the chart below.

109

Source: Management data, dated as of March 30, 2022; the pipeline overview presented herein contains the number of opportunities per funnel stage.

In particular, we seek to grow in the North American market, which benefits from a strong demand and a developed regulatory framework. In the United States, we will continue to prioritize geographic and portfolio expansion through organic and inorganic investments. Our U.S. acquisition strategy contemplates as key elements finding local targets with solid reputation in local markets, passionate and experienced management teams, entrepreneurs and business owners who share our vision for long-term growth (and who we usually keep on as employees for at least the transition process), sustainable value creation and strong corporate culture. We believe that this strategy facilitates a smooth integration process and that such acquired companies comply with the highest standards of quality that in turn facilitate growth within our platform. The completion of the WOB Acquisition, our largest acquisition to date, is aligned with this strategy and we believe will not only significantly strengthen our position in the United States, including as a result of Witt O’Brien’s presence in the public sector, but also allow us access to the Asian and Oceanian markets, which will significantly expand our global reach.

By expanding our operations internationally, we aim at reducing costs through centralizing back-office operations of our acquired assets and optimizing performance through cross-selling services across different geographies, which has a direct impact in the acquired companies’ margins and, as a result, increases our return on investment.

Strengthen market share in Brazil and in other markets by capitalizing on market growth opportunities, with strong tailwind from ESG compliance.

We expect that the remediation and industrial field services market will grow faster than global GDP growth in the short to medium-term. We understand that the remediation and industrial field services market growth is driven by nominal GDP growth and increased demand for compliance with stricter ESG regulations. A stronger GDP is associated with more transportation of hazardous materials, an increase in industrial activity and, thus, increased events which demand service expertise. In addition, our industry has seen a global outsourcing trend, which is driven by the need for specialization and lower costs to clients. We intend to leverage our position as a leading environmental, emergency response and industrial field services provider in Brazil with a broad geographic footprint to benefit from the expected market growth and gain market share in the several markets we serve. We believe that a business strategy that bundles extensive geographic coverage with a broad portfolio of standardized services constitutes a strong value proposition for customers. We are continuously looking for new possibilities to expand and innovate our business model, our footprint and product offering. We intend to capitalize on our difficult-to-replicate combination of standardized services to provide a one-stop-shop for emergency response and industrial field services. We believe our focus on

110

sustainability, workforce safety and innovation, as well as our passionate commitment to customer service, provides for a long-term sustainable business model. In addition to organic growth initiatives, the fragmentation in our market offers significant opportunities for consolidation through M&A activity, and we will continue to pursue acquisition opportunities to expand our geographic reach, service lines and customer base.

Invest in our commercial team to increase cross-selling and in business development with potential customers.

As we expand our geographical footprint and services portfolio of acquired companies, we seek to benefit from our scale and the breadth of our services to increase cross-selling and ultimately drive incremental volume into our services. Cross-selling is largely driven by our capability of sharing know-how and technology developed among our businesses in different markets to our clients globally. In Brazil, for example, we did not customarily offer industrial services. We are now offering the services of industrial cleaning, specialized in cleaning of contaminant products and confined environments to our Brazilian clients, an expertise we gained from the North American companies that we acquired. In addition, we believe that the WOB Acquisition will provide us with a new and complementary customer base and create meaningful commercial synergy opportunities that we expect will be materialized through cross-selling initiatives between Witt O’Brien’s consulting services that we do not currently offer, such as post-emergency mitigation planning and applications development, and our current offering of large-scale emergency response services.

As part of this strategy, we intend to further develop relationships with multinational, blue chip clients that require extensive geographic coverage, both organically and inorganically. Our commercial team is an essential part of our organic business development strategy. From 2019 to 2021, we opened 53 service centers only in Brazil. We plan to invest in new commercial offices as well as in training our commercial team and those of acquired companies to strengthen our relationship with existing customers and attract new customers. In addition, we seek to leverage our acquired companies’ client portfolio by generating business leads through the recommendation of complementary services to those already provided to these clients by the acquired companies.

Our History

Our history dates back to April 2008, when Emergencia was founded as part of the Ambipar Group created in 1995 by Mr. Tercio Borlenghi Junior, who is the chairman of our Board and our indirect controlling shareholder.

Over the years following our foundation, we focused on building a fully integrated platform in Brazil by executing a strategy to increase our reach, market share and complementary portfolio of services through strategic acquisitions, thus being established as a leading environmental, emergency response and industrial field services provider in Brazil. To expand our operations, we acquired SOS COTEC in September 2011, then one of the main Brazilian providers of emergency response services on highways.

In July 2012, the Ambipar Group acquired 51% of the share capital of Emergencia, which controlled the companies Suatrans Brazil and Suatrans Chile, one of the main emergency response service providers in relation to railroads and industrial plants in Brazil. Through this acquisition, we entered the Chilean market, launching our international operations.

In 2016, we acquired Ecosorb S.A. in Brazil and began our operations in the emergency response segment at ports and port terminals.

In January 2018, the Ambipar Group acquired the remaining outstanding share capital of Emergencia, which became our parent company.

Due to the demand for emergency solutions from our customers in Europe, we acquired Braemar Response (currently, Ambipar Response Limited) in October 2018, a British company founded in 1948 with extensive experience in providing emergency response services in England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland, and began to expand our activities to Europe. In October 2018, we also acquired WGRA, a Brazilian provider of emergency services focused on the demand of insurance companies.

111

In 2019, we acquired Atmo Hazmat Ltda., which focuses on road emergencies in Brazil. During that same year, as part of Ambipar Group’s rebranding strategy, we renamed all the companies in our group under the AMBIPAR brand, strengthening our brand and image so that customers would have a unified perception of all of our group activities.

In 2020, Ambipar went public and, as a result, we implemented several initiatives to strengthen the quality of our corporate governance, including the adoption of an audit committee at the Ambipar level, and a robust risk management policy.

In that same year, we accelerated our successful expansion strategy by acquiring Allied International Emergency, LLC (currently, Ambipar Response AIE, LLC), One Stop Environmental LLC (currently, Ambipar Response OSE, LLC), Intracoastal Environmental LLC (currently, Ambipar Response Intracoastal, LLC) and Custom Environmental Services, Inc (currently, Ambipar Response CES, Inc.), which are based in the United States in the States of Texas, Alabama and Florida, Georgia, and Colorado, respectively. Through these acquisitions, we began operations in the United States.

In 2021, we completed the following acquisitions:

•

Enviroclear Site Services Limited (currently, Ambipar Site Services Limited), a UK company based in Wales specialized in emergency response and industrial cleaning;

•

Orion Environmental Services Ltd., a Canadian company specialized in emergency response and industrial cleaning;

•

Environmental Management Services Inc. (currently, Ambipar Response EMS, Inc.), a U.S. environmental consulting and remediation service provider;

•

Inversiones Disal Emergencias S.A., a Chilean holding company that owns 50% of Suatrans Chile (after such acquisition, we consolidated the control of Suatrans Chile);

•

SABI TECH S.A.S. (currently, Ambipar Response Colombia S.A.S.), a Colombian emergency response service provider in railroads;

•

SWAT Consulting Inc. (currently, Ambipar Response SWAT, Inc.), a U.S. emergency response service provider;

•

Controlpar Participações S.A. (currently, Ambipar Response ES S.A.), a Brazilian provider of consulting services focused on accident prevention and environmental licensing;

•

Arrowdale LLC (currently, Ambipar Response PERS, LLC ), also known as Professional Emergency Resource Services, a U.S. first-level (remote contact with the end-user over the telephone) response service provider;

•

Lynx Creek Industrial and Hydrovac LTD. and Emerge Hydrovac Inc., two Canadian emergency response and industrial service providers;

•

Lehane Environmental and Industrial Services Limited, an Irish industrial service provider specialized in tank cleaning; and

•

JM Serviços Integrados Ltda., Lacerda e Lacerda Serviços de Transporte e Emergências Ambientais Ltda., MDTEC Engenharia e Serviços Ltda. (currently, Ambipar Response Gás Ltda.), Fênix Emergências Ambientais Ltda. and APW Ambiental e Transporte Ltda., five bolt-on acquisitions in Brazil with complementary service offerings to strengthen our position in specific regions.

In 2022, we have completed the following acquisitions:

•

RG Consultoria Técnica Ambiental S.A., a Brazilian specialist in railway emergency response services operating in the state of Mato Grosso;

•

First Response Inc., a Canadian specialist in environmental emergency response services focused on firefighting, with eight service centers in the provinces of British Columbia and Alberta;

•

Dracares Apoio Marítimo e Portuário Ltda. (currently, Ambipar Response Dracares Apoio Marítimo e Portuário S.A.), a Brazilian specialist in response services to offshore and onshore oil spill, with eight service centers and 20 vessels;

112

•

Flyone Serviço Aéreo Especializado, Comércio e Serviço Ltda. (currently, Ambipar Flyone Serviço Aéreo Especializado, Comércio e Serviços S.A.), a Brazilian specialist in aerial emergency response to wildfires, with 12 service centers and 19 proprietary aircrafts;

•

BIOENV Análises Ambientais Ltda. (currently, Ambipar Response Analytical S.A.), a Brazilian specialist in environmental analysis and oversight, with one laboratory center;

•

CTA Serviços em Meio Ambiente Ltda. (currently, Ambipar Response Fauna e Flora Ltda.), a Brazilian specialist in environmental emergency response services, in particular with respect to preserving, protecting and rehabilitating fauna and flora, with 20 service centers in the states of Rio de Janeiro, Espírito Santo and Bahia and a multidisciplinary team of more than 140 employees;

•

Graham Utility Hydrovac Services, a Canadian specialist in industrial services and emergency response for the road transport industry, with a strategically located service center in Belleville, Canada;

•

Ck7 Servicos de Manutencao Industrial e Reparos Em Geral Ltda (currently, Ambipar Response Tank Cleaning S.A., and known as C-Tank), a Brazilian based specialist on vessel tank cleaning, with headquarters in Niteroi, Rio de Janeiro, which further expanded our portfolio and strengthened our position on the oil and gas market;

•

Ridgeline Canada Inc., a Canadian emergency response company with 16 operation centers in Canada and focused on level 1 (24-hour remote emergency response by telephone) and level 2 (consulting and subcontracting of responders) services; and

•

Witt O’Brien’s, a U.S. crisis and emergency management service provider for both the public and private sectors, supporting clients in several countries across the world to ensure the continuity, stability, and resilience of their mission-critical operations.

As of June 30, 2022, we were present in 16 countries in Latin America, North America, Europe, Africa and Antarctica and, as a result of the WOB Acquisition, we have expanded our global reach to also serve clients in Asia and Oceania.

In March 2023, we completed the Business Combination and the listing of our Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants on the NYSE American.

The WOB Acquisition

On September 13, 2022, Ambipar Holding USA, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary (“Ambipar USA”), entered into a purchase and sale agreement with ORM Holdings Inc. and ORM Holdings II LLC (the “WOB Sellers”), as sellers, and Seacor Holdings Inc. (“Seacor”), as parent of the WOB Sellers and Witt O’Brien’s, LLC (collectively with its subsidiaries, “Witt O’Brien’s”), to acquire all of the issued and outstanding membership interests in Witt O’Brien’s, LLC from the WOB Sellers (the “WOB Acquisition”).

The closing of the WOB Acquisition took place on October 24, 2022. In consideration for the transferred membership interests, Ambipar USA paid to Seacor at closing an aggregate of $161,500,000 in cash, subject to certain adjustment provisions set forth in the WOB SPA. After the consummation of the WOB Acquisition, Witt O’Brien’s, LLC became our indirect wholly owned subsidiary.

O’Brien’s Response Management Inc. (“O’Brien’s Response”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Witt O’Brien’s, owned a 50% ownership interest in O’Brien’s do Brasil Consultoria em Emergências e Meio Ambiente S.A. (“O’Brien’s do Brasil”), a joint venture with Environpact Consultoria em Engenharia e Meio Ambiente Ltda. (“Environpact”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of OceanPact Serviços Marítimos S.A. (“OceanPact”), through which Witt O’Brien’s conducted certain of its operations in Brazil. As part of the integration of Witt O’Brien’s’ operations with our business, Environpact, as purchaser, O’Brien’s Response, as seller, and Witt O’Brien’s and OceanPact, as intervening-consenting parties, entered into a sale and purchase agreement on January 17, 2023, pursuant to which, subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals, O’Brien’s Response agreed to sell the totality of its ownership interest in O’Brien’s do Brasil to Environpact for the amount of R$11.0 million, thus terminating the joint venture upon closing. The transaction closed on February 23, 2023. Environpact has ceased to use the O’Brien’s brand, which we will continue to use as part of our activities in Brazil and worldwide.

113

For further information on the risks related to the WOB Acquisition, see “Risk Factors — Risks relating to the WOB Acquisition.”

About Witt O’Brien’s

Witt O’Brien’s provides crisis and emergency management services for both the public and private sectors that ensure the continuity, stability, and resilience of its clients’ mission-critical operations. These services strengthen clients’ resilience and assist their response to natural and man-made disasters in four core areas: preparedness, response, recovery, and mitigation.

•

Preparedness:   To assist clients in emergency preparations, Witt O’Brien’s brings decades of expertise in emergency planning, supported by program assessment, training and exercise, and project management. Planning services include comprehensive emergency management plans, disaster recovery plans, hazard identification, sheltering and evacuation, financial cost recovery, and a host of other options designed to enhance disaster readiness.

•

Response:   When a disaster does occur, such as a pandemic, oil spill, vessel incident or hurricane, Witt O’Brien’s provides on-site emergency management services that focus on operations, incident management, crisis communications and logistics coordination, with the goal of strengthening clients’ ability to manage a disaster.

•

Recovery:   Witt O’Brien’s assists qualified clients plan for, obtain and administer federal disaster recovery funds following major disasters by utilizing its expertise in accessing federal support through disaster financial services, program management for the U.S. Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Public and Individual Assistance, which provides financial and direct services to government entities and certain private nonprofits as well as eligible individuals and households affected by a disaster, and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) Community Development Block Grant — Disaster Recovery, which provides funds to help cities, counties and states to recover from presidentially declared disasters.

•

Mitigation:   To reduce the impact of future disasters on operations, Witt O’Brien’s provides mitigation planning and applications development, including environmental and historic reviews and benefit- cost analysis to maximize federal funding.

Members of Witt O’Brien’s management have an established track record in the crisis and emergency management services. Challenges that Witt O’Brien’s addresses include business continuity, climate resilience, community development, educational system resilience, emergency response and recovery, environmental cleanup, environmental health and safety compliance, housing assistance, infrastructure restoration, public health support, risk mitigation, and social program delivery.

Witt O’Brien’s delivers its solutions through two primary operating segments: Government Solutions and Corporate Solutions. Government Solutions comprises the following four practice areas:

•

Readiness & Resilience:   assistance with building community and infrastructure resilience through pre- disaster planning services that range from training and exercises to enhance preparedness, to after- action reviews that improve posture for future events.

•

Response Operations:   maintaining a 24/7 Command Center support and stand-by contracts in disaster- prone regions, enabling immediate activation. These solutions include surge support teams for critical Emergency Operation Center (“EOC”) functions, assessing debris removal priorities, monitoring post-disaster debris removal to comply with federal regulations, vaccination testing program support, temporary shelter programs, and post-disaster logistical support.

•

Infrastructure Services:   public works reconstruction and restoration to build long-term stability and infrastructure resiliency. These solutions include disaster recovery strategy, integration of public and private funding streams to maximize financial resources, program management for utility and public works restoration, recovery program implementation, and project construction management.

•

Community Services:   community development and social services to improve quality of life through post-disaster community recovery, housing assistance including rental and mortgage assistance programs, small business and economic stability, and grants management and compliance.

114

Similarly, Corporate Solutions is organized around the following four practice areas:

•

Communications:   crisis communications and public relations services, primarily for the maritime industry. Services include pre-event planning and training for corporate spokespersons and management teams.

•

Emergency Management:   regulation-driven emergency preparedness and response through services supporting compliance with U.S. regulations, designing and maintaining compliant preparedness plans, regular training and drills, and on-call response support.

•

Corporate Resilience:   business continuity and crisis preparedness planning through program reviews and gap analyses, pre-event crisis management and planning, business continuity program designs and implementation, training and communication programs, and exercises for executive, regional and divisional leadership.

•

Environmental Health & Safety (“EHS”) Compliance:   design and maintain plans to comply with federal, state and local EHS regulations and maintain plans that cover facility response, spill containment, air quality, hazardous materials management, and other requirements under the Oil Pollution Act, Clean Water Act and Clean Air Act.

Witt O’Brien’s’ services include building infrastructure and community resilience, business process outsourcing and turnkey solutions, contingency and continuity services, continuous improvement and capacity building, integrated grants management and delivery, integrated technology solutions, logistics and supply chain management, oversight and monitoring, training and exercises, policy and program design and implementation, public relations and crisis communications, program and construction management, regulatory compliance support, response and emergency operations, strategic advisory services, and technical assistance.

Witt O’Brien’s serves a wide variety of markets, including Education, Energy, Finance, Food and Agriculture, Government, Healthcare, Industrial, IT and Telecom, Shipping and transportation and Stadium and Venues. Witt O’Brien’s customers include over 210 federal, state, territorial and local governments and agencies and over 1,200 corporate clients, as of June 30, 2022, including various Fortune 100 companies.

As of June 30, 2022, Witt O’Brien’s had a presence in the United States (Houston, Atlanta and Anchorage), London and Singapore and also provided services through its affiliate in Brazil, O’Brien’s do Brasil Consultoria em Emergencias e Meio Ambiente S/A. Witt O’Brien’s also maintains and staffs a custom- designed 24x7 Command Center in Houston, Texas, that supports over 1,200 state and local governments, oil and gas companies, maritime owners and operators, and other Fortune 100 companies worldwide. Witt O’Brien’s Command Center responds to over 1,600 incidents per year and completed more than 55,000 outgoing and incoming calls in 2021.

To facilitate effective emergency and crisis management, Witt O’Brien’s maintains a full-time staff of over 210 employees, and an expansive network of more than 700 trained and vetted part-time consultants that can be activated rapidly for Witt O’Brien’s clients’ urgent needs. Witt O’Brien’s has a deep bench of industry-recognized experts across all practice areas and a senior team of leaders from both government and industry.

Witt O’Brien’s generally contracts for its services on a project basis, under retainer agreements or through “stand-by” arrangements, whereby Witt O’Brien’s is pre-contracted to support a client if a given set of circumstances arises. Services are generally billed on a time-and-materials basis or through retainer arrangements.

During the six months ended June 30, 2022, Witt O’Brien’s earned operating revenues of US$89.7 million, recognized operating income of US$16.2 million, and recognized net income of US$13.5 million.

During the predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and the successor period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021, Witt O’Brien’s earned operating revenues of US$28.3 million and US$165.7 million, respectively, recognized operating income of US$2.8 million and US$45.5 million, respectively, and recognized net income of US$1.1 million and US$31.6 million, respectively.

115

Each of the services that Witt O’Brien’s provides is offered by others with similar expertise and a roster of personnel with similar experience. Competitors primarily include large management consultant firms, engineering firms and smaller specialty consultant groups. The most important factors in obtaining work are technical credentials of personnel, availability, historical performance and pricing. As a result, there is significant competition for the opportunity of project-related services, activations or selections as the retained provider of services.

Summary Historical Results of Operations and Statement of Cash Flows of Witt O’Brien’s

Operating Revenues

Operating revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2022, amounted to US$89.7 million compared with US$28.3 million for the predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and US$37.3 million for the successor period April 15, 2021 through June 30, 2021. The increase was primarily due to an increase in Emergency Rental Assistance Program projects with various state and local governments authorized and funded under the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 and subsequent federal authorizations under the program. This group of projects commenced in the second quarter of 2021 and has continued to grow through 2021 and 2022.

Operating revenues for the predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and for the successor period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 amounted to US$28.3 million and US$165.7 million, respectively, compared with US$92.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to an increase in Emergency Rental Assistance Program projects with various state and local governments authorized and funded under the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 and subsequent federal authorizations under the program.

Operating Costs and Expenses

Operating costs and expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2022, amounted to US$60.2 million compared with US$18.5 million for the predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and US$21.7 million for the successor period April 15, 2021 through June 30, 2021. The increase was primarily due to operating costs and expenses associated with the execution of Emergency Rental Assistance Program projects with various state and local governments authorized and funded under the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 and subsequent federal authorizations under the program. The increase in operating costs is a function of the project execution models employed by Witt O’Brien’s.

Operating costs and expenses for the predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and for the successor period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 amounted to US$18.6 million and US$98.6 million, respectively, compared with US$58.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to an increase in Emergency Rental Assistance Program projects with various state and local governments authorized and funded under the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021. The increase in operating costs is a function of the project execution models employed by Witt O’Brien’s.

Operating Income

Operating income for the six months ended June 30, 2022, amounted to US$16.2 million compared with US$2.8 million for the predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and US$10.6 million for the successor period April 15, 2021 through June 30, 2021 due to the factors described above. Operating income represented, respectively, 18.0%, 10.0% and 28.3% of our operating revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2022, for the predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and for the successor period April 15, 2021 through June 30, 2021, respectively. The decrease in our net operating margin was primarily due to an increase in Emergency Rental Assistance Program projects with various state and local governments and the associated direct costs incurred in executing those projects. In addition, selling general and administrative costs were higher for the six months ended June 30, 2022 due to increases in wages and compensation and legal fees, and an increase in travel costs and franchise taxes.

Operating income for the predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and for the successor period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 amounted to US$2.8 million and US$45.5 million,

116

respectively, compared with US$4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, due to the factors described above. Operating income represented, respectively, 10.0%, 28.3% and 5.0% of our operating revenues for the predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021, for the successor period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively. The increase of the net operating margin was primarily due to the successful execution of larger projects in a more cost-effective manner utilizing the appropriate mix of internal resources and subcontract resources.

Net Income

Net income for the six months period ended June 30, 2022 amounted to US$13.5 million compared with US$1.2 million for the predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and US$7.7 million for the successor period April 15, 2021 through June 30, 2021. The increase was primarily due to the increase in operating income partially offset by a decrease in the management fees paid to Seacor which amounted to US$1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022, compared with US$0.7 million for the predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and US$1.4 million for the successor period April 15, 2021 through June 30, 2021 as a result of a higher allocation of management fees by Seacor.

Net income for the predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and for the successor period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 amounted to US$1.1 million and US$31.6 million, respectively, compared with US$1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to the increase in operating income partially offset by an increase of the Seacor management fees, that amounted to US$0.7 million and US$10.5 million for the predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and for the successor period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021, respectively, compared to US$1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, as a result of a higher allocation of management fees by Seacor.

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities increased to US$30.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022, from US$3.1 million for the predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and US$8.3 million for the successor period April 15, 2021 through June 30, 2021. The increase was primarily due to improved collections of outstanding accounts receivable, and cash generated from Emergency Rental Assistance Program projects described above.

Net cash provided by operating activities increased to US$3.1 million and US$36.7 million for the predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and for the successor period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 from net cash used in operating activities of US$16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to improved collections of outstanding accounts and cash generated from Emergency Rental Assistance Program projects.

For more information on Witt O’Brien’s’ financial information, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” and the historical financial statements of Witt’ O’Brien’s included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Business Combination

On March 3, 2023, we consummated the previously announced Business Combination pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, by and among HPX, the Company, Merger Sub, Emergencia and Ambipar. See “Prospectus Summary — Recent Developments — Business Combination” for additional details.

Our Services and Operations

We serve customers from various industries, including logistics (highways, railways, airports, ports and port terminals), chemical, oil and gas, mining, energy, infrastructure, agribusiness and construction.

We organize our services within three main categories: (i) emergency response and industrial field services; (ii) consulting services focused on accident prevention and environmental licensing; and (iii) training services.

117

I — Emergency Response and Industrial Field Services

Our emergency response services comprise the response to accidents involving hazardous and non-hazardous chemical and non-chemical products and waste and natural disasters (fire, flood, and hurricanes), including level 1 (24-hour remote emergency response by telephone), level 2 (consulting and subcontracting of level-3 responders) and level 3 (field or on the ground service) services. Our wide range of industrial field services includes tank cleaning, silo cleaning, asbestos removal, vessel and container cleaning, waste transportation and disposal, soil remediation, turnaround, and decommissioning. We also provide biological emergency management and response services, including in connection with epidemics and pandemics such as the recent COVID-19 outbreak.

Our emergency services can be contracted by subscription or at spot:

(i)

customers who subscribe to our services pay a monthly fee to rely on our emergency assistance on a stand-by basis 24 hours a day, benefit from our services for environmental regulation compliance, and have the optionality to pay the costs related to occasional emergencies at an advantageous price; and

(ii)

customers who hire our services at spot are charged variable one-time fees depending on the costs related to the emergency, which are higher than those charged to customers with subscription contracts.

To serve our customers efficiently and expeditiously, we operate through a broad network of service centers (some of which are dedicated to specific customers), which are strategically distributed across South America, North America, Europe, Africa and Antarctica. Each of these service centers is furnished with sophisticated equipment, including a fleet of embedded tech vehicles with a unique arrangement of equipment and materials that guarantees power autonomy and a fluid transfer system for various chemical products, such as flammable gases, corrosive and flammable liquids and viscous liquids, among others. Compressors and generators ensure air and power supply within the vehicles.

The teams operating these centers are composed of highly skilled employees, including natural science professionals holding master’s degrees and PhDs; environmental, chemical and occupational health engineers; chemists; oceanographers, biologists, environmental managers; chemistry, environment and nursing technicians; firefighters and rescuers. They receive frequent trainings in our training centers with respect to several matters such as working at heights, working in confined spaces, working with flammables and fuel, among others.

We also have four regional fully automated centralized operations centers located in Brazil serving that country and Antarctica, Chile serving countries in Latin America other than Brazil, the United Kingdom serving Europe and Africa and the United States serving North America, with phone and power backups to mitigate outage risk. Through our free-of-charge call centers, the operations centers receive phone calls from customers in their respective regions requesting our services either under a subscription agreement or at spot. Based on information received on the call, the applicable operations center maps the emergency scenario, in case of emergency response services, and communicates with the nearest center to provide logistics and resources to assist the customer in a quick and effective way. The operations centers receive the technical support of our engineering team to identify the appropriate emergency support resources, any vulnerable areas, and any available public support agencies by using the database from a geographic information system — GIS and geoprocessing tools. For industrial field services, the operations centers receive requests through phone calls and schedules and organizes the team that will provide the service in the relevant customer’s facilities. The high degree of specialization of our operations centers allowed us to enter into a technical partnership with the Brazilian Chemical Industry Association (Associação Brasileira da Indústria Química — ABIQUIM) in 2015 to operate their emergency center, Pro-Quimica.

118

The chart below shows the workflow of our Control Tower emergency response and industrial field services operations (other than in the United States, which is still in the process of rollout):

Since 2006, we have adopted the American standard for emergency responses, which we view as the golden standard for emergency responses. We comply with the 470 requirements set forth by the National Fire Protection Association — NFPA’s Standard for Competence of Responders to Hazardous Materials/​Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents, and we are the only foreign company that is part of the NFPA’s technical committee, which is comprised of governmental authorities and legal entities involved in the chemical industry.

119

Given our know-how in emergency response services, Latin American clients often rely on us to develop dedicated emergency response centers including centers such as a 24-hour emergency response management center, and centers for civil and industrial firefighters, and industrial plants, railway and mining emergency specialists.

II — Consulting services focused on accident prevention and environmental licensing

We provide highly complex accident prevention and environmental impact studies for various industries with the purpose of mitigating accident risks and ensuring client compliance with the requirements under applicable environmental licensing processes. These studies include:

(i)

Risk Analysis:   We provide in-depth analyses of client processes to identify the main accident risks, their causes and consequences. For example, in 2019, we carried out a risk analysis of the iron ore runoff railway system that runs from the Carajás mines, in the state of Pará, Brazil, to the port of Ponta da Madeira, in the state of Maranhão, comprising over 1,100 km. In 2021, we carried out a risk analysis study for the Port of Santos, the main port of Brazil and the largest port complex in Latin America.

(ii)

Risk Management Program (RMP):   We develop risk management programs for our clients’ operations that flow through their entire processes in order to ensure the safety of their operations. Such programs include maintenance and safeguarding the integrity of critical systems as well as human resources training. Since 2019, we have developed risk management programs for more than 1,200 carriers to meet hazardous substance transportation standards in compliance with applicable technical rules.

(iii)

Emergency Action Plan (EAP):   We develop emergency response structure plans, which include guidance on the appropriate administrative and operational actions in case of accidents. For example, in 2021, we developed emergency action plans to ports in the South, Southeast, Northeast and North regions of Brazil.

(iv)

Drills:   We simulate the implementation of emergency action plans (EAP) with our clients by identifying all relevant risk scenarios, developing a communication plan with stakeholders and testing the clients’ emergency response structure. For example, we simulate explosions of industrial boilers and practice the evacuation of facilities and surrounding areas.

(v)

Environmental Impact Report:   We prepare environmental impact reports that are required from customers that are in the process of obtaining environmental licenses for their operations. We prepare environmental programs for our clients including education programs, waste management programs, biodiversity rescue programs, and programs related to the investigation and remediation of contaminated areas. For example, in 2021, we developed a mining environmental monitoring plan for one of our clients.

In addition, we assist our clients in obtaining the several environmental licenses that are required for their respective activities with governmental authorities. This assistance includes preparing the technical documentation required under the legislation governing the storage and transportation of hazardous substances, which are subject to inspection.

III — Training Services

We offer a set of more than 45 professional training programs related to preventing, fighting and remediating emergencies. Over the last 14 years, thousands of people have completed our programs, including governmental authorities’ staff such as firefighters and policemen of several Brazilian states, United Kingdom, Portugal, Chile and Argentina, as well as members of the Brazilian army, the Brazilian navy, and the Brazilian federal and state environmental authorities. These authorities rely on our renowned technical capacity in matters related to emergency response and risk analysis. We offer training programs in our multimodal training center located in the city of Nova Odessa, State of São Paulo, Brazil, which is one of the largest and finest training centers in Latin America, with more than 23 thousand square meters, as well as in our training centers located in Chile and Peru. More recently, as a result of our technical capacity and know-how, we were selected by ENSCO, Inc. to lead emergency response and hazardous materials

120

trainings at the Federal Railway Administration’s (FRA) Transportation Technology Center (TTC) in Pueblo, Colorado, United States, the largest chemical emergency training center in the world. ENSCO, Inc. is a Washington, D.C. based international technology company offering engineering, scientific and cutting-edge technology solutions to governments and private companies across the globe in the defense, transportation, aerospace, and intelligence sectors.

We also offer in-house training, with our training team located in the United Kingdom assisting clients located in various countries in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Our structure enables us to provide training by simulating a variety of accidents, including leaks in energy pipelines and dam collapse.

Geographies

The table below shows our net revenue breakdown by geography in the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021.

​	For the six months ended June 30,
Net Revenue	2022		2021
​	(in millions of R$)
Brazil	​	209.7	​	103.1
Latin America (other than Brazil)(1)	​	98.7	​	61.5
North America	​	262.8	​	108.7
Europe(2)	​	83.3	​	61.3
Total	​	654.5	​	334.6

(1)

Net revenue derived from our Antarctican operations is included within the Latin America segment.

(2)

Net revenue derived from African operations is included within the Europe segment.

Net revenue generated in Brazil, Latin America (other than Brazil), North America and Europe represented 32.0%, 15.1%,40.1% and 12.7% of our net revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2022, with a year-over-year net revenue variation of 103.5%,60.5%, 141.8% and 35.9%, respectively.

The table below shows our net revenue breakdown by geography in the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

​	For the year ended December 31,
Net Revenue	2021		2020
​	(in millions of R$)
Brazil	​	210.4	​	156.2
Latin America (other than Brazil)(1)	​	144.4	​	104.8
North America	​	334.8	​	69.2
Europe(2)	​	132.6	​	34.0
Total	​	822.2	​	364.3

(1)

Net revenue derived from our Antarctican operations is included within the Latin America segment.

(2)

Net revenue derived from African operations is included within the Europe segment.

Net revenue generated in Brazil, Latin America (other than Brazil), North America and Europe represented 25.6%, 17.6%, 40.7% and 16.1% of our net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021, with a year-over-year net revenue growth of 34.7%, 37.8%, 290.0% and 383.8%, respectively.

Suppliers

We maintain a long-term relationship with our suppliers, which we periodically evaluate based on financial and technical criteria. We have implemented supplier management processes, including

121

methodology for approving the contracting of suppliers based not only on the quality of the product and its price, but also on the reputation of the suppliers, their financial condition, delivery guarantees and product availability. There is no relevant concentration of suppliers, measured as a percentage of costs or related revenues attributable to products and/or services provided by suppliers.

Competition

Competition within our industry varies by locality and by type of service rendered, and competitors include several major national and regional environmental services firms, as well as numerous smaller local firms, including outsourcing companies, though no one competitor directly competes with our full suite of offerings. Clean Harbors, Inc. and US Ecology, Inc. are or have been U.S. publicly-listed companies that render competing services within their portfolio.

The principal competitive factors applicable to our services are quality of performance, price, breadth of service portfolio, operational efficiency and reliability of services, availability of specialized equipment and latest technologies, skilled, technical, and professional personnel, customer-service oriented culture, regulatory compliance and safety record, industry reputation and brand name recognition.

We believe that we are competitive in all markets we serve and that we offer a unique mix of services, including niche technologies and services that favorably distinguish us from competitors. We also believe that our strong brand name recognition, compliance and safety record, customer service reputation and positive relations with regulators, government agents and local communities enhance our competitive position.

Our Customers

As of June 30, 2022, we served approximately 10,000 customers worldwide. No customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and for the years ended December 31, 2021 or 2020.

Our People

As of June 30, 2022, we employed 3,353 full-time employees. A substantial portion of these employees are represented by labor unions, through approximately 60 collective bargaining agreements.

The table below shows a breakdown of our full-time employees by geography as of June 30, 2022:

​	As of June 30, 2022
​	Total
Brazil	​	1,761
Latin America (ex-Brazil and including Antarctica)	​	1,075
North America	​	387
Europe (including Africa)	​	130
Total	​	3,353

In response to the needs of our business, we also employ temporary and part-time employees from time to time.

Our human resources policy is an integral part of our business strategy, and we seek to attract and retain high quality professionals. We pay our employees what we believe are market competitive wages, which include company-wide incentive programs and generous benefits to enable us to retain and develop employees into the future leaders of our industry. Key metrics that management uses to measure the success of our human resources policy include total recordable incident rate — TRIR, including fatality rate, disabling injury rate, frequency rate, severity rate, and voluntary employee turnover rates, all of which are monitored at all levels of the organization.

We believe that our relationship with our employees is positive and we engage with our employees through periodic employee engagement surveys, and other mechanisms, to continue the development of these relationships. As part of our commitment to employee safety and quality customer service, we have an

122

extensive compliance program and trained environmental, health and safety staff. We continually strive to invest in our employees through training programs, including training specifically aimed at workplace safety and cyber-security. We provide the training and licensing necessary to maintain a skilled and experienced workforce.

To attract and retain talent and bring out the best in our team and our business, we strive to create a diverse, inclusive, and supportive workplace while providing opportunities for our employees to grow and develop in their careers.

Sales Channels and Marketing Efforts

We seek to expand market awareness of the breadth of our service offerings to current and future customers through targeted marketing opportunities, including:

•

Direct sales pipeline development and management;

•

Maintain an online presence through our website and social media channels by utilizing video, written content and social implementations to create awareness;

•

Speaking engagements at industry conferences;

•

Networking within our established channels;

•

Direct sales channel management programs including both inbound and outbound programs and client referrals; and

•

Public relations campaigns.

Our direct sales channel is core to our go-to-market strategy. We believe that regional, vertical, and broader domain expertise, as well as continued client management, are critical to our sales success. Our regional sales teams respond to our chief operating officer and are located in the United States, Canada, Latin America and Europe. Our regional sales teams augments direct sales capabilities by cultivating existing relationships and identifying cross-sell and up-sell opportunities of additional solutions.

We focus our sales and marketing efforts on generating leads to develop our sales pipeline, building brand and vertical awareness, scaling our network of partners, and growing our business from our existing client base and that of acquired companies. Our sales leads primarily come through inbound digital channels including our website, content marketing efforts, lead generation and account-based marketing tactics, phone calls, virtual events, and industry trade shows and associations.

We typically follow a “land-and-expand” strategy as our clients engage with us on more than one solution as we grow our partnership. For example, multinational clients who initially engage with us locally tend to rely on our scalability to adopt a full-suite enterprise solution. Once our clients experience the depth of our ability to handle their multi-faceted environmental needs, our regional sales teams are able to successfully cross-sell and up-sell other solutions, creating a large avenue of revenue generation with minimal incremental acquisition cost.

Research and Development

Our competitiveness depends on, among other things, our ability to anticipate trends and to identify and respond to new and changing consumer preferences. We therefore devote significant resources to various research and development activities to design, create and develop new solutions. We have a technical team that is responsible for researching and assessing innovative solutions and developing new technology to improve our processes and services.

Our research and development activities mainly relate to:

•

the development of new software, such as our Integrated Environmental Management System (SIGA — Sistema Integrado de Gerenciamento Ambiental), which was developed in-house;

•

the research of innovative and technological equipment with specific features, including safety equipment; and

123

•

the creation of new solutions.

For example, our team has recently developed a portfolio of products used in environmental emergencies and accident prevention services in order to reduce environmental impacts and preserve the environment. These products include an absorbent peat made of hydrophobic material for the absorption of petroleum and derivative liquids, which is highly resistant, easy to apply, has greater absorption capacity than similar products in the market, is not toxic or flammable, and has an indeterminate lifespan. Ambipar is currently in the process of registering the patents for these products.

Environmental Social and Governance, or ESG

Environmental, organizational and financial sustainability initiatives have been key components of our success since we were founded in 2008. We continuously monitor and evaluate new technologies and investments that can enhance our commitment to the environment, to the safety of our employees and to the communities we serve. These investments align with our focus on value creation for all stakeholders and we remain committed to expanding these efforts as our industry and technology continue to evolve.

In 2020, we adhered to the United Nations Global Compact, the largest corporate sustainability initiative in the world organized by the United Nations, and committed to join efforts to advance all 17 sustainable development goals — SDGs, including developing inclusive and sustainable industrialization, supporting affordable and clean energy, fighting climate change, restoring and protecting life below water and on land, ending extreme poverty, improving gender equality and reducing other inequalities, among other goals. By joining the Global Compact, we took an important step towards the full alignment of our business with social and environmental sustainability standards and reinforced our commitment to these values, which we carry over to our customers.

Although we do not publish our own report, Ambipar, our parent company, publishes an annual sustainability report that contains targets to meet ESG criteria, which targets include the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, reinforcing actions to validate our commitment to fighting climate change, technology projects, innovation, and diversity initiatives.

We recognize the importance of disclosure surrounding these initiatives and strive to become increasingly transparent through the continued use and adoption of new ESG frameworks, expansion of ESG-related data points, as well as participation at ESG-related industry events and other investor engagements.

Quality, Safety and Management

Safety is a core value in our company. A large number of our employees work as drivers, heavy equipment operators and sorters and are exposed to the inherent risks of on-field work. We rely on incident and accident indicators such as total recordable incident rate — TRIR, fatality rate, disabling injury rate, frequency rate and severity rate, which are constantly monitored, and apply methodologies for action plans. To guide safety management, we use an integrated management system, which is used to perform operation analyses related to health, safety at work, environment and quality, establishing guidelines for achieving the outlined objectives.

All operations are conducted based on risk management and undergo environmental risk assessment, including mechanical, physical, chemical, ergonomic, and biological assessment to minimize risks in our operations and for our customers. For the analysis of these qualitative or quantitative risks, we adopt national and international regulatory standards.

We strive to fully comply with environmental legislation and health and safety standards, in accordance with the quality standards applicable to our business.

Employees learn safety best practices through new-hire and ongoing technical, legal, security and operational training. Our trainings are directed at teams according to their specific needs. All employees undergo regulatory training and refresher trainings from time to time.

As part of our efforts to apply the highest quality, safety and management standards, we have obtained the following certificates: ISO 9001 (quality management system), ISO 14001 (environmental management system), ISO 45001 (occupational health and safety management system) and ISO 22320 (emergency management).

124

Intellectual Property

Ambipar owns relevant brands, domain names, trademarks and copyrights linked to our activities in Brazil, Colombia, the United States and the United Kingdom, which we are entitled to use. Technology, sophisticated deep learning methodologies, human capital, unpatented trade secrets, pending trademarks and domain names are key to our success.

As of the date of this prospectus, we use Ambipar’s trademark portfolio as part of the Ambipar Group, including nine registrations. Ambipar has also applied and is in the process of obtaining a total of 21 trademarks in Argentina, Canada, Chile, the European Union, Paraguay, Peru and Uruguay, which are relevant to our business.

The principal owned trademark that we license from Ambipar’s portfolio brands to use in our business is “Ambipar Response” and “Ambipar,” which Ambipar has registered or is in the process of registering in all of the countries in which we operate. We entered into the Trademark Licensing Agreement with Ambipar under which Ambipar formally granted us with a non-exclusive, non-assignable, non-sublicensable and non-transferable license to use the trademarks “Ambipar Response,” “Grupo Ambipar” and “Ambipar” in any country or territory where we and our affiliates operate and do business, for an indefinite period of time. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Trademark Licensing Agreement.”

We also enter into software license agreements with third parties, develop internal software and enter into service agreements for the use of software to perform our services. Under our employment contracts, except when otherwise provided, all industrial designs and software developed by employees as part of their employment relationship with us remain our exclusive property. As of the date of this prospectus, we held title to five registered and several unregistered proprietary software in Brazil.

As of the date of this prospectus, we do not own any domain names, but we use the domain name https://ir.response.ambipar.com, which is registered with the Registro.br (the Brazilian internet domain name registry) under the name of Ambipar as well as other domain names registered by Ambipar with other internet domain name registries in foreign jurisdictions.

We devote significant resources to the protection and enhancement of our intellectual property assets and actively monitor the market for infringements or abuses of our trademarks and product designs. We are also active in enforcing our rights against third-party infringements. In addition, we monitor third-party applications for registration of trademarks that could be confused with our trademarks, and file oppositions against the applications for, or the registration of such trademarks in accordance with the laws and regulations of the relevant jurisdictions and cooperate with competent authorities worldwide to fight the counterfeiting of our products.

Properties

Our operations are conducted mainly at leased properties in domestic and international locations. We also own one property in Watford City, England, which was acquired as part of our acquisition of SWAT Consulting Inc.

Our main executive offices are located at São Paulo, Brazil. They are leased by our subsidiary Ambipar Response S.A. from our affiliate Amazonia Incorporação e Participação S.A. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

As of June 30, 2022, we had a network of 217 service centers, with 121 located nationwide in Brazil; 28 in 11 states in the United States and two Canadian provinces; 55 in Chile, Colombia and Peru; and 13 in the United Kingdom, Ireland and the Netherlands. In addition, we have a training center located in each of São Paulo, Brazil, Colorado, United States, Santiago, Chile and Lima, Peru.

We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current and foreseeable future needs.

Legal and Administrative Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of business, including labor and civil proceedings. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can

125

have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management time and resources, reputation and other factors.

We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. As of June 30, 2022, we recorded a provision for contingencies in the amount of R$0.1 million. For additional information, see note 15 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Regulatory Overview

Our business has benefited substantially from increased government regulation. In addition, the environmental services industry itself is the subject of extensive and evolving regulation by federal, state, provincial and local authorities in all countries in which we operate. We are constantly monitoring the regulatory environment in the different jurisdictions in which we operate, which regulatory environment is often influenced by changes in leadership at the federal, state, provincial and local levels. We make a continuing effort to anticipate regulatory, political and legal developments that might affect our operations and/or strategic initiatives, but cannot guarantee that we are always able to do so successfully. In addition, we cannot predict the extent to which any legislation or regulation that may be enacted or enforced in the future may affect our operations.

Below is a summary of the most relevant regulations applicable to our activities in our principal markets in terms of revenue and size of operations.

Brazilian regulation applicable to our activities

Transportation of waste and hazardous products in Brazil

The transportation of hazardous waste is regulated by the Brazilian Road Transport National Agency (ANTT) Resolution No. 5947/2021, which requires, in addition to technical requirements for the transport of these materials, the registration of transporters of hazardous products on highways and certain classifications for each type of waste, schedules of risk precedence, limited quantity transport, and identification of packaging, among others.

We are also subject to NBR 7500 issued by the Brazilian Association of Technical Norms — ABNT, which sets forth specific technical requirements related to risk labels and safety panels during loading, transportation, unloading, transshipment, cleaning and decontamination of hazardous products, as well as to NBR norms 9735 and 14619 issued by the ABNT, which set forth technical requirements and proceedings for the identification of land transportation and safety equipment.

Environmental laws and regulations

Environmental laws and regulations set forth strict liability regimes, and their breach can give rise to administrative, criminal and civil liabilities. In administrative matters, penalties such as fines of up to R$50 million may be applied, which may also be doubled or tripled in the event of a repeated offense, in addition to an embargo and suspension of activities. The violation of environmental norms can also subject violators to criminal liability, with jail time or restrictive rights as penalties.

In civil matters, the law sets forth joint and several liability among the agents that are responsible, directly or indirectly, for the activity that caused environmental damage. The obligation to repair damages to the environment is not subject to a statute of limitations.

U.S. regulation applicable to our activities

Our properties and operations in the United States are subject to regulation under a broad range of federal, State and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, natural resources and worker and public health and safety. In addition to environmental, health and safety obligations imposed under statutory laws or governmental regulations, our United States properties and operations are

126

also impacted by obligations and liabilities imposed under common law, including regarding potential common law liability for personal injuries related to exposure to hazardous materials.

United States environmental, health and safety laws are subject to change and have, in general, become more stringent over the passage of time. The most significant United States federal environmental laws affecting us are the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (the “Superfund Act”) and the Resource Conversation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”). The laws of the individual States in which we operate often have State law analogues to the Superfund Act and RCRA, which in some circumstances are more stringent than the similar federal laws.

The Superfund Act is the primary federal statute regulating the cleanup of inactive hazardous substance sites and imposing liability for damages caused in connection with such cleanup on the responsible parties. The statute provides for strict and, in certain cases, joint and several liability of the parties involved in the generation, transportation and disposal of hazardous substances for the cost of these responses and for the cost of damages to natural resources. Under the Superfund Act, by reason of our business activities, including the management and performance of contaminated site remediations, we may be deemed liable as a generator or transporter of a hazardous substance which is released into the environment, as a person who arranged for the disposal of a hazardous substance, or as the owner or operator of a facility at or from which there has been a release of a hazardous substance into the environment.

RCRA is the principal federal statute governing hazardous waste generation, treatment, transportation, storage and disposal. Pursuant to RCRA, the United States Environmental Protection Agency has established a comprehensive “cradle-to-grave” system for the management of a wide range of materials identified as hazardous waste. Hazardous wastes generated in connection with our business operations may be subject to stringent regulation under RCRA and State law analogues. Additionally, certain wastes which may be generated in connection with our operations, but which may not be subject to regulation under the federal Superfund Act or RCRA, such as certain nonhazardous wastes or petroleum or petroleum-impacted material, can nevertheless be stringently regulated under other State and local environmental laws.

To the extent that our operations impact water bodies, including wetlands, or the atmosphere, we are subject to regulation under, respectively, the federal Clean Water Act (“CWA”) and the federal Clean Air Act (“CAA”). The laws of the individual States in which we operate often have State law analogues to the CWA and CAA, which in some circumstances are more stringent than the similar federal laws. The CWA prohibits the discharge of pollutants into the waters of the United States without government authorization and regulates the discharge of pollutants into surface waters and sewers from a variety of sources, including remediation sites, disposal sites and treatment facilities. The CAA regulates the emission of pollutants into the air, including, in some instances, air emissions generated during remedial activities. To the extent that our operations involve the remediation or management of polychlorinated biphenyls — PCBs or materials contaminated by PCBs, we are also subject to regulation under the federal Toxic Substances Control Act.

Privacy and Data Protection

The laws on privacy and data protection have evolved in recent years in order to establish more objective rules on how personal data may be used by organizations.

In Brazil, the rights to privacy are generally guaranteed by the Brazilian Federal Constitution and the Brazilian Civil Code, but, in the absence of more specific rules on the subject, the legitimacy of practices involving the use of personal data was historically ruled upon on a case-by-case basis by legal courts. Until August 2018, when the Brazilian Data Protection Law No. 13,709/2018, as amended by Law No. 13,853/2019 (Lei Geral de Proteção de Dados Pessoais, or the “LGPD”) was approved, the practices related to the use of personal data were regulated by sparse and sectorial laws only.

The LGPD came into force on September 18, 2020 to regulate the processing of personal data and the right to privacy and data protection in Brazil. The LGPD applies to individuals or legal entities, either private or governmental entities, that process or collect personal data in Brazil and which processing activities aim at offering or supplying goods or services to data subjects located in Brazil, regardless of the individuals’ or legal entities’ country of domicile or where the data is located. The LGPD establishes detailed rules for the collection, use, processing and storage of personal data and affects all economic sectors, including the

127

relationship between clients and suppliers of goods and services, employees and employers and other relationships in which personal data is collected, whether in a digital or physical environment.

Since the entry into force of the LGPD, all processing agents/legal entities are required to adapt their data processing activities to comply with this new set of rules. We have implemented changes to our policies and procedures designed to ensure our compliance with the relevant requirements under the LGPD. Even so, as it is a recent law, the Brazilian National Data Protection Authority (Autoridade Nacional de Proteção de Dados, or the “ANPD”) as regulatory agency may raise other relevant issues or provide new guidance that will require further action from us to remain fully compliant.

The ANPD has powers and responsibilities similar to the European data protection authorities, exercising a triple role, including: (i) a normative role, with the power to issue standards and procedures, decide on the interpretation of the LGPD and request information from controllers and operators; (ii) a punishing role, in case of breach of law, through an administrative process; and (iii) an education role, with the responsibility to disseminate information and promote knowledge of the LGPD and security measures, promoting standards of services and products that facilitate data control and preparing studies on national and international practices for the protection of personal data and privacy, among others. The ANPD has ensured technical independence, although it is subordinated to the President of Brazil.

The penalties for violations of the LGPD include: (i) warnings imposing a deadline for the adoption of corrective measures; mandatory disclosure of investigated and confirmed violations; (ii) restriction, temporary block and/or deletion of personal data; (iii) a fine of up to 2% of the company’s or group’s revenue, subject to the limit of R$50 million per violation; (iv) daily fines, subject to the aforementioned global limit; and (v) partial or total prohibition of activities related to data processing, either temporarily or permanently. Under the LGPD, security breaches that may result in significant risk or damage to data subjects must be reported to the ANPD within a reasonable time period. Moreover, the ANPD could establish other obligations related to data protection that are not described above. In addition to administrative sanctions, as a result of any noncompliance with the obligations established by the LGPD, we can be held liable for individual or collective material damages, and moral damages caused to data subjects, including when caused by third parties that serve as data processors on our behalf.

The imposition of the administrative sanctions by the ANPD does not prevent the imposition of administrative sanctions set forth by other laws that address issues related to data privacy and protection in Brazil, such as Law No. 8,078/1990, or the Brazilian Code of Consumer Defense, and Law No. 12,965/​2014, or the Brazilian Internet Act, as applicable. Public prosecutors and consumer protection authorities (such as the National Consumer Secretariat — Senacon, and State or municipal consumer protection bodies, known as Procons) and class associations may file collective lawsuits for breach of privacy laws.

In the United States, California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which took effect in January 2020 and limits how we may collect, use and process personal data of California residents. The CCPA establishes a privacy framework for covered companies such as ours by, among other things, creating an expanded definition of personal information, establishing data privacy rights for California residents, including, among other things, the right to request a copy from a covered company of the personal information collected about them, the right to request deletion of such personal information, and the right to opt out of certain sales of personal information, and creating a potentially severe statutory damages framework and private rights of action for certain data breaches. Further, in November 2020, California voters approved the California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”). Effective beginning January 1, 2023, the CPRA imposes additional obligations on companies covered by the legislation and significantly modified the CCPA, including by expanding California residents’ rights with respect to their personal data, and by establishing a regulatory agency dedicated to implementing and enforcing the CCPA and CPRA. Certain other states in the United States (including Virginia, Colorado, Utah and Connecticut) have passed comprehensive privacy statutes that became effective beginning in 2023, and all 50 states have laws including obligations to provide notification of certain security breaches to affected individuals, state officials and others.

In the European Union (“EU”), the EU General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), went into effect in May 2018, and has and will continue to result in significantly greater compliance burdens and costs for companies with users and operations in the EU and EEA by imposing stringent administrative

128

requirements for controllers and processors of personal data of EU residents, including, for example, data breach notification requirements, requirements on the cross-border transfer of data, limitations on retention of information, and rights for individuals over their personal data. The GDPR also provides that EU member states may introduce their own further laws and regulations limiting the processing of personal data. Violations of GDPR requirements may result in fines and other penalties, including bans on processing and transferring personal data and change of business practices. In particular, serious breaches of the GDPR can result in administrative fines of up to 4.0% of annual worldwide revenues or up to €20 million, whichever is higher. Such penalties are in addition to any civil litigation claims by data controllers, clients and data subjects.

Since January 1, 2021, we are also required to comply with the UK equivalent of the GDPR, the implementation of which exposes us to two parallel data protection regimes in Europe, each of which potentially authorizes similar fines and other enforcement actions for certain violations.

Compliance

We regard compliance with applicable regulations as a critical component of our overall operations. We strive to maintain the highest professional standards in our compliance activities. We have a dedicated team responsible for the facilities’ permitting and regulatory compliance, compliance training, transportation compliance and related record keeping. To ensure the effectiveness of our regulatory compliance program, our dedicated team also monitors our facilities’ operations are monitored.

Our facilities are frequently inspected and audited by regulatory agencies, as well as by customers. We believe that each of our facilities is currently in substantial compliance with applicable permit requirements.

129

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events may differ significantly from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements for several reasons, including those described under “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward- Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” and other issues discussed herein.

The following analysis and discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a leading environmental, emergency response and industrial field service provider in Brazil with presence in 16 countries in Latin America, North America, Europe, Africa and Antarctica. Through our international platform, our sophisticated special equipment and our highly qualified personnel, we provide our customers with a full suite of environmental services organized around prevention, training and emergency response on all transportation modes. Our portfolio includes a broad variety of services such as environmental remediation, industrial field services, industrial cleaning of chemical and non-chemical products and of hazardous and non-hazardous waste, consulting services focused on accident prevention and environmental licensing. We believe we are pioneers in offering several environmental and industrial field services across the value chain, in addition to being a market leader for innovation and the use of cutting-edge environmental technologies.

Our diversified customer base of over 10,000 customers as of June 30, 2022 ranges from local to blue chip and multinational companies operating in a wide range of industries, including chemicals, pulp and paper, mining, oil and gas, logistics, power, steel, meatpacking and cement, among others. Our broad and recurrent portfolio includes services contracted through our subscription model, such as emergency response services for highway accidents, industrial chemical spills and dry port emergencies, as well as services contracted through spot agreements, such as gas decommissioning, industrial silo cleaning and underground gas tanking cleaning.

We started our environmental emergencies operations in 2008 as part of the broader Ambipar Group founded in 1995 by Mr. Tercio Borlenghi Junior, chairman of our Board and our indirect controlling shareholder. Over the years, we have focused on building a fully integrated platform in Latin America by applying a strategy of increasing our reach, market share and complementary services through strategic acquisitions, including the acquisitions of SOS COTEC — Consultoria e Tecnologia e Ecológica S.A. (“SOS COTEC”) in 2011, Suatrans Emergência S.A. (“Suatrans Brazil”) and a stake in Suatrans Chile S.A. (“Suatrans Chile”) in 2012, and WGRA — Gerenciamento de Riscos Ambientais Ltda. (“WGRA”) in 2018. In 2021, we acquired Ambipar Response ES S.A. (formerly known as Controlpar Participações S.A.), thereby improving our portfolio of accident prevention services. In 2022, we have completed six acquisitions in Brazil that expanded the breadth of our services offering, including Dracares Apoio Marítimo e Portuário Ltda, which strengthened our oil spill operations; Flyone Serviço Aéreo Especializado, Comércio e Serviços Ltda., through which we began our activities of fighting wildfires through aircrafts; and CTA Serviços em Meio Ambiente Ltda., through which we act in the rescue of animals and recovery of flora impacted by oil spills.

In 2018, we started our international expansion with the acquisition of Braemar Response Ltd. (“Braemar Response”), a British company founded in 1948 with extensive experience in responding to environmental emergencies, responding to our customers’ demand in Europe. In 2020, we acquired Allied International Emergency, LLC in the United States, which provides emergency response, environmental remediation and industrial services. In addition to that acquisition, since 2020, we have completed seven other acquisitions in the United States, including the WOB Acquisition, six in Canada (including our recent acquisition of Ridgeline Canada Inc. in August 2022), two in Europe and two in Latin America (including the consolidation of our control of Suatrans Chile). We believe that the WOB Acquisition will be transformational for us as it strengthens our presence on continents where we are already active and allows us entry into Asia and Oceania.

130

Source: Ambipar Group information.

(1)

Net revenue, EBITDA and EBITDA Margin for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2022, as well as EBITDA and EBITDA Margin for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2021, have not been audited, reviewed or compiled by any independent registered public accountant. We adopted IFRS starting January 1, 2020. These figures may not be fully comparable to net revenue, EBITDA and EBITDA Margin for subsequent periods. EBITDA and EBITDA Margin are not defined or calculated under principles, standards or rules that comprise IFRS or U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, the non-GAAP financial measures we use and refer to should not be viewed as a substitute for our combined financial statements prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS or any other performance measure derived in accordance with IFRS, and we encourage you not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our definition of EBITDA and EBITDA Margin are specific to our business and you should not assume that these definitions are comparable to similarly titled financial measures of other companies.

(2)

For additional information on how we calculate EBITDA and EBITDA Margin, see “Selected Historical Financial Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

In 2021 and in the six months ended June 30, 2022, we executed more than 28,000 and more than 20,000 service deliveries to our customers, respectively. We organize our services within three categories: (i) emergency response and industrial field services; (ii) consulting services focused on accident prevention and environmental licensing; and (iii) training services.

Business Combination

On the Closing Date, we consummated the previously announced Business Combination pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, by and among HPX, the Company, Ambipar Merger Sub, Emergencia and Ambipar. For additional information on the expected main impacts of the Business Combination on our results of operations, balance sheet and cash flow statement, see “— Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Prior to the Extraordinary General Meeting, HPX shareholders exercised their redemption rights in respect of 1,258,439 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares. As a result, immediately prior to the Closing Date, there were 2,814,205 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding.

The Business Combination was unanimously approved by HPX’s board of directors and at the Extraordinary General Meeting. HPX’s shareholders also voted to approve all other proposals presented at the Extraordinary General Meeting. As a result of the Business Combination, Emergencia has become a wholly owned direct subsidiary of the Company, the surviving entity of the mergers with HPX and Ambipar Merger Sub. On March 6, 2023, our Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants commenced trading

131

on the NYSE American under the symbols “AMBI” and “AMBI.WS,” respectively. For additional information on the Business Combination, see “Prospectus Summary — Recent Developments — Business Combination.”

Our Services

We provide the following services to our customers: (i) emergency response and industrial field services; (ii) consulting services focused on accident prevention and environmental licensing; and (iii) training services.

The table below shows the percentage of net revenue generated from each type of service we offer for the periods indicated:

​	For the Six Months Ended June 30,				For the Year Ended December 31,
​	2022		2021		2021		2020
Emergency response and industrial field services	​	93.3%	​	98.0%	​	90.4%	​	96.1%
Consulting services	​	5.6%	​	1.3%	​	8.4%	​	2.5%
Training services	​	1.2%	​	0.7%	​	1.2%	​	1.4%

The increase in net revenue from consulting services was primarily due to the expansion of our offering of consulting services primarily in our North America and Brazil segments in which we started or expanded our operations in 2021 through the acquisitions we completed in those regions. Such increase is consistent with our effort to pursue our strategy to increasingly become a one-stop-shop for emergency and industrial services to our clients, seeking synergies and increasing our cross-selling abilities in all jurisdictions in which we operate.

In October 2022, in order to accelerate our growth strategy, we acquired Witt O’Brien’s. See “Business — The WOB Acquisition”. As a result of this acquisition, we expect that our net revenue derived from consulting services may increase and broaden in scope, as we incorporate Witt O’Brien’s to our ecosystem acquiring new consulting services capabilities, such as disaster mitigation, emergency preparedness and recovery, and seeking cross-selling opportunities with existing customers of Witt O’Brien’s.

Principal Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

We believe that the trends affecting our performance for historical periods and future periods include the following key factors:

•

Driving Inorganic Growth through Strategic Acquisitions:   Our ability to identify, execute and integrate strategic acquisitions is a key driver of our growth. Given the significant fragmentation that exists in the emergency response industry, our growth and success depend on our ability to find and realize the benefits of consolidation opportunities. Our diversified business model complements our acquisition strategy. Multiple business lines allow us to source acquisitions from a broader pool of potential targets. We have completed 30 acquisitions since 2020. We focus on acquiring businesses that allow us to increase our geographic footprint, demonstrate services quality and brand recognition, have well maintained equipment, with a strong team which remains aligned for the post-acquisition period. We believe the integration of these acquisitions with our existing platform is a key factor to our success, opening new markets, providing us with consolidation and cross-selling opportunities while leveraging cost synergies across our operations. Maintaining a diversified model is therefore critical to execute our inorganic growth strategy and helping us reduce execution risk inherent in single-market and single-service offering strategies.

•

Delivering Organic Growth through our International Expansion and Portfolio Diversification:   Our ability to generate strong, stable organic revenue growth across macroeconomic cycles depends on our ability to increase the breadth and depth of services that we provide to our existing customers and realize on cross-selling opportunities between our complementary service capabilities. We believe that our continued success depends on our ability to further enhance and leverage our portfolio of services offered and geographies served. We expect that our international activities will continue to grow for the foreseeable future as we continue to pursue opportunities in existing and new international

132

markets, which will require significant dedication of management attention and financial resources. We also believe we are well positioned to respond to changing customer needs and regulatory demands in order to maintain our success, win new contracts, realize renewals or extensions of existing contracts and expand into new or adjacent markets.

•

Delivering excellence and consistency through standardized training:   We aim to deliver consistently excellent services regardless of the services offered or geographies served. Our offer of a diversified training portfolio focuses on emergency services and occupational safety and health. We have invested in training centers located in the United States, Chile, Peru and in Brazil, where we own and operate the largest center of multimodal training in Latin American. We believe that delivering high quality, standardized training throughout our network will allow us to promote personnel qualifications, ensure quality and safety in processes with a highly qualified technical team, allowing to leverage our scalable capabilities to deliver operational and financial synergies. This includes using the capacity of our existing facilities, technology processes and people to support future growth, provide economies of scale and constantly update our training and services protocol to new industrial processes, and hazardous materials, which are constantly evolving as manufacturing processes worldwide evolve.

In addition, other significant factors affecting our performance and results of our operations include:

•

Our ability to attract new clients and our ability to retain existing clients, as well as to increase our net revenue from existing clients pursuant to the expansion of services provided to them;

•

Our ability to expand and deepen the quality, range and diversity of our portfolio of service offerings while maintaining excellent quality standards;

•

Our ability to maintain favorable pricing;

•

Our ability to comply with environmental regulations and hazardous materials, at a local, national and international level;

•

Our ability to maintain and strengthen a strong brand and corporate reputation;

•

The impact of natural disasters or health epidemics/pandemics, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on the demand for our services;

•

Economic growth rates in the industries and countries in which our clients operate, as well as their impact on our clients’ expenditures on our services;

•

Wage rates and operating costs in the countries where we operate, particularly in Brazil, United States, Canada, Chile and the United Kingdom, where most of our employees are based; and

•

Changes in foreign exchange rates, particularly fluctuations in exchange rates between the Brazilian real and the other currencies in which our subsidiaries operate.

Principal Components of Our Statement of Income

The following is a summary of the principal line items comprising consolidated statement of income.

Net Revenue

We provide emergency services that include prevention, training, and emergency response. Our net revenue is generated from services at customer sites or other locations. Our services are provided based on purchase orders or agreements with customers and include prices generally based upon daily, hourly or job rates for equipment, materials and personnel. We recognize net revenue for these services over time, as the customer receives and consumes the benefits of the services as they are being performed and we have a right to payment for performance completed to date. We use the input method to recognize revenue over time, based on time and materials incurred. The duration of such services can be over a number of hours, several days or even months for larger scale projects.

Cost of services rendered

Our cost of services rendered consist primarily of expenses related to personnel and labor, fuel, third-party services, depreciation and amortization, rent, materials and maintenance, travel, marketing, among others.

133

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist primarily of expenses related to selling, general and administrative expenses, as personnel and labor, fuel, third-party services, travel and marketing, among others.

Net finance cost/revenue

Net finance cost/revenue consist of finance income and finance costs. Finance income consists primarily of interest earned from financial investments, foreign exchange gains and other financial income. Finance costs are primarily comprised of interests on loans, payment of interest, foreign exchange losses and financial transaction tax.

Income tax and social contribution

Provision for income tax and social contribution consists primarily of current and deferred income tax and social contribution. The provision for income tax and social contribution is calculated based on tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period in the countries in which we operate and generate taxable income.

Our Operating Segments

Our business operations are organized into four segments, which corresponded to the principal regions in which we operate: Brazil, Latin America (other than Brazil), Europe and North America. As of June 30, 2022, our most significant segment was North America, representing 40.1% of our net revenue (compared to 40.7% for the year ended December 31, 2021), followed by Brazil, representing 32.0% of our net revenue (compared to 25.6% for the year ended December 31, 2021), Latin America (other than Brazil), representing 15.1% of our net revenues (compared to 17.6% for the year ended December 31, 2021), and Europe, representing 12.7% of our net revenue (compared to 16.1% for the year ended December 31, 2021).

For additional information on our segment reporting see notes 3.4.16 and 17 of our combined financial statements and notes 3.16 and 18 of our interim condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

This prospectus presents our EBITDA, EBITDA Margin, ROIC, Free Cash Flow and Cash Conversion Rate for the convenience of the investors. EBITDA, EBITDA Margin, ROIC, Free Cash Flow and Cash Conversion Rate are non-GAAP financial measures. A non-GAAP financial measure is generally defined as a numerical measure of historical or future financial performance, financial position, or cash flow that excludes or includes amounts that would not be adjusted in the most comparable IFRS measure.

We use these non-GAAP financial measures for decision-making purposes and to assess our financial and operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. We believe that the disclosure of our non-GAAP measures provides useful supplemental information to investors and financial analysts and other interested parties in their review of our operating performance. Additionally, we believe that non-GAAP financial information, when taken collectively, may be helpful to investors because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of results of operations. The non-GAAP financial measures described in this prospectus are not a substitute for the IFRS measures of earnings.

Additionally, our calculations of EBITDA, EBITDA Margin, ROIC, Free Cash Flow and Cash Conversion Rate may be different from the calculation used by other companies, including our competitors in the industry, and therefore, our measures may not be comparable to those of other companies. For a

134

reconciliation of EBITDA, EBITDA Margin, ROIC, Free Cash Flow and Cash Conversion Rate to the most directly comparable IFRS measure, see “— Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

​	For the six months ended June 30,						For the year ended December 31,
​	2022		2022		2021		2021		2021		2020
​	(Unaudited Consolidated)						(Unaudited Combined)
​	(in US$ millions, except %)(1)		(in R$ millions, except %)				(in US$ millions, except %)(1)		(in R$ millions, except %)
EBITDA(2)	​	32.0	​	167.9	​	93.2	​	45.5	​	238.2	​	112.4
EBITDA Margin(3)	​	25.6%	​	25.6%	​	27.9%	​	29.0%	​	29.0%	​	30.9%
ROIC(4)	​	16.0%	​	16.0%	​	N/A(5)	​	28.7%	​	28.7%	​	36.2%
Free Cash Flow(6)	​	9.9	​	51.7	​	0.4	​	(4.0)	​	(20.8)	​	28.0
Cash Conversion Rate(7)	​	30.8%	​	30.8%	​	0.4%	​	(8.7)%	​	(8.7)%	​	24.9%

(1)

For convenience purposes only, certain amounts in reais have been translated to U.S. dollars using an exchange rate of R$5.238 to US$1.00, the commercial selling rate for U.S. dollars as of June 30, 2022, as reported by the Central Bank. These translations have not been audited and should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted at that or any other exchange rate. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Markets Where We Operate — Exchange rate instability can harm the economy of emerging markets where we operate and, consequently, affect us.”

(2)

We calculate EBITDA as profit (loss) for the period plus income tax and social contribution plus net finance cost/revenue plus depreciation and amortization expenses, in each case for the relevant period. Our calculation of EBITDA may be different from the calculation used by other companies, including our competitors in the industry, and therefore, our measures may not be comparable to those of other companies. For further information, see “Selected Historical Financial Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

(3)

We calculate EBITDA Margin as EBITDA for the relevant period divided by net revenue for the relevant period. Our calculation of EBITDA Margin may be different from the calculation used by other companies, including our competitors in the industry, and therefore, our measures may not be comparable to those of other companies. For further information, see “Selected Historical Financial Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

(4)

We calculate ROIC as net operating profit after tax for the relevant period divided by invested capital. We define net operating profit after tax as operating profit for the relevant period minus income tax adjustment. Income tax adjustment is defined as operating profit for the relevant period multiplied by our effective tax rate for the relevant period, the numerator of which is income tax and social contribution and the denominator of which is profit before tax. We define invested capital as total shareholders’ equity minus goodwill minus intangibles assets plus current and non-current loans and financing plus debentures plus non-current related party loans liabilities plus current and non-current obligations from acquisition of investment plus dividend payable minus cash and cash equivalents minus non-current related party loans assets. Although ROIC is commonly used as a measure of capital efficiency, definitions of ROIC differ, and our computation of ROIC may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. For further information, see “Selected Historical Financial Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

(5)

The calculation of ROIC includes certain line items derived from the statement of financial position as of the applicable dates. Considering that we are not presenting our statement of financial position data as of June 30, 2021 herein and in the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, the calculation of ROIC for such date has not been made available.

(6)

We calculate Free Cash Flow as EBITDA for the relevant period minus change in working capital minus acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. Change in working capital is calculated as the sum of changes in current assets and liabilities affecting the cash generated from operating activities in the statements of cash flow. Our calculation of Free Cash Flow may be different from the calculation used by other companies, including our competitors in the industry, and therefore,

135

our measures may not be comparable to those of other companies. For further information see “Selected Historical Financial Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

(7)

We calculate Cash Conversion Rate as Free Cash Flow for the relevant period divided by EBITDA for the relevant period. Our calculation of Cash Conversion Rate may be different from the calculation used by other companies, including our competitors in the industry, and therefore, our measures may not be comparable to those of other companies. For further information see “Selected Historical Financial Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Historical Results of Operations

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Six Months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021

​	For the six months ended June 30,
​	2022		2021		Variation
​	(in R$ millions)				%
Net revenue	​	654.5	​	334.6	​	95.6%
Cost of services rendered	​	(520.0)	​	(251.1)	​	107.1%
Gross profit	​	134.5	​	83.5	​	61.1%
Operating expenses	​	​	​	​	​	​
Selling, general and administrative expenses	​	(14.0)	​	(13.9)	​	0.7%
Other income, net expenses	​	5.1	​	(0.1)	​	(5200.0)%
Operating profit	​	125.6	​	69.5	​	80.7%
Net finance cost/revenue	​	(23.3)	​	5.9	​	(494.9)%
Profit before tax	​	102.3	​	75.4	​	35.7%
Income tax and social contribution	​	(19.9)	​	(22.8)	​	(12.7)%
Profit for the period	​	82.4	​	52.6	​	56.7%

Net revenue

The table below shows the net revenue of our reportable segments for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021:

​	For the six months ended June 30,
​	2022		2021		Variation
​	(in R$ millions)				%
Brazil	​	209.7	​	103.1	​	103.4%
Latin America (other than Brazil)(1)	​	98.7	​	61.5	​	60.5%
North America	​	262.8	​	108.7	​	141.8%
Europe(2)	​	83.3	​	61.3	​	35.9%
Net revenue	​	654.5	​	334.6	​	95.6%

(1)

Net revenue derived from our Antarctican operations is included within the Latin America segment.

(2)

Net revenue derived from African operations is included within the Europe segment.

Net revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2022 amounted to R$654.5 million, compared to R$334.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021, which represents an increase of R$319.9 million, or 95.6%.

The increase in net revenue was primarily due to: (1) the acquisitions we concluded in the North America and Brazil segments, which experienced the largest growth in the period, reaching a net revenue of

136

R$262.8 million and R$209.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2022, respectively, from R$108.7 million and R$103.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021, as a result of a wider regional reach and, consequently, an increase the overall number of subscription contracts and spot contracts; and (2) an increase of our net revenue generated in our Latin America segment (other than Brazil) of R$37.2 million, or 60.5%, in the six months ended June 30, 2022, primarily as a result of the expansion of our existing operations in Chile and Peru and the start of new operations in Colombia. These increases were partially offset by a negative effect of 7.4 percentage points on our net revenue as a result the depreciation of the U.S. dollar, Canadian dollar and the British pound against the real.

Excluding the effect of the acquisitions that occurred in the six months ended June 30, 2022, our net revenues would have increased by 68.1% or R$227.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2022 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2021, primarily in connection with: (1) an increase of R$142.6 million in net revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2022, derived from the net revenue generated from the companies we acquired during 2021 and that were gradually and fully integrated into our ecosystem in 2022; and (2) an increase of net revenue of R$85.2 million or 37.6% in the six months ended June 30, 2022 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2021, if we were to exclude all acquisitions made in 2022 and 2021, primarily due to an increase of cross-selling and growth in North America and Latin America regions in connection with an increase of the capacity of our service centers and operating capabilities.

Cost of services rendered

Cost of services rendered for the six months ended June 30, 2022 amounted to R$520.0 million, compared to R$251.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021, which represents an increase of R$268.9 million, or 107.1%. This increase was primarily due to the acquisitions we completed in the period and the increase in operations, consistent with the increase in net revenue described above, as partially offset by a positive effect of 7.0 percentage point on our cost of services rendered, as a result of the depreciation of the U.S. dollar, Canadian dollar and the British pound against the real. Cost of services represented 79.4% and 75.0% of our net revenue, respectively, in the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021.

Excluding the effect of the acquisitions that occurred in the six months ended June 30, 2022, our cost of services rendered would have increased by 74.2% or R$196.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2022 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2021, primarily due to (1) an increase of R$140.9 million in cost of services rendered in the six months ended June 30, 2022, derived from the growth of the operations of the companies we acquired in 2021 and integrated into our ecosystem in 2022; and (2) an increase of cost of services rendered of R$55.1 million or 28.4% in the six months ended June 30, 2022 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2021, if we were to exclude all the acquisitions made in 2022 and 2021, as a result of the organic growth of our operations in this period and inflationary costs pressure on our cost of services rendered.

Gross profit

Gross profit for the six months ended June 30, 2022 amounted to R$134.5 million, compared to R$83.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021, which represents an increase of R$51.0 million, or 61.1%. Gross profit represented 20.6% and 25.0% of our net revenue, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021. The decrease in gross profit margin was primarily due to the increase in cost of services rendered in the six months ended June 30, 2022 as a percentage of net revenue, as a result of increased costs related to third-party providers and fuel caused by inflationary cost pressure, supply chain disruptions, and increases in oil prices in the period, which negatively impacted gross profit margin by 6.8 percentage points in the aggregate, as well as decreased economies of scale resulting from (1) recently acquired businesses that were in the process of being integrated into our ecosystem, and (2) organic growth in markets which we had recently entered and had smaller operations. The adoption of heightened controls over our costs and expenditures following recent acquisitions helped to mitigate inflationary pressures, including by means of centralizing negotiations with suppliers at the corporate level and the renegotiation of pricing terms with suppliers, and we have been able to gradually increase prices as a way to pass on costs and improve gross profit margins. Supply chain disruptions have been mitigated through the earlier ordering of vehicles and equipment, and increasing utilization of suppliers who have more favorable delivery terms. The increase in cost of services rendered as a percentage of net revenue was partially offset primarily by a decrease in costs with personnel as a percentage of net revenue due to workforce optimization.

137

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2022 amounted to R$14.0 million, compared to R$13.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021 which represents an increase of R$0.1 million, or 0.7%. Selling, general and administrative expenses represented, respectively, 2.1% and 4.2% of our net revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021.

Operating profit

Operating profit for the six months ended June 30, 2022 amounted to R$125.6 million, compared to R$69.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021, which represented an increase of R$56.1 million, or 80.7%, due to the factors described above.

Net finance cost/revenue

Our net finance costs increased by R$29.2 million, or 494.9%, to R$23.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022 from an income of R$5.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Finance income decreased by R$6.9 million, or 55.6%, to R$5.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2022 from R$12.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021, primarily due to a decrease in interest charged and foreign-exchange income, as partially offset by a greater average cash balance in the period which resulted in an increase in revenues from interest earning bank deposits. Our finance costs increased by R$22.3 million, or 337.9%, to R$28.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2022 from R$6.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021 primarily due to an increase of R$13.4 million and R$3.4 million in six months ended June 30, 2022 in debenture interest and interest on loans, respectively, primarily as a result of our First Issuance of Debentures in 2022.

Profit before tax

Profit before tax for the six months ended June 30, 2022 amounted to R$102.3 million, compared to R$75.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021, which represents an increase of R$26.9 million, or 35.7%, due to the factors described above.

Income tax and social contribution

Income tax and social contribution expense for the six months ended June 30, 2022 was R$19.9 million, compared R$22.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021, which represents a decrease of R$2.9 million, or 12.7%. This decrease was primarily due to the decrease in the provision for deferred taxes.

Profit for the period

As a result of the foregoing factors, our profit for the six months ended June 30, 2022 amounted to R$82.4 million, compared to R$52.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021, which represents an increase of R$29.8 million, or 56.7%. Profit represented, respectively, 12.6% and 15.7% of the net revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021.

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

​	2021		2020		Variation
​	(in R$ millions)				%
Net revenue	​	822.2	​	364.3	​	125.7%
Cost of services rendered	​	(618.7)	​	(256.1)	​	141.6%
Gross profit	​	203.5	​	108.1	​	88.3%
Operating expenses	​	​	​	​	​	​
Selling, general and administrative expenses	​	(26.8)	​	(19.0)	​	41.1%
Other income, net expenses	​	1.4	​	0.7	​	100.0%
Operating profit	​	178.0	​	89.9	​	98.0%

138

​	2021		2020		Variation
​	(in R$ millions)				%
Net finance costs	​	(2.0)	​	(7.1)	​	(71.8)%
Profit before tax	​	176.0	​	82.8	​	112.6%
Income tax and social contribution	​	(37.9)	​	(16.7)	​	126.9%
Profit for the year	​	138.1	​	66.0	​	109.2%

Net revenue

The table below shows the net revenue of our reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020:

​	For the years ended December 31,
​	2021		2020		Variation
​	(in R$ millions)				%
Brazil	​	210.4	​	156.3	​	34.6%
Latin America (Other than Brazil)(1)	​	144.4	​	104.8	​	37.8%
North America	​	334.8	​	69.2	​	383.8%
Europe(2)	​	132.6	​	34.0	​	290.0%
Net revenue	​	822.2	​	364.3	​	125.7%

(1)

Net revenue derived from our Antarctican operations is included within the Latin America segment.

(2)

Net revenue derived from African operations is included within the Europe segment.

Net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021 amounted to R$822.2 million, compared to R$364.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, which represents an increase of R$457.9 million, or 125.7%. This increase was primarily due to (1) the acquisitions we concluded in the North America and Europe segments, which experienced the largest growth in the year ended December 31, 2021, reaching a net revenue of R$334.8 million and R$132.6 million, respectively, in year ended December 31, 2021 from R$69.2 million and R$34.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, as a result of a wider regional footprint that generated an increase in the overall number of subscription contracts and spot contracts; (2) an increase of our net revenue generated in our Brazil segment of R$54.1 million, or 34.6% in the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily in connection with the acquisitions we concluded in that region during the period, resulting in an increase of our cross-selling ability in the region and the resulting increase in the overall number of subscription contracts and spot contracts in the region; (3) an increase of our net revenue generated in our Latin America segment (other than Brazil) of R$39.6 million, or 37.8%, in the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily as a result of the expansion of our existing operations in Chile and Peru; and (4) a positive effect of 5.9 percentage points on our net revenue as a result the appreciation of the U.S. dollar, Canadian dollar and the British pound against the real.

Excluding the effect of the acquisitions that occurred in the year ended December 31, 2021, our net revenues would have increased by 30.5% or R$110.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily in connection with: (1) an increase of R$87.4 million in net revenue in the year ended December 31, 2021, derived from the net revenue generated from the companies we acquired in 2020 and integrated into our ecosystem in 2021; and (2) an increase of R$23.6 million or 8.0% in the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, of our net revenue if we were to exclude all such acquisitions in 2021 and 2020, primarily due to a stronger growth in Latin America and Europe segments, which presented a strong demand from our mining and industrial services clients.

Cost of services rendered

Cost of services rendered for the year ended December 31, 2021 amounted to R$618.7 million, compared to R$256.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, which represents an increase of

139

R$362.6 million, or 141.6%. This increase was primarily due to (1) completed acquisitions, (2) an increase in operations, consistent with the increase in net revenue described above and (3) a negative effect of 6.1 percentage points on our cost of services rendered as a result the appreciation of the U.S. dollar, Canadian dollar and the British pound against the real. Cost of services represented 75.2% and 70.3% of our net revenue, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Excluding the effect of the acquisitions that occurred in the year ended December 31, 2021, our cost of services rendered would have increased by 46.8% or R$127.9 million the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to: (1) an increase of R$61.7 million in cost of services rendered in the year ended December 31, 2021, derived from the growth of the operations of the companies we acquired in 2020 and integrated into our ecosystem in 2021; and (2) an increase of cost of services rendered of R$66.2 million or 30.7% in the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, if we were to exclude all acquisitions made in 2021 and 2020, as a result of the organic growth of our operations in this period and inflationary costs pressure on our cost of services rendered.

Gross profit

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2021 amounted to R$203.5 million, compared to R$108.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, which represented an increase of R$95.4 million, or 88.3%. Gross profit represented 24.8% and 29.7% of our net revenue, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The decrease in gross profit margin was primarily due to the increase of our cost of services rendered in the year ended December 31, 2021 as a percentage of net revenue, as a result of increased costs related to third-party providers, fuel and maintenance caused by inflationary cost pressure, supply chain disruptions, and increased in oil prices in the period, which negatively impacted gross profit margin by 7.4 percentage points in the aggregate, as well as decreased economies of scale resulting from (1) recently acquired businesses that were in the process of being integrated into our ecosystem, and (2) organic growth in markets in which we had recently entered and had smaller operations. The increase in cost of services rendered as a percentage of net revenue was partially offset primarily by a decrease in costs with personnel as a percentage of net revenue due to workforce optimization.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021 amounted to R$26.8 million, compared to R$19.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, which represents an increase of R$7.8 million, or 41.1%. This increase is attributed to the increase in the volume of our operations, and, therefore, related to the need to support our selling, general and administrative activities, in particular the increase in general administrative expenses due to the increasing global reach of our operations. Selling, general and administrative expenses represented, respectively, 3.3% and 5.2% of our net revenue in the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Operating profit

Operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2021 amounted to R$178.0 million, compared to R$89.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, which represented an increase of R$88.1 million, or 98.0%, due to the factors described above.

Net finance costs

Our net finance costs decreased by R$5.1 million, or 71.8%, to R$2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from an expense of R$7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Finance income increased by R$3.4 million, or 45.5%, to R$10.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from R$7.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to a greater average cash balance in the period which resulted in higher interest income as interest was earned on the higher cash balance. Our finance costs decreased by R$1.7 million, or 11.7%, to R$12.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from R$14.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to a decrease of R$5.5 million in our foreign exchange costs, partially offset by an increase of R$3.6 million in our interest on loans.

140

Profit before tax

Profit before tax for the year ended December 31, 2021 amounted to R$176.0 million, compared to R$82.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, which represents an increase of R$93.2 million, or 112.6%, due to the factors described above.

Income tax and social contribution

Income tax and social contribution for the year ended December 31, 2021 were R$37.9 million, compared R$16.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, which represented an increase of R$21.2 million, or 126.9%. This increase was primarily due to the increase in the provision for current taxes.

Profit for the year

As a result of the foregoing factors, our profit for the year ended December 31, 2021 amounted to R$138.1 million, compared to R$66.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, which represents an increase of R$72.1 million, or 109.2%. Profit represented, respectively, 16.8% and 18.1% of the net revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following discussion of our liquidity and capital resources is based on the financial information derived from our combined financial statements included elsewhere in prospectus.

We regularly evaluate opportunities to enhance our financial flexibility through a variety of methods, including, without limitation, through loans and financing. As a result of any of these actions, we may be subject to restrictions and covenants in the agreements governing these transactions that may place limitations on us, and we may be required to pledge collateral to secure such instruments. See “— Loans and financing and debenture” for additional information.

On March 3, 2023, we consummated the previously announced Business Combination pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement. For additional information, see “Prospectus Summary —  Recent Developments — Business Combination.” Prior to the Business Combination, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents and cash flow from financing activities.

Our cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, immediate demand deposits with financial institutions and other short-term highly liquid investments, which have an immaterial risk of change in value. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 our cash and cash equivalents amounted to R$157.2 million and R$118.9 million, respectively. Third party financing includes working capital loans, investment financing for the acquisition of heavy vehicles and machinery and fixed-rate financing agreements, as well as, for the six months ended June 30, 2022, the issuance of Debentures. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, our current loans and financing amounted to R$38.5 million and R$60.8 million, respectively, and our current debentures amounted to nil and R$13.4 million, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash generated from financing activities were R$195.1 million and R$433.2 million, respectively.

As a result of the completion of the Business Combination, we raised gross proceeds of $174.2 million, of which $50.5 million were in the form of the conversion into equity of a portion of the intercompany loan provided by Ambipar pursuant to the Ambipar Intercompany Loan Agreement (without considering any payment of Business Combination related transaction expenses). Total direct transaction costs of Ambipar and HPX were approximately $18.0 million, substantially all of which will be recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. We expect to incur additional annual expenses as a public company for, among other things, director fees and additional internal and external accounting, legal and administrative resources, including increased audit, legal, and filing fees.

After the consummation of the Business Combination, our principal sources of liquidity remained cash and cash equivalents, including net proceeds from the Business Combination, and cash flow from financing activities. As of June 30, 2022, as adjusted to give pro forma effect to the WOB Acquisition, the Closing of the Business Combination and the redemptions of HPX Class A Ordinary Shares, we had

141

approximately R$557.9 million in cash and cash equivalents, approximately R$38.5 million in current loans and financing and approximately R$13.4 million in current debentures. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined information presented above is derived from (i) Emergencia’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of financial position as of June 30, 2022, (ii) HPX’s unaudited interim condensed balance sheet as of June 30, 2022, and (iii) Witt O’Brien’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2022. Such pro forma information assumes that the WOB Acquisition, the Business Combination and all redemptions of HPX Class A Ordinary Shares were consummated on June 30, 2022, is based on information available, preliminary estimates and certain pro forma assumptions and is intended for illustrative purposes only. It describes only a hypothetical situation and thus, due to its nature, does not purport to represent the actual cash and debt position that would have occurred had the WOB Acquisition, the Business Combination and all redemptions of HPX Class A Ordinary Shares been consummated as of June 30, 2022, nor our positions for any future date or period. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information.

We intend to increase our capital expenditures, for organic and inorganic uses, to support the growth in our business and operations. Our management believes that the proceeds from the Business Combination (excluding any proceeds from the exercise of the Warrants), along with the rest of our current available cash and cash equivalents and financial investments, and the cash flows from our operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements and capital expenditures in the ordinary course of business for the next 12 months. This estimate is based on our current business plan and expectations and assumptions in light of current macroeconomic conditions. However, we cannot guarantee that our liquidity assumptions will prove to be correct, and we could exhaust our available financial resources sooner than we currently expect.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support research and development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, and the cost of any future acquisitions of businesses or machinery, equipment and vehicles. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may be unable to raise the funds on acceptable terms, if at all. We may seek additional capital through equity and/or debt financings depending on market conditions, particularly if the cash generated from operating activities is not in accordance with our expectations. If we are required to raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to public shareholders would result. Any equity securities issued may also provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of our Class A Ordinary Shares. If we raise funds by issuing debt securities, such debt securities would have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of Class A Ordinary Shares. The terms of debt securities or borrowings could impose significant restrictions on hand our operations. The credit market and immediate demand deposits financial services industry have in the past, and may in the future, experience periods of uncertainty that could impact the availability and cost of equity and debt financing. In addition, our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities could be significantly impacted by the sale of our securities by the Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus, which could result in a significant decline in the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares and potentially hinder our ability to raise capital at terms that are acceptable to us or at all. A significant decline in the trading price of our Class A Ordinary Shares could potentially impact our ability to use equity or convertible debt securities as consideration in acquisitions or as a potential source of liquidity for future growth.

In addition, there is no assurance that the holders of the Warrants will elect to exercise any or all of the Warrants, which could impact our liquidity position. Whether warrantholders will exercise their Warrants, and therefore the amount of cash proceeds we would receive upon exercise, is dependent upon the trading price of the Class A Ordinary Shares, the last reported sales price for which was $7.77 per share on March 28, 2023. Each Warrant will become exercisable for one Class A Ordinary Share at an exercise price of $11.50. Therefore, if and when the trading price of the Class A Ordinary Shares is less than $11.50, we expect that warrantholders would not exercise their Warrants. We could receive up to an aggregate of approximately $186.1 million if all of the Warrants are exercised for cash, but we would only receive such proceeds if and when the warrant holders exercise the Warrants. The Warrants may not be or remain in the money during the period they are exercisable and prior to their expiration and, therefore, it is possible that the Warrants may not be exercised prior to their maturity on March 3, 2028, even if they are in the money, and as such, may expire worthless with minimal proceeds received by us, if any, from the exercise of

142

Warrants. To the extent that any of the Warrants are exercised on a “cashless basis,” we will not receive any proceeds upon such exercise. As a result, we do not expect to rely on the cash exercise of Warrants to fund our operations. Instead, we intend to rely on other sources of cash discussed elsewhere in this prospectus to continue to fund our operations.

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

The following table sets forth certain combined cash flow information for the periods indicated:

​	For the Six Months Ended June 30,				For the Year Ended December 31 ,
​	2022		2021		2021		2020
​	(in millions of R$)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year	​	157.2	​	80.8	​	118.9	​	61.8
Net cash generated from operating activities	​	87.8	​	31.0	​	64.3	​	32.5
Net cash used in investing activities	​	(259.2)	​	(256.6)	​	(448.4)	​	(117.7)
Net cash generated from financing activities	​	195.1	​	217.6	​	433.3	​	108.9
Exchange rate change in cash and cash equivalent	​	14.7	​	27.0	​	8.0	​	25.8
Increase in cash and cash equivalents	​	23.6	​	(8.0)	​	49.2	​	23.7

Net cash generated from operating activities

Our net cash generated from operating activities increased to R$87.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022 from R$31.0 million of net cash generated from operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2021, primarily due to the following factors:

•

our profit for the six months ended June 30, 2022 increased to R$82.4 million from R$52.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, combined with adjustments for non-cash items consisting primarily of:

(1)

an increase in residual value of written-off property, plant and equipment and intangible assets to R$23.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2022 from R$3.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021, due to write-offs in rights-of-use assets in an amount of R$14.1 million;

(2)

an increase in depreciation and amortization to R$42.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2022 from R$23.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021, as a result of an increase of R$108.6 million in property, plant and equipment to R$726.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2022;

(3)

such increases were partially offset by a decrease in interest on loans and financing and exchange-rate change to a negative net cash of R$20.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2022 compared to a positive net cash of R$1.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021, as a result of an increase in our debenture and loans and financing combined with the increase in Brazil’s base interest rates in the period;

•

changes in assets and liabilities resulted in a total outflow of R$37.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2022 compared to a total outflow of R$49.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, resulting primarily from a decrease in advances to suppliers of R$25.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022, compared to an increase of R$2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, primarily as the result of the return to normal payment schedules to our suppliers following stabilization of the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on our value chain;

as partially offset by:

(1)

an increase in accounts receivables by R$71.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022 compared to an increase R$29.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, primarily as a result of the increase in our operations in the six months ended June 30, 2022; and

143

(2)

an increase in prepaid expense by R$14.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022 compared to R$0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 due to prepaid expenses related to the Business Combination.

Our net cash generated from operating activities increased to R$64.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from R$32.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to the following factors:

•

our profit for the year ended December 31, 2021 increase to R$138.1 million from R$66.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, combined with adjustments for non-cash items consisting primarily of:

(1)

an increase in depreciation and amortization to R$60.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from R$22.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, as a result of an increase of R$141.8 million in property, plant and equipment to R$331.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2021;

(2)

an increase in deferred income tax and social contribution by R$14.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to R$5.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 as a result of the increase in our operations that resulted in an increase in our taxable income;

(3)

such increases were partially offset by a decrease in residual value of written-off property, plant and equipment and intangible assets to negative R$6.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from R$4.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, due to write-offs in machinery and equipment and vehicles;

•

changes in assets and liabilities resulted in a total outflow of R$135.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to R$62.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, resulting from:

(1)

an increase in accounts receivables of R$79.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to an increase of R$32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily as a result of the increase in our operations in the year ended December 31, 2021;

(2)

a decrease in other accounts payable by R$17.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to a decrease of R$0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as a result of completion of the accounting integration process in our finance systems of the companies we acquired in the year ended December 31, 2021;

(3)

a decrease in services acquired from suppliers of R$21.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to a decrease of R$7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as a result of the growth of our operations in the year ended December 31, 2021;

(4)

an increase in advances to suppliers of R$29.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to an increase R$16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as a result of our decision to reduce the payments times to our suppliers in order to reinforce our value chain and guarantee the continuity of service throughout the regions in which we operate;

as partially offset by:

(5)

a decrease in other accounts receivable of R$24.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to an increase of R$13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as a result of completion of the accounting integration process in our finance systems of the companies we acquired in the year ended December 31, 2021.

Net cash used in investing activities

Our net cash used in investing activities consisted primarily of cash expended on acquisitions and cash spent on companies’ acquisitions; net of cash received and acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

144

Our net cash used in investing activities increased to R$259.2 million of net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2022 from R$256.6 million in net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2021, primarily due to an increase in cash spent on the acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets as partially offset by a decrease in cash spent on companies’ acquisitions; net of cash received.

Our net cash used in investing activities increased to R$448.4 million of net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 from R$117.7 million in net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to an increase of R$210.1 million in cash spent on companies’ acquisitions; net of cash received and an increase in R$101.8 million in acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. As a result, our Cash Conversion Rate for the year ended December 31, 2021 was (8.7)%, compared to 24.9% for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Net cash generated from financing activities

Our net cash generated from financing activities decreased to R$195.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022 from R$217.6 million of net cash generated from financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2021, primarily due to (1) a decrease to R$101.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022, from an increase of R$223.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, in cash generated from financing received from related parties, primarily Ambipar and (2) a decrease to R$7.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022 from R$27.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 in proceeds from loans and financing as offset by an increase of R$335.5 million in funding of our First Issuance of Debentures.

Our net cash generated from financing activities increased to R$433.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from R$108.9 million of net cash generated from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to an increase to R$441.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from R$114.0 million in cash generated from financing received from related parties, primarily Ambipar. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Intercompany Loans.”

Capital Expenditures

Our capital expenditures are related primarily to (1) purchasing equipment and technology or (2) acquisition of companies according to our inorganic growth strategy.

For the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, our total capital expenditures amounted to R$259.2 million and R$256.6 million, respectively, representing 39.6% and 76.7% of our net revenue respectively. We divide our capital expenditures in three categories: (1) cash spent on companies’ acquisitions; net of cash received amounting to R$140.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022, from R$182.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021; (2) acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets amounting to R$78.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022 from R$43.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021; and (3) payment of obligations from acquisitions of investments amounting to R$40.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022 from R$30.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which relate to payments of earn-outs or installments to former controlling shareholders of previously acquired companies.

We expect to increase our capital expenditures to support the growth in our business and operations. Our future capital requirements will depend on several factors, including mainly our inorganic growth and increase of employee headcount.

Loans and financing and debenture

As of June 30, 2022, we had and R$343.6 million in outstanding debentures (compared to nil as of December 31, 2021) and R$169.5 million (compared to R$155.3 million as of December 31, 2021) in outstanding loans and financing.

145

The table below shows the main characteristics of our debenture and loans and financing agreements as of June 30, 2022.

​	As of June 30, 2022
​	Weighted Average Interest rate on June 30, 2022	Maturity	Current		Non-current
​	​	​	(combined) (in millions of R$)
Working capital	12.49%	March 2027	​	17.0	​	62.3
Investment financing(1)	12.48%	June, 2027	​	19.5	​	66.6
Financial leases liabilities	7.98%	November, 2025	​	2.0	​	2.1
Debenture	CDI + 3.5%	February 2028	​	13.4	​	330.2
Total	​	​	​	51.9	​	461.2

(1)

Investment financing through FINAME (Fundo de Financiamento para Aquisição de Máquinas e Equipamentos Industriais) for the acquisition of heavy vehicles and machinery used for our operations.

Payment schedule of installments of loans and financing and lease liabilities

The table below summarizes the payment schedule of installments of our loans and financings and leases liabilities:

​	As of June 30, 2022
​	(in millions of R$)
Year of maturity:	​	​
2023	​	32.3
2024	​	43.6
2025	​	33.7
2026	​	17.6
2027	​	3.9
Total	​	131.0

First Issuance of Debentures

On February 15, 2022, we issued an aggregate principal amount of R$335.5 million in a single series of 335,500 unsecured, non-convertible debentures due February 15, 2028, pursuant to the First Deed of Debentures. The debentures under the First Issuance of Debentures bear interest corresponding to 100% of the accumulated rate of interbank deposits in Brazil (“CDI”), plus 3.5% per year, and will be amortized in six installments, with the first installment due on August 2023, the second on February 15, 2024 and the remaining installments in the next consecutive four years.

Payment schedule of installments of debenture

The table below summarizes the payment schedule of installments of our debenture:

​	As of June 30, 2022
​	(in millions of R$)
Year of maturity:	​	​
2023	​	59.3
2024	​	55.3
2025	​	55.3
2026	​	160.5
Total	​	330.2

146

Restrictive Covenants

We are subject to certain restrictive covenants present in our debenture. These covenants include, among other obligations, preservation of certain financial ratios, limitations on assets disposal, control disposal and corporate reorganization, and other provisions on obligations default, judicial reorganization and bankruptcy, death, insolvency, interdiction, change in corporate purpose or in a significant portion of assets and final and unappealable decisions on discrimination based on race and gender, child labor, slave labor, harassment or crime against the environment. As of June 30, 2022, we were in compliance with all of our restrictive covenants.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in conformity with IFRS, as adopted by the IASB. In preparing our financial statements, we make assumptions, judgments and estimates that can have a significant impact on amounts reported in our financial statements. We base our assumptions, judgments and estimates on historical experience and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.

Actual results could differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We regularly reevaluate our assumptions, judgments and estimates. See note 3.4.2 to our combined financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and note 3.2 of our interim condensed combined financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business, including the effects of interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Information relating to quantitative and qualitative disclosures about these market risks is described below:

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk arises from the portion of our debt pegged to the long-term interest rate — CDI and interest earning bank deposits at the CDI rate, which may affect the financial revenues or expenses in the event an unfavorable change in interest or inflation rates takes place. Loans issued at variable rates expose us to cash flow interest rate risk.

Loans issued at fixed rates expose us to fair value risk associated with interest rate. Considering that a substantial part of our loans is linked to fixed rates, our management believes that the risk of material changes in income and cash flows is low.

We set forth below three scenarios (probable, possible and remote) for simulation. In the probable scenario, the rates disclosed by the BM&F (Bolsa de Mercadorias e Futuros) were set forth by our management and the possible and remote scenario, a 25% and 50% deterioration on interest rates, respectively, in the variables. These amounts have been calculated using the amounts presented in the notes to the financial statements for cash and cash equivalents and loans and financing:

​	As of June 30, 2022		Scenario I − Probable		Scenario II− Possible (25%)		Scenario III − Remote (50%)
​	(in millions of R$)		​	​	(in millions of R$)		​	​
Index risk	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
CDI – Interest earning bank deposits	​	64.1	​	8.5	​	(10.6)	​	12.7
CDI – Loans and Financing	​	(169.5)	​	(22.5)	​	(28.1)	​	(33.7)
CDI – Debentures	​	(343.6)	​	(45.5)	​	(56.9)	​	(68.3)
Net exposure	​	(449.0)	​	(59.5)	​	(74.4)	​	(89.2)

147

​	As of December 31, 2021		Scenario I − Probable		Scenario II− Possible (25%)		Scenario III − Remote (50%)
​	(in millions of R$)		​	​	(in millions of R$)		​	​
Index risk	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
CDI – Interest earning bank deposits	​	61.5	​	5.7	​	4.3	​	2.8
CDI – Loans and Financing	​	(155.3)	​	(14.4)	​	(18.0)	​	(21.5)
Net exposure	​	(93.8)	​	(8.7)	​	(13.7)	​	(18.7)

Due to the nature, complexity, and isolation of a single variable, the estimates presented above may not faithfully represent the value of the loss, if the variable in question has the deterioration shown.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of our financial loss if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises mainly from our receivables from customers and investments in debt securities. Credit risk also arises from cash and cash equivalents, deposits in banks and other financial institutions, and exposure to client credit. For banks and financial institutions, we only purchase securities of issuers with a prime rating.

When analyzing credit risk, our management evaluates the client’s creditworthiness by taking into account their financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are determined with basis on internal or external classifications in accordance with limits determined by our management. The use of credit limits is regularly monitored. See note 5 of our combined financial statements and note 5 of our interim condensed combined financial statements for additional information.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk associated with the difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with our financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial assets. Our objective when managing liquidity is to ensure, to the extent possible, that we will have sufficient liquidity to meet our liabilities when they are due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring in unacceptable losses or risking damage to our reputation and our business.

The cash flow forecast is carried out by our management. Our management monitors the continuous forecasts of our liquidity requirements to ensure we have enough cash to satisfy operating needs. This forecast takes into consideration our debt financing plans, compliance with financial covenants, expected earnings and cash flows and, if applicable, external or legal regulatory requirements — for example, currency restrictions.

We hold surplus cash in excess of amounts we need for working capital, in checking accounts with incidence of interest, term deposits, short-term deposits, choosing instruments with appropriate maturities and sufficient liquidity to provide sufficient margin as determined by the above predictions. As of June 30, 2022, we maintained short-term funds of R$64.1 million, compared to R$61.5 million as of December 31, 2021.

Public Company Costs

We are a public company, and our Class A Ordinary Shares are publicly traded on the NYSE American. As a result, we need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements that we did not need to comply with as a private company, including provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, other applicable SEC regulations and the requirements of the NYSE American. Compliance with the requirements of being a public company will require us to increase our administrative expenses in order to pay our employees, legal counsel and independent registered public accountants to assist us in, among other things, instituting and monitoring a more comprehensive compliance and board governance function, establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the

148

federal securities laws. In addition, as a public company, it is more expensive for us to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

Emerging Growth Company Status

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company,” we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, and these exemptions will apply until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

Material Weakness in Internal Controls and Remediation

We identified a number of material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. Specifically, the following controls were not fully effective:

•

the consolidation process of recent acquisitions we made, due to the lack of a sufficient number of personnel in the acquired entities with an adequate level of knowledge and experience in the closing functions of our financial reports and related disclosures, to process the transition to the application of IFRS and International Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by the IASB, consistent with our financial reporting requirements; and

•

the design and operation of our accounting and financial reporting closing functions, in which required policies and procedures either were not designed or were not operating effectively at period end, resulting in a number of adjustments to our combined financial statements during the course of the audit.

These material weaknesses did not result in a material misstatement to our combined financial statements. We intend to take necessary actions to design and implement formal accounting policies, procedures and controls required to remediate these material weaknesses. This includes hiring additional finance and accounting personnel with the requisite experience and knowledge. It also includes designing and implementing new processes, policies and procedures, improving the internal controls to provide additional levels of review and approval, enhancing internal documentation, implementing new software solutions and strengthening the training program for staff related to the requirements of IFRS, the rules and regulations of the SEC and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as the guidelines of COSO’s Internal Control Integrated Framework. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry — In preparing our financial statements, we have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and, if we fail to remediate such material weaknesses (and any other ones) or implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations, meet our reporting obligations or prevent fraud.”

149

MANAGEMENT

Board of Directors

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our directors as of the date of this prospectus. Our Board is comprised of seven directors.

Name	Age	Position
Tércio Borlenghi Junior	53	Chairman of the Board
Izabel Cristina Andriotti Cruz de Oliveira	58	Director
Alessandra Bessa Alves de Melo	51	Director
Thiago da Costa Silva	39	Director
Mariana Loyola Ferreira Sgarbi	39	Independent Director
Carlos Piani	49	Independent Director
Victor Almeida	32	Independent Director

Set forth below is a brief biography of each of our directors:

Tércio Borlenghi Junior founded Ambipar in 1995 and has served as President of the board of directors of Ambipar since 2020 and as the Chairman of our Board since March 2023. Mr. Borlenghi holds a bachelor’s degree in law and has significant experience in commercial, operational and administrative areas.

Izabel Cristina Andriotti Cruz de Oliveira has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Environmental ESG Participações S.A., a company of the environmental segment of Ambipar, since 2021, and as a member of our Board since March 2023. Ms. de Oliveira joined Ambipar in 2009. Prior to joining Ambipar, she served as Commercial Officer from 2003 to 2009 in Planservice Back Office Ltda. and from 2001 to 2009, as Commercial Manager in Officio Serviços de Vigilância e Segurança Ltda. Ms. de Oliveira holds a bachelor’s degree in economics from Universidade São Judas and has experience in management, recruitment and outsourcing.

Alessandra Bessa Alves de Melo has served as the chief legal officer of Ambipar since 2015 and as a member of our Board since March 2023. Ms. Melo joined the Ambipar Group in 2003 and has served in various roles in our legal department since then. Prior to joining the Ambipar Group, Ms. Melo worked as a lawyer in private practice from 1995 to 2002. Ms. Melo holds a bachelor’s degree in law from Universidade Paulista and an MBA in Business Management from Fundação Getúlio Vargas — FGV, as well as a postgraduate degree in Tax Law and a specialization certificate in Contract Law, both from Centro de Extensão Universitária — CEU.

Thiago da Costa Silva has served as the chief financial officer and chief investor relations officer of Ambipar since 2020 and as our director since 2022. Mr. da Costa Silva has extensive experience in accounting, tax, planning and finance. Prior to joining Ambipar in 2014, Mr. da Costa Silva served as controllership consultant at Camargo Corrêa S.A. from 2012 to 2014, as a senior accounting analyst at the Camargo Corrêa Group from 2007 to 2012, and as an accounting analyst at Dispan Indústria e Comércio Ltda. from 2003 to 2007. Mr. da Costa Silva holds a bachelor’s degree in accounting from Centro Universitário Salesiano de São Paulo — UNISAL and a graduate degree in strategic accounting management and international accounting from Pontifícia Universidade Católica de Campinas — PUC/Campinas.

Mariana Loyola Ferreira Sgarbi has served as an independent member of our Board since March 2023. She has also been a partner at Loyola Advogados since 2017. Before starting her own law firm, Ms. Loyola was a senior lawyer at Fialho, Salles Advogados from 2015 to 2017. Ms. Loyola has served as coordinator and legal negotiator for several M&A transactions and structuring of investments since then. She holds a bachelor’s degree in law from Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais, a master’s degree in business law from Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais and a certificate of business administration with emphasis on finance from IBMEC.

Carlos Piani has served as an independent member of our Board since March 2023. He served as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and a director of HPX from its inception until the

150

closing of the Business Combination in March 2023. Mr. Piani has over 20 years of investment and operational experience and a depth of investment and mergers and acquisitions experience in a wide range of industries. Besides serving in our Board, Mr. Piani is currently the Chairman of Equatorial Energia S.A. (SAO: EQTL3), a Brazilian utilities company, and serves on the board of directors of Vibra S.A., previously known as Petrobras Distribuidora S.A. (SAO: VBBR3), Brazil’s largest fuel distribution company. Mr. Piani served as Head of Strategic Initiatives and Mergers & Acquisitions in 2019 at Kraft Heinz and Zone President of Kraft Heinz Canada from 2015 to 2018. Prior to joining Kraft Heinz, Mr. Piani served as Chief Executive Officer of PDG Realty S.A. Empreendimentos e Participacoes (SAO: PDGR3), a real estate company, from August 2012 to August 2015. Previously, he served as Co-Head of Private Equity of Vinci Partners, an independent asset management firm, from April 2010 to August 2012, as Chief Executive Officer of CEMAR, an electricity distribution company in Brazil, from March 2006 to April 2010, and as Chief Executive Officer of Equatorial Energia S.A., CEMAR’s controlling shareholder, from March 2007 to April 2010. From 1998 to 2004, Mr. Piani served at Banco Pactual S.A. (now known as BTG Pactual S.A.), initially as an investment banking analyst and later as an Associate Partner of the Principal Investment Group, where he managed a multi-million dollar venture capital fund focused on Brazilian technology companies. Mr. Piani has a bachelor’s degree in computer science from PUC/RJ and a bachelor’s degree in business from IBMEC/ RJ. He has also completed the Owner and President Management Program at Harvard Business School and is a Chartered Financial Analyst by CFA Institute.

Victor Almeida has served as an independent member of our Board since March 2023. He has also been a partner at Opportunity, a private equity firm in Brazil, targeting acquisitions in a diverse number of sectors, since 2020, having initially joined as an analyst in 2014. Mr Almeida currently serves on the board of directors of Belem Bioenergia, one of Brazil’s biggest palm oil companies, having previously served as a member of Belem Bioenergia’s senior executive management between 2019 and 2021. Between 2016 and 2018, Mr. Almeida served as a member of the board of directors of Bemisa — Exploração Mineral. Mr. Almeida has a bachelor’s degree in economics from Universidade Federal da Bahia.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. Our Articles provide that, unless otherwise determined by a special resolution of shareholders, with the approval by the holders of a majority of our Class A Ordinary Shares voting exclusively and as a separate class, the Board will be composed of five to eleven directors, with the number being determined by a majority of the directors then in office. Our Board is currently composed of seven directors. Mr. Tércio Borlenghi Junior is the Chairman of the Board.

Pursuant to our Articles, for so long: (i) as the aggregate voting power held by Ambipar continues to be at least 50% of the total voting power of all of our Ordinary Shares shares, Ambipar will have the right to appoint at least the majority of the directors, provided that at least one of such directors must qualify as an independent director pursuant to Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and shall be appointed as a member of the audit committee; (ii) as the Sponsor is subject to the transfer restrictions with respect to its Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, the Sponsor shall be entitled to nominate one director, provided that such director shall qualify as an independent director and be appointed as a member of the audit committee; and (iii) as Opportunity Agro Fund holds at least fifty percent (50%) of our Class A Ordinary Share voting power held by Opportunity Agro Fund immediately after Closing, Opportunity Agro Fund shall be entitled to nominate one director.

Each director shall hold office for such term as the resolution appointing him/her may determine or until his/her vacation of office as a director or the director’s removal in accordance with our Articles notwithstanding any agreement between us and such director. Directors are eligible for re-election. Subject to the appointment rights summarized above, any director may be removed from office at any time before the expiration of his/her term (with or without cause) by ordinary resolution. Each of Ambipar, the Sponsor and Opportunity Agro Fund, as applicable, shall have the exclusive right to appoint and remove the respective director(s) appointed by it, and appoint replacement director(s).

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board has a permanent audit committee, and may establish a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

151

Audit Committee

The persons listed below serve as members of our audit committee:

Name	Age	Position
1. Carlos Piani	49	Member
2. Thiago da Costa Silva	39	Member
3. Mariana Loyola Ferreira Sgarbi	39	Member

Set forth below is a brief biography of our audit committee:

Carlos Piani. See “— Board of Directors.”

Thiago da Costa Silva. See “— Board of Directors.”

Mariana Loyola Ferreira Sgarbi. See “— Board of Directors.”

Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our Board has determined that Carlos Piani and Thiago da Costa Silva qualify as “audit committee financial experts” as defined in applicable SEC rules and has accounting or related financial management expertise.

We have adopted an audit committee charter, which details the purpose and principal functions of the audit committee, including:

•

assisting Board oversight of (1) the integrity of our financial statements, (2) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (3) our independent auditor’s qualifications and independence, and (4) the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors;

•

the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent auditors and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

•

pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

•

reviewing and discussing with the independent auditors all relationships the auditors have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

•

setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent auditors;

•

setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

•

obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent auditors describing (1) the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures and (2) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

•

meeting to review and discuss our annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the independent auditor, including reviewing our specific disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;”

•

reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

•

reviewing with management, the independent auditors, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

152

Duties of Directors

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors owe fiduciary duties to us, including a duty of loyalty, a duty to act honestly, and a duty to act in what they consider in good faith to be in our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise their powers only for a proper purpose, a duty to avoid conflicts of interest and of duty, a duty to disclose personal interest in contracts involving us, a duty not to make secret profits from the directors’ office and a duty to act with skill, care and diligence. Our directors are required to exercise the skills they actually possess and such care and diligence that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our Articles, as amended and restated from time to time, and the rights vested thereunder in the holders of the shares. We have the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached. In certain limited exceptional circumstances, one or more shareholders may have the right to seek damages in our name if a duty owed by our directors is breached.

Senior Management

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our senior management as of the date of this prospectus.

Name	Age	Position
Executive Officers	​	​
1. Yuri Keiserman	47	Chief Executive Officer
2. Rafael Espírito Santo	42	Chief Financial Officer
3. Guilherme Patini Borlenghi	29	Chief Operational Officer
4. Pedro Petersen	31	Chief Investor Relations Officer

Set forth below is a brief biography of our senior management:

Yuri Keiserman has served a member of the board of directors of Ambipar since 2020 and as our chief executive officer since 2023. He also serves as vice-chairman of the board of Tanac S.A., a producer of plant extracts and black wattle chips. Previously, Mr. Keiserman served as the chief executive officer of Gelato Diletto from March 2015 to July 2015, and of Vetor Editora from August 2012 to March 2014. He also served as a director at Banco Safra between February 2012 and August 2012. Between April 2007 and February 2012, Mr. Keiserman was a partner at Rosenberg, an independent financial advisory company. Mr. Keiserman holds a business administration degree from Fundação Armando Alvares Penteado (FAAP) and an MBA from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Rafael Espírito Santo has served as our chief financial officer since March 2023. Previously, he worked for HPX from October 2020 until the closing of the Business Combination in March 2023. Mr. Santo has over 15 years of investment and operational experience in Brazil. Most recently, between 2016 and 2020, he served as Chief Operating Officer of BK Brasil S.A, the Burger King and Popeye’s main franchisee in Brazil, where he oversaw over 700 company-owned restaurants with 15,000 employees, and 200 franchised restaurants. Prior to BK Brasil, between 2014 and 2015, Mr. Santo served as CFO and IRO of PDG Realty S.A. Empreendimentos e Participacoes, a Brazilian real estate company. He has also served on the board of directors of REP Real Estate Partners, a shopping mall developer controlled by PDG. Between 2010 and 2013, Mr. Santo served as Private Equity Officer at Vinci Partners, responsible for several investments of Vinci Capital Partners II, including BK Brasil, PDG and Cecrisa Revestimentos, where he also served on the board of directors. Prior to that, Mr. Santo served as a Director at Banco Pactual S.A (now known as BTG Pactual S.A), as a sell-side research analyst covering utilities sector. Mr. Santo has a bachelor’s degree in business administration.

Guilherme Patini Borlenghi has served as our chief operational officer since March 2023. He has worked in various roles in the financial department of the Ambipar Group since 2009. Since 2020, he has served as chief executive officer of Ambipar Response S.A. Mr. Borlenghi graduated from the business school of Fundação Armando Alvares Penteado — FAAP.

Pedro Petersen has served as our chief investor relations officer since March 2023. Previously, he worked for HPX from January 2021 until the closing of the Business Combination in March 2023.

153

Mr. Petersen has over 10 years of investment experience in Brazil. From 2017 to 2018, Mr. Petersen served as a private equity associate at Gávea Investimentos, where he oversaw investments in sectors such as fintech, malls, and utilities. Between 2013 and 2017, Mr. Petersen served as an investment analyst at Dynamo Administração de Recursos, a Brazilian public and private investment company. Between 2012 and 2013, Mr. Petersen worked at Vinci Partners. Mr. Petersen actively participated in the founding of Alice, an insurance health-tech company in Brazil. Mr. Petersen has a bachelor’s degree in economics from Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Rio de Janeiro — PUC/RJ and a master’s of science in engineering degree (MSE) in data science from the University of Pennsylvania.

Family Relationships

Our chief operational officer, Mr. Guilherme Patini Borlenghi, is the son of the chairman of our Board and indirect controlling shareholder, Mr. Tércio Borlenghi Junior.

Except as set forth above, there are no family relationships among our directors and executive officers.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

Mr. Tércio Borlenghi Junior and Ms. Alessandra Bessa Alves de Melo are joint defendants, collectively with other parties, in a criminal proceeding lawsuit filed by the prosecution agency of the state of Espírito Santo (Ministério Publico do Estado do Espírito Santo) with the criminal court of the city of Aracruz, Espírito Santo, on May 12, 2015. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry — We, our subsidiaries, affiliates, direct and indirect controlling shareholders and members of our management, or companies with which management has been involved with in the past, have been in the past and may in the future be subject to legal, administrative or arbitration disputes or investigations. Any disputes or investigations may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and reputation.”

Foreign Private Issuer Exemptions

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated on May 3, 2022 with limited liability. We report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter and, accordingly, the next determination will be made with respect to us on June 30, 2023. For so long as we qualify as a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including:

•

the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K with the SEC;

•

the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

•

the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

•

the selective disclosure rules by issuers of material nonpublic information under Regulation Fair Disclosure, or Regulation FD, which regulates selective disclosure of material non-public information by issuers.

We will be required to file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year. In addition, we intend to publish our results on a quarterly basis through press releases, distributed pursuant to the rules and regulations of NYSE American. Press releases relating to financial results and material events will also be furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K. However, the information we are required to file with or furnish to the SEC will be less extensive and less timely compared to that required to be filed with the SEC by U.S. domestic issuers. Accordingly, our shareholders may receive less or different information about us than a shareholder of a U.S. domestic public company would receive.

154

We are listed on the NYSE American. The NYSE American market rules permit a foreign private issuer to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, our home country, may differ significantly from the NYSE American corporate governance listing standards. Among other things, we are not required to have:

•

a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

•

a compensation committee consisting of independent directors;

•

a nominating committee consisting of independent directors; or

•

regularly scheduled executive sessions with only independent directors each year.

We are relying on the exemptions listed above. As a result, you may not be provided with the benefits of certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE American applicable to U.S. domestic public companies.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all our directors, officers, employees and extended workforce, including the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other officers. We seek to conduct business ethically, honestly, and in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics sets out the principles designed to guide our business practices — compliance, integrity, respect and dedication. We expect our suppliers, contractors, consultants, and other business partners to follow the principles set forth in our code when providing goods and services to us or acting on our behalf.

155

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Aggregate Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

In the six months ended June 30, 2022 and the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we paid an aggregate of R$5.6 million, R$7.6 million and R$8.1 million, respectively, in cash compensation to our executive officers and directors. These amounts are comprised of salaries, bonuses and short-term benefits including the use of company vehicles and reimbursement for business trips and other ordinary course expenses. Benefits totaled R$0.1 million, R$0.2 million and R$0.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2022 and the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

In the six months ended June 30, 2022 and the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we did not pay any long-term benefit, termination or share-based compensation to our executive officers and directors.

Insurance and Indemnification

To the extent permitted under Cayman law, we are empowered to indemnify our directors against any liability they incur by reason of their directorship. We entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers to protect such persons against certain liabilities. Insofar as indemnification of liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our Board, executive officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Omnibus Incentive Plan

We currently maintain an omnibus incentive plan (the “Omnibus Incentive Plan”) governed by the laws of the Cayman Islands for our service providers and our subsidiaries. The total pool is equivalent to 2% of the number of our Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding on a fully diluted basis.

The Omnibus Incentive Plan gives us the ability to grant various forms of awards, including without limitation non-qualified stock options (“Options”) and performance-based restricted stock units (“PSUs”). Initial grants for employees are expected to be a combination of Options (with an exercise price at fair market value on the date of grant) and PSUs.

The Options will vest over three years, with 1/3 of the Option shares subject to the grant vesting on each anniversary of grant, in each case subject to continued employment on the applicable vesting date.

The PSUs will be subject to a performance-based vesting based on a cumulative EBITDA target over the three-year post-Closing period from 2023 to 2025. Vesting is subject to continued employment through the last day of the performance period, or as otherwise determined in the grant agreements.

The Omnibus Incentive Plan does not grant automatic acceleration of awards due to a change in control.

Grantees are subject to customary restrictive covenants in connection with each grant. A breach of these restrictive covenants will result in forfeiture of all awards.

156

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

The following table sets forth information known to us regarding the beneficial ownership our Ordinary Shares as of the date of this prospectus.

•

each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares;

•

each of our directors and executive officers; and

•

all our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Such securities, however, are deemed to be outstanding only for the purpose of computing the percentage beneficial ownership of that person but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage beneficial ownership of any other person. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities.

As of the date hereof, there are 16,195,105 Class A Ordinary Shares, 39,234,746 Class B Ordinary Shares and 16,180,000 Warrants issued and outstanding. Pursuant to our Articles, each holder of Class A Ordinary Shares is entitled to one vote per share and each holder of Class B Ordinary Shares is entitled to 10 votes per share on all matters submitted to them for a vote on all Ordinary Shares voting together as a single class. The Warrants, which entitle the holder to purchase one Class A Ordinary Share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, will become exercisable on April 2, 2023, which is 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination.

The expected beneficial ownership percentages set forth below do not take into account up to 11,000,000 Earn-Out Shares that may be issued to Ambipar, but do take into account the Class A Ordinary shares underlying the Warrants, which are exercisable within 30 days after the Closing Date.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by them.

​

Class A Ordinary Shares

Class B Ordinary Shares

Total Ordinary Shares

Total Voting Power

Beneficial Owner

Number

Percentage

Number

Percentage

Percentage

Percentage

Principal Shareholders:

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Ambipar Participações e Empreendimentos S.A.(1)

​

—

​

—

​

39,234,746

​

100%

​

70.8%

​

96.0%

Opportunity Agro Fundo de Investimento em Participações Multiestratégia Investimento no Exterior(2)

​

14,090,000

​

76.3%

​

—

​

—

​

24.4%

​

3.4%

HPX Capital Partners LLC(3)

​

2,512,807

​

14.9%

​

—

​

—

​

4.5%

​

0.6%

Directors and Executive Officers:(4)

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Tércio Borlenghi Junior(1)

​

—

​

—

​

22,049,927

​

56.2%

​

39.8%

​

54.0%

Izabel Cristina Andriotti Cruz de Oliveira

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

Alessandra Bessa Alves de Melo

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

Thiago da Costa Silva

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

Mariana Loyola Ferreira Sgarbi

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

Carlos Piani(3)

​

837,602

​

5.1%

​

—

​

—

​

1.5%

​

0.2%

Victor Almeida

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

Yuri Keiserman

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

Rafael Espírito Santo

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

157

​

Class A Ordinary Shares

Class B Ordinary Shares

Total Ordinary Shares

Total Voting Power

Beneficial Owner

Number

Percentage

Number

Percentage

Percentage

Percentage

Guilherme Patini Borlenghi

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

Pedro Petersen

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

All directors and executive officers as a group (11 individuals)

​

837,602

​

5.1%

​

22,049,927

​

56.2%

​

41.1%

​

54.1%

(1)

Ambipar Participações e Empreendimentos S.A. (“Ambipar”) is the record holder of the Class B Ordinary Shares reported herein, which carry voting rights in the form of 10 votes per Class B Ordinary Share, and is controlled by Mr. Tércio Borlenghi Junior, chairman of our board of directors, who by virtue of his control may be deemed to beneficially own shares held by Ambipar. Ambipar will be issued up to an additional 11,000,000 newly issued Class B Ordinary Shares (the “Earn-Out Shares”), as follows: (i) if at any time during the three-year period following the Closing Date, the closing share price of the Class A Ordinary Shares is greater than or equal to $17.00 over any 20 trading days within any consecutive 30 trading day period, 50% of the Earn-Out Shares will be issued; and (ii) if at any time during the three-year period following the Closing Date, the closing share price of the Class A Ordinary Shares is greater than or equal to $20.00 over any 20 trading days within any consecutive 30 trading day period, the remaining 50% of the Earn-Out Shares will be issued. The business address of Ambipar is Avenida Angélica, nº 2346, 5th Floor, São Paulo — SP, Brazil, 01228-200.

(2)

Represents (i) 11,810,000 issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares and (ii) 2,280,000 Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the 2,280,000 Warrants beneficially owned by Opportunity Agro Fundo de Investimento em Participações Multiestratégia Investimento no Exterior (“Opportunity Agro Fund”). Opportunity Agro Fund is managed by Opportunity Private Equity Gestora de Recursos Ltda., a leading fund manager in Brazil, which has discretionary management and voting power over the shares held by Opportunity Agro Fund and is managed by, among other officers, Eduardo de Britto Pereira Azevedo and Leonardo Guimarães Pinto. The business address of Opportunity Private Equity Gestora de Recursos Ltda. is Rua Visconde de Pirajá, 351, 14th floor (part), Ipanema, Rio de Janeiro — RJ, Brazil, 22410-906.

(3)

HPX Capital Partners LLC (the “Sponsor”) is the record holder of the (i) 1,836,100 issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares and (ii) 676,707 Class A Ordinary Shares underlying 676,707 Warrants reported herein. Each of Messrs. Bernardo Hees, Carlos Piani and Rodrigo Xavier indirectly exercises the sole investment and voting power over his one-third interest in the shares held of record by the Sponsor. Therefore, Messrs. Hees, Piani and Xavier may be deemed to have sole investment and voting power over 612,033 Class A Ordinary Shares and 225,569 Class A Ordinary Shares underlying 225,569 Warrants each. Each of Messrs. Hees, Piani and Xavier disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held of record by the Sponsor, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. Each of Messrs. Hees, Piani and Xavier served as a director of HPX prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, and Mr. Piani serves as an independent member of our Board and a member of our audit committee. The business address of HPX Capital Partners LLC is 1000 N West St, STE 1200, Wilmington, Delaware, USA, 19801.

(4)

Unless otherwise noted, the business address of the directors and executive officers of the Company is Avenida Angélica, nº 2346, 5th Floor, São Paulo — SP, Brazil, 01228-200.

158

SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

This prospectus relates, in part, to the registration and possible offer and sale from time to time by the Selling Securityholders of up to: (i) 1,896,100 Sponsor Shares, 676,707 Sponsor Warrants and 676,707 Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Sponsor Warrants, (ii) 37,100 Non-Redeeming Shareholder Shares, (iii) 13,323,800 PIPE Shares, (iv) 2,853,293 Investors’ Warrants and 2,853,293 Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Investors’ Warrants, and (v) 20,000 RSU Shares.

The securities being registered by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are being registered pursuant to registration rights that have been granted to the Selling Securityholders in respect of the securities described above. For more information about our relationships with the Selling Securityholders and their affiliates, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

The Selling Securityholders may from time to time offer and sell any or all of the securities set forth below pursuant to this prospectus. The Selling Securityholders will determine the timing, pricing and rate at which they sell such securities into the public market. Certain of the Selling Securityholders have an incentive to sell their securities because they have purchased such securities at prices below the recent trading prices of our securities. Sales by Selling Securityholders may cause the trading prices of our securities to experience a decline.

The following table is prepared based on information provided to us by the Selling Securityholders. The table sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, the names of the Selling Securityholders and the number of Class A Ordinary Shares (including Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants) and Warrants beneficially owned by each of them. For purposes of this table, we have assumed that the Selling Securityholders will have sold all of the securities covered by this prospectus upon the completion of the offering.

The SEC has defined “beneficial ownership” of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power over such security. A shareholder is also deemed to be, as of any date, the beneficial owner of all securities that such shareholder has the right to acquire within 60 days after that date through (i) the exercise of any option, warrant or right, (ii) the conversion of a security, (iii) the power to revoke a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement, or (iv) the automatic termination of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, ordinary shares subject to options or other rights (as set forth above) held by that person that are currently exercisable, or will become exercisable within 60 days thereafter, are deemed outstanding, while such shares are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person.

Information concerning the Selling Securityholders may change from time to time, and any changed Selling Securityholder information for each additional Selling Securityholder, if any, will be set forth by supplements to this prospectus or amendments to the registration statement to which this prospectus relates to the extent required prior to the time of any offer or sale of such Selling Securityholder’s Class A Ordinary Shares or Warrants pursuant to this prospectus. Any prospectus supplement may add, update, substitute, or change the information contained in this prospectus, including the identity of each Selling Securityholder and the number of Class A Ordinary Shares or Warrants registered on its behalf. A Selling Securityholder may sell all, some or none of such securities in this offering. We cannot advise you as to whether the Selling Securityholders will in fact sell any or all of such securities. In addition, the Selling Securityholders may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, at any time and from time to time, the securities in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act after the date of this prospectus, subject to applicable law.

159

See the section titled “Plan of Distribution.”

​	Securities beneficially owned prior to offering								Securities to be sold in the offering(1)				Securities beneficially owned after offering(2)
Name of Selling Securityholder	Class A Ordinary Shares(3)		%(4)		Warrants		%(5)		Class A Ordinary Shares		Warrants		Class A Ordinary Shares		%(4)		Warrants		%
HPX Capital Partners LLC(6)	​	2,512,807	​	14.9	​	676,707	​	4.2	​	2,512,807	​	676,707	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—
Wolney E. G. Bertiol(7)	​	20,000	​	*	​	—	​	—	​	20,000	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—
Marcos V. B. Peigo(8)	​	20,000	​	*	​	—	​	—	​	20,000	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—
Maria Salete G. Pinheiro(9)	​	20,000	​	*	​	—	​	—	​	20,000	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—
Opportunity Agro Fundo de Investimento em Participações Multiestratégia Investimento no Exterior(10)	​	14,090,000	​	76.3	​	2,280,000	​	14.1	​	14,090,000	​	2,280,000	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—
Constellation Funds(11)	​	711,700	​	4.4	​	137,500	​	*	​	711,700	​	137,500	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—
Brazil International Fund SPC — XP Long Biased International Fund Class(12)	​	647,000	​	4.0	​	125,000	​	*	​	647,000	​	125,000	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—
Cygnus Fund Icon(13)	​	463,200	​	2.8	​	150,000	​	*	​	388,200	​	75,000	​	75,000	​	*	​	75,000	​	*
Tuchola Investments Inc.(14)	​	129,400	​	*	​	25,000	​	*	​	129,400	​	25,000	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—
XP Trend SPAC FIA IE(15)	​	702,866	​	4.3	​	135,793	​	*	​	159,693	​	135,793	​	543,173	​	3.4	​	—	​	—
Genome Fund Inc.(16)	​	438,226	​	2.7	​	300,000	​	1.9	​	58,800	​	50,000	​	379,426	​	2.3	​	250,000	​	1.5
Gannett Peek Limited(17)	​	100,734	​	*	​	25,000	​	*	​	29,400	​	25,000	​	71,334	​	*	​	—	​	—
Rafael Salvador Grisolia(18)	​	20,000	​	*	​	—	​	—	​	20,000	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—

*

Less than 1%.

(1)

The amounts set forth in this column are the number of Class A Ordinary Shares or Warrants that may be offered by such Selling Securityholder using this prospectus. These amounts do not represent any other Class A Ordinary Share or Warrant that the Selling Securityholder may own beneficially or otherwise.

(2)

Assumes the sale of all of the securities offered by the Selling Securityholders.

(3)

Represents Class A Ordinary Shares, including Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants.

(4)

Represents the percentage of the existing equity capital. In calculating the percentages, (a) the numerator is calculated by adding the number of outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares and the number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of Warrants held by such beneficial owner (if any); and (b) the denominator is calculated by adding the aggregate number of Class A Ordinary Shares currently outstanding and the number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of Warrants held by such beneficial owner, if any (but not the number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of Warrants held by any other beneficial owner).

(5)

In calculating the percentages, (a) the numerator is calculated by adding the number of Warrants that are held by such beneficial owner (if any); and (b) the denominator is calculated by adding the aggregate number of Warrants outstanding.

160

(6)

HPX Capital Partners LLC (the “Sponsor”) is the record holder of the securities reported herein, and is controlled by a board of managers consisting of Messrs. Bernardo Hees, Carlos Piani and Rodrigo Xavier, who by virtue of their shared control may be deemed to beneficially own securities held by the Sponsor. Each of Messrs. Hees, Piani and Xavier disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held of record by the Sponsor, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. Each of Messrs. Hees, Piani and Xavier served as a director of HPX prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, and Mr. Piani serves as an independent member of our Board and a member of our audit committee. The business address of HPX Capital Partners LLC is 1000 N West St, STE 1200, Wilmington, Delaware, USA, 19801.

(7)

Wolney Edirley Gonçalves Bertiol served as a director of HPX prior to the consummation of the Business Combination. The business address of Mr. Bertiol is 1000 N. West Street, Suite 1200, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, United States of America.

(8)

Marcos Vinicius Bernardes Peigo served as a director of HPX prior to the consummation of the Business Combination. The business address of Mr. Peigo is 1000 N. West Street, Suite 1200, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, United States of America.

(9)

Maria Salete Garcia Pinheiro served as a director of HPX prior to the consummation of the Business Combination. The business address of Ms. Pinheiro is 1000 N. West Street, Suite 1200, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, United States of America.

(10)

Opportunity Agro Fundo de Investimento em Participações Multiestratégia Investimento no Exterior (“Opportunity Agro Fund”) is managed by Opportunity Private Equity Gestora de Recursos Ltda., a leading fund manager in Brazil, which has discretionary management and voting power over the shares held by Opportunity Agro Fund and is managed by, among other officers, Eduardo de Britto Pereira Azevedo and Leonardo Guimarães Pinto. The business address of Opportunity Private Equity Gestora de Recursos Ltda. is Rua Visconde de Pirajá, 351, 14th floor (part), Ipanema, Rio de Janeiro — RJ, Brazil, 22410-906.

(11)

Consists of (i) 218,686 Class A Ordinary Shares and 42,250 Warrants held by Constellation Qualificado Master Fundo de Investimento de Ações (“Constellation Qualificado FIA”), (ii) 232,273 Class A Ordinary Shares and 44,875 Warrants held by Const Brazil US Fund LP (“Const Brazil”) and (iii) 260,741 Class A Ordinary Shares and 50,375 Warrants held by Constellation Master Fundo de Investimento de Ações (“Constellation FIA,” and, together with Constellation Qualificado FIA and Const Brazil, the “Constellation Funds”). The Investment Manager of the Constellation Funds is Constellation Investimentos e Participações Ltda. All investment decisions over the shares held by the Constellation Funds are made by Mr. Florian Bartunek, Constellation’s CIO, and the investment team. The business address of Constellation Investimentos e Participações Ltda. is Rua Amauri, 255, 6th floor, São Paulo — SP, Brazil, 01448-000.

(12)

Brazil International Fund SPC — XP Long Biased International Fund Class (“BIF SPC”) is managed by XP Gestão de Recursos Ltda., the registered investment manager. All voting and investment decisions over the securities held by BIF SPC are made by a majority vote of an investment committee of XP Gestão de Recursos Ltda. comprised of several members, and no single member has any ability to make any such decisions unilaterally. Each of such investment committee members expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of all securities held by BIF SPC, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The business address of BIF SPC is Intertrust Corporate Services (Cayman) Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town — Grand Cayman KYI — 9007, Cayman Islands.

(13)

The business address of Cygnus is Deltec House, Lyford Cay, P.O. Box N-3229, Nassau, Bahamas.

(14)

Turim 21 Investimentos Ltda. is the investment manager of Tuchola Investments Inc. (“Tuchola”). Ana Carolina Carvalho and Eduardo Gomes de Almeida are managing members of Turim 21 Investimentos Ltda. and, in such capacity, have shared voting and investment power with respect to the securities held by Tuchola. The business address of Tuchola is Bahamas Financial Centre, Shirley and Charlotte Streets, 2nd Floor, P.O. Box N-4899 Bahamas, Nassau Islands, New Providence.

(15)

XP Trend SPAC FIA IE (“XP Trend SPAC”) is managed by XP Allocation Asset Management Ltda., which in turn has Danilo de Souza Gabriel as its Asset Managing Director, who, in such capacity, has the discretionary management and voting power on behalf of XP Trend SPAC and therefore may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by it. The business address of XP Trend SPAC is Avenida Presidente Wilson, 231, 11º andar, Centro, Rio de Janeiro, RJ, CEP 20.030-905, Brazil.

161

(16)

Tulio Luz Barbosa is the investment manager of Genome Fund Inc. (“Genome”) and, in such capacity, has voting and investment power with respect to the securities held by Genome. The business address of Genome is 89 Nexus Way, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman KY1-9009, Cayman Islands.

(17)

Turim 21 Investimentos Ltda. is the investment manager of Gannett Peek Limited (“Gannett Peek”). Ana Carolina Carvalho and Eduardo Gomes de Almeida are managing members of Turim 21 Investimentos Ltda. and, in such capacity, have shared voting and investment power with respect to the securities held by Gannett Peek. The business address of Gannett Peek is Bahamas Financial Centre, Shirley and Charlotte Streets, 2nd Floor, P.O. Box N-4899 Bahamas, Nassau Islands, New Providence.

(18)

Rafael Salvador Grisolia served as a director of HPX prior to the consummation of the Business Combination. The business address of Rafael Salvador Grisolia is Praça Telê Santana 45, apartment 604, building 2, Condominio Americas Park — Edificio Sundance, Barra da Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro — RJ, Brazil, 22793-298.

162

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Related Party Transactions and Conflicts of Interest Policy

On March 3, 2023, we adopted a new related person transaction policy. This related person transaction policy requires that (i) any related party transaction (excluding related party transaction entered into with any subsidiary of Ambipar involving an amount equal or lower than $1,000,000, subject to certain exceptions) to be subject to the approval of our audit committee, and (ii) any related party transaction in excess of the greater of $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency) and 3% of our net revenues in last four fiscal quarters be subject also to the unanimous approval of all non-interested members of our Board for as long as Opportunity Agro Fund is entitled to appoint a member to our Board.

As of the date of this prospectus, we had entered into the material related party transactions described below.

Aggregate Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

In the six months ended June 30, 2022 and the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we paid an aggregate of R$5.6 million, R$7.6 million and R$8.1 million, respectively, in cash compensation to our executive officers and directors. These amounts are comprised of salaries, bonuses and short-term benefits including the use of company vehicles and reimbursement for business trips and other ordinary course expenses.

Lease Agreement with Amazônia Incorporação e Participação S.A.

On September 6, 2021, Ambipar Response S.A., a subsidiary of Emergencia, entered into a lease agreement with its affiliate Amazônia Incorporação e Participação S.A. (“Amazonia”). Amazonia is controlled by our indirect controlling shareholder, Mr. Tercio Borlenghi Junior, who is also chairman of our Board. The agreement sets forth the lease by Ambipar Response S.A. from Amazonia of 50% of four real estate properties, all located in the State of São Paulo, for the total amount of R$386,103.49 per month. The agreement expires on August 6, 2031 and there are currently no amounts overdue.

Intercompany Loans

In 2020 and 2021, our subsidiaries entered into intercompany loans comprising checking account transactions carried out exclusively between them and wholly-owned subsidiaries of Ambipar, the terms of which have not been determined nor have any written agreements been executed with respect thereto. These transactions are for an indefinite period and without remuneration, are carried out and are characterized by the concept of cash centralization, i.e., single cash, aiming at better management of financial resources for the Ambipar Group. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, Emergencia had outstanding non-current loan assets in the amount of R$4.5 million and R$4.5 million, respectively, due by Ambipar to Emergencia and non-current loan liabilities in the amount of R$313.6 million and R$470.8 million, respectively, due by Emergencia to Ambipar.

On July 5, 2022, Ambipar and Emergencia entered into the Ambipar Intercompany Loan Agreement, pursuant to which Ambipar formalized the disbursement to Emergencia, under the abovementioned intercompany loans, of an aggregate amount of R$317,094,454.24. According to the Ambipar Intercompany Loan Agreement, Ambipar could elect, at any time prior to the termination of this agreement and at its sole discretion, to convert the amount (as expressed in Brazilian reais) equivalent to US$50,500,000.00 into Emergencia’s equity, as consideration for the subscription and purchase of 5,050,000 Class B Ordinary Shares at $10.00 per share pursuant to the Ambipar Subscription Agreement. On the Closing Date, the convertible amount was fully converted into Emergencia’s equity.

Cost Sharing Agreement

Ambipar, Emergencia and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a cost sharing agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, pursuant to which Ambipar agreed to provide certain support services to Emergencia and certain of its subsidiaries under and pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth therein, including

163

information technology, controllership, organization and corporate support activities, marketing, invoicing, debt collection, facilities, human resources, accounting documentation, archive, compliance, fleet management, project assessment, quality assurance, labor safety, investor relations, sustainability advisory services, treasury and legal services, under and pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth therein. Under the Cost Sharing Agreement, Emergencia will pay in advance, or cause each of the Recipients (as defined in the Cost Sharing Agreement) to pay in advance, to Ambipar, the Monthly Ambipar Response Expenses (as defined in the Cost Sharing Agreement) for such month in accordance with the pro-rata participation of each of the Recipients in the net revenue generated by Emergencia. For the calendar year 2023, the Ambipar Response Expenses (as defined in the Cost Sharing Agreement) are expected to total approximately R$20.0 million.

Trademark Licensing Agreement

Emergencia entered into a trademark licensing agreement with Ambipar, dated as of the Closing Date (the “Trademark Licensing Agreement”) under which Ambipar formally granted Emergencia, its subsidiaries and controlling shareholder with a non-exclusive, non-assignable, non-sublicensable and non-transferable license to use the trademarks “Ambipar Response,” “Grupo Ambipar” and “Ambipar” in any country or territory where Emergencia and its affiliates operate and do business, for an indefinite period of time. As compensation for the right to use Ambipar’s trademarks, Emergencia will pay royalties in the total amount of US$30,000 per year to Ambipar.

Under the Trademark Licensing Agreement, Emergencia is required to use the licenses in accordance with the specific instructions provided by Ambipar, and only in connection with the emergency response services provided by Ambipar’s affiliates, in Brazil or abroad. The Trademark Licensing Agreement may be terminated (i) by mutual agreement of the parties, (ii) by any of the parties through written notice delivered at least 90 days in advance, (iii) by any party (a) in the event of a breach of the Trademark Licensing Agreement by the other party which is not remedied within 30 days from delivery of notice of such breach, or (b) in the event of insolvency, voluntary or involuntary liquidation or bankruptcy of the other party, or (iv) by Emergencia if Ambipar ceases, for any reason, to be the owner of all possible rights, titles and interests in and to the licensed trademarks or uses the licensed trademarks in any way that may harm and impair Emergencia’s image and reputation.

Investor Rights Agreement

In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination Agreement, we, the Sponsor, Ambipar, Opportunity Agro Fund, the Insiders and Rafael Salvador Grisolia entered into an investor rights agreement pursuant to which certain holders of registrable securities are able to make a written demand for registration under the Securities Act of all or a portion of their registrable securities, subject to certain limitations, so long as such demand includes a number of registrable securities with a total offering price in excess of $75,000,000, net of all underwriting discounts and commissions. Any such demand may be in the form of an underwritten offering, it being understood that, subject to certain exceptions, we shall not be required to conduct more than an aggregate total of eight underwritten offerings or an aggregate of four underwritten offerings in any 12-month period. In addition, certain holders of registrable securities have “piggy-back” registration rights to include their securities in other registration statements filed by us. We also agreed to file with the SEC a resale shelf registration statement covering the resale of all registrable securities within 30 days of the Closing, to be declared effective no later than the earlier of 60 days of the Closing if the SEC notifies us that it will not “review” the registration statement or 90 days if the SEC notifies us that it will “review” the registration statement.

In addition, pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, signatories thereof agreed to certain transfer restrictions on their respective equity interests in us, in the case of the Insiders and Rafael Salvador Grisolia, for a period of one year following the Closing Date, and, in the case of Ambipar and the Sponsor, for a period of three years following the Closing Date, in each case, subject to the following exceptions of permitted transfers (i) in the case of a transfer to a permitted transferee, if such shareholder provides written notice to us or (ii) (A) if such shareholder is an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon the death of the individual, (B) if such shareholder is an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (C) pursuant to any liquidation, merger, share exchange or similar transaction (other than the

164

Mergers) which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Ordinary Shares or other equity securities for cash, securities or other property; provided that in connection with any transfer of such securities pursuant to clause (ii) above, (x) such shareholder shall, and shall cause any such transferee of his, her or its Lock-Up Securities (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement), to enter into a written agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to us, agreeing to be bound by the Lock-up Agreement prior to and as a condition to the occurrence of such transfer, and (y) that such transferee shall have no rights under the Investor Rights Agreement, unless they are a permitted transferee according to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, in which case, as a condition to such transfer, the transferee shall be required to become a party to the Investor Rights Agreement.

Furthermore, pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, our Board will establish an advisory executive committee comprised of up to four members to advise our Board, of which (i) one member will be designated by Opportunity Agro Fund, for as long as Opportunity Agro Fund is entitled under the terms of our Articles to appoint a member of the Board and effectively appoints such member; (ii) one member will be designated by the Sponsor, for as long as the Sponsor is entitled under the terms of our Articles to appoint a member of the Board and effectively appoints such member; and (iii) two members will be designated by Ambipar, for as long as Ambipar is entitled under the terms of our Articles to appoint a member of the Board and effectively appoints such member.

Downside Protection Agreements

In connection with the execution of the Subscription Agreements, the Cygnus Subscription Agreement and the Non-Redemption Agreements, the DPA Beneficiaries, we, Ambipar and the Sponsor entered into the Downside Protection Agreements dated as of July 5, 2023, pursuant to which the DPA Beneficiaries are provided with certain downside protection rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Downside Protection Agreements, the DPA Beneficiaries may receive, on a pro rata basis, an aggregate of up to 1,050,000 Class A Ordinary Shares from the Sponsor or may sell a certain number of their respective Class A Ordinary Shares to Ambipar, the Sponsor or to a third party in a block trade, in each case to occur no earlier than 30 months following the Closing, as detailed below:

•

Each DPA Beneficiary is only eligible to receive such downside protection if it holds, on each day beginning on the Closing Date and until the 30-month anniversary of the Closing Date (the “DPA Measurement Period”), a number of Class A Ordinary Shares representing at least 50% of the number of Class A Ordinary Shares held by such DPA Beneficiary immediately after Closing.

•

In case an eligible DPA Beneficiary chooses to exercise its downside protection rights under the Downside Protection Agreements, (i) Ambipar is entitled to purchase from such DPA Beneficiary a number of Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the lowest number of Class A Ordinary Shares held by such DPA Beneficiary during the DPA Measurement Period (the “DPA Protected Shares”), and (ii) if Ambipar does not purchase the DPA Protected Shares, then the Sponsor is entitled either (x) to purchase from such DPA Beneficiary the DPA Protected Shares or (y) to facilitate the sale of such DPA Beneficiary’s Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants held as of the 30-month anniversary of the Closing Date in a block trade or on an underwritten basis to a third party pursuant to the terms of the Downside Protection Agreements (the “DPA Block Trade”).

•

The purchase price payable by Ambipar or the Sponsor, as applicable, for the DPA Protected Shares of the relevant DPA Beneficiary is equal to an inflation-adjusted return (measured by the consumer price index) generated over the 30-month period following Closing and relative to the initial investment made by the relevant DPA Beneficiary pursuant to the relevant Subscription Agreement, Cygnus Subscription Agreement or Non-Redemption Agreement (the “DPA Guaranteed Return”).

•

If the return generated by the block trade is below the DPA Guaranteed Return, the Sponsor is required to transfer, from the DPA Pro Rata Downside Protection Shares (as defined below) available to the relevant DPA Beneficiary, such number of shares in order for such DPA Beneficiary’s return to be equal to or as close as possible to the relevant DPA Guaranteed Return.

•

If neither Ambipar nor the Sponsor acquires the relevant DPA Protected Shares or if a DPA Block Trade is not consummated or available, then, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the relevant

165

Downside Protection Agreement, the Sponsor shall transfer to the relevant DPA Beneficiary the applicable number of DPA Pro Rata Downside Protection Shares.

•

Under the terms of the Downside Protection Agreements, the maximum aggregate number of Class A Ordinary Shares that may be transferred by the Sponsor to the DPA Beneficiaries is 1,050,000 Class A Ordinary Shares (the “DPA Pro Rata Downside Protection Shares”), including: (i) 808,500 to Opportunity Agro Fund, (ii) 24,150 to XP Gestão de Recursos Ltda., (iii) 14,490 to Cygnus, (iv) 4,830 to Gannett Peek, (v) 9,660 to Genome, (vi) 4,830 to Tuchola Investments Inc., (vii) 9,732 to Constellation Master Fundo de Investimento de Ações, (viii) 8,163 to Constellation Qualificado Master Fundo de Investimento de Ações, (ix) 8,670 to Const Brazil US Fund LP and (x) 62,664 to XP Allocation Asset Management Ltda.

For the avoidance of doubt, we will not issue any Ordinary Shares in connection with the Downside Protection Agreements and the transactions contemplated in the Downside Protection Agreements will not have any dilutive effect on holders of Ordinary Shares.

Ambipar Subscription Agreement

Concurrently with the execution and delivery of the Business Combination Agreement, Ambipar entered into the Ambipar Subscription Agreement, pursuant to which Ambipar committed to subscribe for and purchase 5,050,000 Class B Ordinary Shares at $10.00 per share. Ambipar paid the $50.5 million subscription price through the conversion of a $50.5 million equivalent intercompany loan provided by Ambipar pursuant to the Ambipar Intercompany Loan Agreement. Pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, we also granted Ambipar certain customary registration rights in connection with the Ambipar PIPE Financing, including “piggy-back” registration rights.

Contribution Agreement

On July 5, 2022, Ambipar and Merger Sub entered into a contribution agreement, pursuant to which, in connection with the Business Combination, Ambipar agreed to, among other things, contribute to Merger Sub all of the issued and outstanding equity of Emergencia for newly issued Merger Sub Ordinary Shares prior to the First Effective Time (and conditioned upon the Closing).

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — HPX

Founder Shares

On April 8, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 5,750,000 Founder Shares for an aggregate consideration of $25,000. On June 25, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 20,000 Founder Shares to each HPX independent director nominee at the time at their original per-share purchase price. On July 15, 2020, HPX effected a share capitalization resulting in the Initial Shareholders holding an aggregate of 6,325,000 Founder Shares. However, on December 3, 2020, Fabio Mourão resigned as a director of HPX’s board of directors and forfeited 20,000 Founder Shares to HPX for no consideration, resulting in the Initial Shareholders holding an aggregate of 6,305,000 Founder Shares. All share and per-share amounts were restated to reflect the share capitalization.

The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 825,000 shares subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option was exercised, so that the Founder Shares would equal 20% of HPX’s issued and outstanding shares after the HPX IPO. As a result of the underwriter’s election to fully exercise its over-allotment option on July 16, 2020, no Founder Shares were forfeited.

On July 23, 2021, Marco Kheirallah and Wolney Edirley Gonçalves Betiol entered into a securities assignment agreement, whereby Mr. Kheirallah transferred and assigned 20,000 Founder Shares to Mr. Betiol. On July 23, 2021, Rafael Salvador Grisolia entered into a director restricted stock unit award agreement with HPX providing for the grant of 20,000 restricted stock units to Mr. Grisolia, which would vest upon the consummation of a business combination and represented 20,000 non-redeemable HPX Class A Ordinary Shares. On July 5, 2022, Mr. Grisolia and HPX entered into an amendment to the restricted

166

stock unit agreement, pursuant to which, on the Closing Date, the Restricted Stock Units granted thereunder would represent the right to receive 20,000 Class A Ordinary Shares. The Restricted Stock Units vested at Closing and were settled in 20,000 Class A Ordinary Shares on March 29, 2023. Other than as described above, Mr. Betiol and Mr. Grisolia were not compensated by HPX and will not be compensated by us for their services as directors and they have not entered into an employment agreement with HPX or us.

HPX Private Warrants

Simultaneously with the closing of the HPX IPO, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 7,060,000 HPX Private Warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant from HPX in a private placement, for an aggregate purchase price of $7,060,000. Each HPX Private Warrant was exercisable for one HPX Class A Ordinary Share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. Proceeds from the sale of the HPX Private Warrants were added to the net proceeds from the HPX IPO held in the HPX trust account.

In connection with the Business Combination Agreement, we, HPX, Emergencia, the Sponsor, and the Insiders entered into the Sponsor Letter Agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, the 7,060,000 HPX Private Warrants held by the Sponsor were subject to the Sponsor Recapitalization and exchanged for 812,500 HPX Private Warrants minus up to 325,000 HPX Private Warrants (given that up to 325,000 Warrants could instead be issued to the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Sponsor Letter Agreement and the XP Non-Redemption Agreement).

Commitment Letters and Promissory Notes

On April 8, 2020, HPX issued an unsecured promissory note to the Sponsor, pursuant to which HPX could borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The promissory note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2020 and (ii) the completion of the HPX IPO. The outstanding balance under the promissory note of $300,000 was repaid in full at the closing of the HPX IPO on July 20, 2020.

On August 11, 2021, the Sponsor committed to provide HPX an aggregate of $150,000 in loans. On February 21, 2022, the Sponsor committed to provide HPX with an additional $755,000 in loans. These loans were non-interest bearing, unsecured and to be repaid upon the consummation of a business combination, without an option of the Sponsor to convert any amount outstanding thereunder upon completion of a business combination into warrants.

On June 24, 2022, the Sponsor loaned to HPX an aggregate of $700,000 for working capital purposes. On November 30, 2022, the Sponsor loaned to HPX an additional aggregate of $205,000 for working capital purposes. On January 17, 2023, under the terms of an additional promissory note entered into between HPX and the Sponsor on the same date, pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed to loan HPX up to an aggregate principal amount of $410,000, the Sponsor loaned to HPX an additional $410,000 for working capital purposes, bringing the total commitment amount to $1,315,000. These loans were evidenced by two promissory notes (the “Promissory Notes”) which were non-interest bearing and payable upon the consummation by HPX of a business combination, without an option of the Sponsor to convert any amount outstanding thereunder upon completion of a business combination into warrants. As of September 30, 2022, $700,000 were outstanding under such loan. The outstanding amount was substantially forgiven, and the balance repaid, on the Closing Date. See “— Debt Forgiveness Agreement.”

Administrative Services Agreement

HPX entered into an administrative services agreement (the “Administrative Services Agreement”) whereby, commencing on July 16, 2020, HPX paid the Sponsor up to $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. HPX ceased paying any of these monthly fees upon completion of the Business Combination. For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, HPX incurred $90,000 in fees for these services. For the year ended December 31, 2021, HPX incurred $120,000 in fees for these services. For the period from March 20, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020, HPX incurred $55,000 in fees for these services. As of September 30, 2022, HPX recorded $265,000 of such fees as accrued expenses in the HPX balance sheet included in this prospectus. The outstanding amount was substantially forgiven, and the balance repaid, on the Closing Date. See “— Debt Forgiveness Agreement.”

167

Debt Forgiveness Agreement

On the Closing Date, the Sponsor and HPX entered into a debt forgiveness agreement pursuant to which, effective as of Closing and immediately prior to the First Effective Time, the Sponsor irrevocably, unconditionally and for no payment waived, forgave, settled and extinguished an outstanding amount of approximately $1.5 million due by HPX to the Sponsor in connection with the Promissory Notes and the Administrative Services Agreement. The balance of $0.1 million due in connection with the Promissory Notes and the Administrative Services Agreement was repaid in full at Closing.

Advances

The Sponsor advanced HPX an aggregate of $10,000 to cover expenses related to the HPX IPO. The advances were non-interest bearing and due on demand. The outstanding advances of $10,000 were repaid in full on June 25, 2020.

Sponsor Letter Agreement

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, we, HPX, Emergencia, the Sponsor and the Insiders entered into the Sponsor Letter Agreement, pursuant to which the parties thereto agreed (i) to amend and restate in its entirety the sponsor letter agreement dated as of July 15, 2020 by and among HPX, the Sponsor and the other parties thereto, (ii) that the Sponsor and the Insiders would not redeem any outstanding Founder Shares, in connection with the transactions contemplated in the Business Combination Agreement or any extension of the deadline by which HPX was required to consummate its business combination, (iii) that the Sponsor and the Insiders would be present for the relevant meeting and vote all of their Founder Shares in favor of the Business Combination Agreement, the transactions contemplated pursuant thereto and the other matters contemplated to be approved in the Business Combination Agreement, including an extension of the deadline by which HPX had to complete its business combination, (iv) that, prior to the Closing, the Sponsor and the Insiders would not transfer any Founder Shares or HPX Private Warrants except as permitted thereby, and (iv) to give effect to the Sponsor Recapitalization (as detailed below), such that, immediately prior to the First Effective Time, there should cease to be outstanding any Founder Shares. In addition, conditioned upon the consummation of the Business Combination, the Sponsor and the Insiders waived certain anti-dilution protection provisions contained in the HPX governing documents.

The Sponsor, the Insiders and HPX agreed that, immediately prior to consummation of the First Merger (but subject to the prior satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the consummation of the transactions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement), the Sponsor and the Insiders would contribute, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to HPX, and HPX would acquire and accept from the Sponsor and Insiders, all of their right, title and interest in, to and under each of their 6,305,000 outstanding Founder Shares (6,245,000 of which were held by the Sponsor) and each of the 7,060,000 HPX Private Warrants (all such HPX Private Warrants were held by the Sponsor), and in exchange therefore, HPX would issue (x) to the Sponsor 1,860,000 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares minus up to 57,200 HPX Class A Ordinary Shares (given that up to 57,200 Class A Ordinary Shares could instead be issued to the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Sponsor Letter Agreement and the XP Non-Redemption Agreement) and 812,500 HPX Private Warrants minus up to 325,000 HPX Private Warrants (given that up to 325,000 HPX Private Warrants could instead be issued to the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Sponsor Letter Agreement and the XP Non-Redemption Agreement), each free and clear of liens, and (y) to each Insider a number of HPX Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the number of Founder Shares held by such Insider as of the date of the Sponsor Letter Agreement, each free and clear of liens. Any number of Warrants or additional Class A Ordinary Shares issued to any PIPE Investors, Non- Redeeming Shareholders or the XP Non-Redeeming Shareholder pursuant to any of the Subscription Agreements, the Cygnus Subscription Agreement or the Non-Redemption Agreements, as the case may be, would be equally deducted from the number of HPX Class A Ordinary Shares or HPX Private Warrants, as applicable, issued to the Sponsor in connection with the Sponsor Recapitalization.

168

Voting and Support Agreement

Concurrently with the execution and delivery of the Business Combination Agreement, Ambipar and HPX entered into the Voting and Support Agreement, pursuant to which Ambipar agreed, among other things, (i) prior to the termination of the Voting and Support Agreement, to vote to approve the Mergers, the adoption of the transactions and such other actions as contemplated in the Business Combination Agreement for which the approval of Ambipar was required and (ii) to certain transfer restrictions on its equity interests in Emergencia, us and Merger Sub for the period prior until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of the Business Combination Agreement in accordance with its terms, subject to certain limited exceptions.

169

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following is a summary of the material terms of our securities. This summary is not intended to be complete and it is qualified by reference to our Articles, a copy of which is included elsewhere in this registration statement.

General

We are an exempted company incorporated with limited liability in the Cayman Islands and duly registered with the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies. Our corporate purposes are unrestricted, and our affairs are governed by our Articles, the Companies Act and the common law of the Cayman Islands.

As of the date of this prospectus, our share capital is US$50,000 divided into 500,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each.

Our authorized share capital is US$50,000 consisting of 500,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each, which is comprised of: (i) 250,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares; (ii) 150,000,000 Class B Ordinary Shares (which Class B Ordinary Shares may be converted into Class A Ordinary Shares in the manner contemplated in our Articles); and (iii) 100,000,000 shares of such class or classes (howsoever designated) and having the rights as the Board may determine from time to time in accordance with our Articles.

Shares

General

Our Articles authorize the following classes of shares: (i) Class A Ordinary Shares, which are entitled to one (1) vote per share, (ii) Class B Ordinary Shares, which are entitled to ten (10) votes per share, and (iii) such class or classes (howsoever designated) having the rights as the Board may determine from time to time. Any holder of Class B Ordinary Shares may convert his or her shares at any time into Class A Ordinary Shares on a share-for-share basis. The rights of the two existing classes of Ordinary Shares are otherwise identical, except with respect to voting, conversion and transfer restriction applicable to Class B Ordinary shares as described below. See “— Anti-Takeover Provisions in our Articles of Association — Two Classes of Ordinary Shares.”

All of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates (to the extent any are issued) representing the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares are generally not issued and legal title to the issued shares is recorded in fully registered, book-entry form in the register of members. Holders of Ordinary Shares have no redemption rights.

Each Class B Ordinary Share is convertible into one Class A Ordinary Share (as adjusted for share split, share combination and similar transactions occurring), whereas Class A Ordinary Shares are not convertible into Class B Ordinary Shares under any circumstances. Holders of Class B Ordinary Shares have the right to require that their Class B Ordinary Shares be converted into Class A Shares, at any time after issue and without payment of any additional sum. Class B Ordinary Share shall automatically convert into Class A Ordinary Share upon the registration of any transfer of a Class B Ordinary, with certain exceptions.

For so long as Opportunity Agro Fund has the right to designate a director to our Board, we shall not issue any preference shares to a person on any terms unless we have made an offer to Opportunity Agro Fund to issue to Opportunity Agro Fund, on the same or more favorable economic terms as those terms applying to the applicable proposed issuance of preference shares, a number of preference shares equal to the product of (i) the number of preference shares to be issued and (ii) a fraction (x) the numerator of which is the Class A Ordinary Shares then held by Opportunity Agro Fund and (y) the denominator of which is all of the then issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares as a single class.

We shall not issue Class A Ordinary Shares to a person on any terms unless: (a) we have made an offer to each person who holds Class B Ordinary Shares to issue to such person, on the same or more favorable economic terms as those terms applying to the applicable proposed issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares, such number of Class B Ordinary Shares as would ensure that the proportion in nominal value of the issued

170

Ordinary Shares held by such person as Class B Ordinary Shares after the issuance of such Class A Ordinary Shares will be as nearly as practicable equal to the proportion in nominal value of the issued Ordinary Shares held by such person as Class B Ordinary Shares before the said issuance; and (b) the period during which any such offer may be accepted has expired or we have received notice of the acceptance or refusal of every offer so made.

Register of members

Our Class A Ordinary Shares are held through DTC, and DTC or Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, recorded in the register of members as the holder of our Class A Ordinary Shares.

Under Cayman Islands law, we must keep a register of members (i.e., its shareholders) that includes:

•

the names and addresses of the members, a statement of the shares held by each member, and of the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid, on the shares of each member, the number and category of shares held by each member, whether each relevant category of shares held by a member carries voting rights under the articles of association of the company, and if so, whether such voting rights are conditional;

•

the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and

•

the date on which any person ceased to be a member.

Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (i.e., the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a shareholder registered in the register of members is deemed as a matter of Cayman Islands law to have prima facie legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members.

If the name of any person is incorrectly entered in or omitted from the register of members, or if there is any default or unnecessary delay in entering on the register the fact of any person having ceased to be a member of the company, the person or shareholder aggrieved (or any shareholder of the company or the company itself) may apply to the Cayman Islands Grand Court for an order that the register be rectified. However, there are certain limited circumstances where an application may be made to a Cayman Islands court for a determination on whether the register of members reflects the correct legal position. Further, the Cayman Islands court has the power to order that the register of members maintained by a company should be rectified where it considers that the register of members does not reflect the correct legal position. If an application for an order for rectification of the register of members were made in respect of our ordinary shares, then the validity of such shares may be subject to re-examination by a Cayman Islands court.

Issuance of Shares

Except as expressly provided in our Articles and with due regard to Opportunity Agro Fund’s right to be issued preference shares as described below in “Preferred Shares,” our Board has general and unconditional authority to allot, grant options over, offer or otherwise deal with or dispose of any unissued shares in our capital without the approval of the shareholders (whether forming part of the original or any increased share capital), either at a premium or at par, with or without preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, on such terms and conditions, and at such times as the Board may decide, but so that no share shall be issued at a discount, except in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act. In accordance with our Articles and the Companies Act, we shall not issue bearer shares.

Our Articles provide that at any time that there are Class A Ordinary Shares in issue, additional Class B Ordinary Shares may only be issued pursuant to (1) a share split, subdivision of shares or similar transaction or where a dividend or other distribution is paid by the issue of shares or rights to acquire shares or following capitalization of profits; (2) a merger, consolidation, or other business combination involving the issuance of Class B Ordinary Shares as full or partial consideration; or (3) an issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares, whereby holders of Class B Ordinary Shares are entitled to purchase a number of Class B Ordinary Shares that would allow them to maintain their proportional ownership interest in the company. In light of: (a) the above provisions; (b) the fact that future transfers by holders of Class B Ordinary Shares will

171

generally result in those shares converting to Class A Ordinary Shares, subject to limited exceptions as provided in the Articles; and (c) the ten-to-one voting ratio between our Class B Ordinary Shares and Class A Ordinary Shares, means that holders of our Class B Ordinary Shares will in many situations continue to maintain control of all matters requiring shareholder approval. This concentration of ownership and voting power will limit or preclude investors’ ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future.

Our Articles also provide that the issuance of non-voting ordinary shares requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the of then-outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares.

Dividends

We have not adopted a dividend policy with respect to payments of any future dividends. Subject to the Companies Act, our shareholders may, by resolution passed by a simple majority of the voting rights entitled to vote at a general meeting, declare dividends (including interim dividends) to be paid to shareholders but no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by the Board. The Board may also declare dividends.

Dividends may be declared and paid out of funds lawfully available to us. Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to shares and the Articles, all dividends shall be paid in proportion to the number of Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares a shareholder holds at the date the dividend is declared (or such other date as may be set as a record date); but, (1) if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, that share shall rank for dividend accordingly; and (2) where we have shares in issue which are not fully paid up (as to par value) we may pay dividends in proportion to the amounts paid up on each share.

The holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to share equally in any dividends that may be declared in respect of Ordinary Shares from time to time. In the event that a dividend is paid in the form of Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares, or rights to acquire Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares, (1) the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares shall receive Class A Ordinary Shares, or rights to acquire Class A Ordinary Shares, as the case may be; and (2) the holders of Class B Ordinary Shares shall receive Class B Ordinary Shares, or rights to acquire Class B Ordinary Shares, as the case may be.

Voting Rights

The holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares have identical rights, except that: (1) the holder of Class B Ordinary Shares is entitled to ten (10) votes per share, whereas holders of Class A Ordinary Shares are entitled to one (1) vote per share; (2) Class B Ordinary Shares have certain conversion rights; and (3) holders of Class B Ordinary Shares are subject to transfer restrictions as set forth in the Articles. For more information see “— Conversion.” The holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of shareholders, except as provided below and as otherwise required by law.

Our Articles of Association provide as follows regarding the respective rights of holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares:

•

class consents in writing from the holders of two-thirds of the issued Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares, as applicable, shall be required for any variation to the rights attached to their respective class of shares or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class; however, the directors may treat any two or more classes of shares as forming one class if they consider that all such classes would be affected in the same way by the proposal;

•

the rights conferred on holders of Class A Ordinary Shares shall not be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Class B Ordinary Shares and vice versa;

•

the rights attaching to the Class A Ordinary Shares and the Class B Ordinary Shares shall not be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of shares with preferred or other rights, including, without limitation, shares with enhanced or weighted voting rights;

172

•

subject to the rights of appointment and removal set forth in the Articles, our Board shall consist of such number of directors as a majority of the directors then in office may determine from time to time, provided that, unless otherwise determined by the shareholders acting by special resolution, with the approval by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power of Class A Ordinary Shares then outstanding voting exclusively and as a separate class, the Board shall consist of not less than five (5) directors and not more than eleven (11) directors;

•

no subdivision of Class A Ordinary Shares into shares of an amount smaller than the nominal or par value of such shares at the relevant time shall be effected unless Class B Ordinary Shares are concurrently and similarly subdivided in the same proportion and the same manner, and vice versa;

•

no consolidation of Class A Ordinary Shares into shares of an amount larger than the nominal or par value of such shares at the relevant time shall be effected unless Class B Ordinary Shares are concurrently and similarly consolidated in the same proportion and the same manner, and vice versa;

•

no business combination (whether or not we are the surviving entity) shall proceed unless by the terms of such transaction: (i) the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration as the holders of Class B Ordinary Shares, and (ii) the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, at least the same amount of consideration on a per share basis as the holders of Class B Ordinary Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, this Article refers to and includes only economic rights;

•

no tender or exchange offer to acquire any Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares by any third party pursuant to an agreement to which we are to be a party, nor any tender or exchange offer by us to acquire any Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares shall be approved by us unless by the terms of such transaction: (i) the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration as the holders of Class B Ordinary Shares, and (ii) the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, at least the same amount of consideration at a per share basis as the holders Class B Ordinary Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, the Articles refer to and include only economic rights;

•

the approval by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Class A Ordinary Shares then outstanding, voting exclusively and as a separate class, shall be required to amend the Articles in the event such amendment would adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares or otherwise have an adverse effect on such rights; and

•

at any time when there are Class A Ordinary Shares in issue, Class B Ordinary Shares may only be issued pursuant to: (i) a share-split, subdivision or similar transaction or as contemplated in subdivision of shares or capitalization of undivided profits, in each case pursuant to the Articles; (ii) a business combination involving the issuance of Class B Ordinary Shares as full or partial consideration; and (iii) an issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares, whereby holders of Class B Ordinary Shares are entitled to purchase a number of Class B Ordinary Shares that would allow them to maintain their proportional ownership interest in us pursuant to the relevant terms of the Articles.

As set forth in the Articles, the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares, respectively, do not have the right to vote separately if the number of authorized shares of such class is increased or decreased. Rather, the number of authorized shares may be increased by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares, voting together in a general meeting. A two-thirds majority of the votes of shareholders, voting in a special resolution, is required to reduce our share capital.

Conversion

The outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares are convertible at any time as follows: (1) at the option of the holder; and (2) on the election of the holders of a majority of the then issued and outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares, in each case, each Class B Ordinary Share of the applicable holder(s) shall be converted into one Class A Ordinary Share.

173

In addition, each Class B Ordinary Share will convert automatically into one Class A Ordinary Share upon: (1) any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in the Articles; or (2) if, at any time, the total number of the issued and outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares represents less than 10% of the total number of shares outstanding. For the avoidance of doubt, the creation of any pledge, charge, encumbrance or other security interest or third-party right of whatever description on any Class B Ordinary Shares to secure a holder’s contractual or legal obligations shall not be deemed to be a transfer unless and until any such pledge, charge, encumbrance or other third-party right is enforced and results in such third party (or its nominee) holding legal title to the related Class B Ordinary Shares.

Equal Status

Except as expressly provided in the Articles, Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share proportionally and are identical in all respects as to all matters. In the event of any merger, consolidation, scheme, arrangement or other business combination requiring the approval of the shareholders entitled to vote thereon (whether or not we are the surviving entity), the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration as the holders of Class B Ordinary Shares, and the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, at least the same amount of consideration at a per share basis as the holders of Class B Ordinary Shares. In the event of any: (1) tender or exchange offer to acquire any Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares by any third-party pursuant to an agreement to which we are a party; or (2) any tender or exchange offer by us to acquire any Class A Ordinary Shares or Class B Ordinary Shares, the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration as the holders of Class B Ordinary Shares, and the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, at least the same amount of consideration at a per share basis as the holders of Class B Ordinary Shares.

Record Dates

For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at any general meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive dividend or other distribution payments, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other purpose, our Board may set a record date which shall not exceed forty (40) clear days prior to the date where the determination will be made.

General Meetings of Shareholders

As a condition of admission to a shareholders’ meeting, a shareholder must be duly registered as our shareholder at the applicable record date for that meeting and, in order to vote, all calls or installments then payable by such shareholder to us in respect of the shares that such shareholder holds must have been paid.

Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting then attached to any shares, at any general meeting every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative not being himself or herself a shareholder entitled to vote) shall have one (1) vote per Class A Ordinary Share and ten (10) per Class B Ordinary Share.

As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obliged by the Companies Act to hold annual general meetings; however, the Articles provide that in each year we will hold an annual general meeting of shareholders, at a time determined by the Board. The agenda for an annual general meeting of shareholders will only include such items as have been included therein by the Board.

Also, we may, but are not required to (unless required by the laws of the Cayman Islands), hold other extraordinary general meetings during the year. General meetings of shareholders will be held where the directors so decide. To the extent permitted by law, annual general meetings may also be held virtually.

The Companies Act provides shareholders a limited right to request a general meeting and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting in default of a company’s articles of association. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our

174

Articles provides that upon the requisition of one or more shareholders representing not less than one-third of the voting rights entitled to vote at general meetings, the Board will convene an extraordinary general meeting and put the resolutions so requisitioned to a vote at such meeting. The Articles provide no other right to put any proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings.

Subject to regulatory requirements, the annual general meeting and any extraordinary general meetings must be called by not less than ten (10) clear days’ notice prior to the relevant shareholders meeting and convened by a notice, as discussed below. Alternatively, upon the prior consent of all holders entitled to receive notice, with regards to the annual general meeting, and the holders of 95% in par value of the shares entitled to attend and vote at an extraordinary general meeting, that meeting may be convened by a shorter notice and in a manner deemed appropriate by those holders.

We will give notice of each general meeting of shareholders by publication on our website and in any other manner that we may be required to follow in order to comply with Cayman Islands law, the NYSE American and SEC requirements. The holders of registered shares may be given notice of a shareholders’ meeting by means of letters sent to the addresses of those shareholders as registered in our shareholders’ register, or, subject to certain statutory requirements, by electronic means.

Holders whose shares are registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, which we expect will be the case for substantially all holders of Class A Ordinary Shares, will not be our shareholder or our member and must rely on the procedures of DTC regarding notice of shareholders’ meetings and the exercise of rights of a holder of the Class A Ordinary Shares.

A quorum for a general meeting consists of any one or more persons holding or representing by proxy not less than one-third of the aggregate voting power of all shares in issue and entitled to vote upon the business to be transacted.

A resolution put to a vote at a general meeting shall be decided on a poll. An ordinary resolution to be passed by the shareholders at a general meeting requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast by, or on behalf of, the shareholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy and voting at the meeting. A special resolution requires the affirmative vote on a poll of no less than two-thirds of the votes cast by the shareholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy at a general meeting. Both ordinary resolutions and special resolutions may also be passed by a unanimous written resolution signed by all our shareholders, as permitted by the Companies Act and our Articles.

Pursuant to the Articles, general meetings of shareholders are to be chaired by the chairman of the Board or in his absence the vice-chairman of the Board. If both the chairman and vice-chairman of the Board are absent, the directors present at the meeting shall appoint one of them to be chairman of the general meeting. If neither the chairman nor another director is present at the general meeting within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote may elect any one of the shareholders to be chairman. The order of business at each meeting shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting, and he or she shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts and things as are necessary or desirable for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, the establishment of procedures for the maintenance of order and safety, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments on our affairs, restrictions on entry to such meeting after the time prescribed for the commencement thereof, and the opening and closing of the polls.

Liquidation Rights

If we are voluntarily wound up, the liquidator, after taking into account and giving effect to the rights of preferred and secured creditors and to any agreement between us and any creditors that the claims of such creditors shall be subordinated or otherwise deferred to the claims of any other creditors and to any contractual rights of set-off or netting of claims between us and any person or persons (including without limitation any bilateral or any multi-lateral set-off or netting arrangements between us and any person or persons) and subject to any agreement between us and any person or persons to waive or limit the same, shall apply our property in satisfaction of our liabilities pari passu and subject thereto shall distribute the property amongst the shareholders according to their rights and interests into the company.

175

Changes to Capital

Pursuant to the Articles, we may from time to time by ordinary resolution:

•

increase our share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amount, as the resolution shall prescribe;

•

consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of a larger amount than our existing shares;

•

convert all or any of our paid-up shares into stock and reconvert that stock into paid up shares of any denomination;

•

subdivide our existing shares or any of them into shares of a smaller amount; provided, that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in the case of the share from which the reduced share is derived; or

•

cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of our share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

Our shareholders may by special resolution, subject to confirmation by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands on an application by the company for an order confirming such reduction, reduce our share capital or any capital redemption reserve in any manner permitted by law.

In addition, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and our Articles, we may:

•

issue shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed;

•

purchase our own shares (including any redeemable shares); and

•

make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of our own shares in any manner authorized by the Companies Act, including out of our own capital.

Transfer of Shares

Subject to any applicable restrictions set forth in our Articles, any of our shareholder may transfer all or any of his or her Ordinary Shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in the form prescribed by the NYSE American or any other form approved by the Board.

The Class A Ordinary Shares are traded on the NYSE American in book-entry form and may be transferred in accordance with the Articles and the NYSE American rules and regulations.

However, our Board may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any Ordinary Share that is either not fully paid up to a person of whom it does not approve or is issued under any share incentive scheme for employees which contains a transfer restriction that is still applicable to such Ordinary Share. The Board may also decline to register any transfer of any Ordinary Share unless:

•

a fee of such maximum sum as the NYSE American may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require is paid to us in respect thereof;

•

the instrument of transfer is lodged at the registered office with us, accompanied by the certificate (if any) for the Ordinary Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

•

the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares;

•

the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;

•

the Ordinary Shares transferred are fully paid (as to both par value and any premium) and free of any lien in our favor; and

•

in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the transfer is not to more than four joint holders.

If the Board refuses to register a transfer they are required, within two (2) months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, to send to the transferee notice of such refusal.

176

Share Repurchase

The Companies Act and our Articles permit us to purchase our own ordinary shares, subject to certain restrictions. The Board may only exercise this power on our behalf, subject to the Companies Act, the Articles and to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by the SEC, the NYSE American, or by any recognized stock exchange on which our securities are listed.

Board of Directors

Appointment and Removal

We are managed by our Board. The Articles provide that, unless otherwise determined by a special resolution of shareholders with the approval by the holders of a majority of the Class A Ordinary Shares voting exclusively and as a separate class, the Board will be composed of five (5) to eleven (11) directors, with the number being determined by a majority of the directors then in office. As of the date of this prospectus, our Board consists of seven (7) directors and has no vacancy.

The Articles provide that directors shall be elected by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders, which requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast on the resolution by the shareholders entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting. Each director shall be appointed and elected for such term as the resolution appointing him or her may determine or until his or her death, resignation or removal.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Ambipar shall be entitled to nominate a number of designees to the Board by written notice served upon the company: (1) for so long as the aggregate voting power of Class B Ordinary Shares held by Ambipar continues to be at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of all shares, then Ambipar shall be entitled to nominate at least the majority of the directors; provided that at least one (1) out of such directors shall qualify as an independent director pursuant to Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and shall also be appointed as a member of the audit committee; provided, further, that if more than one director nominated by Ambipar shall be appointed as a member of the audit committee, such member shall also qualify as an independent director pursuant to Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act should the applicable rules and regulations so require; and (2) for so long as the aggregate voting power of Class B Ordinary Shares held by Ambipar continues to be at least twenty-five percent (25%), but less than fifty percent (50%), of the total voting power of all shares, then Ambipar shall be entitled to nominate at least one-third of the directors to the Board.

For so long as the Sponsor is subject to the transfer restrictions with respect to its Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, the Sponsor shall be entitled to nominate one director by written notice served upon us; provided that such Sponsor director shall qualify as an independent director. The Sponsor director shall also be appointed as a member of the audit committee, provided that the Sponsor director shall be considered an independent director pursuant to Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

For so long as Opportunity Agro Fund shall hold at least fifty percent (50%) of the Class A Ordinary Shares voting power held by Opportunity Agro Fund immediately after Closing, Opportunity Agro Fund shall be entitled to nominate one director by written notice served upon us.

Each of Ambipar, the Sponsor and Opportunity Agro Fund, as applicable, shall have the exclusive right to appoint and remove the respective director(s) appointed by it, and appoint replacement director(s). Any such directors shall be nominated, appointed and removed only by Ambipar, the Sponsor or Opportunity Agro Fund, as the case may be, by written notice served upon us. Such appointment or removal by Ambipar, the Sponsor or Opportunity Agro Fund, as applicable, shall have immediate effect when the notice is served, or take effect at such later time as may be stated in such notice. Any vacancies on the Board that arise other than upon the removal of a director by resolution passed at a general meeting can be filled by the remaining directors (notwithstanding that they may constitute less than a quorum). Any such appointment shall be as an interim director to fill such vacancy until the next annual general meeting of shareholders (and such appointment shall terminate at the commencement of the annual general meeting).

177

Grounds for Removing a Director

Except for directors appointed by Ambipar, the Sponsor and Opportunity Agro Fund, which may be removed by them at any time at their discretion, before the expiration of his or her term of office, a director may only be removed with or without cause by ordinary resolution in accordance with the provisions of the Articles.

The notice of the general meeting must contain a statement of the intention to remove the director and must be served on the director not less than ten (10) calendar days before the meeting. The director is entitled to attend the meeting and be heard on the motion for his removal.

The office of a director will be vacated automatically if he or she: (1) becomes prohibited by law from being a director; (2) dies or is, in the opinion of all his co-directors, incapable by reason of mental disorder of discharging his duties as director; (3) becomes bankrupt or makes an arrangement or composition with his creditors; (4) resigns his office by notice to us; or (5) has for more than six months been absent without permission of the directors from meetings of the Board held during that period, and the remaining directors resolve that his or her office be vacated.

Indemnity of Directors and Officers

In accordance with the Articles, our directors and officers must be indemnified out of our assets and funds against any liability incurred or sustained by that director or officer as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions, except for any such liability that the director or officer may incur by reason of his own dishonesty, willful default or fraud in or about the conduct of our business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretion.

Inspection of Books and Records

Holders of our shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, the Board may determine from time to time whether and to what extent our accounting records and books shall be open to inspection by shareholders who are not members of the Board.

Exempted Company

We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act. The Companies Act distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

•

an exempted company does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

•

an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection;

•

an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

•

an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

•

an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

•

an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and

•

an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the

178

establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

Anti-Takeover Provisions in Our Articles of Association

Some provisions of the Articles of Association may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our control or management that shareholders may consider favorable. In particular, our capital structure concentrates ownership of voting rights in the hands of our controlling shareholder. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire our control to first negotiate with the Board. However, these provisions could also have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, consequently, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of the Class A Ordinary Shares that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that shareholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Two Classes of Ordinary Shares

Our Class B Ordinary Shares are entitled to ten (10) votes per share, while the Class A Ordinary Shares are entitled to one (1) vote per share. Our controlling shareholder owns all of our Class B Ordinary Shares, has the ability to elect certain directors (see “— Board of Directors — Appointment and Removal” above) and to determine the outcome of most matters submitted for a vote of shareholders. This concentrated voting control could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover, or other change of control transaction that other shareholders may view as beneficial.

So long as the controlling shareholder has the ability to determine the outcome of most matters submitted to a vote of shareholders as well as our overall management and direction, third parties may be deterred in their willingness to make an unsolicited merger, takeover, or other change of control proposal, or to engage in a proxy contest for the election of directors. As a result, the fact that we have two classes of ordinary shares may have the effect of depriving investors as a holder of Class A Ordinary Shares of an opportunity to sell their Class A Ordinary Shares at a premium over prevailing market prices and make it more difficult to replace our directors and management.

Authorized Ordinary Shares

Our authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares are available for future issuances without shareholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved Ordinary Shares could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain our control by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Preferred Shares

Our Board is given wide powers to issue one or more classes or series of shares with preferred rights. Such preferences may include, for example, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, enhanced voting powers and liquidation preferences; provided, however, that for so long as Opportunity Agro Fund has the right to designate a director to our Board, we shall not issue any preference shares to a person on any terms unless we have made an offer to Opportunity Agro Fund to issue to Opportunity Agro Fund, on the same or more favorable economic terms as those terms applying to the applicable proposed issuance of preference shares, a number of preference shares equal to the product of (i) the number of preference shares to be issued and (ii) a fraction (x) the numerator of which is the Class A Shares then held by Opportunity Agro Fund and (y) the denominator of which is all of the then issued and outstanding Class A Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares as a single class.

Despite the anti-takeover provisions described above, under Cayman Islands law, the Board may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under the articles of association, for what they believe in good faith to be in the company’s best interests.

179

Protection of Non-Controlling Shareholders — Cayman Islands

The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may, on the application of shareholders holding not less than one fifth of our shares in issue, appoint an inspector to examine our affairs and report thereon in a manner as the Grand Court shall direct.

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, any shareholder may petition the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands which may make a winding up order, if the court is of the opinion that this winding up is just and equitable.

Notwithstanding the U.S. securities laws and regulations that are applicable to us, general corporate claims against us by our shareholders must, as a general rule, be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the Cayman Islands or their individual rights as shareholders as established by our Articles.

The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands, which permit a minority shareholder to commence a representative action against us, or derivative actions in our name, to challenge: (1) an act which is ultra vires or illegal; (2) an act which constitutes a fraud against the minority and the wrongdoers themselves control us; and (3) an irregularity in the passing of a resolution that requires a qualified (or special) majority.

Warrants

General

The Warrants represent the right to purchase one Class A Ordinary Share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below. Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, a warrantholder may exercise its Warrants only for a whole number of Class A Ordinary Shares. This means only a whole Warrant may be exercised at a given time by a warrantholder. The Warrants will become exercisable on April 2, 2023, which is 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination. The Warrants will expire on March 3, 2028 (i.e., five years after the completion of the Business Combination) or earlier upon redemption or liquidation in accordance with their terms. The Warrants are governed by the Warrant Agreement. You should review a copy of the Warrant Agreement, as amended.

We will not be obligated to deliver any Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating thereto is available, subject to us satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration, or a valid exemption from registration is available, including in connection with a cashless exercise permitted as a result of a notice of redemption described below under “— Redemption of Warrants when the price per Class A Ordinary Share equals or exceeds $10.00.” No Warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their Warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a Warrant, the holder of such Warrant will not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and such Warrant may have no value and expire worthless.

We have filed the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part within the timeframe set forth in the Warrant Agreement and have agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the Closing and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the Warrant Agreement. If such registration statement has not been declared effective by the 60th business day following the closing of the Business Combination, holders of the Warrants will have the right, during the period beginning on the 61st business day after the closing of the Business Combination and ending upon such registration statement being declared effective by the SEC, and during any other period when the company fails to have maintained an effective registration statement

180

covering the issuance of the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, to exercise such Warrants on a “cashless basis.”

Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A Ordinary Shares are, at the time of any exercise of a Warrant, not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of Warrants who exercise their Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but will use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent that an exemption is not available. In the case of a cashless exercise, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the Warrants for that number of Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” ​(defined below) less the exercise price of the Warrants by (y) the fair market value and (B) 0.361 Class A Ordinary Shares per Warrant. The “fair market value” as used in the preceding sentence shall mean the volume weighted average price of the Class A Ordinary Shares for the 10 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent.

Redemption of Warrants

Redemption of Warrants when the price per Class A Ordinary Share equals or exceeds $18.00.

Once the Warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding Warrants (except as described herein with respect to the Private Warrants):

•

in whole and not in part;

•

at a price of $0.01 per Warrant;

•

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrantholder; and

•

if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Class A Ordinary Shares for any Reference Value equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a Warrant as described under the heading “— Anti-dilution Adjustments”).

We will not redeem the Warrants as described above unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating to those Class A Ordinary Shares is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If and when the Warrants become redeemable by us, we will be able to exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

We have established the last of the redemption criterion discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the exercise price of the Warrants. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the Warrants, each warrantholder will be entitled to exercise his, her or its Warrants prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the Class A Ordinary Shares may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a Warrant as described under the heading “Anti-dilution Adjustments”) as well as the $11.50 (for whole shares) Warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

Redemption of Warrants when the price per Class A Ordinary Share equals or exceeds $10.00.

Once the Warrants become exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding Warrants:

•

in whole and not in part;

•

at $0.10 per Warrant;

181

•

upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of Class A Ordinary Shares determined by reference to the table below, based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” ​(as defined below) of Class A Ordinary Shares except as otherwise described below;

•

if, and only if, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a Warrant as described under the heading “— Anti-dilution Adjustments”); and

•

if the Reference Value is less than $18.00 per share (as adjusted for adjustments to the number of shares issuable upon exercise or the exercise price of a Warrant as described under the heading “— Anti-dilution Adjustments”), the Private Warrants must also be concurrently called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding Warrants, as described above.

During the period beginning on the date the notice of redemption is given, holders may elect to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis. The numbers in the table below represent the number of Class A Ordinary Shares that a warrantholder will receive upon such cashless exercise in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, based on the “fair market value” of the Class A Ordinary Shares on the corresponding redemption date (assuming holders elect to exercise their Warrants and such Warrants are not redeemed for $0.10 per warrant), determined for these purposes based on the volume weighted average price of the Class A Ordinary Shares during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of Warrants, and the number of months that the corresponding redemption date precedes the expiration date of the Warrants, each as set forth in the table below. We will provide our warrantholders with the final fair market value no later than one business day after the 10-trading day period described above ends.

The share prices set forth in the column headings of the table below will be adjusted as of any date on which the number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant or the exercise price of a Warrant is adjusted as set forth under the heading “— Anti-dilution Adjustments” below. If the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant is adjusted, the adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the share prices immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Class A Ordinary Shares deliverable upon exercise of a Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the number of Class A Ordinary Shares deliverable upon exercise of a Warrant as so adjusted. The number of shares in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant. If the exercise price of a Warrant is adjusted, (a) in the case of an adjustment pursuant to the fifth paragraph under the heading “— Anti-dilution Adjustments” below, the adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the unadjusted share price multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price (each as defined in the Warrant Agreement) as set forth under the heading “— Anti-dilution Adjustments” and the denominator of which is $10.00 and (b) in the case of an adjustment pursuant to the second paragraph under the heading “— Anti-dilution Adjustments” below, the adjusted share prices in the column headings will equal the unadjusted share price less the decrease in the exercise price of a Warrant pursuant to such exercise price adjustment.

Redemption Date	Fair Market Value of Class A Ordinary Shares
(period to expiration of Warrants)	​	≤10.00	11.00	12.00	13.00	14.00	15.00	16.00	17.00	≥18.00
60 months	​	0.261	0.281	0.297	0.311	0.324	0.337	0.348	0.358	0.361
57 months	​	0.257	0.277	0.294	0.310	0.324	0.337	0.348	0.358	0.361
54 months	​	0.252	0.272	0.291	0.307	0.322	0.335	0.347	0.357	0.361
51 months	​	0.246	0.268	0.287	0.304	0.320	0.333	0.346	0.357	0.361
48 months	​	0.241	0.263	0.283	0.301	0.317	0.332	0.344	0.356	0.361
45 months	​	0.235	0.258	0.279	0.298	0.315	0.330	0.343	0.356	0.361
42 months	​	0.228	0.252	0.274	0.294	0.312	0.328	0.342	0.355	0.361
39 months	​	0.221	0.246	0.269	0.290	0.309	0.325	0.340	0.354	0.361
36 months	​	0.213	0.239	0.263	0.285	0.305	0.323	0.339	0.353	0.361

182

Redemption Date	Fair Market Value of Class A Ordinary Shares
33 months	​	0.205	0.232	0.257	0.280	0.301	0.320	0.337	0.352	0.361
30 months	​	0.196	0.224	0.250	0.274	0.297	0.316	0.335	0.351	0.361
27 months	​	0.185	0.214	0.242	0.268	0.291	0.313	0.332	0.350	0.361
24 months	​	0.173	0.204	0.233	0.260	0.285	0.308	0.329	0.348	0.361
21 months	​	0.161	0.193	0.223	0.252	0.279	0.304	0.326	0.347	0.361
18 months	​	0.146	0.179	0.211	0.242	0.271	0.298	0.322	0.345	0.361
15 months	​	0.130	0.164	0.197	0.230	0.262	0.291	0.317	0.342	0.361
12 months	​	0.111	0.146	0.181	0.216	0.250	0.282	0.312	0.339	0.361
9 months	​	0.090	0.125	0.162	0.199	0.237	0.272	0.305	0.336	0.361
6 months	​	0.065	0.099	0.137	0.178	0.219	0.259	0.296	0.331	0.361
3 months	​	0.034	0.065	0.104	0.150	0.197	0.243	0.286	0.326	0.361
0 months	​	—	—	0.042	0.115	0.179	0.233	0.281	0.323	0.361

The exact fair market value and redemption date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case, if the fair market value is between two values in the table or the redemption date is between two redemption dates in the table, the number of Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued for each Warrant exercised will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of Class A Ordinary Shares set forth for the higher and lower fair market values and the earlier and later redemption dates, as applicable, based on a 365 or 366-day year, as applicable. For example, if the volume weighted average price of Class A Ordinary Shares during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the Warrants is $11.00 per share, and at such time there are 57 months until the expiration of the Warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their Warrants for 0.277 Class A Ordinary Shares for each whole Warrant. For an example where the exact fair market value and redemption date are not as set forth in the table above, if the volume weighted average price of Class A Ordinary Shares during the 10 trading days immediately following the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of the Warrants is $13.50 per share, and at such time there are 38 months until the expiration of the Warrants, holders may choose to, in connection with this redemption feature, exercise their Warrants for 0.298 Class A Ordinary Shares for each whole Warrant. In no event will the Warrants be exercisable in connection with this redemption feature for more than 0.361 Class A Ordinary Shares per Warrant (subject to adjustment). Finally, as reflected in the table above, if the Warrants are out of the money and about to expire, they cannot be exercised on a cashless basis in connection with a redemption by us pursuant to this redemption feature, since they will not be exercisable for any Class A Ordinary Shares.

This redemption feature differs from the typical warrant redemption features used in some other Business Combinations, which typically only provide for a redemption of Warrants for cash (other than the Private Warrants) when the trading price for the Class A Ordinary Shares exceeds $18.00 per share for a specified period of time. This redemption feature is structured to allow for all of the outstanding Warrants to be redeemed when the Class A Ordinary Shares are trading at or above $10.00 per share, which may be at a time when the trading price of Class A Ordinary Shares is below the exercise price of the Warrants. We have established this redemption feature to provide us with the flexibility to redeem the Warrants without the Warrants having to reach the $18.00 per share threshold set forth above under “— Redemption of Warrants when the price per Class A Ordinary Share equals or exceeds $18.00.” Holders choosing to exercise their Warrants in connection with a redemption pursuant to this feature will, in effect, receive a number of Class A Ordinary Shares for their Warrants based on an option pricing model with a fixed volatility input as of the date of this prospectus. This redemption right provides us with an additional mechanism by which to redeem all of the outstanding Warrants, and therefore have certainty as to our capital structure as the Warrants would no longer be outstanding and would have been exercised or redeemed. We will be required to pay the applicable redemption price to our warrantholders if we choose to exercise this redemption right and it will allow us to quickly proceed with a redemption of the Warrants if we determine it is in its best interest to do so. As such, we would redeem the Warrants in this manner when we believe it is in our best interest to update our capital structure to remove the Warrants and pay the redemption price to the warrantholders.

183

As stated above, we can redeem the Warrants when the Class A Ordinary Shares are trading at a price starting at $10.00 per share, which is below the exercise price of $11.50 per share, because it will provide certainty with respect to our capital structure and cash position while providing warrantholders with the opportunity to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis for the applicable number of Class A Ordinary Shares. If we choose to redeem the Warrants when the Class A Ordinary Shares are trading at a price per share below the exercise price of the Warrants, this could result in the warrantholders receiving fewer Class A Ordinary Shares than they would have received if they had chosen to wait to exercise their Warrants for Class A Ordinary Shares if and when such Class A Ordinary Shares were trading at a price higher than the exercise price of $11.50 per share.

No fractional Class A Ordinary Shares will be issued upon exercise. If, upon exercise, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued to the holder.

Redemption procedures

A holder of a Warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (or such other amount as a holder may specify) of the Class A Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.

Anti-dilution adjustments

If the number of issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares is increased by a capitalization or share dividend payable in Class A Ordinary Shares, or by a split-up of Class A Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such capitalization or share dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares. A rights offering made to all or substantially all holders of Class A Ordinary Shares entitling holders to purchase Class A Ordinary Shares at a price less than the “historical fair market value” ​(as defined below) will be deemed a share dividend of a number of Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Class A Ordinary Shares actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for Class A Ordinary Shares) and (2) one minus the quotient of (x) the price per Class A Ordinary Share paid in such rights offering and (y) the historical fair market value. For these purposes, (1) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Class A Ordinary Shares, in determining the price payable for Class A Ordinary Shares, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (2) “historical fair market value” means the volume weighted average price of Class A Ordinary Shares during the 10 trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the Class A Ordinary Shares trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.

In addition, if we, at any time while the Warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay to all or substantially all of the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares on account of such Class A Ordinary Shares (or other securities into which the Warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above, (b) certain ordinary cash dividends or cash distributions, then the Warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each Class A Ordinary Share in respect of such event.

If the number of issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse share split or reclassification of Class A Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse share split, reclassification or similar event, the number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares.

184

Whenever the number of Class A Ordinary Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants is adjusted, as described above, the Warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the Warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of Class A Ordinary Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of Class A Ordinary Shares so purchasable immediately thereafter.

In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such Class A Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another corporation (other than a merger or consolidation in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of our assets or other property as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the Warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Warrants and in lieu of Class A Ordinary Shares immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares, stock or other equity securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the Warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their Warrants immediately prior to such event. However, if such holders were entitled to exercise a right of election as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other assets receivable upon such merger or consolidation, then the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets for which each Warrant will become exercisable will be deemed to be the weighted average of the kind and amount received per share by such holders in such merger or consolidation that affirmatively make such election, and if a tender, exchange or redemption offer has been made to and accepted by such holders (other than a tender, exchange or redemption offer made by us in connection with redemption rights held by our shareholders as provided for in our Articles) under circumstances in which, upon completion of such tender or exchange offer, the maker thereof, together with members of any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) of which such maker is a part, and together with any affiliate or associate of such maker (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) and any members of any such group of which any such affiliate or associate is a part, own beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) more than 50% of the issued and outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares, the holder of a Warrant will be entitled to receive the highest amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would actually have been entitled as a shareholder if such warrantholder had exercised the Warrant prior to the expiration of such tender or exchange offer, accepted such offer and all of the Class A Ordinary Shares held by such holder had been purchased pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, subject to adjustments (from and after the consummation of such tender or exchange offer) as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided for in the Warrant Agreement. Additionally, if less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares in such a transaction is payable in the form of ordinary shares in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the Warrant properly exercises the Warrant within 30 days following public disclosure of such transaction, the Warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the Warrant Agreement based on the per share consideration minus Black-Scholes Warrant Value (as defined in the Warrant Agreement) of the Warrant.

The Warrants will be issued in registered form under the Warrant Agreement. You should review a copy of the Warrant Agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for a description of the terms and conditions applicable to the Warrants. The Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the Warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or correcting any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the Warrant Agreement to the description of the terms of the Warrants and the Warrant Agreement set forth in this prospectus, or defective provision or (ii) adding or changing any provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Warrant Agreement as the parties to the Warrant Agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the rights of the registered holders of the Warrants, provided that the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then-outstanding public Warrants is required to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.

185

The warrantholders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and any voting rights until they exercise their Warrants and receive Class A Ordinary Shares. After the issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares upon exercise of the Warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.

Private Warrants

Except as described below, the Private Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to all other Warrants.

Private Warrants will not be redeemable (except as described under “—  Redemption of Warrants —  Redemption of Warrants when the price per Class A Ordinary Share equals or exceeds $10.00”) so long as they are held by the Sponsor or any of its permitted transferees. In addition, the Sponsor Warrants and the Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Sponsor Warrants are subject to lock-up restrictions described in this prospectus under the section titled “Plan of Distribution.”

Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, the Sponsor or its permitted transferees may transfer, assign or sell their Warrants (including the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Warrants) following the effectiveness of this registration statement. The Sponsor or its permitted transferees have the option to exercise the Private Warrants on a cashless basis and certain registration rights. If the Private Warrants are held by holders other than Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the Private Warrants will be redeemable in all redemption scenarios and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as all other Warrants.

Except as described under “— Redemption of Warrants — Redemption of Warrants when the price per Class A Ordinary Share equals or exceeds $10.00,” if a holder of a Private Warrant elects to exercise it on a cashless basis, he, she or it would pay the exercise price by surrendering his, her or its Private Warrants for that number of Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Private Warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” ​(as defined below) of the Class A Ordinary Shares over the exercise price of the Private Warrants by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” means the average last reported sale price of the Class A Ordinary Shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of warrant exercise is sent to the warrant agent.

Enforcement of Civil Liabilities — Cayman Islands

The Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides less protection to investors. Additionally, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the Federal courts of the United States.

Our Cayman Islands legal counsel have advised that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely: (i) to recognize or enforce against the Company judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against the Company predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, and not be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

186

Anti-Money Laundering — Cayman Islands

If any person in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or money laundering or is involved with terrorism or terrorist financing and property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering, or (ii) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands, if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

Data Protection Law — Cayman Islands

We have certain duties under the Data Protection Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands (the “Cayman Data Protection Act”) based on internationally accepted principles of data privacy.

Privacy Notice

This privacy notice puts our shareholders on notice that through investment in us the shareholder will provide us with certain personal information which constitutes personal data within the meaning of the Cayman Data Protection Act (“personal data”).

In the following discussion, references to the “company” refers to us and our affiliates and/or delegates, except where the context requires otherwise.

Investor Data

The company will collect, use, disclose, retain and secure personal data to the extent reasonably required only and within the parameters that could be reasonably expected during the normal course of business. The company will only process, disclose, transfer or retain personal data to the extent legitimately required to conduct its activities on an ongoing basis or to comply with legal and regulatory obligations to which it is subject. It will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the Cayman Data Protection Act, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction or damage to the personal data.

In the company’s use of this personal data, it will be characterized as a “data controller” for the purposes of the Cayman Data Protection Act, while its affiliates and service providers who may receive this personal data from the company in the conduct of our activities may either act as its “data processors” for the purposes of the Cayman Data Protection Act or may process personal information for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to us.

The company may also obtain personal data from other public sources. Personal data includes, without limitation, the following information relating to a shareholder and/or any individuals connected with a shareholder as an investor: name, residential address, email address, contact details, corporate contact information, signature, nationality, place of birth, date of birth, tax identification, credit history, correspondence records, passport number, bank account details, source of funds details and details relating to the shareholder’s investment activity.

Whom this Affects

If you are a natural person, this will affect you directly. If you are a corporate investor (including, for these purposes, legal arrangements such as trusts or exempted limited partnerships) that provides the company with personal data on individuals connected to you for any reason in relation your investment in the company, this will be relevant for those individuals and you should transmit the content of this Privacy Notice to such individuals or otherwise advise them of its content.

187

How The Company May Use a Shareholder’s Personal Data

The company, as the data controller, collect, store and use personal data for lawful purposes, including, in particular: (1) where this is necessary for the performance of its rights and obligations under any agreements; (2) where this is necessary for compliance with a legal and regulatory obligation to which it is or may be subject (such as compliance with anti-money laundering and FATCA/CRS requirements); and/or (3) where this is necessary for the purposes of the company’s legitimate interests and such interests are not overridden by your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms.

Should the company wish to use personal data for other specific purposes (including, if applicable, any purpose that requires your consent), it will contact you.

Why The Company May Transfer Your Personal Data

In certain circumstances the company may be legally obliged to share personal data and other information with respect to your shareholding with the relevant regulatory authorities such as the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority or the Tax Information Authority. They, in turn, may exchange this information with foreign authorities, including tax authorities.

The company anticipates disclosing personal data to persons who provide services to them and their respective affiliates (which may include certain entities located outside the US, the Cayman Islands or the European Economic Area), who will process your personal data on its behalf.

The Data Protection Measures The Company Takes

Any transfer of personal data by the company or our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Cayman Data Protection Act.

The company and its duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates shall apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of personal data, and against accidental loss or destruction of, or damage to, personal data.

The company shall notify you of any personal data breach that is reasonably likely to result in a risk to your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms or those data subjects to whom the relevant personal data relates.

188

SECURITIES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

As of the date of this prospectus, we had 16,195,105 Class A Ordinary Shares and 16,180,00 Warrants issued and outstanding. All of the Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants are freely transferable by persons other than by our “affiliates” or HPX’s “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of the Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of the Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants. Prior to the Business Combination, there has been no public market for Class A Ordinary Shares or Warrants. We have been approved for listing of the Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants on the NYSE American, but we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in our securities.

Lock-ups

Concurrently with the execution and delivery of the Business Combination Agreement, we, the Sponsor, Ambipar, the Insiders and Rafael Salvador Grisolia entered into the Investor Rights Agreement pursuant to which they agreed, among other things, to certain transfer restrictions on their respective equity interests in us, in the case of the Insiders and Mr. Grisolia, for a period of one year following the Closing Date, and, in the case of Ambipar and the Sponsor, for a period of three years following the Closing Date, in each case, subject to the following exceptions of permitted transfers: (i) in the case of a transfer to a permitted transferee, if such shareholder provides written notice to us or (ii) (A) if such shareholder is an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon the death of the individual, (B) if such shareholder is an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (C) pursuant to any liquidation, merger, share exchange or similar transaction (other than the Mergers) which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Ordinary Shares or other equity securities for cash, securities or other property; provided that in connection with any transfer of such securities pursuant to clause (ii) above, (x) such shareholder shall, and shall cause any such transferee of his, her or its Lock-Up Securities (as defined below), to enter into a written agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to us, agreeing to be bound by the Lock-up Agreement prior to and as a condition to the occurrence of such transfer, and (y) that such transferee shall have no rights under the Investor Rights Agreement, unless they are a permitted transferee according to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, in which case, as a condition to such transfer, the transferee shall be required to become a party to the Investor Rights Agreement.

The “Lock-Up Securities” are the Ordinary Shares and the Warrants beneficially owned or otherwise held by the locked-up shareholder, including any Class A Ordinary Shares acquired as the result of the vesting of Restricted Stock Units.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, the Sponsor and certain holders of registrable securities will be able to make a written demand for registration under the Securities Act of all or a portion of their registrable securities, subject to certain limitations so long as such demand includes a number of registrable securities with a total offering price in excess of $75,000,000, net of all underwriting discounts and commissions. Any such demand may be in the form of an underwritten offering, it being understood that, subject to certain exceptions, we shall not be required to conduct more than an aggregate total of eight underwritten offerings or an aggregate of four underwritten offerings in any 12-month period. In addition, certain holders of registrable securities will have “piggy-back” registration rights to include their securities in other registration statements filed by us subsequent to the Closing. We also agreed to file with the SEC the registration statement of which this prospectus is part covering the resale of all registrable securities within 30 days of the Closing, to be declared effective no later than the earlier of 60 days of the Closing if the SEC notifies us that it will not review the registration statement or 90 days if the SEC notifies us that it will review the registration statement.

Regulation S

Regulation S under the Securities Act provides an exemption from registration requirements in the United States for offers and sales of securities that occur outside the United States. Rule 903 of Regulation S provides the conditions to the exemption for a sale by an issuer, a distributor, their respective affiliates or

189

anyone acting on their behalf, while Rule 904 of Regulation S provides the conditions to the exemption for a resale by persons other than those covered by Rule 903. In each case, any sale must be completed in an offshore transaction, as that term is defined in Regulation S, and no directed selling efforts, as that term is defined in Regulation S, may be made in the United States.

We are a foreign issuer as defined in Regulation S. As a foreign issuer, securities that we sell outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S are not considered to be restricted securities under the Securities Act, and, subject to the offering restrictions imposed by Rule 903, are freely tradable without registration or restrictions under the Securities Act, unless the securities are held by our affiliates. Generally, subject to certain limitations, holders of our restricted shares who are not our affiliates or who are our affiliates by virtue of their status as our officer or director may, under Regulation S, resell their restricted shares in an “offshore transaction” if none of the seller, its affiliate nor any person acting on their behalf engages in directed selling efforts in the United States and, in the case of a sale of our restricted shares by an officer or director who is our affiliate solely by virtue of holding such position, no selling commission, fee or other remuneration is paid in connection with the offer or sale other than the usual and customary broker’s commission that would be received by a person executing such transaction as agent. Additional restrictions are applicable to a holder of our restricted shares who is our affiliate other than by virtue of his or her status as our officer or director.

Rule 144

Pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), a person who has beneficially owned restricted Class A Ordinary Shares or Warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities; provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the 12 months (or such shorter period as it was required to file reports) preceding the sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted Class A Ordinary Shares or Warrants for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

•

1% of the total number of Class A Ordinary Shares then issued and outstanding; or

•

the average weekly reported trading volume of Class A the Ordinary Shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

•

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

•

the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

•

the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials); and

•

at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed Form 20-F type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

190

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases equity shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of the Business Combination is eligible to resell those equity shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144. However, the Rule 701 shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

191

TAXATION

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

General

The following is a discussion of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of our Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants (collectively, “Securities”). This discussion addresses only U.S. Holders that hold such securities as capital assets within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (generally, property held for investment) and assumes that any distributions made (or deemed made) by us on our securities and any consideration received (or deemed received) by a holder in consideration for the sale or other disposition of our securities will be in U.S. dollars. This discussion does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to holders in light of their particular circumstances or status including:

•

our officers or directors;

•

financial institutions or financial services entities;

•

broker-dealers;

•

taxpayers that are subject to the mark-to-market accounting rules;

•

tax-exempt entities;

•

governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

•

insurance companies;

•

regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts;

•

expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;

•

persons that actually or constructively own five percent or more of our voting shares or five percent or more of the total value of any class of our shares;

•

persons that acquired our ordinary shares pursuant to an exercise of employee share options, in connection with employee share incentive plans or otherwise as compensation or in connection with the performance of services;

•

persons that hold our ordinary shares as part of a straddle, constructive sale, hedging, conversion or other integrated or similar transaction; or

•

persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

This discussion is based on the Code, proposed, temporary and final Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof. All of the foregoing is subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax considerations described herein. This discussion does not address U.S. federal taxes other than those pertaining to U.S. federal income taxation (such as estate or gift taxes, the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare tax on investment income), nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state or local or non-U.S. taxation.

We do not intend to seek any rulings from the IRS regarding any of the U.S. federal income tax considerations described herein. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take positions inconsistent with the considerations discussed below or that any such positions would not be sustained by a court.

This discussion does not consider the tax treatment of partnerships or other pass-through entities or persons who hold our ordinary shares through such entities. If a partnership (or any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our securities, the tax treatment of such partnership and a person treated as a partner of such partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding any of our securities and partners of such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.

192

EACH HOLDER SHOULD CONSULT ITS TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH HOLDER, INCLUDING THE EFFECTS OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, AS WELL AS ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATIES.

As used herein, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our Class A Ordinary Shares or Warrants (as the case may be) who or that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

1.

a citizen or individual resident of the United States,

2.

a corporation (or other entity that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia,

3.

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source, or

4.

a trust if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) it has a valid election in place to be treated as a U.S. person.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations of Owning our Class A Ordinary Shares and Warrants

Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Class A Ordinary Shares

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, if we make a distribution of cash or other property to a U.S. Holder of our Class A Ordinary Shares, such distribution will generally be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Such dividends will be taxable to a corporate U.S. Holder at regular rates and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations.

Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits will generally be applied against and reduce the U.S. Holder’s basis in our Class A Ordinary Shares (but not below zero) and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such Class A Ordinary Shares. We may not determine our earnings and profits on the basis of U.S. federal income tax principles, however, in which case any distribution paid by us will be reported as a dividend.

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, dividends will generally be taxed at preferential long-term capital gains rates only if (i) the Class A Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States or (ii) we are eligible for the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty, in each case provided that we are not treated as a PFIC in the taxable year in which the dividend was paid or in any previous year and certain holding period and other requirements are met. However, it is unclear whether the redemption rights with respect to the HPX Class A ordinary shares may prevent the holding period of the Class A Ordinary Shares from commencing prior to the termination of such rights. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for any dividends paid with respect to our Class A Ordinary Shares.

Taxation on the Disposition of Securities

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, upon a sale or other taxable disposition of our Securities, a U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss. The amount of gain or loss recognized will generally be equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such securities.

Under tax law currently in effect, long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. Holders are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax at a reduced rate of tax. Capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the securities exceeds one year. However, it is unclear whether the redemption rights with respect to the HPX Class A Ordinary Shares may prevent the holding period of the Class A Ordinary Shares acquired in exchange for HPX Class A Ordinary Shares in

193

connection with the Business Combination from commencing prior to the termination of such rights. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Exercise, Lapse or Redemption of a Warrant

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below and except as discussed below regarding a cashless exercise, a U.S. Holder will generally not recognize gain or loss upon the exercise of a Warrant. A Class A Ordinary Share acquired pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant for cash will generally have a tax basis equal to the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Warrant, increased by the amount paid to exercise the Warrant. It is unclear whether a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A Ordinary Share will commence on the date of exercise of the Warrant or the day following the date of exercise of the Warrant; in either case, the holding period will not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the Warrant. If a Warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. Holder will generally recognize a capital loss equal to such holder’s tax basis in the Warrant.

Because of the absence of authority specifically addressing the treatment of a cashless exercise of warrants under current U.S. federal income tax law, the treatment of such a cashless exercise is unclear. A cashless exercise may be tax-free, either because the exercise is not a realization event or because the exercise is treated as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Alternatively, a cashless exercise could be treated as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized.

In either tax-free situation, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Class A Ordinary Shares received would generally equal the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Warrants. If a cashless exercise is not treated as a realization event, it is unclear whether a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A Ordinary Shares received on exercise would be treated as commencing on the date of exercise of the Warrants or the following day. If a cashless exercise is treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the Class A Ordinary Share received will include the holding period of the Warrant.

If a cashless exercise is treated as a taxable exchange, a U.S. Holder could be deemed to have surrendered Warrants with an aggregate fair market value equal to the exercise price for the total number of warrants to be exercised. In this case, the U.S. Holders would recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the Warrants deemed surrendered and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such warrants. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Class A Ordinary Shares received would equal the sum of the U.S. Holder’s initial investment in the Warrants exercised (i.e., the U.S. Holder’s purchase price for the Warrants (or the portion of such U.S. Holder’s purchase price for units that is allocated to the Warrants)) and the exercise price of such Warrants. It is unclear whether a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A Ordinary Shares would commence on the date of exercise of the Warrants or the day following the date of exercise of the Warrants.

We expect a cashless exercise of Warrants (including after we provide notice of our intent to redeem Warrants for cash) to be treated as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax characterizations and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise of Warrants.

Subject to the PFIC rules described below, if we redeem Warrants for cash pursuant to the redemption provisions of the Warrants or if we purchase Warrants in an open market transaction, such redemption or purchase will generally be treated as a taxable disposition of such Warrants by the U.S. Holder, taxed as described above under “— Taxation on the Disposition of Securities.”

Possible Constructive Distributions

The terms of each Warrant provide for an adjustment to the number of Class A Ordinary Shares for which the warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the warrant in certain events. An adjustment that has the effect of preventing dilution is generally not taxable to U.S. Holders of Warrants. However, the U.S. Holders of Warrants would be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, the adjustment increases the warrantholder’s proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of our Class A Ordinary Shares that would be obtained upon exercise or through a decrease to the exercise price) as a result of a distribution of cash to the holders of

194

Class A Ordinary Shares that is taxable to the U.S. Holders of such Class A Ordinary Shares as a distribution as described above under “— Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Class A Ordinary Shares.” Such a constructive distribution to the U.S. Holders of the warrants would be subject to tax as described under that section in the same manner as if the U.S. Holders of the warrants received a cash distribution from us equal to the fair market value of the increase in the interest.

PFIC Considerations

Definition of a PFIC

A foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) corporation will be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year of the foreign corporation, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value (a “Look- Through Subsidiary”), is passive income. Alternatively, a foreign corporation will be a PFIC if at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year of the foreign corporation, ordinarily determined based on fair market value and averaged quarterly over the year, including such foreign corporation’s pro rata share of the assets of any Look-Through Subsidiary (and excluding the value of the shares held in such corporation), are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends (excluding any dividends received from a Look-Through Subsidiary), interest, rents and royalties (other than certain rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and net gains from the disposition of passive assets.

Our PFIC Status

We are not expected to be a PFIC for our taxable year ending December 31, 2023 or subsequent taxable years.

However, our PFIC status for any taxable year is an annual factual determination that can be made only after the end of such taxable year and may depend in part on the value of its unbooked goodwill (which is generally determined in large part by reference to the market price of our Class A Ordinary Shares from time to time, which could be volatile); accordingly, there can be no assurances regarding our PFIC status for our current taxable year or any future taxable year.

Additionally, because we are treated as the successor to HPX for U.S. federal income tax purposes, if HPX was a PFIC during the holding period of a U.S. Holder, any Class A Ordinary Shares received in exchange for HPX Class A Ordinary Shares in the Business Combination (or on the exercise of Warrants that were acquired in exchange for warrants of HPX pursuant to the Business Combination) may, in the absence of certain elections described below, be treated as stock of a PFIC, even if we are not a PFIC for our current taxable year or future taxable years. Because HPX was a blank check company with no active business, it is anticipated that HPX was a PFIC for the taxable years ended on December 31, 2020, December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2022. Absent certain elections described below, a determination that we are a PFIC (or, in the circumstances described above, that HPX was a PFIC) for any taxable year in which a U.S. Holder holds shares in such entity will generally continue to apply to such U.S. Holder for subsequent years in which the holder continues to hold shares in such entity (including a successor entity), whether or not such entity continues to be a PFIC.

Application of PFIC Rules

If we or HPX are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in a U.S. Holder’s holding period in our Securities, then such holder will generally be subject to special rules (the “Default PFIC Regime”) unless, in the case of ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder made (i) a timely and effective QEF election in respect of our or, if a U.S. Holder received our Class A Ordinary Shares in exchange for HPX Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Business Combination, HPX’s (as the case may be) first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held ordinary shares (whether HPX Class A Ordinary Shares or our Class A Ordinary Shares, as applicable) (such taxable year as it relates to each U.S. Holder, the “First PFIC Holding Year”), (ii) a QEF election along with a purging election, or (iii) a “mark- to-market” election, each as described below under “QEF Election, Mark-to-Market Election and Purging Election.” The Default PFIC Regime applies with respect to:

•

any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of our Securities; and

195

•

any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. Holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. Holder during a taxable year of the U.S. Holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. Holder in respect of its ordinary shares during the three preceding taxable years of such U.S. Holder or, if shorter, such U.S. Holder’s holding period for such ordinary shares).

Under the Default PFIC Regime:

•

the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for its Securities;

•

the amount of gain allocated to the U.S. Holder’s taxable year in which the U.S. Holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to the period in the U.S. Holder’s holding period before the first day of the First PFIC Holding Year, will be taxed as ordinary income;

•

the amount of gain allocated to other taxable years (or portions thereof) of the U.S. Holder and included in such U.S. Holder’s holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to the U.S. Holder; and

•

an additional tax equal to the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the U.S. Holder in respect of the tax attributable to each such other taxable year of such U.S. Holder.

ALL U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE EFFECTS OF THE PFIC RULES ON THE OWNERSHIP OR DISPOSITION OF SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE IMPACT OF ANY PROPOSED OR FINAL TREASURY REGULATIONS.

QEF Election, Mark-to-Market Election and Purging Election

In general, a U.S. Holder may avoid the Default PFIC Regime with respect to its Class A Ordinary Shares (but not Warrants) by making a timely and effective “qualified electing fund” election under Section 1295 of the Code (a “QEF Election”) with respect to such holder’s First PFIC Holding Year. A U.S. Holder that makes a QEF Election will include in income its pro rata share of our net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed, in the taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which or with which our taxable year ends if we are treated as a PFIC for that taxable year. A U.S. Holder generally can make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF Election rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge.

A U.S. Holder may not make a QEF Election with respect to its Warrants. As a result, if a U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of such warrants (other than upon exercise of such warrants) and we or HPX were a PFIC at any time during the U.S. Holder’s holding period of such warrants, any gain recognized will generally be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules treating the gain as an excess distribution, as described above. If a U.S. Holder that exercises such warrants properly makes a QEF Election with respect to the newly acquired Class A Ordinary Shares, the QEF Election will apply to the newly acquired Class A Ordinary Shares (it is not clear how a previously made QEF Election that is in effect with respect to us would apply to Class A Ordinary Shares subsequently acquired on the exercise of such warrants). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the adverse tax consequences relating to PFIC shares, adjusted to take into account current income inclusions resulting from the QEF Election, will generally continue to apply with respect to such newly acquired Class A Ordinary Shares (which will generally be deemed to have a holding period for purposes of the PFIC rules that includes all or a portion of the period the U.S. Holder held the warrants), unless the U.S. Holder makes a purging election (discussed below).

The QEF Election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made, can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A U.S. Holder generally makes a QEF Election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 (Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund), including the information provided in a PFIC Annual Information Statement, to a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the taxable year to which the election relates. Retroactive QEF elections generally may be made only by filing a protective statement with such return and if certain other conditions are met or with the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a retroactive QEF Election under their particular circumstances.

196

In order to comply with the requirements of a QEF Election with respect to Class A Ordinary Shares, a U.S. Holder must receive a PFIC Annual Information Statement from us. If we determine that we are a PFIC for the Current Taxable Year, we will endeavor to use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to U.S. Holders a PFIC Annual Information Statement with respect to the Current Taxable Year. However, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of our status as a PFIC in the future or that we will make available a PFIC Annual Information Statement. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors with respect to any QEF Election previously made with respect to HPX Class A Ordinary Shares.

If a U.S. Holder has made a QEF Election with respect to Class A Ordinary Shares, and the special tax and interest charge rules do not apply to such shares (because the QEF Election was made in the U.S. Holder’s First PFIC Holding Year or a purging election (discussed below) was made), any gain recognized on the sale of Class A Ordinary Shares will generally be taxable as capital gain and no interest charge will be imposed under the PFIC rules. As discussed above, U.S. Holders who make a QEF Election with respect to a PFIC are currently taxed on their pro rata shares of such PFIC’s earnings and profits, whether or not distributed. In such case, a subsequent distribution of such earnings and profits that were previously included in income should generally not be taxable as a dividend to such U.S. Holders. The tax basis of a U.S. Holder’s shares in a PFIC with respect to which a QEF Election has been made will be increased by amounts that are included in taxable income, and decreased by amounts distributed but not taxed as dividends, under the above rules. Similar basis adjustments apply to property if by reason of holding such property the U.S. Holder is treated under the applicable attribution rules as owning shares in a PFIC with respect to which a QEF election has been made.

As noted above, a determination that we or HPX are a PFIC for a taxable year in which a U.S. Holder holds shares in such entity will generally continue to apply to such U.S. Holder for subsequent years in which the holder continues to hold shares in such entity (including a successor entity), whether or not such entity continues to be a PFIC. A U.S. Holder who makes the QEF Election for such holder’s First PFIC Holding Year, however, will not be subject to the PFIC tax and interest charge rules discussed above in respect to such shares. In addition, such U.S. Holder will not be subject to the qualified electing fund inclusion regime with respect to such shares for any of our taxable year that ends within or with a taxable year of the U.S. Holder and in which we are not a PFIC. However, if the QEF Election is not effective for each of our taxable years in which we are a PFIC (and, if applicable, was not effective for each of HPX’s taxable years in which HPX was a PFIC) and the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our Class A Ordinary Shares, the Default PFIC Regime discussed above will continue to apply to such shares unless the holder makes a purging election (discussed below), and pays the tax and interest charge with respect to the gain inherent in such shares attributable to the pre-QEF Election period.

Alternatively, if a U.S. Holder, at the close of its taxable year, owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable shares, the U.S. Holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares for such taxable year. If a U.S. Holder makes (or has made) a valid mark-to-market election with respect to our Class A Ordinary Shares (or, if applicable, HPX Class A Ordinary Shares) for such holder’s First PFIC Holding Year, such holder will generally not be subject to the Default PFIC Regime in respect to its Class A Ordinary Shares as long as such shares continue to be treated as marketable shares. Instead, the U.S. Holder will generally include as ordinary income for each year in its holding period that we are treated as a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its Class A Ordinary Shares at the end of its taxable year over the adjusted basis in its ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder also will be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of its Class A Ordinary Shares over the fair market value of such shares at the end of its taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. Holder’s basis in its Class A Ordinary Shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of such shares in a taxable year in which we are treated as a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income. Special tax rules may also apply if a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election for a taxable year after such holder’s First PFIC Holding Year.

The mark-to-market election is available only for stock that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Nasdaq. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to- market election in respect of our Class A Ordinary Shares under their particular circumstances.

197

Our Class A Ordinary Shares treated as stock of a PFIC under the Default PFIC Regime will continue to be treated as stock of a PFIC, including in taxable years in which we cease to be a PFIC, unless the applicable U.S. Holder makes a “purging election” with respect to such shares. Under one type of purging election, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to have sold such shares at their fair market value on the last day of the last year in which we or HPX, as applicable, are treated as a PFIC, and any gain recognized on such deemed sale will be treated as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of this election, the U.S. Holder will have additional basis (to the extent of any gain recognized in the deemed sale) and, solely for purposes of the PFIC rules, a new holding period in such holder’s Class A Ordinary Shares. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the purging elections rules to their particular circumstances (including U.S. Holders who received our Class A Ordinary Sharers in exchange for HPX Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Business Combination).

If we are a PFIC and, at any time, have an equity interest in any foreign entity that is classified as a PFIC, U.S. Holders would generally be deemed to own a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liability for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if we receive a distribution from, or disposes of all or part of our interest in, the lower-tier PFIC or the U.S. Holders otherwise were deemed to have disposed of an interest in the lower- tier PFIC, in each case, as if the U.S. Holder held such shares directly, even though the U.S. Holder will not receive any proceeds of those distributions or dispositions. A mark-to-market election generally would not technically be available with respect to such lower-tier PFIC. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax issues raised by lower-tier PFICs.

A U.S. Holder that owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC during any taxable year of the U.S. Holder may have to file an IRS Form 8621(whether or not a QEF or market-to-market election is made) with such U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax return and provide such other information as may be required by the U.S. Treasury Department. The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. Holders of our Securities should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the PFIC rules to our Securities under their particular circumstances.

THE RULES DEALING WITH PFICS ARE VERY COMPLEX AND ARE IMPACTED BY VARIOUS FACTORS IN ADDITION TO THOSE DESCRIBED ABOVE. ALL U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PFIC RULES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WHETHER A QEF ELECTION, A MARK-TO-MARKET ELECTION, OR ANY OTHER ELECTION IS AVAILABLE AND THE CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ANY SUCH ELECTION, AND THE IMPACT OF ANY PROPOSED OR FINAL PFIC TREASURY REGULATIONS.

Cayman Islands Tax Considerations

The following summary contains a description of certain Cayman Islands income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of Securities, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase Securities. The summary is based upon the tax laws of Cayman Islands and regulations thereunder as of the date hereof, which are subject to change.

Prospective investors should consult their professional advisers on the possible tax consequences of buying, holding or selling any shares under the laws of their country of citizenship, residence or domicile.

The following is a discussion on certain Cayman Islands income tax consequences of an investment in our Securities. The discussion is a general summary of present law, which is subject to prospective and retroactive change. It is not intended as tax advice, does not consider any investor’s particular circumstances, and does not consider tax consequences other than those arising under Cayman Islands law.

Under Existing Cayman Islands Laws:

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our Securities will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder

198

of the Securities nor will gains derived from the disposal of the Securities be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax. The Cayman Islands currently have no income, corporation or capital gains tax and no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax.

No stamp duty is payable in respect of the issue of the Warrants. An instrument of transfer in respectof a Warrant is stampable if executed in or brought into the Cayman Islands.

No stamp duty is payable in respect of the issue of our Ordinary Shares or on an instrument of transfer in respect of such shares.

We have been incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability and, as such, have obtained an undertaking from the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands substantially in the following form:

The Tax Concessions Act

Undertaking as to Tax Concessions

In accordance with the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised), the following undertaking is hereby given the Company:

1.

That no law which is hereafter enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to the Company or its operations; and

2.

In addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable:

2.1

on or in respect of the shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company; or

2.2

by way of the withholding in whole or in part of any relevant payment as defined in the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised).

These concessions apply for a period of twenty years from the 11th day of August, 2022.

199

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We are registering the issuance by us of up to 16,180,000 Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants. Pursuant to the terms of the Warrants, Class A Ordinary Shares will be distributed to those holders who surrender the Warrants and provide payment of the exercise price to us. Upon receipt of proper notice by any of the holders of the Warrants issued that such holder desires to exercise the Warrant, we will, within the time allotted by the Warrant Agreement, issue instructions to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Companyy, our transfer agent, to issue Class A Ordinary Shares to the holder. If, at the time the Warrants are exercised, this registration statement is effective and the prospectus included herein is current, the Class A Ordinary Shares issued upon the exercise of the Warrants will be issued free of a restrictive legend. We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants, except with respect to amounts received by us upon exercise of such Warrants to the extent such Warrants are exercised for cash. Assuming the exercise of all outstanding Warrants for cash, we would receive aggregate proceeds of approximately $186.1 million. However, whether warrantholders will exercise their Warrants, and therefore the amount of cash proceeds we would receive upon exercise, is dependent upon the trading price of the Class A Ordinary Shares, the last reported sales price for which was $7.77 per share on March 28, 2023. Each Warrant will become exercisable for one Class A Ordinary Share at an exercise price of $11.50. Therefore, if and when the trading price of the Class A Ordinary Shares is less than $11.50, we expect that warrantholders would not exercise their Warrants. The Warrants may not be or remain in the money during the period they are exercisable and prior to their expiration and, therefore, it is possible that the Warrants may not be exercised prior to their maturity on March 3, 2028, even if they are in the money, and as such, may expire worthless with minimal proceeds received by us, if any, from the exercise of Warrants. To the extent that any of the Warrants are exercised on a “cashless basis,” we will not receive any proceeds upon such exercise. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

We are also registering for resale, from time to time, by the Selling Securityholders (i) up to 18,807,000 Class A Ordinary Shares, and (ii) up to 3,530,000 Warrants. The aggregate proceeds to the Selling Securityholders from the sale of such securities will be the purchase price of the securities less discounts and commissions, if any. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale by the Selling Securityholders of the securities being registered hereunder. See “Use of Proceeds.” We will bear all costs, expenses and fees in connection with the registration of such securities, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with FINRA (as defined herein)), NYSE American listing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, if any, and fees and expenses of counsel and independent registered public accountants, whereas the Selling Securityholders will bear all incremental selling expenses, including commissions and discounts, brokerage fees, underwriting marketing costs, legal counsel fees that are not covered by us and any other expenses incurred by the Selling Securityholders in disposing of the securities.

The Selling Securityholders may offer and sell, from time to time, some or all of the securities covered by this prospectus. We have registered the securities covered by this prospectus for offer and sale so that those securities may be freely sold to the public by the Selling Securityholders. Registration of the securities covered by this prospectus does not mean, however, that those securities necessarily will be offered or resold by the Selling Securityholders.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Selling Securityholders subject to our insider trading policy, and any members of their immediate families, are subject to our regular pre-clearance procedures for trading of our securities. In addition, pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, the Sponsor, the Insiders and Rafael Salvador Grisolia agreed to certain transfer restrictions, in the case of the Insiders and Mr. Grisolia, for a period of one year following the Closing Date, and, in the case of the Sponsor, for a period of three years following the Closing Date, on their respective Class A Ordinary Shares and the Warrants beneficially owned or otherwise held by the locked-up shareholder, including any Class A Ordinary Shares acquired as the result of the vesting of Restricted Stock Units (the “Lock-Up Securities”), subject to certain exceptions of permitted transfers. See “Securities Eligible for Future Sale — Lock-Ups.”

Selling Securityholders may also be subject to the restrictions on transfer of shares of Rule 144 of the Securities Act if such Selling Securityholder is deemed our “affiliate” of the Company. Persons who may be

200

deemed to be affiliates include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with, us and may include our executive officers, directors and significant shareholders.

The Selling Securityholders will act independently of us in making decisions with respect to the timing, manner and size of each sale. The Selling Securityholders may use any one or more of the following methods when disposing of their securities:

•

directly to one or more purchasers, including through a specific bidding, auction or other process or in privately negotiated transactions;

•

to or through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, who may receive compensation in the form of discounts, commissions or agent’s commissions from the Selling Securityholders or the purchasers of their securities;

•

through trading plans entered into by a Selling Securityholder pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act that are in place at the time of an offering pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement hereto that provide for periodic sales of their securities on the basis of parameters described in such trading plans;

•

through ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

•

through block trades in which the broker-dealer so engaged will attempt to sell the securities as agent, but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

•

through an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

•

through short sales effected after the date the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC;

•

through the writing or settlement of options or other derivative securities, whether the options or such other derivative securities are listed on an options exchange or otherwise;

•

in “at the market” offerings, as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act, at negotiated prices, at prices prevailing at the time of sale or at prices related to such prevailing market prices, including sales made directly on a national securities exchange or sales made through a market maker other than on an exchange or other similar offerings through sales agents;

•

a combination of any such methods of sale; and

•

any other method permitted by applicable law.

These sales may be effected in one or more transactions on any securities exchange or quotation service on which the securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, including NYSE American, in the over-the-counter market, in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market any other method permitted by applicable law, or through any combination of the foregoing.

The Selling Securityholders may, from time to time, pledge, mortgage, charge or grant a security interest in some or all of the securities owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the securities, from time to time, under this prospectus, or under an amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending the list of Selling Securityholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as Selling Securityholders under this prospectus. The Selling Securityholders also may transfer the securities in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.

In addition, a Selling Securityholder that is an entity may elect to make a pro rata in-kind distribution of securities to its members, partners or shareholders pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part by delivering a prospectus with a plan of distribution. Such members, partners or shareholders would thereby receive freely tradeable securities pursuant to the distribution through a registration statement. To the extent a distributee is an affiliate of ours (or to the extent otherwise required by law), we may file a prospectus supplement in order to permit the distributees to use the prospectus to resell the securities acquired in the distribution. The Selling Securityholder also may transfer the securities in

201

other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors-in-interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.

In connection with the sales of our securities covered by this prospectus, the Selling Securityholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions that, in turn, may:

•

engage in short sales of the securities in the course of hedging their positions;

•

sell the securities short and deliver the securities to close out short positions;

•

loan or pledge the securities to broker-dealers or other financial institutions that in turn may sell the securities;

•

enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions that require the delivery to the broker-dealer or other financial institution of the securities, which the broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell; or

•

enter into transactions in which a broker-dealer makes purchases as a principal for resale for its own account or through other types of transactions.

Each of the Selling Securityholders reserves the right to accept and, together with their agents from time to time, to reject, in whole or in part, any proposed purchase of securities to be made directly or through agents.

The Selling Securityholders and any underwriters, broker-dealers or agents who participate in the sale or distribution of the securities may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act. As a result, any discounts, commissions, concessions or profit they earn on any resale of the securities will be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Underwriters are subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and may be subject to certain statutory liabilities under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. We will make copies of this prospectus available to the Selling Securityholders for the purpose of satisfying the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. To our knowledge, there are currently no plans, arrangements or understandings between the Selling Securityholders and any underwriter, broker-dealer or agent regarding the sale of the securities by the Selling Securityholders.

In compliance with the guidelines of the FINRA, the aggregate maximum discount, commission, fees or other items constituting underwriting compensation to be received by any FINRA member or independent broker-dealer will not exceed 8% of the gross proceeds of any offering pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement.

To the extent required, our securities to be sold, the names of the Selling Securityholders, the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the names of any agents, dealer or underwriter, any applicable commissions or discounts with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

In order to comply with the securities laws of some states, if applicable, the securities may be sold in these jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the securities may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale or an exemption from registration or qualification requirements is available and is complied with.

At the time a particular offering of securities is made, a prospectus supplement, if required, will be distributed, which will set forth the name of the Selling Securityholders, the aggregate amount of securities being offered and the terms of the offering, including, to the extent required, (1) the name or names of any underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, (2) any discounts, commissions and other terms constituting compensation from the Selling Securityholders and (3) any discounts, commissions or concessions allowed or reallowed to be paid to broker-dealers. We may suspend the sale of securities by the Selling Securityholders pursuant to this prospectus for certain periods of time for certain reasons, including if the prospectus is required to be supplemented or amended to include additional material information.

There can be no assurance that the Selling Securityholders will sell all or any of the securities offered by this prospectus. Further, we cannot assure you that the Selling Securityholders will not transfer, distribute,

202

devise or gift the securities by other means not described in this prospectus. In addition, any securities covered by this prospectus that qualify for sale under Rule 144 of the Securities Act may be sold under Rule 144 rather than under this prospectus.

The Selling Securityholders and any other persons participating in the sale of the securities covered by this prospectus will be subject to the Exchange Act. The Exchange Act rules include, without limitation, Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the securities by the Selling Securityholders and any other person. In addition, Regulation M may restrict the ability of any person engaged in the distribution of the securities to engage in market-making activities with respect to the particular securities being distributed. This may affect the marketability of the securities and the ability of any person or entity to engage in market-making activities with respect to the securities.

To the extent required, we will use our best efforts to file one or more supplements to this prospectus to describe any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this prospectus or any material change to such information.

We have agreed to indemnify the Selling Securityholders against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. The Selling Securityholders have agreed to indemnify us in certain circumstances against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act. The Selling Securityholders may indemnify any broker or underwriter that participates in transactions involving the sale of the securities covered by this prospectus against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

203

EXPENSES RELATED TO THE OFFERING

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered by this registration statement. With the exception of the registration fee payable to the SEC, all amounts are estimates.

​	Amount (US$)
Expenses:
SEC registration fee	45,350.71
FINRA filing fees	​	*
Legal fees and expenses	​	*
Accounting fees and expenses	​	*
Printing expenses	​	*
Miscellaneous costs	​	*
Total	​	*

*

These fees are calculated based on the securities offered and the number of issuances and accordingly cannot be defined at this time.

204

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the issuance of our Securities and certain other Cayman Islands legal matters has been passed on to us by Carey Olsen Cayman Limited, our Cayman Islands counsel. Certain legal matters relating to U.S.law have been passed on to us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, São Paulo, Brazil and New York, New York.

205

EXPERTS

The combined financial statements of Emergência Participações S.A. as of December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and January 1, 2020 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2021 included in this prospectus and in the registration statement, have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO RCS Auditores Independentes SS (“BDO”), an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. BDO RCS Auditores Independentes SS is a member of the Brazilian Institute of Independent Accountants (Instituto dos Auditores Independentes do Brasil), or Ibracon, and the Brazilian Federal Accounting Council (Conselho Federal de Contabilidade), or the CFC.

The financial statements of HPX Corp. as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and for the year ended December 31, 2021 and the period from March 20, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus have been audited by Marcum LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to substantial doubt about the ability of HPX Corp. to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements), appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and are included in reliance on said report given upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The audited consolidated financial statements of Witt O’Brien’s, LLC for the Successor Period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor Period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and the Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent certified public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

206

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES AND AGENT FOR SERVICE OF
PROCESS IN THE UNITED STATES

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands with limited liability. A majority of our directors and executive officers, and certain of the experts named in this prospectus are residents of non-United States jurisdictions and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons with respect to matters arising under the Securities Act or to enforce against them, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of United States courts, liabilities predicated upon the United States federal securities laws.

We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel, Carey Olsen, that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any State; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any State, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. Although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, and or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere. There is Privy Council authority (the decisions of which Court are binding on the Cayman Islands Court) in the context of a reorganization plan approved by the New York Bankruptcy Court which suggests that due to the universal nature of bankruptcy/insolvency proceedings, foreign money judgments obtained in foreign bankruptcy/insolvency proceedings may be capable of being enforced without applying the principles outlined above, subject to the limitations of the domestic Court’s insolvency regime. However, subsequent English Supreme Court authority (which is highly persuasive but not binding on the Cayman Islands Court), has expressly rejected that approach in the context of a default judgment obtained in an adversary proceeding brought in the New York Bankruptcy Court by the receivers of the bankruptcy debtor against a third party, and which would not have been enforceable upon the application of the traditional common law principles summarized above and held that foreign money judgments obtained in bankruptcy/insolvency proceedings should, in appropriate circumstances, be enforced by applying the principles set out above, and not for instance by the simple exercise of the Courts’ discretion. Those cases have been considered by the Cayman Islands Court. The Cayman Islands Court was not asked to consider the specific question of whether a judgment of a foreign bankruptcy court in an adversary proceeding would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands, but it did endorse the need for the provision of active assistance of overseas bankruptcy proceedings. We understand that the Cayman Islands Court’s decision in that case has been appealed and it remains the case that the law regarding the enforcement of bankruptcy/ insolvency related judgments is still in a state of uncertainty.

Our registered office address is CO Services Cayman Limited, P.O. Box 10008, Willow House, Cricket Square, Grand Cayman, KY1-1001, Cayman Islands, and our principal executive office is Avenida Angélica, 2346, 5th Floor, São Paulo, São Paulo, Brazil, 01228-200.

We have irrevocably appointed Capitol Services c/o Capitol Services, Inc as our agent to receive service of process in any action against us in any U.S. federal or state court arising out of this offering or any purchase or sale of securities in connection with this offering. The address of our agent is 1218 Central Ave Ste 100, Albany, New York, 12205.

207

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We are subject to the periodic reporting and other information requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to a “foreign private issuer,” and we will file annual reports and other information from time to time with the SEC in accordance with such requirements. Our SEC filings will be available to the public on the internet at a website maintained by the SEC located at www.sec.gov.

We also maintain an Internet website at https://ir.response.ambipar.com. Through our website, we make available, free of charge, the following documents as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC: our Annual Reports on Form 20-F; our reports on Form 6-K; amendments to these documents; and other information as may be required by the SEC. The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

208

INDEX OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Financial Statements of HPX Corp as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from March 20, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID Number 688)	F-3
Financial Statements:	​
Balance Sheets	F-4
Statements of Operations	F-5
Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit	F-6
Statements of Cash Flows	F-7
Notes to the Financial Statements	F-8 to F-22

Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements of HPX Corp as of June 30, 2022 and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021:

Condensed Balance Sheets	F-23
Condensed Statements of Operations	F-24
Condensed Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit	F-25
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows	F-26
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements	F-27 to F-45

Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements of HPX Corp as of September 30, 2022 and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021:

Condensed Balance Sheets	F-46
Condensed Statements of Operations	F-47
Condensed Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit	F-48
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows	F-49
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements	F-50 to F-71

Audited Combined Financial Statements of Emergencia as of December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and January 1, 2020 and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 5485)	F-72
Combined Financial Statements:	​
Combined statement of financial position	F-74
Combined statement of income	F-76
Combined statements of comprehensive income	F-77
Combined statements of changes in shareholders’ equity	F-78
Combined statements of cash flows	F-79
Notes to the combined financial statements	F-80 to F-151

F-1

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Emergencia as of June 30, 2022 and for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021:

Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of financial position	F-152
Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of income	F-153
Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income	F-154
Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity	F-155
Unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of cash flows — indirect method	F-156
Notes to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements	F-157 to F-223

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Witt O’Brien’s, LLC for the Successor Period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor Period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and the Year Ended December 31, 2020:

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants	F-224
Consolidated Financial Statements:	​
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020	F-226
Consolidated Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Successor Period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor Period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and the Year Ended December 31, 2020	F-227
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity for the Successor Period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor Period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and the Year Ended December 31, 2020	F-228
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Successor Period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor Period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and the Year Ended December 31, 2020	F-229
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements	F-230 to F-240

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Witt O’Brien’s, LLC as of June 30, 2022 and for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021:

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets	F-241
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations	F-242
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity	F-243
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-244
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	F-245 to F-250

F-2

HPX FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of HPX Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of HPX Corp. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ deficit and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from March 20, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from March 20, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Explanatory Paragraph — Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company’s ability to execute its business plan is dependent upon the consummation of a business combination and it lacks the financial resources it needs to sustain operations for a reasonable period of time, which is considered to be one year from the issuance date of the financial statements. Further, if the Company does not complete a business combination by July 20, 2022, or obtain approval for an extension of this deadline, it will be required to cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans with regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

New York, NY
April 14, 2022

F-3

HPX CORP.

BALANCE SHEETS

​	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
ASSETS	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current assets	​	​	​	​	​	​
Cash	​	$	549,792	​	$	1,132,050
Prepaid expenses	​	​	99,402	​	​	259,147
Total Current Assets	​	​	649,194	​	​	1,391,197
Marketable securities held in Trust Account	​	​	253,037,516	​	​	253,012,211
TOTAL ASSETS	​	$	253,686,710	​	$	254,403,408
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current liabilities	​	​	​	​	​	​
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	​	$	555,895	​	$	134,297
Accrued offering costs	​	​	159,880	​	​	159,880
Total Current Liabilities	​	​	715,775	​	​	294,177
Warrant liabilities	​	​	10,556,676	​	​	21,089,700
Deferred underwriting fee payable	​	​	8,855,000	​	​	8,855,000
Total Liabilities	​	​	20,127,451	​	​	30,238,877
Commitments and Contingencies	​	​	​	​	​	​
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption; 25,300,000 shares at redemption value	​	​	253,037,516	​	​	253,012,211
Shareholders’ Deficit	​	​	​	​	​	​
Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding	​	​	—	​	​	—
Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding (excluding 25,300,000 shares subject to possible redemption)	​	​	—	​	​	—
Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 6,305,000 and 6,325,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively	​	​	631	​	​	633
Accumulated deficit	​	​	(19,478,888)	​	​	(28,848,313)
Total Shareholders’ Deficit	​	​	(19,478,257)	​	​	(28,847,680)
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT	​	$	253,686,710	​	$	254,403,408

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-4

HPX CORP.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

​	Year Ended December 31, 2021			For the Period from March 20, 2020 (Inception) through December 31, 2020
Operating and formation costs	​	$	1,163,690	​	$	314,723
Loss from operations	​	​	(1,163,690)	​	​	(314,723)
Other income (expense):	​	​	​	​	​	​
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities	​	​	10,533,024	​	​	(7,884,000)
Transaction costs allocable to warrants	​	​	—	​	​	(497,297)
Interest income from operating bank account	​	​	89	​	​	71
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account	​	​	25,305	​	​	12,211
Total other income (expense), net	​	​	10,558,418	​	​	(8,369,015)
Net income (loss)	​	$	9,394,728	​	$	(8,683,738)
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class A ordinary shares	​	​	25,300,000	​	​	14,507,692
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share, Class A ordinary shares	​	$	0.30	​	$	(0.43)
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class B ordinary shares	​	​	6,305,055	​	​	5,634,703
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share, Class B ordinary shares	​	$	0.30	​	$	(0.43)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-5

HPX CORP.

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

​

Class A Ordinary Shares

Class B Ordinary Shares

Additional Paid-in Capital

Accumulated Deficit

Total Shareholders’ Deficit

​

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Balance – March 20, 2020 (inception)

​

—

​

$

—

​

—

​

$

—

​

$

—

​

$

—

​

$

—

Issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor

​

—

​

​

—

​

6,325,001

​

​

633

​

​

24,367

​

​

—

​

​

25,000

Cancellation of Class B ordinary share

​

—

​

​

—

​

(1)

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

Remeasurement of Class A ordinary shares to redemption amount

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(2,354,167)

​

​

(20,164,575)

​

​

(22,518,742)

Proceeds received in excess of fair value of Private Placement Warrants

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

2,329,800

​

​

—

​

​

2,329,800

Net loss

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(8,683,738)

​

​

(8,683,738)

Balance – December 31, 2020

​

—

​

$

—

​

6,325,000

​

$

633

​

$

—

​

$

(28,848,313)

​

$

(28,847,680)

Remeasurement of Class A ordinary shares to redemption amount

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(25,305)

​

​

(25,305)

Cancellation of Class B ordinary shares

​

​

​

​

(20,000)

​

(2)

​

​

—

​

​

2

​

​

—

​

​

​

Net income

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

9,394,728

​

​

9,394,728

Balance – December 31, 2021

​

—

​

$

—

​

6,305,000

​

$

631

​

$

—

​

$

(19,478,888)

​

$

(19,478,257)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-6

HPX CORP.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

​	Year Ended December 31, 2021			For the Period from March 20, 2020 (Inception) Through December 31, 2020
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Net income (loss)	​	$	9,394,728	​	$	(8,683,738)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account	​	​	(25,305)	​	​	(12,211)
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities	​	​	(10,533,024)	​	​	7,884,000
Transaction costs allocable to warrants	​	​	—	​	​	497,297
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Prepaid expenses	​	​	159,745	​	​	(259,147)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	​	​	421,598	​	​	134,297
Net cash used in operating activities	​	​	(582,258)	​	​	(439,502)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities	​	​	​	​	​	​
Investment of cash into Trust Account	​	​	—	​	​	(253,000,000)
Net cash used in investing activities	​	​	—	​	​	(253,000,000)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Proceeds from issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor	​	​	—	​	​	25,000
Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid	​	​	—	​	​	247,940,000
Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Warrants	​	​	—	​	​	7,060,000
Advances from related party	​	​	—	​	​	10,000
Repayment of advances from related party	​	​	—	​	​	(10,000)
Proceeds from promissory note – related party	​	​	—	​	​	300,000
Repayment of promissory note – related party	​	​	—	​	​	(300,000)
Payment of offering costs	​	​	—	​	​	(453,448)
Net cash provided by financing activities	​	​	—	​	​	254,571,552
Net Change in Cash	​	​	(582,258)	​	​	1,132,050
Cash – Beginning	​	​	1,132,050	​	​	—
Cash – Ending	​	$	549,792	​	$	1,132,050
Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Offering costs included in accrued offering costs	​	$	—	​	$	159,880
Remeasurement of Class A ordinary shares to redemption amount	​	$	25,305	​	$	22,518,742
Deferred underwriting fee payable	​	$	—	​	$	8,855,000
Cancellation of Founder Shares	​	$	(2)	​	​	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-7

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

HPX Corp. (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on March 20, 2020. The Company was incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”).

Although the Company is not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, the Company intends to focus on businesses in Brazil. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity through December 31, 2021 relates to the Company’s formation, its initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, and after the Initial Public Offering, the search for a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income from the marketable securities held in the Trust Account (as defined below).

The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering became effective on July 15, 2020. On July 20, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A ordinary shares included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriter of the over-allotment option to purchase an additional 3,300,000��Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $253,000,000 which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 7,060,000 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to HPX Capital Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), generating gross proceeds of $7,060,000, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $14,528,328, consisting of $5,060,000 of underwriting fees, $8,855,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $613,328 of other offering costs, $497,297 of which were allocated to the warrants (See Notes 3 and 4) and charged to expense.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on July 20, 2020, an amount of $253,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a Trust Account (the “Trust Account”) located in the United States and invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund meeting certain conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account to the Company’s shareholders, as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. The New York Stock Exchange rules require that the Business Combination must be with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes, if permitted, and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in trust). The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.

The Company will provide the holders of the Public Shares (the “Public Shareholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of the Business

F-8

Combination, either (i) in connection with an extraordinary general meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The Public Shareholders will be entitled to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the amount held in the Trust Account (initially $10.00 per share) as of two business days prior to the completion of a Business Combination, including any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations, if any. The per-share amount to be distributed to the Public Shareholders who redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriter (as discussed in Note 6). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants.

The Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if the Company has net tangible assets, after payment of the deferred underwriting commission, of at least $5,000,001 upon such completion of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks shareholder approval, it receives an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law approving a Business Combination, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company. If a shareholder vote is not required and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities Exchange Comission (“SEC”), and file tender offer documents containing substantially the same information as would be included in a proxy statement with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor and any other holders of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares prior to the Initial Public Offering (the “initial shareholders”) have agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination and to waive their redemption rights with respect to any such shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a Business Combination. Additionally, subject to the immediately succeeding paragraph, each Public Shareholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares, without voting, and if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks shareholder approval of the Business Combination and the Company does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, a Public Shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” ​(as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than 15% of the Public Shares without the Company’s prior written consent.

The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination (and not seek to sell its shares to the Company in any tender offer the Company undertakes in connection with its initial Business Combination) and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Memorandum of Articles of Association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period (as defined below) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless the Company provides the Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

The Company will have until July 20, 2022 to consummate a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). However, if the Company has not completed a Business Combination within the Combination Period, as may be extended from time to time by the Company as a result of a shareholder vote to amend its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (the “Extension Period”), the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable) divided by the number of the then-outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish the rights of the

F-9

Public Shareholders as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining Public Shareholders and its board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Founder Shares or the Private Placement Warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period.

The Sponsor has agreed to waive its liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period. However, if the Sponsor or any of its respective affiliates acquire Public Shares, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period. The underwriter has agreed to waive its rights to its deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Initial Public Offering price per Unit ($10.00).

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (1) $10.00 per Public Share or (2) such lesser amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriter of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Risks and Uncertainties

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Liquidity

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $549,792 in its operating bank accounts, $253,037,516 in marketable securities held in the Trust Account to be used for a Business Combination or to repurchase or redeem its ordinary shares in connection therewith and a working capital deficit of $66,581.

On August 11, 2021, the Sponsor committed to provide the Company an aggregate of $150,000 in loans for working capital purposes. On February 21, 2022, the Sponsor committed to provide the Company with an additional $755,000 in loans for working capital purposes, bring the total commitment amount to $905,000. These loans will be non-interest bearing, unsecured and will be repaid upon the consummation of a business combination. If the Company does not consummate a business combination, all amounts

F-10

loaned to the Company in connection with these loans will be forgiven except to the extent that the Company has funds available to it outside of its Trust Account. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had not drawn under any of these loan commitments.

Management intends to draw down on these loans, as necessary, to create cash inflows for working capital purposes.

Going Concern

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 205-40, “Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern,” management has determined that if the Company is unable to raise additional funds to alleviate liquidity needs, obtain approval for an extension of the deadline or complete a Business Combination by July 20, 2022, then the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. The liquidity condition and date for mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The Company intends to complete a Business Combination before the mandatory liquidation date or obtain approval for an extension, however, it is uncertain whether the Company will be able to do so. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should the Company be required to liquidate after July 20, 2022.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of

F-11

contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting periods.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. One of the more significant accounting estimates included in these financial statements is the determination of the fair value of the Public Warrants (as defined in Note 3), the Private Placement Warrants as of the initial measurement date (July 20, 2020) and the Private Placement Warrants as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. Such estimates may be subject to change as more current information becomes available and accordingly the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Marketable Securities Held in Trust Account

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, all of the assets held in the Trust Account were held in money market funds which invest in U.S. Treasury securities. For the period from March 20, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31,2021, no interest has been withdrawn from the Trust Account to pay for taxes.

Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirement of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 340-10-S99-1. Offering costs consisted of legal, accounting and other expenses incurred through the Initial Public Offering that were directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs were allocated to the separable financial instruments issued in the Initial Public Offering based on a relative fair value basis, compared to total proceeds received. Offering costs allocated to warrant liabilities were expensed as incurred in the statements of operations. Offering costs associated with the Class A ordinary shares issued were initially charged to temporary equity and remeasured to ordinary shares subject to redemption upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

Warrant Liabilities

The Company accounts for the Public Warrants (as defined in Note 3) and Private Placement Warrants (together, with the Public Warrants, the “Warrants”) in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40 under which the Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. Accordingly, the Company classifies the Warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjusts the Warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in our statements of operations. The Warrants for periods where no observable traded price was available are valued using a binomial lattice simulation. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units, which occurred on September 8, 2020, the Public Warrant quoted market price was used as the fair value as of each relevant date.

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified as a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A ordinary shares feature certain redemption

F-12

rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, all Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ deficit section of the Company’s balance sheets.

The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable ordinary shares to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Immediately upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company recognized the remeasurement from initial book value to initial redemption amount value. The change in the carrying value of redeemable Class A ordinary shares resulted in charges against additional paid-in capital (to the extent available) and accumulated deficit.

Subsequent to the initial measurement upon the closing of the IPO, the Company recognizes changes in the redemption value that result from interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account that has not been withdrawn to pay taxes.

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Class A ordinary shares reflected in the balance sheets are reconciled in the following table:

Gross proceeds from Initial Public Offering	$	253,000,000
Less:	​	​
Proceeds allocated to Public Warrants	​	(8,475,500)
Class A ordinary shares issuance costs	​	(14,031,031)
Plus:	​	​
Initial remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value	​	22,506,531
Subsequent remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value	​	12,211
Total remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value	​	22,518,742
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, December 31, 2020	​	253,012,211
Remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value	​	25,305
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, December 31, 2021	$	253,037,516

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes” ​(“ASC 740”). ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for both the expected impact of differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. ASC 740 additionally requires a valuation allowance to be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740 also clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

The Company is considered an exempted Cayman Islands Company and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States. As such, the Company’s tax provision was zero for the periods presented.

Net Income (Loss) Per Ordinary Share

The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share”. The Company has two classes of shares, which are referred to as Class A ordinary shares and Class B

F-13

ordinary shares. Income and losses are shared pro rata between the two classes of shares. Net income (loss) per ordinary share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Remeasurement associated with the redeemable Class A ordinary shares is excluded from income (loss) per ordinary share as the redemption value approximates fair value.

The calculation of diluted income (loss) per ordinary share does not consider the effect of the Warrants issued in connection with the (i) Initial Public Offering, and (ii) the private placement since the exercise of the Warrants is contingent upon the occurrence of future events. The Warrants are exercisable to purchase 19,710,000 Class A ordinary shares in the aggregate. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company did not have any other dilutive securities or other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share is the same as basic net income (loss) per ordinary share for the periods presented.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share (in dollars, except share amounts):

​

Year Ended December 31, 2021

For the Period from March 20, 2020 (Inception) through December 31, 2020

​

Class A

Class B

Class A

Class B

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Numerator:

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Allocation of net income (loss)

​

$

7,520,525

​

$

1,874,203

​

$

(6,254,519)

​

$

(2,429,219)

Denominator:

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

​

​

25,300,000

​

​

6,305,055

​

​

14,507,692

​

​

5,634,703

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share

​

$

0.30

​

$

0.30

​

$

(0.43)

​

$

(0.43)

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature, except for the Warrants (see Note 9).

Recent Accounting Standards

In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2020-06, “Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity” ​(“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. ASU 2020-06 removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception and it also simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, that ASU 2020-06 would have on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.

F-14

NOTE 3. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering on July 20, 2020, the Company sold 25,300,000 Units, which includes the full exercise by the underwriter of its option to purchase an additional 3,300,000 Units, at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per whole share (see Note 8).

NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 7,060,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant from the Company in a private placement, for an aggregate purchase price of $7,060,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 8). Proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were added to the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The proceeds received in excess of fair value of the Private Placement Warrants, in the amount of $2,329,800, has been reflected in the accompanying statement of changes in shareholders’ deficit for the period from March 20, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

On April 8, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 5,750,000 of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”) for an aggregate consideration of $25,000. On June 25, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 20,000 Founder Shares to each of its independent director nominees at their original per-share purchase price. On July 15, 2020, the Company effected a share capitalization resulting in the initial shareholders holding an aggregate of 6,325,000 Founder Shares. However, on December 3, 2020, Fabio Mourão resigned as a director of our board of directors and forfeited 20,000 Founder Shares to the Company for no consideration and, as a result, since then the initial shareholders hold an aggregate of 6,305,000 Founder Shares. All share and per-share amounts have been restated to reflect the share capitalization. The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 825,000 shares subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option was exercised, so that the Founder Shares would equal 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. As a result of the underwriter’s election to fully exercise its over-allotment option on July 16, 2020, no Founder Shares are currently subject to forfeiture.

On July 23, 2021, a former director and a newly appointed director entered into a Securities Assignment Agreement. The terms of the Securities Assignment Agreement specified that the former director transfer the 20,000 Founder Shares granted to him on June 25, 2020 to the newly appointed director, which the Company has treated as the cancellation of an existing award and the issuance of a new award.

The transfer of the Founders Shares to the Company’s directors and director nominees is in the scope of FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation” ​(“ASC 718”). Under ASC 718, stock-based compensation associated with equity-classified awards is measured at fair value upon the grant date. The Founder Shares were effectively transferred subject to a performance condition (i.e., the occurrence of a Business Combination). Compensation expense related to the Founder Shares is recognized only when the performance condition is probable of occurrence under the applicable accounting literature in this circumstance. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company determined that a Business Combination is not considered probable, and, therefore, no stock-based compensation expense has been recognized. Stock-based compensation would be recognized at the date a Business Combination is considered probable (i.e., upon consummation of a Business Combination) in an amount equal to the number of Founders Shares times the grant date fair value per share (unless subsequently modified).

F-15

The Sponsor (including the directors) has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its Founder Shares until the earlier of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination and (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, rights issuances, consolidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Administrative Services Agreement

The Company entered into an agreement whereby, commencing on July 16, 2020, the Company will pay the Sponsor up to $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. Upon completion of a Business Combination or its liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company incurred $120,000 in fees for these services. For the period from March 20, 2020 (inception) to December 31, 2020, the Company incurred $55,000 in fees for these services. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there was $175,000 and $55,000, respectively, of such fees included within accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheets.

Advances — Related Party

The Sponsor advanced the Company an aggregate of $10,000 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering. The advances were non-interest bearing and due on demand. The outstanding advances of $10,000 were repaid in full on June 25, 2020.

Promissory Note  —  Related Party

On April 8, 2020, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note (the “Promissory Note”) to the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Company may borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2020 and (ii) the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The outstanding balance under the Promissory Note of $300,000 was repaid in full at the closing of the Initial Public Offering on July 20, 2020.

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). Such Working Capital Loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. The notes may be repaid upon completion of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of notes may be converted upon completion of a Business Combination into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant. Such warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no amounts outstanding under the Working Capital Loans.

Commitment Letter

On August 11, 2021, the Sponsor committed to provide the Company an aggregate of $150,000 in loans for working capital purposes. On February 21, 2022, the Sponsor committed to provide the Company with an additional $755,000 in loans for working capital purposes, bring the total commitment amount to $905,000. These loans will be non-interest bearing, unsecured and will be repaid upon the consummation of a Business Combination. If the Company does not consummate a business combination, all amounts loaned to the Company in connection with these loans will be forgiven except to the extent that the Company has funds available to it outside of its Trust Account. At December 31, 2021 and through filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, no amount was drawn under this agreement.

F-16

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Registration Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on July 15, 2020, the holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and any warrants that may be issued on conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants or warrants issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) are entitled to registration rights requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares). The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form registration demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not be required to effect or permit any registration or cause any registration statement to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriter is entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $8,855,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriter from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement. Of such deferred fee amount, up to approximately $0.175 per Unit, or up to $4,427,500, may be paid to third parties who didn’t participate in the Initial Public Offering (but who are members of FINRA or regulated broker-dealers) that assist the Company in consummating a Business Combination. The election to make such payments to third parties will be solely at the discretion of the Company’s management team, and such third parties will be selected by the Company’s management team in its sole and absolute discretion.

Consulting Arrangements

The Company has arrangements with a consultant to provide services to the Company relating to market and industry analyses, assistance with due diligence, and financial modeling and valuation of potential targets. The Company agreed to pay the service provider a fee of 6,600 BRL per month (approximately $1,200 per month). For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company incurred $16,332, of consulting fees. For the period from March 20, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the Company incurred $3,300 of consulting fees. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there was $1,314 and $0 of such fees included within accrued expenses in the balance sheets, respectively.

Restricted Stock Unit Award

In July 2021, pursuant to a Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, dated July 23, 2021, between the Company and a director, the Company agreed to grant 20,000 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to a director. The RSUs will vest upon the consummation of such Business Combination and represent 20,000 non-redeemable Class A ordinary shares of the Company that will settle on a date as soon as practicable following vesting but in no event more than 30 days after vesting. Issuance of the shares underlying the RSUs are also subject to the future approval of an equity incentive plan.

The RSUs to be granted by the Company are in the scope of FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation” ​(“ASC 718”). Under ASC 718, stock-based compensation associated with equity-classified awards is measured at fair value upon the grant date. The RSUs to be granted are subject to a performance condition (i.e., the occurrence of a Business Combination). Compensation expense related to the RSUs is recognized only when the performance condition is probable of occurrence under the applicable accounting literature in this circumstance. As of December 31, 2021, the Company did not have a shareholder approved equity plan and also determined that a Business Combination is not considered probable, therefore, no stock-based compensation expense has been recognized. Stock-based compensation would be

F-17

recognized at the date a Business Combination is considered probable (i.e., upon consummation of a Business Combination) in an amount equal to the number of RSUs times the grant date fair value per share (unless subsequently modified).

NOTE 7. SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Preference Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001. The Company’s board of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. The board of directors will be able to, without shareholder approval, issue preference shares with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the ordinary shares and could have anti-takeover effects. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Class A Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, 25,300,000 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding, all of which were subject to possible redemption and reported as temporary equity.

Class B Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 6,305,000 and 6,325,000 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding, respectively.

Holders of Class A ordinary shares and holders of Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders except as otherwise required by law.

The Class B Shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares on the first business day following the completion of the Business Combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts issued in the Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of a Business Combination, the ratio at which Class B Shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (subject to waiver by holders of a majority of the Class B ordinary shares) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon completion of the Initial Public Offering plus the number of Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with a Business Combination (net of redemptions), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination: provided that such conversion of Class B ordinary shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis.

NOTE 8. WARRANTS

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 12,650,000 Public Warrants outstanding, with each Public Warrant enabling the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share. Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination and (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Public Warrants will expire five years from the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Company will not be obligated to issue any Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of a Public Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such Public Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations with respect to registration. No Public Warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their

F-18

Public Warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available.

The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days, after the closing of a Business Combination, it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement registering the issuance, under the Securities Act, of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use it commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of the Business Combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Public Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if the Class A ordinary shares are, at the time of any exercise of a Public Warrant, not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but will use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00.   Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

•

in whole and not in part;

•

at a price of $0.01 per Public Warrant;

•

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder and

•

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Class A ordinary shares for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders (the “Reference Value”) equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted).

Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $10.00.   Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

•

in whole and not in part;

•

at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares, based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the Class A ordinary shares;

•

if, and only if, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted); and

•

if the Reference Value is less than $18.00 per share (as adjusted), the Private Placement Warrants must also be concurrently called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding Public Warrants, as described above.

If and when the Public Warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, extraordinary dividend or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, except as described below, the Public Warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Public Warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of Public Warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their Public Warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such Public Warrants. Accordingly, the Public Warrants may expire worthless.

F-19

In addition, if  (x) the Company issues additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of a Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per Class A ordinary share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors, and in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of a Business Combination on the date of the completion of a Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates a Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the Public Warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described above will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 per share redemption trigger price described above will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 7,060,000 Private Placement Warrants outstanding with each Private Placement Warrant exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable, except as described above, so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

NOTE 9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company follows the guidance in ASC Topic 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1:

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Level 2:

Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

F-20

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

Description	Level		December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Assets:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Marketable securities held in Trust Account	​	1	​	$	253,037,516	​	$	253,012,211
Liabilities:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Warrant Liability – Public Warrants	​	1	​	$	6,775,340	​	$	13,535,500
Warrant Liability – Private Placement Warrants	​	3	​	$	3,781,336	​	$	7,554,200

The Warrants were accounted for as liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40. The warrant liabilities are measured at fair value at inception and on a recurring basis, with changes in fair value presented in the statements of operations.

The Private Placement Warrants were valued using a binomial lattice model, which is considered to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. The binomial lattice model’s primary unobservable input utilized in determining the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants is the expected volatility of the ordinary shares. The expected volatility as of the Initial Public Offering date was derived from observable public warrant pricing on comparable ‘blank-check’ companies without an identified target. The expected volatility as of subsequent valuation dates was implied from the Company’s own Public Warrant pricing. The measurement of the Public Warrants after the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units on September 8, 2020, is classified as Level 1 due to the use of an observable market quote in an active market. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units, the close price of the Public Warrant on the New York Stock Exchange was used as the fair value of the Warrants as of each relevant date.

The following table presents the quantitative information regarding Level 3 fair value measurements for the Private Placement Warrants.

​	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Exercise price	​	$	11.50	​	$	11.50
Share price	​	$	9.87	​	$	10.02
Volatility	​	​	12.3	​	​	17.5%
Term	​	​	5.00	​	​	5.00
Risk-free rate	​	​	1.10	​	​	0.35%
Dividend yield	​	​	0.00	​	​	0.00%

The following table presents the changes in the fair value of Level 3 warrant liabilities at December 31, 2021 and 2020:

​	Private Placement			Public			Warrant Liabilities
Fair value as of March 20, 2020 (inception)	​	$	—	​	$	—	​	$	—
Initial measurement on July 20, 2020 (Initial Public Offering)	​	​	4,730,200	​	​	8,475,500	​	​	13,205,700
Change in fair value	​	​	2,824,000	​	​	2,909,500	​	​	5,733,500
Transfers out of Level 3	​	​	—	​	​	(11,385,000)	​	​	(11,385,000)
Fair value as of December 31, 2020	​	$	7,554,200	​	$	—	​	$	7,554,200

​	Private Placement
Fair value as of December 31, 2020	​	$	7,554,200
Change in fair value	​	​	(3,772,864)
Fair value as of December 31, 2021	​	$	3,781,336

F-21

Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2 and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period in which a change in valuation technique or methodology occurs. There were no transfers in or out of Level 3 for the year ended December 31, 2021. Transfers from Level 3 to Level 1 amounted to $11,385,000 for the period ended December 31, 2020.

NOTE 10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, except as outlined below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

As discussed in Notes 1 and 5, on February 21, 2022, the Sponsor committed to provide the Company with an additional $755,000 in loans for working capital purposes. These loans will be non-interest bearing, unsecured and will be repaid upon the consummation of a Business Combination. If the Company does not consummate a business combination, all amounts loaned to the Company in connection with these loans will be forgiven except to the extent that the Company has funds available to it outside of its Trust Account.

F-22

HPX CORP.

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

​	June 30, 2022			December 31, 2021
​	(Unaudited)			​	​	​
ASSETS	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current assets	​	​	​	​	​	​
Cash	​	$	778,575	​	$	549,792
Prepaid expenses	​	​	57,576	​	​	99,402
Total Current Assets	​	​	836,151	​	​	649,194
Marketable securities held in Trust Account	​	​	253,381,468	​	​	253,037,516
TOTAL ASSETS	​	$	254,217,619	​	$	253,686,710
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current liabilities	​	​	​	​	​	​
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	​	$	682,464	​	$	555,895
Accrued offering costs	​	​	159,880	​	​	159,880
Promissory note – related party	​	​	700,000	​	​	—
Total Current Liabilities	​	​	1,542,344	​	​	715,775
Deferred legal fees	​	​	3,092,479	​	​	—
Warrant liabilities	​	​	1,574,829	​	​	10,556,676
Deferred underwriting fee payable	​	​	8,855,000	​	​	8,855,000
Total Liabilities	​	​	15,064,652	​	​	20,127,451
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)	​	​	​	​	​	​
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption; 25,300,000 shares at redemption value as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021	​	​	253,381,468	​	​	253,037,516
Shareholders’ Deficit	​	​	​	​	​	​
Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding	​	​	—	​	​	—
Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding (excluding 25,300,000 shares subject to possible redemption) as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021	​	​	—	​	​	—
Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 6,305,000 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021	​	​	631	​	​	631
Accumulated deficit	​	​	(14,229,132)	​	​	(19,478,888)
Total Shareholders’ Deficit	​	​	(14,228,501)	​	​	(19,478,257)
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT	​	$	254,217,619	​	$	253,686,710

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-23

HPX CORP.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)

​

For the Three Months Ended June 30,

For the Six Months Ended June 30,

​

2022

2021

2022

2021

Operating and formation costs

​

$

2,440,653

​

$

385,917

​

$

3,732,091

​

$

565,570

Loss from operations

​

​

(2,440,653)

​

​

(385,917)

​

​

(3,732,091)

​

​

(565,570)

Other income (expense):

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

​

​

2,006,478

​

​

(1,450,300)

​

​

8,981,847

​

​

3,674,300

Interest income from operating bank account

​

​

—

​

​

24

​

​

—

​

​

51

Earnings on marketable securities held in Trust Account

​

​

321,395

​

​

6,309

​

​

343,952

​

​

12,548

Total other income (expense), net

​

​

2,327,873

​

​

(1,443,967)

​

​

9,325,799

​

​

3,686,899

Net (loss) income

​

$

(112,780)

​

$

(1,829,884)

​

$

5,593,708

​

$

3,121,329

Weighted average shares outstanding, Class A ordinary shares

​

​

25,300,000

​

​

25,300,000

​

​

25,300,000

​

​

25,300,000

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share, Class A ordinary shares

​

$

(0.00)

​

$

(0.06)

​

$

0.18

​

$

0.10

Weighted average shares outstanding, Class B ordinary shares

​

​

6,305,000

​

​

6,325,000

​

​

6,305,000

​

​

6,325,000

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share, Class B ordinary shares

​

$

(0.00)

​

$

(0.06)

​

$

0.18

​

$

0.10

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-24

HPX CORP.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(UNAUDITED)
FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2022

​

Class A Ordinary Shares

Class B Ordinary Shares

Additional Paid-in Capital

Accumulated Deficit

Total Shareholders��� Deficit

​

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Balance – January 1, 2022

​

—

​

$

—

​

6,305,000

​

$

631

​

$

—

​

$

(19,478,888)

​

$

(19,478,257)

Remeasurement of Class A ordinary shares to redemption amount

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

37,516

​

​

37,516

Net income

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

5,706,488

​

​

5,706,488

Balance – March 31, 2022

​

—

​

​

—

​

6,305,000

​

​

631

​

​

—

​

​

(13,734,884)

​

​

(13,734,253)

Remeasurement of Class A ordinary shares to redemption amount

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(381,468)

​

​

(381,468)

Net loss

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(112,780)

​

​

(112,780)

Balance – June 30, 2022

​

—

​

$

—

​

6,305,000

​

$

631

​

$

—

​

$

(14,229,132)

​

$

(14,228,501)

FOR THE THREE AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2021

​

Class A Ordinary Shares

Class B Ordinary Shares

Additional Paid-in Capital

Accumulated Deficit

Total Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

​

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Balance – January 1, 2021

​

—

​

$

—

​

6,325,000

​

$

633

​

$

—

​

$

(28,848,313)

​

$

(28,847,680)

Remeasurement of Class A ordinary shares to redemption amount

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(6,239)

​

​

(6,239)

Cancellation of Class B ordinary shares

​

​

​

​

​

​

(20,000)

​

​

(2)

​

​

—

​

​

2

​

​

—

Net income

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

4,951,213

​

​

4,951,213

Balance – March 31, 2021

​

—

​

​

—

​

6,305,000

​

​

631

​

​

—

​

​

(23,903,337)

​

​

(23,902,706)

Remeasurement of Class A ordinary shares to redemption amount

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(6,309)

​

​

(6,309)

Net loss

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(1,829,884)

​

​

(1,829,884)

Balance – June 30, 2021

​

—

​

$

—

​

6,305,000

​

$

631

​

$

—

​

$

(25,739,530)

​

$

(25,738,899)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-25

HPX CORP.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)

​	For the Six Months Ended June 30,
​	2022			2021
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Net income	​	$	5,593,708	​	$	3,121,329
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities	​	​	(8,981,847)	​	​	(3,674,300)
Earnings on marketable securities held in Trust Account	​	​	(343,952)	​	​	(12,548)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Prepaid expenses	​	​	41,826	​	​	50,606
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	​	​	126,569	​	​	302,237
Deferred legal fees	​	​	3,092,479	​	​	—
Net cash used in operating activities	​	​	(471,217)	​	​	(212,676)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Proceeds from promissory note – related party	​	​	700,000	​	​	—
Net cash provided by financing activities	​	​	700,000	​	​	—
Net Change in Cash	​	​	228,783	​	​	(212,676)
Cash – Beginning of period	​	​	549,792	​	​	1,132,050
Cash – End of period	​	$	778,575	​	$	919,374
Non-Cash investing and financing activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Remeasurement of Class A ordinary shares to redemption amount	​	$	343,952	​	$	6,309

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-26

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

HPX Corp. (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on March 20, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”).

Although the Company is not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, the Company intends to focus on businesses in Brazil. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of June 30, 2022, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity through June 30, 2022 relates to the Company’s formation, its initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, and after the Initial Public Offering, the search for a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of earnings from the marketable securities held in the Trust Account (as defined below).

Recent Developments

Proposed Business Combination

As previously reported in our current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 7, 2022, on July 5, 2022, the Company entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) by and among Ambipar Emergency Response, an exempted company incorporated with limited liability in the Cayman Islands (“New PubCo”), Ambipar Merger Sub, an exempted company incorporated with limited liability in the Cayman Islands (“Merger Sub”), Emergência Participações S.A., a corporation (sociedade anônima) organized under the laws of Brazil (“Emergencia”), Ambipar Participações e Empreendimentos S.A., a corporation (sociedade anônima) organized under the laws of Brazil (“Ambipar”), and the Company (the “Proposed Business Combination”). Emergencia is a leading environmental and industrial service provider with a diversified client base in logistics, chemical, oil and gas, mining and industrial sectors in Brazil and globally (see Note 10).

The Company’s board of directors (i) unanimously approved the Business Combination Agreement, the Mergers and the Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) and (ii) unanimously determined to recommend that the shareholders of the Company vote to approve the SPAC Shareholder Matters (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) and such other actions as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (see Note 10).

The Company is focused on consummating the agreements entered into in connection to the Business Combination Agreement by submitting the Proposed Business Combination to the Company’s shareholders for their consideration. The Company intends to file a registration statement on Form F-4 (the “Registration Statement”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) which will include preliminary and definitive proxy statements to be distributed to the Company’s shareholders in connection with the Company’s solicitation for proxies for the vote by the Company’s shareholders in connection with the Proposed Business Combination and other matters as described in the Registration Statement, as well as the prospectus relating to the offer of the securities to be issued in connection with the completion of the Proposed Business Combination.

After the Registration Statement has been filed and declared effective, the Company will mail a definitive proxy statement and other relevant documents to its shareholders as of the record date established for voting on the Proposed Business Combination. The Company’s shareholders and other interested persons are

F-27

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

advised to read, once available, the preliminary proxy statement/prospectus and any amendments thereto and, once available, the definitive proxy statement/prospectus, in connection with the Company’s solicitation of proxies for its special meeting of shareholders to be held to approve, among other things, the Proposed Business Combination, because these documents will contain important information about the Company, Emergencia, and the Proposed Business Combination. Shareholders may also obtain a copy of the preliminary or definitive proxy statement, once available, as well as other documents filed with the SEC regarding the Proposed Business Combination and other documents filed with the SEC by the Company, without charge, at the SEC’s website located at www.sec.gov or by directing a request to: HPX Corp., 1000 N. West Street, Suite 1200, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

For further information, please see our current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 7, 2022 and Note 10 of these notes to the condensed financial statements included in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q (the “Quarterly Report”).

Combination Period Extension

As previously reported in our current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 14, 2022, on July 14, 2022, in connection with its Extraordinary General Meeting held on July 14, 2022 (the “Extraordinary General Meeting”), the Company’s shareholders approved: (1) a special resolution to amend the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company (the “Extension Amendment”) to extend the date by which the Company must (a) consummate a Business Combination, (b) cease its operations except for the purpose of winding up if it fails to complete such Business Combination, and (c) redeem all of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares included as part of the units sold in the Company’s Initial Public Offering from July 20, 2022 to November 20, 2022; and (2) the proposal to extend the date on which Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Trustee”) must liquidate the trust account established in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering if the Company has not completed its initial Business Combination from July 20, 2022 to November 20, 2022 (the “Trust Amendment” and, together with the Extension Amendment, the “Combination Period Extension”) (see Note 10).

For further information, please see our current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on July 14, 2022 and Note 10 of these notes to the condensed financial statements included in this Quarterly Report.

Redemption of Class A Ordinary Shares

As previously reported in our current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 14, 2022, on July 14, 2022, in connection with the vote to approve the Combination Period Extension, the holders of 19,472,483 Class A ordinary shares properly exercised their right to redeem their shares for cash at a redemption price of approximately $10.018 per share, for an aggregate redemption amount of approximately $195.1 million, which included approximately $0.4 million of Trust Account earnings, leaving approximately $58.4 million in the Trust Account. As of June 30, 2022, the redemption amount is not required to be classified as a liability as the event occurred subsequent to that date.

For further information, please see our current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on July 14, 2022 and Note 10 of these notes to the condensed financial statements included in this Quarterly Report.

Company’s Initial Public Offering and Search for a Target

The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering became effective on July 15, 2020. On July 20, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A ordinary shares included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriter of the over-allotment option to purchase an additional 3,300,000 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $253,000,000 which is described in Note 3.

F-28

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 7,060,000 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to HPX Capital Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), generating gross proceeds of $7,060,000, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $14,528,328, consisting of $5,060,000 of underwriting fees, $8,855,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $613,328 of other offering costs, $497,297 of which were allocated to the warrants and charged to expense.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on July 20, 2020, an amount of $253,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a Trust Account (the “Trust Account”) located in the United States and invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund meeting certain conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account to the Company’s shareholders, as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. The New York Stock Exchange rules require that a Business Combination must be with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes, if permitted, and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in trust). The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination, including the Proposed Business Combination.

The Company will provide the holders of the Public Shares (the “Public Shareholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination, either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve a Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The Public Shareholders will be entitled to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the amount held in the Trust Account (initially $10.00 per share) as of two business days prior to the completion of a Business Combination, including any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations, if any. The per-share amount to be distributed to the Public Shareholders who redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriter (as discussed in Note 6). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants.

The Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if the Company has net tangible assets, after payment of the deferred underwriting commission, of at least $5,000,001 upon such completion of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks shareholder approval, it receives an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law approving a Business Combination, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company. If a shareholder vote is not required and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of

F-29

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

Association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, and file tender offer documents containing substantially the same information as would be included in a proxy statement with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor and any other holders of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares prior to the Initial Public Offering (the “initial shareholders”) have agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination and to waive their redemption rights with respect to any such shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a Business Combination. Additionally, subject to the immediately succeeding paragraph, each Public Shareholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares, without voting, and if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks shareholder approval of a Business Combination and the Company does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, a Public Shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” ​(as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than 15% of the Public Shares without the Company’s prior written consent.

The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination (and not seek to sell its shares to the Company in any tender offer the Company undertakes in connection with its initial Business Combination) and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Memorandum of Articles of Association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period (as defined below) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless the Company provides the Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

The Company initially had until July 20, 2022 to consummate a Business Combination. However, pursuant to the Combination Period Extension mentioned above, the Company now will have until November 20, 2022 to consummate a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”) (see Note 10). However, if the Company has not completed a Business Combination, including the Proposed Business Combination, within the Combination Period, as may be extended from time to time by the Company as a result of a shareholder vote to amend its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (the “Extension Period”), the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable) divided by the number of the then-outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish the rights of the Public Shareholders as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining Public Shareholders and its board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Founder Shares or the Private Placement Warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period.

The Sponsor has agreed to waive its liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension

F-30

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

Period. However, if the Sponsor or any of its respective affiliates acquire Public Shares, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period. The underwriter has agreed to waive its rights to its deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Initial Public Offering price per Unit ($10.00).

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (1) $10.00 per Public Share or (2) such lesser amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriter of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Risks and Uncertainties

In February 2022, the Russian Federation and Belarus commenced a military action with the country of Ukraine. As a result, various nations, including the United States, have imposed economic sanctions against the Russian Federation and Belarus. Further, the impact of this action and the related sanctions on the world economy, and the specific impacts on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and its ability to identify and complete an initial business combination are not determinable as of the date of these condensed financial statements.

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these condensed financial statements. The condensed financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

Liquidity

As of June 30, 2022, the Company had $778,575 in its operating bank accounts, $253,381,468 in marketable securities held in the Trust Account to be used for a Business Combination or to repurchase or redeem its ordinary shares (see Note 10 for redemptions made in July 2022) in connection therewith and a working capital deficit of $706,193 (which includes a liability for the $700,000 borrowing as described below).

As discussed in Note 5, on June 24, 2022, the Company entered into promissory notes with the Sponsor pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company up to an aggregate principal amount

F-31

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

of $905,000 (the “Working Capital Note”). As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were $700,000 and $0 outstanding under the Working Capital Note, respectively.

Going Concern

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 205-40, “Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern,” management has determined that if the Company is unable to raise additional funds to alleviate liquidity needs, obtain approval for another extension of the deadline or complete a Business Combination by November 20, 2022, then the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. The Company intends to complete a Business Combination before the mandatory liquidation date or obtain approval for an extension, however, it is uncertain whether the Company will be able to do so. If a Business Combination is not consummated by this date and an extension not requested by the Sponsor, there will be a mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution of the Company. Management has determined that the liquidity condition and the mandatory liquidation, should a Business Combination not occur and an extension is not requested by the Sponsor, and potential subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should the Company be required to liquidate after November 20, 2022.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 8 of Regulation S-X of the SEC. Certain information or footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial reporting. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes necessary for a complete presentation of financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of a normal recurring nature, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, operating results and cash flows for the periods presented.

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 as filed with the SEC on April 14, 2022. The accompanying condensed balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 has been derived from the Company’s audited financial statements included in the Form 10-K. The interim results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2022 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2022 or for any future periods.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

F-32

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting periods.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. One of the more significant accounting estimates included in these financial statements is the determination of the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021. Such estimates may be subject to change as more current information becomes available and accordingly the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021.

Marketable Securities Held in Trust Account

As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, all of the assets held in the Trust Account were held in money market funds which invest in U.S. Treasury securities.

Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirement of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 340-10-S99-1. Offering costs consisted of legal, accounting and other expenses incurred through the Initial Public Offering that were directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs were allocated to the separable financial instruments issued in the Initial Public Offering based on a relative fair value basis, compared to total proceeds received. Offering costs allocated to warrant liabilities were expensed as incurred in the statements of operations. Offering costs associated with the Class A ordinary shares issued were initially charged to temporary equity and remeasured to ordinary shares subject to redemption upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

F-33

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

Warrant Liabilities

The Company accounts for the Public Warrants (as defined in Note 3) and Private Placement Warrants (together, with the Public Warrants, the “Warrants”) in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40 under which the Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. Accordingly, the Company classifies the Warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjusts the Warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in our statements of operations. The Warrants for periods where no observable traded price was available are valued using a binomial lattice simulation. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units, which occurred on September 8, 2020, the Public Warrant quoted market price was used as the fair value as of each relevant date.

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified as a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, all Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ deficit section of the Company’s condensed balance sheets.

The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable ordinary shares to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Immediately upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company recognized the remeasurement from initial book value to initial redemption amount value. The change in the carrying value of redeemable Class A ordinary shares resulted in charges against additional paid-in capital (to the extent available) and accumulated deficit.

Subsequent to the initial measurement upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company recognizes changes in the redemption value that result from earnings on marketable securities held in Trust Account that have not been withdrawn to pay taxes. As of June 30, 2022, the Company has not incurred any taxes or permitted expenses that could be withdrawn from the Trust Account.

As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Class A ordinary shares reflected in the condensed balance sheets are reconciled in the following table:

Gross proceeds from Initial Public Offering	$	253,000,000
Less:	​	​
Proceeds allocated to Public Warrants	​	(8,475,500)
Class A ordinary shares issuance costs	​	(14,031,031)
Plus:	​	​
Initial remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value	​	22,506,531
Subsequent remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value	​	12,211
Total remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value	​	22,518,742
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, December 31, 2021	​	253,037,516
Remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value	​	(343,952)
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, June 30, 2022	$	253,381,468

F-34

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

During the six months ended June 30, 2022, the Company increased the carrying value of Class A ordinary shares for earnings on marketable securities held in Trust Account by $343,952. See Notes 1 and 10 for redemptions in connection with the July 14, 2022 vote to approve the Combination Period Extension.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” ​(“ASC 740”). ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for both the expected impact of differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. ASC 740 additionally requires a valuation allowance to be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740 also clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim period, disclosure and transition. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

The Company is considered an exempted Cayman Islands Company and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States. As such, the Company’s tax provision was zero for the periods presented.

Net (Loss) Income Per Ordinary Share

The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” The Company has two classes of shares, which are referred to as Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Income and losses are shared pro rata between the two classes of shares. Net (loss) income per ordinary share is computed by dividing net (loss) income by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Remeasurement associated with the redeemable Class A ordinary shares is excluded from (loss) income per ordinary share as the redemption value approximates fair value.

The calculation of diluted (loss) income per ordinary share does not consider the effect of the Warrants issued in connection with the (i) Initial Public Offering, and (ii) the private placement since the exercise of the Warrants is contingent upon the occurrence of future events. The Warrants are exercisable to purchase 19,710,000 Class A ordinary shares in the aggregate. As of June 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company did not have any other dilutive securities or other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted net (loss) income per ordinary share is the same as basic net (loss) income per ordinary share for the periods presented.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per ordinary share (in dollars, except share amounts):

F-35

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

​

Three Months Ended June 30, 2022

Three Months Ended June 30, 2021

Six Months Ended June 30, 2022

Six Months Ended June 30, 2021

​

Class A

Class B

Class A

Class B

Class A

Class B

Class A

Class B

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per ordinary share

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Numerator:

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Allocation of net (loss) income

​

$

(90,281)

​

$

(22,499)

​

$

(1,463,907)

​

$

(365,977)

​

$

4,474,966

​

$

1,118,742

​

$

2,497,063

​

$

624,266

Denominator:

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

​

​

25,300,000

​

​

6,305,000

​

​

25,300,000

​

​

6,325,000

​

​

25,300,000

​

​

6,305,000

​

​

25,300,000

​

​

6,325,000

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per ordinary share

​

$

(0.00)

​

$

(0.00)

​

$

(0.06)

​

$

(0.06)

​

$

0.18

​

$

0.18

​

$

0.10

​

$

0.10

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying condensed balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature, except for the Warrants (see Note 9).

Recent Accounting Standards

In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2020-06, “Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging —  Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity” ​(“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. ASU 2020-06 removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception and it also simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, that ASU 2020-06 would have on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the accompanying condensed financial statements.

NOTE 3. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering on July 20, 2020, the Company sold 25,300,000 Units, which includes the full exercise by the underwriter of its option to purchase an additional 3,300,000 Units, at a

F-36

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per whole share (see Note 8).

NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 7,060,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant from the Company in a private placement, for an aggregate purchase price of $7,060,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 8). Proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were added to the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

On April 8, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 5,750,000 of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”) for an aggregate consideration of $25,000. On June 25, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 20,000 Founder Shares to each of its independent director nominees at their original per-share purchase price. On July 15, 2020, the Company effected a share capitalization resulting in the initial shareholders holding an aggregate of 6,325,000 Founder Shares. However, on December 3, 2020, Fabio Mourão resigned as a director of our board of directors and forfeited 20,000 Founder Shares to the Company for no consideration and, as a result, since then the initial shareholders hold an aggregate of 6,305,000 Founder Shares. All share and per-share amounts have been restated to reflect the share capitalization. The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 825,000 shares subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option was exercised, so that the Founder Shares would equal 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. As a result of the underwriter’s election to fully exercise its over-allotment option on July 16, 2020, no Founder Shares are currently subject to forfeiture.

On July 23, 2021, a former director and a newly appointed director entered into a Securities Assignment Agreement (the “Securities Assignment Agreement”). The terms of the Securities Assignment Agreement specified that the former director transfer the 20,000 Founder Shares granted to him on June 25, 2020 to the newly appointed director, which the Company has treated as the cancellation of an existing award and the issuance of a new award.

The transfer of the Founders Shares to the Company’s directors and director nominees is in the scope of FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation” ​(“ASC 718”). Under ASC 718, stock-based compensation associated with equity-classified awards is measured at fair value upon the grant date. The Founder Shares were effectively transferred subject to a performance condition (i.e., the occurrence of a Business Combination). Compensation expense related to the Founder Shares is recognized only when the performance condition is probable of occurrence under the applicable accounting literature in this circumstance (i.e., upon consummation of a Business Combination). Stock-based compensation would be recognized at the date a Business Combination is considered probable (i.e., upon consummation of a Business Combination) in an amount equal to the number of Founders Shares times the grant date fair value per share (unless subsequently modified).

The Sponsor (including the directors) has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its Founder Shares until the earlier of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business

F-37

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

Combination and (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, rights issuances, consolidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Administrative Services Agreement

The Company entered into an agreement whereby, commencing on July 16, 2020, the Company will pay the Sponsor up to $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. Upon completion of a Business Combination or its liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2022, the Company incurred $30,000 and $60,000 in fees for these services, respectively. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company incurred $30,000 and $60,000, respectively, in fees for these services. At June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, $235,000 and $175,000 are included in accrued expenses for these services, respectively.

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). Such Working Capital Loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. The notes may be repaid upon completion of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of notes may be converted upon completion of a Business Combination into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant. Such warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans.

On June 24, 2022, the Company entered into promissory notes with the Sponsor pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company up to an aggregate principal amount of $905,000 (the “Working Capital Note”). The Working Capital Note is non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of the date on which the Company consummates a Business Combination or the date that the winding up of the Company is effective. If the Company does not consummate a Business Combination, all amounts loaned to the Company in connection with these loans will be forgiven except to the extent that the Company has funds available to it outside of its Trust Account; however, no proceeds from the Trust Account may be used for such repayment. The Working Capital Note is not convertible. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were $700,000 and $0 outstanding under the Working Capital Note, respectively.

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Registration Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on July 15, 2020, the holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and any warrants that may be issued on conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants or warrants issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) are entitled to registration rights requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to the Company’s Class A ordinary shares). The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form registration demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights

F-38

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not be required to effect or permit any registration or cause any registration statement to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriter is entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $8,855,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriter from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement. Of such deferred fee amount, up to approximately $0.175 per Unit, or up to $4,427,500, may be paid to third parties who did not participate in the Initial Public Offering (but who are members of FINRA or regulated broker-dealers) that assist the Company in consummating a Business Combination. The election to make such payments to third parties will be solely at the discretion of the Company’s management team, and such third parties will be selected by the Company’s management team in its sole and absolute discretion.

Consulting Arrangements

The Company has arrangements with a consultant to provide services to the Company relating to market and industry analyses, assistance with due diligence, and financial modeling and valuation of potential targets. The Company agreed to pay the service provider a fee of 6,600 BRL per month (approximately $1,200 per month). For the six months ended June 30, 2022, the Company incurred $8,803 of consulting fees, of which $1,400 is included within accounts payable and accrued expenses in the condensed balance sheet as of June 30, 2022. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company incurred and paid $7,811 of consulting fees.

Restricted Stock Unit Award

In July 2021, pursuant to a Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, dated July 23, 2021, between the Company and a director, the Company agreed to grant 20,000 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to a director. The RSUs will vest upon the consummation of such Business Combination and represent 20,000 non-redeemable Class A ordinary shares of the Company that will settle on a date as soon as practicable following vesting but in no event more than 30 days after vesting. Issuance of the shares underlying the RSUs are also subject to the future approval of an equity incentive plan.

The RSUs to be granted by the Company are in the scope of FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation” ​(“ASC 718”). Under ASC 718, stock-based compensation associated with equity-classified awards is measured at fair value upon the grant date. The RSUs to be granted are subject to a performance condition (i.e., the occurrence of a Business Combination). Compensation expense related to the RSUs is recognized only when the performance condition is probable of occurrence under the applicable accounting literature in this circumstance. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company did not have a shareholder approved equity plan and also determined that a Business Combination is not considered probable, therefore, no stock-based compensation expense has been recognized. Stock-based compensation would be recognized at the date a Business Combination is considered probable (i.e., upon consummation of a Business Combination) in an amount equal to the number of RSUs times the grant date fair value per share (unless subsequently modified).

Contingent Fee Arrangement

On June 27, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with a vendor to provide advisory services in connection with a potential Business Combination. The agreement calls for the Company to pay a fee of

F-39

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

$2,000,000 upon the closing of a business combination. If the Business Combination is not consummated for any reason, no fee is payable under this agreement.

NOTE 7. SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Preference Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001. The Company’s board of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. The board of directors will be able to, without shareholder approval, issue preference shares with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the ordinary shares and could have anti-takeover effects. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Class A Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, 25,300,000 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding, all of which were subject to possible redemption and reported as temporary equity.

Class B Ordinary Shares— — The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were 6,305,000 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

Holders of Class A ordinary shares and holders of Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s shareholders except as otherwise required by law.

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares on the first business day following the completion of a Business Combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts issued in the Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of a Business Combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (subject to waiver by holders of a majority of the Class B ordinary shares) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon completion of the Initial Public Offering plus the number of Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with a Business Combination (net of redemptions), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination: provided that such conversion of Class B ordinary shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis.

NOTE 8. WARRANTS

As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were 12,650,000 Public Warrants outstanding, with each Public Warrant enabling the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share. Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination and (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Public Warrants will expire five years from the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of a Public Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such Public Warrant exercise unless a registration

F-40

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations with respect to registration. No Public Warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their Public Warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available.

The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days, after the closing of a Business Combination, it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement registering the issuance, under the Securities Act, of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use it commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of a Business Combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Public Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if the Class A ordinary shares are, at the time of any exercise of a Public Warrant, not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but will use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00.

Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

•

in whole and not in part;

•

at a price of $0.01 per Public Warrant;

•

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder and

•

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Class A ordinary shares for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders (the “Reference Value”) equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted).

Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $10.00.

Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

•

in whole and not in part;

•

at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares, based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the Class A ordinary shares;

•

if, and only if, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted); and

•

if the Reference Value is less than $18.00 per share (as adjusted), the Private Placement Warrants must also be concurrently called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding Public Warrants, as described above.

If and when the Public Warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

F-41

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, extraordinary dividend or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, except as described below, the Public Warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Public Warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of Public Warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their Public Warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such Public Warrants. Accordingly, the Public Warrants may expire worthless.

In addition, if  (x) the Company issues additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of a Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per Class A ordinary share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors, and in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of a Business Combination on the date of the completion of a Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates a Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the Public Warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described above will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 per share redemption trigger price described above will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were 7,060,000 Private Placement Warrants outstanding with each Private Placement Warrant exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable, except as described above, so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

NOTE 9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company follows the guidance in ASC Topic 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets

F-42

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1:

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Level 2:

Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

Description	Level		December 31, 2021			Level		June 30, 2022
Assets:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Marketable securities held in Trust Account	​	1	​	$	253,037,516	​	1	​	$	253,381,468
Liabilities:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Warrant Liability – Public Warrants	​	1	​	$	6,775,340	​	1	​	$	1,010,735
Warrant Liability – Private Placement Warrants	​	3	​	$	3,781,336	​	2	​	$	564,094

The Warrants were accounted for as liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40. The warrant liabilities are measured at fair value at inception and on a recurring basis, with changes in fair value presented in the condensed statements of operations.

The Private Placement Warrants were initially valued using a binomial lattice model, which is considered to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. The binomial lattice model’s primary unobservable input utilized in determining the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants is the expected volatility of the ordinary shares. The expected volatility as of the Initial Public Offering date was derived from observable public warrant pricing on comparable ‘blank-check’ companies without an identified target. The expected volatility as of subsequent valuation dates was implied from the Company’s own Public Warrant pricing. Beginning on March 31, 2022 and as of June 30, 2022, the Private Placement Warrants are classified as Level 2 due to the use of a quoted price in an active market for a similar liability.

The measurement of the Public Warrants after the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units on September 8, 2020, is classified as Level 1 due to the use of an observable market quote in an active market. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units, the close price of the Public Warrant on the New York Stock Exchange was used as the fair value of the Warrants as of each relevant date.

F-43

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

The following table presents the quantitative information regarding Level 3 fair value measurements for the Private Placement Warrants.

​	December 31, 2021
Exercise price	​	$	11.50
Share price	​	$	9.87
Volatility	​	​	12.3%
Term	​	​	5.00
Risk-free rate	​	​	1.10%
Dividend yield	​	​	0.00

The following table presents the changes in the fair value of Level 3 warrant liabilities as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021:

​	Private Placement
Fair value as of December 31, 2021	​	$	3,781,336
Change in fair value	​	​	(2,498,534)
Transfer to Level 2	​	​	(1,282,802)
Fair value as of June 30, 2022	​	$	—

Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2 and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period in which a change in valuation technique or methodology occurs. There were no transfers in or out of Level 3 for the year ended December 31, 2021. Transfers from Level 3 to Level 2 amounted to $1,282,802 for the six months ended June 30, 2022. There were no transfers in or out of Level 2 for the three months ended June 30, 2022.

NOTE 10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Other than outlined below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

Proposed Business Combination

As previously reported in our current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 7, 2022, on July 5, 2022, the Company entered into the Business Combination Agreement by and among New PubCo, Merger Sub, Emergencia, Ambipar, and the Company. Emergencia is a leading environmental and industrial service provider with a diversified client base in logistics, chemical, oil and gas, mining and industrial sectors in Brazil and globally.

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the parties have agreed that, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, (i) at least one business day before the Closing (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), Ambipar will contribute all of the issued and outstanding equity of Emergencia into Merger Sub in exchange for ordinary shares of Merger Sub and (ii) on the Closing Date (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), substantially concurrently with the closing of the PIPE Financing, and the Ambipar Financing, and in any case prior to the Second Merger (as defined below), (A) the Company shall be merged with and into New PubCo (the “First Merger”), with New PubCo as the surviving entity, and (B) immediately following the First Merger, Merger Sub shall be merged with and into New PubCo (the “Second Merger”), with New PubCo as the surviving entity.

F-44

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

Concurrently with the execution and delivery of the Business Combination Agreement, (i) certain investors and Opportunity Agro Fundo de Investimento em Participações Multiestratégia Investimento no Exterior (the “PIPE Investors”) entered into share subscription agreements pursuant to which the PIPE Investors committed to subscribe for and purchase 11,150,000 New PubCo Class A Ordinary Shares (at $10.00 per share) (the “PIPE Financing”); and (ii) Ambipar entered into a share subscription agreement, pursuant to which Ambipar committed to subscribe for and purchase 5,050,000 New PubCo Class B Ordinary Shares (at $10.00 per share) (the “Ambipar PIPE Financing”).

For further information, please see our current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 7, 2022 and Note 1 of these notes to the condensed financial statements included this Quarterly Report.

Combination Period Extension

As previously reported in our current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on July 14, 2022, on July 14, 2022, in connection with the Extraordinary General Meeting, the Company’s shareholders approved the Combination Period Extension. As a result, on July 14, 2022, the Company (i) amended the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company to extend the date before which the Company must complete a Business Combination from July 20, 2022 to November 20, 2022 and (ii) entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2020, with the Trustee to extend the date on which the Trustee must liquidate the Trust Account established in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering if the Company has not completed its initial Business Combination from July 20, 2022 to November 20, 2022.

For further information, please see our current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on July 14, 2022 and Note 1 of these notes to the condensed financial statements included in this Quarterly Report.

Redemption of Class A Ordinary Shares

As previously reported in our current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on July 14, 2022, on July 14, 2022, in connection with the vote to approve the Combination Period Extension, the holders of 19,472,483 Class A ordinary shares properly exercised their right to redeem their shares for cash at a redemption price of approximately $10.018 per share, for an aggregate redemption amount of approximately $195.1 million, which included approximately $0.4 million of Trust Account earnings, leaving approximately $58.4 million in the Trust Account. As of June 30, 2022, the redemption amount is not required to be classified as a liability as the event occurred subsequent to that date.

For further information, please see our current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on July 14, 2022 and Note 1 of these notes to the condensed financial statements included in this Quarterly Report.

F-45

HPX CORP.

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

​	September 30, 2022			December 31, 2021
​	(Unaudited)			​	​	​
ASSETS	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current assets	​	​	​	​	​	​
Cash	​	$	218,475	​	$	549,792
Prepaid expenses	​	​	140,767	​	​	99,402
Total Current Assets	​	​	359,242	​	​	649,194
Cash held in Trust Account	​	​	58,650,422	​	​	—
Marketable securities held in Trust Account	​	​	—	​	​	253,037,516
TOTAL ASSETS	​	$	59,009,664	​	$	253,686,710
LIABILITIES, SHARES SUBJECT TO POSSIBLE REDEMPTION, AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current liabilities	​	​	​	​	​	​
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	​	$	588,986	​	$	555,895
Accrued offering costs	​	​	159,880	​	​	159,880
Promissory note – related party	​	​	700,000	​	​	—
Total Current Liabilities	​	​	1,448,866	​	​	715,775
Deferred legal fees	​	​	4,304,833	​	​	—
Warrant liabilities	​	​	4,730,400	​	​	10,556,676
PIPE derivative liability	​	​	3,109,245	​	​	—
Deferred underwriting fee payable	​	​	—	​	​	8,855,000
Total Liabilities	​	​	13,593,344	​	​	20,127,451
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)	​	​	​	​	​	​
Shares Subject to Possible Redemption	​	​	​	​	​	​
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption; 5,827,517 and 25,300,000 shares at redemption value as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively	​	​	58,650,422	​	​	253,037,516
Shareholders’ Deficit	​	​	​	​	​	​
Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding	​	​	—	​	​	—
Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding (excluding 5,827,517 and 25,300,000 shares subject to possible redemption as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively)	​	​	—	​	​	—
Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 6,305,000 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021	​	​	631	​	​	631
Additional paid-in capital	​	​	5,009,691	​	​	—
Accumulated deficit	​	​	(18,244,424)	​	​	(19,478,888)
Total Shareholders’ Deficit	​	​	(13,234,102)	​	​	(19,478,257)
TOTAL LIABILITIES, SHARES SUBJECT TO POSSIBLE REDEMPTION, AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT	​	$	59,009,664	​	$	253,686,710

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-46

HPX CORP.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)

​

For the Three Months Ended September 30,

For the Nine Months Ended September 30,

​

2022

2021

2022

2021

Operating and formation costs

​

$

1,595,785

​

$

154,559

​

$

5,327,876

​

$

720,129

Loss from operations

​

​

(1,595,785)

​

​

(154,559)

​

​

(5,327,876)

​

​

(720,129)

Other income (expense):

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

​

​

(3,155,571)

​

​

4,603,900

​

​

5,826,276

​

​

8,278,200

Change in fair value of PIPE derivative liability

​

​

89,022

​

​

—

​

​

89,022

​

​

—

Interest income from operating bank account

​

​

—

​

​

21

​

​

—

​

​

72

Interest income on cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account

​

​

350,399

​

​

6,379

​

​

694,351

​

​

18,927

Other income

​

​

296,643

​

​

—

​

​

296,643

​

​

—

Total other (expense) income, net

​

​

(2,419,507)

​

​

4,610,300

​

​

6,906,292

​

​

8,297,199

Net (loss) income

​

$

(4,015,292)

​

$

4,455,741

​

$

1,578,416

​

$

7,577,070

Weighted average shares outstanding, Class A ordinary shares

​

​

8,790,721

​

​

25,300,000

​

​

19,736,433

​

​

25,300,000

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share, Class A ordinary shares

​

$

(0.27)

​

$

0.14

​

$

0.06

​

$

0.24

Weighted average shares outstanding, Class B ordinary shares

​

​

6,305,000

​

​

6,325,000

​

​

6,305,000

​

​

6,305,055

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share, Class B ordinary shares

​

$

(0.27)

​

$

0.14

​

$

0.06

​

$

0.24

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-47

HPX CORP.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(UNAUDITED)
FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2022

​

Class A Ordinary Shares

Class B Ordinary Shares

Additional Paid-in Capital

Accumulated Deficit

Total Shareholders’ Deficit

​

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Balance – January 1, 2022

​

—

​

$

—

​

6,305,000

​

$

631

​

$

—

​

$

(19,478,888)

​

$

(19,478,257)

Remeasurement of Class A ordinary shares to redemption amount

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

37,516

​

​

37,516

Net income

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

5,706,488

​

​

5,706,488

Balance – March 31, 2022

​

—

​

​

—

​

6,305,000

​

​

631

​

​

—

​

​

(13,734,884)

​

​

(13,734,253)

Remeasurement of Class A ordinary shares to redemption amount

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(381,468)

​

​

(381,468)

Net loss

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(112,780)

​

​

(112,780)

Balance – June 30, 2022

​

—

​

​

—

​

6,305,000

​

​

631

​

​

—

​

​

(14,229,132)

​

​

(14,228,501)

Remeasurement of Class A ordinary shares to redemption amount

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(350,399)

​

​

—

​

​

(350,399)

Waived deferred underwriting fee payable

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

8,558,357

​

​

—

​

​

8,558,357

Initial measurement of PIPE derivative liability

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(3,198,267)

​

​

—

​

​

(3,198,267)

Net loss

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(4,015,292)

​

​

(4,015,292)

Balance – September 30, 2022

​

—

​

$

—

​

6,305,000

​

$

631

​

$

5,009,691

​

$

(18,244,424)

​

$

(13,234,102)

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021

​

Class A Ordinary Shares

Class B Ordinary Shares

Additional Paid-in Capital

Accumulated Deficit

Total Shareholders’ Deficit

​

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Balance – January 1, 2021

​

—

​

$

—

​

6,325,000

​

$

633

​

$

—

​

$

(28,848,313)

​

$

(28,847,680)

Remeasurement of Class A ordinary shares to redemption amount

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(6,239)

​

​

(6,239)

Cancellation of Class B ordinary shares

​

—

​

​

—

​

(20,000)

​

​

(2)

​

​

—

​

​

2

​

​

—

Net income

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

4,951,213

​

​

4,951,213

Balance – March 31, 2021

​

—

​

​

—

​

6,305,000

​

​

631

​

​

—

​

​

(23,903,337)

​

​

(23,902,706)

Remeasurement of Class A ordinary shares to redemption amount

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(6,309)

​

​

(6,309)

Net loss

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(1,829,884)

​

​

(1,829,884)

Balance – June 30, 2021

​

—

​

​

—

​

6,305,000

​

​

631

​

​

—

​

​

(25,739,530)

​

​

(25,738,899)

Remeasurement of Class A ordinary shares to redemption amount

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(6,379)

​

​

(6,379)

Net income

​

—

​

​

—

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

4,455,741

​

​

4,455,741

Balance – September 30, 2021

​

—

​

$

—

​

6,305,000

​

$

631

​

$

—

​

$

(21,290,168)

​

$

(21,289,537)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-48

HPX CORP.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)

​	For the Nine Months Ended September 30,
​	2022			2021
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Net income	​	$	1,578,416	​	$	7,577,070
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities	​	​	(5,826,276)	​	​	(8,278,200)
Change in fair value of PIPE derivative liability	​	​	(89,022)	​	​	—
Interest income on cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account	​	​	(694,351)	​	​	(18,927)
Other income	​	​	(296,643)	​	​	—
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Prepaid expenses	​	​	(41,365)	​	​	102,481
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	​	​	33,091	​	​	219,069
Deferred legal fees	​	​	4,304,833	​	​	—
Net cash used in operating activities	​	​	(1,031,317)	​	​	(398,507)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Cash withdrawn from Trust Account in connection with redemption	​	​	195,081,445	​	​	—
Net cash provided by investing activities	​	​	195,081,445	​	​	—
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Proceeds from promissory note – related party	​	​	700,000	​	​	—
Redemption of Class A ordinary shares	​	​	(195,081,445)	​	​	—
Net cash used in financing activities	​	​	(194,381,445)	​	​	—
Net Change in Cash	​	​	(331,317)	​	​	(398,507)
Cash – Beginning of period	​	​	549,792	​	​	1,132,050
Cash – End of period	​	$	218,475	​	$	733,543
Non-Cash investing and financing activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Remeasurement of Class A ordinary shares to redemption amount	​	$	694,351	​	$	18,927
Waived deferred underwriting fee payable charged to Additional paid-in capital	​	$	(8,558,357)	​	$	—
Initial measurement of PIPE derivative liability	​	$	3,198,267	​	$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-49

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

NOTE 1.   DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

HPX Corp. (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on March 20, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”).

Although the Company is not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, the Company intends to focus on businesses in Brazil. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of September 30, 2022, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity through September 30, 2022 relates to the Company’s formation, its initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, and after the Initial Public Offering, the search for a target company for a Business Combination, the signing of the Business Combination Agreement (as described below) and in connection with the preparation of the consummation of the Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of earnings from the cash and marketable securities held in the Trust Account (as defined below) and gain (loss) from changes in the fair values of warrant liabilities and PIPE derivative liability.

Recent Developments

Proposed Business Combination

As previously reported in our current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 7, 2022, on July 5, 2022, the Company entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) by and among Ambipar Emergency Response, an exempted company incorporated with limited liability in the Cayman Islands (“New PubCo”), Ambipar Merger Sub, an exempted company incorporated with limited liability in the Cayman Islands (“Merger Sub”), Emergência Participações S.A., a corporation (sociedade anônima) organized under the laws of Brazil (“Emergencia”), Ambipar Participações e Empreendimentos S.A., a corporation (sociedade anônima) organized under the laws of Brazil (“Ambipar”), and the Company (the “Proposed Business Combination”). Emergencia is a leading environmental and industrial service provider with a diversified client base in logistics, chemical, oil and gas, mining and industrial sectors in Brazil and globally.

The Company’s board of directors (i) unanimously approved the Business Combination Agreement, the Mergers and the Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) and (ii) unanimously determined to recommend that the shareholders of the Company vote to approve the SPAC Shareholder Matters (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) and such other actions as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.

The Company is focused on consummating the agreements entered into in connection to the Business Combination Agreement by submitting the Proposed Business Combination to the Company’s shareholders for their consideration. The Company intends to publicly file a registration statement on Form F-4 (the “Registration Statement”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) which will include preliminary and definitive proxy statements to be distributed to the Company’s shareholders in connection with the Company’s solicitation for proxies for the vote by the Company’s shareholders in connection with the Proposed Business Combination and other matters as described in the Registration Statement, as well as the prospectus relating to the offer of the securities to be issued in connection with the completion of the Proposed Business Combination.

F-50

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

After the Registration Statement has been filed and declared effective, the Company will mail a definitive proxy statement and other relevant documents to its shareholders as of the record date established for voting on the Proposed Business Combination. The Company’s shareholders and other interested persons are advised to read, once available, the preliminary proxy statement/prospectus and any amendments thereto and, once available, the definitive proxy statement/prospectus, in connection with the Company’s solicitation of proxies for its special meeting of shareholders to be held to approve, among other things, the Proposed Business Combination, because these documents will contain important information about the Company, Emergencia, and the Proposed Business Combination. Shareholders may also obtain a copy of the preliminary or definitive proxy statement, once available, as well as other documents filed with the SEC regarding the Proposed Business Combination and other documents filed with the SEC by the Company, without charge, at the SEC’s website located at www.sec.gov or by directing a request to: HPX Corp., 1000 N. West Street, Suite 1200, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

On September 14, 2022, Emergencia signed an agreement related to the acquisition of 100% of the shares of Witt O’Brien’s, a global leader in the crisis and emergency management industry for blue-chip corporate clients and emergency and resilience programs for the public sector, which acquisition closed on October 24, 2022.

For further information, please see the Company’s current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on July 7, 2022, the Registration Statement that the Company expects to publicly file with the SEC and this Note 1 to the condensed financial statements included in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q (the “Quarterly Report”).

Combination Period Extensions

As previously reported in the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 14, 2022, on July 14, 2022, in connection with its Extraordinary General Meeting held on July 14, 2022 (the “Extraordinary General Meeting”), the Company’s shareholders approved: (1) a special resolution to amend the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company (the “Extension Amendment”) to extend the date by which the Company must (a) consummate a Business Combination, (b) cease its operations except for the purpose of winding up if it fails to complete such Business Combination, and (c) redeem all of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares included as part of the units sold in the Company’s Initial Public Offering from July 20, 2022 to November 20, 2022; and (2) the proposal to extend the date on which Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Trustee”) must liquidate the trust account established in connection with the Company’s Initial Public Offering if the Company has not completed its initial Business Combination from July 20, 2022 to November 20, 2022 (the “Trust Amendment” and, together with the Extension Amendment, the “Initial Extension”).

On November 3, 2022, in connection with the Extraordinary General Meeting, the Company’s shareholders approved an additional extension of the Combination Period (as defined below) from November 20, 2022 to March 31, 2023 (the “Additional Extension”) (see Note 10).

For further information, please see the Company’s current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on July 14, 2022, the Company’s current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on November 4, 2022, and Notes 1 and 10 of these notes to the condensed financial statements included in this Quarterly Report.

Downside Protection Agreement

Concurrently with the execution and delivery of the Business Combination Agreement, certain PIPE investors (“PIPE Investors”) entered into a share subscription agreement (“Subscription Agreement”) with the Company and New PubCo, pursuant to which the PIPE Investors have committed to subscribe New PubCo Class A ordinary shares at the closing of the Business Combination.

F-51

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

In addition, the Sponsor has signed a Downside Protection Agreement (“DPA”) with the PIPE Investors and the Non-Redeeming Shareholders, pursuant to which these investors are provided with certain downside protection rights subsequent to the closing date of the Business Combination Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions of the DPA, including the investment return on a 30-month period, the investors may receive, on a pro-rata basis, an aggregate of up to 1,050,000 New PubCo Class A ordinary shares directly from the Sponsor (see Note 2 and Note 9).

Shareholder Non-Redemption Agreements

Concurrently with the execution and delivery of the Business Combination Agreement, certain shareholders of the Company, owning, in the aggregate, 600,000 Class A ordinary shares (each, a “Non-Redeeming Shareholder”), have entered into non-redemption agreements (each, a “Non-Redemption Agreement”) with the Company and New PubCo, under which, among other things, such Non-Redeeming Shareholders have agreed, in consideration of (i) an aggregate of 26,400 additional New PubCo Class A Ordinary Shares and (ii) 150,000 New PubCo Warrants (as defined below), in each case to be issued by New PubCo to such Non-Redeeming Shareholders on or promptly following the Closing, to vote in favor of transactions contemplated in the Business Combination Agreement for which the approval of such shareholders is required and agreed not to redeem or exercise any right to redeem any Class A ordinary shares of the Company that such shareholders hold of record or beneficially. Concurrently with the execution of the Non-Redemption Agreements, Trend HPX SPAC FIA IE, represented by its investment manager XP Allocation Asset Management Ltda. (“XP”), owning 1,297,400 Class A ordinary shares of the Company, has entered into a certain non-redemption agreement with the Company and New PubCo (the “XP Non-Redemption Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, XP will be entitled to (i) an aggregate of 57,086 additional New PubCo Class A Ordinary Shares and (ii) 324,350 New PubCo Warrants, in each case to be issued by New PubCo to XP on or promptly following the Closing, in the event XP does not redeem the SPAC Shares of which it is the record and beneficial owner in connection with any Extension sought on or prior to July 15, 2022. The Company and the Sponsor are named third-party beneficiaries under the Shareholder Non-Redemption Agreements. In the event that the Business Combination Agreement is not consummated, and the Company does not complete a business combination before March 31, 2023, the Non-Redemption Agreement will no longer apply.

Redemptions of Class A Ordinary Shares

As previously reported in the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 14, 2022, on July 14, 2022, in connection with the vote to approve the Combination Period Extension, the holders of 19,472,483 Class A ordinary shares properly exercised their right to redeem their shares for cash at a redemption price of approximately $10.018 per share, for an aggregate redemption amount of approximately $195.1 million, which included approximately $0.4 million of Trust Account earnings, leaving approximately $58.4 million in the Trust Account. As of September 30, 2022, the Company had 5,827,517 of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, with a redemption value of $58,650,422.

On November 3, 2022, in connection with the vote to approve the Additional Extension, the holders of 3,650,973 Class A ordinary shares properly exercised their right to redeem their shares for cash at a redemption price of approximately $10.064 per share, for an aggregate redemption amount of $36.7 million, which included approximately $0.2 million of Trust Account earnings, leaving approximately $21.9 million in the Trust Account. As of September 30, 2022, the redemption amount is not required to be classified as a liability as the event occurred subsequent to that date. As of December 1, 2022, the filing date of this Quarterly Report, there are 2,176,544 Class A ordinary shares outstanding.

For further information, please see the Company’s current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on July 14, 2022, the Company’s current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on November 4, 2022, and Note 10 of these notes to the condensed financial statements on this Quarterly Report.

F-52

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

Transfer of Listing to the NYSE American LLC

On October 24, 2022, the Company issued a press release and filed a current report on Form 8-K announcing the voluntary transfer of its securities from NYSE to NYSE American LLC. On October 27, 2022, the transfer of the securities became effective.

Additional Loan Under the Terms of the Working Capital Note

On November 30, 2022, under the terms of the Working Capital Note, the Sponsor loaned to the Company an additional aggregate of $205,000 for working capital purposes, bringing the total aggregate principal amount loaned under the terms of the Working Capital Note to $905,000.

Company’s Initial Public Offering and Search for a Target

The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering became effective on July 15, 2020. On July 20, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 25,300,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A ordinary shares included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriter of the over-allotment option to purchase an additional 3,300,000 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $253,000,000 which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 7,060,000 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to HPX Capital Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), generating gross proceeds of $7,060,000, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $14,528,328, consisting of $5,060,000 of underwriting fees, $8,855,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $613,328 of other offering costs, $497,297 of which were allocated to the warrants and charged to expense during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on July 20, 2020, an amount of $253,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a Trust Account (the “Trust Account”) located in the United States and invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund meeting certain conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account to the Company’s shareholders, as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. The New York Stock Exchange rules require that a Business Combination must be with one or more operating businesses or assets with a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (net of amounts disbursed to management for working capital purposes, if permitted, and excluding the amount of any deferred underwriting discount held in trust). The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination, including the Proposed Business Combination.

The Company will provide the holders of the Public Shares (the “Public Shareholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business

F-53

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

Combination, either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve a Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer, or upon a request to extend the Combination Period, as described below. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The Public Shareholders will be entitled to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the amount held in the Trust Account (initially $10.00 per share) as of two business days prior to the completion of a Business Combination, including any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations, if any. The per-share amount to be distributed to the Public Shareholders who redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriter (as discussed in Note 6). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants.

The Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if the Company has net tangible assets, after payment of the deferred underwriting commission, of at least $5,000,001 upon such completion of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks shareholder approval, it receives an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law approving a Business Combination, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company. If a shareholder vote is not required and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, and file tender offer documents containing substantially the same information as would be included in a proxy statement with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor and any other holders of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares prior to the Initial Public Offering (the “initial shareholders”) have agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination and to waive their redemption rights with respect to any such shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a Business Combination. Additionally, subject to the immediately succeeding paragraph, each Public Shareholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares, without voting, and if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks shareholder approval of a Business Combination and the Company does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, a Public Shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” ​(as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than 15% of the Public Shares without the Company’s prior written consent.

The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination (and not seek to sell its shares to the Company in any tender offer the Company undertakes in connection with its initial Business Combination) and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Memorandum of Articles of Association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless the Company provides the Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

Concurrently with the execution and delivery of the Business Combination Agreement, certain shareholders of the Company, owning, in the aggregate, 600,000 Class A ordinary shares (each, a “Non-Redeeming Shareholder”), have entered into non-redemption agreements (each, a “Non-Redemption

F-54

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

Agreement”) with the Company and New PubCo. The Company and the Sponsor are named third-party beneficiaries under the Shareholder Non-Redemption Agreements. In the event that the Business Combination Agreement is not consummated, and the Company does not complete a business combination before March 31, 2023, the Non-Redemption Agreement will no longer apply (as discussed in Shareholder Non-Redemption Agreements).

The Company initially had until July 20, 2022 to consummate a Business Combination. However, pursuant to the Combination Period Extensions mentioned above, the Company now will have until March 31, 2023 to consummate a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”) (see Note 10). However, if the Company has not completed a Business Combination, including the Proposed Business Combination, within the Combination Period, as may be extended from time to time by the Company as a result of a shareholder vote to amend its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (the “Extension Period”), the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable) divided by the number of the then-outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish the rights of the Public Shareholders as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining Public Shareholders and its board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Founder Shares or the Private Placement Warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period.

The Sponsor has agreed to waive its liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period. However, if the Sponsor or any of its respective affiliates acquire Public Shares, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period. The underwriter has agreed to waive its rights to its deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Initial Public Offering price per Unit ($10.00).

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (1) $10.00 per Public Share or (2) such lesser amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriter of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s independent

F-55

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Risks and Uncertainties

In February 2022, the Russian Federation and Belarus commenced a military action with the country of Ukraine. As a result, various nations, including the United States, have imposed economic sanctions against the Russian Federation and Belarus. Further, the impact of this action and the related sanctions on the world economy, and the specific impacts on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and its ability to identify and complete an initial business combination are not determinable as of the date of these condensed financial statements.

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these condensed financial statements. The condensed financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

Liquidity

As of September 30, 2022, the Company had $218,475 in its operating bank accounts, $58,650,422 in cash held in the Trust Account to be used for a Business Combination or to repurchase or redeem its ordinary shares (see Note 1 for redemptions made in July 2022 and Note 10 for redemptions made in November 2022) in connection therewith and a working capital deficit of $1,089,624 (which includes a liability for the $700,000 borrowing as described below).

As discussed in Note 5, on June 24, 2022, the Company entered into promissory notes with the Sponsor pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company up to an aggregate principal amount of $905,000 (the “Working Capital Note”). As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were $700,000 and $0 outstanding under the Working Capital Note, respectively (see note 10).

Going Concern

In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 205-40, “Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern,” management has determined that if the Company is unable to raise additional funds to alleviate liquidity needs, obtain approval for another extension of the deadline or complete a Business Combination by March 31, 2023, in accordance with the Additional Extension as approved by the Company’s shareholders in connection with the Extraordinary General Meeting on November 3, 2022, then the Company will cease all operations except for the purpose of liquidating. The Company intends to complete a Business Combination before the mandatory liquidation date or obtain approval for an additional extension, however, it is uncertain whether the Company will be able to do so. If a Business Combination is not consummated by this date and an additional extension not requested by the Sponsor, there will be a mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution of the Company. Management has determined that the liquidity condition and the mandatory liquidation, should a Business Combination not occur and an extension is not requested by the Sponsor, and potential subsequent dissolution raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. No adjustments have been made to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities should the Company be required to liquidate after March 31, 2023.

NOTE 2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial

F-56

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

information and in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 8 of Regulation S-X of the SEC. Certain information or footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial reporting. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes necessary for a complete presentation of financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of a normal recurring nature, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, operating results and cash flows for the periods presented.

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 as filed with the SEC on April 14, 2022. The accompanying condensed balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 has been derived from the Company’s audited financial statements included in the Form 10-K. The interim results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2022 or for any future periods.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting periods.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in

F-57

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

the near term due to one or more future confirming events. One of the more significant accounting estimates included in these financial statements is the determination of the fair values of the Private Placement Warrants as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 and the determination of PIPE derivative liability as of the initial measurement and September 30, 2022. Such estimates may be subject to change as more current information becomes available and accordingly the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Reclassifications

Since March 31, 2022, legal fees payable upon the successful consummation of a Business Combination were reclassified from a current to a non-current liability as Deferred Legal Fees. Such reclassifications have no effect on the Company’s net income (loss) as previously reported. As of September 30, 2022, there was $4,304,833 outstanding under Deferred Legal Fees.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021.

Cash or Marketable Securities Held in Trust Account

On June 24, 2022, the Company instructed the trustee managing the Trust Account to hold all funds in the Trust Account in cash until the earlier of the consummation of an initial business combination and liquidation of the Company to mitigate any risk of being viewed as operating an unregistered investment company. On September 27, 2022, money market funds which invest in U.S. Treasury Securities held in Trust Account were sold and proceeds from the sale of these marketable securities including dividends earned were transferred to interest-earning checking account managed by the trustee. Until September 27, 2022, and as of December 31, 2021, all of the assets held in the Trust Account were held in cash and in money market funds which invest in U.S. Treasury securities.

Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirement of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 340-10-S99-1. Offering costs consisted of legal, accounting and other expenses incurred through the Initial Public Offering that were directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs were allocated to the separable financial instruments issued in the Initial Public Offering based on a relative fair value basis, compared to total proceeds received. Offering costs allocated to warrant liabilities were expensed as incurred in the statements of operations. Offering costs associated with the Class A ordinary shares issued were initially charged to temporary equity and remeasured to ordinary shares subject to redemption upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

Warrant Liabilities

The Company accounts for the Public Warrants (as defined in Note 3) and Private Placement Warrants (together, with the Public Warrants, the “Warrants”) in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40 under which the Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. Accordingly, the Company classifies the Warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjusts the Warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in our statements of operations. The Warrants for periods where no observable traded price was available are valued using a binomial lattice simulation. For

F-58

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

periods subsequent to the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units, which occurred on September 8, 2020, the Public Warrant quoted market price was used as the fair value as of each relevant date.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company evaluates its financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives in accordance with ASC 815. For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value on the issuance date and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the condensed statements of operations. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative liabilities are classified in the condensed balance sheets as current or non-current based on whether net-cash settlement or conversion of the instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

The PIPE derivative liability as a result of the Downside Protection Agreement signed by the Sponsor with PIPE Investors and the Non-Redeeming Shareholders meets the criteria for derivative liability classification. As such, the PIPE derivative liability is recorded at its initial fair value on the date of issuance, and each balance sheet date thereafter. Changes in the estimated fair value of the PIPE derivative liability are recognized as a non-cash gain or loss in the condensed statements of operations. The fair value of the PIPE derivative liability is discussed in Note 9.

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified as a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, all Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ deficit section of the Company’s condensed balance sheets.

The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable ordinary shares to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Immediately upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company recognized the remeasurement from initial book value to initial redemption amount value. The change in the carrying value of redeemable Class A ordinary shares resulted in charges against additional paid-in capital (to the extent available) and accumulated deficit.

Subsequent to the initial measurement upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company recognizes changes in the redemption value that result from earnings on cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account that have not been withdrawn to pay taxes. As of September 30, 2022, the holders of 19,472,483 Class A ordinary shares properly exercised their right to redeem their shares and the Company has not incurred any taxes or permitted expenses that could be withdrawn from the Trust Account.

F-59

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Class A ordinary shares reflected in the condensed balance sheets are reconciled in the following table:

Gross proceeds from Initial Public Offering in July 2020	$	253,000,000
Less:	​	​
Proceeds allocated to Public Warrants	​	(8,475,500)
Class A ordinary shares issuance costs	​	(14,031,031)
Plus:	​	​
Initial remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value	​	22,506,531
Subsequent remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value	​	12,211
Total remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value	​	22,518,742
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, December 31, 2021	​	253,037,516
Less:	​	​
Redemption of Class A ordinary shares on July 14, 2022	​	(195,081,445)
Add:	​	​
Remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value	​	694,351
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, September 30, 2022	$	58,650,422

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, the Company increased the carrying value of Class A ordinary shares for earnings on cash or marketable securities held in Trust Account by $694,351. See Notes 1 and 10 for redemptions in connection with the July 14, 2022 and November 3, 2022 vote to approve the Combination Period Extensions.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” ​(“ASC 740”). ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for both the expected impact of differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. ASC 740 additionally requires a valuation allowance to be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740 also clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim period, disclosure and transition. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

The Company is considered an exempted Cayman Islands Company and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States. As such, the Company’s tax provision was zero for the periods presented.

Net (Loss) Income Per Ordinary Share

The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” The Company has two classes of shares, which are referred to as Class A ordinary

F-60

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

shares and Class B ordinary shares. Income and losses are shared pro rata between the two classes of shares. Net (loss) income per ordinary share is computed by dividing net (loss) income by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Remeasurement associated with the redeemable Class A ordinary shares is excluded from (loss) income per ordinary share as the redemption value approximates fair value.

The calculation of diluted (loss) income per ordinary share does not consider the effect of the Warrants issued in connection with the (i) Initial Public Offering, and (ii) the private placement since the exercise of the Warrants is contingent upon the occurrence of future events. The Warrants are exercisable to purchase 19,710,000 Class A ordinary shares in the aggregate. As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company did not have any other dilutive securities or other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted net (loss) income per ordinary share is the same as basic net (loss) income per ordinary share for the periods presented.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per ordinary share (in dollars, except share amounts):

​

Three Months Ended September 30, 2022

Three Months Ended September 30, 2021

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021

​

Class A

Class B

Class A

Class B

Class A

Class B

Class A

Class B

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per ordinary share

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Numerator:

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Allocation of net (loss) income

​

$

(2,338,233)

​

$

(1,677,059)

​

$

3,564,593

​

$

891,148

​

$

1,195,341

​

$

383,075

​

$

6,065,481

​

$

1,511,589

Denominator:

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

​

​

8,790,721

​

​

6,305,000

​

​

25,300,000

​

​

6,325,000

​

​

19,736,433

​

​

6,305,000

​

​

25,300,000

​

​

6,305,055

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per ordinary share

​

$

(0.27)

​

$

(0.27)

​

$

0.14

​

$

0.14

​

$

0.06

​

$

0.06

​

$

0.24

​

$

0.24

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation coverage limit of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying condensed balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature, except for the Warrants and PIPE derivative liability (see Note 9).

Recent Accounting Standards

In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2020-06, “Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging —

F-61

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity” ​(“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. ASU 2020-06 removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception and it also simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, that ASU 2020-06 would have on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the accompanying condensed financial statements.

NOTE 3.   INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering on July 20, 2020, the Company sold 25,300,000 Units, which includes the full exercise by the underwriter of its option to purchase an additional 3,300,000 Units, at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-half of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per whole share (see Note 8).

NOTE 4.   PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 7,060,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant from the Company in a private placement, for an aggregate purchase price of $7,060,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 8). Proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were added to the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

NOTE 5.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

On April 8, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 5,750,000 of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”) for an aggregate consideration of $25,000. On June 25, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 20,000 Founder Shares to each of its independent director nominees at their original per-share purchase price. On July 15, 2020, the Company effected a share capitalization resulting in the initial shareholders holding an aggregate of 6,325,000 Founder Shares. However, on December 3, 2020, Fabio Mourão resigned as a director of our board of directors and forfeited 20,000 Founder Shares to the Company for no consideration and, as a result, since then the initial shareholders hold an aggregate of 6,305,000 Founder Shares. All share and per-share amounts have been restated to reflect the share capitalization. The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 825,000 shares subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option was exercised, so that the Founder Shares would equal 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. As a result of the underwriter’s election to fully exercise its over-allotment option on July 16, 2020, no Founder Shares are currently subject to forfeiture.

On July 23, 2021, a former director and a newly appointed director entered into a Securities Assignment Agreement (the “Securities Assignment Agreement”). The terms of the Securities Assignment Agreement

F-62

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

specified that the former director transfer the 20,000 Founder Shares granted to him on June 25, 2020 to the newly appointed director, which the Company has treated as the cancellation of an existing award and the issuance of a new award.

The transfer of the Founders Shares to the Company’s directors and director nominees is in the scope of FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation” ​(“ASC 718”). Under ASC 718, stock-based compensation associated with equity-classified awards is measured at fair value upon the grant date. The Founder Shares were effectively transferred subject to a performance condition (i.e., the occurrence of a Business Combination). Compensation expense related to the Founder Shares is recognized only when the performance condition is probable of occurrence under the applicable accounting literature in this circumstance (i.e., upon consummation of a Business Combination). Stock-based compensation would be recognized at the date a Business Combination is considered probable (i.e., upon consummation of a Business Combination) in an amount equal to the number of Founders Shares times the grant date fair value per share (unless subsequently modified).

The Sponsor (including the directors) has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its Founder Shares until the earlier of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination and (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, rights issuances, consolidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Concurrently with the execution and delivery of the Business Combination Agreement, certain shareholders of the Company, owning, in the aggregate, 600,000 Class A ordinary shares (each, a “Non-Redeeming Shareholder”), have entered into non-redemption agreements (each, a “Non-Redemption Agreement”) with the Company and New PubCo. The Company and the Sponsor are named third-party beneficiaries under the Shareholder Non-Redemption Agreements. In the event that the Business Combination Agreement is not consummated, and the Company does not complete a business combination before March 31, 2023, the Non-Redemption Agreement will no longer apply (as discussed in Shareholder Non-Redemption Agreements of Note 1).

Administrative Services Agreement

The Company entered into an agreement whereby, commencing on July 16, 2020, the Company will pay the Sponsor up to $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. Upon completion of a Business Combination or its liquidation, the Company will cease paying these monthly fees. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company incurred $30,000 and $90,000 in fees for these services, respectively. At September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, $265,000 and $175,000 are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses for these services, respectively.

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). Such Working Capital Loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. The notes may be repaid upon completion of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of notes may be converted upon completion of a Business Combination into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant. Such warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company

F-63

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans.

On June 24, 2022, the Company entered into promissory notes with the Sponsor pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company up to an aggregate principal amount of $905,000 (the “Working Capital Note”). The Working Capital Note is non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of the date on which the Company consummates a Business Combination or the date that the winding up of the Company is effective. If the Company does not consummate a Business Combination, all amounts loaned to the Company in connection with these loans will be forgiven except to the extent that the Company has funds available to it outside of its Trust Account; however, no proceeds from the Trust Account may be used for such repayment. The Working Capital Note is not convertible. As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were $700,000 and $0 outstanding under the Working Capital Note, respectively (see Note 10).

NOTE 6.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Registration Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on July 15, 2020, the holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and any warrants that may be issued on conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants or warrants issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) are entitled to registration rights requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to the Company’s Class A ordinary shares). The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form registration demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not be required to effect or permit any registration or cause any registration statement to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriter is entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $8,855,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriter from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement. Of such deferred fee amount, up to approximately $0.175 per Unit, or up to $4,427,500, may be paid to third parties who did not participate in the Initial Public Offering (but who are members of FINRA or regulated broker-dealers) that assist the Company in consummating a Business Combination. The election to make such payments to third parties will be solely at the discretion of the Company’s management team, and such third parties will be selected by the Company’s management team in its sole and absolute discretion.

On August 19, 2022, the Company and underwriter executed a waiver letter confirming the underwriter’s resignation and waiver of its entitlement to the payment of deferred fee under the terms of the underwriting agreement. As a result, the Company recognized $296,643 of other income and $8,558,357 was recorded to additional paid-in capital in relation to the waiver of the deferred underwriter fee in the accompanying condensed financial statements. As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the deferred underwriting fee payable is $0 and $8,855,000, respectively.

F-64

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

Consulting Arrangements

The Company has arrangements with a consultant to provide services to the Company relating to market and industry analyses, assistance with due diligence, and financial modeling and valuation of potential targets. The Company agreed to pay the service provider a fee of 6,600 BRL per month (approximately $1,200 per month). For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, the Company incurred and paid $13,138 of consulting fees. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, the Company incurred and paid $11,744 of consulting fees.

Restricted Stock Unit Award

In July 2021, pursuant to a Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, dated July 23, 2021, between the Company and a director, the Company agreed to grant 20,000 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to a director. The RSUs will vest upon the consummation of such Business Combination and represent 20,000 non-redeemable Class A ordinary shares of the Company that will settle on a date as soon as practicable following vesting but in no event more than 30 days after vesting. Issuance of the shares underlying the RSUs are also subject to the future approval of an equity incentive plan.

The RSUs to be granted by the Company are in the scope of FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation” ​(“ASC 718”). Under ASC 718, stock-based compensation associated with equity-classified awards is measured at fair value upon the grant date. The RSUs to be granted are subject to a performance condition (i.e., the occurrence of a Business Combination). Compensation expense related to the RSUs is recognized only when the performance condition is probable of occurrence under the applicable accounting literature in this circumstance. As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company did not have a shareholder approved equity plan and also determined that a Business Combination is not considered probable, therefore, no stock-based compensation expense has been recognized. Stock-based compensation would be recognized at the date a Business Combination is considered probable (i.e., upon consummation of a Business Combination) in an amount equal to the number of RSUs times the grant date fair value per share (unless subsequently modified).

Contingent Fee Arrangement

On June 27, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with a vendor to provide advisory services in connection with a potential Business Combination. The agreement calls for the Company to pay a fee of $2,000,000 upon the closing of a business combination. If the Business Combination is not consummated for any reason, no fee is payable under this agreement.

NOTE 7.   SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Preference Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001. The Company’s board of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. The board of directors will be able to, without shareholder approval, issue preference shares with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the ordinary shares and could have anti-takeover effects. As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Class A Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. As of September 30, 2022, there were 5,827,517 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding net of 19,472,483 Class A ordinary shares redeemed on July 14, 2022, and as of December 31, 2021, there were

F-65

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

25,300,000 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding, all of which were subject to possible redemption and reported as temporary equity.

Class B Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were 6,305,000 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

Holders of Class A ordinary shares and holders of Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s shareholders except as otherwise required by law.

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares on the first business day following the completion of a Business Combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts issued in the Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of a Business Combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (subject to waiver by holders of a majority of the Class B ordinary shares) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon completion of the Initial Public Offering plus the number of Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with a Business Combination (net of redemptions), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination: provided that such conversion of Class B ordinary shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis, unless agreed to by the holders of these shares.

NOTE 8.   WARRANTS

As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were 12,650,000 Public Warrants outstanding, with each Public Warrant enabling the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share. Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination and (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Public Warrants will expire five years from the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of a Public Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such Public Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations with respect to registration. No Public Warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their Public Warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available.

The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days, after the closing of a Business Combination, it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement registering the issuance, under the Securities Act, of the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Company will use it commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days after the closing of a Business Combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Public Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if the Class A ordinary shares are, at the time of any exercise of a Public

F-66

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

Warrant, not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but will use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $18.00.

Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

•

in whole and not in part;

•

at a price of $0.01 per Public Warrant;

•

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder and

•

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Class A ordinary shares for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders (the “Reference Value”) equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted).

Redemption of warrants when the price per Class A ordinary share equals or exceeds $10.00.

Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

•

in whole and not in part;

•

at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares, based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the Class A ordinary shares;

•

if, and only if, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted); and

•

if the Reference Value is less than $18.00 per share (as adjusted), the Private Placement Warrants must also be concurrently called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding Public Warrants, as described above.

If and when the Public Warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, extraordinary dividend or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, except as described below, the Public Warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Public Warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of Public Warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their Public Warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such Public Warrants. Accordingly, the Public Warrants may expire worthless.

In addition, if  (x) the Company issues additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of a Business Combination at an issue price or

F-67

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

effective issue price of less than $9.20 per Class A ordinary share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors, and in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of a Business Combination on the date of the completion of a Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates a Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the Public Warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described above will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 per share redemption trigger price described above will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were 7,060,000 Private Placement Warrants outstanding with each Private Placement Warrant exercisable for one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable, except as described above, so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

Conversion of warrants as a result of the consummation of the Business Combination.

At the time in which HPX shall be merged with and into New PubCo, each Public Warrant and Private Placement Warrant will be converted into one warrant to purchase one New PubCo Class A ordinary share (a “New PubCo Warrant”) (see Note 1) at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to the same terms and conditions existing prior to such conversion.

NOTE 9.   FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company follows the guidance in ASC Topic 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1:

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

F-68

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

Level 2:

Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

Description	Level		December 31, 2021			Level		September 30, 2022
Assets:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Cash held in interest-earning checking Trust Account	​	1	​	$	—	​	1	​	$	58,650,422
Marketable securities held in Trust Account	​	1	​	$	253,037,516	​	1	​	$	—
Liabilities:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Warrant Liability – Public Warrants	​	1	​	$	6,775,340	​	1	​	$	3,036,000
Warrant Liability – Private Placement Warrants	​	3	​	$	3,781,336	​	2	​	$	1,694,400
PIPE derivative liability	​	3	​	$	—	​	3	​	$	3,109,245

The Warrants were accounted for as liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40. The warrant liabilities are measured at fair value at inception and on a recurring basis, with changes in fair value presented in the condensed statements of operations.

The Private Placement Warrants were initially valued using a binomial lattice model, which is considered to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. The binomial lattice model’s primary unobservable input utilized in determining the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants is the expected volatility of the ordinary shares. The expected volatility as of the Initial Public Offering date was derived from observable public warrant pricing on comparable ‘blank-check’ companies without an identified target. The expected volatility as of subsequent valuation dates was implied from the Company’s own Public Warrant pricing. Beginning on March 31, 2022 and as of September 30, 2022, the Private Placement Warrants are classified as Level 2 due to the use of a quoted price in an active market for a similar liability.

The measurement of the Public Warrants after the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units on September 8, 2020, is classified as Level 1 due to the use of an observable market quote in an active market. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units, the close price of the Public Warrant on the New York Stock Exchange was used as the fair value of the Warrants as of each relevant date.

The following table presents the quantitative information regarding Level 3 fair value measurements for the Private Placement Warrants.

​	December 31, 2021
Exercise price	​	$	11.50
Share price	​	$	9.87
Volatility	​	​	12.3%
Term	​	​	5.00
Risk-free rate	​	​	1.10%
Dividend yield	​	​	0.00

F-69

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

The following table presents the changes in the fair value of Level 3 warrant liabilities as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021:

​	Private Placement
Fair value as of December 31, 2021	​	$	3,781,336
Change in fair value	​	​	(2,498,534)
Transfer to Level 2	​	​	(1,282,802)
Fair value as of September 30, 2022	​	$	—

Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2 and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period in which a change in valuation technique or methodology occurs. There were no transfers in or out of Level 3 for the year ended December 31, 2021. Transfers from Level 3 to Level 2 amounted to $1,282,802 for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. There were no transfers in or out of Level 2 for the three months ended September 30, 2022.

The PIPE derivative liability was accounted for as a liability in accordance with ASC 815-40, measured at fair value at initial measurement date and on a recurring basis, with changes in fair value presented in the condensed statements of operations.

The Downside Protection Shares were initially and as of September 30, 2022, valued using a Monte Carlo model which is considered to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. The primary unobservable input utilized in determining the fair value of the PIPE derivative liability is the expected volatility of the Company’s ordinary shares. The expected volatility of the Company’s ordinary shares was determined based on the Cboe Volatility Index (“VIX”).

The key inputs into the Monte Carlo model for the PIPE derivative liability were as follows:

Input	July 5, 2022 (Initial Measurement)			September 30, 2022
Initial share price	​	$	9.98	​	$	9.92
Price CPI adjusted at measurement date	​	$	10.80	​	$	10.66
Days to expire (number of business days)	​	​	630	​	​	630
Fraction of a year (years)	​	​	2.5	​	​	2.5
Risk-free rate	​	​	2.80%	​	​	4.30%
Dividend yield	​	​	0.00%	​	​	0.00%
Historical volatility	​	​	58.49%	​	​	55.63%
Accumulated expected inflation	​	​	8.20%	​	​	7.50%
Block trade fee	​	​	1.00%	​	​	1.00%
Illiquidity discount	​	​	2.20%	​	​	2.20%

The below table presents the changes in the fair value of PIPE derivative liability

​	PIPE Derivative Liability
Initial measurement on July 5, 2022	​	$	3,198,267
Change in valuation inputs or other assumptions	​	​	(89,022)
Fair value as of September 30, 2022	​	$	3,109,245

F-70

HPX CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(Unaudited)

NOTE 10.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the condensed financial statements were issued. Other than outlined below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the condensed financial statements.

Combination Period Extension

On November 3, 2022, in connection with the Extraordinary General Meeting, the Company’s shareholders approved an additional extension of the Combination Period (as defined in Note 1) from November 20, 2022 to March 31, 2023 (the “Additional Extension”).

For further information, please see the Company’s current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on July 14, 2022, the Company’s current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on November 4, 2022, and Note 1 of these notes to the condensed financial statements included in this Quarterly Report.

Redemption of Class A Ordinary Shares

On November 3, 2022, in connection with the vote to approve the Additional Extension, the holders of 3,650,973 Class A ordinary shares properly exercised their right to redeem their shares for cash at a redemption price of approximately $10.064 per share, for an aggregate redemption amount of $36.7 million, which included approximately $0.2 million of Trust Account earnings, leaving approximately $21.9 million in the Trust Account. As of September 30, 2022, the redemption amount is not required to be classified as a liability as the event occurred subsequent to that date.

For further information, please see the Company’s current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on July 14, 2022, the Company’s current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on November 4, 2022, and Note 1 of these notes to the condensed financial statements included in this Quarterly Report.

Transfer of Listing to the NYSE American LLC

On October 24, 2022, the Company issued a press release and filed a current report on Form 8-K announcing the voluntary transfer of its securities from NYSE to NYSE American LLC. On October 27, 2022, the transfer of the securities became effective.

Additional Loan Under the Terms of the Working Capital Note

On November 30, 2022, under the terms of the Working Capital Note, the Sponsor loaned to the Company an additional aggregate of $205,000 for working capital purposes, bringing the total aggregate principal amount loaned under the terms of the Working Capital Note to $905,000.

F-71

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the
Shareholders and Board of Directors of
Emergência Participações S.A.
São Paulo — SP

Opinion on the Combined financial statements

We have audited the accompanying combined statements financial position of Emergência Participações S.A. (the “Group”), as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and January 1, 2020, the related combined statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “combined financial statements”). In our opinion, the combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group at December 31, 2021, 2020 and January 1, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Basis for opinion on the combined financial statements

These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s combined financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Group in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Group is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the combined financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the combined financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

F-72

Emphasis

Presentation of the combined financial statements

The Group’s Management decided to combine the balances and transactions of the companies Emergência Participações S.A.; Ambipar Howells Consultancy Limited; Ambipar Response Limited; Ambipar Response S.A.; Ambipar Insurance Corretora de Seguros Ltda.; Ambipar Response Insurence — Atendimento a Seguros Ltda.; Atmo Hazmat Ltda.; Suatrans Chile S.A.; Suatrans Peru SAC; Suatrans Training S.A.; SIS — Servicios Industriales Especializados S.A.; Horvefel S.A.; SABI Tech S.A.S; Ambipar Holding USA, Inc.; Allied International Emergency LLC; One Stop Environmental, LLC; Intracoastal Invironmental, LLC; Custom Environmental Services, Inc.; Ambipar Holdings UK Limited; Ambipar Holding Canadá, Inc.; JM Serviços Integrados Ltda.; JM Serviços e Locações Ltda.; Lacerda & Lacerda Serviços de Transportes e Emergências Ambientais Ltda.; Desentupidora Belo Ltda.; Ambipar Response Gás Ltda.; Enviroclear Site Service Limited; Orion Environmental Services Ltd.; Inversiones Disal Emergencias S.A.; EMS Environmental, Inc; Ambipar Atendimento Médico Hospitalar Ltda.; Fênix Emergências Ambientais Ltda.; APW Ambiental e Transporte Ltda.; Ambipar Response ES S.A.; Ambipar Response Control Environmental Consulting S.A.; Ambipar Response Orbitgeo Ltda.; Ambipar Response OGTEC Facilities Ltda.; Ambipar Response Wastewater Control Ltda.; Ambipar Response Geoweb Ltda.; Ambipar Response Geociências Ltda.; Swat Consulting Inc.; Professional Emergency Resource Services; Emerge Hydrovac Inc.; Lynx Creek Industrial & Hydrovac Ltd.; Ambipar Holding Ireland Limited; e Lehane Environmental & Industrial Services Ltd. (described in note 1.2 to the combined financial statements) with the objective of demonstrating the set of assets, liabilities, equity, income and expenses of the Group. The process of combining the balance sheet and income accounts and other information in the combined financial statements corresponds to the agglutination of the balances of the assets and liabilities and income and expenses, according to their nature, with the subsequent elimination of transactions between the combined companies, with the purpose of presenting a combined set of financial statements under a single controlling company, if applicable.

/s/ BDO RCS Auditores Independentes S.S.

BDO RCS Auditores Independentes S.S.

We have served as the Group’s auditor since 2020.

Campinas, Brazil
August 31, 2022, except for Note 1.2, Note 1.3, Note 3.1.15, Note 7, Note 9 and Note 23 as to which the date is December 12, 2022.

F-73

RESPONSE GROUP

Combined Statement of financial position
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	Note		December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		January 1, 2020
Assets	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current assets	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Cash and cash equivalents	​	4	​	118,918	​	61,754	​	12,266
Trade and other receivables	​	5	​	234,288	​	113,353	​	54,277
Current tax assets	​	6	​	4,895	​	2,350	​	1,907
Other tax assets	​	6	​	13,308	​	8,491	​	12,682
Prepaid expenses	​	​	​	1,484	​	513	​	—
Advances to suppliers	​	​	​	47,283	​	17,996	​	1,795
Inventories	​	​	​	8,781	​	5,174	​	1,437
Other accounts equivalents	​	4	​	24,454	​	24,133	​	9,584
Current assets	​	​	​	453,411	​	233,764	​	93,948
Non-current assets	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Related parties loans	​	15	​	34,726	​	28,318	​	18,857
Deferred taxes	​	21	​	8,987	​	5,793	​	4,946
Judicial deposits	​	14	​	147	​	407	​	711
Other accounts receivable	​	​	​	6,811	​	5,071	​	349
Property, plant and equipment	​	8	​	331,621	​	102,781	​	49,724
Goodwill	​	8	​	584,893	​	221,466	​	41,244
Intangible assets	​	9	​	10,485	​	3,141	​	2,638
Total Non-current assets	​	​	​	977,670	​	366,977	​	118,469
Total assets	​	​	​	1,431,081	​	600,741	​	212,417

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the audited combined financial statements.

F-74

RESPONSE GROUP

Combined Statement of financial position
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	Note		December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		January 1, 2020
Liabilities	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current liabilities	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Loans and Financing	​	10	​	60,755	​	15,216	​	14,287
Trade and other payables	​	11	​	39,573	​	20,174	​	6,479
Labor Obligation	​	​	​	21,552	​	14,359	​	6,604
Dividends payable	​	15.1	​	31,469	​	—	​	—
Current income tax payable	​	12	​	6,872	​	1,637	​	1,894
Other tax payable	​	12	​	17,678	​	11,418	​	7,121
Obligations from acquisition of investment	​	7	​	128,130	​	28,167	​	—
Lease liabilities	​	13	​	9,635	​	3,134	​	2,320
Other bills to pay	​	​	​	30,480	​	8,833	​	6,210
Current liabilities	​	​	​	346,144	​	102,938	​	44,915
Non-current liabilities	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Loans and Financing	​	10	​	94,549	​	58,475	​	19,332
Other tax expenses	​	12	​	4,065	​	—	​	7,446
Related parties loans	​	15	​	482,161	​	54,213	​	64,182
Deferred income tax and social contribution	​	21	​	33,404	​	12,923	​	6,491
Obligations from acquisition of investment	​	7	​	101,278	​	29,267	​	—
Provision for contingencies	​	14	​	181	​	546	​	1,020
Lease liabilities	​	13	​	22,032	​	5,807	​	1,935
Other bills to pay	​	​	​	9,349	​	9,378	​	1,977
Non-current liabilities	​	​	​	747,019	​	170,609	​	102,383
Total liabilities	​	​	​	1,093,163	​	273,547	​	147,298
Shareholders’ equity	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Capital	​	​	​	261,920	​	36,899	​	36,899
Advance for future capital increase	​	​	​	—	​	176,000	​	—
Profit reserves	​	​	​	176,148	​	76,430	​	14,731
Capital transactions	​	​	​	(116,486)	​	(3,458)	​	(3,458)
Equity valuation adjustment	​	​	​	984	​	984	​	984
Accumulated translation adjustment	​	​	​	3,428	​	16,818	​	2,086
Equity attributable to	​	16	​	325,994	​	303,673	​	51,242
Non-controlling	​	16	​	11,924	​	23,521	​	13,877
Total equity	​	​	​	337,918	​	327,194	​	65,119
Total shareholders’ equity and liabilities	​	​	​	1,431,081	​	600,741	​	212,417

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the audited combined financial statements.

F-75

RESPONSE GROUP

Combined Statement of income
For the year ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, except earnings per share)

​	Note		2021		2020
Net Revenue	​	18	​	822,203	​	364,284
Cost of services rendered	​	19	​	(618,691)	​	(256,147)
Gross profit	​	​	​	203,512	​	108,137
Selling, general and administrative expenses	​	19	​	(26,837)	​	(18,956)
Other income, net expenses	​	19	​	1.355	​	705
Operating expenses	​	​	​	(25,482)	​	(18,251)
Operating profit	​	​	​	178,030	​	89,886
Finance costs	​	20	​	(12,804)	​	(14,483)
Finance income	​	20	​	10,776	​	7,405
Net finance costs	​	​	​	(2,028)	​	(7,078)
Profit before tax	​	​	​	176,002	​	82,808
Income tax and social contribution	​	21	​	(37,860)	​	(16,754)
Profit for the year	​	​	​	138,142	​	66,054
Profit Attributable to:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Owners of the group	​	​	​	131,117	​	61,699
Non-controlling interests	​	​	​	7,025	​	4,355
Number of shares at year end	​	​	​	48,615,599	​	36,898,917
Earnings per share (basic and diluted) at the end of the year – in R$	​	​	​	2,84	​	1,79

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the audited combined financial statements.

F-76

RESPONSE GROUP

Combined statements of comprehensive income
For the year ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, except earnings per share)

​	2021		2020
Profit for the year	​	138,142	​	66,054
Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:	​	​	​	​
Exchange rate change on goodwill on investee abroad	​	(9,042)	​	1,632
Accumulated translation adjustment	​	20,731	​	13,100
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax	​	11,689	​	14,732
Total comprehensive income, net of taxes	​	149,831	​	80,786
Attributable to:	​	​	​	​
Owners of the group	​	131,117	​	61,699
Non-controlling interest	​	18,714	​	19,087
​	​	149,831	​	80,786

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the audited combined financial statements.

F-77

RESPONSE GROUP

Combined statements of changes in shareholders’ equity
(In thousands of Reais, except earnings per share)

​	​	​	Attributable to owners of the Group
​	Note		Capital		Advances for future capital increase		Capital transactions		Legal reserve		Unrealized income reserve		Equity valuation adjustment		Accumulated translation adjustment		Retained earnings		Total attributable to the controlling shareholder		Non controlling interests		Total
Balances at January 1, 2020	​	​	​	36,899	​	—	​	(3,458)	​	5,024	​	9,707	​	984	​	2,086	​	—	​	51,242	​	13,877	​	65,119
Advance for future capital increase	​	16,2	​	—	​	176,000	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	176,000	​	—	​	176,000
Interest of non-controlling shareholders	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	5,289	​	5,289
Other comprehensive income	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	14,732	​	—	​	14,732	​	—	​	14,732
Net income for the year	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	61,699	​	61,699	​	4,355	​	66,054
Distribution of profit	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Legal reserve	​	16,3	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	2,356	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(2,356)	​	—	​	—	​	—
Unrealized profit reserve	​	16,3	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	59,343	​	—	​	—	​	(59,343)	​	—	​	—	​	—
December 31, 2020	​	​	​	36,899	​	176,000	​	(3,458)	​	7,380	​	69,050	​	984	​	16,818	​	—	​	303,673	​	23,521	​	327,194
Capital increase with transfer of investment	​	16,1	​	49,021	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(25,016)	​	—	​	24,005	​	—	​	24,005
Advance for future capital increase	​	16,1	​	176,000	​	(176,000))	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—
Transactions with shareholders	​	16,6	​	—	​	—	​	(113,028)	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(113,028)	​	—	​	(113,028)
Early distribution of reserve	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(307)	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(307)	​	—	​	(307)
Interest of non-controlling shareholders	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(18,622)	​	(18,622)
Other comprehensive income	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	63	​	—	​	11,626	​	—	​	11,689	​	—	​	11,689
Net income for the year	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	131,117	​	131,117	​	7,025	​	138,142
Distribution of profit	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Legal reserve	​	16,3	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	6,559	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(6,559)	​	—	​	—	​	—
Minimum compulsory dividends	​	16,3	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	31,155)	​	(31,155)	​	—	​	(31,155)
Unrealized profit reserve	​	16,3	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	93,403	​	—	​	—	​	(93,403)	​	—	​	—	​	—
As of December 31, 2021	​	​	​	261,920	​	—	​	(116,486)	​	13,939	​	162,209	​	984	​	3,428	​	—	​	325,994	​	11,924	​	337,918

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the audited combined financial statements.

F-78

RESPONSE GROUP

Combined statements of cash flows — Indirect method
For the years ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais)

​	Combined
​	2021		2020
Cash flows from operating activities	​	​	​	​
Profit for the year	​	138,142	​	66,054
Adjustments for non-cash items	​	​	​	​
Depreciation and amortization	​	60,163	​	22,519
Expected credit losses	​	(340)	​	39
Residual value of written-off property, plant and equipment and intangible assets	​	(6,355)	​	3,969
Provision for contingencies	​	(365)	​	(474)
Income tax and social contribution – Deferred	​	14,087	​	5,480
Interest on loans and financing and exchange-rate change	​	2,919	​	2,846
Changes in assets and liabilities:	​	​	​	​
Accounts receivable	​	(79,118)	​	(32,243)
Recoverable taxes	​	(6,102)	​	5,317
Prepaid expenses	​	1,778	​	19
Advances to suppliers	​	(29,287)	​	(16,201)
Inventories	​	(3,607)	​	(3,737)
Other accounts receivable	​	24,850	​	(13,192)
Suppliers	​	(21,740)	​	(7,340)
Salaries and social security charges	​	(1,485)	​	6,953
Taxes payable	​	(2,900)	​	(1,595)
Other accounts payable	​	(17,565)	​	(350)
Cash generated from operating activities	​	73,075	​	38,064
Interest paid on loans and financing	​	(5,985)	​	(2,722)
Interest paid on leases	​	(573)	​	(183)
Income tax and social contribution	​	(2,193)	​	(2,656)
Net Cash generated from operating activities	​	64,324	​	32,503
Cash flow from investing activities	​	​	​	​
Cash spent on companies’ acquisitions; net of cash received	​	(286,134)	​	(76,023)
Payment of obligations from acquisition of investments	​	(38,493)	​	(19,638)
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets	​	(123,794)	​	(22,001)
Net cash used in investing activities	​	(448,420)	​	(117,662)
Cash flow from financing activities	​	​	​	​
Profit distribution – prior periods	​	(63)	​	—
Related parties	​	441,662	​	113,965
Lease payments – Principal	​	(6,819)	​	(3,955)
Proceeds from loans and financing	​	50,620	​	22,415
Payments of loans and financing – Principal	​	(52,152)	​	(23,547)
Net cash generated from financing activities	​	433,248	​	108,878
Increase in cash and cash equivalents	​	49,152	​	23,719
Exchange rate change in cash and cash equivalents	​	8,012	​	25,769
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year	​	61,754	​	12,266
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year	​	118,918	​	61,754
Increase in cash and cash equivalents	​	49,152	​	23,719

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the audited combined financial statements.

F-79

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

1. General information

Response Group (“Group”) is a direct subsidiary of Ambipar Participações e Empreendimentos S.A. (“Ambipar Group” or “Company”) in the Emergency Response segment, it has in its DNA the commitment to sustainable matters, working on the ESG (“Environment, Social and Governance”) pillars within its business and supporting its clients.

The Response Group is engaged in the response to accidents with chemical products and pollutants, fighting fires, environmental emergencies on highways, railways, airports, ports, industries, mining and pipelines, and natural disasters. Also offer the environmental services how industrial clean specialized.

The Response Group is also a specialist in Crisis Management and attendance to environmental, chemical and biological emergencies that affect the health, the environment, and property. Supported by state-of-the-art professionals, using the latest technological available equipment and techniques that follow strict security protocols, Response Group delivers excellence and safety to clients. The Response Group has more than 300 bases around the world, with over 150,000 trained collaborators and responds to emergencies 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.

On July 13, 2020, Ambipar Group, the controlling shareholder of Response Group, went public in Brazil. It was the first environmental management company to join B3, the Brazilian stock exchange, starting to trade its shares in the Novo Mercado corporate governance segment with stock ticker code AMBP3.

1.1. Activity in the Response segment

The principal business activities of the Response Group comprise operating in prevention, management, and emergency response to accidents involving hazardous or non-hazardous products in all modes of transportation, with its own bases and presence in 16 countries in South America, Europe, Africa, North America, and Antarctica. In addition, it provides industrial firefighters who work at customer’s facilities and has the largest and most complete training field in Latin America, training employees and clients with the most complete structure focused on emergency response and management in multimodal scenarios.

As of December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and January 1, 2020, the Response Group’s equity interests and their respective areas of activity are shown in Note 1.2 “Organization and Plan of Business Operation”.

1.2. Organization and Plan of Business Operation

a)Transfer of Ambipar Response Limited and Ambipar Howells Consultancy Limited to Emergência Participações S.A.

As per decided at the general meeting of the extraordinary reorganization on October 2021, following the plan of business operation for companies under common control, the entities Ambipar Response Limited (United Kingdom) and Ambipar Howells Consultancy Limited, both previously directly controlled by the Ambipar Group, became the wholly subsidiaries of Emergência Participações S.A. that provides the same activities as the original companies.

b)Incorporation of Ambipar Holding USA, Ambipar Holdings UK Limited, Ambipar Holding Canada e Ambipar Holding Ireland

In 2020 and 2021, the Response Group set up four holding companies, Ambipar Holding USA, Inc (“Ambipar USA”) Ambipar Holding Canada, Inc (“Ambipar Canada”), Ambipar Holdings UK Limited (“Ambipar UK”) and Ambipar Holding Ireland Limited (“Ambipar Ireland”) in order to acquire business in those locations, following the Response group’s plan of business operation.

F-80

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

c) Acquisition of Inversiones Disal Emergencia

On June 28, 2021, the Group acquired 100% of the shares of Inversiones Disal Emergencia (“acquired”). As a result, the company Inversiones Disal Emergencia (“Acquired”) became a subsidiary of Emergência Participações S.A. with the same activities as the original company (See in Note 1.3).

List of subsidiaries

The combined financial statements include the individual statements of the entities of the Response Group, listed below:

​

​

​

Ownership held by Group

Ownership held by NCI

​

​

Company

Place of Business/ Country of Incorporation

Controller

2021

2020

2021

2020

Consolidation method

%

%

%

%

Emergência Participações S.A.

Brazil

Ambipar Participações

​

100,00

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Howells Consultancy Limited

United Kingdom

Emergência Participações

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

100,00

​

Full

​

​

Ambipar Participações

​

—

​

100,00

​

100,00

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Response Limited

United Kingdom

Emergência Participações

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

100,00

​

Full

​

​

Ambipar Participações

​

—

​

100,00

​

100,00

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Response S.A.

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

100,00

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Insurance Corretora de Seguros Ltda

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

100,00

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Response Insurence – Atendimento a Seguros Ltda

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

100,00

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Atmo Hazmat Ltda

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

100,00

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Suatrans Chile S.A.

Chile

Emergência Participações

​

100,00

​

50,00

​

—

​

50,00

​

Full

Suatrans Peru SAC

Peru

Suatrans Chile

​

99,78

​

49,89

​

0,22

​

50,11

​

Full

Suatrans Training S.A.

Chile

Suatrans Chile

​

99,99

​

50,00

​

0,01

​

50,00

​

Full

SIS – Servicios Industriales Especializados S.A.

Chile

Suatrans Chile

​

99,99

​

49,95

​

0,01

​

50,05

​

Full

Horvefel S.A.

Uruguai

Suatrans Chile

​

100,00

​

50,00

​

—

​

50,00

​

Full

SABI Tech S.A.S

Colombia

Suatrans Chile

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Holding USA, INC

United States of America

Emergência Participações

​

100,00

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Allied International Emergency LLC.

United States of America

Ambipar Holding USA

​

100,00

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

One Stop Environmental, LLC

United States of America

Ambipar Holding USA

​

100,00

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Intracoastal Invironmental, LLC

United States of America

Ambipar Holding USA

​

100,00

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Custom Environmental Services, INC

United States of America

Ambipar Holding USA

​

100,00

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Holdings UK Limited

United Kingdom

Emergência Participações

​

100,00

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Holding Canadá, INC

Canadá

Emergência Participações

​

100,00

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

JM Serviços Integrados Ltda

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

70,00

​

—

​

30,00

​

—

​

Full

JM Serviços e Locações Ltda

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

70,00

​

—

​

30,00

​

—

​

Full

Lacerda & Lacerda Serviços de Transportes e Emergências Ambientais Ltda

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

70,00

​

—

​

30,00

​

—

​

Full

Desentupidora Belo Ltda

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

70,00

​

—

​

30,00

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Response Gás Ltda.

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Enviroclear Site Service Limited

United Kingdom

Ambipar Holding UK

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Orion Environmental Services Ltd.

Canadá

Ambipar Holding Canadá

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Inversiones Disal Emergencias S.A.

Chile

Emergência Participações

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

Full

EMS Environmental, Inc

United States of America

Ambipar Holding USA

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

Full

F-81

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​

​

​

​

Ownership held by Group

Ownership held by NCI

​

​

Company

Place of Business/ Country of Incorporation

​

Controller

2021

2020

2021

2020

Consolidation method

%

%

%

%

Ambipar Atendimento Médico Hospitalar Ltda.

Brazil

​

Emergência Participações

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Fênix Emergências Ambientais Ltda.

Brazil

​

Emergência Participações

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

Full

APW Ambiental e Transporte Ltda.

Brazil

​

Emergência Participações

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Response ES S.A.

Brazil

​

Emergência Participações

​

70,00

​

—

​

30,00

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Response Control Environmental Consulting S.A.

Brazil

​

Ambipar Response ES

​

70,00

​

—

​

30,00

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Response Orbitgeo Ltda.

Brazil

​

Ambipar Response ES

​

70,00

​

—

​

30,00

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Response OGTEC Facilities Ltda.

Brazil

​

Ambipar Response ES

​

70,00

​

—

​

30,00

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Response Wastewater Control Ltda.

Brazil

​

Ambipar Response ES

​

70,00

​

—

​

30,00

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Response Geoweb Ltda.

Brazil

​

Ambipar Response ES

​

70,00

​

—

​

30,00

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Response Geociências Ltda. (*)

Brazil

​

Ambipar Response ES

​

38,50

​

—

​

61,50

​

—

​

Full

Swat Consulting Inc.

United States of America

​

Ambipar Holding USA

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Professional Emergency Resource Services

United States of America

​

Ambipar Holding USA

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Emerge Hydrovac Inc.

Canadá

​

Ambipar Holding Canadá

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Lynx Creek Industrial & Hydrovac Ltd.

Canadá

​

Ambipar Holding Canadá

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Holding Ireland Limited

Ireland

��

Ambipar Holding UK

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Lehane Environmental & Industrial Services Ltd

Ireland

​

Ambipar Holding Ireland

​

100,00

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

Full

(*)

The subsidiary Ambipar Response ES has a 55% interest in Ambipar Response Geociências Ltda. The Company has a 70% interest in Ambipar Response ES, thus the Group has 38.50% control over the subsidiary.

1.3. Objective of preparing these financial statements

The objective of preparing these historical combined financial statements is to represent the following reorganization events:

a)

The combination of Emergência Participações S.A., Ambipar Response Limited (United Kingdom) and Ambipar Howells Consultancy Limited´s financial position and performance for 2020, entities under common control of Ambipar Group; and

b)

The transfer of assets and liabilites of Ambipar Response Limited (United Kingdom) and Ambipar Howells Consultancy Limited from Ambipar Group to Emergência Participações S.A. in October 2021. From this date Emergência Participações S.A. became the parent company of Response Group.

As a result of the reorganization events above, these combined financial statements have been presented for all periods as if Emergência Participações S.A. was the parent company of the Response Group.

These transactions are being accounted for on the predecessor values basis as common control transactions, based on the predecessor values recognized by the Ambipar Group in its consolidated financial statements from the dates that it obtained control of each entity.

In addition, these Combined Financial Statements present all intra-Group balances, transactions, income and expenses eliminated as if they were consolidated. The results of subsidiaries undertaking

F-82

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

acquired or disposed of during the period are included or excluded from the combined income statement from the effective date of acquisition or disposal.

1.4. Authorization to issue these combined financial statements

The issue of these combined financial statements was authorized by the Management on August 31, 2022 except for Note 1.2 related to Organization and Plan of Business Operation, Note 1.3 related to Objective of preparing these financial statements, Note 3.1.15 related to non-controlling interests, Note 7 related to business combination, Note 9 related to intangible assets and Note 23 related to subsequent events which were approved on December 12, 2022.

2. Description of significant accounting policies

2.1.

Basis of presentations

The combined financial statements for the fiscal years ended on December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and January 1, 2020 have been prepared and are presented in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards — IFRS, as issued by International Accounting Standard Board (IASB), with the application of IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of IFRS. An explanation of how the transition to IFRS has affected the reported financial position, financial performance, and cash flows of the Group is provided in Note 3.1. The combined financial statements are identified as “Combined”.

The combined financial statements are expressed in thousands of Reais (“R$”), and the reporting of amounts in other currencies, when needed, is also expressed in thousands, unless otherwise indicated.

The preparation of combined financial statements requires Management to make judgments, use estimates and adopt assumptions that affect the amounts presented for revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, including contingent liabilities. However, uncertainty relating to these judgments, assumptions and estimates could lead to results that require a significant adjustment to the book value of certain assets and liabilities in future years.

Response Group’s Management states and confirms that all relevant information in the financial statements is being evidenced and corresponds to the one used by Management in the administration.

The combined financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost’s basis, except certain financial assets and liabilities that measured at their fair value.

The Response Group’s businesses included in these combined financial statements are not generated as a single legal entity. These combined financial statements are, therefore, not necessarily indicative of performance, cash flows obtained, and possessing actual equity and financial situation, as if this Response Group had operated in a single legal entity during the years, or indicative of future results.

The combined financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which assumes that the Response Group will be able to discharge its liabilities.

2.2. First-time adoption of IFRS

International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) were adopted for the first time in the Group’s combined financial statements as of January 1, 2020 (date of the transition to IFRS).

IFRS 1 “First time adoption of IFRS” requires an entity that is adopting IFRS for the first time to prepare a complete set of the financial statements covering its first IFRS reporting period. IFRS 1 also demands the entity to use the same accounting practices to the preceding year and throughout all periods presented in its first IFRS in the combined financial statements (that is, January 1, 2020).

F-83

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Before the first-time adoption of IFRS, the Group’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 were originally prepared and presented in accordance with the accounting practices adopted in Brazil (“BRGAAP”), based on the provisions included in Brazilian Corporate Law, pronouncements, interpretation, and guidelines issued by the Committee of Accounting Pronouncements (CPC), standards issued by the Brazilian Securities and Exchange Commission (CVM) to comply with internal reporting requirements in Brazil. In preparing these set of financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company did not identify any adjustments to the accounting, valuation, and presentation methods, applied under BRGAAP, to comply with the IFRS, including the adoption of IFRS 16.

Optional exemptions applied by the Group

IFRS 1 provides voluntary exemptions from the general requirement for retrospective application of IFRS.

The Group has applied for the following exemptions:

•

Business Combination — the Group has elected not to apply IFRS 3 Business Combinations (IFRS 3) retrospectively to business combinations that occurred before the date of transition, See note 8 for an explanation of the effect of the exemption.

•

Financial instrument — The Group has elected to use fair value as deemed cost at the date of transition for some items of property, plant and equipment (see note 3.4.4);

•

Foreign operations — The Group has deemed the cumulative translation differences for foreign operations at the date of transition to be zero. Adjustments to give effect to this are recorded against opening equity. After the date of transition, translation differences arising on translation of foreign operations are recognized in other comprehensive income and included in a separate translation reserve within equity (see note 3.4 Currency translation);

•

Leases — The Group elected to assess whether a contract existing at the date of transition to IFRS contains a lease by applying paragraphs 9-11 of IFRS 16 to those contracts based on facts and circumstances existing at that date.

•

Revenue from contracts with customers (IFRS 15) — The Group will assess only on-going contracts as of January 1, 2019 and will not restate contracts with customers that were completed before the earliest period presented.

Mandatory exceptions

IFRS 1 allows first-time adopters certain exceptions from the retrospective application of certain requirements under IFRS. The Group has applied the following exceptions:

•

Estimates — The estimates on January 1, 2020, are consistent with those made for the same dates in accordance with previous GAAP;

•

Classification and measurement of financial instruments — The group has elected to apply this exemption though no implementation impact is expected from this exemption as the Group does not have complex financial instruments;

•

Impairment of Financial Instruments — The Group will apply the exemption related to Impairment of Financial Instruments i.e. loss allowance shall be recognized at amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses at each reporting date until that financial assets is unrecognized.

Effects of IFRS adoption

The estimate of effect derived from transition to IFRS from Previous GAAP is conducted as at the date of transition on January 1, 2020, and at the end of the latest period presented in these combined financial statements on December 31, 2021.

F-84

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

There are no differences between these combined financial statements and Previous GAAP since IFRS issued by the IASB and IFRS as endorsed by CPC are substantially converged.

2.3. New or reviewed pronouncements applied for the first time in 2021, 2020 and on January 1, 2020, when applicable

A number of new standards are effective for annual periods beginning after 1st January 2020 and earlier application is permitted; however, the Group has not early adopted the new or amended standards in preparing these consolidated financial statements.

a) Definition of business (amendments to IFRS 3 — Business Combination)

Amendments to IFRS 3 are mandatory for periods started as of January 1, 2020. The Response Group must apply the revised definition of a business to acquisitions that took place on or after January 1, 2020, to determine whether they should be recognized in accordance with IFRS 3. Reassessing acquisitions that took place before the effective date of said revision is prohibited, See Note 7 for disclosures regarding the Response Group’s business combination that took place on and after January 1, 2020.

b) IFRIC 23 — Uncertain Tax Treatments

The first-time adoption of IFRIC 23 on January 1, 2020. This interpretation explains how to apply the requirements of recognition and measurement of IAS 12, when there is uncertainty over the treatments of income taxes. Under such circumstance, the Entity must recognize and measure its current or deferred tax assets or liabilities, applying the requirements of IAS 12 based on taxable income (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits, and certain tax rates, applying this Interpretation.

In assessing whether and how the uncertain tax treatment affects the determination of taxable income (tax loss), tax basis, unused tax losses, unused tax credits, and tax rates, the Company must assume that the tax authority will examine the amounts it is entitled to examine and has full knowledge of all related information when conducting these examinations and has concluded that there are no significant impacts.

c) IFRS 9/IAS 39 and IFRS 7 Amendments, Interest rate benchmark reform

The IASB issued amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 — Financial Instruments: Disclosures related to the first phase of interest rate benchmark reform. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020. The Entity has assessed the impact of the amendments and concluded that they had no impact on the Annual Financial Statements.

d) IAS 1 and IAS 8 Amendments, Definition of material

The IASB issued amendments to IAS 1 — Presentation of financial statements and IAS 8 — Accounting policies, changes in accounting estimates and errors to revise the definition of material. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020. The Entity has assessed the impact of the amendments and concluded that they had no impact on the Annual Financial Statements.

2.4. New standards, reviews, and interpretations not effective yet on December 31, 2021

Although early application is permitted for new standards effective for annual periods beginning after December 31, 2021, the Group has not early adopted the new or amended standards in preparing these consolidated financial statements.

a) Onerous Contracts — Cost of Fulfilling a Contract (amendments to IAS 37)

They apply to annual periods beginning on or after January 01, 2022 for existing contracts, on the date such changes are adopted for the first time. The change specifically determines which costs should be

F-85

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

considered when calculating the cost of fulfilling a contract. The Response Group does not expect significant impacts upon the adoption of this standard.

b) Other standards

The impact that these standards will have on Group’s financials when they shall be adopted in future, The Response Group will continue to evaluate the impact of the amendments:

•

Amendment to standard IAS 16 — Property, plant and equipment — Classification of income (loss) generated before property, plant and equipment reaches the expected conditions of use. It clarifies aspects to be considered for the classification of items produced before the property, plant and equipment item is in the projected conditions of use. This amendment to the standard is effective for years beginning on or after January 1, 2022.

•

Annual improvements in Standards IFRS 2018-2020, effective for annual periods started on or after January 1, 2022. Implements changes to IFRS 1 standards, addressing aspects of first-time adoption in a subsidiary; IFRS 9, addressing the 10% test criterion for the reversal of financial liabilities; IFRS 16, addressing illustrative examples of leases and IAS 41, covering aspects of fair value measurement. These amendments to the standard are effective for years beginning on or after January 1, 2022.

•

Amendment to IFRS 3 — includes conceptual alignments of this standard with the conceptual framework of IFRS, Amendments to IFRS 3 are effective for periods started on or after January 1, 2022.

•

Amendment to IFRS 17 — includes clarification of aspects related to insurance contracts. Amendment to IFRS 17 effective for periods started as of or after January 1, 2023.

•

Amendment to IAS 1 standard — Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current. This change clarifies aspects to be considered for the classification of liabilities as current and non-current. Amendment to IAS 1 for periods started as of or after January 1, 2023; and

•

Amendment to IFRS 4 — Extension of temporary exemptions from the adoption of IFRS 9 for insurers. Clarifies aspects related to insurance contracts and the temporary exemption from the application of IFRS 9 for insurers. Amendment to IFRS 4 effective for periods started as of or after January 1, 2023.

Other pronouncements and interpretations

There are no other standards, amendments in standards and interpretation that are not in force that the Response Group expects to have a material impact in its combined financial statements arising from its application.

Although early application is permitted, the Response Group has not early adopted or amended standards in preparing these Combined Financial Statement.

2.5. Impacts on the Group and measures taken — COVID-19

Since the beginning of the pandemic, Response Group have implemented a Contingency Committee, which is working on several fronts and meets periodically to make the necessary decisions, mainly aiming to take care of the health of all their employees. Some of the actions taken are listed below: installation of the decontamination tunnel at the entrance to the Group’s facilities; environment disinfection carried out periodically; home office adoption for part of the employees, including those considered to be at risk; and availability of a Virtual Doctor. The decisions taken are constantly reassessed, according to the development of the facts, determinations, and guidelines of the competent authorities.

F-86

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

The Group’s Management believes that the profile of the services provided by their business units has shown to be in line with the current situation, as a substantial part of the net revenue is based on long-term contracts with high predictability of net revenue and considered essential for their clients and society. In addition, Response Group now offer disinfection services for commercial, industrial, and administrative environments, which demonstrates the Group’s capacity for innovation to capture opportunities, even in adverse times.

If the duration of the pandemic contagion curve resulting from COVID-19 extends over time, it could cause a natural slowdown in the economies of the countries in which they operate, but they can assure that the Group has a robust and sufficient capital structure to face an even more adverse scenario.

They emphasize that the Group’s Management also periodically reviews its cost structure, maintaining a robust growth plan with investments to complement their service portfolio and global operations, combining capillarity and quality in the services provided.

3. Basis of measurement

3.1.1. Currency translation

(a) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in Response Group’s combined financial statements are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which companies operate (“the functional currency”). The combined financial statements are presented in Reais (R$). All financial information disclosed has been rounded to the nearest value, except otherwise indicated.

(b) Foreign currency

Transactions with foreign currencies are converted into functional currency by using exchange rates prevailing on the transaction or valuation dates when the items are measured. Exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of those transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates referring to monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies, are recognized in the statement of income. Foreign exchange gains and losses related to accounts receivable, suppliers and loans are presented in the statement of income as financial revenue or expense.

(c) Foreign operations

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are translated in euro at the exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated into euro at the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions.

Foreign currency differences are recognized in OCI and accumulated in the Translation reserve, except to the extent that the translation difference is allocated to NCI.

When a foreign operation in disposed of in its entirety or partially such that control, significant influence or joint control is lost, the cumulative amount in the translation reserve related to that foreign operation in reclassified to profit or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal. If the Group disposes of part of its interest in a subsidiary but retains control, then the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reattributed to NCI. When the Group disposes of only part of an associate or joint venture while retaining significant influence or joint control, the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss.

F-87

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

3.1.2. Use of accounting estimates and judgment

The preparation of combined financial statements in accordance with IFRS issued by IASB requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The settlement of transactions involving these estimates may result in significantly different amounts due to the lack of precision inherent to the process of their determination.

Estimates and assumptions are reviewed in a continuous manner. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the year in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected. The information on critical judgments that refer to accounting policies adopted that have effects on amounts recognized in the combined financial statements is presented in the following notes:

Impairment of non-financial assets

As stated in note 3.4.7, impairment testing involves calculating the value in use or the fair value less cost of disposal, when applicable, of the cash generating units to which the goodwill or other non-financial assets have been assigned. The value in use is determined by estimating five years of future cash flows, a perpetual value and using a discount rate that comprises of three components: time value in money, the appropriate risk premium and uncertainty about the future cash flows. Hence, it relies on several critical judgements, estimates and assumptions. For more information on estimates and assumptions used in impairment testing, refer to note 8.

Revenue recognition

The Group applies certain judgment in assessing the terms of revenue from contracts with customers to determine whether the contract involves the delivery of service (revenue recognized over time). The Group evaluates each contract individually, it’s critical terms and business relationship with its customer and any associated third party.

Lease term

The Group determines the lease term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, together with any periods covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or any periods covered by an option to terminate the lease, if it is reasonably certain not to be exercised. The Group has the option, under some of its leases, to lease the assets for additional terms. The Group applies judgment in evaluating whether it is reasonably certain to exercise the option to renew, It considers all relevant factors that create an economic incentive for it to exercise the renewal such as contractual terms and conditions for the optional periods compared with market rates and the length of a non-cancellable period of a lease.

After the commencement date, the Group reassesses the lease term if there is a significant event or change in circumstances that is within its control and affects its ability to exercise (or not to exercise) the option to renew (e.g., a change in business strategy).

Residual value and estimated useful life of property, plant and equipment and intangible asset (finite useful lives)

As stated in note 3.4.6 and 3.4.8, Intangible and property, plant and equipment assets are amortized over their useful lives. The useful life is based on management’s estimates for the period in which the assets will contribute to generate revenue and is periodically reviewed. Changes in estimates may result in significant changes in the book value. Revisions to these estimates are recognized prospectively.

F-88

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Business Combination Accounting

We recognize, separately from goodwill, the identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities assumed at their estimated acquisition date fair values. We measure and recognize goodwill as of the acquisition date as the excess of: (a) the aggregate of the fair value of consideration transferred, the fair value of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree (if applicable) and the acquisition date fair value of our previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if applicable), over (b) the fair value of net assets acquired, and liabilities assumed. At the acquisition date, we measure the fair values of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed that arise from contractual contingencies. We measure the fair values of all non-contractual contingencies if, as of the acquisition date, it is more likely than not that the contingency will give rise to an asset or liability.

Expected credit losses related to trade and other receivables

The expected loss on doubtful accounts is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the accounts receivable original terms.

It is formed in an amount considered adequate by Management to cover probable losses arising on collection of accounts receivable, based on analysis of each client’s default risk considering a reasonable and supportable information available at the time that demonstrates that the credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the customer’s financial situation committed in the market, history of negotiations carried out, signed agreements not being fulfilled, mainly taking into consideration risk scenarios in which it has observable behavior in the market, and with special attention to long-standing overdue credits.

Income taxes

The calculation of current and deferred income taxes requires us to make estimates and assumptions and to exercise judgement regarding the carrying values of assets and liabilities which are subject to accounting estimates inherent in those balances, the interpretation of income tax legislation across various jurisdictions, expectations about future operating results, the timing of reversal of temporary differences and possible audits of income tax filings by the tax authorities.

Changes or differences in underlying estimates or assumptions may result in changes to the current or deferred income tax balances on the consolidated statements of financial position, a charge or credit to income tax expense in the combined statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) and may result in cash payments or receipts.

All income tax filings are subject to audits and reassessments. Changes in interpretations or judgements may result in a change in our income tax provisions in the future. The amount of such a change cannot be reasonably estimated.

3.1.3. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash, bank deposits, highly liquid short-term investments, redeemable in up to three months or less, with an insignificant risk of change in fair value and for the purpose of meeting short-term commitments.

3.1.4. Financial instruments

3.1.4.1. Financial assets

Recognition and measurement

Purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on trading date, Investments are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction cost for all financial assets not classified at fair value recognized in income (loss).

F-89

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Financial assets at fair value recognized in the income (loss) are initially recognized at fair value, and transaction costs are charged to statement of income in the period they occur.

The fair value of publicly quoted investments is based on the current purchase price. If the market of a financial asset is not active, the Response Group establishes the fair value using valuation techniques. These techniques include the use of recent transactions contracted from third parties, reference to other instruments that are substantially similar, analysis of discounted cash flows and option pricing models, privileging market information and minimizing the use of information generated by Management.

Classification

In the initial recognition, a financial asset is classified as measured at: (i) amortized cost; (ii) fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”); or (iii) fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”).

A financial asset is measured at amortized cost if it meets both conditions below: (i) the asset is held within a business model whose purpose is to collect contractual cash flows; and (ii) the contractual terms of financial assets give rise, on specific dates, to cash flows that are only payments of principal and interest on the outstanding principal value.

A financial asset is measured in FVOCI only if it meets both conditions below: (i) the asset is maintained within a business model whose purpose is achieved by both the collection of contractual cash flows and the sale of financial assets; and (ii) the contractual terms of financial assets give rise, on specific dates, to cash flows that refer to payments of principal and interest on the outstanding principal value. All other financial assets are classified as measured at fair value through profit or loss.

In addition, upon initial recognition, the Response Group may, irrevocably, designate a financial asset that satisfies the requirements to be measured at amortized cost, FVTOCI or even FVTPL. This designation is intended to eliminate or significantly reduce a possible accounting mismatch stemming from the result produced by the respective asset.

Financial assets — Business model assessment

The Response Group assesses the objective of the business model in which a financial asset is held at a portfolio level because this best reflects the way the business is managed, and information is provided to management. The information considered includes:

•

the stated policies and objectives for the portfolio and the operation of those policies in practice. These include whether management’s strategy focuses on earning contractual interest income, maintaining a particular interest rate profile, matching the duration of the financial assets to the duration of any related liabilities or expected cash outflows or realizing cash flows through the sale of the assets;

•

how the performance of the portfolio is evaluated and reported to the Response Group’s management;

•

the risks that affect the performance of the business model (and the financial assets held within that business model) and how those risks are managed;

•

how managers of the business are compensated — e.g. whether compensation is based on the fair value of the assets managed or the contractual cash flows collected; and

•

the frequency, volume and timing of sales of financial assets in prior periods, the reasons for such sales and expectations about future sales activity.

Transfers of financial assets to third parties in transactions that do not qualify for derecognition are not considered sales for this purpose, consistent with the Response Group’s continuing recognition of the assets.

F-90

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Financial assets that are held for trading or are managed and whose performance is evaluated on a fair value basis are measured at FVTPL.

Financial assets — Assessment whether contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest

For the purposes of this assessment, ‘principal’ is defined as the fair value of the financial asset on initial recognition, ‘Interest’ is defined as consideration for the time value of money and for the credit risk associated with the principal amount outstanding during a particular period of time and for other basic lending risks and costs (e.g., liquidity risk and administrative costs), as well as a profit margin.

In assessing whether the contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest, the Response Group considers the contractual terms of the instrument. This includes assessing whether the financial asset contains a contractual term that could change the timing or amount of contractual cash flows such that it would not meet this condition, in making this assessment, the Response Group considers:

•

contingent events that would change the amount or timing of cash flows.

•

terms that may adjust the contractual coupon rate, including variable-rate features.

•

prepayment and extension feature; and

•

terms that limit the Response Group’s claim to cash flows from specified assets (e.g., non-recourse features).

A prepayment feature is consistent with the solely payments of principal and interest criterion if the prepayment amount substantially represents unpaid amounts of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding, which may include reasonable compensation for early termination of the contract. Additionally, for a financial asset acquired at a discount or premium to its contractual per amount, a feature that permits or requires prepayment at an amount that substantially represents the contractual par amount plus accrued (but unpaid) contractual interest (which may also include reasonable compensation for early termination) is treated as consistent with this criterion if the fair value of the prepayment feature is insignificant at initial recognition.

Financial assets — Subsequent measurement and gains and losses

Financial assets at FVTPL	These assets are subsequently measured at fair value, Net gains and losses, including any interest or dividend income, are recognized in profit or loss.
Financial assets at amortized cost	These assets are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The amortized cost is reduced by impairment losses, Interest income, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognized in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on derecognition is recognized in profit or loss.
Debt investments at FVOCI	These assets are subsequently measured at fair value, Interest income calculated using the effective interest method, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognized in profit or loss. Other net gains and losses are recognized in OCI. On derecognition, gains and losses accumulated in OCI are reclassified to profit or loss.
Equity investments at FVOCI	These assets are subsequently measured at fair value, Dividends are recognized as income in profit or loss unless the dividend clearly represents a recovery of part of the cost of the investment, Other net gains and losses are recognized in OCI and are never reclassified to profit or loss.

F-91

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Trade accounts receivable

Trade accounts receivable correspond to the amount’s receivable from clients for the rendering of service carried out in the normal course of Group’s activities. If the payment term is equivalent to one year or less (or any other term that is in conformity with Group’s normal cycle), accounts receivable are classified as current assets. Otherwise, they are presented in non-current assets.

Trade accounts receivable are initially recognized at fair value and, subsequently, measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method less expected impairment losses on accounts receivable, In practice, they are usually recognized at the billed amount, adjusted by provision for impairment, if necessary.

Recognition and derecognition

The financial instrument is recognized in the financial statements when the entity becomes a party to the financial instrument contract. An entity removes a financial liability from its statement of financial position when its obligation is extinguished. An entity removes a financial asset from its statement of financial position when its contractual rights to the asset’s cash flows expire; when it has transferred the asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership; or when it has transferred the asset and has retained some substantial risks and rewards of ownership, but the other party may sell the asset. The risks and rewards retained are recognized as an asset.

Impairment of financial assets

Expected credit losses

The expected loss on doubtful accounts is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the accounts receivable original terms.

It is formed in an amount considered adequate by Management to cover probable losses arising on collection of accounts receivable, based on analysis of each client’s default risk considering a reasonable and supportable information available at the time that demonstrates that the credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the customer’s financial situation committed in the market, history of negotiations carried out, signed agreements not being fulfilled, mainly taking into consideration risk scenarios in which it has observable behavior in the market, and with special attention to long-standing overdue credits.

a) Recognition

The Response Group recognizes loss allowances for ECLs on:

•

financial assets measured at amortized cost.

•

debt investments measured at FVOCI; and

•

contract assets.

The Response Group also recognizes loss allowances for ECLs on lease receivables, which are disclosed as part of trade and other receivables.

The Response Group measures loss allowances at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs, except for the following, which are measured at 12-month ECLs:

•

debt securities that are determined to have low credit risk at the reporting date; and

•

other debt securities and bank balances for which credit risk (i.e. the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial instrument) has not increased significantly since initial recognition.

F-92

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Loss allowances for trade receivables (including lease receivables) and contract assets are always measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs.

When determining whether the credit risk of a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition and when estimating ECLs, the Response Group considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort. This includes both quantitative and qualitative information and analysis, based on the Response Group’s historical experience and informed credit assessment, that includes forward-looking information.

The Response Group assumes that the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly if it is more than 30 days past due.

The Response Group considers a financial asset to be in default when:

•

the debtor is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the Response Group in full, without recourse by the Response Group to actions such as realizing security (if any is held); or

•

the financial asset is more than 90 days past due.

The Response Group considers a debt security to have low credit risk when its credit risk rating is equivalent to the globally understood definition of ‘investment grade’.

Lifetime ECLs are the ECLs that result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument.

12-month ECLs are the portion of ECLs that result from default events that are possible within the 12 months after the reporting date (or a shorter period if the expected life of the instrument is less than 12 months).

The maximum period considered when estimating ECLs is the maximum contractual period over which the Response Group is exposed to credit risk.

b) Measurement

ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. Credit losses are measured as the present value of all cash shortfalls (i.e. the difference between the cash flows due to the entity in accordance with the contract and the cash flows that the Response Group expects to receive).

ECLs are discounted at the effective interest rate of the financial asset.

c) Credit-impaired financial assets

At each reporting date, the Response Group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortized cost and debt securities at FVOCI are credit-impaired. A financial asset is ‘credit-impaired’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have occurred.

Evidence that a financial asset is credit-impaired includes the following observable data:

•

significant financial difficulty of the debtor;

•

a breach of contract such as a default or being more than 90 days past due.

•

the restructuring of a loan or advance by the Response Group on terms that the Response Group would not consider otherwise;

•

it is probable that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization; or

•

the disappearance of an active market for a security because of financial difficulties.

F-93

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

d) Presentation of allowance for ECL in the statement of financial position

Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortized cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets.

For debt securities at FVOCI, the loss allowance is charged to profit or loss and is recognized in OCI.

e) Write-off

The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off when the Group has no reasonable expectations of recovering a financial asset in its entirety or a portion thereof. For individual customers, the Group has a policy of writing off the gross carrying amount when the financial asset is 180 days past due based on historical experience of recoveries of similar assets. For corporate customers, the Group individually makes an assessment with respect to the timing and amount of write-off based on whether there is a reasonable expectation of recovery.

The Group expects no significant recovery from the amount written off. However, financial assets that are written off could still be subject to enforcement activities to comply with the Group’s procedures for recovery of amounts due.

Derecognition of financial assets

A financial asset (or, when appropriate, part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is written off when: (i) the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired; and (ii) the Group transferred its rights to receive cash flows of the asset or has assumed an obligation to fully pay cash flows received, without significant delay, to a third party under terms of an “on lending” agreement; and (a) the Group has substantially transferred all risks and benefits related to the asset; or (b) the Group has not transferred and has not substantially retained all risks and benefits related to the asset, but has transferred control over that asset.

When the Group transfers its rights to receive cash flows from an asset or enters into a transfer agreement and does not transfer or substantially retain all risks and benefits related to the asset, an asset is recognized to the extent of the Group’s ongoing involvement with this asset.

3.1.4.2. Financial liabilities

Initial recognition, classification and measurement

A financial asset or financial liability is measured initially at fair value. Subsequent measurement depends on the category of financial instrument. Some categories are measured at amortized cost, and some at FVTPL. A financial liability is classified as at FVTPL if it is classified as held-for-trading, it is a derivative or it is designated as such on initial recognition. Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value and net gains and losses, including any interest expense, are recognized in profit or loss. Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, Interest expense and foreign exchange gains and losses are recognized in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on derecognition is also recognized in profit or loss.

Interest rate benchmark reform

When the basis for determining the contractual cash flows of a financial asset or financial liability measured at amortized cost changed as a result of interest rate benchmark reform, the Group updated the effective interest rate of the financial asset or financial liability to reflect the change that is required by the

F-94

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

reform. A change in the basis for determining the contractual cash flows is required by interest rate benchmark reform if the following conditions are met:

•

the change is necessary as a direct consequence of the reform; and

•

the new basis for determining the contractual cash flows is economically equivalent to the previous basis — i.e., the basis immediately before the change.

When changes were made to a financial asset or financial liability in addition to changes to the basis for determining the contractual cash flows required by interest rate benchmark reform, the Group first updated the effective interest rate of the financial asset or financial liability to reflect the change that is required by interest rate benchmark reform. After that, the Group applied the policies on accounting for modifications to the additional changes.

Borrowing costs

Cost of loans attributed to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that necessarily demands a substantial period of time to become ready for intended use or sale is capitalized as part of this asset’s cost.

Loan costs are comprised by interest and other costs that the Group incurs in connection with fundraising.

Derecognition of financial liabilities

A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged, canceled or expired, When an existing financial liability is replaced by another of the same lender with substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are significantly changed, this substitution or alteration is treated as a write-off of the original liability and recognition of a new liability, whereas the difference in the corresponding book value is recognized in the statement of income.

Loans and financing

Borrowings and financing are initially recognized at fair value, net of costs incurred in the transaction and are subsequently stated at amortized cost.

Any difference between the amounts raised (net of transaction costs) and the settlement amount is recognized in the income statement during the period while the loans are outstanding, under the effective interest rate method.

Loans and financing are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date.

3.1.5. Intangible assets and Goodwill

(i) Software

Costs associated with maintaining software programs are recognized as an expense as incurred. Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group are recognized as intangible assets where the following criteria are met:

•

it is technically feasible to complete the software so that it will be available for use.

•

management intends to complete the software and use or license it there is an ability to use or sell the software.

F-95

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

•

it can be demonstrated how the software will generate probable future economic benefits.

•

adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the software are available, and

•

the expenditure attributable to the software during its development can be reliably measured.

Directly attributable costs that are capitalized as part of the software include employee´s costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads,

Capitalized development costs are recorded as intangible assets and amortized from the point at which the asset is ready for use.

(ii) Goodwill

Goodwill is measured as described in note 9, Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets, Goodwill is not amortized but it is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. The units or groups of units are identified at the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

(iii) Research and development

Expenditure on research activities is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Development expenditure is capitalized only if the expenditure can be measured reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable, and the Group intends to and has sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset. Otherwise, it is recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, development expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

(iv) Other Intangibles

Other intangible assets, including client’s portfolio, patents and trademarks, that are acquired by the Group and have finite useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

(v) Amortization

Amortization is recognized in the combined statement of profit or loss based on the straight-line method in relation to the estimated useful lives, since this method is the closest that reflects the consumption pattern of future economic benefits incorporated into the asset. The estimated useful lives of intangible assets are as measured as described in note 9 (b).

The assets’ net book values and useful lives are reviewed at each reporting date, and adjusted prospectively, where applicable.

During 2021, the Group reviewed the estimated useful lives of these assets, and no significant change was identified.

F-96

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Other intangible assets, including customer relationships, work force, that are acquired by the Group and have finite useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

3.1.6. Impairment of non-financial assets

An impairment loss is recognized in the statement of profit or loss for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units).

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Other non-financial assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period. Therefore, impairment losses recognized for goodwill cannot be reversed in a subsequent period.

3.1.7. Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment (PPE) are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulates impairment losses (if applicable). Historical cost includes expenses directly attributable to the acquisition of items. Historical cost also includes financing costs related to the acquisition of qualifying assets.

Subsequently incurred costs are added to the asset’s book value or are recognized as a separate asset, as applicable, and only when it is likely that associated future economic benefits will flow and that the item’s cost can be reliably measured.

The book value of replaced items and parts is written off. All other maintenance and repair costs are recorded as a contra entry to income (loss) for the year, when incurred.

Lands are not depreciated. Depreciation of other assets is calculated using the straight-line method, with the costs of other assets being allocated to their residual values over the estimated useful life. Assets under development are not depreciated until they are available for use. Property, plant and equipment useful lives are disclosed in note 8.

Residual values and the useful lives of material assets are reviewed and adjusted, if adequate, at the end of each year and depreciated using the straight-line method.

An asset’s book value is immediately written down to its recoverable amount if the asset’s book value is greater than its estimated recoverable amount, as impairment.

An item of property and equipment is de-recognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on de-recognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included as a gain or loss in the combined statement of operations in the period the asset is de-recognized.

Gains and losses from disposals are determined when the asset is derecognized by the comparison of results with the book value and are recognized in “Other net operating revenues (expense)” in the statement of income, as incurred.

F-97

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

3.1.8. Trade accounts payable and other accounts payable

Trade accounts payable and other accounts payable are obligations due for assets or services acquired from suppliers in the normal course of businesses and are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year. Otherwise, trade accounts payable are presented as non-current liabilities.

They are initially recognized at fair value and, subsequently, measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. In practice, they are usually recognized at the amount of the related invoice.

3.1.9. Provisions

Provisions for lawsuits (labor, civil and tax) are recognized when: the Group has a present or constructive obligation as a result of past events; it is likely that an outflow of funds will be required to settle the obligation; and if the amount can be estimated reliably, Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.

When there is a series of similar obligations, the probability of settling them is determined by considering the obligation class as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of settlement related to any individual item included in the same class of obligations is small.

The provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures that shall be necessary to settle the obligation, using a pre-tax rate which reflects the current market evaluations as to the value of the cash over time and the specific risks of the liability. The increase in the obligation over time is recognized as a financial expense.

3.1.10. Income tax

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. It is recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in OCI.

The Group has determined that interest and penalties related to income taxes, including uncertain tax treatments, do not meet the definition of income taxes, and therefore accounted for them under IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets.

3.1.10.1. Current tax

Current tax comprises the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year and any adjustment to the tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years. The amount of current tax payable or receivable is the best estimate of the tax amount expected to be paid or received that reflects uncertainty related to income taxes, if any. It is measured using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Current tax also includes any tax arising from dividends.

Companies under the deemed income system

There are companies that opted for taxation based on estimated profit. The income tax and social contribution, both current and deferred, are calculated based on the rates of 15% plus a surcharge of 10% in excess of R$ 240 for income tax and 9% for social contribution, both applied to a percentage of 32% gross revenue.

Companies under the taxable income system

The income tax and social contribution of current year are calculated based on the rates of 15% plus a surcharge of 10% on taxable income in excess of R$ 240 for income tax and 9% on taxable income for social contribution on net income and take into account (if any) tax loss carry forward and negative basis of social contribution, limited to 30% of taxable income.

F-98

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

The Group operates in several international tax jurisdictions. Judgement is required in respect of the interpretation of state, federal and international tax law and practices as service provider and tax continues to evolve.

3.1.10.2. Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized for:

•

temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;

•

temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements to the extent that the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

•

taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

Temporary differences in relation to a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for a specific lease are regarded as a net package (the lease) for the purpose of recognizing deferred tax.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used. There are no unrecognized tax losses or tax credits.

Future taxable profits are determined based on the reversal of relevant taxable temporary differences. If the amount of taxable temporary differences is insufficient to recognize a deferred tax asset in full, then future taxable profits, adjusted for reversals of existing temporary differences, are considered, based on the business plans for individual subsidiaries in the Group. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized; such reductions are reversed when the probability of future taxable profits improves.

The measurement of deferred tax reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the reporting date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. For this purpose, the carrying amount of investment property measured at fair value is presumed to be recovered through sale, and the Group has not rebutted this presumption.

Deferred tax liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current income tax assets against current income tax liabilities and the deferred tax relates to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority

3.1.11. Revenue recognition

The revenue is stated net of taxes, returns, rebates or discounts, Its recognition is in accordance with IFRS 15 — Revenue from customer contracts, which establishes a five-steps model to determine how and when it will be recognize, as well as its measurement, provided that revenues and costs can be measured reliably.

The Group revenue recognizes revenue when control of the promised services is transferred to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Group expects to be entitled to in exchange for those services.

In addition, specific criteria for each of the Group’s activities must be met, as described below:

F-99

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Rendering of services

The Group provides emergency services that includes prevention, training, and emergency response.

Revenues are generated from services at customer sites or other locations. Response services for environmental emergencies include any scale from man-made disasters such as oil spills, to natural disasters such as hurricanes. Emergency response services are provided based on purchase orders or agreements with customers and include prices generally based upon daily, hourly or job rates for equipment, materials and personnel.

The Group recognizes revenue for these services over time, as the customer receives and consumes the benefits of the service as they are being performed and the Group has a right to payment for performance completed to date. The Group uses the input method to recognize revenue over time, based on time and materials incurred. The duration of such services can be over a number of hours, several days or even months for larger scale projects. In this situation, can be recognized unbilled revenue.

3.1.12. Leases liabilities

As a lessee

At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease liability. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

At commencement or on modification of a contract that contains a lease component, the Group allocates the consideration in the contract to each lease component on the basis of its relative stand-alone prices. However, for the leases of property the Group has elected not to separate non-lease components and account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component.

The Group recognizes a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, less any lease incentives received.

The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the end of the lease term, unless the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Group by the end of the lease term or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group will exercise a purchase option. In that case the right-of-use asset will be depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset, which is determined on the same basis as those of property and equipment. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically reduced by impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate.

The Group determines this range incremental borrowing rate from 7,37% to 10,20% as each year by obtaining interest rates from various external financing sources and makes certain adjustments to reflect the terms of the lease and type of the asset leased.

F-100

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise the following:

•

fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments.

•

variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the commencement date;

•

amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee; and

•

the exercise price under a purchase option that the Group is reasonably certain to exercise, lease payments in an optional renewal period if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise an extension option, and penalties for early termination of a lease unless the Group is reasonably certain not to terminate early.

The lease liability is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option or if there is a revised in-substance fixed lease payment.

When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset or is recorded in profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

From 1 January 2021, where the basis for determining future lease payments changes as required by interest rate benchmark reform, the Group remeasures the lease liability by discounting the revised lease payments using the revised discount rate that reflects the change to an alternative benchmark interest rate.

The Group presents right-of-use assets that do not meet the definition of investment property in ‘property, plant and equipment’ and lease liabilities in ‘loans and borrowings’ in the statement of financial position.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

The Group has elected not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases of low-value assets and short-term leases, including IT equipment. The Group recognizes the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

3.1.13. Distribution of dividends and interest on own capital

Payment of dividends and interest on capital to Group shareholders is recognized as a liability in the combined financial statements at the end of the year, based on the by-laws that govern the Group’s companies.

Any amount above the mandatory minimum is provisioned only on the date of its approval by the shareholders.

The tax benefit of interest on own capital is recognized in the statement of income.

3.1.14. Business combinations

The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when the acquired set of activities and assets meets the definition of a business and control is transferred to the Group. In determining whether a particular set of activities and assets is a business, the Group assesses whether the set of assets and activities acquired includes, at a minimum, an input and substantive process and whether the acquired set has the ability to produce outputs.

F-101

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

The Group has an option to apply a ‘concentration test’ that permits a simplified assessment of whether an acquired set of activities and assets is not a business. The optional concentration test is met if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets.

The consideration transferred in the acquisition is generally measured at fair value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. The goodwill constituted in the business combination is recorded in non-current assets, subgroup of intangible assets. Any goodwill that arises is recorded in intangible assets and tested annually for impairment. Any gain on a bargain purchase is recognized in profit or loss immediately. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred, except if related to the issue of debt or equity securities.

The consideration transferred does not include amounts related to the settlement of pre-existing relationships. Such amounts are generally recognized in profit or loss.

Any contingent consideration is measured at fair value at the date of acquisition. If an obligation to pay contingent consideration that meets the definition of a financial instrument is classified as equity, then it is not remeasured, and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, other contingent consideration is remeasured at fair value at each reporting date and subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognized in profit or loss.

If the Company makes a purchase of an investment and part of the amount is in installments, the accounts payable is recorded in the item Obligations from acquisition of, as mentioned in Note 7.

3.1.15. Non-controlling interests

The interest attributable to non-controlling shareholders was calculated based on the percentage of 30% on the total shareholders’ equity. For December 31, 2020 there was no interest attributed to non-controlling shareholders.

Set out below is summarized financial information for NCI that are material to the Group for December 31, 2021:

​	JM Serviços Integrados S.A.		Lacerda & Lacerda Serv.de Transp.e Emergências Ambientais Ltda		AMBIPAR Response ES S.A.		Suatrans Chile S.A. (*)		Total
​	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2021		December 31, 2021		Jun 30, 2021		December 31, 2021
Summarized statement of financial position	​		​		​		​		​
Current assets	​	6,579	​	15,765	​	34,396	​	80,101	​	136,841
Current liabilities	​	(4,928)	​	(6,499)	​	(11,356)	​	(24,251)	​	(47,034)
Current net assets	​	1,651	​	9,266	​	23,040	​	55,850	​	89,807
Non-current assets	​	10,869	​	213	​	15,453	​	25,741	​	52,276
Non-current liabilities	​	(7,533)	​	(7,187)	​	(6,323)	​	(30,518)	​	(51,561)
Non-current net assets	​	3,336	​	(6,974)	​	9,130	​	(4,777)	​	715
Net assets	​	4,987	​	2,292	​	32,170	​	51,073	​	90,522
Net assets controlling	​	4,987	​	2,292	​	32,030	​	51,073	​	90,382
Net assets non-controlling	​	—	​	—	​	140	​	—	​	140
Accumulated NCI 2020	​	23,521	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Others adjustment from non-controlling	​	(1,496)	​	(688)	​	(9,413)	​	—	​	(11,597)
Accumulated NCI adjusted 2021	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	11,924

F-102

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	JM Serviços Integrados S.A.	Lacerda & Lacerda Serv.de Transp.e Emergências Ambientais Ltda	AMBIPAR Response ES S.A.(**)	Suatrans Chile S.A. (*) (**)	Total
Summarized statement of financial position	​	​	​	​	​
Revenue	15,415	18,040	34,301	61,516	129,272
Cost of services rendered	(9,359)	(4,018)	(24,328)	(41,448)	(79,153)
Gross profit	6,056	14,021	9,973	20,068	50,118
Selling, general and administrative expenses	(3,423)	(2,867)	(3,796)	(8,964)	(19,050)
Other expense	(43)	254	972	124	1,307
Operating expenses	(3,466)	(2,614)	(2,825)	(8,840)	(17,744)
Operating profit	2,591	11,408	7,148	11,228	32,374
Finance costs	(763)	(379)	(496)	(972)	(2,610)
Finance income	6	51	417	13	487
Net finance costs	(757)	(327)	(79)	(959)	(2,123)
Profit before tax	1,833	11,080	7,069	10,269	30,251
Income tax and social contribution	(3,024)	(3,235)	(2,550)	(2,993)	(11,801)
Profit for the year	(1,190)	7,846	4,519	7,276	18,451
Profit for the year controlling	(833)	5,492	3,128	3,638	11,425
Profit for the year non-controlling	(357)	2,354	1,391	3,638	7,026
Interest attributable to non-controlling shareholders	30,00%	30,00%	30,00%	50,00%	​

(*)

On June 28, 2021, Companhia de Chile acquired 100% of the company Inversiones Disal Ambiental Holding, which held 50% of Suatrans S.A. (see explanatory note 16.6). From that date onwards, the Group held 100% of the shareholding control of Suatrans Chile, consequently the information regarding the company as of June 30, 2021.

(**)

The information on Ambipar Response ES S.A. and Suatrans Chile S.A. in this table is consolidated and have their subsidiaries shown in the table at note 1.2.

3.1.16. Segment reporting

For reviewing the operational performance of the Group and allocating resources purposes, the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) of the Group, which is comprised of the Chief Executive Officer of the Group, reviews the combined results as a geographical area disaggregated by domestic market and foreign market as a whole. The CODM considers segment information is presented geographically as required by entity wide disclosures under IFRS 8, when monitoring operations, making decisions on fund allocation, and evaluating performance. The CODM reviews relevant financial data on a combined basis for all subsidiaries and business lines.

The Group’s net revenue, profit or loss, and assets and liabilities for this one reportable segment can be determined by reference to the combined financial statements.

For more information regarding the Group’s non-current assets and net revenue by geographic area, refer to note 8.

F-103

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

3.1.17. Earnings per share — basic and diluted

The Company calculates basic earnings per share using the total average weighted number of outstanding ordinary shares during the period corresponding to income, in accordance with accounting pronouncement IAS 33.

3.1.18. Prepaid expenses

They are basically disbursements made in advance, which will be charged to the result as soon as the expenses are actually incurred.

3.1.19. Transactions eliminated on combination

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses (except for foreign currency transaction gains or losses) arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated. Unrealized gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

3.1.20. Finance income and finance costs

The Group’s finance income and finance costs include:

•

interest income.

•

interest expense.

•

the net gain or loss on financial assets at FVTPL; and

•

the fair value loss on contingent consideration classified as a financial liability.

The ‘effective interest rate’ is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument to:

•

the gross carrying amount of the financial asset; or

•

the amortized cost of the financial liability.

In calculating interest income and expense, the effective interest rate is applied to the gross carrying amount of the asset (when the asset is not credit-impaired) or to the amortized cost of the liability. However, for financial assets that have become credit-impaired subsequent to initial recognition, interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the amortized cost of the financial asset, If the asset is no longer credit-impaired, then the calculation of interest income reverts to the gross basis.

3.1.21. Share capital

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognized as a deduction from equity, Income tax relating to transaction costs of an equity transaction is accounted for in accordance with IAS 12.

3.1.22. Financial risk management

The Group is party to transactions involving financial instruments for the purpose of financing its activities or investing its available funds.

The management of these risks is performed through the definition of conservative strategies aiming at liquidity, profitability and safety. The control policy consists of permanent follow-up of the rates engaged versus those in force in the market.

F-104

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

In the fiscal years ended on December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and January 1, 2020, no transactions were carried out involving derivative financial instruments with speculative purposes and compound financial instruments with embedded derivatives.

Financial instruments are recognized only as from the date the Group becomes a party to contractual provisions. When recognized, they are initially recorded at its fair value plus any transaction costs directly attributed to its acquisition or issue (when applicable). Then they are measured at the end of each reporting period, in accordance with the standards established for each type of classification of financial assets and liabilities.

3.1.22.1. Financial risk factors

In the normal course of business, the Group is exposed to market risks, including changes in interest rates and foreign currency rates.

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices — e.g. foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices — will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

The Group’s activities expose it to various financial risks: market risk (including fair value interest rate risk, and cash flow interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk, related primarily to our financing activities and foreign operation. The Group’s risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group does not have operations quoted at commodity prices; therefore, it has no exposure to commodity price risks.

The management of risk is conducted by the treasure departments.

(a) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices — e.g. Foreign exchange rate, interest rates and equity prices — will affect the Group´s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposure within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

(i) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk arises from the portion of debt pegged to the long-term interest rate — CDI and interest earning bank deposits at CDI, which may affect the financial revenues or expenses in the event an unfavorable change in interest or inflation rates takes place. Loans issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk.

Loans issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value risk associated with interest rate. Considering that a substantial part of the Group’s loans is linked to fixed rates. Management believes that the risk of significant changes in income and cash flows is low.

The Group set three scenarios (probable, possible and remote) for simulation, In the probable scenario, the rates disclosed by BM&F were set forth by the Management and the possible and remote scenario, a 25% and 50% impairment, respectively, in the variables. The calculation basis used is the amount presented in the notes of cash and cash equivalents and loans and financing:

F-105

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

•

December 31, 2021;

​	(Combined) scenarios
Index risk	Base		Probable		Possible		Remote
CDI – Interest earning bank deposits	​	61,461	​	5,685	​	4,264	​	2,843
CDI – Loans and Financing	​	(155,304)	​	(14,366)	​	(17,958)	​	(21,549)
Net exposure	​	(93,843)	​	(8,681)	​	(13,694)	​	(18,706)

•

December 31, 2020;

​	(Combined) scenarios
Index risk	Base		Probable		Possible		Remote
CDI – Interest earning bank deposits	​	23,135	​	636	​	477	​	318
CDI – Loans and Financing	​	(73,691)	​	(2,027)	​	(2,534)	​	(3,041)
Net exposure	​	(50,556)	​	(1,391)	​	(2,057)	​	(2,723)

•

January 1, 2020.

​	(Combined) scenarios
Index risk	Base		Probable		Possible		Remote
CDI – Interest earning bank deposits	​	2,713	​	157	​	118	​	79
CDI – Loans and Financing	​	(33,619)	​	(1,947)	​	(2,434)	​	(2,921)
Net exposure	​	(30,906)	​	(1,790)	​	(2,316)	​	(2,842)

Due to the nature, complexity, and isolation of a single variable, the estimates presented may not faithfully represent the value of the loss, if the variable in question has the deterioration shown. The calculation was performed for a win/loss scenario in the period of one month.

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and investments in debt securities.

The credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, deposits in banks and other financial institutions, and exposure to client credit. For banks and financial institutions, only securities from entities considered as prime line are accepted.

The Credit Analysis area evaluates the client’s creditworthiness by taking into account their financial position, past experience and other factors.

Individual risk limits are determined with basis on internal or external classifications in accordance with limits determined by management. The use of credit limits is regularly monitored.

No credit limit was exceeded in the period, and Management does not expect any losses arising from defaults by those parties in addition to the provision already formed (Note 5).

As mentioned at note 17 — Segment reporting, the Emergency Response Services has no customer representing more than 10% of its net revenue in December 31, 2021 and 2020,

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group’s objective

F-106

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

when managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation.

The cash flow forecast is carried out by the Group’s Management. The Management monitors the continuous forecasts of Group’s liquidity requirements to ensure it has enough cash to satisfy operating needs. This forecast takes into consideration the Group’s debt financing plans, compliance with clauses, attainment of the internal goals of the balance sheet quotient and, if applicable, external or legal regulatory requirements — for example, currency restrictions.

Surplus cash held by the Group beyond the balance required for administration of working capital, is invested in checking accounts with incidence of interest, term deposits, short-term deposits, choosing instruments with appropriate maturities and sufficient liquidity to provide sufficient margin as determined by the above predictions. As of December 31, 2021, the Group maintained short-term funds of R$ 63,169 (R$ 23,135 as of December 31, 2020 and R$ 4,587 as of January 1, 2020) which are expected to readily generate cash inflows to manage the liquidity risk.

The table below analyzes the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities per maturity intervals, corresponding to balance sheets’ remaining period until contract maturity date (*):

​	<1 year			1-2 years		2-5 years		>5 years		Total
As of December 31, 2021	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Loans and financing	​	​	60,755	​	33,264	​	61,285	​	—	​	155,304
Loans and financing (interest)	​	​	5,972	​	3,270	​	6,024	​	15,266	​	​
Lease liabilities	​	​	12,252	​	8,621	​	15,740	​	36,613	​	​
Suppliers and other accounts payable	​	​	39,573	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	39,573
​	​	​	118,552	​	45,155	​	83,049	​	—	​	246,756
December 31, 2020	​	��	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Loans and financing	​	​	15,216	​	18,357	​	40,118	​	—	​	73,691
Loans and financing (interest)	​	​	1,496	​	1,804	​	3,944	​	—	​	7,244
Lease liabilities	​	​	2,026	​	3,523	​	4,521	​	—	​	10,070
Suppliers and other accounts payable	​	​	20,174	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	20,174
​	​	​	38,912	​	23,684	​	48,583	​	—	​	111,179
January 1, 2020	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Loans and financing	​	​	14,287	​	7,121	​	12,211	​	—	​	33,619
Loans and financing (interest)	​	​	1,405	​	700	​	1,200	​	—	​	3,305
Lease liabilities	​	​	1,496	​	1,414	​	1,457	​	—	​	4,367
Suppliers and other accounts payable	​	​	6,479	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	6,479
​	​	​	23,667	​	9,235	​	14,868	​	��	​	47,770

(*)

In order, the amounts above refers to agreement nominal amount, however, they not represent of Financial and accounting position as financial statement.

(d) Regulatory and environmental risks

The Group is subject to the laws and regulations of the countries where it operates, The Group’s Management established environmental certified policies and procedures focused on the compliance with environmental laws.

F-107

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

The Management carries out regular analyses to identify environmental risks and assure that controls under operation are appropriate and duly certified.

(e) Foreign currency risks

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Group has not exposed to a significant transactional foreign currency. So, it concluded that they had have no impact on the Annual Financial Statements as the fiscal years ended.

3.1.22.2. Capital management

The Group’s objectives in managing its capital are to safeguard its business continuity capacity to offer return to shareholders and benefits to the other stakeholders besides maintaining an optimal capital structure to reduce this cost.

To keep or adjust the capital structure, the Group may review the dividend payment policy, refund capital to the shareholders or, also, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce, for instance, the indebtedness level.

The Group monitors capital based on the ratio of financial leverage. This index corresponds to net bank loans and financing divided by total capital. Net bank loans and financing, on its turn, corresponds to current and non-current loans and financings as shown in statement of financial position less cash and cash equivalents. Net bank loans and financing is a non-gaap measure.

The total capital is calculated through the sum of shareholders equity, as shown in the statement of financial position with net bank loans and financing.

The financial leverage ratio on December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and January 1, 2020 can be summarized as follows:

Combined financial information	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		January 1, 2020
Loans and financing	​	155,304	​	73,691	​	33,619
Less: cash and cash equivalents	​	(118,918)	​	(61,754)	​	(12,266)
Net bank loans and financing	​	36,386	​	11,937	​	21,353
Total shareholders’ equity	​	337,918	​	327,194	​	65,119
Total capital	​	374,304	​	339,131	​	86,472
Leverage ratio	​	9,72%	​	3,52%	​	24,69%

3.1.22.3. Fair value estimate

It is assumed that balances of trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable at book value, less impairment loss, approximate their fair values, considering the realization terms and settlement of these balances, from 30 to 60 days.

For disclosure purposes, financial liabilities’ fair value is estimated by discounting future contract cash flows at interest rate prevailing in the market, which is available to the Group for similar financial instruments. The effective interest rates at the balance sheet dates are customary in the market and their fair values do not differ materially from the balances in the accounting records.

Interest earning bank deposits, represented by investments in Interbank Deposit Certificate (CDI) (note 4) were initially measured at fair value and classified as amortized cost. Additionally, were evaluated

F-108

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

based on the yield rate contracted with the respective financial institution, considered as the usual market rate. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gains or losses due to the write-down of the asset are recognized directly in profit (loss) and presented in net finance costs.

Additionally, Management understands the financial instruments recognized in the financial information at their book values, do not show significant changes in relation to the respective market values.

Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable and willing parties in arm’s length transactions. Fair value hierarchy must have the following levels:

•

Level 1: prices charged (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

•

Level 2: different inputs of the prices negotiated in active markets included at Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices);

•

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market variables (non-observable inputs).

Financial instruments by category

December 31, 2021

​	​	Combined
​	Category & Fair value level	Book value		Market value
Financial assets	​	​	​	​	​
Cash and banks	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	57,457	​	57,457
Interest earning bank deposits	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	61,461	​	61,461
Accounts receivable	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	234,288	​	234,288
Related parties	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	34,726	​	34,726
Financial liabilities	​	​	​	​	​
Loans and leases liabilities	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	155,304	​	155,304
Suppliers	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	39,573	​	39,573
Obligations from acquisition of investment	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	229,408	​	229,408
Related parties	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	482,161	​	482,161
Lease liabilities	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	31,667	​	31,667

December 31, 2020

​	​	Combined
​	Category & Fair value level	Book value		Market value
Financial assets	​	​	​	​	​
Cash and banks	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	38,619	​	38,619
Interest earning bank deposits	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	23,135	​	23,135
Accounts receivable	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	113,353	​	113,353
Related parties	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	28,318	​	28,318

F-109

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	​	Combined
​	Category & Fair value level	Book value		Market value
Financial liabilities	​	​	​	​	​
Loans and leases liabilities	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	73,691	​	73,691
Suppliers	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	20,174	​	20,174
Obligations from acquisition of investment	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	57,434	​	57,434
Related parties	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	54,213	​	54,213
Lease liabilities	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	8,941	​	8,941

January 1, 2020

​	​	Combined
​	Category & Fair value level	Book value		Market value
Financial assets	​	​	​	​	​
Cash and banks	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	9,553	​	9,553
Interest earning bank deposits	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	2,713	​	2,713
Accounts receivable	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	54,277	​	54,277
Related parties	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	18,857	​	18,857
Financial liabilities	​	​	​	​	​
Loans and leases liabilities	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	33,619	​	33,619
Suppliers	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	6,479	​	6,479
Related parties	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	64,182	​	64,182
Lease liabilities	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	4,255	​	4,255

4. Cash and cash equivalents

​	Combined
​	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		January 1, 2020
Cash and banks	​	57,457	​	38,619	​	9,553
Interest earning bank deposits	​	61,461	​	23,135	​	2,713
​	​	118,918	​	61,754	​	12,266

Financial investments are mainly represented by Bank Deposit Certificates and Capitalization Bonds from prime line financial institutions, with low credit risk, whose profitability is linked to the variation of the Interbank Deposit Certificate (CDI) and offers immediate liquidity and maturity up to 90 days, with an indexing rate of 105% of the CDI for the years ended on December 31, 2021 and in 2020.

F-110

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

5. Trade and other receivables

​	Combined
​	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		January 1, 2020
Trade notes receivable – domestic operations	​	82,300	​	54,458	​	33,114
Trade notes receivable – foreign operations	​	153,549	​	60,796	​	23,025
​	​	235,849	​	115,254	​	56,139
Expected credit losses	​	(1,561)	​	(1,901)	​	(1,862)
​	​	234,288	​	113,353	​	54,277
Current	​	234,288	​	113,353	​	54,277
Non-current	​	—	​	—	​	—

The expected credit losses are established by considering supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort. This includes both quantitative and qualitative information, based on the Response Group’s historical experience and informed credit assessment, that includes forward-looking information.

It is formed an amount considered adequate by Management to cover probable losses arising on collection of accounts receivable, based on analysis of each client’s default risk considering a reasonable and supportable information available at the time that demonstrates that the credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the customer’s financial situation committed in the market, history of negotiations carried out, signed agreements not being fulfilled, mainly taking into consideration risk scenarios in which it has observable behavior in the market, and with special attention to long-standing overdue credits.

The Group allocates each exposure to a credit risk grade based on data that is determined to be predictive of the risk of loss (including but not limited to external ratings, audited financial statements, management accounts and cash flow projections and available press information about customers) and applying experienced credit judgement. Credit risk grades are defined using qualitative factors that are indicative of the risk of default and are aligned to external credit rating definitions from agencies.

Concerning the securities that are overdue for more than 181 days, the collection processes and procedures, and agreements, even in installment payments, are in progress, and the probability of success is relatively high.

The Group assumes that no significant decrease of ECL occurred between December 2020 and December 2021, despite the relevant increase of trade receivable. This situation is mainly due to the client portfolio of the new acquisitions with no significant historical losses observed.

6. Tax assets

6.1.

Current tax asset

​	Combined
​	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		January 1, 2020
Prepaid Income tax and social contribution (IR/CS)	​	4,895	​	2,350	​	1,907
​	​	4,895	​	2,350	​	1,907

F-111

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

6.2.

Other tax asset

​	Combined
​	December 31, 2021		​	December 31, 2020		January 1, 2020
Recoverable INSS (Social security tax) withheld	​	2,545	​	​	832	​	7,587
Recoverable PIS (Tax on sales)	​	65	​	​	171	​	32
Recoverable COFINS (Tax on sales)	​	299	​	​	785	​	145
Recoverable ICMS (State VAT)	​	95	​	​	—	​	60
IRRF (Withholding income tax) to offset	​	9,691	​	​	6,607	​	4,858
Other taxes recoverable	​	613	​	​	96	​	—
​	​	13,308	���	​	8,491	​	12,682

7. Business combinations

Throughout December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and January 1, 2020, the Group carried out the following acquisitions:

Base date	Target Company	Interest acquired (%)
Jan 2020	Allied International Emergency LLC,	100
Sep 2020	IntraCoastal Invironmental, LLC	100
Sep 2020	One Stop Environmental, LLC	100
Dec 2020	Custom Environmental Services, INC (EUA)	100
Jan 2021	JM Serviços Integrados Ltda	70
Jan 2021	Lacerda e Lacerda Serv TR Emerg Amb Ltda	70
Jan 2021	MDTEC Engenharia e Serviços Ltda	100
Feb 2021	Enviroclear Site Services Limited	100
Feb 2021	Orion Environmental Services Ltda	100
June 2021	EMS Environmental, Inc	100
July 2021	ControlPar Participações S.A.	70
July 2021	Swat Consulting Inc.	100
July 2021	Professional Emergency Resource Services	100
July 2021	SABI Tech S.A.S – Suatrans Chile	100
August 2021	Fênix Emergências Ambientais Ltda	100
August 2021	APW Ambiental e Transporte Ltda.	100
Sep 2021	Emerge Hydrovac Inc,	100
Sep 2021	Lynx Creek Industrial & Hydrovac Ltd,	100
Sep 2021	Lehane Environmental & Industrial Services Ltd	100

7.1. Allied

On January 29, 2020 Ambipar Holdings USA Inc. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Allied International Emergency LLC, (“Allied”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

F-112

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Allied was founded in 2007 and is recognized by customers & peers alike for its ability to provide efficient & economic solutions to its customer’s most complex Emergency Response, Environmental Remediation, & Industrial Services projects.

7.2. Intracoastal

On September 23, 2020 Ambipar Holdings USA Inc. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Intracoastal Environmental LLC, (“Intracoastal”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

Intracoastal was founded in 2010 and is a provider of emergency response and environmental and industrial services, offering quality industrial, marine, and emergency spill response services for its customers.

7.3. One Stop

On September 29, 2020 Ambipar Holdings USA Inc. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of One Stop Enviromental LLC, (“One Stop”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

One Stop was founded in 1999 as an emergency response company, since then, it has been highlighted with several recognitions and awards as a company that offers a full suite of environmental, industrial and abatement services.

7.4. CES

On December 31, 2020 Ambipar Holdings USA Inc. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Custom Environmental Services Inc, (“CES”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

CES was founded in 1998 and is an environmental services contractor with a team of experienced professionals. The company is specializing in emergency response, environmental services, abatement, and industrial vacuum services and our hands-on approach, rapid response, and focus on safety and prevention allow companies to be confident when using us for their contracting, compliance, and cleanup needs.

7.5. JM Serviços

In January 2021, the Company acquired 70% of the capital of JM Serviços Integrados Ltda (“JM Serviços”). Founded in 2002, JM Serviços specializes in emergencies in the railway modal and serves the southern region of the country.

7.6. Lacerda & Lacerda

In January 2021, the Company acquired 70% of the capital of Lacerda & Lacerda Serviços de Transporte e Emergências Ambientais Ltda (“Lacerda & Lacerda”). Founded in 1999, Lacerda & Lacerda is specialized in emergency care services, emergency care for chemical products, provision of technical and advisory services in road transport of cargo, provision of cargo removal services with the supply of materials and construction and provision of training and instruction on accident prevention aimed at safety in its various modalities, road transport of dangerous products and waste management in the state of Minas Gerais.

7.7. MDTec Engenharia

In January 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the capital of MDTec Engenharia e Serviços Ltda (“MDTec Engenharia”). Founded in 2017, MDTec Engenharia specializes in emergency response services for road ducts.

F-113

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

7.8. Enviroclear

On February 4, 2021, Ambipar Holdings (UK) Limited, entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital of Enviroclear Site Services Limited (“Enviroclear”).

Enviroclear was founded in 2000 and its main line of business activity is the total waste management service of all waste streams, including both liquids and solid hazardous and nonhazardous waste streams.

The acquisition consolidates the group’s strategy of forming a service network that manages synergy in the provision of services in an integral way in the units that make up an international expansion of Ambipar Group.

7.9. Orion (Canada)

On January 1, 2021 Ambipar Holding Canada Inc. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Orion Environmental Services Ltd (“Orion”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

Orion is a leading supplier of environmental solutions to Western Canada for the past 25 years, providing a wide range of solutions including: Hydro-Vac Units, Track Unit Hydro Vac, Fluid Transportation, Combo Units & Straight Vacs, Semi Vacs and Steam/Pressure Washer Units.

7.10. EMS Environmental

On June 25, 2021, Ambipar Holdings USA Inc. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Environmental Management Services Inc. (“EMS”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

EMS, founded in 1979 is an environmental service company specializing in comprehensive wastewater and drinking water utility management.

7.11. Controlpar

On February 2, 2021 Emergência Participações S.A. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of ControlPar Participações S.A. (“ControlPar”) to acquire 70% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

Additionally, on February 2, 2021 Emergência Participações S.A. and the shareholders of ControlPar, enter into a Shareholder agreement, in which among others matters, states that the non-controlling shareholders of ControlPar have a put option from January, 2027 to sell their total shares (30%) to Emergência Participações S.A. and Emergência Participações S.A. has a call option from January, 2025 to buy the total shares from the shareholders. Such Shareholder agreement was one and the final precedent conditions to the closing date of the business combination.

ControlPar was founded in 2008 and is a holding company that controlls 6 companies operating with environmental services, focussed on accident prevention, risk assessment and mitigation for environmental damage, such as: Environmental Licensing, Deployment of Environmental Programs, Geotechnology, Aerial Surveys, Oceanography, Hydrography, Computational Modeling, Management Systems (Environmental and Land), Industrial Environment.

7.12. SWAT

On July 6, 2021 Ambipar Holdings USA Inc entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of SWAT Consulting Inc (“SWAT”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

F-114

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

SWAT was founded in 2002 initially as an emergency spill response company, has grown into a multi-disciplinary team of environmental professionals providing innovative environmental services for the energy sector, construction, and transportation industries.

SWAT specializes in emergency spill response and emergency management, focusing on containment and recovery and management of the full scope of associated assessment, remediation, reclamation, terrestrial and aquatic ecology assessment and management, wildlife handling and management, and wetland assessment scopes.

7.13. PERS

On July 30, 2021 Ambipar Holdings USA Inc. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Arrowdale I, LLC. (“PERS”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

PERS was founded in 1989 and is a limited liability company primarily engaged in providing U.S. DOT regulatory compliance services, including providing shipping papers and safety data sheets, hazardous materials training programs and materials, third party administrator services for drug and alcohol testing programs, and after-hours call center for propane service companies, and an after-hour call center for emergency response and incident mitigation information to first responders and government agencies.

7.14. SABI

On July 4, 2021 Suatrans Chile S.A. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of SABI Tech S.A.S (“SABI”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

SABI has been operating for 17 years in services provision focused on responding to environmental emergencies in the road modal. It has 14 operational bases in Colombia, strategically located on the main routes and in points with a history of accidents.

7.15. Fênix Emergências

In August 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the capital of Fênix Emergencias Ambientais Ltda (“Fênix”). Founded in 2014, Fênix is specialized in emergency care services, emergency care for chemical products, provision of technical services and advice on road freight transport, provision of cargo removal services with the supply of materials and labor and providing training and instruction on accident prevention aimed at safety in its various modalities, road transport of dangerous products and waste management in the state of Rio de Janeiro.

7.16. APW Ambiental

In August 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the capital of APW Ambiental e Transporte Ltda. (“APW Environmental”). Founded in 2000, APW specializes in emergency response services, emergency service for chemicals, provision of cargo removal services with the supply of materials and labor, and road transport of hazardous products and waste management in the state. from Rio de Janeiro.

7.17. Emerge

On September 1, 2021 Ambipar Holding Canada Inc. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Emerge Hydrovac Inc. (“Emerge”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

Emerge operates in environmental emergencies and industrial services, focusing on road and industrial modalities. It has 3 operational bases in the states of British Columbia and Alberta, in Canada, offering a wide array of hydrovac services.

F-115

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

7.18. Lynx

On September 1, 2021 Ambipar Holding Canada Inc. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Lynx Creek Industrial & Hydrovac Ltd. (“Lynx”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

With 11 years of know-how, Lynx operates in environmental emergencies and industrial services, with a focus on modal, road and industrial. It has an operational base in the state of British Columbia in Canada and has earned 4.5 million Canadian dollars in the last 12 months.

7.19. Lehane

On September 17, 2021 Ambipar Holding Ireland Limited. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Drain Patrol Environmental & Industrial Services Limited. (“Lehane”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

Lehane was founded in 1976 and brings a valuable asset to environmental projects or maintenance activities, by providing multiple services, from Hazardous Waste Disposal, Tank Cleaning to Emergency Response to spills, it eliminates the extra expense associated by using multiple vendors.

2020

​	Response								​	​
Assets and liabilities acquired at fair value (*)	Allied		Intracoastal		One Stop		CES		TOTAL
Current assets	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Cash and cash equivalentes	​	1.021	​	3.492	​	1.898	​	175	​	6.586
Trade and other receivables	​	2.543	​	5.143	​	9.588	​	1.432	​	18.706
Inventories	​	—	​	11	​	—	​	1.190	​	1.201
Related parties loans	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—
Other accounts receivables	​	1	​	386	​	466	​	289	​	1.142
Non-current assets	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Deferred taxes	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—
Other accounts receivables	​	—	​	—	​	362	​	76	​	438
Investiments	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—
Property, Plant and Equipment	​	2.432	​	3.971	​	4.138	​	201	​	10.742
Intangible assets	​	—	​	12	​	—	​	—	​	12
Current liabilities	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Trade and other payables	​	(287)	​	(273)	​	(1.668)	​	(15.382)	​	(17.610)
Loans and Financing	​	—	​	—	​	(142)	​	681	​	539
Labor Obligation	​	(15)	​	(2)	​	(238)	​	(29)	​	(284)
Current income tax payable	​	(105)	​	—	​	—	​	(63)	​	(168)
Related parties loans	​	—	​	(14.923)	​	(12.982)	​	(12.159)	​	(40.064)
Other liabilities	​	(3)	​	—	​	(294)	​	(4)	​	(301)

F-116

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	Response								​	​
Assets and liabilities acquired at fair value (*)	Allied		Intracoastal		One Stop		CES		TOTAL
Non-current liabilities	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Loans and Financing	​	—	​	(2.481)	​	(5.187)	​	—	​	(7.668)
Trade and other payables	​	(2.366)	​	—	​	—	​	(6.639)	​	(9.005)
Total identifiable net assets (liabilities) at fair value	​	3.221	​	(4.664)	​	(4.059)	​	(30.232)	​	(35.734)
Total amount of the consideration transferred	​	43.092	​	59.985	​	28.687	​	11.092	​	142.856
(-) Cash acquired	​	(1.021)	​	(3.492)	​	(1.898)	​	(175)	​	(6.586)
(-)Assumed amount of the obligation to pay	​	(26.538)	​	(14.395)	​	(14.146)	​	(5.168)	​	(60.247)
Cash paid, net of cash received (**)	​	15.533	​	42.098	​	12.643	​	5.749	​	76.023
Determining goodwill from expected future profitability (*)	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Total amount of the consideration transferred, Net	​	43.092	​	59.985	​	28.687	​	11.092	​	142.856
Total amount of identifiable net (assets) liabilities	​	(3.221)	​	4.664	​	4.059	​	30.232	​	35.734
Goodwill paid resulting from expected future profitability	​	39.871	​	64.649	​	32.746	​	41.324	​	178.590
Date of acquisition	29/01/2020		29/09/2020		29/09/2020		31/12/2020		​	—
Control start date	01/01/2020		30/09/2020		30/09/2020		31/12/2020		​	—
Company that acquired control	Ambipar Holding USA		Ambipar Holding USA		Ambipar Holding USA		Ambipar Holding USA		​	—
Value of acquisition	USD 8.453		USD 10.634		USD 5.086		USD 1.935		​	—
Percentage acquired	100%		100%		100%		100%		​	—

(*)

On the acquisition date, although the Group assesses the base date of the initial balance sheet of the acquirees for the purpose of determining the allocation of the purchase price and goodwill (negative goodwill). These acquisitions have a final report. The goodwill for expected future profitability in 2020 was R$ 178,590 (R$ 16,658 on January 1, 2020).

(**)

In 2020, the Group spent R$76,023 on acquisitions of companies, as mentioned in the cash flow statement, in investment activities.

F-117

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

2021

​

Response

​

​

Assets and liabilities acquired at fair value (*)

Enviroclear

Orion (Canadá)

EMS Environmental

SABI

SWAT

Controlpar

PERS

Lynx

Emerge

Lehane

Others (***)

Total 2021

Current assets

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Cash and cash equivalentes

​

1.718

​

(2.548)

​

736

​

72

​

12.546

​

6.459

​

2.033

​

552

​

2.206

​

6.798

​

3.401

​

33.973

Trade and other receivables

​

22.409

​

11.165

​

3.916

​

4.489

​

1.674

​

8.338

​

471

​

6.230

​

8.746

​

6.252

​

2.055

​

75.745

Inventories

​

190

​

—

​

—

​

503

​

—

​

236

​

38

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

967

Related parties loans

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

8.933

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

246

​

9.179

​

​

983

​

2.498

​

63

​

19

​

454

​

9.584

​

7

​

—

​

24

​

1.927

​

1.223

​

16.782

Non-Current assets

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Deferred taxes

​

—

​

1.133

​

—

​

10

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

728

​

—

​

1.871

​

​

—

​

—

​

48

​

1.103

​

4

​

1.143

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

2.298

Investiments

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

4.055

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

4.055

Property, Plant and Equipment

​

32.518

​

39.685

​

1.041

​

2.322

​

3.060

​

5.787

​

199

​

6.024

​

14.077

​

24.137

​

5.933

​

134.783

Intangible assets

​

1.572

​

—

​

—

​

3.611

​

—

​

1.195

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

6.378

Current liabilities

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Trade and other payables

​

(9.269)

​

(7.377)

​

(624)

​

(1.108)

​

(586)

​

(2.719)

​

(5)

​

(2.533)

​

(3.300)

​

(2.070)

​

(874)

​

(30.465)

Loans and Financing

​

(11.857)

​

(27.550)

​

—

​

(2.095)

​

—

​

(3.396)

​

—

​

(77)

​

(21)

​

—

​

(1.119)

​

(46.115)

Labor obligation

​

(1.533)

​

(524)

​

—

​

(856)

​

—

​

(3.354)

​

(360)

​

(143)

​

—

​

—

​

(257)

​

(7.027)

Current income tax payable

​

(3.987)

​

(2.839)

​

—

​

(695)

​

22

​

(3.016)

​

(4)

​

(865)

​

(94)

​

(953)

​

(4.102)

​

(16.533)

Related parties loans

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

(122)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(239)

​

(361)

Other liabilities

​

(10.949)

​

(1.107)

​

1

​

(375)

​

(36.242)

​

(2.145)

​

(124)

​

(36)

​

—

​

(380)

​

(1.516)

​

(53.473)

Non-current liabilities

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Loans and Financing

​

(4.699)

​

(6.906)

​

—

​

(3.083)

​

—

​

(2.210)

​

—

​

(1.849)

​

(1.860)

​

—

​

—

​

(20.607)

Trade and other payables

​

(13.230)

​

(3.492)

​

—

​

(945)

​

(1.644)

​

(216)

​

—

​

(1.809)

​

(10.581)

​

—

​

—

​

(31.917)

Total identifiable net assets (liabilities) at fair value

​

3.866

​

1.538

​

5.181

​

2.972

​

(20.712)

​

28.552

​

2.255

​

5.494

​

9.197

​

36.439

​

4.751

​

79.533

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

—

Net amount of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value:

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

— Attributable to the Controlling Shareholders of the Group

​

3.866

​

1.538

​

5.181

​

2.972

​

(20.712)

​

19.986

​

2.255

​

5.494

​

9.197

​

36.439

​

4.301

​

70.517

— attributable to the non-controlling Shareholders of the Group

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

8.566

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

450

​

9.016

Total amount of the consideration transferred

​

36.534

​

72.390

​

15.006

​

13.363

​

23.201

​

61.946

​

27.144

​

18.922

​

28.300

​

51.923

​

43.624

​

392.353

(-) Cash acquired

​

(1.718)

​

2.548

​

(736)

​

(72)

​

(12.546)

​

(6.459)

​

(2.033)

​

(552)

​

(2.206)

​

(6.798)

​

(3.401)

​

(33.973)

F-118

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​

Response

​

​

Assets and liabilities acquired at fair value (*)

Enviroclear

Orion (Canadá)

EMS Environmental

SABI

SWAT

Controlpar

PERS

Lynx

Emerge

Lehane

Others (***)

Total 2021

(-) Assumed amount of the obligation to pay

​

(22.059)

​

(55.297)

​

(11.255)

​

—

​

(13.598)

​

(31.946)

​

(13.572)

​

(9.461)

​

(14.150)

​

(15.588)

​

(28.745)

​

(215.671)

Cash paid, net of cash received (**)

​

12.757

​

19.641

​

3.015

​

13.291

​

(2.943)

​

23.541

​

11.539

​

8.909

​

11.944

​

29.537

​

11.478

​

142.709

Determining goodwill from expected future profitability (*)

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Total amount of the consideration transferred, Net

​

36.534

​

72.390

​

15.006

​

13.363

​

23.201

​

61.946

​

27.144

​

18.922

​

28.300

​

51.923

​

43.624

​

392.353

Net amount of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed attributable to the Controlling Shareholders of the Group

​

(3.866)

​

(1.538)

​

(5.181)

​

(2.972)

​

20.712

​

(19.986)

​

(2.255)

​

(5.494)

​

(9.197)

​

(36.439)

​

(4.301)

​

(70.517)

Goodwill paid resulting from expected future profitability

​

32.668

​

70.852

​

9.825

​

10.391

​

43.913

​

41.960

​

24.889

​

13.428

​

19.103

​

15.484

​

39.323

​

321.836

Date of acquisition

04/02/2021

11/02/2021

25/06/2021

04/07/2021

06/07/2021

29/07/2021

30/07/2021

01/09/2021

08/09/2021

20/09/2021

(***)

​

—

​

02/2021

02/2021

06/2021

07/2021

07/2021

07/2021

07/2021

09/2021

09/2021

09/2021

(***)

​

—

Company that acquired control

Ambipar Holdings UK

Ambipar Holding Canadá

Ambipar Holding USA, Inc.

Suatrans Chile S.A.

Ambipar Holding USA, Inc.

Emergência Participações S.A.

Ambipar Holding USA, Inc.

Ambipar Holding Canadá Inc.

Ambipar Holding Canadá Inc.

Ambipar Holdings UK Limited.

Emergência Participações S.A.

​

—

Aquisition Value

£4.649

CAD 15.971

U$3.000

CLP 1.949.895

U$4.530

R$61.946

U$5.300

CAD 4.407

CAD 6.592

€8.244

R$43.624

​

—

Percentage acquired

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

70%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Controle

​

—

(*)

On the acquisition date, although the Group assesses the base date of the initial balance sheet of the acquirees for the purpose of determining the allocation of the purchase price and goodwill (negative goodwill). These acquisitions have a final report. The goodwill for expected future profitability in 2021 was R$ 321,835 (R$ 178,590 in 2020 and R$ 16,658 on January 1, 2020).

(**)

In 2021, the Group spent R$286,134 on acquisitions of companies, as mentioned in the cash flow statement, in investment activities. Of this amount, R$142,709 came from business combinations with third parties, and R$143,425 with shareholders (see note 16,6).

(***)

The information under “Others” corresponds to the following acquisitions: JM Serviços (at 12/31/2021), Lacerda & Lacerda (at 1/1/2021), MDTec Engenharia (at 01/11/2021), Fenix Emergency (at 08/06/2021) and APW Ambiental (at 08/26/2021).

F-119

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

For the year ended on December 31, 2021 and 2020, the acquired companies contributed with the following net revenue and profit to the Group’s results.

​	2021				2020
​	Net Revenue		Profit for the year		Net Revenue		Profit for the year
JM Serviços Integrados Ltda	​	15,415	​	(1,190)	​	—	​	—
Lacerda e Lacerda Serv TR Emerg Amb Ltda	​	18.040	​	7,846	​	—	​	—
MDTEC Engenharia e Serviços Ltda	​	6.851	​	(1,184)	​	—	​	—
Enviroclear Site Services Limited	​	85,412	​	3,596	​	—	​	—
Orion Environmental Services Ltd.	​	87,932	​	26,927	​	—	​	—
EMS Environmental, Inc	​	5,540	​	(532)	​	—	​	—
ControlPar Participações S.A.	​	34,301	​	4,519	​	—	​	—
Swat Consulting Inc.	​	5,780	​	(983)	​	—	​	—
Professional Emergency Resource Services	​	8.383	​	(1,042)	​	—	​	—
SABI Tech S.A.S – Suatrans Chile	​	8,587	​	(611)	​	—	​	—
Fênix Emergências Ambientais Ltda	​	754	​	538	​	—	​	—
APW Ambiental e Transporte Ltda.	​	265	​	292	​	—	​	—
Emerge Hydrovac Inc.	​	11,761	​	4,513	​	—	​	—
Lynx Creek Industrial & Hydrovac Ltd.	​	6.132	​	1,879	​	—	​	—
Lehane Environmental & Industrial Services Ltd	​	7.723	​	10,879	​	—	​	—
Allied International Emergency LLC.	​	—	​	—	​	40,535	​	4,380
IntraCoastal Invironmental, LLC	​	—	​	—	​	6,968	​	1.617
One Stop Environmental, LLC	​	—	​	—	​	21,682	​	3.487
Custom Environmental Services, INC (EUA) (*)	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—
Total	​	302,876	​	55,447	​	69,185	​	9,484

(*)

see note 7.4

If the above acquisitions had occurred on 1 January 2021, management estimates that combined revenue and profit for the year would have been the following:

​	2021		2020
Net Revenue	​	1,003,206	​	459,392
Profit for the year	​	153,716	​	76,240

In determining these amounts, management has assumed that the fair value adjustments, if any, determined provisionally, that arose on the date of acquisition would have been the same if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2021. The information presented above is not intended to indicate expected results in future years, being only shown for informational purposes.

F-120

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Non-controlling interest

The shareholders’ equity of the acquired companies, attributed to non-controlling companies, is composed of:

​	2021
​	Valor		%
Controlpar	​	8,566	​	30
JM Serviços	​	1,853	​	30
Lacerda & Lacerda	​	(1,403)	​	30
Total	​	9,016	​	​

The group has chosen to recognise the non-controlling interest at its fair value for these acquisitions. The fair value of the non-controlling interest in Controlpar Participações S.A., JM Serviços Integrados Ltda, Lacerda & Lacerda Serviços de Transporte e Emergências Ambientais Ltda, MDTec Engenharia e Serviços Ltda, Fênix Emergencias Ambientais Ltda and APW Ambientale transporte Ltda, all of them unlisted companies, were estimated using the same criteria as to recognize the controlling interest at fair value, which was applying the discounted cash flow method to determine the economic value of each acquirees.

To determine the economic value, the following steps are observed:

a.   Projection of companies’ free cash flow;

b.   Determination of discount rates;

c.   Determination and calculation of goodwill;

d.   Estimate of the perpetuity of the business;

However, there are subjective variables used in the calculations and sometimes reflected in the indexes and rates applied, which significantly affect the value of the business and it is necessary to make this known to the interested parties.

Goodwill

Management considered that most of the acquisitions performed by Response have a purpose of increasing market share and geographical presence. The response segment usually operates with emergency services, where being close to the customers is very important for a good performance of the services. Therefore, goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of acquisition over the acquirer’s fair value of assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.

Customer relationship

The Company considered that the customer relationships do not consist of relevant asset for the acquisitions because the acquiree did not present at the acquisition date contracts with customers that present a term long enough or large recurrence of services contracted by a customer that could present significant benefit to the acquirer. Most of the contracts with customers and relationship with customers refer to regional contracts with clients that are located on the geographical area of the acquiree. Aligned with the rationale presented on the section of “Brand” above, the acquirees mostly refers to small entities and have limited capabilities of retaining significant clients. The capability is improved by the acquiree from the moment that Response obtains its control, by applying the processes and skills of Ambipar Group.

The main motivation for the acquisitions of the Company refer to increase of market share on different geographical areas. All the acquisitions identified goodwill on the analyzed transactions. The Company

F-121

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

understands that this amount goodwill presented above refers mostly to the expectation of benefits arising from the increase of market share that motivated the purchases.

Workforce

The Company did not identify an asset referring to workforce and work qualifications since the acquirees do not demonstrate competitive advantage on the market. The workers do not have proven specific training, needed for the rendering of the services provided by the acquirees. Also, the high turnover rates contribute for the non-significancy of the workforce on the acquisitions analyzed.

Brand

No asset related to brand was identified in the acquisitions since the acquirees do not disclose massively its brand name on the local media and market so it does not have expressiveness that could significantly contribute generating benefits related to this potential asset.

In addition, the Company has the practice of including the Ambipar Group’s brand to all the acquirees, in order to link the new acquiree to the Ambipar Group and help it to utilize the power of Ambipar’s brand and market recognition to help it improve the operations of the acquiree.

Obligation from acquisition

The payment schedule for obligations due to investment acquisition:

Year of maturity	Combined
2022	​	134,107
2023	​	74,258
2024	​	21,043
​	​	229,408

Current	128,130
Non-current	101,278

Impairment tests

Goodwill is an asset that has an undefined useful life and must be tested annually and whenever there are indications of possible loss of value. Assets and liabilities are grouped into a single CGU (Cash Generating Unit) which is the Group itself for the purpose of impairment testing, Goodwill was allocated to this single CGU.

Any impairment loss is immediately recorded as a loss in the statement of income and is not subject to a subsequent reversal.

The Group used the value-in-use method to carry out the impairment test. For the entire CGU, a 5-years projection period was considered, with growth in perpetuity, in addition to observing the financial budgets prepared by Management to start the projection of cash flows.

Cash flows were discounted to present value through the application of the rate determined by the Weighted Average Capital Cost (WACC), which was calculated using the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) method, also considering several components of financing, debt and equity used by the Group to finance its activities.

F-122

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

As a result of the impairment test, as of December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and January 1, 2020, and evaluating the scenario that there have been no changes in significant risk variables and the used future cash flow assumptions of the acquired businesses since the last closing of the annual combined financial statements, no losses have been identified for the CGU in which the goodwill is allocated.

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs at estimated value were its book value at the amount of R$ 905,105 (R$ 320,256 as of December 31, 2020). The Administration that foresees that the two hypotheses of alteration are reasonably possible.

8. Property, plant and equipment

(a)

Breakdown and changes

Changes in property, plant and equipment are as follows:

F-123

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	December 31, 2021
​	Buildings		Facilities		Machinery and equipment		IT equipment		Furniture and fixtures		Vehicles		Leasehold improvements		Works in progress		Vessels		Right-of- use assets		Other		Total
Cost	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Opening balance	​	1,566	​	153	​	88,963	​	3,185	​	3,561	​	70,905	​	6,631	​	4,562	​	5,132	​	24,559	​	2	​	209,219
Transfers	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—
Additions	​	63	​	1	​	32,915	​	1,290	​	210	​	35,742	​	186	​	41,822	​	818	​	28,742	​	—	​	141,789
Write-offs	​	(2,638)	​	(366)	​	(10,379)	​	(252)	​	(117)	​	(5,912)	​	—	​	(75)	​	(20)	​	—	​	(2)	​	(19,761)
Business combination (*)	​	20,163	​	441	​	84,795	​	2,276	​	3,192	​	165,078	​	3,255	​	132	​	—	​	3,851	​	—	​	283,183
Exchange-rate change	​	1,558	​	—	​	1,690	​	4	​	269	​	(143)	​	156	​	—	​	154	​	(1,166)	​	—	​	2,522
Balance	​	20,712	​	229	​	197,984	​	6,503	​	7,115	​	265,670	​	10,228	​	46,441	​	6,084	​	55,986	​	—	​	616,952
Accumulated depreciation	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Opening balance	​	(1,091)	​	(44)	​	(52,829)	​	(1,404)	​	(2,917)	​	(30,557)	​	(1,487)	​	—	​	(1,623)	​	(14,484)	​	(2)	​	(106,438)
Depreciation	​	(756)	​	(17)	​	(15,532)	​	(785)	​	(330)	​	(32,548)	​	(1,418)	​	—	​	(201)	​	(8,456)	​	—	​	(60,043)
Write-offs	​	18	​	416	​	12,176	​	252	​	47	​	11,580	​	108	​	—	​	960	​	1,025	​	2	​	26,584
Business combination (*)	​	(4,238)	​	(419)	​	(42,688)	​	(1,156)	​	(1,789)	​	(91,891)	​	(2,369)	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(144,550)
Exchange-rate change	​	116	​	—	​	(2,351)	​	(6)	​	(243)	​	667	​	(123)	​	—	​	(99)	​	1,155	​	—	​	(884)
Balance	​	(5,951)	​	(64)	​	(101,224)	​	(3,099)	​	(5,232)	​	(142,749)	​	(5,289)	​	—	​	(963)	​	(20,760)	​	—	​	(285,331)
Cost	​	20,712	​	229	​	197,984	​	6,503	​	7,115	​	265,670	​	10,228	​	46,441	​	6,084	​	55,986	​	—	​	616,952
Depreciation and amortization	​	(5,951)	​	(64)	​	(101,224)	​	(3,099)	​	(5,232)	​	(142,749)	​	(5,289)	​	—	​	(963)	​	(20,760)	​	—	​	(285,331)
​	​	14,761	​	165	​	96,760	​	3,404	​	1,883	​	122,921	​	4,939	​	46,441	​	5,121	​	35,226	​	—	​	331,621

(*)

purchase of investees conforms informed in note 7.

F-124

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	December 31, 2020
​	Buildings		Facilities		Machinery and equipment		IT equipment		Furniture and fixtures		Vehicles		Leasehold improvements		Works in progress		Vessels		Right-of- use assets		Other		Total
Cost	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Opening balance	​	1,102	​	135	​	57,403	​	1,590	​	1,032	​	32,828	​	6,421	​	438	​	2,607	​	13,903	​	—	​	117,459
Additions	​	83	​	18	​	13,068	​	1,356	​	192	​	26,171	​	28	​	4,124	​	625	​	8,464	​	—	​	54,129
Write-offs	​	—	​	—	​	(10,809)	​	—	​	(32)	​	(2,066)	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(963)	​	—	​	(13,870)
Business combination (*)	​	—	​	—	​	18,476	​	170	​	2,202	​	14,531	​	186	​	—	​	2,062	​	—	​	2	​	37,629
Exchange-rate change	​	381	​	—	​	10,825	​	69	​	167	​	(559)	​	(4)	​	—	​	(162)	​	3,155	​	—	​	13,872
Balance	​	1,566	​	153	​	88,963	​	3,185	​	3,561	​	70,905	​	6,631	​	4,562	​	5,132	​	24,559	​	2	​	209,219
Accumulated depreciation	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Opening balance	​	(691)	​	(17)	​	(38,990)	​	(943)	​	(673)	​	(15,857)	​	(45)	​	—	​	(144)	​	(10,375)	​	—	​	(67,735)
Depreciation	​	(186)	​	(27)	​	(11,572)	​	(289)	​	(91)	​	(7,216)	​	(1,275)	​	—	​	(152)	​	(1,479)	​	—	​	(22,467)
Write-offs	​	10	​	—	​	16,312	​	—	​	43	​	2,830	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	1,040	​	—	​	20,235
Business combination (*)	​	—	​	—	​	(12,516)	​	(119)	​	(2,070)	​	(10,568)	​	(169)	​	—	​	(1,442)	​	—	​	(2)	​	(26,886)
Exchange-rate change	​	(224)	​	—	​	(5,883)	​	(53)	​	(126)	​	254	​	2	​	—	​	115	​	(3,670)	​	—	​	(9,585)
Balance	​	(1,091)	​	(44)	​	(52,829)	​	(1,404)	​	(2,917)	​	(30,557)	​	(1,487)	​	—	​	(1,623)	​	(14,484)	​	(2)	​	(106,438)
Cost	​	1,566	​	153	​	88,963	​	3,185	​	3,561	​	70,905	​	6,631	​	4,562	​	5,132	​	24,559	​	2	​	209,219
Depreciation and amortization	​	(1,091)	​	(44)	​	(52,829)	​	(1,404)	​	(2,917)	​	(30,557)	​	(1,487)	​	—	​	(1,623)	​	(14,484)	​	(2)	​	(106,438)
​	​	475	​	109	​	36,134	​	1,781	​	644	​	40,348	​	5,144	​	4,562	​	3,509	​	10,075	​	—	​	102,781

(*)

purchase of investees conforms informed in note 7.

F-125

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

(b) Rates of depreciation

The depreciation rates are as follows:

Assets	Useful life (in years)		Annual weighted average rate (%)
Leasehold improvements	​	3 – 10	​	19,08
Buildings	​	10 – 25	​	4,00
Vessels	​	18 – 20	​	5,25
Tools	​	5 – 10	​	15,00
Equipment	​	3 – 10	​	21,44
Facilities	​	3 – 10	​	14,17
Software license	​	5	​	21,90
Machinery and equipment	​	3 – 10	​	15,75
Machinery and equipment – fleets	​	2,5 – 10	​	19,60
Furniture and fixtures	​	3 – 10	​	14,07
Software	​	3 – 5	​	20,00
Vehicles	​	3 – 25	​	21,33
Vehicles – Fleet	​	4 – 30	​	14,83

(c) PPE held as collateral

As of December 31, 2021, the amount of R$ 66,331 (R$ 48,192 as of December 31, 2020, and R$ 19,376 as of January 1, 2020) is represented by the property, plant, and equipment in the vehicle classes (primarily represented by trucks), machinery, appliances, and equipment, which are the guarantees of the respective financing in the FINAME and Lease liabilities modality.

(d) Impairment

Management annually reviews the net book value of assets for purposes of evaluating events or changes in economic or operating circumstances that may indicate impairment or loss of its recoverable value. This evidence is detected and the net book value exceeds recoverable value, a provision for impairment is recognized to adjust net book value to the recoverable value.

The recoverable value of an asset is defined as the lower of its book value and its value in use. The value-in-use calculation is based on the discounted cash flow model, considering a single CGU that is the Group itself. The business growth assumptions are based on the annual budget for 2021 and the long-term projections of its subsidiaries. Estimated future cash flows were discounted at the rate equivalent to average weighted cost of capital. The fair value measurement was categorized as a Level 3 fair value based on the inputs in the valuation technique used.

The key assumptions used in the estimation of the recoverable amount are set out below. The values assigned to the key assumptions represent management’s assessment of future trends in the relevant industries and have been based on historical data from both external and internal sources.

In percent	%
Discount rate	​	20,19
Terminal value growth rate	​	3,4

F-126

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

The discount rate was a post-tax measure estimated based on the historical industry average weighted-average cost of capital.

Estimated EBITDA was projected considering histories and forecasts as follows:

•

CGU’s revenues include service provision. Revenue growth was projected considering economic recovery and price increases/decreases based on inflation estimates;

•

Operating costs and expenses were projected considering the historical performance of the CGU and the trends in personnel cost readjustments and investments in the structure; and

•

Capital expenditures were estimated considering the maintenance of existing infrastructure, machinery, equipment, and vehicles for continuous operation and compliance with client contracts.

For the years ended on December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and January 1, 2020, the estimated amount of value in use exceeded the carrying amount.

(e) Leasehold improvements

Leasehold improvements comprise improvements made on third parties properties and are substantially related to the lease liabilities agreement for the use of properties in Nova Odessa/SP and the Group’s headquarters in São Paulo/SP with a related company of the Group, which owns the property, for a period of five years, signed in 2021.

(f) Right-of-use assets

​

Opening balance on January 1, 2021

Business Combination

New agreements

Depreciation

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net value

Right-of-use

​

10,075

​

3,851

​

28,601

​

(7,301)

​

55,986

​

(20,760)

​

35,226

​

​

10,075

​

3,851

​

28,601

​

(7,301)

​

55,986

​

(20,760)

​

35,226

​

Opening balance on January 1, 2020

Business Combination

New agreements

Depreciation

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net value

Right-of-use

​

3,528

​

—

​

9,177

​

(2,630)

​

24,559

​

(14,484)

​

10,075

​

​

3,528

​

—

​

9,177

​

(2,630)

​

24,559

​

(14,484)

​

10,075

They mainly refer to properties and fleets that are leased from third parties for an average period of 5 years for the conduct of the Group’s business in various locations in the country. As of September 2021, the lease liabilities agreement began with related parties for the properties in Nova Odessa/SP and the Group’s headquarters in São Paulo/SP, which are subject to market conditions.

F-127

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

9. Intangible assets

(a) Breakdown and changes

Changes in intangible assets are as follows:

​

​

​

Combined – December 31, 2021

​

Trademarks and patents

Software

Client portfolio

Goodwill

Others

Research and development

Total

Cost

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Opening balance

​

1,087

​

2,454

​

351

​

221,466

​

853

​

221

​

226,432

Additions

​

139

​

1,683

​

—

​

321,836

​

—

​

—

​

323,658

Write-offs

​

—

​

(455)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(232)

​

(687)

Business combination

​

1,089

​

5,594

​

1,800

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

8,483

Exchange-rate change

​

—

​

77

​

(77)

​

41,591

​

—

​

11

​

41,602

Closing balance

​

2,315

​

9,353

​

2,074

​

584,893

​

853

​

—

​

599,488

Accumulated amortization

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Opening balances

​

—

​

(1,615)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(210)

​

(1,825)

Amortization

​

—

​

(120)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(120)

Write-offs

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

219

​

219

Business combination

​

—

​

(1,877)

​

(228)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(2,105)

Exchange-rate change

​

—

​

(280)

​

10

​

—

​

—

​

(9)

​

(279)

Closing balances

​

—

​

(3,892)

​

(218)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(4,110)

Cost

​

2,315

​

9,353

​

2,074

​

584,893

​

853

​

—

​

599,488

Accumulated amortization

​

—

​

(3,892)

​

(218)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(4,110)

​

​

2,315

​

5,461

​

1,856

​

584,893

​

853

​

—

​

595,378

​

​

​

Combined – December 31, 2020

​

Trademarks and patents

Right-of- use of software

Client portfolio

Goodwill

Others

Research and development

Total

Cost

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Opening balance

​

1,417

​

1,123

​

351

​

41,244

​

853

​

—

​

44,988

Transfers

​

(1,196)

​

1,196

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

Additions

​

314

​

49

​

—

​

178,590

​

—

​

—

​

178,953

Initial assets

​

—

​

64

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

240

​

304

Exchange-rate change

​

552

​

22

​

—

​

1,632

​

—

​

(19)

​

2,187

Closing balance

​

1,087

​

2,454

​

351

​

221,466

​

853

​

221

​

226,432

Accumulated amortization

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Opening balances

​

—

​

(1,106)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(1,106)

Amortization

​

—

​

(52)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(52)

Initial assets

​

—

​

(64)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(228)

​

(292)

F-128

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	​	​	Combined – December 31, 2020
​	Trademarks and patents		Right-of- use of software		Client portfolio		Goodwill		Others		Research and development		Total
Exchange-rate change	​	—	​	(393)	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	18	​	(375)
Closing balances	​	—	​	(1,615)	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(210)	​	(1,825)
Cost	​	1,087	​	2,454	​	351	���	221,466	​	853	​	221	​	226,432
Accumulated amortization	​	—	​	(1,615)	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(210)	​	(1,825)
​	​	1,087	​	839	​	351	​	221,466	​	853	​	11	​	224,607

Carrying amounts	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Indefinite life	​	588,061	​	223,406
Definite life	​	7,317	​	1,201
​	​	595.378	​	224.607

(b) Rates of amortization

The amortization rates are as follows:

Assets	Useful life (in years)		Annual amortization rate (%)
Trademarks and patents (*)	​	​	​	​
Right-of-use of software	​	5	​	20%
Research and development	​	2	​	50%
Goodwill (*)	​	​	​	​
Client portfolio	​	2	​	50%

(*)

Undefined useful life.

(c) Impairment

Management annually reviews the net book value of assets for purposes of evaluating events or changes in economic or operating circumstances that may indicate impairment or loss of its recoverable value described in the note 8 (d).

F-129

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

10. Loans and financing

10.1.Breakdown

​

​

​

​

Combined

​

​

​

​

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

January 1, 2020

Description

Financial charges – % p,a, (*)

Maturity

Current

Non- current

Current

Non- current

Current

Non- current

Working capital

​

9,02

July 2026

​

44,181

​

44,792

​

6,701

​

18,798

​

10,379

​

3,864

Investment financing

​

10,64

June 2027

​

14,973

​

46,028

​

8,422

​

39,372

​

3,692

​

15,393

Financial leases liabilities

​

7,98

November 2025

​

1,601

​

3,729

​

93

​

305

​

216

​

75

​

​

​

​

​

60,755

​

94,549

​

15,216

​

58,475

​

14,287

​

19,332

(*)

Effective weighted average annual cost of interest on December 31, 2021.

10.2. Description

(i)

Working capital:   working capital operations are fixed at a weighted average rate of 9,02% p.a., and mature from January 2022 to July 2026;

(ii)

Investment financing (FINAME):   acquisition of heavy vehicles and machinery used for the operations of the subsidiaries. The contracts have a fixed rate with a weighted average of 10,64% p.a., with monthly amortization and the last installment due in June 2027; and

(iii)

Financial:   fixed-rate contracts with a weighted average of 7,98% p.a., monthly amortization and the last installment due in November 2025.

10.3. Reconciliation of movements of liabilities to cash flows arising from financing activities

​	(R$)
Balance at January 1, 2021	​	73,691
Borrowing	​	50,620
Interest expense	​	7,454
Principal paid	​	(52,152)
Interest paid	​	(5,985)
Business Combination	​	59,456
Cash for asset acquisition – non-cash event	​	19,818
The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates	​	2,402
Balance at December 31, 2021	​	155,304

F-130

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	(R$)
Balance at January 1, 2020	​	33,619
Borrowing	​	22,415
Interest expense	​	3,186
Principal paid	​	(23,547)
Interest paid	​	(2,722)
Business Combination	​	7,129
Cash for asset acquisition – non-cash event	​	32,491
The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates	​	1,120
Balance at December 31, 2020	​	73,691

Loan and financing agreements do not have restrictive clauses.

10.4. Payment schedule of installments of non-current liabilities

Year of maturity:	Combined 2021
2022	​	—
2023	​	33,264
2024	​	28,137
2025	​	23,743
2026	​	9,405
​	​	94,549

10.5. Guarantees

Financing with FINAME funds is guaranteed by the financed assets and was raised essentially for the creation of a vehicle fleet for the subsidiaries’ operations. This financing occurs through accredited financial institutions, for the production and acquisition of new machines and equipment, nationally manufactured, accredited in the Brazilian Bank for Economic and Social Development (BNDES).

Working capital loans are guaranteed by the Group’s shareholders’ guarantees.

11. Trade and other payables

​	Combined
​	Current
​	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		January 1, 2020
Trade payables – supply chain financing arrangement – domestic operations	​	1,145	​	6	​	970
Trade payables – supply chain financing arrangement – foreign operations	​	38,428	​	20,168	​	5,509
​	​	39,573	​	20,174	​	6,479

F-131

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

12. Tax payable

12.1. Current income tax payable

​	Combined
​	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		January 1, 2020
Income tax	​	6,490	​	1,562	​	1,638
Social contribution	​	382	​	75	​	256
​	​	6,872	​	1,637	​	1,894

12.2. Other tax payable

​	Combined
​	December 31, 2021				December 31, 2020				January 1, 2020
​	Current		Non- current		Current		Non- current		Current		Non- current
PIS	​	668	​	—	​	488	​	—	​	170	​	—
COFINS	​	3,075	​	—	​	2,248	​	—	​	1,694	​	—
ICMS	​	75	​	—	​	57	​	—	​	—	​	—
ISS	​	583	​	—	​	298	​	—	​	581	​	—
IVA	​	8,433	​	—	​	8,294	​	—	​	2,560	​	—
Other taxes	​	4,331	​	—	​	9	​	—	​	29	​	—
Installment	​	13	​	4,065	​	—	​	—	​	2,035	​	7,446
IRRF	​	500	​	—	​	24	​	—	​	52	​	—
​	​	17,678	​	4,065	​	11,418	​	—	​	7,121	​	7,446

12.3. Installments

Special Tax Regularization Program (PERT) — Law 13496/2017

Response Group adhered to PERT (Federal Taxes to be Recovered) on August 30, 2017. The balances of taxes is due until April 2017, within the scope of the Attorney’s Office, were paid in up to 150 installments, with the amount of the installments in the first 5 months corresponding to 5% of the debt and the remaining balance in 145 installments. The installment correction index is the Selic.

Additionally, PM 783/17 was converted into Law 13496/17 on October 25, 2017, including a new installment payment method, where there is the possibility of using tax losses and negative basis of Social Contribution on Net Income — CSLL to deduct the combined debt within the scope of the Brazilian Federal Revenue Service.

The effects of adhering to PERT were recognized at the time of debt consolidation by the Federal Revenue Service of Brazil and the Attorney’s Office of the National Treasury, which occurred in December 2018, which is considered by Management the approval of the installment plan.

In August 2020, the Response Group settled the PERT-type installments.

F-132

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Balance of installment payments as of December 31, 2021

The balance of installments as of December 31, 2021, comes basically from subsidiaries, and is composed as follows:

​	Combined
​	2021
​	Current		Non-current
Simples national	​	—	​	1,285
Other PGFN debits	​	—	​	2,056
Social Security – RFB	​	—	​	139
Social Security – PGFN	​	—	​	328
Installment payment – INSS	​	13	​	124
PIS installment payment	​	—	​	20
COFINS Installment	​	—	​	94
Installment payment – IRRF	​	—	​	13
Other	​	—	​	6
​	​	13	​	4,065

13. Leases liabilities

13.1. Right-of-use assets

Right-of-use assets related to leased properties that do not meet the definition of investment property are presented as property, plant and equipment (see Note 8 (f)).

13.2. Leases liabilities

​	Combined
​	Lease liabilities		Unwinding interest from lease agreements		Net lease liability
Opening balance as of January 1, 2021	​	10,070	​	(1.129)	​	8,941
Additions	​	25,414	​	(4,133)	​	21,281
Business combination	​	4,716	​	(864)	​	3,852
Paymen – s – Principal	​	(6,820)	​	—	​	(6,820)
Interest payment	​	(573)	​	—	​	(573)
Interest appropriation	​	—	​	1,180	​	1,180
Exchange-rate change	​	3,806	​	—	​	3,806
Balance at December 31, 2021	​	36,613	​	(4,946)	​	31,667
Current	​	11,599	​	(1,964)	​	9,635
Non-current	​	25,014	​	(2,982)	​	22,032

F-133

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	Combined
​	Lease liabilities		Unwinding interest from lease agreements		Net lease liability
Opening balance as of January 1, 2020	​	4,367	​	(112)	​	4,255
Additions	​	1,709	​	(1,183)	​	526
Business combination	​	7,208	​	(280)	​	6,928
Paymen – s – Principal	​	(3,957)	​	—	​	(3,957)
Interest payment	​	(183)	​	—	​	(183)
Interest appropriation	​	—	​	446	​	446
Exchange-rate change	​	926	​	—	​	926
Balance at December 31, 2020	​	10,070	​	(1,129)	​	8,941
Current	​	3,645	​	(511)	​	3,134
Non-current	​	6,425	​	(618)	​	5,807

It is due to the lease liability, measured at the present value of lease payments expected until the end of the contract, projected at the real rate and discounted at the nominal rate, considering possible renewals or cancellations. Lease liabilities are recorded under “Lease liabilities” — in current and non-current liabilities.

The lease payments maturity analysis was settled out in note 3.4.24.1 (c) showing the undiscounted lease payments to be received after the reporting date.

14. Provision for contingencies and judicial deposits

14.1. Breakdown

As of December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and January 1, 2020, the subsidiaries had the following liabilities, and corresponding judicial deposits, related to contingencies:

​

Combined

​

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

January 1, 2020

​

Judicial deposits

Provision for contingencies

Judicial deposits

Provision for contingencies

Judicial deposits

Provision for contingencies

Probable contingencies:

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Labor and social security contingencies

​

147

​

181

​

407

​

546

​

711

​

1,020

​

​

147

​

181

​

407

​

546

​

711

​

1,020

The Group is a party to labor, social security and civil lawsuits and has been discussing these matters in both the administrative and judicial scopes and, when applicable, said lawsuits are mostly backed by appeal-related judicial deposits.

The respective provisions for contingencies were set up considering the estimates made by the legal advisors, for lawsuits whose likelihood of loss in the respective outcomes was assessed as ‘probable’.

Company Management believes that resolving these issues will not have an effect significantly different from the provisioned amount.

F-134

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

14.2. Rollforward of provision for contingencies

Changes in provision for contingencies as of December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and January 1, 2020 are as follows:

​	Combined
(=) Balance at January 1, 2020	​	1,020
(+) Provisions made during the year	​	468
(-) Provisions reversed during the year	​	(120)
(-) Provisions used during the year	​	(822)
(=) Balance at December 31, 2020	​	546
(+) Provisions made during the year	​	63
(-) Provisions reversed during the year	​	(26)
(-) Provisions used during the year	​	(402)
(=) Balance at December 31, 2021	​	181

14.3. Descriptions of contingencies

Labor and social security contingencies refer to lawsuits filed by former employees linked to funds arising from the employment relationship and to various claims for damages.

Civil claims refer to lawsuits filed by former suppliers and partners related to compensation for property damages arising from the commercial relationship that existed with the Group’s companies.

On December 31, 2021, Management reassessed the criteria for provision for labor contingencies considering the risk of loss in each lawsuit and started recording the estimated amount of probable loss in each request made in the lawsuits.

The Group has labor contingencies classified as a possible loss as of December 31, 2021, in the amount estimated by its legal advisors of R$ 1,517 (as of December 31, 2020, in the amount of R$ 2,067 and as of January 1, 2020, in the amount of R$ 1,606).

15. Related parties

15.1. Breakdown

The transaction with related parties in the Response Group was carried out under the following conditions:

​	Combined
​	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		January 1, 2020
Assets	​	​	​	​	​	​
Loan (non-current)	​	​	​	​	​	​
Ambipar Participações e Empreendimentos S.A.	​	4,508	​	83	​	6,051
Ambipar Environment Reverse Manufacturing S.A.	​	622	​	621	​	562
Ambipar R&D Pesquisa, Desenvolvimento Ltda	​	48	​	48	​	18
Ambipar Logistics Ltda.	​	14,477	​	14,578	​	1,782

F-135

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	Combined
​	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		January 1, 2020
Environmental ESG Participações S.A.	​	532	​	332	​	327
Ambipar Eco Products S.A.	​	2,261	​	2,207	​	1,932
Ambipar Workforce Solution Mão de Obra Temp, Ltda.	​	5,759	​	5,373	​	4,469
Ambipar Environmental Solutio – s – Soluções Ambientais Ltda.	​	5,037	​	3,689	​	1,695
Ambipar Environment Waste Logistics Ltda,	​	1,352	​	1,387	​	2,021
Amazon Resíduos Ltda.	​	127	​	—	​	—
Disal Perú S.A.C	​	3	​	—	​	—
​	​	34,726	​	28,318	​	18,857
Liabilities	​	​	​	​	​	​
Dividends payable	​	​	​	​	​	​
Controlling shareholder	​	31,154	​	—	​	—
Non-controlling shareholders	​	315	​	—	​	—
​	​	31,469	​	—	​	—
Loan (non-current)	​	​	​	​	​	​
Ambipar Participações e Empreendimentos S.A.	​	470,824	​	52,886	​	62,017
Ambipar Eco Products S.A.	​	240	​	239	​	1,077
Ambipar Environment Waste Logistics Ltda,	​	1,088	​	1,088	​	1,088
Ambipar Environmental Solutions – Soluções Ambientais Ltda.	​	61	​	—	​	—
Environmental ESG Participações S.A.	​	9,595	​	—	​	—
Disal Chile Sanitarios Portables Ltda.	​	340	​	—	​	—
Gestión de Servicios Ambientales S.A.C.	​	13	​	—	​	—
​	​	482,161	​	54,213	​	64,182
Profit or loss	​		​		​
Remuneration of key personnel	​	7,631	​	8,060	​	4,562

The remuneration of key personnel is recorded in profit or loss under labor obligation.

Loans

They comprise checking account transactions carried out exclusively between wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group’s parent company, Ambipar Participações, i.e., subsidiaries over which the parent company has full control. These transactions, whose contracts are for an indefinite period and without remuneration, are carried out and are characterized by the concept of cash centralization, i.e., single cash, aiming at better management of financial resources for the Ambipar Group.

F-136

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	Combined
​	2021		2020
Statement of income (business transactions)	​	​	​	​
Net Revenues	​	​	​	​
Disal Chile Sanitarios Portables Ltda,	​	47	​	51
Ingeniería en Sanitización S.A.	​	—	​	1
Ingeclean Perú SAC	​	—	​	7
Gestión de Servicios Ambientales SAC	​	—	​	50
Inmobiliaria e Inversiones D&G Ltda,	​	—	​	28
​	​	47	​	137
Costs	​	​	​	​
Disal Chile Sanitarios Portables Ltda,	​	—	​	(14)
Ingeniería en Sanitización S.A.	​	—	​	—
Gestión de Servicios Ambientales SAC	​	—	​	(191)
Inversiones Algarrobo S.A.	​	—	​	(296)
​	​	—	​	(501)
Net Income (loss)	​	47	​	(364)

Commercial transactions

Related parties linked to the Chilean non-controlling shareholder, which has strictly business transactions, i.e., entered into for the purpose of providing environmental services, leases, as well as providing emergency response services. For the execution of such transactions, the commercial conditions of the local market are followed.

Shared costs between companies

Part of the amount payable to the parent company Ambipar Participações comes from the sharing of costs of the shared office (Centro de Soluções Compartilhadas — CSC) that is distributed among companies in Brazil according to the revenue of each company in relation to the Group.

15.2. Remuneration of key personnel

The remuneration of all directors of the group that corresponds to short-term benefits was R$ 7,631 in 2021 (R$ 8,060 on December 31, 2020, and R$ 4,562 on January 1, 2020).

Benefits, such as vehicle use, reimbursement, travel, and others, are granted to officers, in 2021, these benefits totaled R$ 172 (R$ 199 on December 31, 2020 and R$ 356 on January 1, 2020).

In 2021, no long-term benefits, termination of employment contracts or share-based remuneration were paid.

16. Shareholders’ equity

In the context of the combined financial statements, the accounts comprising equity (capital, capital reserve, income reserve, equity adjustments, among other) usually are not significant.

Therefore, the statements of changes in equity of this combined financial information include only two items named equity attributed to controlling interests and noncontrolling interests.

F-137

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

The information disclosed in this note derives from the individual and combined financial statements of the combined companies.

16.1. Capital

Authorized capital

The Company authorized share capital consists of (in) a limited number of voting shares and (iii) a limited number of ordinary shares.

The subscribed and paid-in share capital of the Company is represented by 261,920,439, in the amount of R$261,920.

​	Share Capital (R$)
Balance, January 01, 2020	​	36,899,916
Balance, December 31, 2020	​	212,898,917
Balance, December 31, 2021	​	261,920,439

On December 31, 2020, the parent company Ambipar Participações signed with the Company a private instrument of Advance for Future Capital Increase (AFAC), in the amount of R$176,000, which refers to the corporate restructuring of the Group, to which the contracting parties attributed irrevocable and irreversible character.

In accordance with the agreement between Ambipar Participações and the Company, AFAC was converted into the share capital of Emergência Participações in January 2021, with the issue of 176,000,000 shares.

On October 5, 2021, the company approved a capital increase of R$ 49,021, with the issuance of 49,021,522 new common shares that were paid in through the transfer of all the shares of the capital stock of the investment in Ambipar Response Limited and Ambipar Howells Consultancy Limited.

16.2. Group reorganization

In 2021, the Group did a reorganization and had 100% of the capital stock of which held the control of investees: Ambipar Holding USA, Ambipar Holding Canada, Ambipar Holding UK, Ambipar Holding Ireland and Inversiones Disal which were part of the group and resulted in an impact of $326,056 in the Group’s equity, (See Note 1.2).

16.3. Profit reserves

Legal reserve

The legal reserve is set up annually by the allocation of 5% of net income for the year and may not exceed 20% of the Company’s capital.

The purpose of the legal reserve is to guarantee that the capital is paid up and it is used solely to offset losses and increase capital.

Unrealized profit reserve

The unrealized profit reserve is represented by undistributed profits, due to equity in earnings not realized in its investees. See below destination events to that unrealized profit reserve:

F-138

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Approval of 2020 profit allocations

On April 30, 2021, the Company approved in the AGO the allocation of net income verified in the fiscal year ended on December 31, 2020, corresponding to the amount of R$ 61,699, as follows: R$ 2,356 was allocated to the constitution of reserve legal and R$ 59,343 were allocated to the unrealized profit reserve.

Approval of 2021 profit allocations

Management will propose at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting (AGO) the retention of the net income for the year, after the constitution of the legal reserve and the minimum mandatory dividend, as “Reserve of Unrealized Profits” in the amount of R$ 93,465, which can be realized when the profits attributed to the result of the equivalence of investments are realized, for example, with the receipt of dividends from subsidiaries and joint ventures.

In the 2022 fiscal year, the Company will distribute dividends in the amount of R$ 31,140 (R$0,06 per share), as a mandatory minimum dividend for the 2021 fiscal year, with no need for a supplementary resolution.

As a result of the above, the Company’s net income was distributed as follows:

​	2021		2020
Net income for the year	​	131,117	​	61,699
Destination of the legal reserve (5%)	​	(6,559)	​	(2,356)
Distribution of income for the year	​	(31,140)	​	—
Appropriation in unrealized profit reserve	​	93,418	​	59,343

16.4. Earnings per share

As a result of the corporate reorganization of Ambipar Participações e Empreendimentos S.A. that occurred in 2020, the Company presents these combined financial statements considering Emergencia Participações S.A. as the ultimate parent company of the Group since January 1, 2021. The weighted average of the shares used to calculate the earnings per share represents the movement of the shares of Emergencia Participações S.A. in the respective exercises.

Basic

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the income attributable to the Company’s shareholders by the weighted average number of shares issued during the year, excluding those shares bought by the Company and held as treasury shares. Any dividends of preferred shares and any premiums paid upon the issue of preferred shares during the year are deducted from the income attributed to the parent company’s shareholders.

Earning per share	2021		​	2020
Earnings per share operations attributable to shareholders of the parent company before deductions	​	138,142	​	​	66,054
Number of ordinary shares	​	48,615,599	​	​	36,898,917
Basic earnings per share (in Reais)	​	2,84	��	​	1,79
Diluted earnings per share (in Reais)	​	2,84	​	​	1,79

Diluted

As of December 31, 2021, the Company has no dilution of ordinary shares.

F-139

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

16.5. Accumulated translation adjustment

It substantially refers to exchange variation on foreign investees and goodwill paid on the acquisition of businesses in other countries, whose functional currencies are different from the Company and its subsidiaries.

16.6. Capital transaction

On June 28, 2021, Emergências Participações S.A. acquired 100% of the shares of Inversiones Disal Emergencias S.A. (“Inversiones Disal Emergencias”). Inversiones Disal Emergencia is a holding company with a direct interest of 50% on Suatrans Chile S.A. and, after this transaction, the total interest of Response Group on Suatrans Chile S.A. is 100%.

​	Response Inversiones Disal Emergencias
Assets and liabilities acquired at fair value	​	​
Cash and cash equivalents	​	1,005
Other assets	​	25,650
Other liabilities	​	(326)
Total identifiable net assets	​	26,329
Total amount of consideration transferred	​	144,430
(-) Cash acquired	​	(1,005)
(-) Assumed value of the obligation to pay	​	—
Cash paid, net of cash received/receivable (*)	​	143,425

​	Response Inversiones Disal Emergencias
Determination of goodwill	​	​
Total amount of consideration, net	​	144,430
Total identifiable net assets	​	(26,329)
Goodwill paid on expected future profitability	​	118,101
Date of additional acquisition	06/28/2021
Company that acquired control	Emergência Participações S.A.
Value of acquisition	US$26,185 (thousand)
Percentage acquired	100%

(*)

In 2021, the Group spent R$286,134 on acquisitions of companies, as mentioned in the cash flow statement, in investment activities. Of this amount, R$143,425 wih shareholders and R$142,709 came from business combinations with third parties (see 2021 business combination table in note 7).

F-140

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

17. Segment reporting

Segment information is presented geographically as required by entity wide disclosures under IFRS 8.

(i) Segment net revenue by region

​	2021		2020
Net Revenue	​	​	​	​
Brazil	​	210,397	​	156,250
Latin America (Other than Brazil)	​	144,410	​	104,809
Europe	​	132,617	​	34,041
North America	​	334,779	​	69,184
Total	​	822,203	​	364,284

(ii)Segment non-current assets by region

From the total of non-current assets other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets, 31% is located in Brazil as of December 31, 2021 (2020 — 33% at Brazil). The following table presents segment non-current assets by geographical area for the periods indicated:

​	2021		2020
Net Revenue	​	​	​	​
Brazil	​	289,762	​	107,122
Latin America (Other than Brazil)	​	42,875	​	15,260
Europe	​	115,549	​	7,981
North America	​	478,813	​	197,025
Total	​	926,999	​	327,388

(iii)Major clients

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Emergency Response Services has no customer representing more than 10% of its net revenue.

18. Net Revenues

The main business activities of Response comprise prevention, management, and emergency response to accidents involving hazardous or non-hazardous products in all modes of transportation, in addition, it provides industrial firefighters who work at customer’s facilities and has the largest and most complete training field in Latin America, training employees and clients with the most complete structure focused on emergency response and management in multimodal scenarios.

The Company promises a service to the customer at the contract, which could be stand-by to support or execute a spot service. The delivery of the service is identified as the single performance obligation in the respective contract.

The nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of Response Group net revenue and cash flows may be affected by economic factors. The economic factors that most impact Response Group net revenues and cash flow are associated with geographical areas. The following table presents net revenue disaggregated by geographical area for the periods indicated.

F-141

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	Combined
​	2021		2020
Net Revenue from domestic market (*)	​	210,397	​	156,249
Net Revenue in the foreign market	​	611,806	​	208,035
Net revenue from services rendered	​	822,203	​	364,284

(*)

Revenue represented by national (Brazil) clients.

19. Costs and expenses by nature

​	Combined
​	2021		2020
Material used in the rendering of services	​	(32,036)	​	(3,314)
Personnel and labor charges	​	(317,749)	​	(162,186)
Fuels	​	(24,744)	​	(1,764)
Freight and tolls	​	(2,683)	​	(1,958)
Maintenance of machinery, appliances, equipment, and vehicles	​	(24,306)	​	(3,608)
Taxes	​	(10,099)	​	(2,698)
Rent and condominiums	​	(8,884)	​	(4,606)
Rental of goods, vehicles, machinery, and equipment	​	(14,294)	​	(3,262)
Telephony expenses	​	(2,011)	​	(1,375)
Travel expenses	​	(12,588)	​	(6,258)
Depreciation and amortization	​	(60,163)	​	(22,519)
Advertising and publicity	​	(3,399)	​	(4,415)
Third party services	​	(89,455)	​	(27,454)
Other expenses	​	(41,762)	​	(28,981)
​	​	(644,173)	​	(274,398)
Cost of services rendered	​	(618,691)	​	(256,147)
General, administrative and sale	​	(26,837)	​	(18,956)
Other operating revenues (expenses), net	​	1,355	​	705
​	​	(644,173)	​	(274,398)

F-142

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

20. Net financial income

​	Combined
​	2021		2020
Financial income	​	​	​	​
Discounts obtained	​	82	​	81
Interest charged	​	830	​	348
Revenues from interest earning bank deposit	​	3,714	​	1
Foreign-exchange income	​	5,636	​	6,481
Holding gain	​	40	​	456
Other	​	474	​	38
​	​	10,776	​	7,405

​	Combined
​	2021		2020
Financial expenses	​	​	​	​
Interest paid	​	(1,610)	​	(1,942)
Interest right of use	​	(978)	​	(291)
Interest on loans	​	(7,454)	​	(3,848)
Discounts granted	​	(830)	​	(331)
Bank expenses	​	(362)	​	(460)
IOF	​	(1,108)	​	(616)
Foreign exchange costs	​	(163)	​	(5,644)
Other	​	(299)	​	(1,351)
​	​	(12,804)	​	(14,483)
Net financial expense	​	(2,028)	​	(7,078)

21. Income tax and social contribution

(a) Breakdown of expense

​	Combined
​	2021		2020
Current income tax and social contribution	​	(23,773)	​	(11,274)
Deferred income tax and social contribution	​	(14,087)	​	(5,480)
Income tax and social contribution expense	​	(37,860)	​	(16,754)

F-143

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

(b) Reconciliation of income tax and social contribution expenses

​	Combined
​	2021		2020
Income before income tax and social contribution	​	176,002	​	82,808
Tax calculated based on current rates – 34%	​	(59,841)	​	(28,155)
Reconciliation:	​	​	​	​
Equity in net income of subsidiaries	​	—	​	—
Recognition of deferred tax loss asset	​	(8,987)	​	(847)
Permanent difference adjustments in other jurisdictions	​	38,571	​	8,416
Adjustment in Tax regime Differences	​	(4,061)	​	—
Other adjustments in temporary and permanent differences	​	(3,542)	​	3,832
Income tax and social contribution	​	(37,860)	​	(16,754)
Effective rate of income tax and social contribution – %	​	21,5%	​	20,2%

(c) Deferred income tax and social contribution

The Group records deferred income tax and social contribution payable and receivable to the extent of their realization, to reflect the future tax effects on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their respective book values, as well as a tax loss and negative social contribution basis, calculated at the combined tax rate of 34%, as well as demonstrating the basis for constituting the deferred income tax and social contribution payable, constituted taking into consideration the existing obligations in other jurisdictions, stated separately in assets and liabilities due to the fact that they are distinct tax authorities, as follows:

​	Combined
Tax bases – Assets	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		January 1, 2020
Tax loss and negative basis	​	17,962	​	5,438	​	5,262
Temporary differences in another jurisdiction	​	8,470	​	11,600	​	9,283
Income tax – 25%	​	6,608	​	4,260	​	3,636
Social contribution – 9%	​	2,379	​	1,533	​	1,310
Income tax and social contribution – assets	​	8,987	​	5,793	​	4,946

​	Combined
Tax bases – Liabilities	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		January 1, 2020
Provisions – temporary differences	​	(45,862)	​	(28,611)	​	(12,461)
Temporary differences in another jurisdiction	​	(52,384)	​	(9,397)	​	(6,629)
​	​	(98,246)	​	(38,008)	​	(19,090)
Income tax – 25%	​	(24,562)	​	(9,502)	​	(4,773)
Social contribution – 9%	​	(8,842)	​	(3,421)	​	(1,718)
Income tax and social contribution – liabilities	​	(33,404)	​	(12,923)	​	(6,491)

F-144

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

(d) Changes in deferred income tax and social contribution

​	Combined
Changes	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		January 1, 2020
Opening balance – assets, net of liabilities	​	(7,130)	​	(1,545)	​	(3,677)
Realization to statement of income	​	(14,087)	​	(5,480)	​	(701)
Other changes	​	(3,200)	​	(105)	​	2,833
Closing balance – assets, net of liabilities	​	(24,417)	​	(7,130)	​	(1,545)

(e) Realization of deferred income tax and social contribution

Realization per annum	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		January 1, 2020
2020	​	—	​	—	​	1,237
2021	​	—	​	1,448	​	1,237
2022	​	2,247	​	1,448	​	1,237
2023	​	2,247	​	1,448	​	1,235
2024	​	2,247	​	1,449	​	—
2025	​	2,246	​	—	​	—
​	​	8,987	​	5,793	​	4,946

22. Cash flow information

Investment and financing transactions that do not involve cash.

​	Combined
​	2021		2020
Acquisition of property, plant, and equipment by financing	​	19,818	​	32,491
Operational lease	​	21,281	​	526
Balance payable for acquisition of investment	​	157,397	​	77,072
Accumulated translation adjustment	​	11,626	​	10,329
Interest of non-controlling shareholders	​	(18,622)	​	5,289
Dividends payable	​	(31,155)	​	—
Capital increase with AFAC	​	176,000	​	—
Capital increase with investment receipt	​	49,021	​	—

23. Subsequent events

a) Acquisition of investment

Item	Event	Date	Description
1	Acquisition of 100% of company First Response, through its direct subsidiary Ambipar Holding Canadá Inc.	February 2022	In February 2022, the Company announced the acquisition of 100% of First Response through its direct subsidiary Ambipar Holding Canada Inc., a company founded in 2007. First Response specializes in environmental emergency response

F-145

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Item	Event	Date	Description
​	​	​	with a focus on fire, training, simulations, and outsourcing of firefighters and firefighting equipment, and is a reference in its segment. It has 8 operational bases in Canada, in the states of British Columbia and Alberta. In 2021, its net revenues amounted to 10,2 million Canadian dollars with an EBITDA of 2,1 million Canadian dollars.
2	1st Issuance of Emergency Participações S.A. debentures	February 2022	As of February 15, 2022, Emergência Participações conducted the 1st issue of simple debentures, unsecured, non-convertible into shares, in a single series with additional personal guarantee. A total of 335,500 debentures were issued, in the total amount of R$335,500, with a unit par value of R$1, with final maturity in February 2028.
3	Acquisition of 51% of the company Dracares Apoio Matítimo e Portuário Ltda.	March 2022	In March 2022, the Company announced the acquisition of a controlling interest in Dracares Apoio Marítimo e Portuário Ltda, a company specialized in offshore and onshore oil spill emergency services, operating its own vessels to combat oil spills, scouts for seismic vessels, vessels for environmental data collection and bathymetry. In 2021, it earned BRL 50 million with an Ebitda of BRL 14 million. For the Group, this acquisition: (i) allows the entry into the market of oil spill offshore and combating maritime pollution emergency services; (ii) increases the portfolio of environmental services and solutions; (iii) creates operational and administrative synergies and cross selling opportunities; aligned with its strategic growth plan, with capture of synergies and potential maximization of margins and return.
4	Acquisition of 51% of the company Flyone Service Aéreo Especializado, Comércio e Serviços Ltda.	March 2022	In March 2022, the Company announced the acquisition of a controlling interest in the company Flyone Serviço Aéreo Especializado, Comércio e Serviços Ltda., company specialized in air services for emergency response to forest fires, operating its own small, medium and large helicopters, ground support vehicles and special equipment. In 2021, it earned BRL 70 million with an EBITDA of BRL 21 million. For the Group, this acquisition: (i) allows the entry into the market of service of environmental emergences by aircraft; (ii) allows the reduction of response time for the calls of the current portfolio of customers

F-146

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Item	Event	Date	Description
​	​	​	(iii) increases the portfolio of services and environmental solutions; (iv) generates operational, administrative synergies and cross selling opportunities; in line with its strategic growth plan, with capture of synergies and potential margin maximization and return.
5	Acquisition of 51% of company RG Consultoria Técnica Ambiental S.A. (“RG Consultoria”)	March 2022	On March 18, 2022, the company acquired 51% of the share capital of the company RG Consultoria Tecnica Ambiental S.A. specialized in emergency preparedness and response in the central region of the country.
6	Acquisition of 51% of company Bioenv Análises Ambientais Ltda (“Bioenv”) througt its subsidiary Ambipar Response ES S.A.	Jun 2022	The direct subsidiary Ambipar Response ES S.A. acquired 51% of the company Bioenv Análises Ambientais Ltda (“Bioenv”). Founded in 2008, BIOENV specializes in environmental analysis and develops several monitoring projects in Brazil, including for multinational companies. Located in the municipality of Aracruz/ES, it has a base with equipped analytical laboratories that allow an environmental assessment with quality accredited by CGCRE ISO/IEC INMETRO 17025. For the Group, this acquisition: (i) allows entry into the laboratory analysis market; (ii) increases the portfolio of environmental services and solutions; (iii) generates operational and administrative synergies and cross selling opportunities; in line with its strategic growth plan, capturing synergies and potentially maximizing margins and returns.
7	Business combination with HPX Corp. (“HPX”) (NYSE: HPX).	July 2022	On July 6, 2022, the parent company Ambipar Participações e Empreendimentos S.A., informed its shareholders and the market in general that Emergencia Participações S.A. entered into a business combination agreement with HPX Corp. (“HPX”) (NYSE: HPX), a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) (“Business Combination”). With the mentioned Business Combination, the combined company is expected to have a pro-forma enterprise value of approximately R$3.1 billion, which represents an implied EV/EBITDA multiple of 11.1x based on reported EBITDA for the last twelve months ended March 31, 2022, and pro-forma implied equity value of approximately R$2.9 billion.
8	Acquisition of 100% of the company CTA Serviços em Meio Ambiente Ltda (“CTA”).	July 2022	In July, the company, through an acquisition of the controlled company CTA Serviços em meio ambiente Ltda. Founded in 1993, in Espírito Santo, CTA is a company specialized in

F-147

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Item	Event	Date	Description
​	​	​	environmental services, having as main areas of readiness and response to the preservation and protection of flora and recovery of fauna in cases of environmental accidents. With net revenues of R$21.6 million and EBITDA of R$5.0 million in the year. For the Group, this acquisition is strategic and has synergy with current operations in Brazil, Latin America, North America, and Europe, contributing to the portfolio complement as follows: (i) Allows access to the market of environmental emergencies of protection and restoration of flora and rehabilitation of fauna, Reinforcing the operational structure of emergency response of Ambipar with Rehabilitation Centers for fauna contaminated by polluting products, technical support in unified emergency command centers and support for planning, preparation and participation in simulated exercises of environmental emergencies. (ii) Increase the portfolio of services in fauna and flora consulting, with the preparation of The Protection Plans for Fauna (PPAF), associated with existing environmental monitoring services; and (iii) Create cross selling opportunities in your current customer portfolio.
9	Acquisition of 100% of the company Graham Utilities.	July 2022	In July 2022, the subsidiary Ambipar Holding Canada announced the acquisition of 100% of the company Graham Utilities, through its subsidiary Ambipar Holding Canada Inc. Founded in 2015, Graham Utilities specializes in industrial services and emergency services for the highway, has a base strategically located 12 km from a navigation channel for the Ontario River, in Belleville, a province where Ambipar was not yet present. In 2021, it had a turnover of 3.2 million Canadian dollars, equivalent to R$14.1 million, and an EBITDA of 1.5 million Canadian dollars, equivalent to R$6.6 million. For the Group, this acquisition: (i) geographically expands the Company’s presence in North America, adding another province where the Company is present; (ii) Opens the possibility of the operation of Marine services in Canada; (iii) increases the portfolio of services and scale in North America; (iv) Generates operational, administrative synergies and cross selling opportunities; in line with its strategic growth plan, with synergy capture and potential margin maximization and return.

F-148

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Item	Event	Date	Description
10	Acquisition of shareholding control of the company C-Tank	July 2022	In July 2022, the Company announced the acquisition of the shareholding control of the company C-Tank. Founded in 2015, C-Tank is a specialist in industrial and naval tank cleaning, offering onshore and offshore solutions for customers in different segments. Its operations are focused on the states of Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo and headquartered in Niterói. In 2021, C-Tank had a turnover of 41 million reais and an EBITDA of 19 million reais. This acquisition is strategic and generates synergies with Ambipar’s current operations, because: (i) allows entry into the marine tank cleaning segment; (ii) increases the portfolio of environmental services and solutions; (iii) brings operational and administrative efficiency and generates cross selling opportunities; and (iv) allows sharing of structure and team increasing the utilization rate and efficiency of assets. In line with other acquisitions, it scales and reinforces the one-stop shop model from which a single platform strengthens as a reference in environmental services.
11	Intercompany Loan Agreement between Ambipar and Emergencia	July 2022	On July 5, 2022, Ambipar and Emergencia entered into the Ambipar Intercompany Loan Agreement, pursuant to which Ambipar formalized the disbursement to Emergencia, under the abovementioned intercompany loans, of an aggregate amount of R$317,094,454,24. According to the Ambipar Intercompany Loan Agreement, Ambipar may elect, at any time prior to the termination of this agreement and at its sole discretion, to convert the amount (as expressed in Brazilian Reais) equivalent to US$50,500,000.00 into Emergencia’s equity, as consideration for the subscription and purchase of 5,050,000 New Pubco Class B Ordinary Shares at $10.00 per share pursuant to the Ambipar Subscription Agreement.
12	Acquisition of 100% of company Ridgeline Canada Inc. (“Ridgeline”), through its direct subsidiary Ambipar Holding Canadá Inc.	August 2022	Founded in 1999, Ridgeline specializes in emergency response and environmental services for companies in the oil and gas, utilities, mining and construction industries. It has 16 bases located in the provinces of British Columbia, Alberta and Saskatchewan, complementary to the current structure of Ambipar in Canada. In 2021, it had a turnover of 34.1 million Canadian dollars, equivalent to R$150.0 million, and an EBITDA of 4.2 million Canadian dollars, equivalent to

F-149

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Item	Event	Date	Description
​	​	​	R$18.5 million. For the Group, this acquisition: (i) geographically expands the Company’s presence in North America, adding new provinces in Canada where the Company was not present; (ii) increases the portfolio of environmental services offered in North America; (iii) Generates operational, administrative synergies and cross selling opportunities; in line with its strategic growth plan, with capture of synergies and potential margin maximization and return.
13	New loan agreement with ITAU BBA International PLC	August 2022	In August 2022, in order to finance the acquisition of Witt O'Brien's, Ambipar Holding USA Inc. entered into a loan agreement with Itau BBA International PLC, pursuant to which Itau BBA International PLC granted a loan to Ambipar Holding USA Inc. in the principal amount of $90.0 million, bearing interest of 6.36% p.a., to be paid in nine half-yearly installments from March 2023 to March 2027, with payment of principal due on September 13, 2027.
14	Second Issuance of Debentures	September 2022	Second Issuance of Debentures means the issuance by Emergencia, on September 20, 2022, of an aggregate principal amount of R$250.0 million in a single series of 250,000 unsecured, non-convertible debentures due September 20, 2028, pursuant to the Second Deed of Debentures. This amount was received by the Company in the first week of October 2022.
15	Acquisition of 100% of company Witt O’Brien’s, LLC (“Witt O’Brien’s”) through its direct subsidiary Ambipar Holding USA Inc.	October 2022	In October 2022, the Company announced the conclusion of the shareholding control of the company Witt O’Brien’s, LLC (“Witt O’Brien’s”), through its direct subsidiary Ambipar Holding USA Inc.. Created through the 2012 merger of O’Brien’s Response Management and Witt Associates, WOB is a global leader in the crisis and emergency management industry for blue-chip corporate clients and emergency and resilience programs for the public sector. In the corporate segment, WOB serves more than 1,200 customers and enjoys an attractive margin profile along with sustainable subscription-type revenues. Historically, this segment had a churn rate of less than 5%. Recent customers include 31 Fortune 100 companies, many of which are leaders in the oil, transportation, energy, media, and technology industries. The acquisition is consistent with Ambipar Response’s global expansion strategy and

F-150

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the combined financial statements
Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and January 1, 2020
(In thousands of Reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Item	Event	Date	Description
​	​	​	accelerates its growth in the United States. WOB has an experienced and multifunctional leadership team, which is aligned with the execution of its business plan. In addition, it has an organizational structure configured to support its growth and the integration of Ambipar Response’s existing operations in the United States.

F-151

RESPONSE GROUP

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	Note		June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Assets	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current assets	​	​	​	​	​	​
Cash and cash equivalents	​	4	​	157,230	​	118,918
Trade and other receivables	​	5	​	326,072	​	234,288
Current tax assets	​	6.1	​	6,747	​	4,895
Other tax assets	​	6.2	​	11,685	​	13,308
Prepaid expenses	​	​	​	18,086	​	1,484
Advances to suppliers	​	​	​	26,561	​	47,283
Inventories	​	​	​	13,408	​	8,781
Other accounts equivalents	​	​	​	25,539	​	24,454
Current assets	​	​	​	585,328	​	453,411
Non-current assets	​	​	​	​	​	​
Related parties loans	​	16	​	41,041	​	34,726
Deferred taxes	​	22	​	6,308	​	8,987
Judicial deposits	​	15	​	116	​	147
Other accounts receivable	​	​	​	21,521	​	6,811
Property, plant and equipment	​	8	​	421,510	​	331,621
Goodwill	​	9	​	720,300	​	584,893
Intangible assets	​	9	​	9,945	​	10,485
Total Non-current assets	​	​	​	1,220,741	​	977,670
Total assets	​	​	​	1,806,069	​	1,431,081

​	Note		June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Liabilities	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current liabilities	​	​	​	​	​	​
Loans and Financing	​	10	​	38,475	​	60,755
Debentures	​	11	​	13,409	​	—
Trade and other payables	​	12	​	51,701	​	39,573
Labor obligations	​	​	​	32,198	​	21,552
Dividends payable	​	16	​	31,469	​	31,469
Current income tax and social contribution payable	​	13	​	7,369	​	6,872
Other tax payable	​	13	​	22,273	​	17,678
Obligations from acquisition of investment	​	7	​	129,481	​	128,130
Lease liabilities	​	14	​	11,244	​	9,635
Other bills to pay	​	​	​	35,765	​	30,480
Current liabilities	​	​	​	373,384	​	346,144
Non-current liabilities	​	​	​	​	​	​
Loans and Financing	​	10	​	130,997	​	94,549
Debentures	​	11	​	330,201	​	—
Other tax expenses	​	13	​	7,626	​	4,065
Related parties loans	​	16	​	365,111	​	482,161
Deferred income tax and social contribution	​	22	​	35,832	​	33,404
Obligations from acquisition of investment	​	7	​	134,482	​	101,278
Provision for contingencies	​	15	​	129	​	181
Lease liabilities	​	14	​	22,100	​	22,032
Other bills to pay	​	​	​	19,157	​	9,349
Non-current liabilities	​	​	​	1,045,635	​	747,019
Total liabilities	​	​	​	1,419,019	​	1,093,163
Shareholders’ equity	​	​	​	​	​	​
Capital	​	​	​	261,920	​	261,920
Profit reserves	​	​	​	179,679	​	176,148
Capital transactions	​	​	​	(101,997)	​	(116,486)
Equity valuation adjustment	​	​	​	984	​	984
Accumulated translation adjustment	​	​	​	(71,994)	​	3,428
Retained earnings	​	​	​	78,285	​	—
Equity attributable to owners of the group	​	17	​	346,877	​	325,994
Non-controlling interest	​	17	​	40,173	​	11,924
Total equity	​	​	​	387,050	​	337,918
Total shareholders’ equity and liabilities	​	​	​	1,806,069	​	1,431,081

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-152

RESPONSE GROUP

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	​	​	Consolidated		Combined
​	Note		June 30, 2022		June 30, 2021
Net Revenue	​	19	​	654,526	​	334,617
Cost of services rendered	​	20	​	(520,041)	​	(251,150)
Gross profit	​	​	​	134,485	​	83,467
Selling, general and administrative expenses	​	20	​	(14,043)	​	(13,856)
Other income, net expenses	​	20	​	5,163	​	(105)
Operating expenses	​	​	​	(8,880)	​	(13,961)
Operating profit	​	​	​	125,605	​	69,506
Finance costs	​	21	​	(28,847)	​	(6,556)
Finance income	​	21	​	5,535	​	12,435
Net finance costs	​	​	​	(23,312)	​	5,879
Profit before tax	​	​	​	102,293	​	75,385
Current income tax and social contribution	​	22	​	(14,685)	​	(11,007)
Deferred income tax and social contribution	​	22	​	(5,227)	​	(11,820)
Profit for the period	​	​	​	82,381	​	52,558
Profit Attributable to:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Owners of the group	​	​	​	78,285	​	51,723
Non-controlling interests	​	​	​	4,096	​	835
Number of shares at period end	​	​	​	261,920,439	​	212,898,917
Earnings per share (basic and diluted) at the end of the year – in R$	​	​	​	0.31	​	0.25

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-153

RESPONSE GROUP

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	Consolidated		Combined
​	June 30, 2022		June 30, 2021
Profit for the period	​	82,381	​	52,558
Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:	​	​	​	​
Exchange rate change on goodwill on investee abroad	​	(1,070)	​	(217)
Accumulated translation adjustment	​	(74,352)	​	(14,584)
Other comprehensive loss for the period, net of tax	​	(75,422)	​	(14,801)
Total comprehensive income, net of taxes	​	6,959	​	37,757
Attributable to:	​	​	​	​
Owners of the group	​	78,285	​	51,723
Non-controlling interest	​	(71,326)	​	(13,966)
​	​	6,959	​	37,757

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-154

RESPONSE GROUP

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	​	​	Attributable to owners of the Group																		​	​	​	​
​	Note		Capital		Advances for future capital increase		Capital transactions		Legal reserve		Unrealized income reserve		Equity valuation adjustment		Accumulated translation adjustment		Retained earnings		Total attributable to the controlling shareholder		Non controlling interests		Total
Balances at January 1st, 2021	​	​	​	36,899	​	176,000	​	(3,458)	​	7,380	​	69,050	​	984	​	16,818	​	—	​	303,673	​	23,521	​	327,194
Advance for future capital increase	​	17,1	​	176,000	​	(176,000)	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—
Transactions with shareholders	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	(103,906)	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(103,906)	​	—	​	(103,906)
Distribution of profit from previous year	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(307)	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(307)	​	​	​	(307)
Participation of non-controllers	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(23,317)	​	(23,317)
Adjustment from previous years	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	3,470	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	3,470	​	—	​	3,470
Other comprehensive loss	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(14,801)	​	—	​	(14,801)	​	—	​	(14,801)
Net income for the period	​	17,4	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	51,723	​	51,723	​	835	​	52,558
Balance, June 30, 2021	​	​	​	212,899	​	—	​	(107,364)	​	7,380	​	72,213	​	984	​	2,017	​	51,723	​	239,852	​	1,039	​	240,891
Balance, December 31, 2021	​	​	​	261,920	​	—	​	(116,486)	​	13,939	​	162,209	​	984	​	3,428	​	—	​	325,994	​	11,924	​	337,918
Transactions with shareholders	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	14,489	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	14,489	​	—	​	14,489
Adjustment from previous years	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	3,531	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	3,531	​	​	​	3,531
Participation of non-controllers	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	24,153	​	24,153
Other comprehensive loss	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(75,422)	​	—	​	(75,422)	​	—	​	(75,422)
Net income for the period	​	17,4	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	78,285	​	78,285	​	4,096	​	82,381
As of June 30, 2022	​	​	​	261,920	​	—	​	(101,997)	​	13,939	​	165,740	​	984	​	(71,994)	​	78,285	​	346,877	​	40,173	​	387,050

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-155

RESPONSE GROUP

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow — Indirect Method
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	Consolidated		Combined
​	June 30, 2022		June 30, 2021
Cash flows from operating activities	​	​	​	​
Profit for the period	​	82,381	​	52,558
Adjustments for non-cash items	​	​	​	​
Depreciation and amortization	​	42,264	​	23,709
Expected credit losses	​	(28)	​	39
Residual value of written-off property, plant and equipment and intangible assets	​	23,433	​	3,820
Provision for contingencies	​	(144)	​	346
Income tax and social contribution – Deferred	​	5,227	​	11,820
Interest on loans and financing, debentures and exchange-rate change	​	(20,360)	​	1,758
Changes in assets and liabilities:	​	​	​	​
Accounts receivable	​	(71,614)	​	(29,618)
Recoverable taxes	​	45	​	(771)
Prepaid expenses	​	(14,711)	​	(110)
Advances to suppliers	​	25,248	​	(2,347)
Inventories	​	(2,043)	​	(501)
Other accounts receivable	​	12,723	​	(22,621)
Suppliers	​	3,409	​	(6,870)
Salaries and social security charges	​	9,500	​	3,851
Taxes payable	​	(3,518)	​	2,610
Other accounts payable	​	3,478	​	7,061
Cash generated from operating activities	​	95,290	​	44,734
Interest paid on loans and financing	​	(5,724)	​	(12,517)
Interest paid on leases	​	(1,185)	​	(72)
Income tax and social contribution	​	(595)	​	(1,162)
Net Cash generated from operating activities	​	87,786	​	30,983
Cash flow from investing activities	​	​	​	​
Cash spent on companies’ acquisitions; net of cash received	​	(140,365)	​	(182,291)
Payment of obligations from acquisition of investments	​	(40,116)	​	(30,752)
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets	​	(78,715)	​	(43,528)
Net cash used in investing activities	​	(259,196)	​	(256,571)
Cash flow from financing activities	​	​	​	​
Profit distribution – prior periods	​	—	​	(307)
Related parties	​	(101,675)	​	223,259
Lease payments – Principal	​	(7,332)	​	(1,971)
Proceeds from loans and financing	​	7,255	​	27,675
Funding of debentures	​	335,500	​	—
Payments of loans and financing – Principal	​	(33,396)	​	(31,031)
Payment of share issue costs	​	(5,299)	​	—
Net cash generated from financing activities	​	195,053	​	217,625
Increase in cash and cash equivalents	​	23,643	​	(7,963)
Exchange rate change in cash and cash equivalents	​	14,669	​	27,017
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period	​	118,918	​	61,754
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period	​	157,230	​	80,808

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-156

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

1. General information

Response Group (“Group”) is a direct subsidiary of Ambipar Participações e Empreendimentos S.A. (“Ambipar Group” or “Company”) in the Emergency Response segment, it’s part of the Group’s essence the commitment to sustainable matters, working on the ESG (“Environment, Social and Governance”) pillars within its business and supporting its clients.

The Response Group is engaged in the response to accidents with chemical products and pollutants, fighting fires, environmental emergencies on highways, railways, airports, ports, industries, mining and pipelines, and natural disasters. The Group also offers the environmental services in specialized industrial clean.

The Response Group is also specialized in Crisis Management and attendance to environmental, chemical and biological emergencies that affect the health, the environment, and property. Supported by state-of-the-art professionals, with excellence, technological equipment using techniques in the most security protocols, in order to contribute to excellence in care. The Response Group owns more than 300 bases around the world, employs more than 150,000 trained collaborators and responds to emergencies on call 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.

On July 13, 2020, Ambipar Group’ capital was open to the public in Brazil. It was the first environmental management company to join B3, the Brazilian stock exchange, starting to trade its shares in the Novo Mercado corporate governance segment with stock ticker code AMBP3.

1.1. Activity in the Response segment

The principal business activities of the Response Group comprise operating in prevention, management, and emergency response to accidents involving hazardous or non-hazardous products in all modes of transportation, with its own bases and presence in 16 countries in South America, Europe, Africa, North America, and Antarctica. In addition, it provides industrial firefighters who work at customer’s facilities and has the largest and most complete training field in Latin America, training employees and clients with the most complete structure focused on emergency response and management in multimodal scenarios.

As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 the Response Group’s equity interests and their respective areas of activity are shown in Note 1.2 “Organization and Plan of Business Operation”.

1.2. Organization and Plan of Business Operation

a)Transfer of Ambipar Response Limited and Ambipar Howells Consultancy Limited to Emergência Participações S.A.

As per decided at the general meeting of the extraordinary reorganization on October 2021, following the plan of business operation for companies under common control, the entities Ambipar Response Limited (United Kingdom) and Ambipar Howells Consultancy Limited, both previously directly controlled by the Ambipar Group, became the wholly subsidiaries of Emergência Participações S.A. that provides the same activities as the original companies.

b)Incorporation of Ambipar Holding USA, Ambipar Holdings UK Limited, Ambipar Holding Canada e Ambipar Holding Ireland

In 2020 and 2021, the Response Group set up four holding companies, Ambipar Holding USA, Inc (“Ambipar USA”) Ambipar Holding Canada, Inc (“Ambipar Canada”), Ambipar Holdings UK Limited (“Ambipar UK”) and Ambipar Holding Ireland Limited (“Ambipar Ireland”) in order to acquire business in those locations, following the Response group’s plan of business operation.

F-157

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

c) Acquisition of Inversiones Disal Emergencia

On June 28, 2021, the Group acquired 100% of the shares of Inversiones Disal Emergencia (“acquired”). As a result, the company Inversiones Disal Emergencia (“Acquired”) became a subsidiary of Emergência Participações S.A. with the same activities as the original company (See in Note 1.3).

List of subsidiaries

The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the individual statements of the entities of the Response Group, listed below:

​

​

​

Ownership held by Group

Ownership held by NCI

​

​

Company

Place of Business/ Country of Incorporation

Controller

30.06.2022 %

31.12.2021 %

30.06.2022 %

31.12.2021 %

Consolidation method

Emergência Participações S.A.

Brazil

Ambipar Participações

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Howells Consultancy Limited

United Kingdom

Emergência Participações

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Response Limited

United Kingdom

Emergência Participações

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Response S.A.

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Insurance Corretora de Seguros Ltda

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Response Insurence – Atendimento a Seguros Ltda

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Atmo Hazmat Ltda

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Suatrans Chile S.A.

Chile

Emergência Participações

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Suatrans Peru SAC

Peru

Suatrans Chile

​

99.78

​

99.78

​

0.22

​

0.22

​

Full

Suatrans Training S.A.

Chile

Suatrans Chile

​

99.99

​

99.99

​

0.01

​

0.01

​

Full

SIS – Servicios Industriales Especializados S.A.

Chile

Suatrans Chile

​

99.99

​

99.99

​

0.01

​

0.01

​

Full

Horvefel S.A.

Uruguai

Suatrans Chile

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

SABI Tech S.A.S

Colombia

Suatrans Chile

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Holding USA, INC

United States of America

Emergência Participações

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Allied International Emergency LLC.

United States of America

Ambipar Holding USA

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

One Stop Environmental, LLC

United States of America

Ambipar Holding USA

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Intracoastal Invironmental, LLC

United States of America

Ambipar Holding USA

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Custom Environmental Services, INC

United States of America

Ambipar Holding USA

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

EMS Environmental, Inc

United States of America

Ambipar Holding USA

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Swat Consulting Inc.

United States of America

Ambipar Holding USA

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Professional Emergency Resource Services

United States of America

Ambipar Holding USA

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Holdings UK Limited

United Kingdom

Emergência Participações

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Enviroclear Site Service Limited

United Kingdom

Ambipar Holding UK

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Holding Ireland Limited

Ireland

Ambipar Holding UK

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Lehane Environmental & Industrial Services Ltd

Ireland

Ambipar Holding Ireland

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Holding Canadá, INC

Canadá

Emergência Participações

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Emerge Hydrovac Inc.

Canadá

Ambipar Holding Canadá

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Lynx Creek Industrial & Hydrovac Ltd.

Canadá

Ambipar Holding Canadá

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Orion Environmental Services Ltd.

Canadá

Ambipar Holding Canadá

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

First Response Inc

Canadá

Ambipar Holding Canadá

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Response ES S.A.

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

70.00

​

70.00

​

30.00

​

30.00

​

Full

Ambipar Response Control Environmental Consulting S.A.

Brazil

Ambipar Response ES

​

70.00

​

70.00

​

30.00

​

30.00

​

Full

Ambipar Response Orbitgeo Ltda.

Brazil

Ambipar Response ES

​

70.00

​

70.00

​

30.00

​

30.00

​

Full

Ambipar Response OGTEC Facilities Ltda.

Brazil

Ambipar Response ES

​

70.00

​

70.00

​

30.00

��

30.00

​

Full

Ambipar Response Wastewater Control Ltda.

Brazil

Ambipar Response ES

​

70.00

​

70.00

​

30.00

​

30.00

​

Full

F-158

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​

​

​

Ownership held by Group

Ownership held by NCI

​

​

Company

Place of Business/ Country of Incorporation

Controller

30.06.2022 %

31.12.2021 %

30.06.2022 %

31.12.2021 %

Consolidation method

Ambipar Response Geoweb Ltda.

Brazil

Ambipar Response ES

​

70.00

​

70.00

​

30.00

​

30.00

​

Full

Ambipar Response Geociências Ltda. (*)

Brazil

Ambipar Response ES

​

38.50

​

38.50

​

61.50

​

61.50

​

Full

Bioenv Análises Ambientais Ltda

Brazil

Ambipar Response ES

​

70.00

​

70.00

​

30.00

​

30.00

​

Full

RG Consultoria Técnica Ambiental S.A.

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

51.00

​

51.00

​

49.00

​

49.00

​

Full

RG Consultoria Técnica Ambiental Brasil Ltda

Brazil

RG Consultoria

​

51.00

​

51.00

​

49.00

​

49.00

​

Full

JM Serviços Integrados Ltda

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

70.00

​

70.00

​

30.00

​

30.00

​

Full

JM Serviços e Locações Ltda

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

70.00

​

70.00

​

30.00

​

30.00

​

Full

Lacerda & Lacerda Serviços de Transportes e Emergências Ambientais Ltda

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

100.00

​

70.00

​

—

​

30.00

​

Full

Desentupidora Belo Ltda

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

—

​

70.00

​

100.00

​

30.00

​

Full

Ambipar Response Gás Ltda.

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Inversiones Disal Emergencias S.A.

Chile

Emergência Participações

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Ambipar Atendimento Médico Hospitalar Ltda.

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Fênix Emergências Ambientais Ltda.

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

APW Ambiental e Transporte Ltda.

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

100.00

​

100.00

​

—

​

—

​

Full

Dracares Apoio Marítimo e Portuário Ltda

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

51.00

​

51.00

​

49.00

​

49.00

​

Full

Flyone Serviço Aéreo Especializado, Comércio e Serviço Ltda

Brazil

Emergência Participações

​

51.00

​

51.00

​

49.00

​

49.00

​

Full

(*)

The subsidiary Ambipar Response ES has a 55% interest in Ambipar Response Geociências Ltda. The Company has a 70% interest in Ambipar Response ES, thus the Group has 38.50% control over the subsidiary.

1.3.Objective of preparing and presenting the unaudited interim condensed combined financial information for the six-months period ended June 30, 2021

The unaudited interim condensed combined interim financial information for the six-months period ended June 30, 2021, presented for comparative purposes as required by International Accounting Standard 34, Interim Financial Reporting, (“IAS 34”), has been prepared on a combined basis as common control transaction to reflect the reorganization completed by December 31, 2021, disclosed in note 1.2 (a). Therefore, this unaudited interim condensed combined interim financial information presents properly the Response group’s performance for 6 six-months period ended June 30, 2021 considering that Emergência Participações S.A. was the parent company of the Response Group.

After the reorganization referred above Emergência Participações S.A. became the parent company of all the entities belonging to the Response group. Consequently, the interim financial information for the six-months period ended June 30, 2022 has been prepared and presented on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS 10 — Consolidated financial statements.

1.4.Authorization to issue these Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

The issue of these Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements was authorized by the Management on December 12, 2022.

2. Description of significant accounting policies

2.1.Basis of presentations

The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared and presented in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34, Interim Financial Reporting, within the framework of International Financial Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

F-159

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are expressed in thousands of Reais (“R$”), and the reporting of amounts in other currencies, when needed, is also expressed in thousands, unless otherwise indicated.

The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements requires Management to make judgments, use estimates and adopt assumptions that affect the amounts presented for revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, including contingent liabilities. However, uncertainty relating to these judgments, assumptions and estimates could lead to results that require a significant adjustment to the book value of certain assets and liabilities in future years.

Response Group’s Management states and confirms that all relevant information for the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements is being evidenced and corresponds to the one used by Management in the administration.

The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on the historical cost’s basis, except certain financial assets and liabilities that measured at their fair value.

The Response Group’s businesses included in these Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are not generated as a single legal entity. These Interim Consolidated Financial Statements are, therefore, not necessarily indicative of performance, cash flows obtained, and possessing actual equity and financial situation, as if this Response Group had operated in a single legal entity during the years, or indicative of future results.

The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which assumes that the Response Group will be able to discharge its liabilities.

2.2.Basis of consolidation

These Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the results of the Company and all its subsidiary undertakings made up to the same accounting date. All intra-Group balances, transactions, income and expenses are eliminated in full on consolidation. The results of subsidiary undertakings acquired or disposed of during the period are included or excluded from the consolidated income statement from the effective date of acquisition or disposal.

2.3.New and amended standards adopted

A number of amended standards became applicable for the current reporting period. the Response Group was not required to change its accounting policies or make retrospective adjustments as a result of adopting the applicable amended standards.

2.4.New accounting standards issued but not yet effective

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for the current period and have not been early adopted. Of those standards applicable to the Response Group, they are not expected to have a material impact on these Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

2.5.Impacts on the Group and measures taken — COVID-19

Since the beginning of the pandemic, Response Group have implemented a Contingency Committee, which is working on several fronts and meets periodically to make the necessary decisions, mainly aiming to take care of the health of all their employees. Some of the actions taken are listed below: installation of the decontamination tunnel at the entrance to the Group’s facilities; environment disinfection carried out periodically; home office adoption for part of the employees, including those considered to be at risk; and availability of a Virtual Doctor. The decisions taken are constantly reassessed, according to the development of the facts, determinations, and guidelines of the competent authorities.

F-160

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

The Group’s Management believes that the profile of the services provided by their business units has shown to be in line with the current situation, as a substantial part of the net revenue is based on long-term contracts with high predictability of net revenue and considered essential for their clients and society. In addition, Response Group now offer disinfection services for commercial, industrial, and administrative environments, which demonstrates the Group’s capacity for innovation to capture opportunities, even in adverse times.

If the duration of the pandemic contagion curve resulting from COVID-19 extends over time, it could cause a natural slowdown in the economies of the countries in which they operate, but the Group can assure to be a robust business and to own sufficient capital structure to face an even more adverse scenario.

They emphasize that the Group’s Management also periodically reviews its cost structure, maintaining a robust growth plan with investments to complement their service portfolio and global operations, combining capillarity and quality in the services provided.

3.Basis of measurement

3.1.Currency translation

(a)Functional and presentation currency

Items included in Response Group’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which companies operate (“the functional currency”). The Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in Reais (R$). All financial information disclosed has been rounded to the nearest value, except otherwise indicated.

(b)Foreign currency

Transactions with foreign currencies are converted into functional currency by using exchange rates prevailing on the transaction or valuation dates when the items are measured. Exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of those transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates referring to monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies, are recognized in the statement of income. Foreign exchange gains and losses related to accounts receivable, suppliers and loans are presented in the statement of income as financial revenue or expense.

(c) Foreign operations

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are translated in euro at the exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated into euro at the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions.

Foreign currency differences are recognized in OCI and accumulated in the Translation reserve, except to the extent that the translation difference is allocated to NCI.

When a foreign operation in disposed of in its entirety or partially such as that the control, significant influence, or joint control is lost, the cumulative amount in the translation reserve related to that foreign operation in reclassified to profit or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal. If the Group disposes part of its interest in a subsidiary but retains control, then the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reattributed to NCI. When the Group disposes only part of an associate or joint venture while retaining significant influence or joint control, the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss.

3.2.Use of accounting estimates and judgment

The preparation of the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with IFRS issued by IASB requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect

F-161

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The settlement of transactions involving these estimates may result in significantly different amounts due to the lack of precision inherent to the process of their determination.

Estimates and assumptions are reviewed in a continuous manner. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the year in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected. The information on critical judgments that refer to accounting policies adopted that have effects on amounts recognized in the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements is presented in the following notes:

Impairment of non-financial assets

As stated in note 3.6, impairment testing involves calculating the value in use or the fair value less cost of disposal, when applicable, of the cash generating units to which the goodwill or other non-financial assets have been assigned. The value in use is determined by estimating five years of future cash flows, a perpetual value and using a discount rate that comprises three components: time value in money, the appropriate risk premium and uncertainty about the future cash flows. Hence, it relies on several critical judgements, estimates and assumptions. For more information on estimates and assumptions used in impairment testing, refer to note 8.

Revenue recognition

The Group applies certain judgment in assessing the terms of revenue from contracts with customers to determine whether the contract involves the delivery of service (revenue recognized over time). The Group evaluates each contract individually, its critical terms and business relationship with its customer and any associated third party.

Lease term

The Group determines the lease term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, together with any periods covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or any periods covered by an option to terminate the lease, if it is reasonably certain not to be exercised. The Group has the option, under some of its leases, to lease the assets for additional terms. The Group applies judgment in evaluating whether it is reasonably certain to exercise the option to renew, it considers all relevant factors that create an economic incentive for it to exercise the renewal such as contractual terms and conditions for the optional periods compared with market rates and the length of a non-cancellable period of a lease.

After the commencement date, the Group reassesses the lease term if there is a significant event or change in circumstances that is within its control and affects its ability to exercise (or not to exercise) the option to renew (e.g., a change in business strategy).

Residual value and estimated useful life of property, plant and equipment and intangible asset (finite useful lives)

As stated in note 3.5 and 3.7, Intangible and property, plant and equipment assets are amortized over their useful lives. The useful life is based on management’s estimates for the period in which the assets will contribute to generate revenue and is periodically reviewed. Changes in estimates may result in significant changes in the book value. Revisions to these estimates are recognized prospectively.

Business Combination Accounting

We recognize, separately from goodwill, the identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities assumed at their estimated acquisition date fair values. We measure and recognize goodwill as of the acquisition date as the excess of: (a) the aggregate of the fair value of consideration transferred, the fair value of any non-controlling

F-162

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

interest in the acquiree (if applicable) and the acquisition date fair value of our previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if applicable), over (b) the fair value of net assets acquired, and liabilities assumed. At the acquisition date, we measure the fair values of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed that arise from contractual contingencies. We measure the fair values of all non-contractual contingencies if, as of the acquisition date, it is more likely than not that the contingency will give rise to an asset or liability.

Expected credit losses related to trade and other receivables

The expected loss on doubtful accounts is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts according to the accounts receivable original terms.

It is formed in an amount considered adequate by Management to cover probable losses arising on collection of accounts receivable, based on analysis of each client’s default risk considering a reasonable and supportable information available at the time that demonstrates that the credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the customer’s financial situation committed in the market, history of negotiations carried out, signed agreements not being fulfilled, mainly taking into consideration risk scenarios in which it has observable behavior in the market, and with special attention to long-standing overdue credits.

Income taxes

The calculation of current and deferred income taxes requires us to make estimates and assumptions and to exercise judgement regarding the carrying values of assets and liabilities which are subject to accounting estimates inherent in those balances, the interpretation of income tax legislation across various jurisdictions, expectations about future operating results, the timing of reversal of temporary differences and possible audits of income tax filings by the tax authorities.

Changes or differences in underlying estimates or assumptions may result in changes to the current or deferred income tax balances on the consolidated statements of financial position, a charge or credit to income tax expense in the Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) and may result in cash payments or receipts.

All income tax filings are subject to audits and reassessments. Changes in interpretations or judgements may result in a change in our income tax provisions in the future. The amount of such a change cannot be reasonably estimated.

3.3.Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash, bank deposits, highly liquid short-term investments, redeemable in up to three months or less, with an insignificant risk of change in fair value and for the purpose of meeting short-term commitments.

3.4.Financial instruments

3.4.1.Financial assets

Recognition and measurement

Purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on trading date, Investments are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction cost for all financial assets not classified at fair value recognized in income (loss).

Financial assets at fair value recognized in the income (loss) are initially recognized at fair value, and transaction costs are charged to statement of income in the period they occur.

F-163

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

The fair value of publicly quoted investments is based on the current purchase price. If the market of a financial asset is not active, the Response Group establishes the fair value using valuation techniques. These techniques include the use of recent transactions contracted from third parties, reference to other instruments that are substantially similar, analysis of discounted cash flows and option pricing models, privileging market information and minimizing the use of information generated by Management.

Classification

In the initial recognition, a financial asset is classified as measured at: (i) amortized cost; (ii) fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”); or (iii) fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”).

A financial asset is measured at amortized cost if it meets both conditions below: (i) the asset is held within a business model whose purpose is to collect contractual cash flows; and (ii) the contractual terms of financial assets give rise, on specific dates, to cash flows that are only payments of principal and interest on the outstanding principal value.

A financial asset is measured in FVOCI only if it meets both conditions below: (i) the asset is maintained within a business model whose purpose is achieved by both the collection of contractual cash flows and the sale of financial assets; and (ii) the contractual terms of financial assets give rise, on specific dates, to cash flows that refer to payments of principal and interest on the outstanding principal value. All other financial assets are classified as measured at fair value through profit or loss.

In addition, upon initial recognition, the Response Group may, irrevocably, designate a financial asset that satisfies the requirements to be measured at amortized cost, FVTOCI or even FVTPL. This designation is intended to eliminate or significantly reduce a possible accounting mismatch stemming from the result produced by the respective asset.

Financial assets — Business model assessment

The Response Group makes an assessment of the objective of the business model in which a financial asset is held at a portfolio level because this best reflects the way the business is managed, and information is provided to management. The information considered includes:

•

the stated policies and objectives for the portfolio and the operation of those policies in practice. These include whether management’s strategy focuses on earning contractual interest income, maintaining a particular interest rate profile, matching the duration of the financial assets to the duration of any related liabilities or expected cash outflows or realizing cash flows through the sale of the assets;

•

how the performance of the portfolio is evaluated and reported to the Response Group’s management;

•

the risks that affect the performance of the business model (and the financial assets held within that business model) and how those risks are managed;

•

how managers of the business are compensated — e.g. whether compensation is based on the fair value of the assets managed or the contractual cash flows collected; and

•

the frequency, volume and timing of sales of financial assets in prior periods, the reasons for such sales and expectations about future sales activity.

Transfers of financial assets to third parties in transactions that do not qualify for derecognition are not considered sales for this purpose, consistent with the Response Group’s continuing recognition of the assets.

Financial assets that are held for trading or are managed and whose performance is evaluated on a fair value basis are measured at FVTPL.

F-164

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Financial assets — Assessment whether contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest

For the purposes of this assessment, ‘principal’ is defined as the fair value of the financial asset on initial recognition, ‘Interest’ is defined as consideration for the time value of money and for the credit risk associated with the principal amount outstanding during a particular period of time and for other basic lending risks and costs (e.g., liquidity risk and administrative costs), as well as a profit margin.

In assessing whether the contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest, the Response Group considers the contractual terms of the instrument. This includes assessing whether the financial asset contains a contractual term that could change the timing or amount of contractual cash flows such that it would not meet this condition, in making this assessment, the Response Group considers:

•

contingent events that would change the amount or timing of cash flows.

•

terms that may adjust the contractual coupon rate, including variable-rate features;

•

prepayment and extension feature; and

•

terms that limit the Response Group’s claim to cash flows from specified assets (e.g., non-recourse features).

A prepayment feature is consistent with the solely payments of principal and interest criterion if the prepayment amount substantially represents unpaid amounts of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding, which may include reasonable compensation for early termination of the contract. Additionally, for a financial asset acquired at a discount or premium to its contractual per amount, a feature that permits or requires prepayment at an amount that substantially represents the contractual par amount plus accrued (but unpaid) contractual interest (which may also include reasonable compensation for early termination) is treated as consistent with this criterion if the fair value of the prepayment feature is insignificant at initial recognition.

Financial assets — Subsequent measurement and gains and losses

Financial assets at FVTPL	These assets are subsequently measured at fair value, Net gains and losses, including any interest or dividend income, are recognized in profit or loss.
Financial assets at amortized cost	These assets are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The amortized cost is reduced by impairment losses, Interest income, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognized in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on derecognition is recognized in profit or loss.
Debt investments at FVOCI	These assets are subsequently measured at fair value, Interest income calculated using the effective interest method, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognized in profit or loss. Other net gains and losses are recognized in OCI. On derecognition, gains and losses accumulated in OCI are reclassified to profit or loss.
Equity investments at FVOCI	These assets are subsequently measured at fair value, Dividends are recognized as income in profit or loss unless the dividend clearly represents a investment’s cost part recovery. Other net gains and losses are recognized in OCI and are never reclassified to profit or loss.

F-165

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Trade accounts receivable

Trade accounts receivable correspond to the amount’s receivable from clients for the rendering of service carried out in the normal course of Group’s activities. If the payment term is equivalent to one year or less (or any other term that is in conformity with Group’s normal cycle), accounts receivable are classified as current assets. Otherwise, they are presented in non-current assets.

Trade accounts receivable are initially recognized at fair value and, subsequently, measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method less expected impairment losses on accounts receivable, in practice, they are usually recognized at the billed amount, adjusted by provision for impairment, if necessary.

Recognition and derecognition

The financial instrument is recognized in the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements when the entity becomes a party to the financial instrument contract. An entity removes a financial liability from its statement of financial position when its obligation is extinguished. An entity removes a financial asset from its statement of financial position when its contractual rights to the asset’s cash flows expire; when it has transferred the asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership; or when it has transferred the asset and has retained some substantial risks and rewards of ownership, but the other party may sell the asset. The risks and rewards retained are recognized as assets.

Impairment of financial assets

Expected credit losses

The expected loss on doubtful accounts is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts according to the accounts receivable original terms.

It is formed in an amount considered adequate by Management to cover probable losses arising on collection of accounts receivable, based on analysis of each client’s default risk considering a reasonable and supportable information available at the time that demonstrates that the credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the customer’s financial situation committed in the market, history of negotiations carried out, signed agreements not being fulfilled, mainly taking into consideration risk scenarios in which it has observable behavior in the market, and with special attention to long-standing overdue credits.

a)Recognition

The Response Group recognizes loss allowances for ECLs on:

•

financial assets measured at amortized cost;

•

debt investments measured at FVOCI; and

•

contract assets.

The Response Group also recognizes loss allowances for ECLs on lease receivables, which are disclosed as part of trade and other receivables.

The Response Group measures loss allowances at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs, except for the following, which are measured at 12-month ECLs:

•

debt securities that are determined to have low credit risk at the reporting date; and

•

other debt securities and bank balances for which credit risk (i.e. the risk of default occurring over the expected life of the financial instrument) has not increased significantly since initial recognition.

F-166

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Loss allowances for trade receivables (including lease receivables) and contract assets are always measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs.

When determining whether the credit risk of a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition and when estimating ECLs, the Response Group considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort. This includes both quantitative and qualitative information and analysis, based on the Response Group’s historical experience and informed credit assessment, that includes forward-looking information.

The Response Group assumes that the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly if it is more than 30 days past due.

The Response Group considers a financial asset to be in default when:

•

the debtor is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the Response Group in full, without recourse by the Response Group to actions such as realizing security (if any is held); or

•

the financial asset is more than 90 days past due.

The Response Group considers a debt security to have low credit risk when its credit risk rating is equivalent to the globally understood definition of ‘investment grade’.

Lifetime ECLs are the ECLs that result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument.

12-month ECLs are the portion of ECLs that result from default events that are possible within the 12 months after the reporting date (or a shorter period if the expected life of the instrument is less than 12 months).

The maximum period considered when estimating ECLs is the maximum contractual period over which the Response Group is exposed to credit risk.

b)Measurement

ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. Credit losses are measured as the present value of all cash shortfalls (i.e. the difference between the cash flows due to the entity in accordance with the contract and the cash flows that the Response Group expects to receive).

ECLs are discounted at the effective interest rate of the financial asset.

c)Credit-impaired financial assets

At each reporting date, the Response Group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortized cost and debt securities at FVOCI are credit-impaired. A financial asset is ‘credit-impaired’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have occurred.

Evidence that a financial asset is credit-impaired includes the following observable data:

•

significant financial difficulty of the debtor;

•

a breach of contract such as a default or being more than 90 days past due;

•

the restructuring of a loan or advance by the Response Group on terms that the Response Group would not consider otherwise;

•

it is probable that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization; or

•

the disappearance of an active market for a security because of financial difficulties.

F-167

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

d)Presentation of allowance for ECL in the statement of financial position

Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortized cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets.

For debt securities at FVOCI, the loss allowance is charged to profit or loss and is recognized in OCI.

e)Write-off

The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off when the Group has no reasonable expectations of recovering a financial asset in its entirety or a portion thereof. For individual customers, the Group has a policy of writing off the gross carrying amount when the financial asset is 180 days past due based on historical experience of recoveries of similar assets. For corporate customers, the Group individually makes an assessment with respect to the timing and amount of write-off based on whether there is a reasonable expectation of recovery. The Group expects no significant recovery from the amount written off. However, financial assets that are written off could still be subject to enforcement activities in order to comply with the Group’s procedures for recovery of amounts due.

Derecognition of financial assets

A financial asset (or, when appropriate, part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is written off when: (i) the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired; and (ii) the Group transferred its rights to receive cash flows of the asset or has assumed an obligation to fully pay cash flows received, without significant delay, to a third party under terms of an “on lending” agreement; and (a) the Group has substantially transferred all risks and benefits related to the asset; or (b) the Group has not transferred and has not substantially retained all risks and benefits related to the asset, but has transferred control over that asset.

When the Group transfers its rights to receive cash flows from an asset or enters into a transfer agreement and does not transfer or substantially retain all risks and benefits related to the asset, an asset is recognized to the extent of the Group’s ongoing involvement with this asset.

3.4.2.Financial liabilities

Initial recognition, classification and measurement

A financial asset or financial liability is measured initially at fair value. Subsequent measurement depends on the category of financial instrument. Some categories are measured at amortized cost, and some at FVTPL. A financial liability is classified as at FVTPL if it is classified as held-for-trading, it is a derivative or it is designated as such on initial recognition. Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value and net gains and losses, including any interest expense, are recognized in profit or loss. Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, Interest expense and foreign exchange gains and losses are recognized in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on derecognition is also recognized in profit or loss.

Interest rate benchmark reform

When the basis for determining the contractual cash flows of a financial asset or financial liability measured at amortized cost changed as a result of interest rate benchmark reform, the Group updated the effective interest rate of the financial asset or financial liability to reflect the change that is required by the reform. A change in the basis for determining the contractual cash flows is required by interest rate benchmark reform if the following conditions are met:

•

the change is necessary as a direct consequence of the reform; and

F-168

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

•

the new basis for determining the contractual cash flows is economically equivalent to the previous basis — i.e., the basis immediately before the change.

When changes were made to a financial asset or financial liability in addition to changes to the basis for determining the contractual cash flows required by interest rate benchmark reform, the Group first updated the effective interest rate of the financial asset or financial liability to reflect the change that is required by interest rate benchmark reform. After that, the Group applied the policies on accounting for modifications to the additional changes.

Borrowing costs

Cost of loans attributed to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that necessarily demands a substantial period of time to become ready for intended use or sale is capitalized as part of this asset’s cost.

Loan costs are comprised by interest and other costs that the Group incurs in connection with fundraising.

Derecognition of financial liabilities

A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged, canceled, or expired. When an existing financial liability is replaced by another of the same lender with substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are significantly changed, this substitution or alteration is treated as a write-off of the original liability and recognition of a new liability, whereas the difference in the corresponding book value is recognized in the statement of income.

Loans and financing

Borrowings and financing are initially recognized at fair value, net of costs incurred in the transaction and are subsequently stated at amortized cost.

Any difference between the amounts raised (net of transaction costs) and the settlement amount is recognized in the income statement during the period while the loans are outstanding, under the effective interest rate method.

Loans and financing are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date.

3.5.Intangible assets and Goodwill

(i)Software

Costs associated with maintaining software programs are recognized as an expense as incurred. Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group are recognized as intangible assets where the following criteria are met:

•

it is technically feasible to complete the software so that it will be available for use;

•

management intends to complete the software and use or license it there is an ability to use or sell the software;

•

it can be demonstrated how the software will generate probable future economic benefits;

•

adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the software are available; and

•

the expenditure attributable to the software during its development can be reliably measured.

F-169

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Directly attributable costs that are capitalized as part of the software include employee´s costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads.

Capitalized development costs are recorded as intangible assets and amortized from the point at which the asset is ready for use.

(ii)Goodwill

Goodwill is measured as described in note 9, Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets, Goodwill is not amortized but it is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. The units or groups of units are identified at the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

(iii)Research and development

Expenditure on research activities is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Development expenditure is capitalized only if the expenditure can be measured reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable, and the Group intends to and has sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset. Otherwise, it is recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Subsequent to the initial recognition, development expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

(iv)Other Intangibles

Other intangible assets, including client’s portfolio, patents and trademarks, that are acquired by the Group and have finite useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

(v)Amortization

Amortization is recognized in the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated statement of Income (loss) based on the straight-line method in relation to the estimated useful lives, since this method is the closest that reflects the consumption pattern of future economic benefits incorporated into the asset. The estimated useful lives of intangible assets are as measured as described in note 9 (b).

The assets’ net book values and useful lives are reviewed at each reporting date, and adjusted prospectively, where applicable.

In the semester ended June 30, 2022, the Group reviewed the estimated useful lives of these assets, and no significant change was identified.

Other intangible assets, including customer relationships, work force, that are acquired by the Group and have finite useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.

F-170

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

3.6.Impairment of non-financial assets

An impairment loss is recognized in the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated statement of income (loss) for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units).

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Other non-financial assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period. Therefore, impairment losses recognized for goodwill cannot be reversed in a subsequent period.

3.7.Property, plant, and equipment

Property, plant, and equipment (PPE) are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulates impairment losses (if applicable). Historical cost includes expenses directly attributable to the acquisition of items. Historical cost also includes financing costs related to the acquisition of qualifying assets.

Subsequently incurred costs are added to the asset’s book value or are recognized as a separate asset, as applicable, and only when it is likely that associated future economic benefits will flow and that the item’s cost can be reliably measured.

The book value of replaced items and parts is written off. All other maintenance and repair costs are recorded as a contra entry to income (loss) for the year, when incurred.

Lands are not depreciated. Depreciation of other assets is calculated using the straight-line method, with the costs of other assets being allocated to their residual values over the estimated useful life. Assets under development are not depreciated until they are available for use. Property, plant, and equipment useful lives are disclosed in note 8.

Residual values and the useful lives of material assets are reviewed and adjusted, if adequate, at the end of each year and depreciated using the straight-line method.

An asset’s book value is immediately written down to its recoverable amount if the asset’s book value is greater than its estimated recoverable amount, as impairment.

An item of property and equipment is de-recognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on de-recognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included as a gain or loss in the Consolidated statement of operations in the period the asset is de-recognized.

Gains and losses from disposals are determined when the asset is derecognized by the comparison of results with the book value and are recognized in “Other net operating revenues (expense)” in the statement of income, as incurred.

3.8.Trade accounts payable and other accounts payable

Trade accounts payable and other accounts payable are obligations due for assets or services acquired from suppliers in the normal course of businesses and are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year. Otherwise, trade accounts payable are presented as non-current liabilities.

F-171

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

They are initially recognized at fair value and, subsequently, measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. In practice, they are usually recognized at the amount of the related invoice.

3.9.Provisions

Provisions for lawsuits (labor, civil and tax) are recognized when: the Group has a present or constructive obligation as result of past events; it is likely that an outflow of funds will be required to settle the obligation; and if the amount can be estimated reliably, Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.

When there is a series of similar obligations, the probability of settling them is determined by considering all obligation as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of settlement related to any individual item included in the same class of obligations is small.

The provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures that shall be necessary to settle the obligation, using a pre-tax rate which reflects the current market evaluations as to the value of the cash over time and the specific risks of the liability. The increase in the obligation over time is recognized as a financial expense.

3.10.Income tax

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. It is recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in OCI.

The Group has determined that interest and penalties related to income taxes, including uncertain tax treatments, do not meet the definition of income taxes, and therefore accounted for them under IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets.

3.10.1.Current tax

Current tax comprises the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year and any adjustment to the tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years. The amount of current tax payable or receivable is the best estimate of the tax amount expected to be paid or received that reflects uncertainty related to income taxes, if any. It is measured using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Current tax also includes any tax arising from dividends.

Companies under the deemed income system

There are companies that opted for taxation based on estimated profit. The income tax and social contribution, both current and deferred, are calculated based on the rates of 15% plus a surcharge of 10% more than R$ 240 for income tax and 9% for social contribution, both applied to a percentage of 32% gross revenue.

Companies under the taxable income system

The income tax and social contribution of current year are calculated based on the rates of 15% plus a surcharge of 10% on taxable income more than R$ 240 for income tax and 9% on taxable income for social contribution on net income and take into account (if any) tax loss carry forward and negative basis of social contribution, limited to 30% of taxable income.

The Group operates in several international tax jurisdictions. Judgement is required in respect of the interpretation of state, federal and international tax law and practices as service provider and tax continues to evolve.

F-172

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

3.10.2.Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized for:

•

temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;

•

temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements to the extent that the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

•

taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

Temporary differences in relation to a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for a specific lease are regarded as a net package (the lease) for the purpose of recognizing deferred tax.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used. There are no unrecognized tax losses or tax credits.

Future taxable profits are determined based on the reversal of relevant taxable temporary differences. If the amount of taxable temporary differences is insufficient to recognize a deferred tax asset in full, then future taxable profits, adjusted for reversals of existing temporary differences, are considered, based on the business plans for individual subsidiaries in the Group. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized; such reductions are reversed when the probability of future taxable profits improves.

The measurement of deferred tax reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner which the Group expects, at the reporting date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. For this purpose, the carrying amount of investment property measured at fair value is presumed to be recovered through sale, and the Group has not rebutted this presumption.

Deferred tax liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current income tax assets against current income tax liabilities and the deferred tax relates to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

3.11.Revenue recognition

The revenue is stated net of taxes, returns, rebates or discounts, its recognition is in accordance with IFRS 15 — Revenue from customer contracts, which establishes a five-steps model to determine how and when it will be recognize, as well as its measurement, provided that revenues and costs can be measured reliably.

The Group revenue recognizes revenue when control of the promised services is transferred to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Group expects to be entitled to in exchange for those services.

In addition, specific criteria for each of the Group’s activities must be met, as described below:

Rendering of services

The Group provides emergency services that includes prevention, training, and emergency response.

Revenues are generated from services at customer sites or other locations. Response services for environmental emergencies include any scale from man-made disasters such as oil spills, to natural disasters

F-173

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

such as hurricanes. Emergency response services are provided based on purchase orders or agreements with customers and include prices generally based upon daily, hourly or job rates for equipment, materials and personnel.

The Group recognizes revenue for these services over time, as the customer receives and consumes the benefits of the service as they are being performed and the Group has a right to receive for performance completed to date. The Group uses the input method to recognize revenue over time, based on time and materials incurred. The duration of such services can be over the number of hours, days or even months for larger scale projects. In this situation, can be recognized unbilled revenue.

3.12.Leases liabilities

As a lessee

At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease liability. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for of the period agreed time in exchange for consideration.

At commencement or on modification of a contract that contains a lease component, the Group allocates the consideration in the contract to each lease component based on its relative stand-alone prices. However, for the leases of property the Group has elected not to separate non-lease components and account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component.

The Group recognizes a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, less any lease incentives received.

The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the end of the lease term, unless the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Group by the end of the lease term or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group will exercise a purchase option. In that case the right-of-use asset will be depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset, which is determined on the same basis as those of property and equipment. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically reduced by impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate.

The Group determines it’s the range incremental borrowing rate from 7,08% to 8,5% as each year by obtaining interest rates from various external financing sources and makes certain adjustments to reflect the terms of the lease and type of the asset leased.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise the following:

•

fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments;

•

variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the commencement date;

•

amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee; and

F-174

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

•

the exercise price under a purchase option that the Group is reasonably certain to exercise, lease payments in an optional renewal period if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise an extension option, and penalties for early termination of a lease unless the Group is reasonably certain not to terminate early.

The lease liability is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option or if there is a revised in-substance fixed lease payment.

When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset or is recorded in profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

From January 1st, 2021, where the basis for determining future lease payments changes as required by interest rate benchmark reform, the Group remeasures the lease liability by discounting the revised lease payments using the revised discount rate that reflects the change to an alternative benchmark interest rate.

The Group presents right-of-use assets that do not meet the definition of investment property in ‘property, plant and equipment’ and lease liabilities in ‘loans and borrowings’ in the statement of financial position.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

The Group has elected not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases of low-value assets and short-term leases, including IT equipment. The Group recognizes the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

3.13.Distribution of dividends and interest on own capital

Payment of dividends and interest on capital to Group shareholders is recognized as a liability in the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements at the end of the year, based on the by-laws that govern the Group’s companies.

Any amount above the mandatory minimum is provisioned only on the date of its approval by the shareholders.

The tax benefit of interest on own capital is recognized in the statement of income.

3.14.Business combinations

The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when the acquired set of activities and assets meets the definition of a business and control is transferred to the Group. In determining whether a particular set of activities and assets is a business, the Group assesses whether the set of assets and activities acquired includes, at least, an input and substantive process and whether the acquired set has the produce outputs ability.

The Group has an option to apply a ‘concentration test’ that permits a simplified assessment of whether an acquired set of activities and assets is not a business. The optional concentration test is met if substantially all the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets.

The consideration transferred in the acquisition is generally measured at fair value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. The goodwill constituted in the business combination is recorded in non-current assets, subgroup of intangible assets. Any goodwill that arises is recorded in intangible assets and tested annually

F-175

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

for impairment. Any gain on a bargain purchase is recognized in profit or loss immediately. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred, except if related to the issue of debt or equity securities.

The consideration transferred does not include amounts related to the settlement of pre-existing relationships. Such amounts are generally recognized in profit or loss.

Any contingent consideration is measured at fair value at the date of acquisition. If an obligation to pay contingent consideration that meets the definition of a financial instrument is classified as equity, then it is not remeasured, and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, other contingent consideration is remeasured at fair value at each reporting date and subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognized in profit or loss.

If the Company makes a purchase of an investment and part of the amount is in installments, the accounts payable is recorded in the item Obligations from acquisition of, as mentioned in Note 7.

3.15. Non-controlling interests

The interest attributable to non-controlling shareholders was calculated based on the percentage of 49% on the total shareholders’ equity in 2022 and 30% on the 2021.

Set out below is summarized financial information for NCI that are material to the Group for June 30, 2022:

​

JM Serviços Integrados S.A.

Lacerda & Lacerda Serv.de Transp.e Emergências Ambientais Ltda

AMBIPAR Response ES S.A. (*)

Dracares Apoio Maritimo E Portuario Ltda.

Flyone Serviço Aéreo Especializado, Comércio e Serviço Ltda.

RG Consultoria Tecnica Ambiental S.A.

Total

​

June 30, 2022

June 30, 2022

June 30, 2022

June 30, 2022

June 30, 2022

June 30, 2022

June 30, 2022

Summarized statement of financial position

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Current assets

​

8,305

​

16,816

​

37,798

​

5,018

​

25,243

​

2,957

​

96,137

Current liabilities

​

(4,237)

​

(2,394)

​

(22,065)

​

(6,938)

​

(15,747)

​

(590)

​

(51,971)

Current net assets

​

4,068

​

14,422

​

15,733

​

(1,920)

​

9,496

​

2,367

​

44,166

Non-current assets

​

15,052

​

1,750

​

33,434

​

24,106

​

44,613

​

1,594

​

120,549

Non-current liabilities

​

(14,146)

​

(12,573)

​

(15,396)

​

(3,467)

​

(20,522)

​

(642)

​

(66,746)

Non-current net assets

​

906

​

(10,823)

​

18,038

​

20,639

​

24,091

​

952

​

53,803

Net assets

​

4,974

​

3,599

​

33,771

​

18,719

​

33,587

​

3,319

​

97,969

Net assets controlling

​

4,974

​

3,599

​

32,493

​

18,719

​

33,587

​

3,319

​

96,691

Net assets nom-controlling

​

—

​

—

​

1,278

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

1,278

Accumulated NCI 2021

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

11,924

Others adjustment from non-controlling

​

(4)

​

662

​

335

​

9,172

​

16,458

​

1,626

​

28,249

Accumulated NCI adjusted 2022

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

40,173

F-176

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	JM Serviços Integrados S.A.		Lacerda & Lacerda Serv.de Transp.e Emergências Ambientais Ltda		AMBIPAR Response ES S.A. (*)		Dracares Apoio Maritimo E Portuario Ltda.		Flyone Serviço Aéreo Especializado, Comércio e Serviço Ltda.		RG Consultoria Tecnica Ambiental S.A.		Total
Summarized statement of financial position	​		​		​		​		​		​		​
Revenue	​	7,926	​	3,201	​	37,536	​	27,608	​	28,809	​	4,211	​	109,291
Cost of services rendered	​	(5,599)	​	(1,490)	​	(31,781)	​	(19,873)	​	(13,246)	​	(2,810)	​	(74,799)
Gross profit	​	2,327	​	1,711	​	5,755	​	7,735	​	15,563	​	1,401	​	34,492
Selling, general and administrative expenses	​	(1,761)	​	(371)	​	(4,277)	​	(1,555)	​	(8,332)	​	(409)	​	(16,705)
Other expense	​	(15)	​	—	​	397	​	248	​	95	​	315	​	1,040
Operating expenses	​	(1,776)	​	(371)	​	(3,880)	​	(1,307)	​	(8,237)	​	(94)	​	(15,665)
Operating profit	​	551	​	1,340	​	1,875	​	6,428	​	7,326	​	1,307	​	18,827
Finance costs	​	(946)	​	(53)	​	(1,154)	​	(755)	​	(2,098)	​	(22)	​	(5,028)
Finance income	​	10	​	1	​	881	​	34	​	88	​	1	​	1,015
Net finance costs	​	(936)	​	(52)	​	(273)	​	(721)	​	(2,010)	​	(21)	​	(4,013)
Profit before tax	​	(385)	​	1,288	​	1,602	​	5,707	​	5,316	​	1,286	​	14,814
Income tax and social contribution	​	373	​	(502)	​	(1,181)	​	(2,894)	​	(1,496)	​	(200)	​	(5,900)
Profit for the year	​	(12)	​	786	​	421	​	2,813	​	3,820	​	1,086	​	8,914
Profit for the year controlling	​	(12)	​	621	​	267	​	1,435	​	1,948	​	554	​	4,813
Profit for the year non-controlling	​	(4)	​	165	​	154	​	1,378	​	1,872	​	532	​	4,097
Interest attributable to non-controlling shareholders	​	30.00%	​	30.00%	​	30.00%	​	49.00%	​	49.00%	​	49.00%	​	​

(*)

The information on Ambipar Response ES S.A. in this table is consolidated and have their subsidiaries shown in the table at note 1.2.

3.16. Segment reporting

For reviewing the operational performance of the Group and allocating resources purposes, the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) of the Group, which is comprised of the Chief Executive Officer of the Group, reviews the Consolidated results as a geographical area disaggregated by domestic market and foreign market as a whole market. The CODM considers the whole Group a single operating and reportable segment, when monitoring operations, making decisions on fund allocation, and evaluating performance. The CODM reviews relevant financial data on a Consolidated basis for all subsidiaries and business lines.

The Group’s net revenue, profit or loss, and assets and liabilities for this one reportable segment can be determined by reference to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

For more information regarding the Group’s non-current assets and net revenue by geographic area, refer to note 8.

3.17. Earnings per share — basic and diluted

The Company calculates basic earnings per share using the total average weighted number of outstanding ordinary shares during the period corresponding to income, in accordance with accounting pronouncement IAS 33.

3.18. Prepaid expenses

Those are basically disbursements made in advance, which will be charged to the result as soon as the expenses are actually incurred.

F-177

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

3.19. Transactions eliminated on combination

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses (except for foreign currency transaction gains or losses) arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated. Unrealized gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

3.20. Finance income and finance costs

The Group’s finance income and finance costs include:

•

interest income.

•

interest expense.

•

the net gain or loss on financial assets at FVTPL; and

•

the fair value loss on contingent consideration classified as a financial liability.

The ‘effective interest rate’ is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument to:

•

the gross carrying amount of the financial asset; or

•

the amortized cost of the financial liability.

In calculating interest income and expense, the effective interest rate is applied to the gross carrying amount of the asset (when the asset is not credit-impaired) or to the amortized cost of the liability. However, for financial assets that have become credit-impaired after the initial recognition, interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the amortized cost of the financial asset, if the asset is no longer credit-impaired, then the calculation of interest income reverts to the gross basis.

3.21. Share capital

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognized as a deduction from equity, Income tax relating to transaction costs of an equity transaction is accounted for in accordance with IAS 12.

3.22. Financial risk management

The Group is party to transactions involving financial instruments for the purpose of financing its activities or investing its available funds.

The management of these risks is performed through the definition of conservative strategies aiming at liquidity, profitability and safety. The control policy consists of permanent follow-up of the rates engaged versus those in force in the market.

In the semester ended June 30, 2022, there were no transactions involving derivative financial instruments with speculative purposes and compound financial instruments with embedded derivatives.

Financial instruments are recognized only as from the date the Group becomes a party to contractual provisions. When recognized, they are initially recorded at its fair value plus any transaction costs directly attributed to its acquisition or issue (when applicable). Then they are measured at the end of each reporting period, in accordance with the standards established for each type of classification of financial assets and liabilities.

F-178

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

3.22.1. Financial risk factors

In the normal course of business, the Group is exposed to market risks, including changes in interest rates and foreign currency rates.

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices — e.g. foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices — will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

The Group’s activities expose it to various financial risks: market risk (including fair value interest rate risk, and cash flow interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk, related primarily to our financing activities and foreign operation. The Group’s risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group does not have operations quoted at commodity prices; therefore, it has no exposure to commodity price risks.

The management of risk is conducted by the treasure departments.

(a) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices — e.g. Foreign exchange rate, interest rates and equity prices — will affect the Group´s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposure within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

(i) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk arises from the portion of debt pegged to the long-term interest rate — CDI and interest earning bank deposits at CDI, which may affect the financial revenues or expenses in the event an unfavorable change in interest or inflation rates takes place. Loans issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk.

Loans issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value risk associated with interest rate. Considering that a substantial part of the Group’s loans is linked to fixed rates. Management believes that the risk of significant changes in income and cash flows is low.

The Group set three scenarios (probable, possible and remote) for simulation, In the probable scenario, the rates disclosed by BM&F were set forth by the Management and the possible and remote scenario, a 25% and 50% impairment, respectively, in the variables. The calculation basis used is the amount presented in the notes of cash and cash equivalents, loans and financing and debentures:

•

June 30, 2022

​	(Consolidated) scenarios
​	Base		Probable		Possible		Remote
Index risk	​		​		​		​
CDI – Interest earning bank deposits	​	64,081	​	8,491	​	10,614	​	12,737
CDI – Loans and Financing	​	(169,472)	​	(22,455)	​	(28,069)	​	(33,683)
CDI – Debentures	​	(343,610)	​	(45,528)	​	(56,910)	​	(68,292)
Net exposure	​	(449,001)	​	(59,492)	​	(74,365)	​	(89,238)

F-179

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

•

December 31, 2021

​	(Consolidated) scenarios
​	Base		Probable		Possible		Remote
Index risk	​		​		​		​
CDI – Interest earning bank deposits	​	61,461	​	5,685	​	4,264	​	2,843
CDI – Loans and Financing	​	(155,304)	​	(14,366)	​	(17,958)	​	(21,549)
Net exposure	​	(93,843)	​	(8,681)	​	(13,694)	​	(18,706)

Due to the nature, complexity, and isolation of a single variable, the estimates presented may not faithfully represent the value of the loss, if the variable in question has the deterioration shown. The calculation was performed for a win/loss scenario in the period of one month.

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and investments in debt securities.

The credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, deposits in banks and other financial institutions, and exposure to client credit. For banks and financial institutions, only securities from entities considered as prime line are accepted.

The Credit Analysis area evaluates the client’s creditworthiness by considering their financial position, past experiences, and other factors.

Individual risk limits are determined with basis on internal or external classifications in accordance with limits determined by management. The use of credit limits is regularly monitored.

No credit limit was exceeded in the period, and Management does not expect any losses arising from defaults by those parties in addition to the provision already formed (Note 5).

As mentioned in note 18 — Segment reporting, the Emergency Response Services do not have customers representing more than 10% of their net revenue in the semester ended June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021.

(c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group’s objective when managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation.

The cash flow forecast is carried out by the Group’s Management. The Management monitors the continuous forecasts of Group’s liquidity requirements to ensure it has enough cash to satisfy operating needs. This forecast takes into consideration the Group’s debt financing plans, compliance with clauses, attainment of the internal goals of the balance sheet quotient and, if applicable, external or legal regulatory requirements — for example, currency restrictions.

Surplus cash held by the Group beyond the balance required for administration of working capital, is invested in checking accounts with incidence of interest, term deposits, short-term deposits, choosing instruments with appropriate maturities and sufficient liquidity to provide sufficient margin as determined

F-180

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

by the above predictions. As of June 30, 2022, the Group maintained short-term funds of R$ 64,081 (R$ 61,461 as of December 31, 2021) which are expected to readily generate cash inflows to manage the liquidity risk.

The table below analyzes the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities per maturity intervals, corresponding to balance sheets’ remaining period until contract maturity date (*):

​	<1 year		1-2 years		2-5 years		>5 years		Total
As of June 30, 2022	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Loans and financing	​	38,475	​	75,906	​	55,091	​	—	​	169,472
Loans and financing (interest)	​	4,790	​	8,980	​	6,517	​	—	​	16,659
Debentures	​	13,409	​	114,500	​	215,701	​	—	​	343,610
Lease liabilities	​	13,085	​	9,975	​	15,031	​	—	​	38,091
Suppliers and other accounts payable	​	87,466	​	19,157	​	—	​	—	​	106,204
​	​	157,225	​	228,518	​	292,340	​	—	​	674,455
December 31, 2021	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Loans and financing	​	60,755	​	33,264	​	61,285	​	—	​	155,304
Loans and financing (interest)	​	5,972	​	3,270	​	6,024	​	​	​	15,266
Lease liabilities	​	12,252	​	8,621	​	15,740	​	​	​	36,613
Suppliers and other accounts payable	​	39,573	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	39,573
​	​	118,552	​	45,155	​	83,049	​	—	​	246,756

(*)

In order, the amounts above refers to agreement nominal amount, however, they not represent of Financial and accounting position as financial statement.

(d) Regulatory and environmental risks

The Group is subject to the laws and regulations of the countries where it operates. The Group’s Management established environmental certified policies and procedures focused on the compliance with environmental laws.

The Management carries out regular analyses to identify environmental risks and assure that controls under operation are appropriate and duly certified.

(e) Foreign currency risks

On June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Group has not exposed to a significant transactional foreign currency. So, it concluded that they had no impact on the Annual Financial Statements as the fiscal years ends.

3.22.2. Capital management

The Group’s objectives in managing its capital are to safeguard its business continuity capacity to offer return to shareholders and benefits to the other stakeholders besides maintaining an optimal capital structure to reduce this cost.

In order to keep or adjust the capital structure, the Group may review the dividend payment policy, refund capital to the shareholders or, also, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce, for instance, the indebtedness level.

F-181

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

The Group monitors capital based on the ratio of financial leverage. This index corresponds to net bank loans and financing divided by total capital. Net bank loans and financing, on its turn, corresponds to current and non-current loans and financings as shown in statement of financial position less cash and cash equivalents. Net bank loans and financing is a non-gaap measure.

The total capital is calculated through the sum of shareholders equity, as shown in the statement of financial position with net bank loans and financing and debentures.

The financial leverage ratio on June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 can be summarized as follows:

Consolidated financial information	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Loans and financing and debentures	​	513,082	​	155,304
Less: cash and cash equivalents	​	(157,230)	​	(118,918)
Net bank loans and financing	​	355,852	​	36,386
Total shareholders’ equity	​	387,050	​	337,918
Total capital	​	742,902	​	374,304
Leverage ratio	​	47.9%	​	9.7%

3.22.3. Fair value estimate

It is assumed that balances of trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable at book value, less impairment loss, approximate their fair values, considering the realization terms and settlement of these balances, from 30 to 60 days.

For disclosure purposes, financial liabilities’ fair value is estimated by discounting future contract cash flows at interest rate prevailing in the market, which is available to the Group for similar financial instruments. The effective interest rates at the balance sheet dates are customary in the market and their fair values do not differ materially from the balances in the accounting records.

Interest earning bank deposits, represented by investments in Interbank Deposit Certificate (CDI) (note 4) were initially measured at fair value and classified as amortized cost. Additionally, were evaluated based on the yield rate contracted with the respective financial institution, considered as the usual market rate. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gains or losses due to the write-down of the asset are recognized directly in profit (loss) and presented in net finance costs.

Additionally, Management understands the financial instruments recognized in the financial information at their book values, do not show significant changes in relation to the respective market values.

Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable and willing parties in arm’s length transactions. Fair value hierarchy must have the following levels:

•

Level 1: prices charged (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•

Level 2: different inputs of the prices negotiated in active markets included at Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices); and

•

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market variables (non-observable inputs).

F-182

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Financial instruments by category

June 30, 2022:

​	​	Consolidated
​	Category & Fair value level	Book value		Market value
Financial assets	​	​	​	​	​
Cash and banks	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	93,149	​	93,149
Interest earning bank deposits	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	64,081	​	64,081
Accounts receivable	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	326,072	​	326,072
Related parties	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	41,041	​	41,041
Financial liabilities	​	​	​	​	​
Loans and leases liabilities	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	169,472	​	169,472
Debentures	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	343,610	​	343,610
Suppliers	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	51,701	​	51,701
Obligations from acquisition of investment	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	263,963	​	263,963
Related parties	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	365,111	​	365,111
Lease liabilities	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	33,344	​	33,344

December 31, 2021:

​	​	Consolidated
​	Category & Fair value level	Book value		Market value
Financial assets	​	​	​	​	​
Cash and banks	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	57,457	​	57,457
Interest earning bank deposits	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	61,461	​	61,461
Accounts receivable	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	234,288	​	234,288
Related parties	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	34,726	​	34,726
Financial liabilities	​	​	​	​	​
Loans and leases liabilities	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	155,304	​	155,304
Suppliers	Amortized cost – Level 1	​	39,573	​	39,573
Obligations from acquisition of investment	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	229,408	​	229,408
Related parties	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	482,161	​	482,161
Lease liabilities	Amortized cost – Level 2	​	31,667	​	31,667

4. Cash and cash equivalents

​	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Cash and banks	​	93,149	​	57,457
Interest earning bank deposits	​	64,081	​	61,461
​	​	157,230	​	118,918

Financial investments are mainly represented by Bank Deposit Certificates and Capitalization Bonds from first-rate financial institutions, with low credit risk, whose profitability is linked to the variation of the Interbank Deposit Certificate (CDI) and offers immediate liquidity and maturity in up to 90 days, indexed to 105% of the CDI for the semester ended June 30, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021.

F-183

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

5. Trade and other receivables

​	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Trade notes receivable – domestic operations	​	102,424	​	82,300
Trade notes receivable – foreign operations	​	225,181	​	153,549
​	​	327,605	​	235,849
Expected credit losses	​	(1,533)	​	(1,561)
​	​	326,072	​	234,288
Current	​	326,072	​	234,288
Non-current	​	—	​	—
​	​	326,072	​	234,288

The expected credit losses are established by considering supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort. This includes both quantitative and qualitative information, based on the Response Group’s historical experience and informed credit assessment, that includes forward-looking information.

It is formed an amount considered adequate by Management to cover probable losses arising on collection of accounts receivable, based on analysis of each client’s default risk considering a reasonable and supportable information available at the time that demonstrates that the credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the customer’s financial situation committed in the market, history of negotiations carried out, signed agreements not being fulfilled, mainly taking into consideration risk scenarios in which it has observable behavior in the market, and with special attention to long-standing overdue credits.

The Group allocates each exposure to a credit risk grade based on the determined data to be predictive of the risk of loss (including but not limited to external ratings, audited Financial Statements, management accounts and cash flow projections and available press information about customers) and applying experienced credit judgement. Credit risk grades are defined using qualitative factors that are indicative of the risk of default and are aligned to external credit rating definitions from agencies.

Concerning the securities that are overdue for more than 181 days, the collection processes and procedures, and agreements, even in installment payments, are in progress, and the probability of success is relatively high.

The Group assumes that there was no significant decrease in ECL between December 2021 and June 2022, despite the relevant increase in accounts receivable. This situation is mainly due to the customer portfolio of new acquisitions without significant historical losses observed.

6. Tax assets

6.1. Current tax asset

​	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Prepaid Income tax and social contribution (IR/CS)	​	6,747	​	4,895
​	​	6,747	​	4,895

F-184

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

6.2. Other tax asset

​	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Recoverable INSS (Social security tax) withheld	​	3,301	​	2,545
Recoverable PIS (Tax on sales)	​	148	​	65
Recoverable COFINS (Tax on sales)	​	687	​	299
Recoverable ICMS (State VAT)	​	313	​	95
IRRF (Withholding income tax) to offset	​	6,524	​	9,691
Other taxes recoverable	​	712	​	613
​	​	11,685	​	13,308

7. Business combinations

The Group made the following acquisitions from January 1, 2021 to June30, 2022:

Base date	Target Company	Interest acquired (%)
Jan 2021	JM Serviços Integrados Ltda	70
Jan 2021	Lacerda e Lacerda Serv TR Emerg Amb Ltda	70
Jan 2021	MDTEC Engenharia e Serviços Ltda	100
Feb 2021	Enviroclear Site Services Limited	100
Feb 2021	Orion Environmental Services Ltda	100
June 2021	EMS Environmental, Inc	100
July 2021	ControlPar Participações S.A.	70
July 2021	Swat Consulting Inc.	100
July 2021	Professional Emergency Resource Services	100
July 2021	SABI Tech S.A.S – Suatrans Chile	100
August 2021	Fênix Emergências Ambientais Ltda	100
August 2021	APW Ambiental e Transporte Ltda.	100
Sep 2021	Emerge Hydrovac Inc,	100
Sep 2021	Lynx Creek Industrial & Hydrovac Ltd,	100
Sep 2021	Lehane Environmental & Industrial Services Ltd	100
Jan 2022	Dracares Apoio Marítimo e Portuário Ltda.	51
Jan 2022	Flyone Serviço Aéreo Especializado, Comércio e Serviço Ltda	51
Jan 2022	RG Consultoria Técnica Ambiental S.A.	51
Fev 2022	First Response Inc	100
Jun 2022	Bioenv Análises e Monitoramento Ambiental Ltda	51

7.1. JM Serviços

In January 2021, the Company acquired 70% of the capital of JM Serviços Integrados Ltda (“JM Serviços”). Founded in 2002, JM Serviços specializes in emergencies in the railway modal and serves the southern region of the country.

7.2. Lacerda & Lacerda

In January 2021, the Company acquired 70% of the capital of Lacerda & Lacerda Serviços de Transporte e Emergencies Ambientais Ltda (“Lacerda & Lacerda”). Founded in 1999, Lacerda & Lacerda is specialized

F-185

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

in emergency care services, emergency care for chemical products, provision of technical and advisory services in road transport of cargo, provision of cargo removal services with the supply of materials and construction and provision of training and instruction on accident prevention aimed at safety in its various modalities, road transport of dangerous products and waste management in the state of Minas Gerais.

7.3. MDTec Engenharia

In January 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the capital of MDTec Engenharia e Serviços Ltda (“MDTec Engenharia”). Founded in 2017, MDTec Engenharia specializes in emergency response services for road ducts.

7.4. Enviroclear

On February 4, 2021, Ambipar Holdings (UK) Limited, entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital of Enviroclear Site Services Limited (“Enviroclear”).

Enviroclear was founded in 2000 and its main line of business activity is the total waste management service of all waste streams, including both liquids and solid hazardous and nonhazardous waste streams.

The acquisition consolidates the group’s strategy of forming a service network that manages synergy in the provision of services in an integral way in the units that make up an international expansion of Ambipar Group.

7.5. Orion (Canada)

On January 1, 2021 Ambipar Holding Canada Inc. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Orion Environmental Services Ltd (“Orion”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

Orion is a leading supplier of environmental solutions to Western Canada for the past 25 years, providing a wide range of solutions including: Hydro-Vac Units, Track Unit Hydro Vac, Fluid Transportation, Combo Units & Straight Vacs, Semi Vacs and Steam/Pressure Washer Units.

7.6. EMS Environmental

On June 25, 2021, Ambipar Holdings USA Inc. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Environmental Management Services Inc. (“EMS”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

EMS, founded in 1979 is an environmental service company specializing in comprehensive wastewater and drinking water utility management.

7.7. Controlpar

On February 2, 2021 Emergência Participações S.A. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of ControlPar Participações S.A. (“ControlPar”) to acquire 70% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

Additionally, on February 2, 2021 Emergência Participações S.A. and the shareholders of ControlPar, enter into a Shareholder agreement, in which among others matters, states that the non-controlling shareholders of ControlPar have a put option from January, 2027 to sell their total shares (30%) to Emergência Participações S.A. and Emergência Participações S.A. has a call option from January, 2025 to buy the total shares from the shareholders. Such Shareholder agreement was one and the final precedent conditions to the closing date of the business combination.

F-186

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

ControlPar was founded in 2008 and is a holding company that controlls 6 companies operating with environmental services, focussed on accident prevention, risk assessment and mitigation for environmental damage, such as: Environmental Licensing, Deployment of Environmental Programs, Geotechnology, Aerial Surveys, Oceanography, Hydrography, Computational Modeling, Management Systems (Environmental and Land), Industrial Environment.

7.8. SWAT

On July 6, 2021 Ambipar Holdings USA Inc entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of SWAT Consulting Inc (“SWAT”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

SWAT was founded in 2002 initially as an emergency spill response company, has grown into a multi-disciplinary team of environmental professionals providing innovative environmental services for the energy sector, construction, and transportation industries.

SWAT specializes in emergency spill response and emergency management, focusing on containment and recovery and management of the full scope of associated assessment, remediation, reclamation, terrestrial and aquatic ecology assessment and management, wildlife handling and management, and wetland assessment scopes.

7.9. PERS

On July 30, 2021 Ambipar Holdings USA Inc. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Arrowdale I, LLC. (“PERS”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

PERS was founded in 1989 and is a limited liability company primarily engaged in providing U.S. DOT regulatory compliance services, including providing shipping papers and safety data sheets, hazardous materials training programs and materials, third party administrator services for drug and alcohol testing programs, and after-hours call center for propane service companies, and an after-hour call center for emergency response and incident mitigation information to first responders and government agencies.

7.10. SABI

On July 4, 2021 Suatrans Chile S.A. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of SABI Tech S.A.S (“SABI”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

SABI has been operating for 17 years in services provision focused on responding to environmental emergencies in the road modal. It has 14 operational bases in Colombia, strategically located on the main routes and in points with a history of accidents.

7.11. Fenix Emergências

In August 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the capital of Fênix Emergencies Ambientais Ltda (“Fênix”). Founded in 2014, Fênix is specialized in emergency care services, emergency care for chemical products, provision of technical services and advice on road freight transport, provision of cargo removal services with the supply of materials and labor and providing training and instruction on accident prevention aimed at safety in its various modalities, road transport of dangerous products and waste management in the state of Rio de Janeiro.

7.12. APW Ambiental

In August 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the capital of APW Ambiental e Transporte Ltda. (“APW Environmental”). Founded in 2000, APW specializes in emergency response services, emergency

F-187

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

service for chemicals, provision of cargo removal services with the supply of materials and labor, and road transport of hazardous products and waste management in the state. from Rio de Janeiro.

7.13. Emerge

On September 1, 2021 Ambipar Holding Canada Inc. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Emerge Hydrovac Inc. (“Emerge”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

Emerge operates in environmental emergencies and industrial services, focusing on road and industrial modalities. It has 3 operational bases in the states of British Columbia and Alberta, in Canada, offering a wide array of hydrovac services.

7.14. Lynx

On September 1, 2021 Ambipar Holding Canada Inc. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Lynx Creek Industrial & Hydrovac Ltd. (“Lynx”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

With 11 years of know-how, Lynx operates in environmental emergencies and industrial services, with a focus on modal, road and industrial. It has an operational base in the state of British Columbia in Canada and has earned 4.5 million Canadian dollars in the last 12 months.

7.15. Lehane

On September 17, 2021 Ambipar Holding Ireland Limited. entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Drain Patrol Environmental & Industrial Services Limited. (“Lehane”) to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital.

Lehane was founded in 1976 and brings a valuable asset to environmental projects or maintenance activities, by providing multiple services, from Hazardous Waste Disposal, Tank Cleaning to Emergency Response to spills, it eliminates the extra expense associated by using multiple vendors.

7.16. Dracares

On March 16, 2022, the Company entered into a purchase and sale agreement to acquire the launched and outstanding 51% of Dracares Apoio Marítimo e Portuário Ltda (“Dracares”).

Founded in 2004, Dracares specializes in offshore and onshore oil spill emergency assistance, operating separately to combat oil spills, scouts for seismic vessels, vessels for environmental data collection and bathymetry. It stands out in the fight against current communication, having 8 operational bases and 13 vessels, being a reference in its segment.

7.17. Flyone

On March 18, 2022, the Company entered into a purchase and sale agreement to acquire 51% of the issued and outstanding share capital of Flyone Serviço Aéreo Especializado, Comércio e Serviços Ltda (“Flyone”).

Founded in 2000, Flyone specializes in air services for emergency response to forest fires, operating its own small, medium and large helicopters, ground support vehicles and special equipment. It owns 12 operational bases and 19 of its own aircraft.

7.18. RG Consultoria

In March 2022, the Company acquired 51% of the capital of RG Consultoria Técnica Ambiental S.A. (“RG Consulting”). Founded in 2011, RG Consultoria specializes in emergencies in the modal railway and serves the southern region of Mato Grosso.

F-188

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

7.19. First Response

On February 2, 2022, Ambipar Holding Canada Inc, entered into a Sale and Purchase Agreement to acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding share capital of First Response Inc (“First”).

Founded in 2007, First Response is a specialist in environmental emergency services with a focus on fire, training, simulations and outsourcing of firefighters and firefighting equipment, being a reference in its segment, has 8 operational bases in Canada, in the states of British Columbia and Alberta.

7.20. Bioenv

On June 29, 2022, the subsidiary Ambipar Response E.S. announced the acquisition of 51% of the capital stock of Bioenv Análises e Monitoramento Ambiental Ltda (“Bioenv”).

Founded in 2008, Bioenv specializes in environmental analysis and develops several monitoring projects in Brazil, including for companies multinationals. Located in the city of Aracruz/ES, it has a base with equipped analytical laboratories that allow an environmental assessment with quality accredited by CGCRE ISO/IEC INMETRO 17025.

F-189

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

June 30, 2022:

​

Response

​

Assets and liabilities acquired at fair value (*)

First Response

Dracares

Flyone

RG

Bioenv

Total

Current assets

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Cash and cash equivalentes

​

—

​

985

​

3,125

​

2,843

​

889

​

7,842

Trade and other receivables

​

12,055

​

4,249

​

2,109

​

907

​

824

​

20,144

Inventories

​

572

​

2,012

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

2,584

Related parties loans

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

Other Assets

​

349

​

10,079

​

16,854

​

243

​

42

​

27,567

Non-Current assets

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Deferred taxes

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

Other Assets

​

—

​

3,642

​

4,190

​

—

​

1,000

​

8,832

Investments

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

Property, Plant and Equipment

​

3,897

​

20,366

​

36,657

​

689

​

149

​

61,758

Intangible assets

​

—

​

—

​

4

​

—

​

—

​

4

Current liabilities

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Trade and other payables

​

(1,146)

​

(1,243)

​

(6,306)

​

(14)

​

(15)

​

(8,724)

Loans and Financing

​

—

​

(1,787)

​

(6,716)

​

(224)

​

(77)

​

(8,804)

Employee benefits

​

—

​

(862)

​

(123)

​

(79)

​

(81)

​

(1,145)

Current income tax payable

​

(196)

​

(1,429)

​

(7,073)

​

(60)

​

(169)

​

(8,927)

Related parties loans

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

Other liabilities

​

(1,369)

​

(10,351)

​

(1,466)

​

(2,071)

​

(148)

​

(15,405)

Non-current liabilities

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

—

​

​

​

​

Loans and Financing

​

—

​

(2,439)

​

—

​

—

​

(4)

​

(10,167)

Current income tax payable

​

—

​

(61)

​

(3,841)

​

—

​

—

​

(3,902)

Total identifiable net assets at fair value

​

14,162

​

23,161

​

29,690

​

2,234

​

2,410

​

71,657

Net amount of Assets acquired and liabilities assumed acquired at fair value:

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Attributable to the Controlling Shareholders of the Group

​

14,162

​

9,771

​

15,142

​

1,139

​

1,229

​

41,443

Attributable to the non-controlling Shareholders of the Group

​

—

​

13,390

​

14,548

​

1,095

​

1,181

​

30,214

Total amount of the consideration transferred

​

63,109

​

86,684

​

50,000

​

19,905

​

2,606

​

222,304

(-) Cash acquired

​

—

​

(985)

​

(3,125)

​

(2,843)

​

(889)

​

(7,842)

(-) Assumed amount of the obligation to pay

​

(37,294)

​

(1,000)

​

(25,000)

​

(10,000)

​

(803)

​

(74,097)

Cash paid, net of cash received (**)

​

25,815

​

84,699

​

21,875

​

7,062

​

914

​

140,365

Determining goodwill from expected future profitability (*)

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Total amount of the consideration transferred, Net

​

63,109

​

86,684

​

50,000

​

19,905

​

2,606

​

222,304

Total Net amount of the identifiable net assets acquired and the liabilities assumed attributable to the Controlling Shareholders of the Group

​

(14,162)

​

(9,771)

​

(15,141)

​

(1,140)

​

(1,229)

​

(41,443)

Goodwill paid resulting from expected future profitability

​

48,947

​

76,913

​

34,859

​

18,765

​

1,377

​

180,861

Date of acquisition

02/01/2022

02/16/2022

03/18/2022

03/18/2022

06/28/2022

​

​

​

02/2022

01/2022

01/2022

01/2022

06/2022

​

​

Company that acquired control

Ambipar Holding Canadá

Emergência Participações S.A.

Emergência Participações S.A.

Emergência Participações S.A.

Ambipar Response Espírito Santo S.A.

​

​

Aquisition Value

CAD $16,625

R$35,987

R$50,000

R$19,905

R$2,606

​

​

Percentage acquired

100%

51%

51%

51%

51%

​

​

(*)

On the acquisition date, although the Group assesses the base date of the initial balance sheet of the acquirees for the purpose of determining the allocation of the purchase price and goodwill (negative goodwill). These acquisitions have an interin report. The goodwill for expected future profitability in 2022 was R$ 180,861 (R$ 321,836 in 2021).

(**)

In 2022, the Group spent R$140,365 on acquisitions of companies, as mentioned in the cash flow statement, in investment activities, from business combinations with third parties.

F-190

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

December 31, 2021:

​

Response

​

​

Assets and liabilities acquired at fair value (*)

Enviroclear

Orion (Canadá)

EMS Environmental

SABI

SWAT

Controlpar

PERS

Lynx

Emerge

Lehane

Others (***)

Total 2021

Current assets

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Cash and cash equivalentes

​

1,718

​

(2,548)

​

736

​

72

​

12,546

​

6,459

​

2,033

​

552

​

2,206

​

6,798

​

3,401

​

33,973

Trade and other receivables

​

22,409

​

11,165

​

3,916

​

4,489

​

1,674

​

8,338

​

471

​

6,230

​

8,746

​

6,252

​

2,055

​

75,745

Inventories

​

190

​

—

​

—

​

503

​

—

​

236

​

38

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

967

Related parties loans

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

8,933

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

246

​

9,179

Other assets

​

983

​

2,498

​

63

​

19

​

454

​

9,584

​

7

​

—

​

24

​

1,927

​

1,223

​

16,782

Non-Current assets

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Deferred taxes

​

—

​

1,133

​

—

​

10

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

728

​

—

​

1,871

Other assets

​

—

​

—

​

48

​

1,103

​

4

​

1,143

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

2,298

Investiments

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

4,055

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

4,055

Property, Plant and Equipment

​

32,518

​

39,685

​

1,041

​

2,322

​

3,060

​

5,787

​

199

​

6,024

​

14,077

​

24,137

​

5,933

​

134,783

Intangible assets

​

1,572

​

—

​

—

​

3,611

​

—

​

1,195

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

6,378

Current liabilities

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Trade and other payables

​

(9,269)

​

(7,377)

​

(624)

​

(1,108)

​

(586)

​

(2,719)

​

(5)

​

(2,533)

​

(3,300)

​

(2,070)

​

(874)

​

(30,465)

Loans and Financing

​

(11,857)

​

(27,550)

​

—

​

(2,095)

​

—

​

(3,396)

​

—

​

(77)

​

(21)

​

—

​

(1,119)

​

(46,115)

Employee benefits

​

(1,533)

​

(524)

​

—

​

(856)

​

—

​

(3,354)

​

(360)

​

(143)

​

—

​

—

​

(257)

​

(7,027)

Current income tax payable

​

(3,987)

​

(2,839)

​

—

​

(695)

​

22

​

(3,016)

​

(4)

​

(865)

​

(94)

​

(953)

​

(4,102)

​

(16,533)

Related parties loans

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

​

​

—

​

(122)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(239)

​

(361)

Other liabilities

​

(10,949)

​

(1,107)

​

1

​

(375)

​

(36,242)

​

(2,145)

​

(124)

​

(36)

​

—

​

(380)

​

(1,516)

​

(53,473)

Non-current liabilities

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Loans and Financing

​

(4,699)

​

(6,906)

​

—

​

(3,083)

​

—

​

(2,210)

​

—

​

(1,849)

​

(1,860)

​

—

​

—

​

(20,607)

Trade and other payables

​

(13,230)

​

(3,492)

​

—

​

(945)

​

(1,644)

​

(216)

​

—

​

(1,809)

​

(10,581)

​

—

​

—

​

(31,917)

Total identifiable net assets (liabilities) at fair value

​

3,866

​

1,538

​

5,181

​

2,972

​

(20,712)

​

28,552

​

2,255

​

5,494

​

9,197

​

36,439

​

4,751

​

79,533

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

—

Net amount of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value:

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Attributable to the Controlling Shareholders of the Group

​

3,866

​

1,538

​

5,181

​

2,972

​

(20,712)

​

19,986

​

2,255

​

5,494

​

9,197

​

36,439

​

4,301

​

70,517

Attributable to the non-controlling Shareholders of the Group

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

8,566

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

450

​

9,016

Total amount of the consideration transferred

​

36,534

​

72,390

​

15,006

​

13,363

​

23,201

​

61,946

​

27,144

​

18,922

​

28,300

​

51,923

​

43,624

​

392,353

F-191

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​

Response

​

​

Assets and liabilities acquired at fair value (*)

Enviroclear

Orion (Canadá)

EMS Environmental

SABI

​

SWAT

Controlpar

PERS

Lynx

Emerge

Lehane

Others (***)

Total 2021

(-) Cash acquired

​

(1,718)

​

2,548

​

(736)

​

(72)

​

​

(12,546)

​

(6,459)

​

(2,033)

​

(552)

​

(2,206)

​

(6,798)

​

(3,401)

​

(33,973)

(-)Assumed amount of the obligation to pay

​

(22,059)

​

(55,297)

​

(11,255)

​

—

​

​

(13,598)

​

(31,946)

​

(13,572)

​

(9,461)

​

(14,150)

​

(15,588)

​

(28,745)

​

(215,671)

Cash paid, net of cash received (**)

​

12,757

​

19,641

​

3,015

​

13,291

​

​

(2,943)

​

23,541

​

11,539

​

8,909

​

11,944

​

29,537

​

11,478

​

142,709

Determining goodwill from expected future profitability (*)

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Total amount of the consideration transferred, Net

​

36,534

​

72,390

​

15,006

​

13,363

​

​

23,201

​

61,946

​

27,144

​

18,922

​

28,300

​

51,923

​

43,624

​

392,353

Net amount of the identifiable net assets acquired and the liabilities assumed attributable to the Controlling Shareholders of the Group

​

(3,866)

​

(1,538)

​

(5,181)

​

(2,972)

​

​

20,712

​

(19,986)

​

(2,255)

​

(5,494)

​

(9,197)

​

(36,439)

​

(4,301)

​

(70,517)

Goodwill paid resulting from expected future profitability

​

32,668

​

70,852

​

9,825

​

10,391

​

​

43,913

​

41,960

​

24,889

​

13,428

​

19,103

​

15,484

​

39,323

​

321,836

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

���

​

​

​

0

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Date of acquisition

04/02/2021

11/02/2021

25/06/2021

04/07/2021

​

06/07/2021

29/07/2021

30/07/2021

01/09/2021

08/09/2021

20/09/2021

(***)

​

​

​

02/2021

02/2021

06/2021

07/2021

​

07/2021

07/2021

07/2021

09/2021

09/2021

09/2021

(***)

​

​

Company that acquired control

Ambipar Holdings UK

Ambipar Holding Canadá

Ambipar Holding USA, Inc.

Suatrans Chile S.A.

​

Ambipar Holding USA, Inc.

Emergência Participações S.A.

Ambipar Holding USA, Inc.

Ambipar Holding Canadá Inc.

Ambipar Holding Canadá Inc.

Ambipar Holdings UK Limited.

Emergência Participações S.A.

​

​

Aquisition Value

£4.649

CAD 15.971

U$3.000

CLP 1.949.895

​

U$4.530

R$61.946

U$5.300

CAD 4.407

CAD 6.592

€8.244

R$43.624

​

​

Percentage acquired

100%

100%

100%

100%

​

100%

70%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Controle

​

​

(*)

On the acquisition date, although the Group assesses the base date of the initial balance sheet of the acquirees for the purpose of determining the allocation of the purchase price and goodwill (negative goodwill). These acquisitions have a final report. The goodwill for expected future profitability in 2021 was R$ 321,835 (R$ 178,590 in 2020 and R$ 16,658 on January 1st, 2020).

(**)

In June 2021, the Group spent R$182,291 on acquisitions of companies, as mentioned in the cash flow statement, in investment activities. Of this amount, R$38,866 came from business combinations with third parties, and R$142,709 with shareholders (see note 16.6).

F-192

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	Valor
Enviroclear	​	12,757
Orion	​	19,641
EMS	​	3,015
JM Serviços	​	5,754
Lacerda & Lacerda	​	(107)
MD Tech	​	(2,194)
Total	​	38,866

(***)

The information under “Others” corresponds to the following acquisitions: JM Serviços (at 12/31/2021), Lacerda & Lacerda (at 12/31/2020), MDTec Engenharia (at 01/11/2021), Fenix Emergency (at 08/06/2021) and APW Ambiental (at 08/26/2021).

F-193

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

For the semester ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, the acquired companies contributed with the following net revenue and profit to the Group’s results.

​	Consolidated				Combined
​	30.06.2022				30.06.2021
​	Net Revenue		Profit for the year		Net Revenue		Profit for the year
First Response Inc	​	30.498	​	13.306	​	—	​	—
Dracares Apoio Marítimo e Portuário Ltda. and MB Transportes Aquaviários Ltda	​	28.019	​	3.095	​	—	​	—
Flyone Serviço Aéreo Especializado, Comércio e Serviço Ltda	​	28.809	​	3.820	​	—	​	—
RG Consultoria Técnica Ambiental S.A. and RG Consultoria Técnica Ambiental Brasil Ltda	​	4.788	​	1.505	​	—	​	—
Bioenv Análises e Monitoramento Ambiental Ltda	​	204	​	15	​	—	​	—
JM Serviços Integrados Ltda	​	—	​	—	​	5.813	​	(3.345)
Lacerda e Lacerda Serv TR Emerg Amb Ltda	​	—	​	—	​	11.697	​	6.131
MDTEC Engenharia e Serviços Ltda	​	—	​	—	​	4.001	​	512
Enviroclear Site Services Limited	​	—	​	—	​	41.686	​	2.238
Orion Environmental Services Ltd.	​	—	​	—	​	39.074	​	22.721
EMS Environmental, Inc (*)	​	​	​	—	​	—	​	—
Total	​	92.317	​	21.741	​	102.271	​	28.257

(*)

see note 7.6.

If the above acquisitions had occurred on January 1st, 2022 and January 1st, 2021, management estimates that the consolidated net revenue and profit for the year would have been the following:

​	Consolidated		Combined
​	06.30.2022		06.30.2021
Net Revenue	​	734,212	​	392,837
Profit for the year	​	99,913	​	52,599

In determining these amounts, management has assumed that the fair value adjustments, if any, determined provisionally, that arose on the date of acquisition would have been the same if the acquisition had occurred on January 1st, 2021. The information presented above is not intended to indicate expected results in future years, being only shown for informational purposes.

F-194

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Non-controlling interest

The shareholders’ equity of the acquired companies, attributed to non-controlling and non-controlling companies, is composed of:

​	2022
​	Valor		%
Dracares	​	13,390	​	49
Flyone	​	14,548	​	49
RG Consultoria	​	1,095	​	49
Bioenv	​	1,181	​	49
Total	​	30,214	​	​

The group has chosen to recognise the non-controlling interest at its fair value for these acquisitions. The fair value of the non-controlling interest in Dracares Apoio Marítimo e Portuário Ltda. and MB Transportes Aquaviários Ltda, Flyone Serviço Aéreo Especializado, Comércio e Serviço Ltda, RG Consultoria Técnica Ambiental S.A. and RG Consultoria Técnica Ambiental Brasil Ltda and Bioenv Análises e Monitoramento Ambiental Ltda all of them unlisted companies, were estimated using the same criteria as to recognize the controlling interest at fair value, which was applying the discounted cash flow method to determine the economic value of each acquirees.

To determine the economic value, the following steps are observed:

a.

Projection of companies’ free cash flow;

b.

Determination of discount rates;

c.

Determination and calculation of goodwill;

d.

Estimate of the perpetuity of the business;

However, there are subjective variables used in the calculations and sometimes reflected in the indexes and rates applied, which significantly affect the value of the business and it is necessary to make this known to the interested parties.

Goodwill

Management considered that most of the acquisitions performed by Response have a purpose of increasing market share and geographical presence. The response segment usually operates with emergency services, where being close to the customers is very important for a good performance of the services. Therefore, goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of acquisition over the acquirer’s fair value of assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.

Customer relationship

The Company considered that the customer relationships do not consist of relevant asset for the acquisitions because the acquiree did not present at the acquisition date contracts with customers that present a term long enough or large recurrence of services contracted by a customer that could present significant benefit to the acquirer. Most of the contracts with customers and relationship with customers refer to regional contracts with clients that are located on the geographical area of the acquiree. Aligned with the rationale presented on the section of “Brand” above, the acquirees mostly refers to small entities and have limited capabilities of retaining significant clients. The capability is improved by the acquiree from the moment that Response obtains its control, by applying the processes and skills of Ambipar Group.

F-195

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Goodwill

The main motivation for the acquisitions of the Company refer to increase of market share on different geographical areas. All the acquisitions identified goodwill on the analyzed transactions. The Company understands that this amount goodwill presented above refers mostly to the expectation of benefits arising from the increase of market share that motivated the purchases.

Workforce

The Company did not identify an asset referring to workforce and work qualifications since the acquirees do not demonstrate competitive advantage on the market. The workers do not have proven specific training, needed for the rendering of the services provided by the acquirees. Also, the high turnover rates contribute for the non-significancy of the workforce on the acquisitions analyzed.

Brand

No asset related to brand was identified in the acquisitions since the acquirees do not disclose massively its brand name on the local media and market so it does not have expressiveness that could significantly contribute generating benefits related to this potential asset.

In addition, the Company has the practice of including the Ambipar Group’s brand to all the acquirees, in order to link the new acquiree to the Ambipar Group and help it to utilize the power of Ambipar’s brand and market recognition to help it improve the operations of the acquiree.

Obligation from acquisition

The payment schedule for obligations due to investment acquisition:

Year of maturity	Consolidated
2022	​	101,017
2023	​	105,007
2024	​	57,939
​	​	263,963

Current	129,481
Non-current	134,482

Impairment tests

Goodwill is classified as an asset that has an undefined useful life and must be tested annually and whenever there are indications of possible loss of value. Assets and liabilities are grouped into a single CGU (Cash Generating Unit) which is the Group itself for the purpose of impairment testing, Goodwill was allocated to this single CGU.

Any impairment loss is immediately recorded as a loss in the statement of income and is not subject to a subsequent reversal.

The Group used the value-in-use method to carry out the impairment test. For the entire CGU, a 5-years projection period was considered, with growth in perpetuity, in addition to observing the financial budgets prepared by Management to start the projection of cash flows.

Cash flows were discounted to present value through the application of the rate determined by the Weighted Average Capital Cost (WACC), which was calculated using the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) method, also considering several components of financing, debt and equity used by the Group to finance its activities.

F-196

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

As a result of the impairment test, as of December 31, 2021 and December 31st, 2020, and evaluating the scenario that there have been no changes in significant risk variables and the used future cash flow assumptions of the acquired businesses since the last closing of the annual Consolidated Financial Statements, no losses have been identified for the CGU in which the goodwill is allocated.

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs at estimated value were its book value at the amount of R$ 905,105 (R$ 320,256 as of December 31, 2020). The Administration that foresees that the two hypotheses of alteration are reasonably possible.

8. Property, plant and equipment

(a) Breakdown and changes

Changes in property, plant and equipment are as follows:

F-197

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	Consolidated – June 30, 2022
​	Buildings		Facilities		Machinery and equipment		IT equipment		Furniture and fixtures		Vehicles		Leasehold improvements		Works in progress		Vessels		Right-of- use assets		Aircraft		Total
Cost	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Opening balance	​	20,712	​	229	​	197,984	​	6,503	​	7,115	​	265,670	​	10,228	​	46,441	​	6,084	​	55,986	​	—	​	616,952
Transfers	​	6,047	​	—	​	(22,859)	​	190	​	330	​	(7,995)	​	26,531	​	(26,530)	​	(2)	​	25,035	​	—	​	747
Additions	​	1,033	​	131	​	22,980	​	1,135	​	1,101	​	45,451	​	625	​	10,417	​	5,023	​	17,714	​	2,984	​	108,593
Write-offs	​	(812)	​	—	​	(4,050)	​	(248)	​	(80)	​	(2,606)	​	529	​	(13,600)	​	(1,841)	​	(14,106)	​	—	​	(36,814)
Business combination (*)	​	99	​	—	​	4,645	​	139	​	146	​	7,016	​	—	​	4,554	​	19,341	​	(11)	​	39,887	​	75,816
Exchange-rate change	​	(2,531)	​	—	​	(16,509)	​	(224)	​	(524)	​	(13,994)	​	(246)	​	—	​	(320)	​	(4,880)	​	—	​	(39,228)
Balance	​	24,548	​	360	​	182,191	​	7,495	​	8,088	​	293,542	​	37,667	​	21,282	​	28,285	​	79,738	​	42,871	​	726,066
Accumulated depreciation	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Opening balance	​	(5,951)	​	(64)	​	(101,224)	​	(3,099)	​	(5,232)	​	(142,749)	​	(5,289)	​	—	​	(963)	​	(20,760)	​	—	​	(285,331)
Transfers	​	(3,875)	​	—	​	13,695	​	(14)	​	(31)	​	(3,248)	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(6,685)	​	—	​	(158)
Depreciation	​	(2,385)	​	(14)	​	(7,185)	​	(600)	​	(420)	​	(20,899)	​	(880)	​	—	​	(525)	​	(7,079)	​	(2,240)	​	(42,227)
Write-offs	​	477	​	—	​	9,081	​	35	​	9	​	5,043	​	49	​	—	​	144	​	(1,457)	​	—	​	13,381
Business combination (*)	​	(6)	​	—	​	(1,245)	​	(39)	​	(86)	​	(2,711)	​	—	​	—	​	(4,591)	​	11	​	(5,419)	​	(14,086)
Exchange-rate change	​	1,259	​	—	​	9,025	​	153	​	412	​	9,673	​	177	​	—	​	183	​	2,983	​	—	​	23,865
Balance	​	(10,481)	​	(78)	​	(77,853)	​	(3,564)	​	(5,348)	​	(154,891)	​	(5,943)	​	—	​	(5,752)	​	(32,987)	​	(7,659)	​	(304,556)
Cost	​	24,548	​	360	​	182,191	​	7,495	​	8,088	​	293,542	​	37,667	​	21,282	​	28,285	​	79,738	​	42,871	​	726,066
Depreciation and amortization	​	(10,481)	​	(78)	​	(77,853)	​	(3,564)	​	(5,348)	​	(154,891)	​	(5,943)	​	—	​	(5,752)	​	(32,987)	​	(7,659)	​	(304,556)
​	​	14,067	​	282	​	104,338	​	3,931	​	2,740	​	138,651	​	31,724	​	21,282	​	22,533	​	46,751	​	35,212	​	421,510

F-198

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	Combined – December 31, 2021
​	Buildings		Facilities		Machinery and equipment		IT equipment		Furniture and fixtures		Vehicles		Leasehold improvements		Works in progress		Vessels		Right-of-use assets		Other		Total
Cost	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Opening balance	​	1,566	​	153	​	88,963	​	3,185	​	3,561	​	70,905	​	6,631	​	4,562	​	5,132	​	24,559	​	2	​	209,219
Transfers	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—
Additions	​	63	​	1	​	32,915	​	1,290	​	210	​	35,742	​	186	​	41,822	​	818	​	28,742	​	—	​	141,789
Write-offs	​	(2,638)	​	(366)	​	(10,379)	​	(252)	​	(117)	​	(5,912)	​	—	​	(75)	​	(20)	​	—	​	(2)	​	(19,761)
Business combination (*)	​	20,163	​	441	​	84,795	​	2,276	​	3,192	​	165,078	​	3,255	​	132	​	—	​	3,851	​	—	​	283,183
Exchange-rate change	​	1,558	​	—	​	1,690	​	4	​	269	​	(143)	​	156	​	—	​	154	​	(1,166)	​	—	​	2,522
Balance	​	20,712	​	229	​	197,984	​	6,503	​	7,115	​	265,670	​	10,228	​	46,441	​	6,084	​	55,986	​	—	​	616,952
Accumulated depreciation	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Opening balance	​	(1,091)	​	(44)	​	(52,829)	​	(1,404)	​	(2,917)	​	(30,557)	​	(1,487)	​	—	​	(1,623)	​	(14,484)	​	(2)	​	(106,438)
Depreciation	​	(756)	​	(17)	​	(15,532)	​	(785)	​	(330)	​	(32,548)	​	(1,418)	​	—	​	(201)	​	(8,456)	​	—	​	(60,043)
Write-offs	​	18	​	416	​	12,176	​	252	​	47	​	11,580	​	108	​	—	​	960	​	1,025	​	2	​	26,584
Business combination (*)	​	(4,238)	​	(419)	​	(42,688)	​	(1,156)	​	(1,789)	​	(91,891)	​	(2,369)	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	(144,550)
Exchange-rate change	​	116	​	—	​	(2,351)	​	(6)	​	(243)	​	667	​	(123)	​	—	​	(99)	​	1,155	​	—	​	(884)
Balance	​	(5,951)	​	(64)	​	(101,224)	​	(3,099)	​	(5,232)	​	(142,749)	​	(5,289)	​	—	​	(963)	​	(20,760)	​	—	​	(285,331)
Cost	​	20,712	​	229	​	197,984	​	6,503	​	7,115	​	265,670	​	10,228	​	46,441	​	6,084	​	55,986	​	—	​	616,952
Depreciation and amortization	​	(5,951)	​	(64)	​	(101,224)	​	(3,099)	​	(5,232)	​	(142,749)	​	(5,289)	​	—	​	(963)	​	(20,760)	​	—	​	(285,331)
​	​	14,761	​	165	​	96,760	​	3,404	​	1,883	​	122,921	​	4,939	​	46,441	​	5,121	​	35,226	​	—	​	331,621

(*)

purchase of investees conforms informed in note 7.

F-199

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

(b) Rates of depreciation

The depreciation rates are as follows:

Assets	Useful life (in years)		Annual weighted average rate (%)
Leasehold improvements	​	3 – 10	​	19.08
Buildings	​	10 – 25	​	4.00
Vessels	​	18 – 20	​	5.25
Tools	​	5 – 10	​	15.00
Equipment	​	3 – 10	​	21.44
Facilities	​	3 – 10	​	14.17
Software license	​	5	​	21.90
Machinery and equipment	​	3 – 10	​	15.75
Machinery and equipment – fleets	​	2,5 – 10	​	19.60
Furniture and fixtures	​	3 – 10	​	14.07
Software	​	3 – 5	​	20.00
Vehicles	​	3 – 25	​	21.33
Vehicles – Fleet	​	4 – 30	​	14.83
Aircrafts	​	10	​	10.00

(c) Relevant maintenance costs

The Company owns an investment in a subsidiary of the aviation industry, which performs relevant maintenance on property, plant and equipment at regular intervals during its economic useful life. These maintenances are performed to restore or maintain the original performance standards foreseen by the suppliers and represent the only alternative for the use of the asset until the end of its useful life. For such maintenance, entities stop the operations of the asset or group of assets for a certain period of time and generally incur the following main expenses:

a)  Main components and parts;

b) Own services or services contracted from third parties for the replacement of components and parts;

c) Own or outsourced services for relevant maintenance and cleaning; and

d) Fixed plant costs during the maintenance period, inventory losses, etc.

(d) PPE held as collateral

In the semester ended on June 30, 2022, the amount of R$ 90,090 (R$ 66,331 as of December 31, 2021) is represented by the property, plant, and equipment in the vehicle classes (primarily represented by trucks), machinery, appliances, and equipment, which are the guarantees of the respective financing in the FINAME and Lease liabilities modality.

(e) Impairment

Management annually reviews the net book value of assets for purposes of evaluating events or changes in economic or operating circumstances that may indicate impairment or loss of its recoverable

F-200

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

value. This evidence is detect and the net book value exceeds recoverable value, a provision for impairment is recognized to adjust net book value to the recoverable value.

The recoverable value of an asset is defined as the lower of its book value and its value in use. The value-in-use calculation is based on the discounted cash flow model, considering a single CGU that is the Group itself. The business growth assumptions are based on the annual budget for 2021 and the long-term projections of its subsidiaries. Estimated future cash flows were discounted at the rate equivalent to average weighted cost of capital. The fair value measurement was categorized as a Level 3 fair value based on the inputs in the valuation technique used.

The key assumptions used in the estimation of the recoverable amount are set out below. The values assigned to the key assumptions represent management’s assessment of future trends in the relevant industries and have been based on historical data from both external and internal sources.

In percent	%
Discount rate	​	20.19
Terminal value growth rate	​	3.4

The discount rate was a post-tax measure estimated based on the historical industry average weighted-average cost of capital.

Estimated EBITDA was projected considering histories and forecasts as follows:

•

CGU’s revenues include service provision. Revenue growth was projected considering economic recovery and price increases/decreases based on inflation estimates;

•

Operating costs and expenses were projected considering the historical performance of the CGU and the trends in personnel cost readjustments and investments in the structure; and

•

Capital expenditures were estimated considering the maintenance of existing infrastructure, machinery, equipment, and vehicles for continuous operation and compliance with client contracts.

For the semester ended June 30, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, the estimated value in use exceeded the carrying amount.

(f) Leasehold improvements

Leasehold improvements comprise improvements made on third party properties and are substantially related to the lease liabilities agreement for the use of properties in Nova Odessa/SP and the Group’s headquarters in São Paulo/SP with a related company of the Group, which owns the property, for a period of five years, signed in 2021.

(g) Right-of-use assets

​

Opening balance on January 1st, 2022

Business Combination

New agreements

Depreciation

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net value

Right-of-use

​

35,226

​

​

​

15,621

​

(4,096)

​

79,738

​

(32,987)

​

46,751

​

​

35,226

​

—

​

15,621

​

(4,096)

​

79,738

​

(32,987)

​

46,751

​

Opening balance on January 1st, 2021

Business Combination

New agreements

Depreciation

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net value

Right-of-use

​

10,075

​

3,851

​

29,756

​

(8,456)

​

55,986

​

(20,760)

​

35,226

​

​

10,075

​

3,851

​

29,756

​

(8,456)

​

55,986

​

(20,760)

​

35,226

F-201

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

They mainly refer to properties and fleets that are leased from third parties for an average period of 5 years for the conduct of the Group’s business in various locations in the country. As of September 2021, the lease liabilities agreement began with related parties for the properties in Nova Odessa/SP and the Group’s headquarters in São Paulo/SP, which are subject to market conditions.

9. Intangible assets

(a)Breakdown and changes

Changes in intangible assets are as follows:

​

Consolidated – June 30, 2022

​

Trademarks and patents

Software

Client portfolio

Goodwill

Others

Total

Cost

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Opening balance

​

2,315

​

9,353

​

2,074

​

584,893

​

853

​

599,488

Transfers

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(16,658)

​

—

​

(16,658)

Additions

​

—

​

1,465

​

—

​

180,861

​

—

​

182,326

Write-offs

​

—

​

(1,198)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(1,198)

Business combination

​

4

​

—

​

(130)

​

—

​

(853)

​

(979)

Exchange-rate change

​

—

​

(1,148)

​

(264)

​

(28,796)

​

—

​

(30,208)

Closing balance

​

2,319

​

8,472

​

1,680

​

720,300

​

—

​

732,771

Accumulated amortization

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Opening balances

​

—

​

(3,892)

​

(218)

​

—

​

—

​

(4,110)

Transfers

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

Additions

​

—

​

(37)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(37)

Write-offs

​

—

​

1,198

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

1,198

Exchange-rate change

​

—

​

390

​

33

​

—

​

—

​

423

Closing balances

​

—

​

(2,341)

​

(185)

​

—

​

—

​

(2,526)

Cost

​

2,319

​

8,472

​

1,680

​

720,300

​

—

​

732,771

Accumulated amortization

​

—

​

(2,341)

​

(185)

​

—

​

—

​

(2,526)

​

​

2,319

​

6,131

​

1,495

​

720,300

​

—

​

730,245

F-202

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​

Combined – December 31, 2021

​

Trademarks and patents

Software

Client portfolio

Goodwill

Others

Research and development

Total

Cost

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Opening balance

​

1,087

​

2,454

​

351

​

221,466

​

853

​

221

​

226,432

Additions

​

139

​

1,683

​

—

​

321,836

​

—

​

—

​

323,658

Write-offs

​

—

​

(455)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(232)

​

(687)

Business combination

​

1,089

​

5,594

​

1,800

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

8,483

Exchange-rate change

​

—

​

77

​

(77)

​

41,591

​

—

​

11

​

41,602

Closing balance

​

2,315

​

9,353

​

2,074

​

584,893

​

853

​

—

​

599,488

Accumulated amortization

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

Opening balances

​

—

​

(1,615)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(210)

​

(1,825)

Amortization

​

—

​

(120)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(120)

Write-offs

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

219

​

219

Business combination

​

—

​

(1,877)

​

(228)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(2,105)

Exchange-rate change

​

—

​

(280)

​

10

​

—

​

—

​

(9)

​

(279)

Closing balances

​

—

​

(3,892)

​

(218)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(4,110)

Cost

​

2,315

​

9,353

​

2,074

​

584,893

​

853

​

—

​

599,488

Accumulated amortization

​

—

​

(3,892)

​

(218)

​

—

​

—

​

—

​

(4,110)

​

​

2,315

​

5,461

​

1,856

​

584,893

​

853

​

—

​

595,378

Carrying amounts	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Indefinite life	​	722,619	​	588,061
Definite life	​	7,626	​	7,317
​	​	730,245	​	595,378

(b)Rates of amortization

The amortization rates are as follows:

Assets	Useful life (in years)		Annual amortization rate (%)
Trademarks and patents (*)	​	​	​	​
Right-of-use of software	​	5	​	20%
Research and development	​	2	​	50%
Goodwill (*)	​	​	​	​
Client portfolio	​	2	​	50%

(*)

Undefined useful life.

F-203

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

(c)Impairment

Management annually reviews the net book value of assets for purposes of evaluating events or changes in economic or operating circumstances that may indicate impairment or loss of its recoverable value described in the note 8 (d).

10. Loans and financing

10.1.Breakdown

​	Financial charges – % p,a, (*)		​	June 30, 2022				December 31, 2021
Description			Maturity	Current		Non-current		Current		Non-current
Working capital	​	12.49	March 2027	​	17,045	​	62,337	​	44,181	​	44,792
Investment financing	​	12.48	June 2027	​	19,471	​	66,559	​	14,973	​	46,028
Financial leases liabilities	​	7.98	November 2025	​	1,959	​	2,101	​	1,601	​	3,729
​	​	​	​	​	38,475	​	130,997	​	60,755	​	94,549

(*)

Effective weighted average annual cost of interest on June 30, 2022.

10.2.Description

(i)

Working capital:   working capital operations are fixed at a weighted average rate of 12.49% p.a., and mature from January 2022 to March 2027;

(ii)

Investment financing (FINAME):   acquisition of heavy vehicles and machinery used for the operations of the subsidiaries. The contracts have a fixed rate with a weighted average of 12.48% p.a., with monthly amortization and the last installment due in June 2027; and

(iii)

Financial:   fixed-rate contracts with a weighted average of 7.98% p.a., monthly amortization and the last installment due in November 2025.

10.3.Reconciliation of movements of liabilities to cash flows arising from financing activities

Balance at January 1st, 2022	155,304
Borrowing	7,255
Interest expense	6,320
Principal paid	(33,396)
Interest paid	(5,724)
Business Combination	18,971
Cash for asset acquisition – non-cash event	30,145
The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates	(9,403)
Balance at June 30, 2022	169,472

Balance at January 1st, 2021	73,691
Borrowing	50,620
Interest expense	7,454
Principal paid	(52,152)
Interest paid	(5,985)
Business Combination	59,456
Cash for asset acquisition – non-cash event	19,818
The effect of changes in foreign exchange rates	2,402
Balance at December 31, 2021	155,304

Loan and financing agreements do not have restrictive clauses.

F-204

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

10.4.Payment schedule of installments of non-current liabilities

Year of maturity:	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
2022	​	—	​	—
2023	​	32,293	​	33,264
2024	​	43,613	​	28,137
2025	​	33,648	​	23,743
2026	​	17,559	​	9,405
2027	​	3,884	​	—
​	​	130,997	​	94,549

10.5.Guarantees

Financing with FINAME funds is guaranteed by the financed assets and was raised essentially for the creation of a vehicle fleet for the subsidiaries’ operations. This financing occurs through accredited financial institutions, for the production and acquisition of new machines and equipment, nationally manufactured, accredited in the Brazilian Bank for Economic and Social Development (BNDES).

Working capital loans are guaranteed by the Group’s shareholders’ guarantees.

11. Debentures

11.1.Breakdown

​	​	​	Consolidated and Combined
​	​	​	Current				Non Current
Description	Financial charges – % p,a, (*)	Mature	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021		June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Debentures	CDI + 3.5	February 2028	​	13,409	​	—	​	330,201	​	—
​	​	​	​	13,409	​	—	​	330,201	​	—

11.2.Payment schedule of installments for non-current liabilities

​	Consolidated		Combined
Year of maturity:	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
2023	​	59,250	​	—
2024	​	55,250	​	—
2025	​	55,250	​	—
2026	​	160,451	​	—
Total	​	330,201	​	—
Funding cost (long term)	​	(5,299)	​	—

(*)

For the year of maturity, the Company considers the period from July 2022 to June 2023 as current, and so on for other years in the segregation of non-current.

F-205

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

11.3.Description of debentures

Emergência Participações S.A.

On February 23, 2022, the members of the Company’s Board of Directors at the Extraordinary General Meeting resolved and approved the 1st issue of simple, non-convertible debentures, of the unsecured type, with additional personal guarantee, in a single series, in the amount of BRL 335,500. The funds were raised to finance the expansion of the Group’s business.

The debentures have final maturity in January 2028, the payment of principal will be made in 4 annual installments, the first being in July 2024 and interest will be paid semi-annually, with the first payment in January 2023.

11.4.Contractual restrictions and covenants

The Company has certain obligations, including compliance with financial indices (covenants). They are basically linked to the Net Debt / EBITDA* compliance ratio, which must be measured every six months by the Company.

In addition, the Company must notify in advance of incorporation, merger, spin-off or corporate reorganization, liquidation, extinction or dissolution, capital reduction, distribution of dividends above the mandatory minimum or any transfer of assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, as well as an entry with a request for judicial recovery.

As of June 30, 2022, there were no events that could lead to breach of contract.

12. Trade and other payables

​	Consolidated		Combined
​	Current		Current
​	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Trade payables – supply chain financing arrangement – domestic operations	​	7,772	​	1,145
Trade payables – supply chain financing arrangement – foreign operations	​	43,929	​	38,428
​	​	51,701	​	39,573

13. Tax payable

13.1.Current income tax payable

​	Consolidated		Combined
​	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Income tax	​	5,722	​	6,490
Social contribution	​	1,647	​	382
​	​	7,369	​	6,872

(*)

EBITDA: or EBITDA, refers to earnings before financial results, income tax and social contribution and depreciation and amortization, considering the accumulated pro forma result, with the results under the control of the pro forma Group.

F-206

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

13.2.Other tax payable

​	Consolidated				Combined
​	June 30, 2022				December 31, 2021
​	Current		Non-current		Current		Non-current
PIS	​	1,128	​	—	​	668	​	—
COFINS	​	5,201	​	—	​	3,075	​	—
ICMS	​	696	​	—	​	75	​	—
ISS	​	700	​	—	​	583	​	—
IVA	​	9,212	​	263	​	8,433	​	—
Other taxes	​	4,219	​	—	​	4,331	​	—
Installment	​	526	​	7,363	​	13	​	4,065
IRRF	​	591	​	—	​	500	​	—
​	​	22,273	​	7,626	​	17,678	​	4,065

13.3. Installments

Balance of installment payments as of June 30, 2022

The balance of installments as of June 30, 2022, comes basically from subsidiaries, and is composed as follows:

​	June 30, 2022				December 31, 2021
​	Current		Non-current		Current		Non-current
Simples National	​	6	​	1,168	​	—	​	1,285
Social Security – PGFN	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	328
Other PGFN debits	​	94	​	2,040	​	—	​	2,056
Social Security – RFB	​	191	​	1,026	​	—	​	139
Other RFB debits	​	—	​	2,103	​	—	​	—
Installment payment – INSS	​	—	​	—	​	13	​	124
PIS installment payment	​	—	​	—	​	—	​	20
COFINS Installment	​	—	​	105	​	—	​	94
Installment payment – IRRF	​	—	​	11	​	—	​	13
Other	​	235	​	910	​	—	​	6
​	​	526	​	7,363	​	13	​	4,065

F-207

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

14. Leases liabilities

14.1. Right-of-use assets

Right-of-use assets related to leased properties that do not meet the definition of investment property are presented as property, plant and equipment (see Note 8 (g)).

14.2. Leases liabilities

​	Consolidated
​	Lease liabilities		Unwinding interest from lease agreements		Net lease liability
Opening balance as of January 1st, 2022	​	36,613	​	(4,946)	​	31,667
Additions	​	10,573	​	(5,235)	​	5,338
Business combination	​	—	​	—	​	—
Payments – Principal	​	(7,332)	​	—	​	(7,332)
Interest payment	​	(1,185)	​	—	​	(1,185)
Interest appropriation	​	—	​	4,716	​	4,716
Exchange-rate change	​	(578)	​	718	​	140
Balance at June 30, 2022	​	38,091	​	(4,747)	​	33,344
Current	​	13,086	​	(1,842)	​	11,244
Non-current	​	25,005	​	(2,905)	​	22,100

​	Combined
​	Lease liabilities		Unwinding interest from lease agreements		Net lease liability
Opening balance as of January 1st, 2021	​	10,070	​	(1,129)	​	8,941
Additions	​	25,414	​	(4,133)	​	21,281
Business combination	​	4,716	​	(864)	​	3,852
Payments – Principal	​	(6,820)	​	—	​	(6,820)
Interest payment	​	(573)	​	—	​	(573)
Interest appropriation	​	—	​	1,180	​	1,180
Exchange-rate change	​	3,806	​	—	​	3,806
Balance at December 31, 2021	​	36,613	​	(4,946)	​	31,667
Current	​	11,599	​	(1,964)	​	9,635
Non-current	​	25,014	​	(2,982)	​	22,032

It is due to the lease liability, measured at the present value of lease payments expected until the end of the contract, projected at the real rate and discounted at the nominal rate, considering possible renewals or cancellations. Lease liabilities are recorded under “Lease liabilities” — in current and non-current liabilities.

The lease payments maturity analysis was settled out in note 3.4.12 showing the undiscounted lease payments to be received after the reporting date.

F-208

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

15. Provision for contingencies and judicial deposits

15.1. Breakdown

As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the subsidiaries had the following liabilities, and corresponding judicial deposits, related to contingencies:

​	Consolidated				Combined
​	June 30, 2022				December 31, 2021
​	Judicial deposits		Provision for contingencies		Judicial deposits		Provision for contingencies
Probable contingencies:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Labor and social security contingencies	​	116	​	129	​	147	​	181
​	​	116	​	129	​	147	​	181

The Group is a party to labor, social security and civil lawsuits and has been discussing these matters in both the administrative and judicial scopes and, when applicable, said lawsuits are mostly backed by appeal-related judicial deposits.

The respective provisions for contingencies were set up considering the estimates made by the legal advisors, for lawsuits whose likelihood of loss in the respective outcomes was assessed as ‘probable’.

Company Management believes that resolving these issues will not have an effect significantly different from the provisioned amount.

15.2. Rollforward of provision for contingencies

Changes in provision for contingencies as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 are as follows:

​	Consolidated and Combined
(=) Balance at January 1st, 2021 (combined)	​	546
(+) Provisions made during the year	​	63
(-) Provisions reversed during the year	​	(26)
(-) Provisions used during the year	​	(402)
(=) Balance at December 31, 2021 (consolidated)	​	181
(+) Provisions made during the year	​	—
(-) Provisions reversed during the year	​	—
(-) Provisions used during the year	​	(52)
(=) Balance at June 30, 2022 (consolidated)	​	129

15.3. Descriptions of contingencies

Labor and social security contingencies refer to lawsuits filed by former employees linked to funds arising from the employment relationship and to various claims for damages.

Civil claims refer to lawsuits filed by former suppliers and partners related to compensation for property damages arising from the commercial relationship that existed with the Group’s companies.

On December 31, 2021, Management reassessed the criteria for provision for labor contingencies considering the risk of loss in each lawsuit and started recording the estimated amount of probable loss in each request made in the lawsuits.

F-209

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

The Group has labor contingencies classified as a possible loss as of June 30, 2022, in the amount estimated by its legal advisors of R$ 2,462 (as of December 31, 2021, in the amount of R$ 1,517).

16. Related parties

16.1. Breakdown

The transaction with related parties in the Response Group was carried out under the following conditions:

​	Consolidated		Consolidated
​	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Assets:	​	​	​	​
Loan (non-current):	​	​	​	​
Ambipar Participações e Empreendimentos S.A.	​	4,500	​	4,508
Ambipar Environment Reverse Manufacturing S.A.	​	34	​	622
Ambipar R&D Pesquisa, Desenvolvimento Ltda.	​	43	​	48
Ambipar Logistics Ltda.	​	1,815	​	14,477
Environmental ESG Participações S.A.	​	9,095	​	532
Ambipar Eco Products S.A.	​	2,229	​	2,261
Ambipar Workforce Solution Mão de Obra Temp, Ltda.	​	5,578	​	5,759
Ambipar Environmental Solutions – Soluções Ambientais Ltda.	​	1,156	​	5,037
Ambipar Environment Waste Logistics Ltda.	​	925	​	1,352
Amazon Resíduos Ltda.	​	—	​	127
Atmo Hazmat Ltda.	​	5,403	​	—
Ambipar Environmental Suprema Industrial Solutions S.A.	​	29	​	—
Ambipar Holding Canada, Inc	​	6,935	​	—
Orion Environmental Services Ltd. (OES)	​	3,299	​	—
Disal Perú S.A.C	​	—	​	3
​	​	41,041	​	34,726
Liabilities:	​	​	​	​
Dividends payable:	​	​	​	​
Controlling shareholder	​	31,154	​	31,154
Non-controlling shareholders	​	315	​	315
​	​	31,469	​	31,469
Loan (non-current):	​	​	​	​
Ambipar Participações e Empreendimentos S.A.	​	313,570	​	470,824
Ambipar Eco Products S.A.	​	2,206	​	240
Ambipar Environment Waste Logistics Ltda.	​	1,088	​	1,088
Ambipar Environmental Solutions – Soluções Ambientais Ltda.	​	1,752	​	61
Environmental ESG Participações S.A.	​	9,095	​	9,595
Disal Chile Sanitarios Portables Ltda.	​	153	​	340
Gestión de Servicios Ambientales S.A.C.	​	—	​	13

F-210

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	Consolidated		Consolidated
���	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Ambipar Holding USA, Inc.	​	10,233	​	—
Ambipar R&D Pesquisa e Densenvolvimento Ltda.	​	51	​	—
Ambipar Logistics Ltda.	​	1,943	​	—
Disal Ambiental Holding S.A.	​	462	​	—
Ambipar Green Tech Ltda.	​	6	​	—
Ambipar Compliance Solutions S.A.	​	3	​	—
Ambipar Environmental Centroeste S.A.	​	4	​	—
Ambipar Worforce Solution Mão de Obra Temporaria Ltda.	​	5,578	​	—
Ambipar Bank Intermediação de negócios, pag e Part S.A.	​	18,967	​	—
​	​	365,111	​	482,161

​	Consolidated		Combined
​	June 30, 2022		June 30, 2021
Remuneration of key personnel	​	5,569	​	4,679

The remuneration of key personnel is recorded in profit or loss under employee benefits.

Loans

They comprise checking account transactions carried out exclusively between wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group’s parent company, Ambipar Participações, i.e., subsidiaries over which the parent company has full control. These transactions, whose contracts are for an indefinite period and without remuneration, are carried out and are characterized by the concept of cash centralization, i.e., single cash, aiming at better management of financial resources for the Ambipar Group.

​	Consolidated		Combined
​	June 30, 2022		June 30, 2021
Statement of income (business transactions)	​	​	​	​
Revenues	​	​	​	​
Disal Chile Sanitarios Portables Ltda,	​	24	​	47
​	​	24	​	47
Costs	​	​	​	​
Disal Chile Sanitarios Portables Ltda,	​	—	​	—
​	​	—	​	—
Net Income (loss)	​	24	​	47

Commercial transactions

Related parties linked to the Chilean non-controlling shareholder, which has strictly business transactions, i.e., entered into for the purpose of providing environmental services, leases, as well as providing emergency response services. For the execution of such transactions, the commercial conditions of the local market are followed.

F-211

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Shared costs between companies

Part of the amount payable to the parent company Ambipar Participações comes from the sharing of costs of the shared office (Centro de Soluções Compartilhadas — CSC) that is distributed among companies in Brazil according to the revenue of each company in relation to the Group.

16.2. Remuneration of key personnel

The remuneration of all directors of the group that corresponds to short-term benefits was R$ 5,569 in June 2022 (R$ 4,679 on June 30, 2021).

Benefits, such as vehicle use, reimbursement, travel, and others, are granted to officers, in June 2022, these benefits totaled R$ 90 (R$ 75 on June 30, 2021).

In 2021, no long-term benefits, termination of employment contracts or share-based remuneration were paid.

17. Shareholders’ equity

In the context of the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, the accounts comprising equity (capital, capital reserve, income reserve, equity adjustments, among other) usually are not significant.

Therefore, the statements of changes in equity of this Consolidated financial information include only two items named equity attributed to controlling interests and noncontrolling interests.

17.1. Capital

Authorized capital

The Company authorized share capital consists of (in) a limited number of voting shares and (iii) a limited number of ordinary shares.

The subscribed and paid-in share capital of the Company is represented by 261,920,439, in the amount of R$261,920 (261,920,439 share capital on December 31, 2021).

On December 31, 2020, the parent company Ambipar Participações signed with the Company a private instrument of Advance for Future Capital Increase (AFAC), in the amount of R$176,000, which refers to the corporate restructuring of the Group, to which the contracting parties attributed irrevocable and irreversible character.

In accordance with the agreement between Ambipar Participações and the Company, AFAC was converted into the share capital of Emergência Participações in January 2021, with the issue of 176,000,000 shares.

On October 5, 2021, the company approved a capital increase of R$ 49,021, with the issuance of 49,021,522 new common shares that were paid in through the transfer of all the shares of the capital stock of the investment in Ambipar Response Limited and Ambipar Howells Consultancy Limited.

17.2. Group reorganization

In 2021, the Group did a reorganization and had 100% of the capital stock of which held the control of investees: Ambipar Holding USA, Ambipar Holding Canada, Ambipar Holding UK, Ambipar Holding Ireland and Inversiones Disal which were part of the group and resulted in an impact of $326,056 in the Group’s equity, (See Note 1.2).

F-212

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

17.3. Profit reserves

Legal reserve

The legal reserve is set up annually by the allocation of 5% of net income for the year and may not exceed 20% of the Company’s capital.

The purpose of the legal reserve is to guarantee that the capital is paid up and it is used solely to offset losses and increase capital.

Unrealized profit reserve

The unrealized profit reserve is represented by undistributed profits, due to equity in earnings not realized in its investees. See below destination events to that unrealized profit reserve:

Approval of 2020 profit allocations

On April 30, 2021, the Company approved in the AGO the allocation of net income verified in the fiscal year ended on December 31, 2020, corresponding to the amount of R$ 61,699, as follows: R$ 2,356 was allocated to the constitution of reserve legal and R$ 59,343 were allocated to the unrealized profit reserve.

Approval of 2021 profit allocations

Management will propose at the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting (AGO) the retention of the net income for the year, after the constitution of the legal reserve and the minimum mandatory dividend, as “Reserve of Unrealized Profits” in the amount of R$ 93,465, which can be realized when the profits attributed to the result of the equivalence of investments are realized, for example, with the receipt of dividends from subsidiaries and joint ventures.

In the 2022 fiscal year, the Company will distribute dividends in the amount of R$ 31,140 (R$0,06 per share), as a mandatory minimum dividend for the 2021 fiscal year, with no need for a supplementary resolution.

As a result of the above, the Company’s net income was distributed as follows:

​	2021
Net income for the year	​	131,117
Destination of the legal reserve (5%)	​	(6,559)
Distribution of income for the year	​	(31,140)
Appropriation in unrealized profit reserve	​	93,418

17.4. Earnings per share

As a result of the corporate reorganization of Ambipar Participações e Empreendimentos S.A. that occurred in 2020, the Company presents these consolidaded financial statements considering Emergencia Participações S.A. as the ultimate parent company of the Group since January 1, 2021. The weighted average of the shares used to calculate the earnings per share represents the movement of the shares of Emergencia Participações S.A. in the respective exercises.

Basic

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the income attributable to the Company’s shareholders by the weighted average number of shares issued during the year, excluding those shares

F-213

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

bought by the Company and held as treasury shares. Any dividends of preferred shares and any premiums paid upon the issue of preferred shares during the year are deducted from the income attributed to the parent company’s shareholders.

​	Consolidated		Combined
Earning per share	June 30, 2022		June 30, 2021
Earnings per share operations attributable to shareholders of the parent company before deductions	​	82,381	​	52,558
Number of ordinary shares	​	261,920,439	​	212,898,917
Basic earnings per share (in Reais)	​	0.31	​	0.25
Diluted earnings per share (in Reais)	​	0.31	​	0.25

Diluted

As of June 30, 2022, the Company does not present dilution of common shares.

17.5. Accumulated translation adjustment

It substantially refers to exchange variation on foreign investees and goodwill paid on the acquisition of businesses in other countries, whose functional currencies are different from the Company and its subsidiaries.

17.6. Capital transaction

On June 28, 2021, Emergências Participações S.A. acquired 100% of the shares of Inversiones Disal Emergencias S.A. (“Inversiones Disal Emergencias”). Inversiones Disal Emergencia is a holding company with a direct interest of 50% on Suatrans Chile S.A. and, after this transaction, the total interest of Response Group on Suatrans Chile S.A. is 100%.

​	Response
​	Inversiones Disal Emergencias
Assets and liabilities acquired at fair value (*)	​	​
Cash and cash equivalents	​	1,005
Other assets	​	25,650
Other liabilities	​	(326)
Total identifiable net assets	​	26,329
Total amount of consideration transferred	​	144,430
(-) Cash acquired	​	(1,005)
(-) Assumed value of the obligation to pay	​	—
Cash paid, net of cash received/receivable	​	143,425
Determination of goodwill (*)	​	​
Total amount of consideration, net	​	144,430
Total identifiable net assets	​	(26,329)
Goodwill paid on expected future profitability	​	118,101
Date of additional acquisition	06/28/2021
Company that acquired control	Emergência Participações S.A.
Value of acquisition	US$26,185 (thousand)
Percentage acquired	​	100%

F-214

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

18. Segment reporting

Segment information is presented geographically as required by entity wide disclosures under IFRS 8.

(i)

Segment net revenue by region

​	Consolidated		Combined
​	June 30,2022		June 30, 2021
Net Revenue	​	​	​	​
Brazil	​	209,712	​	103,068
Latin America (Other than Brazil)	​	98,763	​	61,516
Europe	​	83,269	​	61,325
North America	​	262,782	​	108,708
Total	​	654,526	​	334,617

(ii)

Segment PPE, Goodwill and Intangible assets by region

From the total of PPE, Goodwill and Intangible assets, 43% located in Brazil as of June 30, 2022 (2021 is 31% at Brazil). The following table presents segment non-current assets by geographical area for the periods indicated:

​	June 30,2022		December 31, 2021
Brazil	​	493,565	​	289,762
Latin America (Other than Brazil)	​	34,626	​	42,875
Europe	​	104,403	​	115,549
North America	​	519,161	​	478,813
Total	​	1,151,755	​	926,999

(ii)

Major clients

As of June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, the Emergency Response Services has no customer representing more than 10% of its net revenue.

19. Net Revenues

The main business activities of Response comprise prevention, management, and emergency response to accidents involving hazardous or non-hazardous products in all modes of transportation, in addition, it provides industrial firefighters who work at customer’s facilities and has the largest and most complete training field in Latin America, training employees and clients with the most complete structure focused on emergency response and management in multimodal scenarios.

The Company promises a service to the customer at the contract, which could be stand-by to support or execute a spot service. The delivery of the service is identified as the single performance obligation in the respective contract.

The nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of Response Group net revenue and cash flows may be affected by economic factors. The economic factors that most impact Response Group net revenues and cash flow are associated with geographical areas. The following table presents net revenue disaggregated by geographical area for the periods indicated.

F-215

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	Consolidated		Combined
​	June 30, 2022		June 30, 2021
Net Revenue from domestic market (*)	​	209,712	​	103,068
Net Revenue in the foreign market	​	444,814	​	231,549
Net revenue from services rendered	​	654,526	​	334,617

(*)

Revenue represented by national (Brazil) clients.

20. Costs and expenses by nature

​	Consolidated		Combined
​	June 30, 2022		June 30, 2021
Material used in the rendering of services	​	(33,248)	​	(13,976)
Personnel and labor charges	​	(238,161)	​	(130,393)
Fuels	​	(30,871)	​	(9,139)
Freight and tolls	​	(2,311)	​	(1,079)
Maintenance of machinery, appliances, equipment, and vehicles	​	(14,697)	​	(13,601)
Taxes	​	(15,574)	​	(2,844)
Rent and condominiums	​	(8,558)	​	(5,071)
Rental of goods, vehicles, machinery, and equipment	​	(10,581)	​	(7,418)
Telephony expenses	​	(1,216)	​	(832)
Travel expenses	​	(9,237)	​	(4,600)
Depreciation and amortization	​	(42,264)	​	(23,709)
Advertising and publicity	​	(1,225)	​	(1,660)
Third party services	​	(96,363)	​	(32,872)
Other expenses	​	(24,615)	​	(17,917)
​	​	(528,921)	​	(265,111)
Cost of services rendered	​	(520,041)	​	(251,150)
General, administrative and sale	​	(14,043)	​	(13,856)
Other operating revenues (expenses), net	​	5,163	​	(105)
​	​	(528,921)	​	(265,111)

21. Net financial income

​	Consolidated		Combined
​	June 30, 2022		June 30, 2021
Financial income	​	​	​	​
Discounts obtained	​	91	​	10
Interest charged	​	564	​	3,790
Revenues from interest earning bank deposit	​	3,477	​	2,112
Foreign-exchange income	​	1,132	​	5,273
Other	​	271	​	1,250
​	​	5,535	​	12,435

F-216

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

​	Consolidated		Combined
​	June 30, 2022		June 30, 2021
Financial expenses	​	​	​	​
Interest paid	​	(2,419)	​	(649)
Interest right of use	​	(1,027)	​	(273)
Interest on loans	​	(6,320)	​	(2,944)
Debenture interest	​	(13,409)	​	—
Discounts granted	​	(1,006)	​	(662)
Bank expenses	​	(915)	​	(539)
IOF	​	(1,140)	​	(455)
Intercompany interest	​	(623)	​	—
Foreign exchange costs	​	(113)	​	(298)
Other	​	(1,875)	​	(736)
​	​	(28,847)	​	(6,556)
Net financial (expense)/income	​	(23,312)	​	5,879

22. Income tax and social contribution

(a) Breakdown of expense

​	Consolidated		Combined
​	June 30, 2022		June 30, 2021
Current income tax and social contribution	​	(14,685)	​	(11,007)
Deferred income tax and social contribution	​	(5,227)	​	(11,820)
Income tax and social contribution expense	​	(19,912)	​	(22,827)

(b) Reconciliation of income tax and social contribution expenses

​	Consolidated		Combined
​	June 30, 2022		June 30, 2021
Income before income tax and social contribution	​	102,293	​	75,385
Tax calculated based on current rates – 34%	​	(34,780)	​	(25,631)
Reconciliation:	​	​	​	​
Equity in net income of subsidiaries	​	—	​	—
Recognition of deferred tax loss asset	​	2,679	​	5,439
Permanent difference adjustments in other jurisdictions	​	23,334	​	17,282
Adjustment in Tax regime Differences	​	1,212	​	—
Other adjustments in temporary and permanent differences	​	(12,357)	​	(19,917)
Income tax and social contribution	���	(19,912)	​	(22,827)
Effective rate of income tax and social contribution – %	​	19.5%	​	30.3%

(c) Deferred income tax and social contribution

The Group records deferred income tax and social contribution payable and receivable to the extent of their realization, to reflect the future tax effects on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets

F-217

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

and liabilities and their respective book values, as well as a tax loss and negative social contribution basis, calculated at the combined tax rate of 34%, as well as demonstrating the basis for constituting the deferred income tax and social contribution payable, constituted taking into consideration the existing obligations in other jurisdictions, stated separately in assets and liabilities due to the fact that they are distinct tax authorities, as follows:

​	Consolidated		Combined
Tax bases – Assets	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Tax loss and negative basis	​	(6,607)	​	17,962
Temporary differences in another jurisdiction	​	13,722	​	8,470
Provisions – temporary differences	​	11,439	​	—
​	​	18,554	​	26,432
Income tax – 25%	​	4,638	​	6,608
Social contribution – 9%	​	1,670	​	2,379
Income tax and social contribution – assets	​	6,308	​	8,987

​	Consolidated		Combined
Tax bases – Liabilities	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Provisions – temporary differences	​	(36,331)	​	(45,862)
Temporary differences in another jurisdiction	​	(69,059)	​	(52,384)
​	​	(105,390)	​	(98,246)
Income tax – 25%	​	(26,347)	​	(24,562)
Social contribution – 9%	​	(9,485)	​	(8,842)
Income tax and social contribution – liabilities	​	(35,832)	​	(33,404)

(d) Changes in deferred income tax and social contribution

​	Consolidated		Combined
Changes	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
Opening balance – assets, net of liabilities	​	(24,417)	​	(7,130)
Realization to statement of income	​	(5,227)	​	(14,087)
Other changes	​	120	​	(3,200)
Closing balance – assets, net of liabilities	​	(29,524)	​	(24,417)

(e) Realization of deferred income tax and social contribution

Realization per annum	June 30, 2022		December 31, 2021
2022	​	789	​	2,247
2023	​	1,577	​	2,247
2024	​	1,577	​	2,247
2025	​	1,577	​	2,246
2026	​	788	​	—
​	​	6,308	​	8,987

F-218

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

23. Cash flow information

Investment and financing transactions that do not involve cash.

​	Consolidated		Combined
​	June 30, 2022		June 30, 2021
Acquisition of property, plant, and equipment by financing	​	30,145	​	7,977
Operational lease	​	5,338	​	—
Balance payable for acquisition of investment	​	16,311	​	40,331
Accumulated translation adjustment	​	(75,422)	​	(14,801)
Interest of non-controlling shareholders	​	24,153	​	(22,482)
Capital increase with investment receipt	​	—	​	176,000

24. Subsequent events

a) Acquisition of investment

Item	Event	Date	Description
1	Business combination with HPX Corp. (“HPX”) (NYSE: HPX).	July 2022	On July 6, 2022, the parent company Ambipar Participações e Empreendimentos S.A., informed its shareholders and the market in general that Emergencia Participações S.A. entered into a business combination agreement with HPX Corp. (“HPX”) (NYSE: HPX), a special purpose acquisition company (SPAC) (“Business Combination”). With the mentioned Business Combination, the combined company is expected to have a pro-forma enterprise value of approximately R$3.1 billion, which represents an implied EV/EBITDA multiple of 11.1x based on reported EBITDA for the last twelve months ended March 31, 2022, and pro-forma implied equity value of approximately R$2.9 billion.
2	Acquisition of 100% of the company CTA SERVIÇOS EM MEIO AMBIENTE LTDA (“CTA”).	July 2022	In July, the company, through an acquisition of the controlled company CTA Serviços em meio ambiente Ltda. Founded in 1993, in Espírito Santo, CTA is a company specialized in environmental services, having as main areas of readiness and response to the preservation and protection of flora and recovery of fauna in cases of environmental accidents. With net revenues of R$21.6 million and EBITDA of R$5.0 million in the year. For the Group, this acquisition is strategic and has synergy with current operations in Brazil, Latin America, North America, and Europe, contributing to the portfolio complement as follows: (i) Allows access to the market of environmental emergencies of protection and restoration of

F-219

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Item	Event	Date	Description
​	​	​	flora and rehabilitation of fauna, Reinforcing the operational structure of emergency response of Ambipar with Rehabilitation Centers for fauna contaminated by polluting products, technical support in unified emergency command centers and support for planning, preparation and participation in simulated exercises of environmental emergencies. (ii) Increase the portfolio of services in fauna and flora consulting, with the preparation of The Protection Plans for Fauna (PPAF), associated with existing environmental monitoring services; and (iii) Create cross selling opportunities in your current customer portfolio.
3	Acquisition of 100% of the company Graham Utilities.	July 2022	In July 2022, the subsidiary Ambipar Holding Canada announced the acquisition of 100% of the company Graham Utilities, through its subsidiary Ambipar Holding Canada Inc. Founded in 2015, Graham Utilities specializes in industrial services and emergency services for the highway, has a base strategically located 12 km from a navigation channel for the Ontario River, in Belleville, a province where Ambipar was not yet present. In 2021, it had a turnover of 3.2 million Canadian dollars, equivalent to R$14.1 million, and an EBITDA of 1.5 million Canadian dollars, equivalent to R$6.6 million. For the Group, this acquisition: (i) geographically expands the Company’s presence in North America, adding another province where the Company is present; (ii) Opens the possibility of the operation of Marine services in Canada; (iii) increases the portfolio of services and scale in North America; (iv) Generates operational, administrative synergies and cross selling opportunities; in line with its strategic growth plan, with synergy capture and potential margin maximization and return.
4	Acquisition of shareholding control of the company C-Tank	July 2022	In July 2022, the Company announced the acquisition of the shareholding control of the company C-Tank. Founded in 2015, C-Tank is a specialist in industrial and naval tank cleaning, offering onshore and offshore solutions for customers in different segments. Its operations are focused on the states of Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo and headquartered in Niterói. In 2021, C-Tank had a turnover of 41 million reais

F-220

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Item	Event	Date	Description
​	​	​	and an EBITDA of 19 million reais. This acquisition is strategic and generates synergies with Ambipar’s current operations, because: (i) allows entry into the marine tank cleaning segment; (ii) increases the portfolio of environmental services and solutions; (iii) brings operational and administrative efficiency and generates cross selling opportunities; and (iv) allows sharing of structure and team increasing the utilization rate and efficiency of assets. In line with other acquisitions, it scales and reinforces the one-stop shop model from which a single platform strengthens as a reference in environmental services.
5	Intercompany Loan Agreement between Ambipar and Emergencia	July 2022	On July 5, 2022, Ambipar and Emergencia entered into the Ambipar Intercompany Loan Agreement, pursuant to which Ambipar formalized the disbursement to Emergencia, under the abovementioned intercompany loans, of an aggregate amount of R$317,094,454,24. According to the Ambipar Intercompany Loan Agreement, Ambipar may elect, at any time prior to the termination of this agreement and at its sole discretion, to convert the amount (as expressed in Brazilian Reais) equivalent to US$50,500,000.00 into Emergencia’s equity, as consideration for the subscription and purchase of 5,050,000 New Pubco Class B Ordinary Shares at $10.00 per share pursuant to the Ambipar Subscription Agreement.
6	Acquisition of 100% of Ridgeline Canada Inc. (“Ridgeline”).	August 2022	Founded in 1999, Ridgeline specializes in emergency response and environmental services for companies in the oil and gas, utilities, mining and construction industries. It has 16 bases located in the provinces of British Columbia, Alberta and Saskatchewan, complementary to the current structure of Ambipar in Canada. In 2021, it had a turnover of 34.1 million Canadian dollars, equivalent to R$150.0 million, and an EBITDA of 4.2 million Canadian dollars, equivalent to R$18.5 million. For the Group, this acquisition: (i) geographically expands the Company’s presence in North America, adding new provinces in Canada where the Company was not present; (ii) increases the portfolio of environmental services offered in North America; (iii) Generates operational, administrative synergies and cross selling opportunities; in line

F-221

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Item	Event	Date	Description
​	​	​	with its strategic growth plan, with capture of synergies and potential margin maximization and return.
7	New loan agreement with ITAU BBA International PLC	August 2022	In August 2022, in order to finance the acquisition of Witt O'Brien's, Ambipar Holding USA Inc. entered into a loan agreement with Itau BBA International PLC, pursuant to which Itau BBA International PLC granted a loan to Ambipar Holding USA Inc. in the principal amount of $90.0 million, bearing interest of 6.36% p.a., to be paid in nine half-yearly installments from March 2023 to March 2027, with payment of principal due on September 13, 2027.
8	Second Issuance of Debentures	September 2022	Second Issuance of Debentures means the issuance by Emergencia, on September 20, 2022, of an aggregate principal amount of R$250.0 million in a single series of 250,000 unsecured, non-convertible debentures due September 20, 2028, pursuant to the Second Deed of Debentures. This amount was received by the Company in the first week of October 2022.
9	Acquisition of 100% of company Witt O’Brien’s, LLC (“Witt O’Brien’s”) through its direct subsidiary Ambipar Holding USA Inc.	October 2022	In October 2022, the Company announced the conclusion of the shareholding control of the company Witt O’Brien’s, LLC (“Witt O’Brien’s”), through its direct subsidiary Ambipar Holding USA Inc.. Created through the 2012 merger of O’Brien’s Response Management and Witt Associates, WOB is a global leader in the crisis and emergency management industry for blue-chip corporate clients and emergency and resilience programs for the public sector. In the corporate segment, WOB serves more than 1,200 customers and enjoys an attractive margin profile along with sustainable subscription-type revenues. Historically, this segment had a churn rate of less than 5%. Recent customers include 31 Fortune 100 companies, many of which are leaders in the oil, transportation, energy, media, and technology industries. The acquisition is consistent with Ambipar Response’s global expansion strategy and accelerates its growth in the United States. WOB has an experienced and multifunctional leadership team, which is aligned with the execution of its business plan. In addition, it has an organizational structure

F-222

RESPONSE GROUP

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of reais, unless otherwise indicated)

Item	Event	Date	Description
​	​	​	configured to support its growth and the integration of Ambipar Response’s existing operations in the United States.

F-223

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS Members
Witt O’Brien’s LLC Opinion We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Witt O’Brien’s LLC (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”), which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021 (Successor) and December 31, 2020 (Predecessor), and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for the period from April 15, 2021 to December 31, 2021 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2021 to April 14, 2021 (Predecessor), and the year ended December 31, 2020 (Predecessor), and the related notes to the financial statements. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 (Successor) and December 31, 2020 (Predecessor), and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 15, 2021 to December 31, 2021 (Successor), for the period from January 1, 2021 to April 14, 2021 (Predecessor) and the year ended December 31, 2020 (Predecessor) in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Basis for opinion We conducted our audits of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAS). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are required to be independent of the Company and to meet our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the relevant ethical requirements relating to our audits. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion. Responsibilities of management for the financial statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and for the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year after the date the financial statements are issued.

F-224

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not absolute assurance and therefore is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with US GAAS will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. Misstatements are considered material if there is a substantial likelihood that, individually or in the aggregate, they would influence the judgment made by a reasonable user based on the consolidated financial statements.

In performing an audit in accordance with US GAAS, we:

•

Exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit.

•

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.

•

Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, no such opinion is expressed.

•

Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluate the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

•

Conclude whether, in our judgment, there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time.

We are required to communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit, significant audit findings, and certain internal control-related matters that we identified during the audit.

Fort Lauderdale, Florida
May 19, 2022

F-225

Witt O’Brien’s, LLC
(a Limited Liability Company)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands)

​	Successor			Predecessor
​	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
ASSETS	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current Assets:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Cash	​	$	2,551	​	$	1,882
Receivables:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $5,641 and $4,725 in 2021 and 2020, respectively	​	​	143,387	​	​	135,896
Other	​	​	102	​	​	—
Prepaid expenses	​	​	354	​	​	522
Other assets	​	​	723	​	​	191
Total current assets	​	​	147,117	​	​	138,491
Property and Equipment:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Historical Cost	​	​	1,224	​	​	493
Accumulated depreciation	​	​	(347)	​	​	(442)
Net property and equipment	​	​	877	​	​	51
Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets	​	​	3,138	​	​	1,396
Investments, at Equity, in 50% or Less Owned Companies	​	​	1,297	​	​	1,247
Goodwill	​	​	—	​	​	28,506
Intangible Assets, net of accumulated amortization of $843 and $5,432 in 2021 and 2020, respectively	​	​	10,357	​	​	7,813
Deferred Income Taxes	​	​	1,452	​	​	1,093
Other Assets	​	​	225	​	​	225
​	​	$	164,463	​	$	178,822
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current Liabilities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current portion of long-term operating lease liabilities	​	$	507	​	$	1,412
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	​	​	33,960	​	​	17,199
Accrued wages and benefits	​	​	9,104	​	​	5,584
Accrued income taxes	​	​	—	​	​	728
Contract liabilities	​	​	626	​	​	596
Other current liabilities	​	​	1,621	​	​	6,547
Total current liabilities	​	​	45,818	​	​	32,066
Long-Term Operating Lease Liabilities	​	​	2,641	​	​	—
Advances from SEACOR	​	​	50,317	​	​	82,322
Other Liabilities	​	​	1,625	​	​	2,112
Total liabilities	​	​	100,401	​	​	116,500
Members’ Equity:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Common stock	​	​	1	​	​	1
Additional paid-in capital	​	​	32,601	​	​	48,953
Retained earnings	​	​	31,486	​	​	13,885
Other comprehensive loss	​	​	(26)	​	​	(517)
Total members’ equity	​	​	64,062	​	​	62,322
​	​	$	164,463	​	$	178,822

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction herewith.

F-226

Witt O’Brien’s, LLC
(a Limited Liability Company)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)

​	Successor			Predecessor
​	April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021			For the year ended December 31, 2020
Operating Revenues	​	$	165,696	​	$	28,289	​	$	92,480
Costs and Expenses:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Operating	​	​	98,641	​	​	18,547	​	​	58,520
Administrative and general	​	​	20,408	​	​	6,487	​	​	28,003
Depreciation and amortization	​	​	1,170	​	​	426	​	​	1,335
​	​	​	120,219	​	​	25,460	​	​	87,858
Operating Income	​	​	45,477	​	​	2,829	​	​	4,622
Other Income (Expense):	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Interest expense on advances from SEACOR	​	​	(2,815)	​	​	(767)	​	​	(2,635)
SEACOR management fees	​	​	(10,501)	​	​	(707)	​	​	(1,700)
Foreign currency losses, net	​	​	(17)	​	​	(1)	​	​	(48)
Other, net	​	​	13	​	​	13	​	​	149
​	​	​	(13,320)	​	​	(1,462)	​	​	(4,234)
Income Before Income Tax Expense and Equity in Earnings of 50% or Less Owned Companies	​	​	32,157	​	​	1,367	​	​	388
Income Tax Expense (Benefit):	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current	​	​	1,856	​	​	339	​	​	1,176
Deferred	​	​	(292)	​	​	(67)	​	​	(1,093)
​	​	​	1,564	​	​	272	​	​	83
Income Before Equity in Earnings of 50% or Less Owned Companies	​	​	30,593	​	​	1,095	​	​	305
Equity in Earnings of 50% or Less Owned Companies, Net of Tax	​	​	962	​	​	57	​	​	806
Net Income	​	​	31,555	​	​	1,152	​	​	1,111
Other Comprehensive Loss:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Foreign currency translation losses, net of tax	​	​	(26)	​	​	(54)	​	​	(121)
Comprehensive Income	​	$	31,529	​	$	1,098	​	$	990

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction herewith.

F-227

Witt O’Brien’s, LLC
(a Limited Liability Company)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands)

​

Witt O’Brien’s, LLC Members’ Equity

​

​

​

​

Common Stock

Additional Paid-In Capital

Retained Earnings

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Total Equity

Predecessor

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

December 31, 2019

​

$

1

​

$

48,953

​

$

12,794

​

$

(396)

​

$

61,352

Distributions to members

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(20)

​

​

—

​

​

(20)

Net income

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

1,111

​

​

—

​

​

1,111

Other comprehensive loss

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(121)

​

​

(121)

Year ended December 31, 2020

​

​

1

​

​

48,953

​

​

13,885

​

​

(517)

​

​

62,322

Net income

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

1,152

​

​

—

​

​

1,152

Other comprehensive loss

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(54)

​

​

(54)

Period ended April 14, 2021

​

$

1

​

$

48,953

​

$

15,037

​

$

(571)

​

$

63,420

Successor

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

April 15, 2021

​

$

1

​

$

32,601

​

$

—

​

$

—

​

$

32,602

Distributions to members

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(69)

​

​

—

​

​

(69)

Net income

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

31,555

​

​

—

​

​

31,555

Other comprehensive loss

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(26)

​

​

(26)

Period ended December 31, 2021

​

$

1

​

$

32,601

​

$

31,486

​

$

(26)

​

$

64,062

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction herewith.

F-228

Witt O’Brien’s, LLC
(a Limited Liability Company)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

​	Successor			Predecessor
​	April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021			For the year ended December 31, 2020
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Net Income	​	$	31,555	���	$	1,152	​	$	1,111
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Depreciation and amortization	​	​	1,170	​	​	426	​	​	1,335
Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets	​	​	660	​	​	436	​	​	1,519
Bad debt expense	​	​	468	​	​	656	​	​	4,502
Foreign currency losses, net	​	​	17	​	​	1	​	​	48
Deferred income tax benefit	​	​	(292)	​	​	(67)	​	​	(1,093)
Equity in earnings of 50% or less owned companies, net of tax	​	​	(962)	​	​	(57)	​	​	(806)
Dividends received from 50% or less owned companies	​	​	903	​	​	—	​	​	553
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Increase in receivables	​	​	(4,472)	​	​	(4,274)	​	​	(33,479)
Increase (decrease) in prepaid expenses and other assets	​	​	(379)	​	​	8	​	​	321
Increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities	​	​	8,051	​	​	4,858	​	​	9,733
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	​	​	36,719	​	​	3,139	​	​	(16,256)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Purchases of property and equipment	​	​	(1,190)	​	​	(2)	​	​	—
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired	​	​	—	​	​	—	​	​	(970)
Net cash used in investing activities	​	​	(1,190)	​	​	(2)	​	​	(970)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Proceeds from (payments on) advances from SEACOR, net	​	​	(39,779)	​	​	1,872	​	​	18,511
Distributions to members	​	​	(69)	​	​	—	​	​	(20)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	​	​	(39,848)	​	​	1,872	​	​	18,491
Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash	​	​	(28)	​	​	7	​	​	63
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash	​	​	(4,347)	​	​	5,016	​	​	1,328
Cash, Beginning of Year	​	​	6,898	​	​	1,882	​	​	554
Cash, End of Year	​	$	2,551	​	$	6,898	​	$	1,882

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction herewith.

F-229

Witt O’Brien’s, LLC
(a Limited Liability Company)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.   ORGANIZATION, NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations.   Witt O’Brien’s, LLC (“Witt O’Brien’s” and along with its subsidiaries collectively referred to as the “Company”) provides strategic consulting and implementation solutions that ensure the continuity, stability, and resilience of its clients’ mission-critical operations. The Company delivers these solutions through two segments: Government Solutions; and Corporate Solutions. Government Solutions comprises four practice areas: Community Services; Infrastructure Services; Readiness & Resilience; and Response Operations. Corporate Solutions is also organized in four practice areas: Communications; Emergency Management; Corporate Resilience; and EHS Compliance.

Basis of Consolidation.   Witt O’Brien’s is a wholly-owned subsidiary of SEACOR Holdings Inc. (along with its other majority-owned subsidiaries collectively referred to as “SEACOR”). These consolidated financial statements include the financial position, operating results and cash flows of Witt O’Brien’s and its wholly-owned subsidiaries for the periods presented. All intercompany accounts and transactions among the consolidated group have been eliminated.

The Company employs the equity method of accounting for investments in 50% or less owned companies that it does not control but has the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the business venture. Significant influence is generally deemed to exist if the Company has between 20% and 50% of the voting rights of a business venture but may exist when the Company’s ownership percentage is less than 20%. The Company reports its investments in and advances to these business ventures in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as investments, at equity, in 50% or less owned companies. The Company reports its share of earnings or losses from investments in 50% or less owned companies in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income as equity in earnings of 50% or less owned companies, net of tax.

Merger Agreement.   On December 4, 2020, SEACOR entered into a definitive merger agreement with an affiliate of American Industrial Partners to acquire the Company in a take-private transaction. On April 14, 2021, all conditions to the take-private transaction were met, resulting in a change of ownership at that date (referred to as the “Take Private Transaction”).

As a consequence of the change in ownership, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States require an allocation of the purchase consideration to the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities as of the Merger date, April 15, 2021 (referred to as “Fair Value Accounting”). References to Predecessor in the consolidated financial statements are in reference to reporting dates through April 14, 2021 (the “Predecessor Period”). References to Successor in the consolidated financial statements are in reference to reporting dates on or after April 15, 2021 (the “Successor Period”). As such, the financial information for the Successor is presented on a basis different from, and is therefore not necessarily comparable to, the financial information for the Predecessor as of December 31, 2020 and the period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021, and the year ended December 31, 2020.

Fair Value Accounting Allocation.   The allocation of the purchase price for the Take Private Transaction was as follows (in thousands):

​	April 15, 2021
Cash and cash equivalents	​	$	6,898
Trade and other receivables	​	​	139,509
Other current assets	​	​	699
Property and Equipment	​	​	5
Right of use assets	​	​	902
Investments, at Equity, and Advances to 50% or Less Owned Companies	​	​	1,236

F-230

​	April 15, 2021
Deferred Income Taxes	​	​	1,160
Goodwill	​	​	—
Intangible Assets	​	​	11,200
Other Assets	​	​	225
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities	​	​	(18,650)
Other current liabilities	​	​	(17,220)
Operating lease liabilities	​	​	(909)
Advances from SEACOR	​	​	(90,206)
Other Liabilities	​	​	(2,247)
Fair value of net assets	​	$	32,602

Use of Estimates.   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Such estimates include those related to the allowance for doubtful accounts, the useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, impairments and certain accrued liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates and those differences may be material.

Subsequent Events.   The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through May 17, 2022, the date the consolidated and financial statements were available to be issued.

Revenue Recognition.   Revenue is recognized when (or as) the Company transfers promised goods or services to its customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for these goods or services, which occurs when (or as) the Company satisfies its contractual obligations and transfers control of the promised goods or services to its customers. Costs to obtain or fulfill a contract are expensed as incurred.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers.   The Company’s revenues from contracts with customers primarily arise from time and material, retainer and per unit contracts. The Company transfers control of the service to the customer and satisfies its performance obligation over the term of the contract or as units are delivered, and therefore recognizes revenue over the term of the contract or as units are delivered, while related costs are expensed as incurred. Time and material contracts primarily relate to emergency response, debris management or consulting services that the Company performs for a predetermined fee. Retainer contracts, which are nearly all with vessel services operators and oil companies, are contracted based on agreed-upon rates. Per unit contracts primarily relate to application reviews on behalf of states or other jurisdictions.

Contract liabilities from contracts with customers arise when the Company has received consideration prior to performance and are included in other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s contract liability activity for the years ended December 31, was a follows (in thousands):

​	Successor			Predecessor
​	2021			2020
Balance at beginning of period	​	$	596	​	$	434
Previously deferred revenues recognized upon completion of performance obligation during the period	​	​	(596)	​	​	(434)
Net contract liabilities arising during the period	​	​	626	​	​	596
Balance at end of period	​	$	626	​	$	596

F-231

The Company’s revenues from contracts with customers for the periods indicated, were as follows (in thousands):

​	Successor			Predecessor
​	April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021			For the year ended December 31, 2020
Revenues from Contracts with Customers:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Time and material contracts	​	$	104,258	​	$	23,621	​	$	78,184
Per unit contracts	​	​	50,841	​	​	438	​	​	—
Retainer contracts	​	​	9,020	​	​	3,457	​	​	11,823
Other	​	​	1,577	​	​	773	​	​	2,473
​	​	$	165,696	​	$	28,289	​	$	92,480

Trade Receivables.   Customers of the Company are primarily governments, energy companies, ship managers and owners, healthcare providers, universities and school systems. The Company routinely reviews its trade receivables and makes provisions for probable doubtful accounts; however, those provisions are estimates and actual results could differ from those estimates and those differences may be material. Trade receivables are deemed uncollectible and removed from accounts receivable and the allowance for doubtful accounts when collection efforts have been exhausted.

Other Receivables.   Other receivables primarily consist of income tax receivables.

Concentrations of Credit Risk.    The Company is exposed to concentrations of credit risk associated with its cash. The Company minimizes its credit risk by monitoring the financial condition of the financial institutions involved and by primarily conducting business with large, well-established financial institutions. The Company does not currently anticipate nonperformance by any of its significant counterparties. The Company is also exposed to concentrations of credit risk relating to its receivables due from customers in the industries described above. The Company does not generally require collateral or other security to support its outstanding receivables. The Company minimizes its credit risk relating to receivables by performing ongoing credit evaluations. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, approximately 59% and 91%, respectively, of the Company’s trade accounts receivable were due from one customer.

Other Assets.   Other assets consist of deferred project costs, primarily labor costs, for fixed fee projects. These costs are expensed upon project completion when the Company recognizes revenues, or at the time the project is terminated, whichever is earlier.

Property and Equipment.   Property and equipment, stated at cost, is depreciated using the straight line method over the estimated useful life of the asset to an estimated residual value, if applicable. The Company’s property and equipment consists primarily of leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment with a useful life ranging from three to five years.

Intangible Assets.

Finite Lived.   The Company’s finite lived intangible assets consist of trademarks and customer relationships primarily arose from business acquisitions (see Note 2) and Fair Value Accounting. These finite lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives generally ranging from 24 to 120 months. During the Successor period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021, and during the Predecessor periods January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021, and the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized amortization expense of $0.8 million, $0.4 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

F-232

Future amortization expense of intangible assets for each of the years ended December 31, is as follows (in thousands):

Successor	​	​
2022	$	1,190
2023	​	942
2024	​	840
2025	​	840
2026	​	840
Years subsequent to 2026	​	3,605
​	$	8,257

Indefinite Lived.   The Company’s indefinite lived intangible assets of $2.1 million consist of tradenames and arose from Fair Value Accounting.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.   The Company performs an impairment analysis of intangible assets, when indicators of impairment are present. These indicators may include a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of an intangible asset. If the carrying values of intangible assets are not recoverable, as determined by the estimated undiscounted cash flows, the estimated fair value of the intangible assets are compared to their current carrying values and impairment charges are recorded if the carrying value exceeds fair value. The Company performs its testing on an intangible asset basis. Generally, fair value is determined using valuation techniques, such as expected discounted cash flows, as appropriate. During the Successor period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor periods January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company did not recognize any impairment charges related to its its intangible assets.

Impairment of 50% or Less Owned Companies.   Investments in 50% or less owned companies are reviewed periodically to assess whether there is an other-than-temporary decline in the carrying value of the investment. In its evaluation, the Company considers, among other items, recent and expected financial performance and returns, impairments recorded by the investee and the capital structure of the investee. When the Company determines the estimated fair value of an investment is below carrying value and the decline is other-than-temporary, the investment is written down to its estimated fair value. Actual results may vary from the Company’s estimates due to the uncertainty regarding projected financial performance, the severity and expected duration of declines in value, and the available liquidity in the capital markets to support the continuing operations of the investee, among other factors. Although the Company believes its assumptions and estimates are reasonable, the investee’s actual performance compared with the estimates could produce different results and lead to additional impairment charges in future periods. During the Successor period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor periods January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company did not recognize impairment charges related to its 50% or less owned companies.

Goodwill.   Goodwill is recorded when the purchase price paid for an acquisition exceeds the fair value of net identified tangible and intangible assets acquired. The Company performed an annual impairment test of goodwill on October 1 of each year and further periodic tests to the extent indicators of impairment develop between annual impairment tests. The Company’s impairment review process compared the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value, including the goodwill, related to the reporting unit. To determine the fair value of the reporting unit, the Company used various approaches including an asset or cost approach, market approach or income approach or any combination thereof. These approaches required the Company to make certain estimates and assumptions including projections of future cash flows, revenues and expenses. These estimates and assumptions were reviewed each time the Company tested goodwill for impairment and were typically developed as part of the Company’s routine business planning and forecasting process. Although the Company believes its assumptions and estimates were reasonable, the Company’s actual performance against its estimates could produce different results. During the Predecessor periods January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company did not recognize any impairment charges related to its goodwill.

F-233

Business Combinations.   The Company recognizes 100% of the fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and noncontrolling interests when the acquisition constitutes a change in control of the acquired entity. Shares issued in consideration for a business combination, contingent consideration arrangements and pre-acquisition loss and gain contingencies are all measured and recorded at their acquisition-date fair value. Subsequent changes to fair value of contingent consideration arrangements are generally reflected in earnings. Acquisition-related transaction costs are expensed as incurred and any changes in income tax valuation allowances and tax uncertainty accruals are recorded as an adjustment to income tax expense. The operating results of entities acquired are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income from the date of acquisition (see Note 2).

Other Current Liabilities.   Other current liabilities primarily consists of accrued gross receipts taxes on revenues recognized in jurisdictions with a gross receipts tax and the deferral of the payment payroll taxes allowable under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act passed by the U.S. Congress and signed by the President in March 2020.

Income Taxes.   The income of the Company is included in the taxable income of its individual owners and therefore no provision for income taxes is included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements except for certain subsidiaries that have elected to be treated as a taxable entity for jurisdictional tax purposes (See Note 5).

Foreign Currency Translation.   The assets, liabilities and results of operations of the Company’s equity method investment are measured using the equity method investee’s functional currency, which is the currency of the primary foreign economic environment in which it operates. When recording the Company’s investment in and equity earnings of these 50% or less owned companies, the equity method investee’s assets and liabilities are translated to U.S. dollars at currency exchange rates as of the balance sheet dates and revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted average currency exchange rates during the applicable reporting periods. The Company’s proportionate share of translation adjustments resulting from the process of translating equity method investee’s financial statements are reported in other comprehensive loss in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Foreign Currency Transactions.   The Company, from time to time, enters into transactions denominated in currencies other than its functional currency. Gains and losses resulting from changes in currency exchange rates between the functional currency and the currency in which a transaction is denominated are included in foreign currency gains (losses), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income in the period in which the currency exchange rates change.

2.   BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

Navigate.   On February 21, 2020, the Company acquired Helix Media Pte. Ltd., Navigate Response (Asia) Pte. Ltd., Navigate PR Ltd., and Navigate Response Limited (collectively “Navigate”), a global crisis communications network specializing in the international shipping, port and offshore industries for $3.6 million in cash. The purchase price consisted of $1.0 million, in cash net of cash acquired of $0.8 million, paid at the closing of the acquisition and $1.8 million of contingent consideration that is payable upon Navigate meeting certain specified cash collection and client retention targets for the 24 months following the acquisition date. The Company performed a fair value analysis and the purchase price was allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities based on their fair value resulting in no goodwill being recorded. During the Successor period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021, and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2020, the Company paid $1.7 million and $0.1 million, respectively, of the contingent consideration.

F-234

Purchase Price Allocation.   The allocation of the purchase price for the Company’s acquisition for the year ended December 31, was as follows (in thousands):

​	Predecessor
​	2020
Trade and other receivables	​	$	295
Other current assets	​	​	103
Property and Equipment	​	​	5
Intangible Assets	​	​	3,078
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities(2)	​	​	(31)
Other current liabilities(2)	​	​	(2,113)
Other Liabilities(2)	​	​	(367)
Purchase price(3)	​	$	970

(1)

Includes contingent consideration.

(2)

Purchase price is net of cash acquired totaling $0.8 million.

3.   INVESTMENTS, AT EQUITY, IN 50% OR LESS OWNED COMPANIES

O’Brien’s do Brazil.   O’Brien’s do Brasil Consultoria em Emergencias e Meio Ambiente A/A (“O’Brien’s do Brazil”) is an emergency consulting organization providing preparedness, response and recovery services in Brazil. During the Successor period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021, and during thePredecessor year ended December 31, 2020, the Company received dividends of $0.9 million and $0.6 million, respectively, from O’Brien’s do Brazil.

4.

OPERATING LEASES

Lessee.   As of December 31, 2021, the Company leased in one office, which had remaining durations of 66 months.

As of December 31, 2021, the future minimum payments in the years ended December 31, for the Company’s operating lease were as follows (in thousands):

Successor	​	​
2022	$	632
2023	​	639
2024	​	646
2025	​	652
2026	​	660
Years subsequent to 2026	​	333
​	​	3,562
Interest component	​	414
​	​	3,148
Current portion of long-term operating lease liabilities	​	507
Long-term operating lease liabilities	$	2,641

F-235

The components of lease expense for the periods indicated, were as follows (in thousands):

​	Successor			Predecessor
​	April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021			For the year ended December 31, 2020
Operating lease expense	​	$	770	​	$	490	​	$	1,519
Short-term lease expense (lease duration of twelve months or less at lease commencement)	​	​	172	​	​	46	​	​	14
​	​	$	942	​	$	536	​	$	1,533

Other information related to operating leases for the periods indicated, was as follows (in thousands except weighted average data):

​	Successor			Predecessor
​	April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021			For the year ended December 31, 2020
Operating cash outflows from operating leases	​	$	768	​	$	498	​	$	1,707
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities	​	$	2,965	​	$	17	​	$	(33)
Weighted average remaining lease term, in years	​	​	5.5	​	​	0.6	​	​	0.9
Weighted average discount rate	​	​	4.0%	​	​	4.0%	​	​	4.0%

5.   INCOME TAXES

Income (loss) before current income tax expense and equity in earnings of 50% or less owned companies derived from certain subsidiaries that have elected to be treated as a taxable entity for jurisdictional tax purposes was $9.1 million, $2.0 million and ($0.2) million for the Successor period April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor periods January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively.

The following table reconciles the difference between the statutory federal income tax rate for the Company and the effective income tax rate for the periods indicated:

​	Successor		Predecessor
​	April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021		January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021		Year ended December 31, 2020
Statutory rate	​	21.0%	​	21.0%	​	21.0%
Foreign earnings not subject to U.S. income tax	​	(21.0)%	​	(21.0)%	​	(21.0)%
Foreign taxes not creditable against U.S. income tax	​	17.3%	​	13.4%	​	(37.0)%
​	​	17.3%	​	13.4%	​	(37.0)%

The components of the deferred income tax assets as of December 31, were as follows (in thousands):

​	Successor			Predecessor
​	2021			2020
Deferred tax assets:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Disallowed interest deduction carryforward	​	$	277	​	$	82
Temporary differences arising from allowance for doubtful accounts	​	​	1,168	​	​	998
Other	​	​	7	​	​	13
Total deferred tax assets	​	$	1,452	​	$	1,093

F-236

6.   FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell an asset or transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company utilizes a fair value hierarchy that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value and defines three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, or inputs derived from observable market data. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis were its cash. The fair value was determined using Level 1 inputs. It was not practical to estimate a fair value of the Company’s advances from SEACOR because the timing of settlement of these instruments is not certain.

7.   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company provides contingency planning, reporting, training and security drills for SEACOR and certain of its subsidiaries. The Company received less than $0.1 million in revenues for these services, in each of the Successor period April 15, 2021 though December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor periods January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020.

The Company participates in a cash management program whereby certain operating and capital expenditures of the Company are funded through advances from SEACOR and certain cash collections of the Company are forwarded to SEACOR. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, net amounts of $50.3 million and $82.3 million, respectively, under this program are reported as Advances from SEACOR in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company incurs interest expense on outstanding advances from SEACOR and is reported in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income as interest expense on advances from SEACOR. Interest is calculated and settled on a quarterly basis using interest rates set at the discretion of SEACOR.

As part of a consolidated group, certain costs and expenses of the Company are borne by SEACOR and charged to the Company. These costs and expenses are included in administrative and general expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income and are summarized as follows for the years ended December 31, (in thousands):

​	Successor			Predecessor
​	April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021			Year ended December 31, 2020
Participation in SEACOR employee benefit plans	​	$	460	​	$	176	​	$	509
Participation in SEACOR defined contribution plan	​	​	338	​	​	199	​	​	499
Participation in SEACOR share award plans	​	​	—	​	​	269	​	​	185
Shared services allocation for administrative support	​	​	791	​	​	346	​	​	982
​	​	$	1,589	​	$	990	​	$	2,175

•

Actual payroll costs of SEACOR personnel assigned to the Company are charged to the Company.

•

SEACOR maintains self-insured health benefit plans for participating employees, including those of the Company, and charges the Company for its share of total plan costs incurred based on the percentage of its participating employees.

•

SEACOR provides a defined contribution plan for participating employees, including those of the Company, and charges the Company for its share of employer matching contributions, which is limited

F-237

to 4.5% of an employee’s wages depending upon the employee’s level of voluntary wage deferral contributed to the plan.

•

SEACOR provides certain administrative support services to the Company under a shared services arrangement, including but not limited to payroll processing, information systems support, benefit plan management, cash disbursement support and treasury management. The Company is charged for its share of actual costs incurred generally based on volume processed or units supported.

SEACOR incurs various corporate costs and expenses and charges all of its operating segments management fees to fund its corporate overhead. Such management fees are calculated at the discretion of SEACOR and settled on a quarterly basis. The Company’s incurred management fees from SEACOR are reported as SEACOR management fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The Company’s results could differ if it were not part of SEACOR’s consolidated group.

8.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

On December 15, 2010, O’Brien’s Response Management L.L.C. (“ORM”) were named as defendants in several “master complaints” filed in the overall multi-district litigation relating to the Deepwater Horizon oil spill response and clean-up in the Gulf of Mexico (the “DWH Response”), which is currently pending in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana (the “MDL”). The “B3” master complaint naming ORM asserted various claims on behalf of a putative class against multiple defendants concerning the clean-up activities generally and the use of dispersants specifically. Both prior to and following the filing of the aforementioned “B3” master complaint, individual civil actions naming ORM alleging “B3” exposure-based injuries and/or damages were consolidated with the MDL and stayed pursuant to court order. On February 16, 2016, all but eleven “B3” claims against ORM were dismissed with prejudice (the “ B3 Dismissal Order”). On August 2, 2016, the Court granted an omnibus motion for summary judgment as it concerns ORM in its entirety, dismissing the remaining eleven plaintiffs’ claims against ORM with prejudice (the “Remaining Eleven Plaintiffs’ Dismissal Order”). The deadline to appeal both of these orders has expired. The last remaining claim against the Company in connection with the “B3” master complaint was dismissed with prejudice, by an order of the Court granted on July 25, 2019.

On February 18, 2011, Triton Asset Leasing GmbH, Transocean Holdings LLC, Transocean Offshore Deepwater Drilling Inc., and Transocean Deepwater Inc. (collectively “Transocean”) named ORM as a third-party defendant in a Rule 14(c) Third-Party Complaint in Transocean’s own Limitation of Liability Act action, which is part of the overall MDL, tendering to ORM the claims in the “B3” master complaint that have already been asserted against ORM. Various contribution and indemnity cross-claims and counterclaims involving ORM were subsequently filed, including by Halliburton Energy Services Inc. (“Halliburton”) and other parties. In August 2020, the Court granted motions that ORM filed with Transocean and Halliburton, respectively, to voluntarily dismiss their claims against one another with prejudice. The Company believes that the potential exposure, if any, resulting therefrom has been reduced as a result of the various developments in the MDL, including the B3 Dismissal Order and Remaining Eleven Plaintiffs’ Dismissal Order, and does not expect that these matters will have a material effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Separately, on March 2, 2012, the Court announced that BP Exploration and Production Inc. (“BPXP”) and BP America Production Company (“BP America,” and with BPXP, “BP”) and the Plaintiffs had reached an agreement on the terms of two proposed class action settlements that would resolve, among other things, Plaintiffs’ economic loss and property damage claims and clean-up related claims against BP. ORM had no involvement in negotiating or agreeing to the terms of either settlement, nor are they parties or signatories thereto. The BP settlement pertaining to personal injury claims (the “Medical Settlement”) purported to resolve the “B3” claims asserted against BP and also established a right for class members to pursue individual claims against BP (but not ORM) for “later-manifested physical conditions,” defined in the Medical Settlement to be physical conditions that were “first diagnosed” after April 16, 2012 and which are claimed to have resulted from exposure during the DWH Response. This back-end litigation-option (“BELO”) provision of the Medical Settlement has specifically-delineated procedures and limitations, should any “B3” class member seek to invoke their BELO right. For example, there are limitations on the claims and defenses that can be asserted, as well as on the issues, elements, and proofs that may be litigated at any trial and the potential recovery for any Plaintiff. Notwithstanding that ORM are listed on the Medical

F-238

Settlement’s release as to claims asserted by Plaintiffs, the Medical Settlement still permits BP to seek indemnity from any party, to the extent BP has a valid indemnity right. The Medical Settlement was approved by the Court on January 11, 2013 and made effective on February 12, 2014.

As of December 2021, BP has tendered 2,414 claims pursuant to the Medical Settlement’s BELO provision for indemnity to ORM. Recently, 827 of the claims that were tendered by BP to ORM have been dismissed with prejudice. ORM has rejected all of BP’s indemnity demands relating to the Medical Settlement’s BELO provision and on February 14, 2019 commenced a legal action against BPXP and BP America with respect to same. That action, captioned O’Brien’s Response Management, L.L.C. et al. v. BP Exploration & Production Inc. et al., Case No. 2:19-CV-01418-CJB-JCW (E.D. La.) (the “Declaratory Judgment Action”), seeks declaratory relief that ORM has any indemnity obligation to BP with respect to the exposure-based claims expressly contemplated by the Medical Settlement’s BELO provision, nor any contribution, in light of BP’s own actions and conduct over the past ten years (including its complete failure to even seek indemnity) and the resultant prejudice to ORM; that any indemnity or contribution rights BP may have once had with respect to these personal injury and exposure claims were extinguished once the Medical Settlement was approved by the MDL Court in 2013; and that ORM’s contractual and common law rights operate to bar any indemnity or contribution claims against them by BP. BP subsequently proceeded to begin tendering personal injury claims to ORM that are being pursued by plaintiffs who opted out of the Medical Settlement and who are thus proceeding with their “B3” claims in their ordinary course (as opposed to pursuant to the Medical Settlement’s BELO provision). ORM aalso rejected these demands, and amended the Declaratory Judgment Action to cover BP’s indemnity demands for the opt-out claims as well.

BP asserted four amended counterclaims against ORM, as well as two claims against ORM’s insurer (Navigators). Those amended counterclaims are breach of contract against ORM for allegedly failing to indemnify BP or name BP as an additional insured on the Navigators policy and unjust enrichment against ORM. ORM successfully moved to dismiss the unjust enrichment counterclaim. The parties also filed simultaneous motions for judgment on the pleadings. On May 4, 2020, the Court ruled in favor of ORM and Navigators, and against BP, on all remaining claims. BP appealed portions of that ruling, not including the additional insured claim against ORM, to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. On January 19, 2022, the Fifth Circuit affirmed the district court’s ruling as to the BELO claims involving ORM. The Fifth Circuit reversed the district court’s ruling with respect to the opt-out claims involving ORM, and remanded for factual determinations that could not, according to the panel majority, be properly made at the pleadings stage. ORM plans to continue disputing BP’s right to any indemnification for the remaining claims on multiple grounds that the Fifth Circuit’s decision leaves open on remand. A status conference with the district court took place on April 1, 2022 and the district court judge discussed the parties’ recommendations on how the case should proceed following The Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals decision. As a result, the district court authorized certain limited discovery prior to further consideration of the matter.

Generally, ORM believes that BP’s indemnity demands with respect to any “B3” claims, including those involving Medical Settlement class members invoking BELO rights and those involving Medical Settlement opt-out Plaintiffs, are untimely and improper, and intend to vigorously defend their interests. Moreover, ORM has contractual indemnity coverage for the above-referenced claims through its separate agreements with sub-contractors that worked for ORM during the DWH Response and has attempted to preserve its rights in that regard while the Declaratory Judgment Action is pending. Overall, however, the Company believes that both of BP’s settlements have reduced the potential exposure in connection with the various cases relating to the DWH Response. The Company is unable to estimate the potential exposure, if any, resulting from these claims, but does not expect that they will have a material effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In November 2020, a subcontractor of the Company filed a contract claim alleging unpaid invoices for services and expenses related to disaster recovery work in the U.S. Virgin Islands. In December 2020, the Company successfully removed the suit to federal court and filed counterclaims against the subcontractor for failure to provide supporting information for their submitted invoices. Discovery is ongoing, however the Company is unable to estimate the potential exposure, if any, resulting from this claim, but does not expect it will have a material effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In the ordinary course of the Company’s business, it may agree to indemnify its counterparty to an agreement. If the indemnified party makes a successful claim for indemnification, the Company would be

F-239

required to reimburse that party in accordance with the terms of the indemnification agreement. Indemnification agreements generally, but not always, are subject to threshold amounts, specified claim periods and other restrictions and limitations.

In the ordinary course of its business, the Company may become involved in various other litigation matters including, among other things, claims by third parties for alleged property damages and personal injuries. Management has used estimates in determining the Company’s potential exposure to these matters and has recorded reserves in its financial statements related thereto where appropriate. It is possible that a change in the Company’s estimates of that exposure could occur, but the Company does not expect such changes in estimated costs would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

9.

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION FOR STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Supplemental information for the periods indicated was as follows (in thousands):

​	Successor			Predecessor
​	April 15, 2021 through December 31, 2021			January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021			For the year ended December 31, 2020
Income taxes paid	​	$	2,216	​	$	817	​	$	500
Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Right-of-use assets obtained (disposed) in exchange for operating lease liabilities	​	​	2,965	​	​	17	​	​	(33)

F-240

Witt O’Brien’s, LLC
(a Limited Liability Company)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, unaudited)

​	June 30, 2022			December 31, 2021
ASSETS	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current Assets:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Cash	​	$	1,727	​	$	2,551
Receivables:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $5,515 and $5,641 in 2022 and 2021, respectively	​	​	115,483	​	​	143,387
Other	​	​	466	​	​	102
Prepaid expenses	​	​	443	​	​	723
Other assets	​	​	330	​	​	354
Total current assets	​	​	118,449	​	​	147,117
Property and Equipment:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Historical Cost	​	​	1,619	​	​	1,224
Accumulated depreciation	​	​	(643)	​	​	(347)
Net property and equipment	​	​	976	​	​	877
Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets	​	​	2,749	​	​	3,138
Investments, at Equity, in 50% or Less Owned Companies	​	​	1,736	​	​	1,297
Intangible Assets, net of accumulated amortization of $1,438 and $843 in 2022 and 2021, respectively	​	​	9,762	​	​	10,357
Deferred Income Taxes	​	​	1,685	​	​	1,452
Other Assets	​	​	227	​	​	225
​	​	$	135,584	​	$	164,463
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current Liabilities:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Current portion of long-term operating lease liabilities	​	$	496	​	$	507
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	​	​	23,011	​	​	33,960
Contract liabilities	​	​	5,650	​	​	626
Other current liabilities	​	​	5,695	​	​	10,725
Total current liabilities	​	​	34,852	​	​	45,818
Long-Term Operating Lease Liabilities	​	​	2,266	​	​	2,641
Advances from SEACOR	​	​	19,397	​	​	50,317
Other Liabilities	​	​	1,629	​	​	1,625
Total liabilities	​	​	58,144	​	​	100,401
Members’ Equity:	​	​	​	​	​	​
Common stock	​	​	1	​	​	1
Additional paid-in capital	​	​	32,601	​	​	32,601
Retained earnings	​	​	44,883	​	​	31,486
Other comprehensive loss	​	​	(45)	​	​	(26)
Total members’ equity	​	​	77,440	​	​	64,062
​	​	$	135,584	​	$	164,463

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction herewith.

F-241

Witt O’Brien’s, LLC
(a Limited Liability Company)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, unaudited)

​	Successor						Predecessor
​	Six Months Ended June 30, 2022			April 15, 2021 through June 30, 2021			January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021
Operating Revenues	​	$	89,725	​	$	37,341	​	$	28,289
Costs and Expenses:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Operating	​	​	60,161	​	​	21,742	​	​	18,547
Administrative and general	​	​	12,484	​	​	4,790	​	​	6,487
Depreciation and amortization	​	​	892	​	​	249	​	​	426
​	​	​	73,537	​	​	26,781	​	​	25,460
Operating Income	​	​	16,188	​	​	10,560	​	​	2,829
Other Income (Expense):	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Interest expense on advances from SEACOR	​	​	(711)	​	​	(1,001)	​	​	(767)
SEACOR management fees	​	​	(1,465)	​	​	(1,379)	​	​	(707)
Foreign currency gains (losses), net	​	​	89	​	​	3	​	​	(1)
Other, net	​	​	15	​	​	6	​	​	13
​	​	​	(2,072)	​	​	(2,371)	​	​	(1,462)
Income Before Income Tax Expense and Equity in Earnings of 50% or Less Owned Companies	​	​	14,116	​	​	8,189	​	​	1,367
Income Tax Expense	​	​	1,014	​	​	723	​	​	272
Income Before Equity in Earnings of 50% or Less Owned Companies	​	​	13,102	​	​	7,466	​	​	1,095
Equity in Earnings of 50% or Less Owned Companies, Net of Tax	​	​	380	​	​	234	​	​	57
Net Income	​	​	13,482	​	​	7,700	​	​	1,152
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Foreign currency translation gains (losses), net of tax	​	​	(19)	​	​	148	​	​	(54)
Comprehensive Income	​	$	13,463	​	$	7,848	​	$	1,098

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction herewith.

F-242

Witt O’Brien’s, LLC
(a Limited Liability Company)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands, unaudited)

​

Witt O’Brien’s, LLC Members’ Equity

Total Equity

​

Common Stock

Additional Paid-In Capital

Retained Earnings

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

For the six months ended June 30, 2022

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

December 31, 2021

​

$

1

​

$

32,601

​

$

31,486

​

$

(26)

​

$

64,062

Distributions to members

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(85)

​

​

—

​

​

(85)

Net income

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

13,482

​

​

—

​

​

13,482

Other comprehensive loss

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(19)

​

​

(19)

June 30, 2022

​

$

1

​

$

32,601

​

$

44,883

​

$

(45)

​

$

77,440

​

Witt O’Brien’s, LLC Members’ Equity

Total Equity

Predecessor

Common Stock

Additional Paid-In Capital

Retained Earnings

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

For the Period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

December 31, 2020

​

$

1

​

$

48,953

​

$

13,885

​

$

(517)

​

$

62,322

Net income

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

1,152

​

​

—

​

​

1,152

Other comprehensive loss

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

(54)

​

​

(54)

Period Ended April 14, 2021

​

$

1

​

$

48,953

​

$

15,037

​

$

(571)

​

$

63,420

​

Witt O’Brien’s, LLC Members’ Equity

Total Equity

Successor

Common Stock

Additional Paid-In Capital

Retained Earnings

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

For the Period April 15, 2021 through June 30, 2021

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

​

April 15, 2021

​

$

1

​

$

32,601

​

$

—

​

$

—

​

$

32,602

Net income

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

7,700

​

​

—

​

​

7,700

Other comprehensive income

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

—

​

​

148

​

​

148

Period Ended June 30, 2021

​

$

1

​

$

32,601

​

$

7,700

​

$

148

​

$

40,450

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction herewith.

F-243

Witt O’Brien’s, LLC
(a Limited Liability Company)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands, unaudited)

​	Successor						Predecessor
​	Six Months Ended June 30, 2022			April 15, 2021 through June 30, 2021			January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021
Net cash provided by operating activities	​	$	30,674	​	$	8,303	​	$	3,139
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Purchases of property and equipment	​	​	(395)	​	​	—	​	​	(2)
Net cash used in investing activities	​	​	(395)	​	​	—	​	​	(2)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Proceeds from (payments on) advances from SEACOR, net	​	​	(30,909)	​	​	(12,848)	​	​	1,872
Distributions to members	​	​	(85)	​	​	—	​	​	—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	​	​	(30,994)	​	​	(12,848)	​	​	1,872
Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash	​	​	(109)	​	​	(9)	​	​	7
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash	​	​	(824)	​	​	(4,554)	​	​	5,016
Cash, Beginning of Year	​	​	2,551	​	​	6,898	​	​	1,882
Cash, End of Year	​	$	1,727	​	$	2,344	​	$	6,898

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction herewith.

F-244

Witt O’Brien’s, LLC
(a Limited Liability Company)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Unless the context otherwise indicates, any reference in these condensed consolidated financial statements to the “Company” refers to Witt O’Brien’s LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries and any reference to “SEACOR” refers to SEACOR Holdings Inc. without its consolidated subsidiaries. Capitalized terms used and not specifically defined herein have the same meaning given to those terms in the Company’s annual audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021.

On December 4, 2020, SEACOR entered into a definitive merger agreement with an affiliate of American Industrial Partners to acquire SEACOR in a take-private transaction. On April 14, 2021, all conditions to the take-private transaction were met, resulting in a change of ownership at that date (referred to as the “Take Private Transaction”).

As a consequence of the change in ownership, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States require an allocation of the purchase consideration to the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities as of the Merger date, April 15, 2021 (referred to as “Fair Value Accounting”). References to Predecessor in the condensed consolidated financial statements are in reference to reporting dates through April 14, 2021 (the “Predecessor Period”). References to Successor in the condensed consolidated financial statements are in reference to reporting dates on or after April 15, 2021 (the “Successor Period”). As such, the financial information for the Successor Period is presented on a basis different from, and is therefore not necessarily comparable to, the financial information for the Predecessor Period.

The condensed consolidated financial information for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 has been prepared by the Company and has not been audited by its independent certified public accounting firm. The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Witt O’Brien’s LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) have been made to fairly present the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2022, its results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, its comprehensive income for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, its changes in equity for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, and its cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021. Results of operations for the interim periods presented are not necessarily indicative of operating results for the full year or any future periods.

Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States have been condensed or omitted. These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s annual audited financial statements and related notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Revenue Recognition.   Revenue is recognized when (or as) the Company transfers promised goods or services to its customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for these goods or services, which occurs when (or as) the Company satisfies its contractual obligations and transfers control of the promised goods or services to its customers. Costs to obtain or fulfill a contract are expensed as incurred.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers.   The Company’s revenues from contracts with customers primarily arise from time and material, retainer and per unit contracts. The Company transfers control of the service to the customer and satisfies its performance obligation over the term of the contract or as units are delivered, and therefore recognizes revenue over the term of the contract or as units are delivered, while related costs are expensed as incurred. Time and material contracts primarily relate to emergency response, debris management or consulting services that the Company performs for a predetermined fee. Retainer contracts, which are nearly all with vessel services operators and oil companies, are contracted based on agreed-upon rates. Per unit contracts primarily relate to application reviews on behalf of states or other jurisdictions.

F-245

Contract liabilities from contracts with customers arise when the Company has received consideration prior to performance and are included in other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s contract liability activity for the period ended June 30, was a follows (in thousands):

​	Successor						Predecessor
​	Six Months Ended June 30, 2022			April 15, 2021 through June 30, 2021			January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021
Balance at beginning of period	​	$	626	​	$	7,156	​	$	596
Previously deferred revenues recognized upon completion of performance obligations during the period	​	​	(312)	​	​	(2,054)	​	​	(174)
Net contract liabilities arising during the period	​	​	5,336	​	​	691	​	​	6,734
Balance at end of period	​	$	5,650	​	$	5,793	​	$	7,156

The Company’s revenues from contracts with customers for the period ended June 30, were as follows (in thousands):

​	Successor						Predecessor
​	Six Months Ended June 30, 2022			April 15, 2021 through June 30, 2021			January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021
Revenues from Contracts with Customers:	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​	​
Time and material contracts	​	$	68,522	​	$	24,176	​	$	23,621
Per unit contracts	​	​	13,162	​	​	10,241	​	​	438
Retainer contracts	​	​	6,814	​	​	2,518	​	​	3,457
Other	​	​	1,227	​	​	406	​	​	773
​	​	$	89,725	​	$	37,341	​	$	28,289

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.   The Company performs an impairment analysis of intangible assets, when indicators of impairment are present. These indicators may include a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of an intangible asset. If the carrying values of intangible assets are not recoverable, as determined by the estimated undiscounted cash flows, the estimated fair value of the intangible assets are compared to their current carrying values and impairment charges are recorded if the carrying value exceeds fair value. The Company performs its testing on an intangible asset basis. Generally, fair value is determined using valuation techniques, such as expected discounted cash flows, as appropriate. During the Successor six months ended June 30, 2022, the period April 15, 2021 through June 30, 2021, and during the Predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021, the Company did not recognize any impairment charges related to its its intangible assets.

Impairment of 50% or Less Owned Companies.   Investments in 50% or less owned companies are reviewed periodically to assess whether there is an other-than-temporary decline in the carrying value of the investment. In its evaluation, the Company considers, among other items, recent and expected financial performance and returns, impairments recorded by the investee and the capital structure of the investee. When the Company determines the estimated fair value of an investment is below carrying value and the decline is other-than-temporary, the investment is written down to its estimated fair value. Actual results may vary from the Company’s estimates due to the uncertainty regarding projected financial performance, the severity and expected duration of declines in value, and the available liquidity in the capital markets to support the continuing operations of the investee, among other factors. Although the Company believes its assumptions and estimates are reasonable, the investee’s actual performance compared with the estimates could produce different results and lead to additional impairment charges in future periods. During the Successor six months ended June 30, 2022, the period April 15, 2021 through June 30, 2021, and during the Predecessor period January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021, the Company did not recognize impairment charges related to its 50% or less owned companies.

F-246

Income Taxes.   The income of the Company is included in the taxable income of its individual owners and therefore no provision for income taxes is included in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements except for certain subsidiaries that have elected to be treated as a taxable entity for jurisdictional tax purposes (See Note 3).

2.

OPERATING LEASES

Lessee.   As of June 30, 2022, the Company leased one office, which had a remaining duration of 60 months.

The components of lease expense for the periods indicated, were as follows (in thousands):

​	Successor						Predecessor
​	Six Months Ended June 30, 2022			April 15, 2021 through June 30, 2021			January 1, 2021 through April 14, 2021
Operating lease expense	​	$	316	​	$	311	​	$	490
Short-term lease expense (lease duration of twelve months or less at lease commencement)	​	​	109	​	​	42	​	​	46
​	​	$	425	​	$	353	​	$	536

For the six months ended June 30, 2022, other information related to operating leases was as follows (in thousands except weighted average data):

Operating cash outflows from operating leases	$	313
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities	$	(132)
Weighted average remaining lease term, in years	​	5.0
Weighted average discount rate	​	4.0%

3.

INCOME TAXES

The following table reconciles the difference between the statutory federal income tax rate for the Company and the effective income tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2022:

Statutory rate	21.0%
Foreign earnings not subject to U.S. income tax	(21.0)%
Foreign taxes not creditable against U.S. income tax	22.9%
​	22.9%

4.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell an asset or transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company utilizes a fair value hierarchy that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value and defines three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, or inputs derived from observable market data. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company’s financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis were its cash. The fair value was determined using Level 1 inputs. It was not practical to

F-247

estimate a fair value of the Company’s advances from SEACOR because the timing of settlement of these instruments is not certain.

5.

RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company participates in a cash management program whereby certain operating and capital expenditures of the Company are funded through advances from SEACOR and certain cash collections of the Company are forwarded to SEACOR. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, net amounts of $19.4 million and $50.3 million, respectively, under this program are reported as advances from SEACOR in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company incurs interest expense on outstanding advances from SEACOR and is reported in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income as interest expense on advances from SEACOR. Interest is calculated and settled on a quarterly basis using interest rates set at the discretion of SEACOR.

As part of a consolidated group, certain costs and expenses of the Company are borne by SEACOR and charged to the Company. These costs and expenses are included in administrative and general expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income and are summarized as follows for the six months ended June 30, 2022 (in thousands):

Participation in SEACOR employee benefit plans	$	3,502
Participation in SEACOR defined contribution plan	​	528
Shared services allocation for administrative support	​	408
​	$	4,438

6.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

On December 15, 2010, O’Brien’s Response Management L.L.C. (“ORM”) was named as a defendant in several “master complaints” filed in the overall multi-district litigation relating to the Deepwater Horizon oil spill response and clean-up in the Gulf of Mexico (the “DWH Response”), which is currently pending in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana (the “MDL”). The “B3” master complaint naming ORM asserted various claims on behalf of a putative class against multiple defendants concerning the clean-up activities generally and the use of dispersants specifically. Both prior to and following the filing of the aforementioned “B3” master complaint, individual civil actions naming ORM alleging “B3” exposure-based injuries and/or damages were consolidated with the MDL and stayed pursuant to court order. On February 16, 2016, all but eleven “B3” claims against ORM were dismissed with prejudice (the “B3 Dismissal Order”). On August 2, 2016, the Court granted an omnibus motion for summary judgment as it concerns ORM in its entirety, dismissing the remaining eleven plaintiffs’ claims against ORM with prejudice (the “Remaining Eleven Plaintiffs’ Dismissal Order”). The deadline to appeal both of these orders has expired. The last remaining claim against the Company in connection with the “B3” master complaint was dismissed with prejudice, by an order of the Court granted on July 25, 2019.

On February 18, 2011, Triton Asset Leasing GmbH, Transocean Holdings LLC, Transocean Offshore Deepwater Drilling Inc., and Transocean Deepwater Inc. (collectively “Transocean”) named ORM as a third-party defendant in a Rule 14(c) Third-Party Complaint in Transocean’s own Limitation of Liability Act action, which is part of the overall MDL, tendering to ORM the claims in the “B3” master complaint that have already been asserted against ORM. Various contribution and indemnity cross-claims and counterclaims involving ORM were subsequently filed, including by Halliburton Energy Services Inc. (“Halliburton”) and other parties. In August 2020, the Court granted motions that ORM filed with Transocean and Halliburton, respectively, to voluntarily dismiss their claims against one another with prejudice. The Company believes that the potential exposure, if any, resulting therefrom has been reduced as a result of the various developments in the MDL, including the B3 Dismissal Order and Remaining Eleven Plaintiffs’ Dismissal Order, and does not expect that these matters will have a material effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Separately, on March 2, 2012, the Court announced that BP Exploration and Production Inc. (“BPXP”) and BP America Production Company (“BP America,” and with BPXP, “BP”) and the Plaintiffs had reached an agreement on the terms of two proposed class action settlements that would resolve, among other

F-248

things, Plaintiffs’ economic loss and property damage claims and clean-up related claims against BP. ORM had no involvement in negotiating or agreeing to the terms of either settlement, nor are they parties or signatories thereto. The BP settlement pertaining to personal injury claims (the “Medical Settlement”) purported to resolve the “B3” claims asserted against BP and also established a right for class members to pursue individual claims against BP (but not ORM) for “later-manifested physical conditions,” defined in the Medical Settlement to be physical conditions that were “first diagnosed” after April 16, 2012 and which are claimed to have resulted from exposure during the DWH Response. This back-end litigation-option (“BELO”) provision of the Medical Settlement has specifically-delineated procedures and limitations, should any “B3” class member seek to invoke their BELO right. For example, there are limitations on the claims and defenses that can be asserted, as well as on the issues, elements, and proofs that may be litigated at any trial and the potential recovery for any Plaintiff. Notwithstanding that ORM is listed on the Medical Settlement’s release as to claims asserted by Plaintiffs, the Medical Settlement still permits BP to seek indemnity from any party, to the extent BP has a valid indemnity right. The Medical Settlement was approved by the Court on January 11, 2013 and made effective on February 12, 2014.

As of January 2022, BP tendered 2,414 claims pursuant to the Medical Settlement’s BELO provision for indemnity to ORM. ORM rejected all of BP’s indemnity demands relating to the Medical Settlement’s BELO provision and on February 14, 2019 commenced a legal action against BPXP and BP America with respect to same. That action, captioned O’Brien’s Response Management, L.L.C. et al. v. BP Exploration & Production Inc. et al., Case No. 2:19-CV-01418-CJB-JCW (E.D. La.) (the “Declaratory Judgment Action”), sought declaratory relief that ORM had no indemnity obligation to BP with respect to the exposure-based claims expressly contemplated by the Medical Settlement’s BELO provision, nor any contribution, in light of BP’s own actions and conduct over the past ten years (including its complete failure to even seek indemnity) and the resultant prejudice to ORM; that any indemnity or contribution rights BP may have once had with respect to these personal injury and exposure claims were extinguished once the Medical Settlement was approved by the MDL Court in 2013; and that ORM’s contractual and common law rights operate to bar any indemnity or contribution claims against it by BP. BP subsequently proceeded to begin tendering personal injury claims to ORM that are being pursued by plaintiffs who opted out of the Medical Settlement and who are thus proceeding with their “B3” claims in their ordinary course (as opposed to pursuant to the Medical Settlement’s BELO provision). ORM also rejected these demands, and amended the Declaratory Judgment Action to cover BP’s indemnity demands for the opt-out claims as well.

BP asserted four amended counterclaims against ORM, as well as two claims against ORM’s insurer (Navigators). Those amended counterclaims were breach of contract against ORM for allegedly failing to indemnify BP or name BP as an additional insured on the Navigators policy and unjust enrichment against ORM. ORM successfully moved to dismiss the unjust enrichment counterclaim. The parties also filed simultaneous motions for judgment on the pleadings. On May 4, 2020, the Court ruled in favor of ORM and Navigators, and against BP, on all remaining claims. BP appealed portions of that ruling, not including the additional insured claim against ORM, to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. On January 19, 2022, the Fifth Circuit affirmed the district court’s ruling as to the BELO claims involving ORM. The Fifth Circuit reversed the district court’s ruling with respect to the opt-out claims involving ORM, and remanded for factual determinations that could not, according to the panel majority, be properly made at the pleadings stage. On remand, ORM continues to dispute BP’s right to any indemnification for the remaining opt-out claims on multiple grounds that the Fifth Circuit’s decision leaves open on remand. A status conference with the district court took place on April 1, 2022 and the district court judge discussed the parties’ recommendations on how the case should proceed following the Fifth Circuit decision. As a result, the district court authorized certain limited discovery prior to further consideration of the matter.

Generally, ORM believes that BP’s remaining indemnity demands with respect to the Medical Settlement opt-out Plaintiffs are untimely and improper, and intends to vigorously defend its interests. Moreover, ORM has contractual indemnity coverage for the above-referenced claims through its separate agreements with sub-contractors that worked for ORM during the DWH Response and has attempted to preserve its rights in that regard while the Declaratory Judgment Action is pending. Overall, however, the Company believes that both of BP’s settlements have reduced the potential exposure in connection with the various cases relating to the DWH Response. The Company is unable to estimate the potential exposure, if any, resulting from these claims, but does not expect that they will have a material effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-249

In November 2020, a subcontractor of the Company filed a contract claim alleging unpaid invoices for services and expenses related to disaster recovery work in the U.S. Virgin Islands. In December 2020, the Company successfully removed the suit to federal court and filed counterclaims against the subcontractor for failure to provide supporting information for their submitted invoices. Discovery is ongoing, however the Company is unable to estimate the potential exposure, if any, resulting from this claim, but does not expect it will have a material effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In the ordinary course of the Company’s business, it may agree to indemnify its counterparty to an agreement. If the indemnified party makes a successful claim for indemnification, the Company would be required to reimburse that party in accordance with the terms of the indemnification agreement. Indemnification agreements generally, but not always, are subject to threshold amounts, specified claim periods and other restrictions and limitations.

In the ordinary course of its business, the Company may become involved in various other litigation matters including, among other things, claims by third parties for alleged property damages and personal injuries. Management has used estimates in determining the Company’s potential exposure to these matters and has recorded reserves in its financial statements related thereto where appropriate. It is possible that a change in the Company’s estimates of that exposure could occur, but the Company does not expect such changes in estimated costs would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-250

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, willful neglect, actual fraud, or the consequences of committing a crime. Our Articles provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default, or willful neglect.

We have entered into, agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our Articles, and hold each such officer or director harmless against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts payable under settlement agreements in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding to which they have been made a party or in which they became involved by reason of the fact that they are or were our officer or director.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 7.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Set forth below is information regarding all unregistered securities sold, issued or granted by Ambipar Emergency Response within the past three years, in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder. None of the below described transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering.

•

On March 3, 2023, in connection with the Business Combination and the related transactions described in this registration statement, we issued 37,100 Class A Ordinary Shares to the Non-Redeeming Shareholders in consideration of the agreements of such Non-Redeeming Shareholders not to redeem shares pursuant to their respective Non-Redemption Agreements. Such Class A Ordinary Shares are being registered pursuant to this registration statement.

•

On March 3, 2023, in connection with the Business Combination and the related transactions described in this registration statement, we issued 13,323,800 Class A Ordinary Shares to the PIPE Investors at a price of $10.00 per share and an effective price of $8.47 per share for Opportunity Agro Fund and $9.58 per share for the other PIPE Investors, including 1,873,800 Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the PIPE Investors in consideration of their subscription commitments under their respective Subscription Agreements. Such Class A Ordinary Shares are being registered pursuant to this registration statement.

•

On March 3, 2023, in connection with the Business Combination and the related transactions described in this registration statement, we issued 39,234,746 Class B Ordinary Shares to Ambipar at a price of $10.00 per share, including through the conversion of a $50.5 million equivalent intercompany loan provided by Ambipar pursuant to the Ambipar Intercompany Loan Agreement.

•

On March 3, 2023, in connection with the Business Combination and the related transactions described in this registration statement, we issued 2,642,500 Warrants converted from HPX Private Warrants to the PIPE Investors in consideration of their subscription commitments under their respective Subscription Agreements in connection with the PIPE Financing. Such Warrants are being registered pursuant to this registration statement.

•

On March 3, 2023, in connection with the Business Combination and the related transactions described in this registration statement, we issued 210,793 Warrants converted from HPX Private

II-1

Warrants to the Non-Redeeming Shareholders in consideration of their respective agreements not to redeem shares pursuant to their respective Non-Redemption Agreements. Such Warrants are being registered pursuant to this registration statement.

•

On March 3, 2023, in connection with the Business Combination and the related transactions described in this registration statement, we issued 20,000 Restricted Stock Units to Rafael Salvador Grisolia, for no consideration, in exchange for 20,000 restricted stock units of HPX that were held by Mr. Grisolia. Such Restricted Stock Units vested at Closing and were settled through the issuance of 20,000 Class A Ordinary Shares to Mr. Grisolia on March 29, 2023.

Item 8.   Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules

The following exhibits are included or incorporated by reference in this registration statement on Form F-1:

Exhibit No.	Description
2.1	Business Combination Agreement, dated as of July 5, 2022, by and among HPX, the Company, Merger Sub, Emergencia and Ambipar (incorporated by reference to Annex A to the proxy statement/ prospectus to the Registration Statement of Form F-4 (File No. 333-268795), filed with the SEC on January 30, 2023).
2.2	First Plan of Merger, by and between HPX and the Company, dated as of March 3, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
2.3	Second Plan of Merger, by and between Merger Sub and the Company, dated as of March 3, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
3.1	Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, dated as of March 3, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
4.1	Warrant Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2020, by and between HPX and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to HPX’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-39382) filed on July 21, 2020).
4.2*	Specimen Warrant Certificate of the Company.
4.3*	Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.
4.4*	Restricted Stock Unit Amendment.
5.1	Opinion of Carey Olsen Cayman Limited, Cayman Islands counsel to the Company, as to the validity of the securities being registered.
5.2*	Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP. regarding the validity of the Warrants being registered under New York Law.
10.1	Sponsor Letter Agreement, dated as of July 5, 2022, by and among HPX, its directors, Sponsor, the Company and Emergencia (incorporated by reference to Annex E to the proxy statement/​prospectus to the Registration Statement of Form F-4 (File No. 333-268795), filed with the SEC on January 30, 2023).
10.2	Voting and Support Agreement, dated as of July 5, 2022, by and between HPX and Ambipar (incorporated by reference to Annex F to the proxy statement/prospectus to the Registration Statement of Form F-4 (File No. 333-268795), filed with the SEC on January 30, 2023).
10.3	Ambipar Subscription Agreement, dated as of July 5, 2022, by and between HPX, the Company and Ambipar (incorporated by reference to Annex G to the proxy statement/ prospectus to the Registration Statement of Form F-4 (File No. 333-268795), filed with the SEC on January 30, 2023).

II-2

Exhibit No.	Description
10.4	Opportunity Subscription Agreement, dated as of July 5, 2022, by and between HPX, the Company and Opportunity (incorporated by reference to Annex H to the proxy statement/​prospectus to the Registration Statement of Form F-4 (File No. 333-268795), filed with the SEC on January 30, 2023).
10.5	Form of Subscription Agreement, by and between HPX and the undersigned subscriber party thereto (incorporated by reference to Annex I to the proxy statement/prospectus to the Registration Statement of Form F-4 (File No. 333-268795), filed with the SEC on January 30, 2023).
10.6	Cygnus Subscription Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2022, by and among HPX, the Company and Cygnus Fund Icon (incorporated by reference to Annex T to the proxy statement/​prospectus to the Registration Statement of Form F-4 (File No. 333-268795), filed with the SEC on January 30, 2023).
10.7	Intercompany Loan Agreement, dated as of July 5, 2022, by and between Ambipar and Emergencia (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the proxy statement/prospectus to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 (File. No. 333-268795), filed with the SEC on January 30, 2023).
10.8	Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of July 5, 2022, by and among the Company, the Sponsor, Ambipar, Opportunity and certain other shareholders of HPX (incorporated by reference to Annex M to the proxy statement/prospectus to the Registration Statement of Form F-4 (File No. 333-268795), filed with the SEC on January 30, 2023).
10.9	Cost Sharing Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2023, by and among Ambipar, Emergencia and certain of its subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
10.10	Main Downside Protection Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2022, as amended and restated as of November 24, 2022, by and among the Company, Ambipar, the Sponsor, the PIPE Investors (other than the Constellation Funds), Genome, Gannett Peek and Cygnus (incorporated by reference to Annex O to the proxy statement/prospectus to the Registration Statement of Form F-4 (File No. 333-268795), filed with the SEC on January 30, 2023).
10.11	XP Downside Protection Agreement, dated as of July 5, 2022, as amended and restated as of November 24, 2022, by and among the Company, Ambipar, the Sponsor and the XP Non- Redeeming Shareholder (incorporated by reference to Annex P to the proxy statement/prospectus to the Registration Statement of Form F-4 (File No. 333-268795), filed with the SEC on January 30, 2023).
10.12	Constellation Downside Protection Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2022, by and among the Company, Ambipar, the Sponsor and the Constellation Funds (incorporated by reference to Annex Q to the proxy statement/prospectus to the Registration Statement of Form F-4 (File No. 333-268795), filed with the SEC on January 30, 2023).
10.13	Ambipar Emergency Response 2023 Omnibus Incentive Plan, dated as of March 3, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
10.14	Trademark Licensing Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2023, by and between Emergencia and Ambipar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.17 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
10.15#	Purchase and Sale Agreement by and among the WOB Sellers, Seacor and Ambipar USA, dated as of September 13, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the proxy statement/​prospectus to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 (File. No. 333-268795), filed with the SEC on January 30, 2023).

II-3

Exhibit No.	Description
10.16	Indemnification Agreement by and between Tércio Borlenghi Junior and the Company, dated as of March 3, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
10.17	Indemnification Agreement by and between Izabel Cristina Andriotti Cruz de Oliveira and the Company, dated as of March 3, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.20 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
10.18	Indemnification Agreement by and between Alessandra Bessa Alves de Melo and the Company, dated as of March 3, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
10.19	Indemnification Agreement by and between Thiago da Costa Silva and the Company, dated as of March 3, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
10.20	Indemnification Agreement by and between Mariana Loyola Ferreira Sgarbi and the Company, dated as of March 3, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
10.21	Indemnification Agreement by and between Carlos Augusto Leone Piani and the Company, dated as of March 3, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
10.22	Indemnification Agreement by and between Victor Almeida and the Company, dated as of March 3, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
10.23	Indemnification Agreement by and between Yuri Keiserman and the Company, dated as of March 3, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.26 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
10.24	Indemnification Agreement by and between Rafael Espírito Santo and the Company, dated as of March 3, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.27 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
10.25	Indemnification Agreement by and between Guilherme Patini Borlenghi and the Company, dated as of March 3, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.28 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
10.26	Indemnification Agreement by and between Pedro Petersen and the Company, dated as of March 3, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.29 to the Shell Company Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-41638) filed with the SEC on March 7, 2023).
21.1	List of Subsidiaries of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 (File No. 333-268795), filed with the SEC on January 30, 2023).
23.1	Consent of Marcum LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for HPX.
23.2	Consent of BDO RCS Auditores Independentes SS, independent registered public accounting firm for Emergencia.
23.3	Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, independent certified public accountants for Witt O’Brien’s, LLC.
23.4	Consent of Carey Olsen Cayman Limited (included as part of Exhibit 5.1).
23.5*	Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.2).
24.1*	Power of Attorney (included on signature page to the registration statement initially filed with the SEC on March 13, 2023).
107.1	Calculation of Filing Fee Tables.

*

Previously filed.

II-4

#

Certain schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Company will furnish supplementally copies of omitted schedules and exhibits to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon its request.

Item 9.   Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)

To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i)

To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii)

To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) that, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii)

to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(2)

that for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

(3)

to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

(4)

to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by “Item 8.A. of Form 20-F” at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act need not be furnished; provided, that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements; and

(5)

that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

(i)

if the registrant is relying on Rule 430B:

(A)

each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

(B)

each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a

II-5

new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; and

(ii)

if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)

that for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(2)

for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on March 29, 2023.

AMBIPAR EMERGENCY RESPONSE

By:

/s/ Thiago da Costa Silva

Name:

Thiago da Costa Silva

Title:

Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
* Yuri Keiserman	Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	March 29, 2023
* Rafael Espírito Santo	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	March 29, 2023
* Tércio Borlenghi Junior	Chairman of the Board of Directors	March 29, 2023
* Izabel Cristina Andriotti Cruz de Oliveira	Director	March 29, 2023
* Alessandra Bessa Alves de Melo	Director	March 29, 2023
/s/ Thiago da Costa Silva Thiago da Costa Silva	Director	March 29, 2023
* Mariana Loyola Ferreira Sgarbi	Director	March 29, 2023
* Carlos Piani	Director	March 29, 2023

Signature	Title	Date
* Victor Almeida	Director	March 29, 2023

*By /s/ Thiago da Costa Silva ​ Name: Thiago da Costa Silva
Title: Attorney-in-fact

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the U.S. of Ambipar Emergency Response has signed this registration statement on March 29, 2023.

AMBIPAR HOLDING USA, INC.

By:

/s/ Guilherme Patini Borlenghi

Name:

Guilherme Patini Borlenghi

Title:

Director